Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

CBC Grade 7 Computer Science Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 7 Computer Science Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

 GRADE 7 LONGHORN COMPUTER SCIENCES CHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

Ref used:

Grade 7 Computer science Curriculum Design

Longhorn Computer Science Grade 7 (Teachers Guide and Learners Book)

NAME OF THE TEACHER                                                                SCHOOL                                             YEAR                         TERM            III       

Wk LSN strand Sub-strand Specific Learning Outcomes Key Inquiry Question(s) Learning Experiences Learning Resources Assessment Methods Ref  
1 1 COMPUTER NETWORKS Internet concepts

 

Internet as a resource that runs on a global network of computers

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      describe the internet as a resource that runs on a global network of computers

b.      explain benefits of internet in the immediate environment

Skill

c.      use IT devices to access the internet

Attitude

d.     appreciate the use of internet as a computer network resource.

1. Why do you use internet?

2. How do you connect to internet?

 

The learner is guided to:

• search for the meaning of the term internet and present to peers,

• debate on the benefits and challenges of the internet,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 183-187

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 141-143

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Challenges of the internet By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explain challenges of internet in the immediate environment

b.      explore ways of overcoming challenges of internet in the immediate environment.

Skill

c.      assess the internet connectivity in a nearby locality or school.

Attitude

d.     appreciate the use of internet as a computer network resource.

1. Why do you use internet?

2. How do you connect to internet?

 

The learner is guided to:

• in groups, discuss ways of

overcoming challenges of the internet in the immediate environment,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 187-189

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 144-147

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Basic requirements for internet connectivity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      identify basic requirements for internet connectivity

Skill

b.     observe pictures of the basic requirements for connecting to the internet.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of internet as a computer network resource.

1. Why do you use internet?

2. How do you connect to internet?

The learner is guided to:

• discuss the basic requirements for internet connectivity (Internet

Service Provider (ISP), Internet software, communication media,

communication device),

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 189

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 148-149

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
2 1   Connecting to the internet and using it By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      identify the basic requirements for internet connectivity.

Skill

b.     connect to the internet to search for a topical issue.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of internet as a computer network resource.

1. Why do you use internet?

2. How do you connect to internet?

The learner is guided to:

• share experiences on interaction with the internet and list the services available,

• in turns select service available in the internet and use it to search for a

relevant topical issue,

• use the internet to search for a topical issue.

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 190-191

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 150

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   World Wide Web (WWW)

 

Importance of World wide web

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explain the importance of WWW as used in computer networks

Skill

b.     make posters on WWW.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of WWW as a repository of information.

1. How do you access internet resources?

2. Why do you use a web browser?

 

The learner is guided to:

• use available learning resources to search for the meaning of the terms World Wide Web (WWW), web browsers, uniform resource locator (URL),

• in turns discuss examples of web browsers (explorer,

Firefox, Chrome, Netscape,

Opera, Safari)

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 192-195

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 151

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Features of a web browser By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      identify the features of a web browser

Skill

b.     Using IT devices locate the features of a web browser on the screen.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of WWW as a repository of information.

 

1. How do you access internet resources?

2. Why do you use a web browser?

The learner is guided to:

• launch and navigate a web

browser to identify its features,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 195-196

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 152-153

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
3 1   Components of Uniform Resource Locator By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the components of a URL

Skill

b.     describe the components of a uniform resource locator (URL) used to access resources in the internet.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of WWW as a repository of information.

1. How do you access internet resources?

2. Why do you use a web browser?

The learner is guided to:

• take turns to write URL format: protocol://hostname/other

information

• participate in giving examples of URL

• type a web resource Uniform Resource Locator (URL), and discuss its components,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 196-197

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 154-155

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Components of Uniform Resource Locator By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the components of a URL

Skill

b.     describe the components of a uniform resource locator (URL) used to access resources in the internet.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of WWW as a repository of information.

1. How do you access internet resources?

2. Why do you use a web browser?

The learner is guided to:

• take turns to write URL format: protocol://hostname/other

information

• participate in giving examples of URL

• type a web resource Uniform Resource Locator (URL), and discuss its components,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 196-197

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 154-155

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Locating resources in the WWW using a web browser By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      list the different types of web browsers.

Skill

b.     use a web browser to locate resources in the WWW

Attitude

c.      appreciate the use of WWW as a repository of information.

1. How do you access internet resources?

2. Why do you use a web browser?

The learner is guided to:

• take turns to demonstrate how web browsers work,

• practice using a web browser to locate relevant internet resources.

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 197-198

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 156

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
4 1 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING Computer programming concepts

 

 

Meaning of program and computer programming

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      define the terms program and computer programming

b.      explain the importance of programming as used in computing

Skill

c.      using IT devices locate a computer program

Attitude

d.     appreciate using computer programs in performing daily life activities.

1. Why do computers have programs?

2. How do you use computer programs?

 

The learner is guided to:

• use available learning resources to search for the meaning of the term

programming and programs,

• in groups discuss the importance of computer programs,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 199-202

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 157-159

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Application areas of computer programs By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      identify areas where computer programs are used in daily life.

Skill

b.     Group computer applications according to functions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate using computer programs in performing daily life activities.

  The learner is guided to:

• take turns to discuss areas where computer programs are used in daily life and list them,

• share ideas on the use of

programming in daily life activities,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 203

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 160-161

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Launching and interacting with computer programs By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      list the different types of computer programmes.

Skill

b.     launch and interact with a computer program for awareness.

Attitude

c.      appreciate using computer programs in performing daily life activities.

  The learner is guided to:

• share experience on performing daily life activities (playing computer games, listening to music, performing mathematical

operations, drawing objects, type text) using available computer programs accessories.

• in groups, start and interact with a computer program accessory such as, a computer game, calculator, paint, snipping tool, media player

and note notepad, accessories.

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 204-206

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 162-164

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
5 1   Visual programming concepts

 

Types of visual programming applications

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      identify types of visual programming applications for use

Skill

b.     demonstrate knowledge in visual programming.

Attitude

c.      appreciate navigating a visual programming application interface.

1. Why do you use visual? programming

applications?

2. How do you launch

visual programming

application?

The learner is guided to:

• use available resources to search for the meaning of the term visual programming,

• discuss and list examples of visual programming applications used in

computer programming,

• in groups discuss the procedure of launching a visual programming

application,

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 207-210

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 165

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Launching a visual programming application By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explain the procedure of launching a visual programming application

Skill

b.     launch a visual programming application in a computer.

Attitude

c.      appreciate navigating a visual programming application interface.

1. Why do you use visual? programming

applications?

2. How do you launch

visual programming

application?

The learner is guided to:

• in groups, launch a visual

programming application such as Microsoft Make Code, Scratch, Code.org, Sprite box,

• share experiences on navigating the visual programming application interface with peers.

• consult a computer resource person to demonstrate how to

launch visual programming

applications used in computer programming,

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 210-211

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 166-167

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Launching a visual programming application By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explain the procedure of launching a visual programming application

Skill

b.     launch a visual programming application in a computer.

Attitude

c.      appreciate navigating a visual programming application interface.

1. Why do you use visual? programming

applications?

2. How do you launch

visual programming

application?

The learner is guided to:

• in groups, launch a visual

programming application such as Microsoft Make Code, Scratch, Code.org, Sprite box,

• share experiences on navigating the visual programming application interface with peers.

• consult a computer resource person to demonstrate how to

launch visual programming

applications used in computer programming,

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 210-211

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 166-167

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
6 1   Visual programming features

 

Features of scratch

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explore features of a visual programming application.

Skill

b.     match the functions of the features of visual programming application to their functions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features?

 

The learner is guided to:

• in groups discuss the features of a visual programming application

• match the functions of the

features of a visual programming application to their functions

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 212-215

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 168

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Features of scratch By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      explore features of a visual programming application.

Skill

b.     match the functions of the features of visual programming application to their functions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in groups discuss the features of a visual programming application

• match the functions of the

features of a visual programming application to their functions

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 212-215

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 168

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Functions of the features of scratch By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      relate the features of a visual programming application to their function

Skill

b.      match the functions of the features of visual programming application to their functions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• discuss the functions of the

features of a visual programming application

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 215

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 169

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
7 1   Functions of the features of scratch By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      relate the features of a visual programming application to their function

Skill

b.      match the functions of the features of visual programming application to their functions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• discuss the functions of the

features of a visual programming application

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 215

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 169

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Terminologies used in visual programming applications By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      describe terminologies used in a visual programming application

Skill

b.     demonstrate the use of Visual programming terms.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in turns discuss and demonstrate the use of visual programming terms (reserved words, syntax, variables, input output statements, control structures,

variable declarations).

 

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 216

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 172-175

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Using scratch to create a sequence of instructions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the features of the scratch program.

Skill

b.     use the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in groups, create a sequence of actions using the features of a visual programming application (animations, sound)

• share experience on the use of the features of a visual

programming application

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 218-220

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 176-179

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
8 1   Using scratch to create a sequence of instructions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the features of the scratch program.

Skill

b.     use the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in groups, create a sequence of actions using the features of a visual programming application (animations, sound)

• share experience on the use of the features of a visual

programming application

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 218-220

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 176-179

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  2   Using scratch to create a sequence of instructions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the features of the scratch program.

Skill

b.     use the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in groups, create a sequence of actions using the features of a visual programming application (animations, sound)

• share experience on the use of the features of a visual

programming application

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 218-220

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 176-179

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
  3   Using scratch to create a sequence of instructions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

Knowledge

a.      name the features of the scratch program.

Skill

b.     use the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions.

Attitude

c.      appreciate the application of the features of a visual programming application to create a sequence of instructions

1. Why is visual programming popular in introducing computer programming?2. How do you use visual programming application features? The learner is guided to:

• in groups, create a sequence of actions using the features of a visual programming application (animations, sound)

• share experience on the use of the features of a visual

programming application

Digital devices, reference materials, productivity tools, compute software (OS, Utility software and Application programs), computer hardware, manila papers, Internet, video, audio clips

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie T.G Pg. 218-220

 

Longhorn Comp. Scie P.B Pg. 176-179

Rating scales, rubrics, questionnaires, projects, journals, portfolios, oral questions, aural questions

 

   
9 END YEAR ASSESSMENT/CLOSING

 

 

Form one to four free schemes of work (New Syllabus)

You may be looking for the latest Schemes of work for all Secondary school subjects. You have reached the right place as these new syllabus schemes are available here at no cost. You can download the schemes by just clicking on the links below.

FORM ONE TO FOUR FREE SECONDARY SCHOOL SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS (OVER 500,000 DOWNLOADS)

English Form One to Four Free Schemes of work download

Kiswahili Form One to Four Free Schemes of work download

Mathematics Form 1 Free Schemes of work download

Mathematics Form 2 Free Schemes of work download

Mathematics Form 3 Free Schemes of work download

Mathematics Form 4 Free Schemes of work download

Biology Form 1-4 Free Schemes of work download

Physics Form 1-4 Free Schemes of work download

Chemistry Form One to Four Free Schemes of work download

History and Government Form One Free Schemes of work download

History and Government Form Two Free Schemes of work download

History and Government Three Free Schemes of work download

History and Government Form Four Free Schemes of work download

Geography Form One Free Schemes of work download

Geography Form Two Free Schemes of work download

Geography Form Three Free Schemes of work download

Geography Form Four Free Schemes of work download

Christian Religious Education Free Schemes of work download

Christian Religious Education Form One Free Schemes of work download

Christian Religious Education Form Two Free Schemes of work download

Christian Religious Education Form Three Free Schemes of work download

Christian Religious Education Form Four Free Schemes of work download

Islamic Religious Education Form Four Free Schemes of work download

Hindu Religious Education Free Schemes of work download

Home Science Form One Free Schemes of work download

Home Science Form Two Free Schemes of work download

Home Science Form Three Free Schemes of work download

Home Science Form Four Free Schemes of work download

Art and Design Free Schemes of work download

Agriculture Form One Free Schemes of work download

Agriculture Form Two Free Schemes of work download

Agriculture Form 3 Free Schemes of work download

Agriculture Form 4 Free Schemes of work download

Computer Studies Form 1-4 Free Schemes of work download

Aviation Free Schemes of work download

Electricity Free Schemes of work download

Power Mechanics Free Schemes of work download

Woodwork Free Schemes of work download

French Free Schemes of work download

German Free Schemes of work download

Arabic Free Schemes of work download

Music Form 1 Free Schemes of work download

Music Form 2 Free Schemes of work download

Music Form 3 Free Schemes of work download

Music Form 4 Free Schemes of work download

Business Studies Form One Schemes of work download

Business Studies Form Two Schemes of work download

Business Studies Form Three Schemes of work download

Business Studies Form Four Schemes of work download

Didn’t get what you were looking for? Worry not. Just visit; The Teachers’ free resources portal

SCHEMES OF WORK PER SUBJECT (OVER 1,000,000 DOWNLOADS)

AGRICULTURE UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.

CRE UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.

ENGLISH UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.

BUSINESS STUDIES UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
MATHS UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
PHYSICS UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
BIOLOGY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
CHEMISTRY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
COMPUTER STUDIES UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
HISTORY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
HOME SCIENCE UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
KISWAHILI UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.
MUSIC UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK.

Didn’t find what you were looking for? Worry not. Just check all primary and secondary school teaching/learning materials here; Teachers’ Resources.

Grade 8 Targeter Exams {All Subjects and Answers}

Looking for the latest Grade 8 Targeter Exams {All Subjects and Answers}? Look no further. Download these and many more resources below at no cost:

GRADE 8 PRETECHNICAL PP2

GRADE 8 MATHEMATICS

GRADE 8 KSL PP2

GRADE 8 INTEGRATED SCIENCE PP2 MS

GRADE 8 KSL PP1

GRADE 8 MATHEMATICS MS

GRADE 8 INTEGRATED SCIENCE PP2

GRADE 8 INTEGRATED SCIENCE PP1 MS

GRADE 8 INTEGRATED SCIENCE CONFIDENTIAL

GRADE 8 KISWAHILI PP2

GRADE 8 PRETECHNICAL STUDIES PP1 MS

GRADE 8 PRETECHNICAL CONFIDENTIAL

GRADE 8 PRETECHNICAL PP1

GRADE 8 KISWAHILI PP2 MS

GRADE 8 KSL PP1 MS

GRADE 8 KISWAHILI PP1 MS

GRADE 8 INTEGRATED SCIENCE PP1

GRADE 8 IRE MS

GRADE 8 KISWAHILI PP1

GRADE 8 ENGLISH PP2 MS

GRADE 8 ENGLISH PP2

GRADE 8 HRE MS

GRADE 8 HRE

GRADE 8 ENGLISH PP1 MS

GRADE 8 ENGLISH PP1

GRADE 8 CAS MS

GRADE 8 CAS PP2

GRADE 8 CRE MS

GRADE 8 CRE

GRADE 8 SOCIAL STUDIES

GRADE 8 AGRICULTURE PP1

GRADE 8 AGRICULTURE MS

GRADE 8 IRE

AGRICULTURE REVISION BOOKLET FORM 1-4 IN PDF

TOPICS COVERED

SECTION I QUESTIONS

  •  INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE………………………………………………………..3
  • CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION) ……………………………………………5
  •  FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE……………………………………………5
  • WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE…………………………………..………….
  • SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE) ………………………………………………..…..8
  • AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS  (BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS) ……………9
  •  SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS) ……………………………….………..10
  • CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING) ………………………………………………..……….12
  • CROP PRODUCTION III (NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………………….14
  • CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………………………15
  • CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES) …………………………………………………..16
  • LIVESTOCK HEALTH (INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH) ……………………17
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II (LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM) …………….18
  • SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION…………………………………………………………18
  • WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL………………………………………………………………19
  • CROP PESTS AND DISEASES………………………………………………………………….21
  • (pp1): CROP PRODUCTION VI  ( FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM,
  • BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFEE
  • AND TEA CROP PRODUCTION III(NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………23
  • FORAGE CROPS…………………………………………………………………………………24
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III (PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)………………………..25
  • CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) ……………………………
  • CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES)……………………………………………………….
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV………………………………………………………….29
  • LIVESTOCK HEALTH (INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH) ……………………
  •  AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II (AND TENURE AND LAND REFORM) …………….…
  • SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION……………………………………………………..…..
  • WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL………………………………………………………………..
  • CROP PESTS AND DISEASES………………………………………………………………..
  • CROP PRODUCTION VI  (FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET,
  • SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE:
  • HARVESTING OF COTTON, PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFEE & TEA………………
  •  AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V) …………………………………………………….……..32
  •  AGRO FORESTRY…………………………………………………………………………….32

      SECTION I ANSWERS………………………………………………………………..……..34

  • SECTION II QUESTIONS
  • FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT…………………………………………………………….92
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I (COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS) ………………………96
  •  LIVESTOCK HEALTH II     (LIVESTOCK PARASITES) ……………………………………97
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION) ………………………………………………..98
  •  LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (SELECTION AND BREEDING) ……………………..    99
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV (LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)…………..100
  • FARM STRUCTURES ………………………………………………………………………103
  •  LIVESTOCK HEALTH III    (LIVESTOCK DISEASES) ……………………………………108
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V (POULTRY) ………………………………………………110
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES) …………………112
  • FARM POWER AND MACHINERY…………………………………………………………..113

SECTION II   Answers ………………………………………………………………………..117

 

 

SECTION I : QUESTIONS

 

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

This topic entails the following:-

  • Definition of agriculture
  • Main branches of agriculture
  • Farming systems
  • Farming methods
  • Role of agriculture to Kenya’s economy
  • Varied opportunities in agriculture.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will help and motivate the user to       comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give two factors which characterize intensive farming
  2. State three reasons why organic farming is encouraged in farming
  3. State two ways in which agriculture contributes to industrial development
  4. State four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops
  5. State one physical characteristic used in classifying soil
  6. Outline four advantages of organic farming
  7. State two conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced
  8. Differentiate between the following terms as used in Agriculture:-

(a) Oleculture and floriculture

(b) Apiculture and aquaculture

 

FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE

In this topic, the following factors influence agriculture.

-Human factors e.g. -level of education, -Health HIV/AIDS, -Economic status of the farmer e.t.c

– Biotic factors e.g. pests, parasites, decomposers, pathogens, pollinators, predators e.t.c.

– Climatic factors e.g. rainfall, temperature, wind and relative humidity, light

– Edaplus factors e.g. type of soils, soil profile, soil structure, soil texture, soil chemical properties.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and

motivate the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts:

 

  1. State two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  2. a) outline five activities that may be  undertaken in organic farming
  3. List four effects of temperature on crop growth
  4. State four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops
  5. Name two factors related to light that affect crop production and distribution in Kenya
  6.  Describe the environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields
  7. List three environmental factors that affect crop distribution in Kenya
  8. State one physical characteristic used in classifying soil
  9. Outline four advantages of organic farming
  10. The diagrams below show an experiment carried out by a form 1 class. Study them carefully and
E
D

answer questions that follow:

 

(a) What was the aim of the experiment?

(b) What was the observation that form 1 students made at the end of the experiment in

flasks D and E?

(c) Give the reason for the observation made in flask D

           

  1. Briefly explain how sub-soil as a horizon in a soil profile can affect soil productivity
  2. (a) What are the three aspects of light that are important to a farmer?

(b) Mention three ways through which relative humidity affect crop production

  1. The diagram labeled E and F below illustrates some type of soil structure. Study the diagrams

carefully and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the types of soil structure illustrated in diagrams E and F

(b) Identify the parts labeled (i) and (ii) in diagram F

(c) Outline the influence of physical characteristics of soil on its properties

  1. State three physical characteristics of soil
  2. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State merits of horizon A                                                                                                  
  2. b) State distinct features of horizon B
  3. c) What does the term transition zone refer to in soil profile
  4. i) Name horizon C and state its importance
  5. Outline two ways temperature affects crop production
  6. List four ways by which biological agents can enhance the process of soil formation
  7. List four environmental factors that affect crop production in Kenya
  8. Explain the role played by topography in soil formation
  9. Mention two importance of parent’s material in soil profile
  10. Mention four ways of modifying soil temperature in crop production
  11. a) Mention two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  12. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  13. Give four factors that influence soil formation
  14. State three properties of soil that is influenced by soil texture
  15. Name any three agents of biological weathering

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION)

  • Land preparation entails the following farming practices.
  • Land clearing or bush clearing tools, chemicals and equipment used.
  • Primary cultivation, tools and equipment as machines used.
  • Primary cultivation, tools and equipment as machines used.
  • Secondary cultivation, tools and equipment used.
  • Tertiary operations e.g. ridging, rolling and leveling.
  • Sub-soiling, tools used and reasons for the same.
  • Minimum tillage and reasons for the secure.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and farming practices:

 

  1. Give three factors that determine depth of ploughing during land preparation
  2. List four reasons for cultivating land before planting
  3. (a) What is minimum tillage?

(b) Give four farming practices that help in achieving minimum tillage.

  1. (a) Describe the establishment of grass pasture from the time the land is ploughed using a mould

board plough to the time the pasture is ready for grazing

(b) Explain five practices that a farmer should carry out to ensure uniform germination of seeds         (c) Describe five factors that determine the number of cultivations when preparing a seedbed

  1. State four physical conditions of the seedbed that need to be changed to facilitate germination
  2. State four importance of sub soiling as a tertiary operation
  3. Outline four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation
  4. State four disadvantages of minimum tillage
  5. The diagram below illustrate a tertiary operation carried out in the farm

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the tertiary operation
  2. b) (i) State the importance of the tertiary operation identified in 20(a) above

(ii) Give two other  tertiary operations carried out in the field besides the one identified above

  1. Give two reasons why it is advisable to cultivate the field during the dry season
  2. How are hard pans caused by cultivation?
  3. Give four factors that determine the number of secondary cultivation operations
  4. Define the term minimum tillage
  5. List four advantages of timely planting
  6. State any two factors that determine the number of cultivation on a field before it is ready for

planting

  1. Give three benefits of timely planting of annual crops
  2. State four factors determining the depth of ploughing land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Hydrological cycle
  • Sources of water on the farm
  • Water collection and storage
  • Pumps and pumping of water
  • Types water pipes
  • Water treatment
  • Uses of eater of the farm.
  • Types of irrigation advantages and disadvantages.
  • Importance and methods of drainages
  • Water pollution causes and prevention.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  2. State three reasons for draining swampy land before growing crops
  3. Use the diagram below of irrigation method to answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the method of irrigation
  2. b) State four advantages of the above irrigation system
  3. c) State three factors that determine the type of irrigation on the farm
  4. d) State two disadvantages o f the above system of irrigation
  5. a) What is irrigation
  6. b) Outline three methods of irrigation
  7. a) List four use of water on the farm
  8. b) Give four methods of harvesting water on the farm
  9. c) Outline the stages involved in water treatment process
  10. List any four uses of water in the farm
  11. State two types of irrigation used in Kenya
  12. Outline four disadvantages of cambered beds

Describe the process of water treatment

  1. Give four roles of drainage as a method of land reclamation
  2. Name two types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  3. Name any four examples of working capital in maize production
  4. List four types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  5. State four methods of drainage
  6. Distinguish between a dam and a weir                                   
  7. How do the government control prices of essential farm produce
  8. What is the difference between pumping and piping of water in the farm?
  9. List four reasons of draining water logged soils before planting.
  10. Give three Agricultural practices which lead to water pollution
  11. The diagrams below illustrate some methods of irrigating crops in the field. Study the diagrams

and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the methods used ;   (i) A              (ii) B

(b) State two advantages of method A over method B

(c) What material should be inserted at point T

  1. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  2. Give four reasons for practicing irrigation
  3. a) State four  importance  of water to plants
  4. b) State four reasons for treating water before use c) Describe water treatment system in a chemical treatment plant
  5. Name four diseases caused to man by drinking untreated water
  6. State the functions of the following chemicals as used in water treatment;

(a) Chlorine.

(b) Aluminum sulphate (AIlum)

  1. The diagrams labeled S and T illustrate some methods of draining waterlogged fields; use it to

answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the methods illustrated

            (b) What are the materials in S labeled M and N

           (c) Name two types of crops that can be planted in the field instead of carrying out the practice

illustrated in S and T

(d) What is the importance of carrying out land reclamation?

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE)

This topic entails the following:

  • Characteristics of a fertile soil
  • How soil loses soil fertility
  • Soil fertility maintenance
  • Reasons of adding organic matter to soil
  • Disadvantages of organic manure
  • Types of organic manure i.e green manure, farm yard manure and compost measure.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help the user to             comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  2. List four characteristic of fertile soil
  3. The diagram below illustrates a compost heap. Study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the part labeled Q and state its function
  2. b) What is the function of each of the following components in preparation of compost manure
  3. i) Top soil
  4.       ii) Wood ash

iii) Rotten manure

 

 

  1. The illustration below shows a four heap system of making compost manure. Study it and answer

the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) By use of arrows indicate on the diagram above how the following material should be

transferred from one heap to another till the manure is applied in the field

(b) How long does the material take to be ready for application in the field as manure?

(c) Give a reason for turning the material in the heap regularly

(d) Give two reasons why it is necessary to sprinkle water on the heap

  1. Name four indicators of well-decomposed manure
  2. (a) State two factors that should be considered when siting a compost manure heap

(b) When preparing compost manure, explain the importance of each of the following:-

(i) Addition of ash

(ii) Regular turning of the compost manure

  1. What is leaching?
  2. State four advantages of adding organic matter to a sandy soil
  3. (a) Describe the preparation of the following farm materials:-

(i) Farm yard manure

(ii) Hay

(b) Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops

  1. A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

method to calculate the value  of feedstuffs  to be used to prepare 100kgs  of the feed

  1. ii) A part from Pearson square method, name two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS

(BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

This topic entails the following

  • Definition of scarcity, preference and classic, opportunity cot as used in agriculture production.
  • Uses of farm records
  • Types of farm records i.e production records, filed operation records, breeding records, feeding records, health, labour records and master roll.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user  comprehend and understand the concepts and practices.

 

  1. (a) What are the uses of farm records to a farmer?

 

  1. Identify the farm record below and the questions that follow:
Date Disease symptoms Animals affected Drug used Cost of treatment Remarks
           

(a)Identity of the record

(b) State two different information that should be entered in the remarks column

(c) Give two importance of keeping the farm record illustrated above

  1. State four uses of farm records
  2. State four uses of farm records
  3. Outline two ways the level of education and technology influence the efficiency of agricultural

production

  1. Study the illustration below of farm records:- Use it to answer the questions that follow:

Enterprise

Month                     

Name of cow DAYS IN MONTH
  1   2   3   4   5   6  
AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM
                       

 

(a) Name the type of the farm record illustrated above

(b)  Give three reasons for keeping health records in a livestock production

(c) Give three pieces of information a dairy farm manager should collect for planning purposes

  1. List down four pieces of information recorded in a field operation record.
  2. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine
  3. Give two conditions under which a farmer may prefer the use of donkey trailed cart instead of

a tractor drawn trailer in his farm

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS)

 

This topic entails the following;

  • Essentials elements required by cops
  • Classification of essential elements
  • Role o micro-nutrients
  • Deficiency symptoms of macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients.
  • Identification and classification of fertilizers.
  • Soil sampling and testing methods of fertilizer application.
  • Effect of soil acidity/alkalinity air crops
  • Fertilizer rate calculations

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  2. a) Give the form in which the following elements are absorbed by crops
  3.     i) Sulphur
  4. ii) Nitrogen

iii) Carbon

  1.     iv)  Magnesium
  2. b) List three effects of nitrogen to plants
  3. Mr. Malombe of Shinyalu village prepared to top dress 10 hectares of nappier grass using

sulphate of ammonia (21%N). Sulphate of ammonia is applied at rate of 150kg per hectare.

Calculate

  1. a) The quantity of sulphate ammonia fertilizer the farmer will need for 10 hectares
  2. b) The number of 50kg bags of fertilizer he will purchase
  3. Give two disadvantages of using farmyard manure
  4. State four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested
  5. A form four student was given a sample of a fertilizer with the following characteristics:

(i) Grey in colour

(ii) It is granular

(iii) Causes no corrosion

(iv) It is highly hygroscopic

(v) It is neutral

(a) Identify the fertilizer

(b) At what stage of growth of maize should it be applied?

(c) Calculate the amount of K2O contained in 400kg of a compound fertilizer 25:10:5

  1. State two pieces of information that soil sample should have before being taken to the laboratory

for testing

  1. A compound fertilizer bag has the labels 20-20-0. What do the figures stand for?
  2. Give four functions of sulphur in crops
  3. State four advantages of lining as a measure of soil improvement
  4. State two methods of increasing soil PH
  5. (a) State three factors that determine the amount of inorganic fertilizers needed to be applied

to crops

(b) What are the necessary precautions observed when carrying out soil sampling?

  1. List three functions of nitrogen in crops
  2. (a) Distinguish between fertilizer grade and fertilizer ratio

(b) List four elements whose deficiency results into chlorosis in plants

  1. The diagram below shows a method of soil sampling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the method illustrated in the diagram

(b) State three precautions taken when collecting the soil for testing using the above method

(c) Give four reasons why soil from the farm is tested

  1. A farmer was advised to apply compound fertilizer 20-20-10 on an orchard measuring

20m X 10m at the rate of 80kg/ha. Calculate the amount of fertilizer the farmer would require

for the orchard.                                                                                     (Show your working)

  1. a) A compound of fertilizer  has a fertilizer grade of 25:10:5.calculate  the a mount

of phosphorus fore sent in 400kg of this fertilizer

  1. b) The diagram below illustrate methods of collecting soil sample from a field

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the methods illustrated 1-
  2. ii) xx

iii) State three importance of carrying out soil sampling and testing

  1. (a) What is an incomplete compound fertilizer?

(b) State four reasons why a maize crop continued showing deficiency of potassium despite

applications recommended amount of potassic fertilizer

  1. The diagram below shows a soil sampling method.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the method illustrated above

(b) Name any two spots in a farm that should be avoided during sampling

(c) Describe the steps followed while carrying out the exercise in (a) above

 

CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING)

This topic entails the following:

  • Correct  planting materials for various crops
  • Selection and preparation of planting materials
  • Determination of optimum time of planting
  • Factors which determine planting depth
  • Planting procedure for different crops
  • Factors which determine seed rate, spacing and plant population.
  • Calculation of plant population
  • Economic value of land.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  2. Give three factors that determine spacing of beans
  3. State four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  4. Below are diagrams showing vegetative material used for propagation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the propagation materials A, B, C, D
  2. b) What is the term used for inducing B to start germinating?
  3. c) State four advantages of vegetative propagation on crop production
  4. Differentiate between hybrid and composite
  5. a) A farmer planted 100 maize seeds and 90 seeds germinated.

Calculate the germination percentage

  1. b) Given that maize is planted at a spacing of 75cm by 25cm, calculate the plant population in a

plot measuring 4m by 3m

  1. Give four qualities of a mother plant which should be considered when selecting vegetative

material for propagation

  1. Explain five practices that a farmer should carry out to ensure uniform germination of seeds
  2. State two factors which determine the depth of planting
  3. State two advantages of adding organic matter to sandy soil

 

  1. Calculate the number of tea plants in two hectares (2ha) given that the spacing is 150cm x 75cm

and one seedling is planted per hole

  1. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  2. Give four factors that influence the depth of planting
  3. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  4. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  5. Give four factors that influence the depth of planting
  6. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  7. State four factors that determine the spacing of annual crops
  8. Outline four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation
  9. List two factors that effect rooting of cuttings in crop production
  10. Outline three ways of preparing materials before sowing
  11. Outline three ways of preparing materials before sowing
  12. Distinguish between over sowing and under sowing

 

  1. Study the illustration below of a tea vegetative material and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) What name is given to the vegetative material drawn above for tea propagation
  2. b) State two devisable characteristics of the selected plants used to develop the plant shown
  3. c) Give two precautions observed during the preparation of the material above before planting
  4. The diagram below illustrates the spacing which is used when planting beans. Study the diagram

and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State the spacing illustrated above
  2. b) Suppose the student is asked to use the illustrated spacing to plant in a plot 4m by 3m leaving

30cm distance from the edge; calculate;

  1. i) The number of rows on the wider side of the plot
  2. ii) Calculate the plant population
  3. Using planting material whose diagram is shown below, list four factors that would influence the

rooting of the structure

                           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Describe the selection, preparation and raising of vegetative tea seedlings in the nursery
  2. Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops
  3. Give four disadvantages of broadcasting as a method of planting.
  4. Define the following terminologies as used in Agriculture
  5. Give two advantages of producing crops by use of seeds over vegetative propaganda
  6. State four ways of preparing planting materials before planting

 

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION III

NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

 

This topic entails the following:

  • A nursery bed
  • A nursery bed and a seed bed
  • Reasons of establishing nursery bed
  • Suitable site for nursery bed
  • Nursery bed preparation
  • Nursery bed management practices
  • Transplanting seedling crops from nursery bed
  • Budding a seedling
  • Grafting a seedling
  • Reasons for budding, grafting and layering
  • Tissue culture
  • Damage caused by animals to a seedling and prevention.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. Name three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  2. State two practices done during hardening-off of seedlings in a nursery bed.
  3. List two methods of budding used in crop propagation
  4. List four management practices carried out on a nursery bed
  5. Outline two importance of tissue culture in crop propagation
  6. Differentiate between a nursery bed and a seedling bed
  7. Give four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  8. Give four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  9. The diagram below shows a structure used in crop production:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the structure above

(b) Give a reason for carrying out each of the following practices in the structure shown above

(i) Pricking out

(ii) Hardening off

(c) State three importance of the part labeled A in the above structure

  1. (a) Describe the siting and establishment of a crop nursery

(b) Explain management practices in a crop nursery

  1. State four importance of thinning seedlings in the nursery bed
  2. State the difference between a seedling bed and a seedbed.
  3. Below is a diagram of a nursery for raising the seedlings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) State two advantages of having the part labeled J

(b) State any three management practices that should be carried out on the nursery from the time

seedlings emerge to the stage of transplanting

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)

This topic entails the following:

  • Crop rotation
  • Reasons for crop rotations
  • Crop rotation programme
  • Terms used in crop farming
  • Mulching
  • Reasons for various field management practices
  • Correct stage for harvesting crops
  • Harvesting practices of various crops.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Distinguish between staking and propping as a field management practice on crops
  2. Explain five advantages of crop rotation
  3. State four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested
  4. The diagrams labelled B and C below are illustrations of coffee plants established using two

different formative pruning systems.

Examine the diagrams and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the system of pruning illustrated in B

(b) Identify the system of pruning in C

(c) Outline the procedure of how pruning in diagram C is carried out

  1. Give two functions of earthing up in crop production
  2. Describe the factors which determine the stage of harvesting of crops
  3. Give two ways in which inorganic much helps to conserve water
  4. State four factors that determine the spacing of annual crops
  5. Explain the importance of each of the following practices: (i) Hardening off

(ii) Pricking out

(iii) Gapping

  1. Outline two factors that determine the stage of harvesting crops
  2. (a) List four factors that determine harvesting sage of a crop

(b) Give four practices that can be used to control storage pests

  1. List four benefits of pruning in crop production
  2. (a) What is winnowing?

(b) Give one importance of the following practices:            (i) Mulching                                                                                                                                                   (ii) Threshing

(c) Which factors are considered when carrying out a crop rotation program?

  1. What is frelishing?
  2. Briefly explain how each of the factors listed below will determine the stage at which a crop is harvested

(a) Intended use of the crop

(b) Market demand

  1. What is roguering in crop production?
  2. What is meant by the term “changing the cycle” in coffee growing?
  3. The diagram below shows a practice carried out on various crops on the farm. Study them

carefully and answer the questions that follow;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the farm practice represented by B

(b) State the importance of the above practice in the following crops;

(i) Maize

(ii) Irish potatoes

(c) At what stage of growth should the above practice be carried out in maize?

  1. Mention four factors which determine the stage at which crops are harvested
  2. State two limitation of using polythene sheets as mulching materials in a field of tomatoes
  3. Give two management practices carried in a banana stool
  4. State two functions of polythene sheet when used as mulch material
  5. Give four crops requiring training

 

CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES)

This topic entails the following:

  • Growing or production of a vegetable crop form nursery establishment to harvesting
  • Keep records of crop production.
  • Market vegetable crop produce
  • Give reasons or importance of growing vegetable crops.
  • The vegetable crops include the following: Tomatoes, cabbages, onions, carots, kales.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below is of a tomato plant. Study it and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State three management practices that have not been carried on the plant above                         b) For each management practice state one reason why it should be carried  out
  2. c) Name two diseases that attack the crop above in the field
  3. Describe the production of tomatoes (lycopersicon esculentum) under the following subheadings
  4. a) Varieties
  5. b) Nursery establishment
  6. c) Field management practices
  7. List four symptoms of late blight in tomatoes
  8. State any four factors considered when grading tomatoes for fresh market
  9. State two ways of controlling purple blotch in onions
  10. The following is an illustration of an infected tomato plant. Study it carefully and answer the

questions below:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the disease which may have caused the condition shown in the illustration

(b) Name any other crop which may be affected by the disease identified in (a) above             (c) Mention two other factors which can lead to the same condition as shown by the illustration

(d) State two measures that can be sued to control the disease named in (a) above

  1. Give two ways in which pruning helps to control diseases in tomatoes
  2. Outline four ecological requirements for cabbages
  3. a) Mention two pests which attack tomatoes
  4. b) Give two causes blossom end rot disease in tomatoes
  5. List three ecological requirements of tomatoes.

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH

(INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of Health and disease.
  • Signs of sickness in animals livestock diseases
  • Categories of livestock diseases
  • Reasons for keeping livestock in good health
  • Disease control practices
  • Appropriate methods of handling livestock.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

  1. Identify four physical appearances to be observed in a sick animal
  2. State two reasons why tsetse fly control is considered to be a land reclamation method
  3. a) Explain five factors to consider when siting a fish pond
  4. b) Explain the measures used to control livestock diseases
  5. a) Name four notifiable diseases in livestock
  6. b) Discuss four ways in which livestock disease are spread in the farm
  7. c) Describe the methods of controlling livestock disease giving an example of different disease

in each case

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II

(LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM)

  • Definition of land tenure.
  • Description of tenure systems.
  • Descriptions of land reforms.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  2. State three objectives of land reforms that are taking place in Kenya
  3. State two causes of land fragmentation in Kenya since independence
  4. Outline the process followed in land adjudication
  5. State four benefits of a farmer having land title deed
  6. State four reasons for practicing land consolidation
  7. Give four advantages of communal land tenure system
  8. State four advantages of landlordism and tenancy
  9. Outline four objects of land tenure reform
  10. State three advantages of communal land tenure system
  11. List down four important details in a land title deed.

 

SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of soil erosion
  • Explanation of various factors which influence erosion.
  • Agents of erosion
  • Description various methods of erosion
  • Description of various methods of erosion control
  • Description of micro-catchments and then uses.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Name three human activities that may influence soil erosion
  2. Below is a diagram showing soil erosion control method
Soil
Cultivated land with crops

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the structure used to control soil erosion
  2. b) What is the function of the structure made
  3. c) Why was soil not put on the upper side of the trench made
  4. d) State four effects if water was allowed into the cultivated land
  5. Give two roles played by Grassley in soil erosion control
  6. List three materials that may be used for constructing a gabion
  7. State one factor that would determine the width and depth of a cut off drain
  8. Explain five ways by which grass helps to conserve soil
  9. Give four farming practices that help in reducing the effects of water shortage in crop production
  10. Name two types of terraces
  11. Name two forms of gully erosion

9          -V- shaped

-U – shaped

  1. Explain the cultural methods of soil erosion control
  2. Mention four control measures of river bank erosion
  3. The figure below represents a physical soil and water conservation measure used on various slopes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the measure represented above
  2. b) Describe the construction of the identified measure above
  3. a) What is soil erosion
  4. b) Give four types of water erosion
  5. c) Explain factors which influence soil erosion
  6. d) State any seven cultural ways of controlling weeds
  7. Give two ways through which gabions control soil erosion

 

 

WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of a weed
  • Identification of weeds
  • Classification o weeds
  • Competitive ability of weeds
  • Description of weed control methods
  • Harmful effects of weeds

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the weed

(b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

(c) State the economic importance of the weed shown above

 

 

 

 

  1. The following is an illustration of a common weed of arable land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the weed                                                                                                                          (b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

(c) State one harmful effect of the weed on crop production

(d) Give two measures used to control the weed

  1. Below is a diagram of some common weeds. Study then and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Identify weed A and B                                                                                                                   (ii) State two effects of weed B on crop production

(iii) Give a reason why weed B is difficult to control

(iv) State the effective method of controlling weed B                                             

  1. Give four methods of propagation which make weeds have a high competitive ability

over crops

  1. The diagrams below show weeds:-
C
D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify the weeds C and D

(b) State why it is difficult to control weed C                                                                      

(c) State two economic importance of weed D

  1. (a) List any four types of weeds known to be poisonous to livestock

(b) At what stage of life cycle is best recommended to control weeds?

  1. State two disadvantages of using herbicides
  2. a) Name four herbicides that can be used to control weeds in a field of maize
  3. b) At what stage of growth of maize should the weeds be controlled by use of a post

emergence herbicides

  1.       (b) Give an account of economic importance of weeds
  2. a) mention two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  3. Listing specific examples of weeds describe their harmful effects in agricultural production

 

 

 

 

CROP PESTS AND DISEASES

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of a pest and a disease
  • Main cause of crop diseases
  • Description of harmful effects of crop pests and diseases
  • Identification of crop pests and diseases
  • Control measures of crops pests and diseases

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two possible causes of swelling on the roots of legume crops
  2. Discuss the various cultural methods of controlling pests in crops
  3. What does the term ‘close season’ mean in crop production?
  4. Explain five cultural methods of pest control in stored grains
  5. Name four symptoms of viral infections in plants
  6. Study the illustrations given below and then answer the questions that follow:-
C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the pests shown by the illustrations B, C and D

(b) State one effective method of controlling the pest labelled

(c) Name the type of crop commonly attacked by the pest labelled ‘C

  1. State the various practices carried out in the field to help control crop diseases
  2. State two ways in which pesticides kill crop pests

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below shows kale seedling attacked by a pest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the pest

(b) What damage does the pest cause to the crop

(c)  State two methods of controlling the pest

  1. Define the term ‘economic injury level of a pest and integrated pest control management
  2. List four harmful effects of crop pests
  3. The diagram below shows a fungal disease in a section of potato crop leaf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the fungal disease
  2. b) (i) State  the causal  organism of  the disease identified above
  3. ii) Give two symptoms of the above disease
  4. c) Give two control measures of the disease
  5. The diagram below shows a banana fruit infected by a certain disease.

 

 

 

 

 

  • Identify the disease
  • Suggest any one control measure for the disease you have named in (a)
  1. The diagram below shows a crop pest;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the crop pest

(b) State two damages the pest would cause to crops

 

  1. Give two symptoms of nematode attack on bananas.
  2. Give four cultural practices used in controlling crop pests
  3. State three symptoms of coffee berry disease.

 

19        (i) Use the diagrams below to answer the question that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the crop pests labeled M, N and P

(b) State one control measures of crop pests labeled M                                                                  

(c) State the damage caused to crops by crop pest labeled N

  1. State and explain the cultural methods of pest control

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION VI

FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFE AND TEA

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of management practices of the food crops from planting to harvesting and marketing.
  • Economic value of food crops and industrial crops

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. List four management practices carried out in maize field at 45cm high
  2. Why is it not recommended to use sisal bags in handling cotton
  3. Describe the production of rice under the following sub-headings:-

(a) Land preparation

(b) Water control

(c) Fertilizer application

(d) Weed control

(ii) Describe the environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields

  1. Describe the production of maize for dry grain production under the following sub-headings:-

(a) Seedbed preparation                                                                                                                     (b) Planting

(c) Weed control

(d) Pest control

(e) Disease control

(f) Harvesting

  1. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  2. Describe production of maize under the following sub-headings ;

(a) Varieties

(b) planting

(c) pest and pest control

(d) harvesting and storage

  1. Describe the field production of maize under the following sub headings
  2. a) Ecological requirement
  3. b) Varieties
  4. c) Seedbed preparation
  5. d) Pests and diseases
  6. e) Harvesting
  7. a) Discuss harvesting of cotton                                  b) Explain the roles of Agricultural co-operatives in Kenya
  8. Describe the production of maize under the following sub-headings:

(a) Ecological requirements

(b) Land preparation                                                                                                                          (c) Planting and field management

(d) Pests and disease control

(e) Harvesting and marketing

  1. Give two precautions measures a farmer should put into consideration when harvesting cotton
  2. Describe the production of beans under the following sub headings:

(a) Ecological requirements

(b) Seedbed preparation                                                                                                                                 (c) Planting                                                                                                                                                    (d) Pest and pest control

 

 

FORAGE CROPS

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition and classification of pasture crops.
  • Identification of pasture corps
  • Description of ecological requirements of forage crops
  • Description of the establishment of pasture and fodder crops
  • Description of forage utilization and conservation.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State three factors which affects the quality of standing forage given to livestock
  2. Explain Napier grass production under the following sub-headings
  3. i) Seedbed preparation
  4. ii) Planting

iii) Fertilizer application

  1. iv) Weed control
  2. v) Utilization
  3. Why is it necessary to allow freshly cut nappier grass to wilt before ensiling
  4. Describe the establishment of grass pasture from the time the land is ploughed using a mould

board plough to the time the pasture is ready for grazing

  1. State two causes of failure in pasture establishment
  2. State two advantages of grass-legume mixture
  3. List four factors that determine the quality of hay
  4. i) Discuss the production of Guatemala grass (Trypsacum Laxum) under the following headings
  5. a) Ecological required
  6. b) Land preparation
  7. c) Planting
  8. d) (i) Utilization and defoliation
  9. ii) Discuss six effects of late defoliation of fodder
  10. Give four factors that determine the nutrient content in hay
  11. (a) Describe the preparation of the following farm materials:-

(i) Farm yard manure

(ii) Hay

(b) Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops

  1. (a) What is topping in pasture management

(b)State two methods used in topping in pasture management

  1. Give two advantages of grass-legume pasture over pure grass pasture
  2. Why are farmers encouraged to conserve excess forage in the farm?
  3. Give two factors affecting the quality of hay

 

 

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III

(PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Parameter of national development
  • Factors of production
  • Law of diminishing returns
  • Farm planning and budgeting
  • Agricultural services
  • Risks and uncertainities
  • How to adjust to risks and uncertainities.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State four ways of increasing labour efficiency on the farm
  2. The table shows egg production from individual birds with varying mounts of layers mash

 

100 layers

(Fixed number)

Layers mash

Kgs/week

Total egg production per week Marginal production per week
100 0 140 0
100 10 155 15
100 20 180 25
100 30 240 60
100 40 340 100
100 50 470 130

(a) Sketch a graph representing the total egg production per week against amount of feed given

(b) Identify the type of production function represented by the graph in (a) above

 

  1. (a) What are the uses of farm records to a farmer?                             (b) Explain four ways in which a farmer may improve Labour productivity in the farm

(c) Outline the process followed in land adjudication

  1. Name any three types of agricultural services available to the farmer
  2. Outline four management guideline questions which assist a farm manager in making accurate

farm decisions

  1. Give four ways of improving labour productivity
  2. List four variable inputs in sorghum production
  3. List four agricultural support services available to a crop farmer in Kenya
  4. Define the following as used in Agricultural economics:-

(a) Gross domestic product (GDP)

(b) Per capita income

  1. Explain the various ways in which farmers may adjust to risks and uncertainties
  2. (a) The table below represents the yield of maize in 90kg bags in response to application of

different quantities of planting fertilizer

(i) Fill in the blank spaces

 

Input 50kg bag fertilizer Out put 90kg bag maize Average product (AP) Marginal product (MP)
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6

10

24

31

36

40

43

43

40

 

(ii) Suggest the best level of production in relation to the inputs and output

(b) A farmer is considering undertaking the production of either maize or beans. Study the

following  information about the two crops then answer the questions that follow:

 

(i) Maize

Yield per hectare                                5,500 kg

Price                                                    15 per kg

Cost of cultivation / ha                       Kshs. 3000

Amount of seeds/ha                            25kgs

Cost of DAP fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1,500

Amount of DAP fertilizer/ha             3bags

Cost of seeds/kg                                 Kshs.100

Labour requirements/ha                     50 man days

Cost of labour                                    Kshs.150 per man day

Amount of CAN fertilizer/bag           3 bags

Cost of CAN fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1000

 

(ii) Beans

Yield per hectare                                5000kg

Price                                                    50per kg

Cost of cultivation / ha                       KShs.3600

Labour requirements/ha                     75 man days

Cost of labour                                     Kshs. 200 per man day

Cost of DAP fertilizer/bag                 Kshs. 1500

Amount of DAP fertilizer/ha             2bags

Cost of seeds/kg                                 Kshs.800

Amount of seed/ha                             20kg

Amount of CAN fertilizer/bag           1bag

Cost of CAN fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1,000

Cost of sprays                                                 Kshs.3,000

(i) Calculate the gross margins for each crop                                                                                   (14mks)

(ii) From your calculation, which crop is profitable to grow?

  1. Below is a graphical representation of the law of diminishing returns.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPK fertilizer input (in 50kg bags)

 

 

(a) Explain what happens in each of the three zones marked I and III in relation to the output

of maize     and the NPK fertilizer input

(b) Which of the three is a rational zone of production

  1. Give four variable costs in maize production
  2. A farmer has the following yield from a two hectare millet crop enterprise at Oluch irrigation schemes.

Study it and prepare his gross margin. is it  profitable to grow millet? He spent the following in

his operations

Weed                        800/=

Seeds                        20kg/ha

Irrigation                  600/=/ha

Ploughing                500/=/ha

Clearing the land   1200/=

Cost of seeds           300/= /10kg bag

Planting                   400/= /ha

Harvesting              1200/= /ha

Yield                       32bags

DAP fertilizer         2 bags at 10 000/= /50kg bags

CAN fertilizer        2 bags at 700/= /50kg bags

Gunny bags            40/= /bag

Transport to market    2000/=

  1. A farmer has the following yield from a two hectare millet crop enterprise at Oluch irrigation schemes. Study it and prepare his gross margin. is it profitable to grow millet? He spent the following in his operations

Weed                        800/=

Seeds                        20kg/ha

Irrigation                  600/=/ha

Ploughing                500/=/ha

Clearing the land   1200/=

Cost of seeds           300/= /10kg bag

Planting                   400/= /ha

Harvesting              1200/= /ha

Yield                       32bags

DAP fertilizer         2 bags at 10 000/= /50kg bags

CAN fertilizer        2 bags at 700/= /50kg bags

Gunny bags            40/= /bag

Transport to market    2000/=                                                             (20mks)

 

  1. What is profit maximization in Agricultural Economics
  2. a) A farmer is considering undertaking the production of either maize or beans. Study the

following information about the two crops and then answer the questions that follow:

 

Maize  
Yield per hectare 5500kg
Price Kshs.15 per kg
Cost of cultivation/ ha Kshs. 3000/=
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1500/=
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ ha 3 bags
Cost of seed/ Kg Kshs.100
Labour requirements / ha 50 man days
Cost of labour Kshs.150 per man day
Amount of CAN fertilizer 3 bags
Cost of CAN fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1000

 

Beans  
Yield per hectare Kshs.5000
Price Kshs.50 per kg
Cost of cultivation/ ha Kshs.3600
Labour requirements/ ha 75 man- days
Cost of labour Kshs.200 per man day
Cost of DAP fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1500
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ ha 2 bags
Cost of seed/ kg Kshs.80
Amount of seed/ ha 20kg
Amount of CAN fertilizer/ 1 bag
Cost of CAN fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1000
Cost of sprays Kshs.3000

 

  1. i) Calculate the gross margin for each crop
  2. ii) From your calculation which crop is profitable to grow
  3. b) Discuss five factors considered when planning a farm
  4. Using the data provided in the table below, make an interpretation and advice the farmer on which

crop to grow ;

Type of crop Gross margin (Ksh)
Cotton 18,400
Ground nuts 20,050
  1. Outline three advantages of budgeting in farm business
  2. A farmer has 1 Ha piece of land on which he grows maize. His farm record on maize

production for nine years is as shown in the table below:

Year Fertilizer applied (bags) Total output of maize (bags)
1995 0 4
1996 2 10
1997 4 28
1998 6 42
1999 8 52
2000 10 60
2001 12 66
2002 14 66
2003 16 64

 

(a) i) Using an appropriate scale, with input on the X-axis draw a graph to show the relationship

between inputs and total output

(ii) From the graph you have drawn, how many bags of maize would the farmer produce if

he applied 9bags of fertilizer?

Calculate the farmers marginal products and average products for the years                                  (i) From the data given, what rate of fertilizer application would the farmer choose if he

wanted to grow maize in 2004?

(ii) Give an explanation for your choice in (c) (i) above

(b) Assuming that the average price of fertilizer over the years recorded was shs. 1,200/= per bag

and the price of maize was ksh.1000/= per bag :

Calculate the gross income for the years 2002 and 2003

Calculate the net income for the year 1999. (Assume no other costs were incurred)

  1. Name five types of costs incurred in a farming business
  2. List any four sources of credit to farmers.
  3. List three ways in which labour peaks can be overcome in the farm (1½ mks)
  4. State four ways of improving farm labour productivity
  5. A farmer had a plot of land measuring 5 hectares in which be intended to plant maize.

He was advised to apply 150 kg of P20 per hectare at planting and 200kg N per hectare during

top dressing. The fertilizer available in the market was Calcium Ammonium Nitrate containing

20% N and Di-ammonium phosphate 46% P205. Calculate.

(a)  (i) The amount of Di—ammonium phosphate required

(ii) The amount of calcium ammonium nitrate required

(b) Baraka farm manager plans to grow Irish potatoes or maize for grains. Study the information

below and answer the questions that follow:

 

Irish potatoes

Cost of fertilizers/ha____________________________ Ksbs 10,000.

Labour requirements/ha ______________________ Kshs 50 man – days

Yield /ha ___________________________________ 10,000kg

Seed potato/ha ________________________________Kshs20, 000

Cost of labour ___________________________ Kshs 200 per man day

Cost of fungicides___________________________ Kshs 5000

Cost of ploughing____________________________ Kshs 4000

Selling price of potatoes per kg __________________ Kshs 30.

 

Maize

Yield per hectare ______________Kshs.7,500kg

Selling price of maize per kg _____________Kshs 20.

Cost of ploughing /ha ________________Kshs.4000

Seed maize/ha _____________________Kshs.3000

Labour requirement /ha _________________________ 200 man days.

Cost of fertilizers /ha ____________________Kshs 10,000

Cost of top dressing fertilizers __________________Kshs 4,800

Cost of labour _____________Kshs 150 per man – day

 

(i) What is gross margin?

(ii) Calculate the gross margin of each of the crops

(iii) From the calculation above which crop should the farm grow?

(d) Describe the environmental factors that may lead to poor yields in crop production

                       

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Importance of farm accounts
  • Financial documents and their uses
  • Analysis  of financial statements
  • Books of accounts and their uses.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Name three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants

2          a) The following transactions were extracted from Mr. Tembo’s financial books for the year

ending 31st Dec 2003.study and answer the questions that follow:

            Particulars                                                       cost (ksh)

Milk sale                                                          8 000

Goat sale                                                             500

Purchase of farm tools                                     1 000

Construction of zero grazing unit                  10 000

Depreciation of machinery                                 800

Closing stock                                                 16 000

Veterinary bills                                                     400

Interest payable                                                   750

Wages                                                              4 800

Sales of cabbages                                                750

Sales of tea                                                       4 700

Opening stock                                                 12 000

Sales of heifers                                                  9 400

Purchase of pesticides                                          300

 

(a) i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2003

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm
  2. b) i) Give five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  3.     ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming

 

  1. State four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  2. List any two financial statements which may be prepared on a farm
  3. The following information was obtained from Lang’at’s farm records for the year ending

December, 2004. Study it and answer the questions that follow:-

Goats                              4,000

Poultry                          15,000

Causal workers             12,000

Opening valuation      150,000

 

His sales and receipts are as follows:

Mohair                        75,000

Rabbits                        3,600

Eggs to hotel               15,000

Closing valuation       200,000

(a) Prepare the profit and loss A/C of Lang’at’s farm

(b) State the benefit of a profit and loss A/C to Mr. Lang’at

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) List any four financial documents used in the farm

(b)  Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Rob’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2009, given

the following information:-

Sale of milk                Kshs.10,000

Sold two heifers         kshs.10,000

Cabbage sold              Kshs. 20,000

Debts payable                         Ksh.4,200

Sold tomatoes             Kshs. 3,000

Veterinary bills          Kshs.2,500

Bought livestock feeds Kshs.2,500

Purchase fertilizers    Kshs.5,000

Bought seeds              Kshs. 4,000

Debts receivable         Kshs.20,000

Opening valuation      Kshs.150,000

Closing valuation       Kshs.200,000

(c) Did the farm make a profit or a loss? Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the Farm

(d) Explain the various ways in which farmers may adjust to risks and uncertainties

  1. a) The following transactions were extracted from Mr. Tembo’s financial books for the year

ending 31st Dec 2003.study and answer the questions that follow:

            Particulars                                                       cost (ksh)

Milk sale                                                          8 000

Goat sale                                                             500

Purchase of farm tools                                     1 000

Construction of zero grazing unit                  10 000

Depreciation of machinery                                 800

Closing stock                                                 16 000

Veterinary bills                                                     400

Interest payable                                                   750

Wages                                                              4 800

Sales of cabbages                                                750

Sales of tea                                                       4 700

Opening stock                                                 12 000

Sales of heifers                                                  9 400

Purchase of pesticides                                          300

 

  1. i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec 2003
  2. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm
  3. b) i) Give five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  4.      ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming

 

  1. At the end year ended 31/12/2005 Bidii farm recorded the following:

Perennial crops           250,000

Bank loans                  30,000

Cash at hand               5,000

Bank overdrafts          15,000

Land                            350,000

Unpaid wages             3,000

Debts receivable         20,000

Stocks in store                        25,000

Livestock                    200,000

Bank balances             100,000

(a) Prepare a balance sheet as at 31/12/2005

(b) Did Bidii farm qualify for a loan and why?

 

  1. State one condition in which each of the following documents is used.
  2. i) Invoice
  3. ii) Delivery note

iii) Receipt

  1. Below is a transaction showing Mrs.Okello’s financial position in her business for the year 2009

-Purchase of pesticides                           3,000  00

-Milk sales                                              8,000  00

-Sales of goats                                        5,000  00

-Construction of store                           10,000  00

-Closing valuation                                 16,000  00

-Depreciation of machinery                     3,000 00

-Interest payable                                      1,750  00

-Purchase of farm tools                               800 00

-Veterinary bills                                        1,400 00

-Sales of tomatoes                                    1,750  00

-Wages                                                   10,000  00

-Sales of heifer                                       10,000  00

-Opening valuation                                 12,000  00

-Sales  of coffee                                        5,000  00

  1.  i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mrs. Okello’s farm
  2. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss that Mrs. Okello made during the year 2009

iii) Explain six ways in which farmers adjust to risk and uncertainties in farming

  1. Name two examples of liabilities in a balance sheet

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V)

This topic entails the following:

  • Market and marketing
  • Types of markets
  • Supply and demand
  • Marketing functions
  • Problems of marketing
  • Agricultural organizations

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. a) Explain the principle that govern the  operations of farmers’  co-operative societies
  2. b) Explain the role of agricultural cooperatives in Kenya
  3. c) Explain various functions of agricultural marketing
  4. a) Give four marketing functions
  5. b) Outline four problems associated with marketing of agricultural products
  6. State two roles of agricultural society of Kenya
  7. (a) What is elasticity of demand for a commodity

(b) Given that at a price of shs.1000 per bag, 20 bags of maize are demanded but when the price

changes to shs.800 per bag, 22 bags are demanded. Calculate the elasticity of demand. Show

your working

(c)Outline six problems of marketing maize as an agricultural product

(d) Determine nine principles governing cooperatives in Kenya

  1. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  2. (a) Explain marketing activities in Agriculture

(b) Discuss problems experienced in marketing of Agricultural products

  1. What is elasticity of supply

 

  1. How do the governments control prices of essential farm produce
  2. b) Explain the roles of Agricultural co-operatives in Kenya
  3. State the law of demand and supply.
  4. What do the following initials stand for?

(i) K.N.F.U – Kenya National Farmers Union

(ii) H.C.D.A – Horticultural Crops Development Authority

  1. (a) What is a co-operative society

(b) List two functions of co-operatives

(c) State and explain the nine principles of governing co-operatives

  1. Give four factors which influenced the demand of tomatoes in the market

 

 

 

 

AGROFORESTRY

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of agro forestry
  • Importance of agro forestry
  • Forms of agro forestry
  • Importance of trees
  • Selection f trees to plant
  • Routine management practices on trees
  • Methods of tree harvesting.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

 

  1. State two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  2. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  3. List four advantages of agro-forestry
  4. The illustrations below are techniques of harvesting agroforestry trees. Study them carefully and

then answer the questions below:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the harvesting techniques represented by techniques A and B

(b) Give an example of a tree species suitable for technique B and C as a method of harvesting

  1. State four factors considered when choosing trees for Agroforestry
  2. (a) Five characteristics of trees used in agroforestry are;

(b) The benefits of agroforestry are:

  1. Name four forms of agro- forestry
  2. Give four characteristics that good agro-forestry tree should posses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANSWERS SECTION 1

 

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

 

  1. two factors which characterize intensive farming
  • Small farms
  • Huge capital
  • Skilled labour
  • Produce for sale

Mechanization done

  1. three reasons why organic farming is encouraged in farming
  • Cheap
  • Environmental friendly

No chemical residues in produce

  1. two ways in which Agriculture contributes to industrial development.

– Provide raw materials for industries.

– Provide market for industrial goods.

– Is a source of capital for starting industries.

  1. four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops.

– Causes physical damage to crops.

– Cause rapid spread of diseases/ pests/ weeds.

– Can cause water stress as a result of evaporation.

– Causes stress of crops due to chilling caused cold winds.

– Encourage transpiration hence water and mineral uptake.

  • Agriculture – rearing of fish in fish ponds
  1. One physical characteristic used in classifying soil is:
  • Colour,
  • Texture,
  • Structure
  1. Four advantages of organic farming
  • Environmental friendly
  • Products do not have organic farming
  • Products do not have organic chemical residue
  • Improve soil structure
  • Replenishes nutrients in the soil as it uses organic manure
  • Enhances soil water retention
  • Provides food for soil microbes
  • Enhances soil water infiltration
  1. Two conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced are:
  • Can only be practiced where land is abundant
  • Practiced where population is sparse
  • Practiced where number of livestock per units low (2 ½mks)
  1. Four factors that determine the time of planting a crop

(a) Olericulture – production of vegetables

  • Floriculture – production of flowers

(b) Apiculture – bee keeping

  • Agriculture – rearing of fish in fish ponds

 

 

 

 

FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE

  1. two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  • Provide nutrients
  • Increase water holding capacity
  • Increase soil temperature

Neutral soil PH

  1. a) five activities that may be  undertaken in organic farming
  • Mulching
  • Apply manure
  • Use medicinal plants to control parasites and diseases
  • Crop rotation
  • Rear livestock on natural organically grown pasture
  • Physical/ cultural/ biological/ pests, weeds and disease control
  1. four effects of temperature on crop growth

Low temp-slow growth rate

-increase incidence of negative infection e.g. CBD

-improve quality of some crop

High temp-cause wilting

-increase growth rate

-improve quality of some crops

-increase pest and disease incidences (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops.

– Causes physical damage to crops.

– Cause rapid spread of diseases/ pests/ weeds.

– Can cause water stress as a result of evaporation.

– Causes stress of crops due to chilling caused cold winds.

– Encourage transpiration hence water and mineral uptake.

  1. Two factors related to light that affect crop production and distribution in Kenya:-
  • Light intensity
  • Light duration

–     Light wavelength

  1. The environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields
  • Poor soil fertility /infertile soil
  • Damage by hailstorms
  • Less rainfall/unreliable/drought
  • Poor soil type resulting into leaching or water logging
  • Inappropriate soil PH
  • Inappropriate temperature (too low or high)
  • Excessive wind leading to increase in water loss from the soil
  • Extreme relative humidity
  • Extreme of light intensity
  • Topography / some attitudes e.g. very high may limit crop growth ( 1mk x any 7pts = 7mks)
  1. – Rainfall
  • Soil
  • Topography
  • Light
  • Wind
  1. One physical characteristic used in classifying soil is:
  • Colour,
  • Texture,
  • Structure

 

 

 

  1. Four advantages of organic farming
  • Environmental friendly
  • Products do not have organic farming
  • Products do not have organic chemical residue
  • Improve soil structure
  • Replenishes nutrients in the soil as it uses organic manure
  • Enhances soil water retention
  • Provides food for soil microbes
  • Enhances soil water infiltration ( 4x ½ = 2mks)
  1. (a) The aim of the experiment was:- to show presence of living organisms in the soil

(b) observations were:

  • Flask D  – Limewater turns milky/turbid       (1mk)
  • Flask E – Lime water remains clear  (1mk)

(c)  The reason for the observation in flask D is:-

Carbon dioxide which turns water milky in flask D would have been produced only during the respiration of living organisms present in fresh soil

  1. – It may have hard pan which interfere with water infiltration
  2. a) – Light duration
  • Light intensity
  • Light wave length ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  1. b)  Evapotranspiration
  • Presence of pest
  1. a) – E – Single grained structure

– F – Granular structure                                                                                                (1×1=1 mk)

  1.  b)        i) Humus with clay                                                                                         (1×1=1 mk)
  2. ii) Air space (1×1=1 mk)

c)-  Colour affects soil texture and hence micro- organisms in the soil Ö

– Texture – affects drainage, aeration and capillary

– Structure – affects aeration and root penetration

  1. three physical characteristics of soil (1 1/2mks)
  • Soil structure
  • Soil texture
  • Soil colour
  1. a) State merits of horizon A
  • source of plant nutrients
  • support/anchor the crops
  • store of water for the crops
  • sources of soil micro organism
  1. b) State distinct features of horizon B
  • deficient of humus(nutrients)
  • contain leached nutrients
  • contains more compact soil particles
  • presence of hard pans in  some soils
  1. c) Transitional zone-this is a zone bordering two adjacent layer of soil profile

i)Weathered rock

Importance

  • Give rise  to sub soil
  • Source of minerals
  • Determine mineral content of  soil and type  of soil

16

  • Low temperatures encourages crop diseases such as leaf rust
  • Low temperatures may increase or lower the quality of farm produce
  • High temperatures hastens maturity/ improves the quality/ lower the quality
  • Increases the rate of evapo transpiration which may result loss plant moisture/ leading to wilting of crops
  • Movement of animals in large numbers
  • Decomposition of plant and animal remains by soil micro- organisms
  • Physical breaking of rocks by roots of higher plants
  • Man’s activities e.g. cultivation, mining and road construction
  • Mixing up of soil by animals e.g. earth worms and
  1. – Temperature/ Altitude

– Soil type;

– Prevailing winds;

– Rainfall;       (4x ½ =2mks)

  1. – It influences the movement of the weathered materials hence affecting the depth of soil development;
  2. two importance of parent’s material in soil profile
  • Determine  soil characteristics
  • Determine  soil  depth

Determine  soil  nutrients

  1. four ways of modifying soil temperature in crop production
  • Mulching
  • Pruning
  • Shading of crops
  • Irrigation (4x ½ mks)
  1. a) two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  • Stage of plants  growth
  • Plants morphology and anatomy
  • Mode  of action
  • Environmental factors (2×1=2mks)
  1. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  2. four factors that influence soil formation
  • Parents  rock  material
  • Climate
  • Topography
  • Biotic/organic/living organism
  1. – Drainage

-Aeration

-Water-holding capacity

-capillary

  1. -large animals e.g. Buffaloes

-Man activities e.g. farming

-Root pressure of plants

-Burrowing animals e.g moles, termites

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION)

 

  1. three factors that determine depth of ploughing during land preparation
  • Crop to be planted
  • Implement available

Type of soil

  1. Four reasons for cultivating land before planting.

– To improve soil aeration.

– To improve germination.

– Destroy weeds.

– Destroy weeds.

– Incorporate organic matter in the soil.

– Increase water infiltration.

  1. (a)Is a situation in which least possible cultivation operations are carried out in crop

production.

(b) – Clearing the land / bush clearing.

– Using appropriate chemicals to kill the existing vegetation.

– Weeding using herbicides.

– Planting / drilling seeds directly into the stubble of previous crop.

  1. (a) – Harrow the land to a fine filth;

– Harrow during the dry or before the rains;

– Make the seed be weed – free / ensure clean seed bed;

– Firm the seed bed using rollers after sowing;

– Select a desirable variety of seed for the ecological zone,;

– Sow seeds at the onset rains/ early planting;

– Apply phosphatic fertilizers at appropriate rate of 200 – 300 kgs/ ha at planting time;

– Drill or broadcast  the seeds evenly;

– Use a recommended seed rate for the variety / seed rate of 1.5 – 2.0 kh/ha pure seeds;

– Bury seeds at 2 ½ times their diameter;

– Control weeds by uprooting/ apply a suitable herbicide;

– Apply nitrogenous fertilizers about 6 weeks after germination in split application.

– Avoid grazing when the pasture is too young.

– Practice light grazing in the field phase of pasture establishment.            (10 x 1 = 10 mk)

(b) – Select seeds of  the  same size, variety, age and free from pests and diseases.

– Plant seeds at the same time.

– Prepare the whole field to required uniform tilth.

– Plant at the right moisture content of the soil / irrigation uniformly.

– Treat seeds before planting i.e. break dormancy.

– Plant at the correct depth.                                                                                        (5 x 1 = 5 mks)

(c) – Soil moisture content.

– Type of soil.

– Cost of operation.

– Size of seed/ type of planting material/ type of crop.

– Type of machinery available / use of tractors.

– Topography / gradient of the land/ liability of soil erosion.

– Skills of the operator.

– Initial conditions of the land/ the cropping history of the land.

– Time available to carry out the operation before planting.

  1. Four physical conditions of the seedbed that need to be changed to facilitate

Germination

  • Size of soil clods (clods (made small or medium size
  • Appropriate soil depth
  • Soil looseness
  • Should be weed free

–    Soil moisture content improved

 

  1. Four importance of sub soiling as a tertiary operation
  • Brings leached nutrients to the surface
  • Breaks hard pans
  • Promotes aeration of the soil
  • Promotes water infiltration

–    Ensures better root penetration

 

  1. Four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation are:
  • Press the seeds against the soil moisture
  • Controls soil erosion
  • Ensure uniform germination
  • Controls removal of small seeds by wind
  • Breaks large soil cods
  1. four disadvantages of minimum tillage
  • The less porous surface increased soil erosion especially  in heavily sols
  • Difficulty in weed control
  • Speed of planting to reduce due to large amount of residues in the soil and big clods

Leads  to accumulating of soil borne  pests and diseases

  1. a)      – ridging
  2. b) (i) Encourage tuber expansion
  • Allow easy harvesting of crop roots

(ii)     Rolling

  • Leveling
  • Leads to timely planting
  • Weeds are appropriately controlled especially the perennial such as couch grass
  • Farmers take advantage of availability of labour reducing the cost of labour
  • Control of soil borne pests

Gives time for better organic decomposition

  1. – By repeated cultivation at the same depth;

– Cultivating the soil when wet using heavy machinery;

  1. – Type and size of planting material;

– Topography/slope f land;

– Soil moisture content;

– (Initial) condition of land/amount of vegetation on the land;

-Capital available

– Type of implement used;

  1. It is the least number of cultivation operations either during preparation of the seed bed or

during the management of the crops.

14.

  • Market demand
  • Type of crop to be planted
  • Moisture condition of the soil and rainfall pattern
  • Prevalence of pests and diseases
  • Prevalence of weeds
  1. two factors that determine the number of cultivation on a field before it   is ready for planting
  • purpose of crop
  • moisture content
  • concentration  of desired  chemical
  • weather
  • market demand
  1. – Enables crop to benefit maximumly from available moisture

-Crops make use of nitrogen flush available at that time

-Crops fetch high market prices

-Crops escape from pests and diseases

-There is high vigour in crops that resist diseases

-Ensures timely harvesting

  1. – type of crop to be planted

-Implements available

-Type of soil

-Climatic conditions

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  • Remove chemical impurities
  • Remove foreign material
  • Remove disease earning organisms

Remove bad smell & taste

  1. State three reasons for draining swampy land before growing crops
  • Increase soil volume
  • Improve aeration
  • Increases activities of micro organisms
  • Control erosion

Reduce toxic substance in soil

3 .         a )Sprinkle irrigation

  1.  b) four advantages of the above irrigation system
  • Little water required
  • Done on nay topography
  • Control weeds between rows
  • Water under low pressure
  • Prevent fungal diseases
  1. c) three factors that determine the type of irrigation on the farm
  • Where tree crops are planted
  • Little water supply
  • Enough capital for the method is available
  • Slope land                                                                                                       3x ½ = 1 ½ mks
  1. d) two disadvantages o f the above system of irrigation
  • Difficult to carry field mechanization
  • Require a lot of capital
  • Require clean water
  • Regular repair of broken pipes and blocked pipes

Applicable where tree plants are grown

  1. a) Artificial√ application of water to the soil  surface for purpose of supplying enough

moisture√  for plants growth(mark  whole)

  1. b) Surface,

overhead,

subsurface,

drip/trickle

  1. a) four use of water on the farm
  • Irrigation
  • Domestic use
  • Diluting  chemicals
  • Construction work
  • Watering  livestock and washing buildings
  • Processing  farm produce(1/2×4=2mks)
  1. b) four methods of harvesting water on the farm (2mks)
  • roof cantonment
  • weirs
  • rock cantonment
  • dams
  • ponds

 

  1. c) the stages involved in water treatment process
  • filtration of  water intake
  • softening
  • coagulation and sedimentation
  • filtration in  tanks
  • chlorination  storage  (1/2×6=3mks)
  1. four uses of water in the farm.

– For diluting chemicals used to control pests.

– For watering livestock.

– For watering plants e.g. irrigation.

– For washing utensils, calf pen bully sheds.

– For domestic use e.g. drinking, cooking.

– For rearing fish.

– For recreation

– Processing of farm produce.

– In construction of buildings.

  1. two types of irrigation used in Kenya.

– Overhead / sprinkler.

– Surface / Flood / furrow/ basin.

– Drip/ trickle.

  1. Four disadvantages cambered beds
  • High cost of maintenance
  • Provides breeding ground for vectors of malaria
  • Prevents proper mechanization of the farm

–     Labour intensive

(c) Stage I:      Filtration of water intake.

– Water from source river is made to pass through a series of sieves.

– Large particles of impurities are trapped by the sieves.

– Water then enters into the large pipe to be directed to the mixing chamber.

Stage II:          Softening of the water.

  • Water circulates in the mixing chamber and doses of soda ash to soften the water.

Stage III:         Coagulation and sedimentation

  • Water is passed through coagulation tank where fresh air enters to remove bad smell/ chloride of lime used.

 

  • Water stays for 36 hours thus solid particles settle and bilharzias causing organisms killed.
  • Alum added to coagulated solid particles which settle at the bottom.

Stage IV:         Filtration

  • Water is passed through filtration tank with layers of sand and gravel to filter it.
  • Water leaving the filtration tank is clean.

Stage V:          Chlorination

  • Water is passed through chlorination tank where chlorine is added.
  • Micro-organisms in the water are killed by chlorine.

Stage VI:         Storage

– The treated water is stored in large overhead tanks before distribution and use.

  1. – Improves soil aeration
  • Raises soil temperature
  • Increases activities of micro- organisms
  • Increases soil volume

–     Prevent accumulation of poisonous substances in the soil

  1. – Semi-rotary
  • Hydram
  • Piston/ reciprocating
  • Centrifugal
  • Rotary
  1. Four examples of working capital in maize production are;
  • Seeds
  • fertilizer
  • Herbicides
  • Pesticides
  • Fuel fragticides
  • Casual labour  (4x ½  = 2mks)
  1. four types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  • Centrifugal/rotadynathic pumps
  • Piston/reciprocating pump
  • Semi-Rotan pump
  • Hydram pump
  1. four methods of drainage

Open ditches

  • Under ground drain pipes
  • French drains
  • Cambered beds
  • Pumping
  • Planting of trees/planting of trees such as Eucalyptus
  1. A dam is a barrier constructed a cross a  river  or a dry valley to hold water and raise its level

to form a reservoir  or  lake

  • A weir is a barrier constructed across a river to raise  the level  of water and still allow water to flow over it
  1. – Giving subsidies by reducing the cost of production inputs

Fixes prices of the related products

  1. – Piping is the conveyance of water through pipes from one place to the other while pumping is the lifting of water from one point to another by use of mechanical force;

17.

  • To facilitate the action of soil living organisms
  • To check or reduce leaching
  • To moderate or increase soil temperature
  • To reduce accumulation of dissolved soil salts
  • To reduce erosion rate of top soil
  • To improve soil structure
  • To increase effectiveness of phosphorous fertilizer and conserve soil nitrogen
  • As a way of reclaiming areas such as coastal plains and the river belts which may have high water tables
  • In rice fields, water should be controlled by draining the water for a different crop cycle.

18.

  • Allowing livestock to graze near water sources often results in organic waste products being washed into the water ways.
  • Fertilizer application
  • Pesticides
  • Over grazing
  • Irrigation
  • Over cultivation
  • Use of farm machinery
  1. a) i) A – Drop/ trickle irrigation
  2. ii) B – Sprinkler/ overhead irrigation
  3. b) Two advantages of method A over method B
  • Conserves water
  • Does not damage flowers, leaves
  • Does not cause splash/ splatter irrigation
  • Does not encourage spread of fungal diseases from crop to crop
  • Does not encourage the growth of weeds all over the field
  • Agro- chemical can be dissolved in the water and directly applied to the crop
  1. c) i) Cotton wool
  2. ii) Rough sand
  3. four reasons for practicing irrigation
  • Increase crop production by  applying adequate  moisture
  • To reclaim  dry areas
  • To meet  moisture requirement  of crops
  • To produce and  benefit  from off  season crops
  • Growing  of paddy vice
  1. – to prevent rotting

-For processing

– For long storage

– Prevent pest and disease attack

  1. (a) Kill germs

(b) For sedimentation

  1. S- French drainage T- Vambedred peds                M – soil- stones

 

SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE)

  1. two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  • Provide nutrients
  • Increase water holding capacity
  • Increase soil temperature

Neutral soil PH

  1. four characteristic of fertile soil (2mks)
  • Well drained
  • Correct PH
  • Good water  holding capacity
  • Adequate  plant  nutrients
  • Free from pest   and diseases
  • Correct soil nutrients
  1. a) Q-stick√

Function-checking temperature√ and other conditions within the heap

  1. b) i) Top soil-introduces organisms to effect composition√
  2. ii) Wood ash-increases the level of phosphorus and potassium√

iii) Rotten manure-provides food for micro-organism√

  1. The illustration below shows a heap system of making compost manure. Study it and answer

the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) use of arrows indicate how the decomposing material should be transferred from one heap

to another till the manure is applied in the field.

b)- 3  – 6 wks

  1. c) one reason for turning the material in the heap regularly.

– Proper decomposition.

– Facilitate air circulation.

– Microbial activities.

  1. d) two reasons why it is necessary to sprinkle water on the heap.

– To regulate the internal temperatures in the heap.

– Create moist environment for microbial activity.

  1. Four indicators of well-decomposed manure
  • Absence of bad odour and instead the smell of forest soil
  • Light weight
  • Brown colour
  • Moist but not wet
  • – Original nature of material not noticeable (½ x 4pts = 2mks)
  1. (a) Two factors that should be considered when siting a compost manure heap are:-
  • Accessibility
  • Drainage
  • Direction of prevailing wind
  • Size of the farm/proximity

(b) Five advantages of rotation grazing are: (5mks)

  • Livestock with maximum use of pastures
  • Reduces build up of parasites and diseases
  • Animal waste evenly distributed
  • Pasture area given time to regenerate
  • Excess pasture conserved
  • Possible to apply fertilizer in the parts of the pasture which are not in use (5×1=5mks)
  1. It is movement of dissolved nutrients front p soil to lower horizons of soil becoming

Unravel able to crops

  • Improves soil structure
  • Adds nutrients
  • Increases cation exchange capacity
  • Increases microbial activity in the soil
  • Improves water holding capacity/ reduces leaching
  • Buffers soil PH

Moderates soil temperature

  1. (a) (i) Preparation of farm yard manure:-
  • Collect animal waste/refuse/dung and urine;
  • Collect animal bedding/litter and other rotten plant residues;
  • Store collected materials under roof/shed to prevent leaching and oxidization of nutrients;
  • Turnover the materials regularly;
  • Sprinkle water if dry;
  • leave the material to rote completely before use; (6×1=6mks)

(ii) Preparation of Hay

  • Cut the grass /legume in the field when 50% of it is starting to flower;
  • The cut forage is spread in the field for four continuous days (sunny days)
  • The cut forage is turned daily for even for four uniform drying;
  • Gather the dried material in a central spot;
  • Bale the material;
  • Properly store the baled hay (6×1=6mks)

 

 

 

(b) Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops

  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

 

  1. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

methods to calculate the value of feedstuffs to be used to prepare 100kgs of the feed (3mks)

  1. ii) two other methods that can be used to formulate feed ration (2mks)
  • Linear programming
  • Trial and error

Graphical method.

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS

(BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

  1. (a) – Help to determine the value of the farm/ determine assets and liabilities.

– Provide history of the farm.

– Assist in planning and budgeting in various fields.

– Helps to detect losses or theft in the farm.

– Assists when sharing losses or profits (dividends)for communal owned farms/ partnership.

– Help to settle disputes in the farm among heirs.

– Help to support insurance claim e.g. against fire and theft.

– Provide labour information like terminal benefits, NSSF due, Sacco dues for all employees.

– Help to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm or other farms.

– Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation.

– Records, helps to show whether the farm business is making profit or losses. This information

helps in obtaining credit.                                                                                     (10 x 1 = 10 mks)

 

  1. (a)Health record

(b) Next date of treatment /vaccination

  • – Occurrence of the disease
  • – Response to treatment ( ½ x 2 =1mk)

(c) – Select and cull animals on health ground

  • Know the course of action to be taken in the event of a disease and maintenance of good health
  • Know the prevalent disease

–    Calculate cost of treatment

 

3          Four uses of farm records are;

  • Used to compare the performance of different enterprise
  • Shows history of the farm
  • Help in planning and budgeting of farm operations
  • Assessment of income tax
  • Calculation of profits and losses
  • Securing loans
  • Settling disputes where no will is left
  1. four uses of farm records
  • Help compare performance  of different enterprises within  the farm  and other farms
  • Shows the history of the farm
  • Guide a farmer in  planning and budgeting  of farm operations
  • Helps to detect losses or theft on the farm
  • Helps to avoid over taxation or under taxation
  • Helps to determine the value of the farm in terms of assets and liabilities
  • Helps in sharing of profits and losses  in partnership
  • Helps  in setting disputes among heirs in absents of a will
  • Shows whether the farm business is making profit or losses
  • Helps in supporting insurance claims of farm assets
  • Provide labour information
  • Understanding the technical language used in agriculture
  • Application of the right amounts of inputs
  • Correct/ appropriate measurements in farming

Uses of appropriate technology

 

  1. (a) Milk production record (1×1=1mk)

(b) Determine prevalent diseases;

– Establish treatment of diseases;

– Establish disease control method;

– Determine cost of medication/health care;

– Determine the health status of different animals;  (4×1=4mks)

 

(c) Price trends/market situation

– Production techniques

– Labour trends

– Breeds of dairy cattle

– Production constraints/risks and certainties

  • Field
  • Area of the land
  • Season
  • Crop planted
  • Crop variety
  • Land preparation date
  • Type of fertilizer at planting
  • Type of fertilizer at top dressing
  • Seed rate used
  • Type of  weed and date of weed control
  • Type of pest and date of pest control
  • Date of harvesting
  • Remarks    (Any 4)

 

  1. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine. (1mk)
  • Piston moves down from TDC
  • Exhaust valve is closed
  • Inlet valve is open
  • Air / fuel mixture get into combustion chamber
  • Piston reaches BDC. (4x ½ = 2mks)

 

  1. – Where the resources are free

– where there is no alternative

– where the alternatives are very many.

 

SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS)

 

  1. four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  • Lower soil acidity
  • Increase calcium content
  • Hastens decomposition of organic matter
  • Improve soil structure/ improve drainage
  • Facilitates availability and absorption of nitrogen and phosphorous
  • Improve legume nodulation and nitrogen fixation

Increase multiplication of micro- organisms

  1. a) i) Sulphur- SO₄²⁻,SO₂
  2. ii) Nitrogen-NO₃⁻,NH₄

iii) Carbon-CO₂

  1. iv) Magnesium-mg²⁺
  2. b) three effects of nitrogen to plants (1 1/2mks)
  • delayed maturity
  • excessive succulence
  • excessive vegetative growth
  • weak stems
  • lodging
  1. a) The quality of sulphate ammonia fertilizer the farmer will need for 10 hectares (1mk)

100kg SA supplies   21kg N

1ha requires 150kg SA

10ha requires (150×10) kg SA

= 1500kg SA in 10ha

  1. b) The number of 50kg bags of fertilizer he will purchase (1mk)

50kg fill 1 bag

  • 1 x 1500=30bags (1)

50

  1. two disadvantages of using farm yard manure

– It’s bulky hence difficult to apply by one laborer.

– It may spread weeds.

– It may spread diseases.

– It releases nutrients slowly.

  1. four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested.

– Purpose of the crop / maturity.

– Moisture content.

– Concentration of certain chemicals.

– Water condition.

– Market demand.

  1. a) – Calcium Ammonium Nitrate CAN.

b)- Knee high

– 30 – 45 cm height.

  1. c) Calculate the amount of K2O contained in 400 kg of a compound fertilizer 25 : 10 : 5.

5 kg of K2O is in 100 kg of 25 : 10: 5

∴ 400 kg of compound fertilizer

400 x 5            = 20 kg of K2O

100

  1. Two pieces of information that soil sample should have before being taken to the laboratory

for testing are:-

–     Name of the farmer

  • Address of the farmer
  • The type of test to be carried out

–      Date of sampling

  1. A compound fertilizer bag has the labels 20-20-10. What do the figures stand for
  • 20 – 20% Nitrogen (N)
  • 20 – 20% Phosphorous Pentoxide (P2O5)

–     0- 0% Potassium Oxide (K2O)

  1. Four functions of sulphur in crops are:-
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulating enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. – Improves soil PH hence microbial activities
  • Allows wide production of different crop varieties
  • Improves soil aeration
  • Improves drainage

Improves soil structure

  1. -Liming
  •  use of alkaline fertilizer (2 ½ = 1mk)

 

  1. a) -Type of crop
  • Fertilizer characters
  • Type of soil
  • Environmental condition ( ½ x3=1 ½  mks)
  1. b) – Avoid unique sites e.g. compost, along fence
  • Remove all vegetation parts
  • Mix the samples thoroughly

Make as many samples as possible

  1. three functions of nitrogen in crops                                                                       (1 1//2mks)
  • Protein synthesis/formation
  • Forms part of chlorophyll molecule
  • Encourages vegetative growth
  • Regulate availability of phosphorus and potassium in plant
  • Increase to  size of grains and protein  content increases
  1. Fertilizer ratio is the proportion of various nutrients in a fertilizer grade is the percentage of

nutrients in a fertilizer;

(b)- Nitrogen

– Calcium

– Potassium

– Magnesium

– Sulphur

 

  1. (a) Diagonal/transverse method; (1×1=1mk)

(b) – Avoid contamination/use sterilized container;

– Avoid sampling soil from unusual sites e,g ant hills

– Avoid mixing top soil with sub-soil;          (3×1=3mks)

(c) – To determine the nutrient status of te soil;

– To determine the soil PH/type of fertilizer to add to the soil/lime to add to the soil;

– To determine the type of crop to grow;

– May help in diagnosing low crop yield/mineral deficiency;

  1. Area – 10×20 =200m² (1mk)

100,000m²   require 80kgs of 20-20-10

200m² will require

200 x  80

10,000

═ 1.6kgs                          (1mk)

  1. a) A compound of fertilizer  has a fertilizer grade of 25:10:5.calculate  the a mount

of phosphorus fore sent in 400kg of this fertilizer

N:P:K

25:10:5

If 10kg P2O5√1 = 100kg NPK

?             = 400kg NPK√1

= 400 x 10

100

= 40kg P2O5√1  (3 steps x 1=3mks)

  1. b) i)    – zigzag method
  2. ii) xx –traverse/diagonal

iii) State three importance of carrying out soil sampling and testing

  • determine  the type  of  crop  to grow
  • determine the  type of fertilizer  to be used
  • determine  type of  nutrients  in the  soil (3×1=3mks)
  1. (a) Lacks one of the major fertilizer NPK elements

(b) – The soils could be very acidic

– Too much rainfall.

  1. (a) Random/zigzag soil sampling

(b) – old manure heaps

– Ant hills

-Dead furors

-Fence lines

-Cattle bomas

(c)  – Clear vegetation

– Mark points using pegs

Collect top soil and sap soil n different paper bag.

– Dry the soil and mix thoroughly

– Sent dispatch to laboratory for fasting

 

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING)

  1. two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  • Break dormancy

Control pests and diseases

  1. three factors that determine spacing of beans
  • Type of soil
  • Moisture in soil
  • Species/ size of bean plant
  • Machinery to be used
  • Purpose of beans

Stand in the field

  1. four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  • High yielding
  • Quality produce
  • High germination percentage
  • Grow faster

 

  1. a)      A   Banana sucker

B  Stem tubes

C     Bulb

D Stem cutting

  1.  b)        Chitting
  2.  c) four advantages of vegetative propagation on crop production
  • Grow faster
  • True copy of mother plant
  • Have no dormancy period
  • Easy to obtain             4x ½ = 2 mks
  1. Differentiate between hybrid and composite
Hybrid composite
Seeds produced  by

crossing  inbreedlines

and controlled pollination√

Seeds  produced  by  growing  different

varieties together under uncontrolled

pollination√     2//

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Germinated seed x100√

Total seeds planted

=90 x100                              (2)

100  = 90%√

  1. b) Given that maize is planted at a spacing of 75cm by 25cm, calculate the plant population in a plot measuring 4m by 3m

plant ppl = land area

Spacing

4mx3m

75x25cm

400cmx300cm

75cmx25cm           = 64plants√             (2)

  1. four qualities of a mother plant which should be considered when selecting vegetative

material for propagation.

  • High quality.
  • High yielding.
  • Disease resistance / healthy/ disease tree.

Fast growth/ fast maturity.

  1. – Select seeds of the  same size, variety, age and free from pests and diseases.

– Plant seeds at the same time.

– Prepare the whole field to required uniform tilth.

– Plant at the right moisture content of the soil / irrigation uniformly.

– Treat seeds before planting i.e. break dormancy.

– Plant at the correct depth.                                                                                        (5 x 1 = 5 mks)

  1. two factors which determine the depth of planting

–      Soil type

  • Size of seed
  • Soil moisture content

–    The type of germination

  1. – Reduces leaching
  • Improves water holding capacity
  • Improves soil structure
  • Suffer soil pH
  • Moderate soil temperature
  • Increases microbial activities
  • Increases cation exchange capacity

–    Improve fertility of the soil after decomposition

 

  1. Area

Spacing

Tea population (10,000×2

1.5mx 0.75)                1

20,000m²

1.125m²                           1

= 17,777 plants

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases

 

  1. Four factors that influence the depth of planting are:
  • The size of the seed
  • Soil moisture content
  • Type of soil /soil texture
  • Type of germination

14.

  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases
  1. Four factors that influence the depth of planting are:
  • The size of the seed
  • Soil moisture content
  • Type of soil /soil texture
  • Type of germination

17

  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

  1. – Moisture content of soil
  • Use of which the crop is to be put
  • Number of seeds per hole
  • Prevalence of certain diseases/ pests
  • Machinery to be used in subsequent operations
  • Fertility status of the soil
  1. Four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation are:
  • Press the seeds against the soil moisture
  • Controls soil erosion
  • Ensure uniform germination
  • Controls removal of small seeds by wind
  • Breaks large soil cods
  1. two factors that effect rooting of cuttings in crop production
  • Temperature
  • Relative humidity
  • Light  intensity
  • Oxygen  supply
  • Chemical treatment
  • Leaf area
  • Breaking seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing

Seed inoculation

  • Breaking seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing

Seed inoculation

  1. Under sowing is the establishment of pasture under a cover crop usually maize while over sowing is the establishment of pasture legume in an existing grains pasture
  2. a) Stem cutting

b)

  • High yielding
  • High quality
  • Good rooting ability
  • Adaptable to the ecological zone

c)

  • Make top cut near the auxiliary bud as close as possible and sloping away from it
  • Lower cut must be sloping at an angle and be 2.5 – 4cm below the leaf
  • Single leaf internodes cuttings must be kept shaded and wet floating in water from the time of cutting to planting

 

25        a) (30 X 15) cm2  / 30cm X 15cm

b)

4M – 0.6 M   + 1

0.3M

3.4    +  1

0.3= 12 raws

  1. c) Plant population

3M – 0.6    +1

0.15

= 2.4    + 1

0.15

= 16 plants X 12 raws = 192 plants

  1. – Temperature;

– Relative humidity;

– Light intensity;

– Oxygen supply;

– Leaf area;

– Chemical treatment;

  1. Selection of mother plants (tea);

– Select healthy bushes/free of pests and diseases;

– Select high quality bushes;

– Select those which are high yielding;

– Select those with good rooting ability;

– select those which adapt to a wide range of ecological conditions;            (4×1=4mks)

Preparation of planting materials

  • Prune the selected tea bushes and leave unchecked for six months;
  • Select and cut good branches for making cuttings
  • Obtain the cuttings form the middle of the branches/discard the brown and the hard bottom part/ the green soft top part
  • Make single leaf internodes cutting carefully 2.5-4cm long;
  • Make slant cut with the use of scalpel/sharp knife taking away from the node;
  • Make top cutting near the auxiliary bud as much as ossible;
  • Keep the cuttings wet in the water to avoid dehydration until they are planted;
  • Keep the cutting under the nursery;

Raising of tea seedlings in the nursery

  • Plant cuttings on rooting medium in polythene sleeves/sleeves measure 25 x 7.5-10cm and sealed
  • Rooting medium consists of fertile sub-soil and phosphate fertilizer;
  • Plant single leaf internodes per polythene sleeve,
  • Place the sleeves in the vegetative propagation units,
  • Erect wooden hoops over the sleeves cuttings, then place polythene sheet over it/erect shade over the nursery;
  • Water sleeved seedlings every 3weeks/main high humidity;
  • Uproot weeds when they appear;
  • Hardening off done 4 months after raising (9×1=9mks)
  1. Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops
  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

29.

  • It is wasteful because a higher seed rate is used.
  • It is not possible to use machines.
  • It is not possible to establish plant population.
  • Lack of uniformity in seed establishment.
  1. (i) Seed inoculation;
  • It is the treatment of legume seeds with Nitro-culture/artificial bacteria to increase their Nitrogen fixation in the soil ,if grown in Nitrogen deficie soils.

(ii)Chitting;- Breaking of dormancy in Irish potatoes before planting

(iii) Tipping;- Removal of three leaves and a bud from each shoot above the required height of the

table in tea during plucking table formation / formation of a uniform and flat plucking table in tea.

  1. two advantages of producing crops by use of seeds over vegetative propaganda
  • Seed treatment is easier
  • Seeds can  be  stored for a long time
  • Faster and uniform germination
  • Mechanization of farm operation is easy/possible

Application of fertilizer/manure is easy and  can also be mechanized

  1. four ways of preparing planting materials before planting
  • Breaking  seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing
  • Chitting
  • Seed cleaning
  • Seed inoculation

Root trimming  as  in banana  or tree seedlings

CROP PRODUCTION III

NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

  1. three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  • Whip are tongue grafting
  • Side grafting
  • Approach grafting
  • Bark grafting

Notch grafting

  1. two practices done during hardening-off of seedlings in a nursery bed.
  • Gradual removal of shade

Gradual reduce of watering

  1. two methods of budding used in crop propagation (1mk)
  • T-budding
  • Top budding
  • Paten budding

 

  1. four management practices carried out on a nursery bed (2mks)
  • Watering
  • Shading
  • Pest  an  disease control
  • Weed control
  • Mulching
  • Hardening off
  • Pricking out  (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. Two importance of tissue culture in crop propagation
  • Propagate pathogen free plants
  • Appropriate soil depth
  • Soil looseness
  • Should be weed free

–     Soil moisture content improved

  1. – A nursery bed is a portion of land specially prepared to raise seedlings before transplanting while a seedling bed is a specially prepared portion of land for receiving pricked out seedlings from the nursery bed Mark as a whole (1 mk)
  2. Four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulation of  enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll
  • Aid in nitrogen fixation in legumes

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulation of  enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll
  • Aid in nitrogen fixation in legumes

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. (a) The structure is a nursery

(b) Reason for carrying out each of the following practices in the structure shown above is:-

  • Pricking out – to avoid overcrowding /allow seedling to grow strong and healthy transfer seedlings from one nursery to another
  • Hardening off – To prepare seedlings to ecological conditions in the main field/reduce transplanting shock

(c) Three importance of the part labeled A in the above structure  (1/2 x 3= 1 ½ mk)

  • To reduce the amount of water through vaporization
  • To modify nursery temperature
  • To reduce the impact of raindrops/hailstones hence minimizing damage on seedlings
  • Reduce splash erosion
  • Reduce the scorching effect in the seedlings
  • Reduce the scorching effect in the seedlings
  1. a) – Sitting crop nursery
  • Good soil fertility
  • Security against destruction
  • Accessibility
  • Should be near source of water
  • Topography should discourage water logging (1×5=5 mks)

b)- Establishment

  • Prepare fine filth
  • Add manure or fertilizers to the nursery
  • Sterilize soil against soil borne pests/ diseases
  • Shade the nursery bed
  • Ensure nursery is 1m wide
  • Plant seeds in drills and cover with light soil layer (1×5=5 mks)
  1. b) Management practices
  • Mulch to conserve moisture and suppress weeds
  • Water regularly in the morning and afternoon
  • Pricking – remove excess seedlings and transfer to another nursery or use polythene sleeves
  • Weed control – done by hand uprooting
  • Pest and disease control – use clean seeds and apply chemicals as recommended
  • Hardening off – Done by removal of shade
  • 1 week to transplanting to make seedlings survive after transplanting
  1. State four importance of thinning seedlings in the nursery bed
  • To control  spread  of pests and diseases
  • To create space far  other seedlings
  • To avoid  competition for light, nutrients
  • Allow rapid growth of seedlings/vigorous(1/2×4=2mks)
  1. Seedling bed is where overcrowded seedlings from the nursery bed are transferred while

seedbed is the final land where planting materials are raised until they are ready for harvesting.

  1. a) two advantages of having the part labeled J
  • To reduce the amount of water loss through evapo- transpiration
  • To modify the temperature
  • To reduce the impact of the raindrops thereby minimize the damage of seedlings/ reduce splash
  • Retaining water
  1. b) Management practices carried out on the nursery from the time the seedlings emerge to stage of transplanting
  • Proper watering
  • Controlling weeds
  • Hardening off
  • Pricking out

 

CROP PRODUCTION IV

(FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)

  1. Staking is supporting tall varieties of tomatoes using a stick fixed next to the plant and tied with

sisal string while propping is supporting banana plant with sticks Mark as a whole= 1 mk

  1. five advantages of crop rotation
  • Improves soil fertility: where legumes are included nitrogen is fixed/ added in the soil
  • Control pests and diseases: disrupts the life cycle of certain pests and diseases
  • Control weeds: control weeds which are specific to certain crops e.g. striga in cereals/ cover crops in a rotation will smother certain weeds
  • Better use of the soil nutrients: different crops (due to differing root systems) draw nutrients from varying soils horizons/ different crops require different nutrients
  • Control of soil erosion: cover crops included reduce soil erosion
  • Improve soil structure: When grass lays are included which during the period organic matter will accumulate to enrich the soil and improve soil structure
  1. four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested.

– Purpose of the crop / maturity.

– Moisture content.

– Concentration of certain chemicals.

– Water condition.

– Market demand.

  1. a) B.   –  Single stem pruning system.          (1×1=1mk)
  2. b) Identify the system of pruning in C.

– Multiple stem pruning system.        (1×1=1mk)

  1. c) Outline how pruning in diagram C is carries out.

– Main stem of the seedling is capped/ cut stem at 38 – 60 cm high.

– Two or three suckers are selected and allowed to grow while the rest are removed

  1. Two functions of earthling up in crop production
  • To influence tuber expansion
  • To retain water between the ridges which increases water conservation/infiltration
  • Reduces soil erosion

–    To prevent the greening effect in potatoes

  1. (a) The factors which determine the stage of harvesting of crops
  • Stage maturity of the crops
  • Use of the crop
  • Tastes and preferences of consumers
  • Weather conditions
  • Chemical conditions
  • Chemical concentration of the chemical
  • Moisture content ( 1mk x any 6pts = 6mks)
  1. – Reduces runoff thus increasing amount of water into the soil

Reduces evaporation thus increasing the amount of water retained

  1. – Moisture content of soil
  • Use of which the crop is to be put
  • Number of seeds per hole
  • Prevalence of certain diseases/ pests
  • Machinery to be used in subsequent operations
  • Fertility status of the soil
  1. i) To acclimatized the seedlings to direct light/ conditions in the seedbed
  2. ii) To avoid overcrowding and reduce competition for light.

iii) Produce healthy and strong seedling

  1. iv) To obtain correct plant population
  2. Two factors that determine the stage of harvesting crops are:-
  • Purpose of crop
  • concentration of required chemical

11        a)    –   Weather condition

  • Use/ purpose
  • Stage of growth
  • Concentration of the required chemicals (i.e. tea) ( ½ x4=2 mks)
  1.  b)    –    Proper drying of produce
  • Keeping storage facility/ structure clean
  • Use of pesticides on storage structure
  • Treating produce with pesticides e.g. cereals

Use of rodent guards

  1. Enable controlling over bearing by ensuring required leave ratio
  • Open up canopy for air and light penetration
  • Reduce chemical waste
  • Control pests and diseases
  • Allow other field operation

Give crop desired shape

(c) Which factors are considered when carrying out a crop rotation program?

  1. a) -Removing of chaffs by use of wind

b)i)-  Prevent erosion

  • Add organic matter
  • Conserve soil moisture
  • Raise soil temperature ( ½ mk)
  1. ii) – improve quality of grains by separating them from rest of plant (½ x1= ½ mks)
  2. c) – Root systems of crops
  • Botanical relation of crops
  • Nutrient absorption by plant

Susceptibility to pests, diseases or weeds

  1. a)This is support  given  to crops with  weak stem. So as to grow in the desired direction
  2. b) -Makes the plant to get enough sunlight to manufacture food i.e. prevent shading

-leads to more productivity

-reduced infections of diseases from the grounds

  1. (a) Some crops are harvested earlier e.g. maize for silage at silking stage while maize for grains when the grains are dry;

(b) A crop can be harvested earlier when the market demand is high;

  1. It is a farming practice that involves the removal and destruction of crop plants which are heavily

infested with pests and diseases from the field.

  1. It is the replacement of old bearing stems by suckers. The cycle is usually changed

after 4 – 6 years.

  1. a)- Earthening up
  2. b) Importance of the above practice
  3. i) Maize – provides support to prevent lodging
  4. ii) Irish potatoes – Improves tuber formation
  5. c) During second weeding
  6. Four factors which determine the stage at which crops are harvested
  • Original  conditions of land
  • Soil type
  • Cost
  • Size  of  planting materials
  • Soil moisture type of implement
  1. Two limitation of using polythene sheets as mulching materials in a field of tomatoes Expensive
  • Requires skilled labour
  • Does  not  decompose

May overheat soil around  crop roots

  1. – suckering

-Pruning of leaves

-Propping

-Mulching

-Earthing up

  1. – Smothers weeds

-Regulate soil temperature

-Conserve moisture

  1. -passion fruits

-Deep rooted

-Nitrogen fixing

-Good by-products

– Friendly too crops / not affent crop

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION V

(VEGETABLES)

  1. a)three management practices that have not been carried on the plant above
  • Pruning
  • Staking
  • Weed control 3x ½ = 1 ½ mks
  1.  b) For each management practice state one reason why it should be carried out
  • Pruning
  • Staking – prevents lying on ground where fruits are soiled and get diseases

Easy movement in field                                                                             1x ½ = ½ mk

  • Weeding – reduce competition for nutrients, water and space 1x ½ =1/2 mk

 

  1. c) Name two diseases that attack the crop above in the field
  • Tomato blight
  • Bacterial wilt

Blossom – end rot

  1. the production of tomatoes (lycopersicon esculentum) under the following subheadings
  2. a) Varieties
  • fresh market e.g. money maker, beef eater, marglobe  supermande
  • processing varieties-cal –j, marzano, Kenya  beauty  (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. b) Nursery establishment
  • select  site and  clear
  • dig to remove weeds and  narrow  to fine tithe
  • mark out  nursery  beds I  wide with convenient length   and level it
  • make drills 10cm apart  and  crop seeds  singly in furrows
  • cover with  thin layer of  soil, mulching, water (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. c) Field management practices
  • gabbing-to  reduce dad seeds  and maintain  optimum plant  population
  • weed  control-remove  weeds  mechanically to  prevent competition  avoid during flowering
  • top  dressing-use fertilizers at 20kg/ha when  plants are 25-30cm tall
  • staking-train  plants  to  grow  in desired   shape; to produce clean fruits, control pests  and disease
  • pruning-to remove unwanted  braches  to input micro climate  facilitate  spraying
  • pest control-use pesticides  and  other  appropriate methods to control pests e.g. aneucal ball worm, leaf hopper
  • disease  control-use  fungicides, legislative  methods ,etc to control early blight, damping off, bacterial  wilt  (7×2=14mks)

 

  1. two symptoms of late blight in tomatoes.

– Rapid drying of leaves.

– Brownish dry rots of fruits.

– Destruction / drying of the whole plant.

 

 

  1. four factors to consider when grading tomatoes for fresh market.

– Size i.e. large, medium, small.

– Degree of ripeness of fruit.

– Damage of tomatoes e.g. bruises on skin.

– Shape of the fruit.

  1. Two ways of controlling purple blotch in onions
  • Crop rotation

–     Application of fungicides

  1. (a) The disease which may have caused the condition shown in the illustration

.Bacterial with (Pseudomonas solana cerum). ( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(b) Any other crop which may be affected by the disease identified in (a) above

  • Irish potatoes( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(c) Two other factors which can lead to the same condition as shown by the illustration

  • Nematode attack
  • Lack of water
  • Physical damage on the roots/male attack ( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(d) Two measures that can be sued to control the disease named in (a) above

  • Crop rotation
  • Regueing /field hygiene

–    Use of certified seeds

  1. -Enables efficient coverage of plant with chemicals
  • Creates unfavorable micro climate for disease causing organism
  • Diseased branches are removed hence reduced incidences of disease spread

Remove branches touching the ground to avoid infection

 

  1. – Altitude – 900-2900 meters above sea level

–  Rainfall – well distributed throughout the growing period

– 750mm – 2000 mm per annum

– practice irrigation

– Soils – well drained

– Deep rich

– Slightly acidic PH of 6.5

  1. a)
  • American boll worm
  • Cut worm
  • Red spider mite
  • Nematodes
  1. b) Lack of calcium
  • Irregular watering
  • Excessive application of Nitrogen in early stages of the plants growth

 

10

  • Altitude                       0 – 2100m above sea level.
  • Temperature range      18 – 29º C
  • Sunlight is important during ripening to give the tomatoes a bright red or yellow colour depending on the variety
  • Rainfall – well distributed during the growing season. (760 – 1300mm pa)
  • Soils      – warm and well drained soils with a PH of 5.5 – 7.0

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH

(INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH)

  1. four physical appearances to be observed in a sick animal
  • Behaviour of  animal-over  excitement, aggression, abnormal  sores
  • General  appearance-dull  eyes, restlessness
  • Movement of  animals  -limping/straining  when walking
  • Posture (4x ½ =2mks)
  1. two reasons why tsetse fly control is considered to be a land reclamation method
  • Allows livestock rearing
  • Enables human settlement
  1. a) Siting a fish pond
  2. i) Soil type- clay soil is the best
  3. ii) Topography – requires gentle slope not Lilly and flat

iii) Source of water – near reliable source

  1. iv) Marketing centre should be close
  2. v) Accessibility from the homestead
  3. vi) Security – protected against predators

vii) far from natural source of fish

b)

  • General farm hygiene, cleanliness of houses, equipment proper carcass disposal by burning/ burying/
  • Disinfection to destroy pathogens e.g. Anthrax and calf diseases
  • Isolation of sick animals – separated from healthy ones to avoid spread of diseases e.g. foot mouth
  • Drenching/ deworming to control internal parasites e.g. tapeworms and roundworms
  • Treatment of the sick animal – to prevent spread of diseases
  • Vaccination to create resistance to diseases on regular basis e.g. foot and mouth, anthrax, new castle
  • Control vectors – to avoid disease transmission e.g. ECF, nagana/ specific method
  • Prophylactic approach/ use of drugs to avoid injection e.g dry cow therapy against mastitis
  • Trypanocidal drugs to control trypanosomiasis
  • Proper breeding to control breeding diseases e.g. brucellosis
  • Proper feeding to prevent nutritional disorders e.g. milk fever, anaemia
  • Slaughtering/ killing – to prevent spread of contagious diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Quarantine – to avoid spread of diseases
  • – prevent introduction of diseases
  • Proper housing to avoid predisposing the animal to diseases e.g. ventilation, spacing
  • Foot trimming to minimize occurrence foot rot
  1. a) four notifiable diseases in livestock   (4mks)
  • Lumpy skin disease
  • Newcastle
  • Anthrax
  • African swine fever
  • Rinderpest
  • Rabbies (4×1 = 4 mks)
  1. b) Discuss four ways in which livestock disease are spread in the farm (4mks)
  • Ingestion of contaminated feed and water.
  • By carrying agents /vectors
  • Through wounds
  • Through inhalation of pathogens
  • By abrasion in the body
  • Through contact with the disease causing organisms. (4×1 = 4mks )
  1. c) the methods of controlling livestock disease giving an example of different disease in each case
  • Use of prophylactic drugs e.g.coccidiostat to control coccidiosis
  • Use of antiseptics / disinfectants to maintain farm hygiene to control calf scours
  • Quarantine to control foot and mouth disease
  • Isolation to control infectious diseases e.g. foul pox
  • Mass slaughter to control zoonotic diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Vaccination to control black quarter
  • Control vectors like tsetse flies to control nagana.
  • Use of healthy breeding stock / to prevent breeding diseases
  • Proper nutrition to control bloat and milk fever.
  • Treat sick animals to prevent spread e.g. mastitis
  • Drenching /control of internal parasites like flascioliasis , ascariosis
  • Keep resistant breeds e.g. zebu to control ECF
  • Foot trimming to reduce occurrence of foot rot
  • Proper housing to control pneumonia. (12×1 =12mks)

 

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II

(LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM)

  1. Four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

 

  1. three objectives of land reforms that are taking place in Kenya
  • Increase output from land
  • To meet changing national and market demands
  • To achieve increasing productivity of both land and labour
  • Proper utilization of national land resources and arid lands
  • Increases commercial farming

Increase land conservation and improvement

 

  1. two causes of land fragmentation in Kenya since independence.

– People buying pieces of land elsewhere.

– Compensation when the government takes pat of ones land for public use.

– Inheritance of land.

 

4  – Establishment of land ownership.

– Measurement of land size.

– Description of the land.

– Recording and mapping of the surveyed land.

– Solving objections if any.

– Submission of the maps and records to the district land office registration

  1. Four benefits of a farmer having land title deed
  • As security to get a loan
  • As security of land ownership
  • Minimizes land disputes
  • Acts as an encouragement to the farmer to carry out long term investment on the land
  1. Four reasons for practicing land consolidation are
  • To save time and transport
  • Make supervision of land easier and more effective
  • To facilitate mechanization of farm
  • To make it easy for long term investments in the farm
  • To have sound farm planning
  1. four advantages of communal land tenure system
  • Problems  of landlessness does not exist
  • Land cannot be easily fragmented
  • The system allows free  merchant of  livestock
  • The  land is  left rest  for a  while so s  to allow pasture regeneration
  • No  land dispute
  1. four advantages of landlordism and tenancy
  • Enables  landlords  who cannot use land  to get income from tenants
  • Idle  land can be  put into good agriculture use increasing agricultural production
  • The landless c an  rent  land  to earn a living
  • Ensure equitable distribution  of land as a  natural resource
  • It reduces land  dispute since  the  land  lord  or  the state control its allocation
  • To achieve flexibility in farming patterns to meet changing national and market demands
  • Achieve effective utilization of National land and introduction of irrigation schemes
  • Encourages measures on the land and general improvement of land
  • To achieve increasing productivity of both land and labour
  • Encourage commercial instead of subsistence production in order to ensure meaningful self employment in rural areas
  • Encourages farmers to invest more through offering security of tenure
  1. – Freedom to us eland by all members

– Promotes unity among members

– Promotes use of land according to general requirements of the community

11.

  • The number of the title deed
  • Size of the land
  • The name and identity of the owner
  • Date of registration
  • Type of land ownership
  • Seal of the government
  • Issuing officer’s signature

 

SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

  1. Three human activities that may influence soil erosion
  • Ploughing up and down slope
  • Over cultivation
  •  Planting annual crops on slopes
  • Overstocking/ burning vegetation/ clean weeding

Over irrigation

  1. a)Cut off drain             1×1=1 mk

b)Collect water from uncultivated land and drain it into a water bay                     1×1=1 mk

c)Will be washed by water back to the trench, filling it then to cultivated land

  1.  d) four effects if water was allowed into the cultivated land
  • Will wash top fertile soil away
  • Will uproot planted crops
  • Expose unproductive soil

Soil washed will cover crops on the lower end of the farm

  1. two roles played by Grassley in soil erosion control (1mk)
  • Improves  soil  structure by  holding loose particles  together
  • Provides ground cover  to prevent exposure of soil to  agents of soil erosion
  • Reduce movement  of surface run  off
  1. three materials that may be used for constructing a gabion.

– Wires.

– Stones.

– Concrete/ sand/ cement/ water/ ballast.

– Wood/ poles/ metal pegs/ rods.

  1. one factor that would determine the width and depth of a cut off drain.

– Expected volume of run – off.

– Bed rock / soil type.

  1. (a) – Reducing the speed of surface run-off – hence reducing the runoffs water erosive power.

– Trap soil from surface run-off/ filter out soil.

– Reduce the impact of rain drops on the soil thus reducing splash erosion.

– Grass holds soil particles together hence reducing soil erosion.

– Soil structure is improved by organic matter from grass thus rate of water infiltration increases.

  • Water stays for 36 hours thus solid particles settle and bilharzias causing organisms killed.
  • Alum added to coagulated solid particles which settle at the bottom.

Stage IV:         Filtration

  • Water is passed through filtration tank with layers of sand and gravel to filter it.
  • Water leaving the filtration tank is clean.

Stage V:          Chlorination

  • Water is passed through chlorination tank where chlorine is added.
  • Micro-organisms in the water are killed by chlorine.

Stage VI:         Storage

– The treated water is stored in large overhead tanks before distribution and use.

  1. Four farming practices that help in reducing the effects of water shortage in crop production are:-          -Mulching
  • Early planting
  • Planting early maturing crops
  • Practice land fallowing

–     Contour cropping/Contour farming

  1.  – Fanya juu terraces
  • Broad base terraces
  • Bench terraces
  • Narrow based terraces

–    Fanya chini terraces

  1. The cultural methods of soil erosion control are:
  • Planting cover crops – The more the soil is covered by a crop or grass, the less erosion will occur
  • Early planting- Established an early ground cover by crops thus reducing the risk of soil erosion
  • Inter-cropping – Increases the ground cover protecting the soil from erosion
  • Crop rotation – improves soil structure where the rotation includes a grass
  • Strip cropping/contour/field strip cropping – This is the growing of alternate strips of different crops in the same field with the purpose of interrupting the continuous flow of water or wind
  • Weed or disease and pest control – This ensures a good crop stand that covers the soil more
  • Harvesting procedures that leave crop residues on the field
  • Mulching- The covering of the soil with organic or inorganic materials
  • Contour farming follows the contours during ploughing, ridging and planting which reduces surface run off
  • Grass strips formed by either leaving narrow strips of land un ploughed or planting grass on strips along the contour
  • Afforestation and reafforestation
  • Fallowing – leave the land uncultivated for same time        (any 10×2=20mks)
  1. – Construction of dams
  • Construction of dykes
  • Planting trees along river bank to hold soil together

Observing government regulation on leaving a sizeable strip of an uncultivated land along

the river bank

  1. a) Bund
  2. b) It is constructed along the contours
  • A channel is dug with the upper width (y) 1.5cm and bottom width (x) 90cm
  • Excavated soil is put on the lower part of the channel leaving the part (W) the ledge
  • The steeper the slope the closer the bunds
  1. a) It is the process by which top soil is detached, removed and carried away from one place to

another place where it is not useful

  1. b) four types of water erosion
  • rain drop/splash erosion
  • sheet erosion
  • rill erosion
  • gully erosion
  1. c) factors which influence soil erosion
    • Amount and intensity of the rainfall
    • Excess water run off take with it loose soil articles
    • Slope of the land (topography)
    • Sped of water as it flows to determine by the slope of the land .the steeper
    • The slope the higher the rate of erosion
    • Type of soil
    • Some soils drain water faster than the other as sandy soil is easily eroded than sandy soil
    • Soil depth
    • Shallow soil become saturated with water quickly than deep soils
    • Vegetation cover
    • Forests protect soil against erosion than bare soil
    • Overstocking
    • Overstocking increase soil erosion
    • Deforestation
    • Cutting down of trees expose   soil to agents of erosion leading tom soil erosion
    • Planting annual crops in steep slope
    • It leads to frequent cultivation hence exposure soil to erosion
    • Indiscriminate   burning of vegetation before cultivation
    • The land is exposed to erosive forest of rain and wind
    • Clear weeding
    • This leaves the soil less protected against water erosion
    • Pruning up and down the slope
    • Increase soil erosion
  1. d) seven cultural ways of controlling weeds

i)matching-matching smother weeds

ii)cover  cropping-cover  crop smother weeds

iii) Crop rotation-some weed only grow well when in association with certain crops

e.g.  Striga grow only where some cereal crops and sugar cane are growing .when

these crops are rotated with dicots, striga does not germinate

  1. iv) Timely planting-crops establish early before weeds thus smothering them
  2. v) use of clean seed/planting material-prevents the introduction of weeds to the form land
  3. vi) Proper spacing-helps to create little space for weed growth

vii) Clean seedbed-this starts off the crops on a clean bed so that they effectively compete

with weeds

viii) flooding-mainly practiced in  rice fields

  1. -Slow down surface run – off

-Filter soil particles from surface run off

WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL

 

  1. Oxalis (sorrel)

-(oxalis latifolia)

b)- The weed contain builbs i.e Elaborate  & extensive root system that support the plant.

– Because it has rhizomes.

  1. c) State the economic importance of the weed shown.

– Reduces yields of crops.

– Increases cost of production.

– It’s a livestock feed.

– Fixation of nitrogen.

  1. (a)Couch grass Digetaria Scalarum ( ½mk)

(b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

  • It has got underground rhizomes which grow deep in the soil ( ½ x 1pt =  1mk)

(c) One harmful effect of the weed on crop production

  • Competes with crops for nutrients/soil moisture and space resulting to low yields
  • Increases the cost of production when controlling it

(d) Two measures used to control the wed

  • Use of appropriate herbicides

–    Physical removal of rhizomes

  1. i)- A-Double thorn (oxygonium sinuatum)

– B- Coach grass (Digiteria  scalarum)

  1.  ii)  – Lower the quality of produce
  • Lower yields
  • Compete with intended plants for nutrients and water

iii)  Weed B is difficult to control as it has underground rhizomes

  1.  iv)   Can be effectively controlled by use of chemicals
  2. Four methods of propagation which make weeds to have a high competitive ability over crops
  • Availability to produce many viable seeds
  • Ability to propagate vegetative –with bulbs, rhizomes
  • Ability to regenerate woody stems-quickly
  • Efficient means of propagation

Ability to remain viable in the soil for a long period of time

  1. Weed C – Nutgrass (Cyprus rotundus)

Weed D – Sow thistle (sonchus oleraceous)

  1. a) – Thorn apple
  • Sodom apple
  • Oxalis
  • Tick berry                                                             ( ½ x4=2 mks)
  1. b)     – Before flowering to avoid spread through seeds

– Early stage before spreading underground organs

  • Requires skilled labour
  • Have long residual effect which interferes with future crops

It is not environmental friendly/ pollutes the environment

  1. a)
  • MCPA
  • 2 – 4 – D
  • Bentazon
  • Bromoxynil
  • Linuron
  • Loxyyril
  • Atrazine
  • Metrubuzin

 

  1. b) – 10 – 15cm high

– 2 – 4 weeks after emergence

  • Complete for nutrients/ light/ space
  • ACD as alternate host of insect pests
  • Some produce poisonous substances
  • Blocks water cords
  • Lowers the quality of pasture
  • Poisonous to man and livestock
  • Parasites of desired crops
  • Aquatic weeds affect navigation and water animals
  • Increase the cost of production
  • Cause irritation to workers
  • Some have medicinal value
  • Eaten by man and livestock
  • Acts as soil cover
  • Add organic matter in the soil

–     Some are legumes

  1. a) two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  • Stage of plants  growth
  • Plants morphology and anatomy
  • Mode  of action
  • Environmental factors (2×1=2mks)
  1. specific examples of weeds describe their harmful effects in agricultural production
  • Compete with crops for  nutrients spacing  ,light, moisture lowering yield  e.g. MacDonald’s  eye  etc
  • Some  are  parasitic  e.g.  wihhweed
  • Low  quality of  produce e.g. Mexican  marigold lowering quality of milk/pigweed  seeds  in finger millet
  • Poisonous to both  man and livestock e.g. Dahira  stramonium, Bracken fern
  • Allirnate  hosts  for  pests and  diseases  e.g. mallow weed –for  cotton strainer
  • Some  are  allelopallic/hinder  germination  e.g.  Mexican marigold
  • Block irrigation channel e.g. salvinia/water hyacinth
  • Affect  fishing and navigation-salvinia and water hyacinth
  • Lower quality of pasture e.g. manyatta grass
  • Reduce workers  efficiency/irritate  e.g. double  thorn, shnging nelthe, devil’s  horse whip

 

CROP PESTS AND DISEASES

 

  1. two possible causes of swelling on the roots of legume crops
  • Infection by nematodes

Nodulation/ nitrogen fixing bacteria

  1. the various cultural methods of controlling pests in crops
  • Timely planting-done early e.g. maize escape stalk borer
  • proper  tillage-to expose  soil boring pest i.e. white grubs
  • Timely harvesting-enables crops i.e.  maize to escape weevil attacks
  • close season-avoids  growing  susceptible crops for   some period to control pink worms in cotton
  • trap cropping-plant  crops together with main crop  to  trap/attract pests before they attack e.g. sorghum round the  maize plantation
  • trap rotation-rotate crops preferred  by certain  pests  with those  which are  not e.g. groundnuts and  potatoes rotated with maize  and beans to starve  pests
  • establishing resistance crop varieties-this enables crops  to resist pest using natural mechanism e.g. goose neck sorghum  against birds ,tiltering  sorghum against  shoot fly
  • field/farm hygiene-keep the  field free  from  any plant material harboring  pests by rouging ,removal  of crop residues
  • Alteration of environmental conditions by creating microclimates that are not conducive to some pests e.g. open pruning, mulching for  traps
  • Destruction of alternative host especially weeds that host pests e.g. Removal of mallow weeds help control cotton strainers. Use of clean planting material e.g. seeds, suckers, crown bananas weevils are  controlled
  • Proper  spacing-makes it  difficult for pests to move  from one  plant  to another  through close spacing in  ground  nuts  controls aphids
  • Using  organic  manure  which  discourages  eelworms
  • Irrigation-overhead  irrigation in  cabbages controls aphids(any 10×2 must  be  discussed)
  1. What does the term close season mean in crop production?

– A period during when a particular crop is not supposed to grown in a given areas so as to

control   diseases and pests built up.

  1. – Use of clean planting materials.

– Timely planting.

– Proper seed bed preparation.

– Use of resistant crop varieties.

– Proper weed control/ destruction of alternate host.

– Observing field hygiene.

– Mulching.

– Use of  close season.

– Use of trap crops.

– Proper spacing.

– Timely harvesting.

– Use of crop rotation.

  1. Four symptoms of viral infections in plants

– Leaf curling

– Mosaics

– Malformation/distortions

– resetting (short internodes)

– Leaf chlorosis

 

(a)       B – American bollworm ½mk

C – Weaver bird ½mk

D – Mongoose bird     ½mk

(b)- Flooding with water

  • – Fumigation of the soil with furadan
  • – Physical killing ( ½ x1 = ½mk)

(c)    Fruits      ( ½ x 1 = ½mk)

  1. (b) The various practices carried out in the field to help control crop diseases
  • Crop rotation
  • Rugueing/destroy infected plants
  • Plant disease-free plant/use certified seeds
  • Closed season
  • Early planting /timely planting
  • Proper spacing
  • Timely weed control
  • Use of resistant varieties
  • Application of appropriate chemicals
  • Use of clean equipment
  • Quarantine
  • Heat treatment to kill pathogens
  • Pruning to create unfavorable micro-climate for diseases

–     Proper nutrition to prevent deficiency

 

  1. – Some pesticides cause suffocation of pests by blocking respiratory surfaces
  • Some pesticides are stomach poisons that kill pests by damaging the cells/ tissues
  • Some pesticides damage the pests nervous system

–    Some pesticides kill pests by destroying digestive system

  1. a) Cutworm
  2. b) – Cuts the stem causing lodging

– Reduce plant population

  1.  c) – Use of appropriate insecticides

Removing and killing it

  1. i) This is a situation in which pest population caused damage beyond tolerance
  2. ii) This is the use of combination of both chemical and cultural pest control methods
  3. four harmful effects of crop pests
  • Some e.g. nematodes  damage crop roots  causing wilting and death of the plant
  • Some like squeals unearth planted seeds leading to low plant population some destroy crop leaves lowering photosynthetic area-result to reduced yield
  • Sucking pest deprive plants  of  food by  sucking plants sap
  • Some pests attack fruits  berries  and  flowers lowering  their quality and quantity
  • Some pests destroy embryo seeds lowering  their germination potential
  • Some transmit crop diseases
  • Some e.g. stalk borer eat the growing points causing retarded growth
  • They lower mansetabills of crops produce  by lowing quality
  • Where the leaf is the major product pest  damage lower the  quality and  quantity  through defoliation
  1. a)Potato blight
  2. b) (i) Pythophthora infestants
  3. ii) dry patches i.e. necrotic lessiory on leaves and fruits
  • affected fruits appear rotten and fall off prematurely
  1. c) spraying with copper fungicides
  • rogueing the affected crop
  1. (a) – Anthracnose of Bananas / Banane anthrancnose;(1×1=1mk)

(b) – Spray with (appropriate) fungicide

– Plant resistant varieties

  1. a)- Mouse bird
  2. b) – Destroys grains in records

– Destroys fruits e.g. tomatoes

16.

  • Cause swellings called galls on the roots.
  • Leads to blockage of the vascular vessels which transport materials within plants leading to wilting and stunting growth of the crops.
  1. four cultural practices used in controlling crop pests
  • Timely planting
  • Proper tillage
  • Close season
  • Trap  cropping
  • Timely harvesting
  • Crop rotation
  • Planting resistant  varieties

Field  hygiene

  1. three symptoms of coffee berry disease.
  • Fungal disease
  • Favoured by high rainfall
  • Flowers have dark brown blotch /stred on brown petals
  • Green servier have small dark sunken parches/lessions
  • Barry (dip in the ground/dry up on the  in the black mummified condition and when squeezed they are empty
  1. (a) M – hedgehog N- Squirrel      P – Rat

(b) M – Use dogs

N- eat germinating maize/bean seedling

– timely planting

  • Early planting
  • Timely harvesting
  • Early harvesting
  • Proper tillage
  • Close season- period when that crop is not grown anywhere trap cropping
  • Crop rotation
  • Planting resistant carieties
  • Field hygiene
  • Alteration of environmental
  • Crop nutrition
  • Destroying alternative host
  • Use of clean planting material
  • Proper spacing
  • Lose of organic manure
  • Irrigation.

 

CROP PRODUCTION VI

FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFE AND TEA

  1. four management practices carried out in maize field at 45cm high
  • Weed control
  • Thinning
  • Farthing up
  • Top dressing
  • Pest and disease control
  • Rouging (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. To prevent contamination of the cotton by the sisal strings
  2. (i)             (a) Land preparation
  • Land is plaughed /dug
  • Ploughs/jembes used for primary cultivation
  • The land is leveled
  • Bunds are constructed around the plots to control water
  • The land is flooded up to a depth of 5cm
  • The soil-water mixture should be worked on until a fine mud is produced

 

(b) Water control

  • Bunds are constructed around the plots to control the water level
  • The land is flooded with water to a depth of 5cm before transplanting
  • The level of water is gradually increased to a height of 15cm by the time the rice crop is fully grown
  • Water should be allowed to flow slowly through the field
  • Old water should be drained and fresh one added where the flow of water is not possible
  • Old water should be drained every 2-3weeks
  • The field should be drained off 3weeks before harvesting ( 1mk x any 4pts = 4mks)

 

(c) Fertilizer application

Sulphate of Ammonia is applied in the nursery before sowing

  • Sulphate of Ammonia s applied at the rate of 25kg for each nursery unit of 18.5m x 18.5m
  • Sulphate of Ammonia is applied in two splits before transplanting and 40days after transplanting
  • Sulphate of ammonia is applied at the rate of 125kg/ha before transplanting and 125kg/ha about 40days after transplanting
  • Double super phosphate is broadcasted in the field before transplanting
  • DSP is applied at the rate of 120kg/ha ( 1mk x any3pts = 3mks)

 

(d) Weed control

  • Flooding
  • Uprooting
  • Use of herbicides such as propanil against aquatic weeds ( 1 x any 3pts = 3mks)

(ii) The environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields

  • Poor soil fertility /infertile soil
  • Damage by hailstorms
  • Less rainfall/unreliable/drought
  • Poor soil type resulting into leaching or water logging
  • Inappropriate soil PH
  • Inappropriate temperature (too low or high)
  • Excessive wind leading to increase in water loss from the soil
  • Extreme relative humidity
  • Extreme of light intensity
  • Topography / some attitudes e.g. very high may limit crop growth ( 1mk x any 7pts = 7mks)

Seedbed preparation

  • Prepare land in dry period/ early/ before onset of rains
  • Clear the land
  • Remove stumps/ perennial weeds
  • Plough/ primary cultivation
  • Harrow/ carry out secondary cultivation           (1×5=5 mks)

Planting – Early planting/ plant at onset of rains

  • Select suitable variety/ certified seed
  • Depth of planting 2.5 cm-10 cm
  • Plant with 1-2 seeds per hole
  • Plant with DAP/ SSP/ DSP at rate of 120kg/ ha DAP/100-150kg/ha/DSP
  • Plant 1-2 seeds per hole
  • Spacing 75-90cmx23-30 cm

 Weeding- Uproot weeds

  • Tillage
  • Use herbicides

 Pest control

  • Use chemicals/ pesticides
  • Early planting
  • Planting certify seeds
  • Rogueing/ field hygiene

Disease control- Uprooting and burning affected crop/rogueing

-Use appropriate chemicals

-Crop rotation

-Field hygiene

Harvesting      –Harvested after 4-6 months depending on variety and ecological time

– Harvested when dry 14-20 % moisture content

– Stalk, are cut and stoked in the field

– Cabs are removed by hand

 

  1. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

  1. a) – Maize varieties
  • Different varieties are developed for different ecological zones
  • Example: Hybrids and composites available
  • Kitale hybrids e.g. 612, 622 for high and medium altitudes
  • Embu hybrids 511, 513 e.t.c. for medium altitudes
  • Composites for lower altitudes like katumani composite, coast composite e.t.c. (1×5=5 mks
  1. b) Planting
  • Plant early at the onset of rains
  • Dry planting is encouraged in low rainfall areas
  • Depth of planting 3 – 10 cm
  • One – two (1-2) seeds per hole
  • Spacing vary with variety (i.e. 20-30cm x 75-90cm)
  • Plant either manually or use planters    (1×5=5 mks)
  1. c) Pest and pest control
  • Maize stalk borer – early planting, rogueing, destroy crop remains, apply appropriate pesticides (placed in cone)
  • Army warm – use of recommended pesticides
  • Aphid – spray with appropriate pesticides
  • Maize weevil – proper drying and dusting with pesticides
  • Red flour beetle – good storage
  • Rats – use rat proof stores, cats, traps or poison

Pests 5x ½ = 2 ½

Control 5x ½ = 2 ½

  1. d) – Harvesting and storage
  • Storing in cool areas can be practiced
  • Carry out direct delusking in other warm areas
  • Store in bulk (grains)
  • Stored on cobs

Can be stored in bags

  1. a) Ecological requirement (3mks)
  2. i) Altitude 0-2200m above sea level
  3. ii) SOU- fertile alluvial or loam soil well drained

iii) temperature-moderate

  1. iv) rainfall-moderate

v)PH-neutral or alkaline

  1. b) Varieties (3mks)
  • Kenya flat complex
  • Double comb variety
  • Kitale hybrids
  • Embu hybrids
  • Coast composites
  • Katumani composite
  1. c) Seedbed preparation (5mks)

 

  • early land preparation  to allow rotting  of vegetation
  • clearing of land using appropriate tools
  • Ploughing done using  appropriate  implementing e.g. disc or mould board plough
  • harrowing  ids done where  the seedbed  is rough  to a medium tilth
  • does not require a very fine tilth
  • eradicate perennial weeds

 

  1. d) Pests and diseases (3mks)

 

PEST CONTROL
Maize stalk borer
  • Early planting
  • rogueing
  • Burning infected maize crops
  • Use of pesticides
Army warm
  • Dusting with appropriate chemicals
aphids
  • Spraying using suitable  insecticides
birds
  • Scared  away
Maize weevil
  • Dusting maize comb or shelled  maize with  appropriate chemical
  • Proper  storage hygiene
rats
  • Use  of rat  proof  stores, cats, traps
  • Bush  clearing around stores
                       (1×4=4mks)
DISEASES CONTROL
White  leaf blight
  • Planting resistant variety
Maize streak
  • Early planting
  • Use of resistant  varieties
  • rogueing
rust Planting resistant variety
smut   Crop rotation
                         (2×1=2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. e) Harvesting
  • Period varies from one variety to anther
  • In some cases stalks are cut and stocked in the field to allow combs to dry

Properly followed by removal of the combs which are stoked   in the store

  • De-husking directly in the field
  • Use of the combined harvesters
  1. a) Harvesting of cotton
  • Harvesting is the picking of the cotton lint
  • Harvesting is done 4 – 5 months after planting
  • Cotton picking is done at weekly interval
  • Picked lint is placed clean containers/ never use sisal bags whose fibres may mix with the lint
  • Never pick wet lint
  • Grade lint as it is picked in the field
  • Place clean lint AR (safi) in one container and BR(fifi) in another container
  • Pick lint which is exposed/ fully opened and the lint dry
  • Harvesting is done in dry season
  • Avoid picking lint with contamination such as twigs, dry leaves or soil
  1. b) The role of Agricultural Co-operatives in Kenya
  • Co-operators pool their resources together to buy expensive machinery e.g. tractor for use by the members
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Provide loans to members in form of inputs and cash
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members
  • Reduce overhead costs e.g. transportation, storage and use of machinery
  • Bargain with supplier to give discount on seed, fertilizers and other farm inputs/ provide inputs at lower prices
  • Provide employment for their members
  • Benefit members from lower taxes charged
  • Provide strong bargaining power for members on policy issues
  • Market farmers produce
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Some provide banking services to members
  1. Field production of maize under the following sub-headings
  2. a) Ecological requirements

– Altitude (0 – 2200) m above sea level

– Temperatures 23 – 27c

– Rainfall 750mm-1250mm

– Soils, fertile, well drained PH 7 -8

  1. b) Field preparations

– Done during the dry season

– Disc, mold board ploughing to a depth of 20cm

– Disk harrowing to break the soil clods to a medium tilth

–  Ridging done at spacing of 75cm apart

  1. c) Planting and field management

– Seeds placed in the ferrous at a spacing of 30cm and covered with soil mixed with DAP

– Gapping, thinning done depending on germination percentage

– Clean weeding done after every 4 weeks interval.

– Top dressing done at interval i.e. 1st done with CAN when the crop is knee high, 2nd when the

crop is tussling

  1. d) Pests and disease control

– Spraying the crop with fungicides (head smut control)

– Uprooting fully infected crops and burning them

– Spraying the crop with insecticides and dusty the base of the leaves (control stalk borer)

– Field hygiene

  1. e) Harvesting and marketing

–  Hand harvested by plucking the cobs/ or machine harvested

– Shelled, dusted for storage pests and packed

– Delivered to millers consumers

– Delivered to national cereals and produce board

  1. Give two precautions measures a farmer should put into consideration when harvesting *RCH*
  • Lint  should not e mixed  with  foreign  matter
  • Use different containers  for  different cotton  grades
  • Avoid picking during  wet weather

Avoid using  gunning bags

  1. (a) – Rainfall that is well distributed

Well drained fertile soils

Neutral soils

Warm temperatures

(b)       Clear the land/vegetation plought to appropriate tilth

Levelise for uniform planting

(c)       – Make holes 45 x  15cm

– put in 1 teas spoonful of DAP and cover with soils lightly

– Put I seed per hole and cover with soil when soils are moist

(d)pests           – Been aphids

Been brachids

American ball worm

Golden ring month

Hens at flowering stage

Control – spray using appropriate pesticide e.g diazinol

 

 

FORAGE CROPS

  1. three factors which affects the quality of standing forage given to livestock
  • Forage species
  • Stage of harvesting

Mode of feeding

  1. i) Seedbed preparation
  • Done during dry period/ done early
  • Clear vegetation/ remove stumps
  • Carry primary cultivation/ harrowing to
  • Make furrows/ holes
  • Spacing 90cm x 50cm for cutting and 90cm x 50cm for splits
  1.  ii) Planting
  • At on set of rains/ early planting/ irrigate if necessary
  • Select variety for ecological condition of the area
  • Use health planting material
  • Place the planting material in holes/ furrows
  • Cover the planting material with soil to an appropriate depth
  • Use cuttings or splits
  • Select cutting from mature cane/ stems
  • Cutting should have 3-5 nodes

iii) Fertilizer application

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer at planting 200kg/ha
  • Apply manure before planting, 7-10 tonnes/ha
  • Top dress phosphorous fertilizer after 8 weeks after planting
  • Apply manure after harvesting and dig it
  1.  iv) Weed control
  • Cultivation/ tillage/ mechanical
  • Uprooting
  • Slashing
  • Suitable herbicide application
  • Interplanting legumes as cover crops e.g. Desmodium,
  1. v) Utilization
  • Cut and take to animals when proportion of leaf is higher than the stem/ 3-5 months after planting/ frequency 8 weeks
  • Cut down excess foliage to conserve as silage or hay
  • Cut and sold
  • Cut when mature to get stem cuttings for planting
  • Cut stems at 2.5 – 5cm above the ground surface
  • Use a sharp panga for harvesting
  • Chop forage into small pieces before feeding
  • Na[pier grass is cut, dried and used as mulching material
  1. to reduce moisture content √ which can lead to  rotting  instead of formation  during   ensiling
  2. (a) – Harrow the land to a fine filth;

– Harrow during the dry or before the rains;

– Make the seed be weed – free / ensure clean seed bed;

– Firm the seed bed using rollers after sowing;

– Select a desirable variety of seed for the ecological zone,;

– Sow seeds at the onset rains/ early planting;

– Apply phosphatic fertilizers at appropriate rate of 200 – 300 kgs/ ha at planting time;

– Drill or broadcast  the seeds evenly;

– Use a recommended seed rate for the variety / seed rate of 1.5 – 2.0 kh/ha pure seeds;

– Bury seeds at 2 ½ times their diameter;

– Control weeds by uprooting/ apply a suitable herbicide;

– Apply nitrogenous fertilizers about 6 weeks after germination in split application.

– Avoid grazing when the pasture is too young.

– Practice light grazing in the field phase of pasture establishment.            (10 x 1 = 10 mk)

  1. Two causes of failure in pasture establishment
  • Poor seed germination due to wrong placement of seeds
  • Poor inoculation of legume seeds
  • Lack f nutrients in the soil
  • Unfavourable chemical conditions in the soil
  • Poor drainage

–     Pest and disease attacks

  1. – High nutritive value
  • relieve bloat
  • Higher yields of forage per unit area
  • Improve soil fertility due to nitrogen fixation

Economy in use of nitrogen fertilizers

  1. four factors that determine the quality of hay
  • Forage species  used
  • Stage  of  harvesting i.e. leaf-stem ratio
  • Length of drying period
  • Weather condition during process
  • Conditions of storage  structure
  1. a) Altitude           – High altitude

– 2000 m above sea level

Soils                – well drained

– deep fertile

Rainfall           High rainfall above 900mm per annum

Well distributed throughout the growing period

b)

  • Prepare land early enough/ during dry season/ before onset of rains
  • Carry out primary cultivation appropriately
  • Harrow to a medium tilth
  • Remove all perennial weeds

 

  1. – Establishment from stem cutting or splits or seeds makes furrows at a spacing 1m apart. Plant the grass 0.5m apart within the rows. Holes may also be used

Planting is done on the onset of long rains

Phosphate fertilizers are used as planting fertilizers

DAP fertilizer is applied at the rate of 100 – 150kg/ ha

Organic manure is applied at the rate 10 tones/ ha

 

d)

Utilization – chopped and fed to livestock as green fodder

Detoliation – can be harvested when it is over 8 – 12 weeks

 

ii)

  • Forage has high DM content hence high DM yield
  • High cellulose content hence it is woody and fibrous
  • High lignin cuten lannin and silia content which are all indigestible
  • It has low crude protein content
  • It has low leaf stem – ratio
  • It has low dry matter digestibility
  1. – Weather conditions during dry process;

-Length of the drying period

– Stage of growth at harvesting time/leaf-stem ratio of the plant species;

– Species of the hay crop;

– Storage facilities/method of storage;

– Period of storage

– Disease and pest attack on the crop;

– Fertility of the soil;

  1. (a) (i) Preparation of farm yard manure:-
  • Collect animal waste/refuse/dung and urine;
  • Collect animal bedding/litter and other rotten plant residues;
  • Store collected materials under roof/shed to prevent leaching and oxidization of nutrients;
  • Turnover the materials regularly;
  • Sprinkle water if dry;
  • leave the material to rote completely before use; (6×1=6mks)

(ii) Preparation of Hay

  • Cut the grass /legume in the field when 50% of it is starting to flower;
  • The cut forage is spread in the field for four continuous days (sunny days)
  • The cut forage is turned daily for even for four uniform drying;
  • Gather the dried material in a central spot;
  • Bale the material;
  • Properly store the baled hay (6×1=6mks)

(b) Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops

  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

  1. (a)It is the constant removal of the steruny fibrous material left behind after continuous grazing

(b) -Done by slashing the whole pasture to the base, leaving only the maintenance forage.

– Burning is also done.

  1. two advantages of grass-legume pasture over pure grass pasture
  • More  nutritious to livestock
  • Improves soil fertility through nitrogen fixation
  • More total  yield per unit  area
  • Security against total  pasture lose (2×1=2mks)

-to feed animals during the dry seasons

– forage species used

-Stage of harvesting / leaf to stem ratio

-Length of drying period

-Weather conditions

-Storage conditions

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III

(PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)

  1. four ways of increasing labour efficiency on the farm
  • Training them
  • Giving incentives
  • Supervision
  • Good operator – worker relationship
  • Farm mechanization
  • Assigning tasks according to skills & specialization
  • Proper remuneration : Attractive salaries

 

  1. a) graph representing the total egg production per week.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) – Increasing returns production function.
  2. (a) – Help to determine the value of the farm/ determine assets and liabilities.

– Provide history of the farm.

– Assist in planning and budgeting in various fields.

– Helps to detect losses or theft in the farm.

– Assists when sharing losses or profits (dividends)for communal owned farms/ partnership.

– Help to settle disputes in the farm among heirs.

– Help to support insurance claim e.g. against fire and theft.

– Provide labour information like terminal benefits, NSSF due, Sacco dues for all employees.

– Help to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm or other farms.

– Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation.

– Records, helps to show whether the farm business is making profit or losses. This information

helps in obtaining credit.                                                                                     (10 x 1 = 10 mks)

(b) – Training worker e.g. in F.T.C’s, during field days, Agricultural shows, through

demonstrations and workshops.

  • Measuring farm operations to supplement the labour force.
  • Providing incentives to workers such as attractive wages, free protective wear, housing, medical facilities, proper feeding, rewarding good workers. Et.c
  • Supervising and counseling workers.
  • Creating good operator – worker relationships.
  • Assigning specific tasks to the labor force.

(c) – Establishment of land ownership.

– Measurement of land size.

– Description of the land.

– Recording and mapping of the surveyed land.

– Solving objections if any.

– Submission of the maps and records to the district land office registration

  1. Three types of agricultural services available to the farmer
  • Credit
  • Extension and training
  • Agricultural research
  • Banking
  • Artificial insemination

–     Veterinary

  1. Four management guideline questions which assist a farm manager in making accurate

farm decisions

  • What product to produce?
  • How much to produce?
  • What to produce?

–    For whom to produce?

  1. – Training
  • Farm mechanization
  • Labor supervision
  • Giving incentives and improving terms and conditions of service

Assign specific tasks

  1.  – Fertilizers                – Seeds
  • Pesticides -Casual labor
  1. – Banking
  • Extension and training
  • Credit facility
  • Agricultural research
  • Marketing
  • Farm input supplies

Tractor hire service

  1. (a) Is the sum total of goods and services produced by a country within a period of one year (b) -Per capital income: Is the gross national income divided by the number of people living

in a country

  1. -Diversification- Setting up several and different enterprises on the farm. If one fails the

farmer cannot  incur total loss.

  • Contracting- farmers can enter into contract with consumers. It guarantees a constant fixed market for goods/services
  • Insurance- Taking an insurance cover to compensate them incase of loss
  • Input rationing- Farmers can control the quantities of inputs used in various enterprises to reduce losses
  • Flexibility in production methods- Ability to change from one enterprise to another in response to demand changes
  • Adopting modern methods of production e.g. disease control, irrigation, mechanization e.t.c.
  1. Application of fertilizer
Input 50kg bag fertilizer Out put 90kg bag maize Average product (AP) Marginal product (MP)
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6

10

24

31

36

40

43

43

40

10

12

10.33

9

8

7.18

6.14

5

0

4

14

7

5

4

3

0

-3

(ii) The best level of production in relation to the inputs and out put is level 3

(b) (i) Gross margins for the crops

(i) Maize

Value of maize/incomve 5,500 x 15 = 82,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of labour      50x 150 = 7,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of cultivation /ha 1 x 3,000 =    3,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of seed 25 x 100  =    2,500/=    (1mk)
Cost of DAP fertilizer 3 x 1,500 =    4,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of C.AN fertilizer 3 x 1000 =     3,000/=    (1mk)
Total variable costs                     20,500/=    (1mk)
GM for maize 82,500 – 20,500 = 62,000 (1mk)

(ii) Beans

Value of beans/income 5,000 x 500 = 250,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of labour      75 x 200 = 15,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of cultivation /ha 1 x 3,600 =    3,600/=   (1mk)
Cost of seed 20 x 80  =    1,600/=    (1mk)
Cost of DAP fertilizer 2 x 1,500 =    3,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of C.AN fertilizer 1 x 1000 =     1,000/=    (1mk)
Total variable costs                     27,200/=    (1mk)
GM for beans 250,000 – 27,200 = 222,800 (1mk)

 

(b) (ii) The crop which is profitable from the calculation is that :   (1mk)

  • It is more profitable to grow beans than maize
  1. a) ZONE I

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize increased at an increasing

rate because the fertilizer resources are underutilized Ö1                          (1×2=2 mks)

ZONE II

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize increased at a decreasing

rate because the resources are used to the maximumÖ1                             (1×2=2 mks)

ZONE III

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize decreases because

the fertilizer/ resources are excessively appliedÖ1                                                (1×2=2 mks)

  1. b) ZONE II
  2. Give four variable costs in maize production
  • Cost of fertilizer
  • Cost of seeds
  • Cost of pesticide
  • Cost of weeding
  • Cost of  harvesting
  • Cost of casual  labour
  • Cost of  fuel

 

ITEM QUANTITY NO. OF UNITS COST  PER UNIT TOTAL      VARIABLES

COST

Weeding

Seeds

Irrigation

Ploughing

Clearing land

Planting

Harvesting

DAP fertilizer

DAN fertilizer

Gunning bags

transport

20kg

2bags

2bags

32

2

2ha

2ha

2ha

2ha

2

2

32

300

600

500

400

1 200

10 000

700

40

800                   00

600                   00

1200                 00

1000                 00

1200                 00

800                   00

2400                 00

20 000              00

1400                 00

1280                 00

2000                 00

Total variable cost       32 680              00
income 32bags 1200 38 400              00

 

Gross margin=total revenue-total variable cost

= 38400-32680  = 5720.00

  • Profit maximization is the profit in a production process where the highest net returns (Net revenue) on invested capital is realized/ when the difference between total revenue (TR) and total cost (TC) is the highest point in a production process/ where profit is highest
  • Is where marginal revenue (MR) is equal to or almost equal to marginal costs

 

  1. a) i)  Gross margins for the crops

 

Value of maize/ income 55000 X 15 = 82500 1 mark
Cost of labour 50 X 150 = 7500 1 mark
Cost of cultivation/ ha 1 X 3000 = 3000 1 mark
Cost of seed 25 X 100 = 2500 1 mark
Cost of DAP fertilizer 3 X 1500 = 4500 1 mark
Cost of CAN fertilizer 3 X 1000 = 3000 1 mark
Total variable costs                    20500 1 mark
GM for maize 82500- 20500 = 62000 1 mark

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Beans
Value of beans/ income 5000 X 500 = 250000 1 mark
Cost of labour 75 X 200 = 15000 1 mark
Cost of cultivation/ ha 1 X 3600 = 3600 1 mark
Cost of seed 20 X 80 = 1600 1 mark
Cost of DAP fertilizer 2 X 1500 = 3000 1 mark
Cost of CAN fertilizer 1 X 1000 = 1000 1 mark
Cost of sprays                     3000 1 mark
Total variable costs                    27200 1 mark
GM for beans  250000 – 27200 = 222800 1 mark

iii) It is more profitable to grow beans than maize 1 mark

b)

  • Size of the farm
  • Climatic conditions
  • Fairness objectives and preferences
  • Existing market conditions
  • Available resources
  • Expected returns
  1. – The farmer should grow groundnuts;

– The crop has a higher gross margin than cotton;

  1. – The farmer may be able to estimate the required production resource e.g labour capital e.t.c

– Assists farmer when e.g. labour capital etc

– Assists farmer in making management decisions;

– Helps to reduce uncertainties in the production process;

– Shows progress or lock of progress in farm business;

  1. (a) (i) See the graph paper

(ii) 56 bags;    (1×1=1mk)

(b) Table – (    16x ½ =8mks)

Year Fertilizer applied (bags) Maize output (bgs) Marginal  product Average product
1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

202

2003

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

4

10

28

42

52

60

66

66

64

6

18

14

10

8

6

0

-2

5

7

7

6.5

6

5.5

4.7

4

(c) (i) 4 bags (1×1=1mk)

(ii) MP is maximum;           AP is maximum;           (2×1=2mks)

(d) Gross income = Total output x price per unit

in 2002  66 x 1000 = 66000/=            (1×1=1mk

in 2003: 64 x 1000 = 64000/=            (1×1=1mk)

(ii) Net income = Total income – Total cost

in 1999: Total income was 52 x 1000 = 52000/=

total cost was 8 x 1200 = 9,600/=

Hence 5200/= – 9600; (1mk)

= Shs. 42,400/=           (1mk)

 

 

21.

  • Flood costs (F.C)
  • Variable costs (V.C)
  • Total costs (T.C)
  • Average costs (A.C)
  • Marginal costs (M.C)

 

22.

  • Co-operative societies
  • Crop boards
  • Commercial banks
  • Agricultural finance corporation (A.F.C)
  • Settlement fund trustees
  • Hire purchase companies
  • Insurance companies. (Any 4 )
  1. three ways in which labour peaks can be overcome in the farm
  • Overtime  working  for casual labourers
  • Greater use of casual workers
  • Mechanization
  • Use of  contractors  who may  be  engaged to do some work  at a fee
  • Cropping system devised such that  ripening  of crops could be  at  different times

Work study to devise new techniques of  doing  work more  quickly and   efficient

24        . – training

-giving incentives/motivation

-farm mechanization

-labour

  1. (a) 1000kg of NAP con 46kg P2O5S

150 x 100 – 150

50

300kg of DAP per hectar

1ha = 300kg of DAP

5ha x 300

1                      = 1500g of DAP

1 bag = 50kg

1500 x 1 = 1500kg

50        = 30bags pf DAP

N/B Approximation = 3obags

 

CAN

100kg contain 20kg of price N

200x 100 = 200kg

30                    = 1000kg

I ha = 1000kg

5ha = 1000 x 5 = 5000kg

1bag = 50kg

5000 x 1 = 5000kg

50

= 100bags of CAN

 

 

(b) (i) – cross margin is variable cost – total revenue

Gross margin of irish potatoes

Cost of fert = shs 10000 x 5 = 50000

Cost labour requirement = 50 x 200 x 5 = 50,000

Cost of seed potatoes 20,000 x 5 = 100000

Cost of fungicides 5000 x 5 = 25000

Cost of ploughing 400 x 5 = 50,000

Total variable cost shs.145,000

Total revenue = shs.50,000 x 50 = shs.1,500,00

Gross margin shs. 1,500,000 – shs.145,000 =shs.1,255,100

 

(i)                    Maize

Cost of fert. shs 10000 x 5 = shs.50000

Cost of fert. shs. 4800 x 5 = shs.24000

Cost of maize seed shs.3000 x 5 = shs.15000

Cost f labour shs.200 x 150x 5 = shs.150000

Cost of ploughing shs.4000 x 5 = shs.20000

Total cost                          = shs.259000

Revenue 750000 X 5 X 20= Shs.750000

Gross margin   = 750000

259000

Shs.481000

(ii)He should grow potatoes

– pests

Diseases

Unreliable rainfall

Change in temperature

Strong wind

Light aspect

Infertile soils

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV

  1. three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  • Whip are tongue grafting
  • Side grafting
  • Approach grafting
  • Bark grafting

Notch grafting

  1. a) i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending

31st December 2003                                                                                                        (9mks)

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR MR. TEMBO√

FARM FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31ST DEC 2003

  Sales and receipts
                                                     sh         cts    
Opening stock√

Purchase of farm tools√

Zero grazing unit construction√

Machinery depreciation√

Interest payable √

Pesticide  purchase√

Veterinary  bills √

wages √

 

TOTAL

net profits √

 

12000   00

1000    00

10000   00

800    00

750    00

300    00

400    00

4800    00

 

30050   00

9300  00

Milk sale√

Sale  of goats√

Cabbage sale√

Sale of heifers√

Sale of tea√

Closing valuation√

8000         00

500       00

750       00

9400         00

4700         00

16000    00

 

 

 

39350         00

 

 

 

 

  39 350   00   39 350√    00

 

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm (1mk)

%profit=profit x 100

Total income

=9300 x 100

39350           = 23.6%

  1. b) five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  • function of farmers cooperative societies
  • marketing farmers produce
  • negotiating fair  prices for  produce and input
  • keeping records  of the  cooperative activities and  in forming the members accordingly
  • paying dividends to members
  • giving loans in kind  to members
  • educating members on matters relevant  to cooperative(5×1=5mks)
  1. ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming
  • risks and uncertainties
  • pest and diseases outbreak
  • price fluctuation
  • sickness and  injury
  • natural  catastrophes e.g. floods, earth quakes ,storm ,strong  wind
  • new technologies  of  production
  • ownership  uncertainty
  • physical yield  on  what is expected
  1. four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  • High yielding
  • Quality produce
  • High germination percentage
  • Grow faster
  1. two financial statements which may be prepared on a farm.

– Balance sheet.

– Cash analysis.

– Profit and Loss Account.

  1. (a) Profit and loss A/C for Langat’s farm for the year ending 31st December, 2004

 

Purchases & Expenses Shs. Cts Sales & receipts Shs. Cts
Opening  valuation

Goats

Poultry

Casual worker

Subtotal

Net profit

150000

4000

15000

12000

181000

112600

00

00

00

00

00

00

Mohair

Rabbits

Eggs to hotel

Closing valuation

75000

3600

15000

200000

00

00

00

00

 

Total 293,600     293,600  

Awarding:-

–  Title (½mk)

– (Purchases & expenses and sales & receipts) ½mk

– Entries each ½ x 10 (5mks)

 

(b) State the benefit of a profit and loss A/C to Mr. Lang’at

  • Helps the farmer to detect whether he has loss or profit
  • Helps in tax assessment to avoid over taxation

–   Acts as evidence when a farmer requires a loan

  1. a) – Invoice
  • Receipt
  • Delivery note
  • Purchase order
  • Statement of account        (4×1=4 mks)

 

 

  1. b) ROBS,

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

AS AT 31ST DEC, 2009

Purchases and expenses√ ½ mk Sales and receipt√ ½ mk
Opening stock                150,000

Vetenary bills                       2500

Livestock feeds                     2500

Fertilizer                              5000

Seeds                                   4000

Debts payable                       4200

TOTAL    √ ½ mk                168000   Profit   √ 1 mk                       94,800

 

263000

 

 

Sale of milk                                             10,000

Sale of cabbages                                       20,000

Sale of two heifers                                     10,000

Sale of tomatoes                                            3000

Debts available                                            20,000

Closing valuation                                        200,000

√ ½ mk                     263,000

√ 1 mk                            263,000

( ½ mk each entry 6 mks)

Total 10 mks

.

  1. c) It made profit

Profit ksh. 94,800√ 1 mk

% profit= profit   x 100

Opening Valuation

 94,800×100

150,000

= 63.2%√ 1 mk

 

  1. d) -Diversification- Setting up several and different enterprises on the farm. If one fails the

farmer cannot  incur total loss.

  • Contracting- farmers can enter into contract with consumers. It guarantees a constant fixed market for goods/services
  • Insurance- Taking an insurance cover to compensate them incase of loss
  • Input rationing- Farmers can control the quantities of inputs used in various enterprises to reduce losses
  • Flexibility in production methods- Ability to change from one enterprise to another in response to demand changes
  • Adopting modern methods of production e.g. disease control, irrigation, mechanization e.t.c.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) i) profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2003

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR MR. TEMBO√

FARM FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31ST DEC 2003

 

Purchases and expenses Sales and receipts
                                                     sh         cts    
Opening stock√

Purchase of farm tools√

Zero grazing unit construction√

Machinery depreciation√

Interest payable √

Pesticide  purchase√

Veterinary  bills √

wages √

 

TOTAL      net profits √

 

12000   00

1001    00

10000   00

801    00

751    00

301    00

401    00

4801    00

 

30050   00

9300  00

Milk sale√

Sale  of goats√

Cabbage sale√

Sale of heifers√

Sale of tea√

Closing valuation√

8001         00

501       00

751       00

9401         00

4701         00

16000    00

 

 

 

39350         00

 

 

 

 

  39 350   00   39 350√    00
  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm (1mk)

%profit=profit x 100

Total income

=9300 x 100

39350

= 23.6%

 

  1. b) five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
      • Function of farmers cooperative societies
      • marketing farmers produce
      • negotiating fair  prices for  produce and input
      • keeping records  of the  cooperative activities and  in forming the members accordingly
      • paying dividends to members
      • giving loans in kind  to members
      • educating members on matters relevant  to cooperative(5×1=5mks)
  1. ii) five common risks and uncertainties in farming
    • Risks and uncertainties
    • pest and diseases outbreak
    • price fluctuation
    • sickness and injury
    • natural catastrophes e.g. Floods, earth quakes ,storm ,strong  wind
    • new technologies of  production
    • ownership uncertainty
    • physical yield on  what is expected

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Prepare a balance sheet s at 31.12.2005

BIDII FARM BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31.12.2005

LIABILITIES                           SHS                 CTS

Current liabilities

Overdraft                      15000                 00

Unpaid wage                3000                  00

Long term liabilities

Bank l                           30000                 00

Net worth                 897000                   00

 

 945000                    00

 

ASSETS                           SHS                 CTS

Current assets

Debt receivable                 20000                 0

Stocks                               25000                 00

Bank balance                 100000                 00

Fixed assets

Perennial crops               250000                00

Land                              350000                 00

Livestock                        200000                00

 945000                  00

 

  1. b) Yes it qualified for a loan because it was solvent i.e. has more assets than liabilities
  2. one condition in which each of the following documents is used.
  3. i) Invoice –when  goods //services are sold /bought  on credit
  4.  ii) Delivery note-when goods are  physically  delivered  to the buyer

iii) Receipt-when goods/services are bought or rendered on cash

  1. i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mrs. Okello’s farm

profit  and loss A/C  for Mrs.Okello’s farm  for the  year ending 31/12/2009

Purchase  and  expenses Sales and receipts
Opening valuation                      12000    00

Pesticides                                     3000     00

Construction  of  store                 10000    00

Depreciation  of  machines            3000   00

Interest payable                                1750   00

Purchase  of  tools                              800    00

Veterinary  bills   1                           400

Wages  10,000

 

Net profit         3800

 

Milk sales         8000

Sales  of  goats  5000

Sales of tomatoes 1750

Sales  of  heifer     10 000

Sales of coffee 5000

Closing valuation  16000

 

 

 

 

 

                                    45750                          45750

 

Award  of  marks        Title -1mk

Purchases and expenses  side -1mk

Sales and receipt sales-1mk

Net profit – 1mk

Both totals-1mk  (5×1=5mks)

Each of the correct  entries in purchase and expenses  and sales and receipt sides (14x ½ =7mks)

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss that Mrs. Okello made during the year 2009

3800 x100√1

45750

= 8.3%√1

iii) six ways in which farmers adjust to risk and uncertainties in farming

  • diversification-production of services  products at the same time to  avoid risks  due  to  weather, fluctuation in price  and disease
  • contracting-make  contracts  with dealers  to  supply or  buy  certain commodities at fixed prices  thus  transfer the risk  of  drop in demand and  supply
  • insurance-purchase security by  payment of  small  sum of  money for compensation in case of  failure
  • input rationing-use  of inputs  sparingly to avoid wastage
  • flexibility in production-combination and  substitution of  inputs  and  techniques of  products for  each  other use the cheapest
  • use of  government price stabilization policies
  • adapting modern methods of farming-use  of  researched  varieties, breeds better  adapted to local conditions

selecting more certain   enterprises-engage in enterprises  with  more surerity  of success i.e. artificial insemination as opposed to natural insernimation (any 6×1=6mks)

  1. – Bank overdraft

-Bank loans

-Debts payable

-Tax payable

-rent

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V)

  1. a) the principle that govern the  operations of farmers’  co-operative societies
  • Open membership
  • Equal rights
  • Share limit
  • Neutrality
  • Non- profit motive
  • Loyalty
  • Withdrawal of membership
  1. b) the role of agricultural cooperatives in Kenya
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members products
  • Market farmers produce
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Provide inputs to members at lower prices
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Provide transportation, storage and use  of machinery to farmers
  1. c) various functions of agricultural marketing
  • Advertising: They advertise farm products in order to increase demand
  • Financing: Provide capital to carry out agricultural activities
  • Transportation: Provide transport to farm produce to the areas of consumption
  • Storage: store farm produce after harvest in order to minimize losses
  • Selling: Sell on behalf of the farmer
  • Packing: pack the farm produce to reduce storage space and make transportation easy
  • Processing: process the farm produce in order to provide a variety, increase value and prolongs shelf life
  • Grading: putting into grades to provide uniform standards
  • Assembling: gathering the farm produce for bulking and transportation
  • Insurance: Bearing risks by protecting farm damage
  1.  d) Explain five problems farmers face in marketing agricultural products
  • Perishability: detoxation of quality
  • Seasonability: affect price and storage problems
  • Bulkiness: occupy large space hence problems of handling and storage
  • Storage: lack of storage facilities on farms
  • Poor transport system: Lead to spoilage of farm produce
  • Change in market demand: time between planning and actual production create lack of market
  • Lack of market information: concerning prices, how much to produce, where to sell goods; farmers end up disposing of the surplus at throw away prices
  • Fluctuation in market price due to seasonality in nature of agricultural products
  • Poor marketing systems for some produce: Result in lack of market
  1. a) four marketing functions (4mks)
  • Buying and assembling
  • Transportation and  distributing
  • Storage
  • Packing
  • Processing
  • Grading
  • Marketing research
  • Selling
  • Financing
  • Bearing risk                                                                                                    (4×1=4mks)
  1. b) Outline four problems associated with marketing of agricultural products. (4mks)
  • perishability
  • seasoning
  • bulkiness
  • poor  storage facilities
  • poor transport system
  • lack of  market  information
  • limited  elasticity  of demand
  1. Two roles of agricultural society of Kenya

–     Promotes the agricultural industry

  • Organizes national ploughing competitions
  • Publish the Kenya farmer magazine
  • Improve useful indigenous animals
  • Publish a ‘stud’ book
  • Hold competitive shows
  • Hold trade fairs on livestock
  • Demonstration on how to use agricultural machinery

–    Encourage breeding and importation of pure breed stock

  1. (a) Elasticity of demand for a commodity is the degree of responsiveness of demand to price

OR – The sensitivity of demand to change in price  (1mk) (mark as a whole)

Pmk

(b) Calculation of  the elasticity of demand:-                                                                                   (4mks)

Elasticity of demand = % D Quantity

% D price

% DQuantity = Change in quantity x 100

Pmk

Quantity

=  (1000 – 800 ) x 100 = 25%

800

% DPrice= Change in price x 100

Pmk

price

= (20- 22) x 100 = 9%

Pmk

22

Ed = 25 = 2.8

9

(c) Six problems of marketing maize as an agricultural product

  • Bulkiness
  • Poor storage
  • Seasonality of crops hence demand
  • Perishability of farm produce
  • Poor transport system
  • Delayed payments
  • Competition from cheap imports ( 1mk x any6pts = 6mks)

 

 

(d)  Nine principles governing cooperatives in Kenya

  • Open membership- voluntarily joining on payment of membership fees
  • Equal rights – One man one vote run democratically
  • Share limit – A member buys shares up to a specific maximum limit.
  • Interest on shares – Any money distributed according to shares
  • Withdrawal form ownership – voluntarily
  • Loyalty – Members to be faithful and loyal
  • Education – continuously educating its members
  • Co-operative principle- cooperative members joint cooperative movement

–    Non-profit motive – cooperatives are non-profit making organizations

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases

6 .        a) – Buying and assembling – acquisitions from small scale farmers and accumulate

  • Transporting and distribution – from area of production to areas of consumption and retailers
  • Storage – kept to accumulate in amount before selling off or to wait for time of scarcity
  • Packing- to protect agent damage, theft
  • Processing – involve preparation of produce for consumption e.g. pasteurizing milk
  • Grading and sorting – placing in groups according to size, colour e.t.c.
  • Each group attracts different prices
  • Packaging – presentation of produce in a way to attract consumers e.g. labeling, good packing materials
  • Collecting marketing information – through media, on prices and demands of goods on markets
  • Selling – Final presentation of produce to consumer’s e.g. advertising, display e.t.c.
  • Financing – availing capital for marketing activities
  • Bearing risks – at each stage of marketing, apart is to bear the cost of uncertainties
  1. b)   – Marketing problems of agri products
  • Perishability – short life cycle
  • Seasonality – supply depends on the season/ vary with season
  • Bulkiness – demand for more space Vs value
  • Storage – need costly storage e,g. cold rooms, refrigeration
  • Poor transport system especially in rural areas
  • Changes in market demand – take long to produce hence cannot meet changes in market
  • Limited elasticity of demand – restrict supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. Is the degree of responsiveness of supply to change in price
  2. – Giving subsidies by reducing the cost of production inputs

Fixes prices of the related products

  1. b) The role of Agricultural Co-operatives in Kenya
  • Co-operators pool their resources together to buy expensive machinery e.g. tractor for use by the members
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Provide loans to members in form of inputs and cash
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members
  • Reduce overhead costs e.g. transportation, storage and use of machinery
  • Bargain with supplier to give discount on seed, fertilizers and other farm inputs/ provide inputs at lower prices
  • Provide employment for their members
  • Benefit members from lower taxes charged
  • Provide strong bargaining power for members on policy issues
  • Market farmers produce
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Some provide banking services to members
  1. Law of demand – when the price of a good or service is low, many consumers are able and willing to

buy it and vice versa

  • Law of supply – when the price of commodity is high, many sellers are able to provide the commodity in market for sale. (mark as a whole )
  1. (i) K.N.F.U – Kenya National Farmers Union

(ii) H.C.D.A – Horticultural Crops Development Authority

  1. a)- It is an organization of people who have joined together voluntarily with a common purpose

for  a mutual economic benefit

  1. b) Two functions of co-operatives

– Marketing farmers produce

– Negotiating for fair prices for farmers produce and also for Inputs

– Keeping records of the co-operative activities and informing the members accordingly

– Paying dividends to the members

– Giving loans in hand to the members

– Educating the members on matters relevant to their co-operative through field days,

seminars, workshops and demonstrations

  1. c) – Open and voluntary membership: Rights of anybody who fulfills the conditions set out by the

laws of co-operative society

  • Democratic control: All members have equal rights to say on the affairs of the co-operative
  • Each member is only allowed one vote regardless of shares possessed
  • Share limit: All members should have equal chances of buying shares
  • Distribution of dividends: Any profits should be distributed to members as dividends depending on their share contributions
  • Withdrawal of membership: Should be voluntary
  • Selling of produce: Only members can sell their produce through the co-operatives
  • Loyalty: members are bound to be loyal to their co-operative society
  • Non- profit motive: Co-operatives are not supposed to be profit motivated. They should sell their products to members at seasonable prices
  • Co-operative organization: The co-operative should join the co-operative movement from primary level to national or international level
  • Co-operative should sell on cash – goods sold on credit are sometimes not paid for
  • Continuous expansion: Co-operatives should aim at continuous expansion in terms of membership and physical facilities
  • Neutrality: Co-operatives should be neutral in terms of religion, politics or language
  1. four factors which influenced the demand of tomatoes in the market
  • Quality of  tomatoes
  • Price of  tomatoes
  • Presence of other  substitutes
  • Price of the  substitute

 

 

 

AGROFORESTRY

  1. two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  • Break dormancy

Control pests and diseases

  1. four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

  1. four advantages of agro forestry
  • Source  of wood fuel (energy)
  • Source of  income
  • Conserve  environment/reduce  soil  erosion/improve water catmint
  • Source of food /fruits
  • Medicine/value
  • Aesthetic value
  • Feed  for  livestock
  • Labour saving
  1. (a) A – Pollarding technique (½mk)

B – Coppicing (½mk)

(b) An example of a tree species suitable for technique B and C as a method of harvesting     B

(i) Calliandra              calothyrus

(ii) Markahmia           lutea

(iii) Psidum                guajava

(iv) Croton                  macrostachyus                        ( ½ x 1 = ½mk)

C (i) – Grevillea          robusta

Calliandra     calothyrsus

Croton           cacrostachyus ( ½ x 1= ½mk)

  1. -Deep rooted
  • Nitrogen fixing/ leguminous
  • Fast growing

Good in by product production

  1. (a) Five characteristics of trees used in agroforestry are;
  • Fast growth rate
  • Nitrogen fixing/leguminous
  • Good in by product use timber, fruits etc
  • Deep rooted
  • Nutritious and palatable
  • easily coppiced
  • Non-competitive ability with main crop (5×1=5mks)

(b) The benefits of agroforestry are:

  • Provides food
  • Source of energy/fuel
  • Fodder for livestock
  • Aesthetic value
  • Provides shelter
  • Income generation
  • Soil and water conservation
  • Balancing of atmospheric gases (8×1=8mks)
  1. four forms of agro- forestry
  • Alley cropping
  • Woodlots
  • Multi-storey
  • Source of wood fuel
  • Source of income
  • Labour saving
  • Aesthetic value
  • Reduces the carbon dioxide reducing the depletion of Ozone layer

Used as a method of soil and water conservation

  1. – Border//edge grow
  • Source of wood fuel
  • Source of income
  • Labour saving
  • Aesthetic value
  • Reduces the carbon dioxide reducing the depletion of Ozone layer
  • Used as a method of soil and water conservation
  1. – fast growth

-Deep rooted

-Nitrogen fixing

-Good by-products

– Friendly to crops/not affent crop

 

 

PAPER ONE AND TWO

SECTION II QUESTIONS

 

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

 

There are five categories of farm tools and equipment namely:

  • Garden tools and equipment e.g. pangas, jembe, pick axe, spade e.t.c.
  • Workshop tools and equipment e.g. saws, hammers, planes, chisels e.t.c
  • Livestock production tools and equipment e.g. milking stool, strip cup, milk churn etc.
  • Masonry tools and equipment e.g. wood float, spirit level, plumb bob e.t.c
  • Plumbing tools e.g. pipe wrench spanner, stock and die e.t.c

 

It is very important to identify the farm tools and equipment, give the correct users and      maintenance practices.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the require concepts and practices:

 

  1. List four maintenance practice carried out on a cross-cut saw
  2. Identify the following tools and state their functions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify A, B, C, D

  1. Study the illustration below and answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the equipment represented by the illustration
  2. ii) What is the use of the equipment?

iii) Name the parts labeled A and B

  1. iv) What is the function of the part labeled A and B
  2. What is the use of a garden fork?
  3. Name the tool that a builder would use to check the vertical straightness of a wall during

construction

  1. Name the farm tool that can be used when removing nails from timber
  2. Give two examples of equipment that a livestock farmer can use in administering oral

anti helminthes

  1. Below are farm tools, study them and answer
O………………………………………
……………………………….

the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the tools L, M, N, O

(b) Give one functional advantage of tool M over tool N   

  1. Name a tool used to perform the following functions on the farm;

(i) Drilling of small holes on metal

(ii) Bore holes on wood

  1. State the common faults in the operation of Knapsack spray
  2. (a) Name the three tools in castration of livestock
  3. Name the most appropriate set of animal handling tools that a farmer uses for the following operations:-

(i) Restraining a large bull when taking it around the show ring

(ii) Cutting tail in sheep

  1. a) Below are illustrations of  farm tools

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State the use of the tools
  2. ii) Name the type of hammer that may be used for driving tool K during work

 

  1. b) Given below is an illustration of one of the routine management practices in livestock

Production.

Study the diagram and answer the following questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the practice indicated in the diagram above
  2. ii) Describe the procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named

in (i) above in piglets

 

  1. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the tools
  2. ii) Give the use of each of the tools named above

iii) State two maintenance practices that should be carried out on tool D

  1. List two equipments used in handling cattle during an Agricultural exhibition
  2. Mention the use of the following tools.
  3. i) Dibber
  4. ii) Spokeshaves

iii) Tinsnips

  1. iv) Burdizzo

 

  1. List four precautions that should be taken when using workshop tools and equipment.
  2. i) Below is an illustration of a farm equipment. Study it and answer questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the farm equipment illustrated above                                                                                          b) What is the use of the equipment                                                                                                              c) Name the parts labelled W, X and
  2. d) What is the functions of Y on the equipment
  3. Use the diagram below to answer questions which follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the above diagram
  2. ii) Name the parts labelled A and B

 

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I

COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS

This topic entails the following:

  • Reasons of keeping livestock
  • Parts of a cow
  • Characteristics of indigenous and exotic cattle breeds
  • Dairy cattle breeds
  • Beef cattle breeds
  • Dual purpose cattle breeds
  • Pig breeds
  • Sheep breeds
  • Goat breeds
  • Rabbit breeds
  • Camel breeds

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the re1quired concepts and practices:

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  2. State four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  3. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  4. Give two distinguishing features between the following breeds of rabbits; Kenya white

and California white

  1. Give four reasons why most farmers keep livestock in Kenya
  2. Give three ideal conformation features of beef cattle
  3. (i) Name a dual purpose cattle breed reared in Kenya
  4. ii) State three uses of a rotavator
  5. Name a pig breed with the following features:

White body colour, erect ears, dished snout, big in body size

  1. What does the term ‘epistasis’ mean in livestock improvement?
  2. (a) Explain the role of livestock industry in Kenya’s economy

(b) Outline the general characteristics of indigenous cattle

  1. Below is a diagram of a cattle. Study it an answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) What type of animal is represented above?

(ii) If you stand at a point marked X, state five characteristics that tells you that the animal belong

to type name in (i) above?

(iii) State three areas on the body of a cow where ticks are commonly found

  1. Name four breeds of dairy goats
  2. List two distinguishing characteristics of Californian breed of rabbit
  3. Name the common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  4. Name four dairy cattle breeds reared in Kenya.
  5. Differentiate between ‘breed’ of animal and ‘type’ of animal.

17        Name the camel breed that is adapted to cooler regions and has a woolly body covering

  1. State any two channels through which beef is marketed in Kenya.

 

 

(LIVESTOCK HEALTH II

(LIVESTOCK PARASITES )

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Host-parasite relationships
  • Effects of parasites on livestock
  • Life cycle of parasites
  • Methods of parasite control in livestock
  • Identify different parasites

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

  1. Name two chemical methods used in deworming cattle
  2. a) state six  effects  of parasites
  3. b) Describe the life cycle of Taenia solium species of tapeworm
  4. c) State four control measures of the tapeworm
  5. Give two functions of calcium in dairy cows
  6. Give two control measures of fleas in a flock of sheep
  7. Give two measures a poultry farmer can use to control fleas in flock
  8. State two reasons why drenching alone is not an effective method of controlling internal parasites
  9. Give two forms in which a tape worm is found in livestock
  10. Below are diagrams showing different types of internal parasites. Study them carefully and

answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the parasites K & M
  2. b) Identify the parts labelled
  3. c) Name the organs where each parasites is found
  4. d) Give the intermediate host of parasite M
  5. Give any two effects of external parasites that are harmful to livestock
  6. Outline the procedure followed when hand-spraying cattle to ensure effective use of acaricides

to control ticks

11        a) A boar gained 90Kg live weight after eating 360Kg pig finisher meal over a period of

time. Calculate the feed conversion ratio

  1. b) Describe digestion in the four stomachs of the ruminant animal
  2. c) Give the significance of lubrication system
  3. State four ways of controlling tsetseflies
  4. Name two types of roughages
  5. Name the common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  6. Why are the element calcium and phosphorus important in the diet of young livestock?

16        Give two parasites of cattle which are also disease vectors

17        Give three control measures of fleas in a flock of layers

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION)

This topic entails the following:

  • Identification and classification of livestock feeds.
  • Digestion and digestive systems of cattle, pigs and poultry
  • Definition of terms used to express field values
  • Preparation of balanced ration for various livestock
  • Functions and deficiency symptoms of various nutritional elements.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices;

 

  1. Give two ways by which production ration may be utilized by dairy goats
  2. Given that the livestock reared require a ration of 18% DCP and the farmer has maize bran of

10% DCP and sunflower meal of 30% DCP. Use Pearson’s square method to calculate how

much of the feedstuffs a 150kg rations

  1. State the importance of the following in livestock nutrition: i) Water                                                                                                                                                        ii) Vitamin A
  2. Name the compartment of the ruminant stomach where microbial digestion takes place.
  3. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

method to calculate the value  of feedstuffs  to be used to prepare 100kgs  of the feed

  1. ii) A part from Pearson square method, name two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

  1. (a) Define the term ration as used in livestock nutrition

(b) A farmer wanted to prepare a 200kg of pig’s ration containing 16% D.C.P. Using the persons

square method, calculate the amount of maize containing 10% D.C.P and cotton seed

containing              28% D.C.P the farmer would need to prepare the ration (show your work)

  1. Give two livestock feed additives
  2. State three factors that would determine the amount of concentrate fed to dairy cattle
  3. State three factors that would determine the amount of concentrate fed to dairy cattle

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(SELECTION AND BREEDING)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of reproduction
  • Description of reproduction systems
  • Selection f breeding stock
  • Description of breeding system.
  • Identification of livestock on heat
  • Description of methods used in serving livestock.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State four ways of minimizing disowning of lambs by ewes
  2. State the gestation period of the following farm animals
  3.  i) Pigs
  4. ii) Rabbits
  5. i) What is selection in live stock production
  6. ii) State three methods used in selection of livestock
  7. Give four signs of heat observed on female rabbit
  8. Name four meat breeds of rabbits
  9. State four reasons for cutting a breeding boar
  10. List the methods of selection in livestock
  11. Define the following terms as used in livestock breeding
  12. i) Heterosis
  13. ii) Epistasis
  14. State three signs of heat in Does (Female Rabbits)
  15. Give the gestation period of the following:
  16. i) Cow
  17. ii) Sow
  18. State three disadvantages of natural methods of mating in cattle breeding
  19. a) Explain the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  20. b) Outline ten factors considered when selecting dairy cattle for breeding
  21. What is upgrading as used in livestock production?
  22. Define the word breech of birth as used in livestock production
  23. What does the term “drift lambing’ mean in livestock production?

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV

(LIVESTOCK MANAGMENT PRACTICES)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of livestock rearing practices
  • Carrying out livestock rearing practices
  • Livestock routine management practices i.e. feeding, de-beaking e.t.c.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give four reasons of carrying out crutching sheep management
  2. Name two ways a farmer can perform closed methods of castration on his male livestock
  3. Below is a diagram of a farm animal. Study the diagram carefully and then answer the questions

that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) On the drawing, mark the letters indicated in brackets the part of the animal where:
  2. i) Branding should take place (B)
  3.       ii) Vaccination should be carried out (V)

iii) Body temperature of the animal should be taken (BT)

  1.       iv) Mastitis infection may occur (M)
  2. b) Name three areas of the animal body where ticks are likely to be found
  3. c) Name the parts of the animal numbered 1-4

 

  1. a) What is castration as used in livestock production?
  2.  b) State four reasons why castration is done in livestock
  3. (a) Describe the management of a gilt from weaning to furrowing

(b) Discuss the preparation a poultry farmer should make before the arrival of day old chicks

  1. Outline two reasons for raddling in sheep management
  2. State any four reasons for castrating male piglets
  3. What are the methods of stocking bees? Give two.
  4. State two ways that show how good feeding help to control livestock diseases
  5. Name any two recommended methods of docking lambs
  6. State three disadvantages of inbreeding
  7. State four routine management practices that should be carried out on a lactating ewe
  8. (a) Describe the procedure which should be followed to castrate a three weeks old piglet using

surgical  method

(b) (i) State five factors that should be considered when sitting a bee hive in a farm

(ii) Describe the management practices that would ensure maximum harvest of fish from a

fish pond

  1. Give three types of bees found in a bee colony
  2. List three methods of castrating farm
  3. Outline the routine management practices of piglets from the 1st day to the 8th week
  4. List three types of calf pens
  5. State two factors that could lead to failure to conceive in sows after service
  6. List three advantages of hoof trimming in sheep production
  7. State four factors considered when citing an apiary in the farm
  8. Name three methods of stocking a beehive with honey bees
  9. List three common methods of extracting honey from the combs
  10. a)The illustration below shows a method  of  identifying pigs, study  the diagram  and answer the questions  that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) On the diagram A provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) What is the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be

carried out?

iii) State any three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig

production

  1. b) Below are illustrations showing the various parts of the Kenya top bar hive. Use the illustration

to answer the question that follow

D

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

 

 

  1. i) label the parts B ,C and D                                                                                                                       
  2. ii) How can a farmer attract bees to colonize a new hive?

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

  1. a) Below are illustrations of  farm tools
E
G
F
H

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) State the use of the tools

iii) Name the type of hammer that may be used for driving tool F during work                                         b) Given below is an illustration of one of the routine management practices in livestock

production.

Study the diagram and answer the following questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the practice indicated in the diagram above
  2. ii) Describe the procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named

in (i) above in piglets

  1. a) State and explain four advantages of  age  grouping farm animals as a management  practice
  2. b) Explain four major causes of lamb mortality from birth to weaning
  3. c) Describe brucellosis under the following sub headings

i)Cause

  1. ii) Transmission

iii) Symptoms

  1. iv) Control measures
  2. a) Explain the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  3. Give two reasons why it is important to castrate animals when they are still young
  4. (a) Give two reasons why dehorning is carried out in farm animals

(b) State four methods of dehorning livestock

  1. (a) What is steaming up in livestock production?

(b) Give two reasons why the practice is important in pig rearing

  1. State four management practices that should be carried on a fish pond in order to obtain

maximum fish production.

  1. List four factors considered when formulating livestock ration. (2mk)

 

  1. Study the diagram of a cow below and answer the subsequent questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the livestock equipment marked E above
  2. ii) State two uses of the equipment in 17(i) above

iii) Name the two types of identification marks applied on the animal above

  1. iv) Show with an arrow and mark with letter P where pye-grease acaricide should be applied

on the anima1

  1. v) Give one disadvantage for each of the identification marks made on the animal

 

Identification  marks  Disadvantage
A  
 
B  
 

 

  1. a) Describe the management practices of a gilt from weaning to the time of farrowing
  2.  b) State five factors to consider in selecting a gilt for breeding stock.

 

  1. State four conditions that necessitate the handling of farm animals .
  2. Give any two reasons why docking is an important practice in sheep management.
  3. Why is crutching a very important management practice in sheep breeding.

 

  1. Study the diagram of a sheep shown below carefully and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) What operation is usually carried out on the part labelled A?

(ii) Give two reasons for carrying out the operation in (i) above

(iii) At what age should the above operation be carried out?

(v) Name routine management practice carried out on the part labelked B

 

 

FARM STRUCTURES

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of parts of a building
  • Identification of materials for construction
  • Description of various farm structures and their uses
  • Construction and maintenance of farm structures.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Mention four disadvantages of using steel materials for construction of farm structures
  2. Give two reasons for placing a polythene sheet on a foundation of farm buildings
  3. What is “calf crop” in beef production?
  4. a) Outline the procedure  in construction of a  barbed wire  fence
  5. b) List any four wood preservatives
  6. c) Give four factors that will determine the choice of farm building materials
  7. i) Give four factors considered when citing a fish pond
  8. ii) Give four features of a good laying nest

6          State two uses of a footbath in cattle dip

7          a) What is a green house

  1. b) Name four materials used in green house construction
  2. c) Give four maintenance practices carried out on a green house
  3. d) Explain the importance of maintaining farm structures

8          Give two disadvantages of a barbed wire fence when used in paddocking

9          The diagram below illustrates a cross-section of a fish pond. Study it carefully and answer the

questions that follow:-

 

 

Y
Z
X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the parts marked A, B, C and C

(b) On the diagram the points marked X, Y and Z are possible sites where fish feeding

can be done.  Which is the most appropriate point for feeding?

(c) Give two reasons why the floor of the pond should be covered with lime 14days before

filling it   with water                                                                                                                                 (d) Why should part marked B be screened?

(e) State three maintenance practices carried out on the structure

 

  1. Study the farm structure below illustrating a pass:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the type of pass illustrated above

(b) Distinguish between a pass and a gate

(c) Name one type of live fence

11        State four requirements of a good maize store

12        State three factors that determine the depth and size of foundation in a farm building

13        (a) Explain the uses of  various hand tools in the construction of a poultry house

(b) Describe the procedure of erecting wooden rail fence

(c) Explain various factors considered when choosing the construction materials for farm building

14        State four features of a good calf pen

15        State four uses of a fence

 

16        Below is a diagram of a cross section of a farm structure. Study it carefully and answer the

following questions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Identify the labeled parts A, B, and C

(ii) What is the importance of the part labeled B to the structure

(b) (i) When making concrete blocks the ratio 1:3:5 may be used. What do these figures

represent?

(ii) In a concrete mixture 1:3:5, twenty four cubic metres of sand were recommended to be

used in putting up of a foundation of a building. Find the volume of the other two

17        (a) Explain the maintenance practices of a fish pond

(b) Give four ways of controlling fish predators in a fish pond

18        Mention four reasons of treating timber before roofing farm buildings

19        List four uses of crushing in the farm

20        a) Define  the term fence                                                                                                       

  1. b) List various types of fences
  2. c) Describe advantages of fences

21        Study the illustration of a farm structure below and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labeled
  2. ii) State the function of the parts labeled

iii) Name two chemicals preservatives used to treat the wooden parts of the structure against

insects and fungal damage

 

  1. Below is a diagram of a fish pond, study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.     i) Label the parts marked K and L
  2. ii) Give a reason why part M is usually deeper than the rest of the pond

iii) State three maintenance practices carried out in the pond

  1. a) Explain five factors to consider when siting a fish pond
  2. b) Explain the measures used to control livestock diseases
  3. State four factors which influence the selection of materials for constructing a diary shed
  4. a) State five  maintenance practices of a  mould board plough
  5. b) Explain five structural and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines                  c) List five uses of farm fences
  6. State four uses of farm buildings
  7. List four structural requirements for proper housing of farm animal to maintain good health
  8. The diagram below is part of a farm structure. Study it and then answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name part of structure represented above

(b) Identify parts labeled P, Q, R, and S

(c) Give the functions of the part labeled P and S

  1. The diagram below shows an activity of processing a farm product. Study it and answer the

questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the product being processed

(b) Identify the method used in processing the product names in the diagram

(c)  Outline the procedure used when harvesting the product named in the diagram

(d) List two factors that affect quality of the product processed in the diagram

 

31        (a) Describe five parts of a plunge dip

(b) Outline six uses of live fences on the farm

(c) Outline four factors that influence power output of drought animals

  1. a) Explain the factors a farmer needs to consider before siting a farm structure on his farm
  2.  b) Outline the desirable features of a good grain store
  3. c) Describe the uses of farm fences in promotion of agriculture
  4. Name any two pests that attack timber used for construction in the farms
  5. State three factors that may lead to dip wash being exhausted or weakened while in the

dip tank

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH III

(LIVESTOCK DISEASES)

 

This topic entails the following:

 

  • Description of causes and vectors of the main livestock diseases.
  • Signs of each stated livestock disease
  • Stating predisposing factors where applicable
  • Control measures of livestock disease

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. Name two diseases that affect female animals only
  2. Give four pre disposing factors of foot rot disease in sheep
  3. i) Name the causative organism of contagious abortion in cattle
  4. ii) Give four symptoms of contagious abortion in cattle

iii) State three methods of controlling contagious abortion in cattle

  1. What is a vaccine?
  2. (a) Discuss black quarter under the following sub-headings:-

(i) Animal affected

(ii) Casual organism

(iii)Symptoms of disease

(iv) Control measures

(b) (i) Explain four measures used to control liver flukes

(ii) Name an intermediate host of liver fluke

(c) Explain the following terms as used in livestock production

(i) Embryo transfer

(ii) Artificial insemination

(iii) Line breeding

(iv) Cross breeding

(v) Up-grading

  1. Give four predisposing factors of foot rot disease in sheep
  2. (a) Discuss coccidiosis disease under the following headings:-

(i) Causal organism

(ii) Livestock species attacked

(iii) Symptoms of attack

(iv) Control measures

(b) (i) What are the characteristics of an effective acaricide?

(ii) Explain three methods of acaricide application

  1. Name four ways of controlling coccidiosi in the farm
  2. State four predisposing factors of scour in calves
  3. Name four notifiable diseases of livestock
  4. Name two diseases of poultry that are controlled by vaccination
  5. State three signs of anthrax injection disease observed in the carcass of a cattle
  6. Differentiate between active immunity and acquired passive immunity
  7. Name four systems of a tractor engine
  8. State two adjustments that should be carried out on a tractor – mounted mould board plough

in preparation for ploughing

 

  1. List three causes of ruminal lympany (Bloat) in ruminant animals
  2. (a) Give four symptoms of milk fever

(b) State two methods of controlling milk fever

 

  1. (a) Describe East Coast Fever (E.C.F) under the following sub-topics:

(i) Animal attacked

(ii) Causal organisms

(iii) Symptoms of attack

(iv) Control and treatment

(b) Explain ten measures used to control livestock diseases

 

  1. Name two livestock diseases that are spread through natural mating.
  2. a) Give the method used in introducing a vaccine to poultry against fowl typhoid             b) State other methods introducing vaccines to livestock

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V

(POULTRY)

This topic entails the following:

 

  • Identification of parts of an egg.
  • Selection of eggs for incubation
  • Identification of suitable sources for chicks.
  • Descriptions of broodiness
  • Description of condition for incubation
  • Description of rearing systems
  • Categories of poultry feds according to age-of birds
  • Stating causes of stress and vices in poultry and control measures.
  • Marketing of eggs and poultry meat.
  • Selection, sorting and grading of eggs.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. A deep little poultry house measures 9mx3m. Suppose the amount of space allowed for one

bird is 0.27m2.Calculate the number of birds that can be kept comfortably in the house. Show

your working

  1. Give two functions of isthmus in female bird
  2. Give four features of a good laying nest
  3. State four qualities of marketable eggs
  4. Study the diagram showing the behaviour of chicks in a brooder and answer the questions that

follow:-

Heat source
B
Chicks
A
Heat source
C
Brooder guard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) State the behaviour of chicks in A, B and C                                           

(b) Explain why the brooder guard is rounded as shown in the diagram

  1. Mention six characteristics of an egg selected for incubation
  2. Describe the management of layers in deep litter system
  3. State four reasons for egg breaking and drinking by layers in a deep litter rearing system
  4. Below are diagram showing condition of eggs seven days after incubation study them and answer

the questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the conditions of eggs
  2. b) Identify the egg which suitable for incubation and give a reasons for your answer
  3. c) Name the practice which used to determine the state of eggs above
  4. The diagram U below illustrates an activity carried by a poultry farmer keeping layers. Study the

diagram carefully and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the activity carried out using the set up illustrated in diagram U
  2. b) List down four preparations that should be carried out structure U before arrival of

day old chicks

  1. c) List down one behaviouristic activity which would indicate that the chicks are under stress

 

  1. Give two reasons for using litter in a poultry house
  2. Give two reasons why it is important to castrate animals when they are still young
  3. (a) Give two reasons why dehorning is carried out in farm animals

(b) State four methods of dehorning livestock

  1. State four abnormalities of eggs that can be detected during egg candling.
  2. Describe the management of day old chicks in a deep litter system from preparation of brooder up

to eight (8)weeks old

  1. a) Describe the management practices of a gilt from weaning to the time of furrowing
  2.  b) State five factors to consider in selecting a gilt for breeding stock.
  3. Study the diagram of an egg be1ow and answer the questions that fol1ow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labeled N, O and P
  2. ii) State the functions of the parts M and L

iii) Why should the egg be turned during incubation

  1. State three reactions of chicks in a brooder which has higher temperature than normal.
  2. Give three types of bedding material a poultry farmer may use in deep litter rearing of layers
  3. Give two properties of good eggs for incubation

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Raising young stock
  • Milk and milk components
  • Milk secretion and milk let-down
  • Correct milking techniques
  • Marketing of milk and beef.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. What is “calf crop” in beef production?
  2. a) Describe the procedure of hand milking in a dairy cow
  3. b) Explain the practices observed in clean milk production
  4. Give two reasons for washing a cow’s udder with warm water before milking
  5. Give two roles of uterus in egg formation process
  6. The diagram below is a structure of part of a cow’s udder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O

 

 

 

 

(i) Name the parts labeled M, N, and O on the diagram above

(ii) State the functional difference between the following hormones which influence milk

let-down;

(a) (i) Oxytoxin

(ii) Adrenalin

(b) Mention three qualities of clean milk

  1. Give four characteristics of clean milk
  2. State three maintenance practices carried out on a milking machine
  3. State four reasons for feeding Colostrums to calves immediately after calving
  4. Give three ways of stimulating milk let down in a dairy cow
  5. a) Describe the operational differences of a disc plough and mould board plough
  6. b) Explain six marketing problems affecting dairy farming in Kenya
  7. c) State four reasons for culling a boar
  8. List three advantage of artificial method of calf rearing
  9. State three methods that may be used to improve milk production in a breed

of indigenous goats

  1. (a) Outline ten physical characteristics between a good layer and a poor layer in a deep

litter house

(b) Describe five factors that influence milk production in a dairy herd

  1. a) State two reasons for washing the udder of a cow with warm water before milking.
  2. b) Name the hormone that causes each of the following in dairy cows:.
  3. i) milk letdown.
  4.  ii) lactogenesis
  5. State four methods of increasing the depth of penetration of a disc harrow.
  6. List four farm machines implements that obtain power from P.T.O shaft of a tractor
  7. List two  tractor  drawn implements used for  breaking  hardpan  in  a crop field

 

  1. State any three machines which are used for harvesting crops

 

  1. a) describe the daily maintance and  servicing of  a tractor before use
  2. b) State one function of each of the following parts of a tractor engine.
  3.     i) Fly wheel
  4.     ii) Ignition coil

iii) Thermostat

  1.     iv) Injector
  2.    v) Piston

 

 

FARM POWER AND MACHINERY

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Sources of farm power
  • Systems of a tractor
  • Tractor implements, uses and maintenance
  • Animal drawn implements uses and maintenance
  • Tractor servicing and maintenance practices

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and

help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give four farm operations powered by engines

 

  1. a) Describe the maintenance practices required on a tractor before it is put to daily use
  2. b) Outline the factors that influence the power output by a draught animal

 

  1. State two uses of gear box in a tractor
  2. State two uses for which wind power is harnessed
  3. Name three implements that are connected to the power take-off shaft
  4. Below is a farm implement, study it keenly and answer the questions that follow:-
N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the farm implement drawn above

(b) Identify the parts labelled L and M above

(c) Give the function of the part labeled M

(d) State the field condition under which the implement can work better than the others  (½mk)

 

 

  1. (a) Explain the factors that a farmer should consider in ensuring fast and efficient cultivation

by oxen

(b) Outline the importance of lubrication system in a tractor

(c) State the daily maintenance and servicing of a tractor

 

  1. State the functions of the following parts of power transmission in a tractor:

(i) Hydraulic system

(ii) Draw bar

(iii) Propeller shaft

(ii) State three sources of tractor hire service

 

  1. (i) What is a tractor hires services (1mk)

(ii) State three sources of tractor hire service           (1½mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents an assembled differential of a tractor. Use it to answer the
D
A
B
Wheel

questions   that follow:-

 

 

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the parts labeled A, B, C and D

(b) State two functions of differential system of a tractor

(c) Give two reasons why wheel skidding of a tractor is not allowed

 

  1. State four sources of power in the farm

 

  1. Give the four strokes of a four stroke cycle tractor engine

 

  1. State four factors which ensure efficient working by oxen in the farm

 

  1. Mention two sources from which farmers can hire tractors
  2. (a) Below is a diagram of a farm implement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) State the use of the implement shown above

(ii) Name the parts labeled A, B, C, and D                                                                           

                (iii) State two methods of increasing the depth of penetration of the implement

 

  1. State four ways through which a farmer would ensure maximum power output from

ploughing animals

 

  1. State three advantages of a disc plough over mould board plough

 

  1. a) Explain the differences  between petrol and chisel engine
  2. b) Describe components of transmission system of a tractor

 

  1. Name four systems of a tractor engine

 

  1. Give one function of the clutch

 

  1. State two adjustments that should be carried out on a tractor – mounted mould board plough

in preparation for ploughing

  1. The diagram below illustrates a farm implement. Study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the implement
  2. b) Name the parts labeled X, Y and Z
  3. c) State three maintenance practices that are carried out on a disc plough

 

  1. a) Describe the operational differences of a disc plough and mould board plough
  2. b) Explain six marketing problems affecting dairy farming in Kenya
  3. c) State four reasons for culling a boar

 

  1. Name the role of the following parts of a mould board plough
  2. a) Share .
  3. b) Mould board
  4. c) Land side….

 

  1. a) State five  maintenance practices of a  mould board plough
  2. b) Explain five structural and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines                  c) List five uses of farm fences

 

  1. Give two uses of ox-drawn fine harrow

 

  1. List four care and maintenance of a tractor battery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Study the diagram of a farm implement shown below and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the farm implement illustrated above

(b) Label parts A, B and C

(c)  Outline the functions of  the parts labeled E and F

(d) Give two care and maintenance of the above implement

 

  1. Outline six uses of live fences on the farm

 

  1. List two possible causes of over heating in a tractor engine

 

  1. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine

 

  1. i) the diagram below shows a tractor drawn implement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the implement
  2. b) Give two uses of the implement above
  3. c) State three maintenance practices carried out on the above implement.       ii) Below is an illustration of a farm equipment. Study it and answer questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the farm equipment illustrated above                                                                                          b) What is the use of the equipment                                                                                                              c) Name the parts labelled W, X  and Y                                                                                                        d) What is the functions of Y on the equipment

 

  1. a) Explain the factors that influence  the power  output of farm animals
  2. b) State the importance of farm fences

 

  1. Study the illustration of a biogas digester plant and answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the major component of biogas that is trapped in part L above
  2. b) Give the name of the material deposited in part labeled M and its use
  3. c) What is the component of K in the biogas production
  4. d) Give three disadvantages of biogas as a source of farm power

 

  1. Other than hydro-electricity mention two sources of electrical energy which can be available

for use in the farm

 

  1. a) Describe the maintenance practices required on a tractor before it is put to daily use
  2.  b) Discuss the factors that influence the power output by a draught animal

 

PAPER ONE AND TWO

SECTION II ANSWERS

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

  • Store the saw properly after use
  • Oil the blade for long storage to avoid rust
  • Sharpen the teeth properly

Tighten the handle screw if loose

 

  1. A-Tin snip – cutting thin metal sheets

B-Spokes have – smoothing curved and circular surfaces

C- Ceardeners trowel – uprooting seedlings during transplanting

D-Brace drill – boring/ drilling holes in wood

 

  1. i) Stir up pump/ bucket pump
  2. ii) Spraying livestock with acaricide

iii) A – Nozzle                  B – lance handle

  1. iv) A – Atomises the acaricide into spray      B – Direct the nozzle to the parts to be sprayed

 

  1. Garden fork is a tool used in weeding in the nursery beds/and in carrot fields

 

  1. The tool for checking the vertical straightness of a wall is Plumb bob and plumbline

 

  1. A tool for removing nails from timber is a claw harmer (1mk)

 

  1. Two examples of equipment that a livestock farmer can use in administering oral

anti-helminthes                                                                                                                      (1mk)

  • Narrow necked bottle
  • Drenching gun

–    Dosing gun

 

8.

O………………………………………

(a)       L…- Pickaxe                           M- Adjustable spanner

N..- Ring spanner                   O..- Pipe wrench

(b) Give one functional advantage of tool M over tool N     ( ½

 

  1. Tools used to perform functions on the farm

– Hand drill

– Bit brace

 

  1. – Blockage of nozzles and filters leading to uneven or no release of spray.

– Control pump may slacken or loosen, making it difficult to regulate the rate of spraying.

– Inadequate operating pressure due to leakages in the compressor pump, hoses or control valves.

 

  1. (a) – Elastrator and rubber ring.

– The burdizzo.

– Sharp knife / scalpel.

(iii) Extracting blood samples for laboratory analysis

 

  1. most appropriate set of animal hand tools that a farmer uses for the following operations:-

(i) Restraining large full when taking it around the show ring-bull  ring and  lead  stick    (1mk)

(ii) Cutting tail in sheep-rubber  ring  and  elastrator           (1mk)

(iii) Extracting blood samples for laboratory analysis-hypodermic needle and syringe

 

  1. Provision of extra and quality feeds to sheep, two or three weeks before mating

 

  1. ai) On the diagram a provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram above

  1. ii) the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be carried out?
  • before  wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig production

  • to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain
  • facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i)B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

 

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the sides or top  of the  hive/jaggery/sheep

sorrel/saliva /sugar syrup (Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) i) E-key hole saw/compass saw

F-wood chisel

G-cold/metal chisel

H-plumb bob  (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. ii) E-to cut  or make key holes              F-cutting timber

G-cutting  metal                     H-checking  whether a  tall wall is vertical

iii)  wooden hammer/mallet(1mk)

 

b)i) open castration/surgical castration  (1mk)

  1. ii) procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named in( i) above in piglets
  • restrain  the  piglets
  • sterilize the  blade
  • disinfect the secretal sac
  • slit  the secretal sac  to  expose  the testicle
  • locate  and  hold  the  sperm duct
  • cut  the  sperm  dust  by scrapping  with the slide
  • sew up  the wound
  • sterilize/disinfect  the wound
  • release the animal(piglet

 

  1. i) A – Sickle

B- Pruning saw

C- Hoof cutter

D- Metal float

  1. ii) A sickle is used in harvesting grass, rice, wheat by cutting

B    Pruning saw is used for pruning tree crops, cutting hard stems in coffee

C      Hoof cutter – Trimming hoofs in animals e.g. cattle, goats, sheep

D     Float (wood or metal) smoothing concrete during plastering

iii) Maintenance on B

  • Sharpen and reset the teeth
  • Replace broken handle
  • Oil the blade for long storage
  • Halter
  • Rope
  • Nose ring and leading stick

 

  1. Mention the use of the following tools.
  • -making holes for  transplanting
  • Spoke shaves.-planning curved surface
  • Tin snip.-cutting metal/iron  sheets
  • Burdizzo-castration (4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. four precautions that should be taken when using workshop tools and equipment.
  • Use tools for correct purpose.
  • Maintain them in good working conditions.
  • Keep them safely after use.
  • Handle tools correctly during use.

Use of safety devices / protective clothes

 

  1. a) Bucket pump /stir – up pump (1×1 = 1mk)
  2. b) Spraying acaricide on livestock (1×1 =1mk)
  3.  c) W – Nozzle
  •             X – Trigger
  •             Y –  Pail /bucket

d)For holding acaricide solution during spraying. (1×1 = 1)

 

  1.  i) Identify the above diagram   (1mk)
  • Artificial vagina.
  1.  ii) Name the parts labelled A and B (2mks)
  • A – warm water
  • B – collecting cap

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I

COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS

  1. two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  • Remove chemical impurities
  • Remove foreign material
  • Remove disease earning organisms

Remove bad smell & taste

 

  1. four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  • Lower soil acidity
  • Increase calcium content
  • Hastens decomposition of organic matter
  • Improve soil structure/ improve drainage
  • Facilitates availability and absorption of nitrogen and phosphorous
  • Improve legume nodulation and nitrogen fixation

Increase multiplication of micro- organisms

 

  1. four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

 

  1. Distinguishing feature between Kenya white and California Kenya white is white all over the body, has pink eyes California white is white with black nose and eras; has black/ brown eyes

 

  1. Reasons why farmers keep livestock in Kenya
  • Source of food
  • Source of income
  • Cultural uses e.g. paying dowry, recreation
  • Provide source of power e.g. oxen

–    Provides raw material to the industries

 

  1. Ideal conformation features of beef cattle
  • Blocky/ square/ rectangular
  • Deep well flashed bodies
  • Short strong legs to support their heavy bodies

–    Compact body

 

  1. (i) Dual purpose cattle in Kenya.

– Sahiwal;

– Red Poll;

– Simmental;

(ii) Uses of Rotavator.

– Mixes trash and the soil;

– Cuts the furrow slices and harrows them; 92 in one pass).

– Break up large soil clods into smaller ones / performs 20 tillage;

– Cut the furrows slices / primary tillage;

 

  1. Large white is the pig with such characteristics

 

  1. Epistasis is s combination of genes which on their own could have been inferior on undesirable(1mk)

 

  1. (a) The role of livestock industry in Kenya’s economy
  • Provision of food; various livestock products such as milk, eggs, meat and honey are used as food
  • Source of labour: some livestock can be used to provide power for carrying out various activities e.g. oxen, donkeys and camels
  • Provides employment; Several people are employed in the livestock industry ether directly of indirectly e.g. those employed by KMC
  • Social cultural uses: depending on the culture of the society e.g. dowry, status, symbol e.t.c
  • Source of income when livestock and livestock products are sold either locally or internationally: income is earned whish is used for national development which is used for national development
  • Industrial development, various products are processed n industries which are taxable to raise income or national development

(stating any 5pts = 1mk x 5; Explanation each 1mk x 5pts =5mks          (10mks)

(b) The general characteristics of indigenous cattle

  • they have large thoracic humps for storing fat
  • they are tolerant to high temperatures
  • They are able to resist tropical diseases e.g East Coast fever
  • They have relatively long calving interval (beyond one year)
  • They have a slow growth rate and mature rate
  • They have smooth and short coat of hair
  • They have along and narrow head
  • they have a relatively short lactation period
  • they can walk for long distances without serious loss in condition
  • They are relatively small in size even when mature (1mk each for any 10pts = 10mks)

 

  1. (i) Dairy cattle

(ii) five characteristics that tells you that the animal belong to type name in (i) above?

  • Straight  top line
  • Large udder/well develop udder
  • Prominent milk vein
  • Large swell develop head  quarter
  • Triangular  shape
  • Large  stomach capacity (any 5×1=5mks)

(iii) three areas on the body of a cow where ticks are commonly found      (1½mk)

  • Base of ear/inside the  ears
  • Neck
  • Flanks
  • Tail switch/tail
  • Belly
  • Brisket/dew  lap (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. 4 dairy goats

– Saanen

– Jamnapari

– Anglo- Nubian

– Toggenburg

– British Alphine

 

  1. two distinguishing characteristics of Californian breed of rabbit
  • White body
  • Black ears /nose/paws/tail  (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. two common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  • British Saaren
  • The  Toggenburg
  • Anglo-Nubian
  • Jamnapari
  • The  British alpine ( ½ x2=1mks

 

  1. four dairy cattle breeds reared goats in Kenya.
  • Ayrshire
  • Friesian
  • Guernsey
  • Jersey   (4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. Differentiate between breed of animal and type of animal. (2mk)
  • Breed-group of animals with similar characteristics and common origin.
  • Type –the purpose for which the animal is kept. (2x1mk = 2mks)    (mark as whole)

– smothers weeds

– Regulate soil temperature

– Conserve moisture

 

 

(LIVESTOCK HEALTH II

(LIVESTOCK PARASITES )

 

  1. – Use of caustic potash stick (potassium hydroxide)

– Use of dehorning collodion

 

  1. a)
  • Cause anaemia
  • Deprive the hoof animal of food
  • Cause injury and damage to animal tissue and organs
  • Transmit diseases
  • Cause irritation
  • Cause obstruction to internal organs
  1. b)
  • Human beings drop tapeworm segments/ progloltudes together with their faeces
  • Eggs are released from the segment. Once outside the human body
  • Eggs are picked by pigs when feeding
  • Eggs hatch into embryos in the intestine of pigs
  • The embryo penetrate the intestinal wall and enter into the blood stream
  • Embryo localize in the liver
  • Embryos are disturbed throughout the muscle where they become cyst/ bladder worms
  • Bladder worms get into human beings through eating under cooked pork/ bacon
  • Once inside the human intestines the cyst wall dissolves and the bladder worm attach themselves to the wall of intestines
  • Bladder warm develop into adult tape worm
  • Adult tape worm releases segments/ progloltides containing fertilized eggs with human faeces
  1. c)
  • Use prophylactic drugs/ deworms to kill the internal parasites
  • Keep animal houses clean and disinfected
  • Practice rotational grazing
  • Use of clean feeding and watery equipment
  • Use of latrines/ proper disposal of human faeces

Proper cooking of meat

  1. Functions of calcium in dairy cows.

– Milk and egg formation / production;

– Bones / skeleton / teeth formation;

– Blood clotting;

 

  1. Control measures of fleas.

– Keep clean animals sleeping places;

– Dust animal surroundings with appropriate insecticides;

– Cover with petroleum jelly to suffocate stick fast fleas;

 

  1. Control measures of fleas             *NYR*
  • Dusting with appropriate insecticide in the pen
  • Ensuring cleanliness in poultry house
  • Dusting of the birds with correct insecticide
  • Applying petroleum jelly on infected parts (1mk each for any 2 pts = 2mks)

 

  1. two reasons why drenching alone is not an effective method of controlling internal parasites
  • Cannot  kill  all  stages  of  parasites
  • Cannot kill  the  eggs (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. -Embryo

-Cyst/bladder worm (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. a) K-tapeworm M-liver fluke
  2. b) a-hooks     b-suckers

c-mouth          d-digestive glands

  1. c) i) Small intestine
  2.         ii) the liver
  3. d) Water snail (1×1=1mk)

 

  1. – External parasites effects

– Transmit diseases

– Causes anemia/ sucks blood

– Causes irritation/ discomfort

– Causes wounds on the skin that may predispose animal to secondary infection

– Loss of hair

 

  1. – Read the manufacturers instructions carefully
  • Mix the acaricide appropriately
  • Pour the chemical solution into the knapsack sprayer through the sieve/ stir up pump container
  • Restore in the animal
  • Spray along the back to loin
  • Spray the sides
  • Spray under the belly including the udder/ scrotum
  • Spray the rear/ hind quarters
  • Spray fore limbs
  • Spray the face, the eras last
  • Allow the animal to drain the chemical
  • Release the animal

 

  1. a) Feed conversion is 90Kg/360Kg = ¼  = 1 : 4                                                                          *MMS*
  2. Digestion in ruminant animal – 4 stomachs
  3. i) Rumen (A pauch)

– Stores food temporarily

– Fermentation of food

– contains bacteria, fungi, protozoa which breaks down cellulose

– Synthesis of amino acids from ammonia gas

– Synthesis of vitamin B complex

  1. ii) Reticulum (Honey comb)
  • Sieves and separates fine from coarse food particles
  • Retrains foreign and undigestible materials

iii) Omasum (Many plies or book)

  • Stores food temporarily
  • Grinds and sieve food particles
  • Absorption of water
  1. iv) Abomasum (True stomach)
  • Enzymetic digestion takes place

c)

  • Prevents rusting of surfaces
  • Reduces the rate of wear and tear of moving parts
  • Minimizes power loss due to friction
  • Acts as a cleaning agent
  • Reduces the heat created by the rubbing surfaces and acts as a seal between them

 

  1. Bush clearing to destroy breeding places

– Spraying breeding places with insecticides

– use fly traps with impregnated nets

– use stressing agents e.g. radio isotopes on male file sand then releasing them

 

  1. – Succulent

– Dry

 

  1. two common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  • British Saaren
  • The  Toggenburg
  • Anglo-Nubian
  • Jamnapari
  • The  British alpine ( ½ x2=1mks

 

  1. the element calcium and phosphorus important in the diet of young livestock?
  • For bone  formation  and development
  • For proper  teeth  development
  • For  increased  conversion  of feed
  • Increase livestock appetite  (  ½  x1=1mk)

 

16        two parasites of cattle which are also disease vectors

  • Ticks
  • Tsetse flies

Mosquitoes

 

  1. -training

-Giving incentives/motivation

-Farm mechanization

-Labour supervison

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION)

  1. Production ration may be utilized by dairy goats in:
  • Milk formation
  • Growth

–     Foetal/embryo development

  1. Use Pearson’s square method to calculate how much of the feedstuffs a 150kg rations (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maize bran = 12 x 150 = 90kg maize bran

20

Sunflower   8 x 150 = 60kg sunflower

20

 

  1.         i) Water (1mrk)
  • Transport  medium
  • For  metabolic processes
  • Regulates  body  temperature
  • Maintains  shell  shape
  • Component of livestock product
  • Lubricant of body joints (2x ½  = 1mk)
  1.  ii) Vitamin A (1mrk)
  • Bone formation
  • Prevents diseases / Increases disease resistance
  • Improves vision

Improves vigour/ for proper growth

 

  1. Rumen.

 

  1. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

methods to calculate the value of feedstuffs to be used to prepare 100kgs of the feed (3mks)

  1. ii) two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

  • Linear programming
  • Trial and error

Graphical method.

 

  1. (a) The daily amount of food given to an animal/ the amount of food given to an animal

per day

 

 

(b) Quantity of maize = 12 x 200Kg

18   = 133.33kg

Quantity of cotton seed = 6 x 200

18    = 66.67kg

 

  1. Hormones

Antibiotics

Medicants

  • Qualities of roughages
  • Availability of the concentrates
  • Level of production
  • Physiological states of the animals
  • Quality of concentrates
  • Economic factors
  • Qualities of roughages
  • Availability of the concentrates
  • Level of production
  • Physiological states of the animals
  • Quality of concentrates
  • Economic factors

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(SELECTION AND BREEDING)

  • Steaming up of ewes to have milk to be suckled
  • Use of lambing pens
  • Ewes as made to recognize lambs after lambs
  • Blind folding ewes to activate maternal instinct
  • Attend/ treat inflamed udders/ painful
  • Pig 112 – 15 days

Rabbits 28 – 32 days

3          (i) Selection.

– It is the process of allowing certain animals to be the parents of the future generations while

culling  others;

(ii) Methods used in selection.

  • Mass selection;
  • Progeny testing;
  • Contemporary comparison;

 

  1. – Restless.

– Frequent urination.

– Swollen vulva.

– The doe throws itself on its side.

– She (does rubs herself against the wall or any other solid object.

– The doe tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch by peeping through the cage walls.

 

  1. four meat breeds of rabbits
  • Flemish giant
  • California white
  • New Zealand white
  • Ear lop
  • chinchilla

 

  1. four reasons for cutting a breeding boar
  • Bareness/loss of Libido
  • Loss of sight, limb, cannot mate
  • Old age
  • Perpetual sickness/contract
  • Reproductive diseases
  • Aggressiveness/wildness

 

  1. – Mass
  • Progerry testing
  • Comparison

 

  1. (i) Heterosis- Increased vigour/ performance resulting from mating two superior unrelated Breeds

(ii) Epitasis- Is a combination of genes that individually could have been both undesirable

or inferior

  • Heat signs in rabbits (doe)
  • The doe throws itself on its sides
  • She rubs herself against walls or solid objects
  • Tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch (peeping)
  • Restlessness
  • Swollen vulva
  • Frequent urination
  1. Gestation periods of :- Cow 270 – 285 days

Sow – 113 117 days

  1. Disadvantages of natural mating
  • A lot of semen is wasted
  • High chances of inbreeding
  • Large males can injure small females
  • Expensive to transport bull over long distance
  • May need extra pasture, extra cost

 

  1. a) the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  • Higher  egg production due  to  less  energy wastage  by  birds
  • Accurate egg production records re kept
  • Cannibalism and egg  eating are  controlled
  • Eggs are clean
  • Allows for  mechanization
  • Birds  do not  contaminate food  and water
  • Makes handling  easy as birds  are restricted  within small areas
  • Discourages broodiness
  • Increases the sticking rate
  • Sick  birds can easily  be isolated
  • The  wire floor prevails re-infection on the parasites, worms  and coccidiosi
  • There  is no bully during feedings
  • There is low labour requirement (1×10=10mks)
  1. b) Outline ten factors considered when selecting dairy cattle for breeding
  • age-young animals  have  longer  productive live and are more productive and

Economical to keep than old animals

  • level of  performance-animals  with highest production level  be kept
  • health-consider  animals which are less susceptive to  disease
  • body  confirmation  go  for ones well people dairy characteristics
  • temperature/behaviour select only decline animals which  are easy to  handle mothering ability
  • adaptable under suitability  to  the environment
  • prolycacy  ability to give  built to  many  off springs at a time
  • physical defects
  • quality of products  (1×10=10mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A type  of mating  where  the female of  low grade  is  mated  to a pure  bred sire of

superior  quality (1mk)

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV

(LIVESTOCK MANAGMENT PRACTICES)

 

  1. Reasons of carrying out crutching in sheep.

– Facilitates easy mating;

– Minimizes blowfly infestation;

– Provides hygienic conditions at lambing time;

– Allows easy access to the teats by the lambs;

– Provides hygienic suckling conditions;

 

  1. Ways of performing closed castration.

– Use of elastrator and rubber ring;

– Use of the burdizzo;

 

  1. (a)
  • B – Should take place – Hooks, cheek, rump
  • V – Is done – Thigh muscles and the shoulders
  • BT – is taken – Anus
  • M – May occur – Udder and teats
  1. b) — Ears (ear lobes)

– Tail switch..

– Under the tail head.

– Both fore and head flanks.

– Between the hooves.

  1. c) 1 – Muzzle

2 – Poll

3 – Shoulder

4 – Heart girth

 

  1. (a) – The removal of the testicles in male livestock or stoppage of production of spermatozoa or

semen.

– It is the rendering of male reproductive organs non- functional.

(b) – To control breeding and inbreeding.

– To make animals, especially the bulls docile.

– To improve quality of meat by removing unpleasant smell especially in goats.

– To encourage faster growth rates of the castrated male animals.

– To control breeding diseases such as brucellosis, vaginitis trichonomiasis and others that area

transmitted through mating.

 

  1. (a) The management of a gilt from weaning to furrowing
  • Feed gilt on at least 3kg of sow and weaner meal daily/balanced diet
  • Provide clean drinking water
  • Control any external parasites by spraying with pestcides or washing
  • Treat the gilt next to the bear at the age 12months ready to be served/serve gilt at the right age.
  • Keep the pen clean by maintaining clean
  • Flush the gilt 3-4weeks before service by feeding high quality diet
  • Take the gilt to the boar’s pen for service and let it stay there for at least 12hours
  • Observe the return to heat, f any after three weeks, and repeat the services if necessary
  • Steaming up should start 1 ½ months before furrowing by giving 3-4kg of feed
  • 7-10days furrowing, the gilt should be washed
  • The gilt should be moved to disinfected pen/clean en
  • provide guard rails or furrowing crate in a furrowing pen
  • Provide a source of heat
  • Sow and weaner meal should be reduced three days before furrowing and fed with bran
  • Observe the signs furrowing and supervise the process of furrowing
  • Deworm the gilt 7-10days before furrowing
  • Weigh the gilt regularly
  • Keep proper records

 

(b) The preparation a poultry farmer should make before the arrival of day old chicks

  • Ensure the brooder is ready 2-3days before arrival of chicks
  • Brooder should be cleaned and disinfected to reduce risk of disease infection
  • Spreading litter on the floor to provide warmth
  • Provide a functional heat source e.g. electric bulb, lantern e.t.c
  • Provide adequate feeding equipment
  • Ensure adequate floor space considering the number of chicks
  • Ensure the chick mash is ready before chicks arrive
  • Provide wire guard
  • Make holes on the walls of brooder for ventilation
  • To identify mated ewes
  • To indicate active rams hence help in culling

Identify the sire of each lamb

  • Promote docility
  • Improve meat quality
  • Control breeding diseases
  • Control interbreeding/ control hereditary defects

Improve growth rate

  • Use of swarm net
  • Use of catcher box

Placing the hire in a strategic position  for bees to occupy

  • Control deficiency diseases
  • Impact resistance to diseases

Good physical appearance/ good coat cover

 

  1. two recommended methods of docking lambs
  • Use elastrator and  rubber ring
  • Sharp knife/scalpel (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. three disadvantages of inbreeding
  • Loss  of  hybrid vigour
  • May lead to decline fertility  leading to species extinction
  • May  bring about reduction in performance
  • Leads to high rate of prenatal mortality (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. four routine management practices that should be carried out on a lactating ewe
  • Inadequate  feeding  /balance diet
  • Spraying/dipping  to control external  parasite
  • Drenching/deworming  to   control internal  parasite
  • Provision of clean  water  ad-lib
  • Tugging
  • Avoid extensive movement
  • Provide mineral licks (any 4x ½ =2mks)
  1. the procedure which should be followed to castrate a three weeks old piglet using

surgical Method

  • Assemble  equipment and sterilize
  • Restrain the  animal to be castrated
  • Thoroughly  wash  hands before opening  up  animals  skin
  • Artery of  forces  is used to close up the open blood vessel to stop excess  bleeding
  • Cut the  skin of scrotum
  • Remove  the  two  tests  completely, leaving  on empty scrotal sac
  • Disinfect the wound
  • Animals  heals faster  since  its  castrated  when young (7×1@=7mks)

(b) (i) State five factors that should be considered when sitting a bee hive in a farm

  • Away  from  homestead, pastures and road
  • Sheltered/quiet place
  • Near  source  of water
  • Nearest to flowers producing ants
  • Safe from predators (5×1=5mks)

 

(ii) Describe the management practices that would ensure maximum harvest of fish from a fish

pond

  • Control stocking rate
  • Control  water pollution
  • Supply  enough  food to fish
  • Aerate  the  water/constant  in flow  and  out flow of  water
  • Maintain appropriate depth of water
  • Control predators
  • Harvest fish art  correct  maturity stage
  • Fertilize  the pond/adequate  water  plants

 

 

  1. three types of bees found in a bee colony
  • The queen
  • The drown
  • The workers
  1. List three methods of castrating farm
  • Closed method-use buidizzer
  • Open method-use surgical method
  • Caponization-use  hormones

 

  1. the routine management practices of piglets from the 1st day to the 8th week
  • Placenta  disposal
  • Umbilical cord  cutting  with sharp and sterilized scalpel
  • Disinfecting  the umbilical  cord with iodine solution
  • Extracting needles teeth/teeth clipping/di-tusking
  • Keeping  piglets in  warm creep area
  • Weighing   the  piglets 24hrs  after birth
  • Feeding the piglets on colostrums
  • Iron supplementation through the intra-muscular injection/paste
  • Vaccination against diseases
  • Feed  the piglets with creep  feeds
  • Water provision  at adlibitum
  • Nose ringing
  • Putting if identification  marks e.g. ear notching
  • Deworming /drenching with antihelminthes
  • Tail  cutting of the  piglet
  • Castration of the male piglet
  • Ensure that  they are breathing
  • Assist  the weak piglets  to suckle
  • Changing  the beddings regularly
  • Removing dead piglets from the pen
  • Providing furrowing crate  to avoid crushing  of  piglets
  • Raised pers with slatted floor
  • Permanent calf pen with concrete floor
  • Movable calf pen
  • Temporary calf pen
  1. Poor nutrition – infertility

Poor timing of service

  1. three advantages of hoof trimming in sheep production
  • Facilitate easy movement
  • Control foot rot disease
  • Prevents the ram  from injuring the ewe during mating ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  1. State four factors considered when citing an apiary in the farm
  • Availability  of water
  • Availability  of flowers
  • A sheltered  place
  • An area free from noise/disturbance
  • Away  from lime stead and grazing grounds
  • Well drained area (2×2=4mks)

 

  1. three methods of stocking a beehive with honey bee
  • Use  swarm nets
  • Use of a catcher box
  • Use of  an  empty  hive  ( ½ x3=1  ½ mks)

 

  1. three common methods of extracting honey from the combs
  • Use of  heat
  • Crushing  and straining

Centrifugal extractor

  1. a) i)
  2. ii) before wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) -to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain

  • -facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • -for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • -to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i) B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the sides or top  of the  hive/  jaggery/sheep

sorrel/salvial/sugar syrup

(Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) i) E-key hole saw/compass saw

F-wood chisel

G-cold/metal chisel

H-plumb bob  (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. ii) E-to cut  or make key holes

F-cutting timber

G-cutting  metal

H-checking  whether a  tall wall is vertical  (1/2×4=2mks)

iii)  wooden hammer/mallet(1mk)

b))i) open castration/surgical castration  (1mk)

  1. ii) procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named in( i) above in piglets
  • restrain  the  piglets
  • sterilize the  blade
  • disinfect the secretal sac
  • slit  the secretal sac  to  expose  the testicle
  • locate  and  hold  the  sperm duct
  • cut  the  sperm  dust  by scrapping  with the slide
  • sew up  the wound
  • sterilize/disinfect  the wound
  • release the animal(piglet)  (1/2×6=3mks)
  1. four advantages of  age  grouping farm animals as a management  practice
    • Avoids bullying among the animals
  • Facilitate feeding /adequate and economic use  of feed
  • Facilitate  the administration of  drugs e.g. drenching
  • Easy keeping  of management records
  • Facilitate  breeding/cutting  of livestock  (2×4=8mks)
  1. b) four major cause of lamb mortality from birth to weaning
  • chilling
  • scours
  • internal parasitic infertation
  • loss of  mother/lack of foster  parents
  • inadequate mothers  milk/malnutrition
  • crushing  by t he  mother (1×4=4mks)

 

  1. c) i)cause-bacteria/brucella abortus brucells
  2. ii) Transmission-sexually transmitted/it is a breeding diseases

iiI) Symptoms

  • abortion/premature  birth
  • yellowish  slimy  and odourless discharge through  the vulva
  • retained afterbirth/placenta
  • the cow  may become  barren  (1×4=4mks)
  1. iv) Control measures
  • vaccination
  • use of healthy semen/bull/Al
  • cull/destroy  affected cattle
  • proper  disposal of foetus  and carcass (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. Reasons for castrating animals when young
  • Less pain
  • Quick healing

–    Little loss of blood

 

 

  1. a) Reasons for dehorning farm animals
  • Reduce space occupied by animal
  • Making handling easier
  • To reduce destruction of farm structures
  • To make them
  • To reduce risk, injury to farmer and other animals 2x ½ = 1 mark
  1. b) Methods of dehorning livestock
  • Use of caustic potash stick (Potassium hydroxide)
  • Use of dehorning iron
  • Use of dehorning saw or wire
  • Use of rubber ring and elastrator

–     Use of dehorning collation

  1. a)Is the giving of high quality seeds to a gestating animal towards end gestation period
  2. b) Reasons for steaming up
  • Increase milk yield after farming
  • Help build up body reserves for lactation
  • Ensure rapid growth and development foetus

–     Ensure healthy and string young at birth

 

  1. four management practices that should be carried on a fish pond in order to obtain maximum

Fish production.(2mrk)

  • Control predators.
  • Control Water pollution.
  • Maintain appropriate water level.
  • Maintain correct stocking rate.
  • Supply adequate food. (4x ½  =2mks

 

  1. four factors considered when formulating livestock ration. (2mk)
  • Body weight / size
  • Available feeds
  • Cost of feeds
  • Nutrient composition of feeds available.
  • Ingredients required in the ratio.
  • Animals level of production.
  • Age / stage of growth.

Type of production.

 

  1. four conditions that necessitate the handling of farm animals. (2mk)
  • During treatment
  • When spraying or hand dressing
  • When milking
  • When performing some management practices e.g. dehorning

When inspecting animals for any signs of a disease

 

  1. – Large animals e.g. buffaloes

– man activities e.g. farming

– root pressure of plants

– burrowing animals e.g. moles, termites

 

  1. (a) – Random/zigzag soil sampling-Arrow roots

(b) -Old manure heaps

– Ant hills

– Dead furrows

– Rice

– Fence lines

– Cattle bomas

 

 

FARM STRUCTURES

  • Steel is expensive
  • Require high skilled labour
  • Heavy and difficult to transport
  • Rusts easily

Low workability

  • To prevent termites from rising up to the wall
  • To reduce moisture rising up the wall
  1. A group of calves kept according to age

 

  1. a) Procedure in construction of a barbed wire fence
  • Slash/ clear vegetation around fence line 2 m wide
  • Measure and mark spots for holes using pegs
  • Dig holes 60cm – 90cm deep depending areas where the poles are to be placed
  • Assemble poles and other requirement materials
  • Drop pole and struts at respective points
  • Prepare concrete mixture
  • Erect poles in pole holes
  • Align the poles and put concrete using spade or soil
  • Compact the concrete in holes
  • Allow to settle for a few days while curing
  • Put barbed wire around using appropriate tools
  • Tighten the wire using wire strainer
  • Mail barbed wire using fencing staple at required distance
  • Put droppers along the fence as required             12×1=12 mks
  1. b) Wood preservatives
  • Creosote
  • Old engine oil
  • Paint/ far/ tanesc
  • Copper sulphate
  • Sodium dichromate
  • Arsenic pentoxide
  • Pentachloroplenol
  • Triputyl tin oxide             4×1=4 mks
  1. c) Choice of farm building materials
  • Cost of materials
  • Availability/ strength of the material
  • Workability

Type of enterprise

 

  1. (i) Factors considered when sitting a fish pond.

– Reliable source of water/ water source;

– Soil type / poorly drained clay soil the best;

– Topography / gently sloping;

– Security/ be secure from thieves / predators;

– Water quality / free of pollutants;

– Machine milking;

(ii) Features of a laying nest.

  • Dimly lit; dark;
  • Spacious / large enough to accommodate bird comfortably;
  • Dry clean beddings;
  • Have lockable doors;
  • Kept in secluded parts of the house;
  • Have slanting roofs to prevent birds from perching on;
  1. Uses of footbath in cattle dip.

– To wash the foot off mud;

– Contains chemicals for controlling foot rot; CUSO4 (blue vitriol/ formalin solution;)

  1. (a) – A green house is a farm structure made up of glass or translucent material as wall and

roof to  enhance and achieve optimum condition for valuable horticultural crop production.

(b) Material used in green house construction.

– Galvanizing iron.

– Aluminium or wooden frame.

– Glass or clear polythene sheet.

– Fibre glass or reinforced panels.

(c) Maintenance practices on green house.

– Dirty polythene sheet should be clear.

– Blocked systems should be repaired and cleared.

– Torn polythene material should be replaced.

– Should be fenced for security.

(d)  Importance of maintaining farm structures.

– Last longer/ enhance durability.

– Reduce replacement cost.

– Protect livestock from predator.

– Prevent straying animals.

– To prevent diseases brought by cold winds.

– Make them effective in their use.

 

  1. Disadvantages of barbed wire fence in paddocking:-
  • Can remove wool from sheep
  • Barbs can injure the animals

–    Smaller animals can pass through if the wire strands are widely spread

 

  1. (a)       A .Inlet

B – Spillway/ overflow.

C –  Drain pipe/outlet             (1 ½ mk each = 1 ½  mks)

(b) The most appropriate part for feeding is part X  (1mk)

(c) Two reasons why the floor of the pond should be covered with lime

  • Facilitate the work of fertilizer in the pond
  • Maintain PH of pond water            ( ½  mk each 2pts = 1mk)

(d) Why should part marked B be screened?

  • Prevent escape of fish
  • Prevent entry f foreign /unwanted organisms ( ½ x 1pt = ½mk)

(e) three maintenance practices carried out on the structure

  • Removing weeds
  • Unblocking inlet and outlets
  • Maintaining same water level
  • repairing leakages on walls, floor e.t.c

–    Draining of water during harvesting

 

  1. (a)Stille ( ½ mk x 1pt =  ½ mk)

(b) A pass allows only human passage while gate allows for both human and livestock in and

out of the farm      ( ½mk mark as a whole)

(c) One type of live fence

  • Electric

–    Hedges

 

  1. four requirements of a good maize store
  • Leak proof
  • Rat proof
  • Properly ventilated
  • Easy to clean
  • Raised off the ground properly drained
  • easy to load and unload/spacious (any 4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. three factors that determine the depth and size of foundation in a farm building
  • Function  of  building
  • Soil type
  • Soil  depth
  • Drainage of area (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. (a) the uses of various hand tools in the construction of a poultry house
  • Jembe- levelling the  ground
  • Spade-scooping soil
  • Tape-measuring distance
  • Wheel barrow-carrying small load
  • Spirit level-checking whether surface  is vertical or  horizontal
  • Rip-saw/tenor saw-cutting  timber
  • Hand drill/bit brace-boring in  wood
  • Claw hammer-driving  in/hitting and removing nails
  • G-clamp-holding  objects /wood  when  joining
  • Tin-snip-cutting  iron  sheet
  • Chisel
  • Mallet (any 10×1=10mks)

(b) the procedure of erecting wooden rail fence(7mks)

  • Locate  the area  to  be fenced off
  • Determine the amount of  material  needed
  • Treat  the  post
  • Clear the area
  • Measure  the  distance  3-4m  apart and  place  pegs
  • Dig  holes  up to 60cm deep
  • Put fencing  post  in hole and  reinforce with  concrete
  • Place 3-4 horizontal rails
  • Space at  about 125mm,175mm, 225mm  and 275mm from  ground
  • Fixed  them  onto  post using nail (10x1pt=10mks)

(c) factors considered when choosing the construction materials for farm building

  • Purpose  of building determine  strength and durability of material
  • Availability of capital; depends  on  ability to purchase
  • Aesthetic aspect:-determine by economic status of farmers
  • Availability of material: easily obtained
  • Durability: good quality .not be  repaired  often
  • Resistant to extreme weather  condition
  • Safely  of  farm animals and farmer:- not have side  effects/workability
  • Suitability of the  material.(any5pointsx2mks=10mks)

 

 

  1. – Have adequate space

– single housing ( 1caf per pen)

– Properly lit

– Have proper drainage

-Well ventilated

– Drought free

 

  1. – Demarcates boundaries of farms

– Prevents intruders, wild animals, thieves in the farms

– Facilitate mixed farming

– Enhance paddocking of farm for effective rotational grazing

– Control unnecessary movement in the farm

– Control inbreeding

– Isolate sick animal

 

  1. (a) (i) A – Wall plate/team beam/lintel

B – Damp proof coarse

C- Hard core

(ii) – Prevents termite invasion

– Prevents water capillarity /dampness

(b) (i) 1 bag of cement

3 parts/wheel barrows of sand

5 parts /wheel barrows of ballasts or gravel

(ii) Sand

3 parts of sand = 24m3

1 bag = 1×24 = 8m3

3

ballast

parts = 24m3

5 parts = 5×24 = 40m3 (½mk)

3

  1. (a) Maintenance of the fish pond

– Protection of the pond – regularly check pond walls, plant grass on the walls to help control soil erosion

– Pond bottom repair- check water seepage problems regularly, It can be done introducing an even layer of clay to seal off the bottom of pond properly

– Removal of weeds; -regularly remove all weeds that grow on the walls and around the ponds

– Maintenance of appropriate water level: Maintain the same level of water in the pond by use of inlet and outlets

– Inspection of pond: – Regularly check for cracks in the walls and seal immediately

– Cleaning the pond- once n a while to drain out the pond water, remove all stones, silt or roots that may have settled at the pond bottom, lime the water before refilling it with water

– removal of organic materials – any vegetative matter or food remains should be removed as soon as they are noticed to ensure they do not start decomposing

– Repair fence around the pond- In case of worn out posts, repair/replace immediately

(b) Ways of controlling of fish predators in a fish pond

– Put a strong wire fence around the pond

– Provide a wire screen above the pond to guard against prevatory birds

– A sire screen is put in the inlet, outlet and in the spillway

– Scare away in the binds as necessary

– occasionally drain the ponds to kill all unwanted predatora in the pond bottom

 

  1. four reasons of treating timber before roofing farm buildings
  • Prevent attack from insects
  • Prevent attack from fungi (rotting)
  • Resist weather condition:-extreme temperature
  • Resist water penetration
  • To harden woo-make it durable and more strong
  • To avoid warping

 

  1. four uses of crushing in the farm
  • Spraying livestock  against external parasites
  • Identifying animals by use  of  such   methods as branding ,ear-tagging and ear notching
  • Vaccination
  • Administering prophylactic drugs to the animals
  • Treating sick animals
  • Dehorning
  • Pregnancy test
  • Artificial insemination
  • Taking  body temperature
  • Hoof trimming
  • Milking

 

  1. a) A fence is a structure that encloses a designated area and forms a physical barrier for

animals and human

  1. b) List various types of fences
  • live  fence
  • electric  fence
  • barbed wire fence
  • chicken wire  fence
  • wooden fence
  • pole and rail fence
  • plain  wire  fence
  • trench fence
  • wall  fence
  1. c) Describe advantages of fences
  • keep off intruders/thieves
  • prevent  damage of crops  by  animals
  • control grazing in paddocks
  • control breeding by separating male and female
  • acts as wind break
  • control pests and disease by controlling  wild animals
  • add aesthetic value
  • provide livestock feed or human fruits  or firewood
  • add value  to the farm
  • provide security to the  house stead and farm animas
  • they form perimeter fence along the boundary to demarcate farm land from the  neighbours
  • used to isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd  to prevent spread of diseases
  • separate crop field from pasture facilitating mixed farming

 

  1. i) E – rafter         F- Struct

G- Eaves                     H- Wall plate

  1. ii) E (Rafter) – To provide support for the roofing materials

F (Strut) – To support the rafter/ holding the weight of the roof

G (Eaves) – Prevent rain from falling on the wall

H- (wall plate)- To support the roof

iii) Chemicals for treating timber

  • Tar
  • Sodium dichromate
  • Copper sulphate
  • Arsenic pentoxide
  • Old engine oil
  • Pentachlorophenox
  • Tributyl tin oxide
  • Creosote
  • Paint

 

  1. i) K- Spill way (reject over flow pipe)

L- Drainage channel

  1. ii) M is deeper to provide breeding place for the fish

iii) Maintenance of the pond

  • Cleaning the pond by removing all foreign materials
  • Repairing the dyke (bunds)
  • Maintain good level of water
  • Control predators
  • Weed control around the pond
  • Plant grass on dykes to prevent erosion
  • Remove the silt if accumulated
  • Regular pond fertilization
  • Apply lime before refilling

 

  1. a) Siting a fish pond
  2. i) Soil type- clay soil is the best
  3. ii) Topography – requires gentle slope not Lilly and flat

iii) Source of water – near reliable source

  1. iv) Marketing centre should be close
  2. v) Accessibility from the homestead
  3. vi) Security – protected against predators

vii) far from natural source of fish

b)

  • General farm hygiene, cleanliness of houses, equipment proper carcass disposal by burning/ burying/
  • Disinfection to destroy pathogens e.g. Anthrax and calf diseases
  • Isolation of sick animals – separated from healthy ones to avoid spread of diseases e.g. foot mouth
  • Drenching/ deworming to control internal parasites e.g. tapeworms and roundworms
  • Treatment of the sick animal – to prevent spread of diseases
  • Vaccination to create resistance to diseases on regular basis e.g. foot and mouth, anthrax, new castle
  • Control vectors – to avoid disease transmission e.g. ECF, nagana/ specific method
  • Prophylactic approach/ use of drugs to avoid injection e.g dry cow therapy against mastitis
  • Trypanocidal drugs to control trypanosomiasis
  • Proper breeding to control breeding diseases e.g. brucellosis
  • Proper feeding to prevent nutritional disorders e.g. milk fever, anaemia
  • Slaughtering/ killing – to prevent spread of contagious diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Quarantine – to avoid spread of diseases
  • – prevent introduction of diseases
  • Proper housing to avoid predisposing the animal to diseases e.g. ventilation, spacing
  • Foot trimming to minimize occurrence foot rot

 

 

 

  1. four factors which influence the selection of materials for constructing a diary shed
  • Kind of dairy shed i.e.  permanent  or  temporary
  • Availability of  materials
  • Cost of  materials
  • Environment conditions of climate and soil type
  • Durability of materials a
  • Availability of killed labour for  construction
  • Capital available  (1/2×4=2mks)

 

  1. a)
2
  1. i) On the diagram a provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram above

ii)the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be carried out?

  • before  wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) State any three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig production

  • to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain
  • facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i) B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

 

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the  sides or top  of the  hive/ jaggery/sheep

sorrel/salvial/sugar syrup

(Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) State five  maintenance practice of a  mould board plough
  • Lubricate  the moving pests
  • Sharpen blunt  share
  • Tighten bolts and   nuts
  • Clean  the  plough after  use
  • Coat  the unpainted  parts with old engine oil before any storage
  • Replace worn out parts (1×5=5mks)
  1.  b) Explain five structural   and functional differences between the petrol and diesel engines
Petrol engine Diesel engine
i)has a carburetor

ii)fuel and air mixed in the carburetor

iii)fuel ignited by an electric spark

 

iv)produces little smoke

v)is  light  in weight

i)Has  an  injector pump

ii)Fuel and air  mixed  within  the cylinder

iii)fuel ignited by  compression of air and  fuel

mixture  in the cylinder

iv)produces  a lot of  smoke

v)relatively  heavy

 

  1.  c) List five uses of farm fences
  • keep of wild  life ,predation and  intruders
  • demarcates boundaries
  • separate crop field from pasture land
  • divide pasture land into  paddock
  • control  movement of  animals and people within  the farm and  prevent formation of unnecessary pests
  • control disease  and parasites helps in isolate  sick animals
  • helps in  controlling breeding
  • provide security
  • act as  wind break  (1×5=5mks)

 

  1. Uses of farm buildings
  • Protect the farm animals from predators
  • Provide shelter to the farmer and livestock
  • Used to store farm produce and valuable inputs
  • Controls livestock diseases and parasites

–     Enhances efficiencies in farm planning, budgeting and production

 

  1. Structural requirements for proper housing
  • Well ventilation
  • Free from cold/ draught
  • Adequate space
  • Proper drainage
  • Leak proof roof
  • Well lighting
  • Easy to clean/ concrete floor

 

  1. a) – roof
  2. b) P- purklin                    Q- Rafter

R- Cross tie                 S- Gutter

  1. c) P- Support roofing material/ iron sheet

Q – Collect water and safely directs it away from building

 

  1. a) Honey
  2. b) Crushing and straining
  3. c) Procedure of harvesting the named product
  • Wear protective clothes
  • Approach hive quietly from behind
  • Blow smoke around hive then through entrance
  • Lower hive
  • Remove lid/ cover
  • Lift top bars and brush off with bees
  • Cut honey combs with honey leaving 3cm of wax
  • Put combs in container
  • Place back bars
  • Put lid
  • Return hive in position
  1. d) Factors that affect quality of product harvested
  • Type of plant from which nectar is obtained
  • Maturity stage
  • Method of harvesting
  • Method of processing
  1. i)Docking
  2. ii) Reasons for carrying out the operation
  • Avoid incidences of blowfly
  • Make mating easy
  • Even distribution of fat in body
  • Avoid dirtifying wool

iii) Age of operation

  • within two weeks from lambing
  1. iv) Methods used for operation
  • use of rubber ring and elastrator
  • cutting with sterilized docking knife
  • use of burdizzo
  • use of hot iron bar
  1. v) Routine management practice carried out on part B

– hoof trimming

 

  1. a) Five parts of plunge dip
    1. Holding yard- Hold animal before dipping
    2. Foot bath- Wash animal feet off dung, mud

-Prevent foot rot/ contain copper sulphur,

  • Jump- Narrow entrance allow single animal easily to jump in dip wash
  1. Draining race- Animal held while dip wash drain back in dip tank
  2. Drying yard- Animals need to dry before allowed to pasture, avoid contamination
  3. Silt trap-raps mad, dung before dip wash flow back to dip tank, prevent siltation of dip tank
  • Shelter-Prevent evaporation

-Prevent dilution of dip wash with rains

  1. b) Six uses of live fences
  • Thorn species prevent wild animals and other invaders into the farm
  • Tall varieties act as wind breakers
  • Add aesthetic value to the homestead
  • Roots holds soil firmly controlling soil erosion
  • Species such as lantana canara can be used to feed livestock
  • Provide shade to livestock and man
  • Trimmed branches can be used as organic manure, wood fuel
  • Some species have medicinal value       1×6=6 marks

 

  1. c) Four factors that influence power output of drought animal
  2. i) Training- Proper training of oxen will plough better and faster than untrained animal
  3. ii) Feeding- Well fed animals work better than poorly fed animals

iii) Rest-Animals given enough rest work better than those that are not

  1. iv) Honestly-Animals housed are protected from harsh condition e.g. cold thus work better
  2. v) Disease control- Animals treated when sick, vaccinated, sprayed/ dipped against

external parasites/ dewormed against internal parasites are more efficient

  1. vi) Age of animals- Young and very old animals give low output than averagely aged

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH III

(LIVESTOCK DISEASES)

  1. -Mastitis

– Milk fever

  1. Pre-disposing factors of foot rot.

– Overgrown / untrimmed hooves;

– Tick infestation between hooves;

– Muddy / filthy living / grazing areas;

– Presence of sharp objects e.g. stones;

  1. (i) Causative agents of Brucellosis.

Brucella abort – Cattle

Brucella suis  – Pigs

Brucella malitensis – sheep and goats;                                                                   (½ x 1 = ½ mk)

(ii) Symptoms of contagious abortions.

  • Retained after birth;
  • Sterility in cows;
  • Spontaneous abortion;
  • Yellowish – brown, slimy discharge, odourless discharge from the vulva after abortion;

 

(iii) Methods of controlling contagious abortion.

  • Use of artificial insemination (A.I).
  • Vaccination against the disease in young animals;
  • Avoid contact with the aborted fetus;
  • Blood tests of all breeding animals before mating;

Cull, slaughter infected animals;

 

  1. A vaccine is an active disease pathogen reduced in strength /virulence or killed and is

introduced into an animals body to induce immunity

 

  1. (a) Discuss black quarter under control predators under the following sub-headings:-

(i) animal affected-cattle, sheep, goats

(ii) casual organism-clostridium chauvei

(iii) Symptoms of disease      (5mks)

  • Rise in body temperature
  • Lameness  and  swelling of  upper part  of  limbs,  making animals  lie on side
  • Swollen  shoulders  on either side of  body, chest or  back,  formation of gas under skin
  • Difficulties in breathing
  • Muscle appear black and spongy
  • Grunting and grinding of teeth
  • Failure to  chew cud
  • On  exposure  to air, muscle of  body rapidly  darken

(iv) control measures (3mks)

  • Annual vaccination  using  black  quarter  vaccine
  • Burning  of   carcass
  • Carcass  should not be  skinned or  opened
  • Cleaning  and treating  of  all wounds  with antiseptics (any 3×1=3mks)

(b) (i) Explain four measures used to control liver flukes    (4mks)

  • Controlling liver flukes
  • Draining  swampy  areas
  • Avoid grazing animals in swamps  area
  • Burning heavily infested pastures
  • Apply  chemicals (copper  sulphate) to kill snails
  • Remove and  kill snails
  • Fencing  off swampy area (any 4×1=4mks)

(ii) Name an intermediate host of liver fluke

Water  snail (limnea sp.)

(c) Explain the following terms as used in livestock production

(i) Embryo transfer

  • Method  of breeding  which involve  removal of ova  from a  superior animal, fertilize externally   in a test tube  then transfer to a foster mother which carry pregnancy to term

(ii) Artificial insemination

  • Introduction of semen  in to the females reproductive system by  use of a tube

(iii) Line breeding

  • Is mating  of distantly related animals but  within the same breed

(iv) Cross breeding

  • Mating  of animals  belonging  to  different breeds e.g. fresian bull and  jersey cow

(v) Up-grading

  • Is   the  mating  of high grade  bull/sire  to a low  grade cow/dam (05×1=5mks)

 

 

  1. – Overgrown hooves

– Presence of sharp objects/stores

– Muddy living/grazing areas

– Living infestation between hooves

  1. (a) (i) Coccidia

(ii) Poultry, calves, young rabbits, kids, lambs

(iii) -Diarrhea

– Dysentery in the dung

– Euraciation

– Ruffled feathers

– Birds become dull with dropping wings

– sudden death in birds, rabbits and kids

(iv) Drugs such as coccidiostats mixed with food or water

– Isolation of infected animals

– Avoid filthy, unhygienic animal surroundings

– Avoid common dunking points for livestock from different farms

– Avoid overcrowding in poultry houses

(b) (i) – Able to kill ticks

– Harmless to both human beings and livestock

– stable – remains effective even after contamination by dung, mud or hair

(ii) – Spraying animals

  • dipping – involves immersing the animal into the acaricide or wetting the animal by the acaricide

– Hand dressing – involves smearing pyegrene on areas not likely to be reached by the acaricide

e.g. in the ears

  1. four ways of controlling coccidiosis in the farm
  • Avoid overcrowding in poultry
  • Provision of coccidiostat in feeds and water
  • Use of portable calf pen
  • Practicing proper hygiene
  1. four predisposing factors of scour in calves
  • Unhygienic  condition in the house of the young ones
  • Feeding  the calves on cold milk
  • Lack of colostrums and
  • Feeding at irregular intervals
  1. four notifiable diseases of livestock
  • Rinderpest
  • Foot and mouth
  • Anthrax
  • Rift valley fever
  • New  castle  disease: mud cow disease
  1. New castle, fowl pox, fowl typhoid, gumboro, marek – injections, pursaa disease
  • Signs of anthrax in carcasses
  • Blood does not clot
  • No rigormatics after death
  • Stomach swells/ bloat
  • Darkened blood oozes out through the natural opening
  1. Differentiate
  • Active immunity – animal producing antibodies
  • Acquired/ passive immunity – external source of immunity
  • Fuel system
  • Electrical system
  • Cooling
  • Lubrication
  • Transmission
  • Ignition
  • Hydraulic

 

  1. 2 adjustment on mould board plough
  • Adjust the plough depth
  • Front furrow depth
  • Lowering/ raising ploughing pitch
  • Front furrow width

 

  1. a) Disc plough reject disc alone
  2. b) X – Disc scrapper

Y-  Rear wheel/ furrow wheel

Z – Disc

  1. c) – Replace broken discs
  • Clean plough after use reject wash plough
  • Lubricate hubs and furrow wheel bearing/ moving parts reject movable parts
  • Lighten loose nuts and bolts
  • Store in a cool dry place
  • Apply old engine oil to prevent rusting during long storage/ paint implement
  1. Causes of ruminal tympany (Bloat)
  • Obstruction of esophagus due to bulky food e.g. potatoes
  • Abnormal pressure exerted on esophagus by swelling in wall of chest

Indigestion due to eating poisonous herbs, soft young green foliage

 

  1. a) Symptoms of milk fever
  • Muscular twitching
  • Staggering
  • Animal lies down on its side most of the time
  • Animals lies on sternum with rock twisted on one side
  • General paralysis
  • Breathing becomes slow and weak 4x ½ =2 marks
  1. b) Control measures of milk fever
  • Feed animal o diet rich in calcium
  • Give intramuscular injection of calcium 2-3 days before cavity
  • Partial milking

–     Cull susceptible animal

 

  1. East coast fever (ECF)
  2. i) cattle 1×1=1 mark
  3. ii) Theirelia parva Reject if not underlined, spellings are wrong

iii)

  • Fever/ high temperature
  • Salivation
  • Lachrimentim/ tears from eyes
  • Difficult in breathing
  • Haemorrhages in vulva/ mouth
  • Coughing
  • Sight impairment                              6×1=6 marks

iv)

  • Regular spraying/ dipping/ hand dressing with acaricide
  • Fencing/ rotational grazing
  • Treatment using appropriate drugs       2×1=2 marks
  1. b) Ten measures used to control livestock diseases
  2. i) Proper breeding and selection

– Animals fed on balanced ration adequate in quantity and quality are strong and able to resist    diseases

  1. ii) Proper breeding and selection

– Animals selected that are free from diseases or resistant to diseases will prevent transmission of diseases

 

iii) Proper housing and hygiene’s

– Animals houses should be built to meet construction requirement e.g. ventilation, space, drainage, leak proof, lighting and will prevent and protect animals from contracting diseases

  1. iv) Isolation of sick animals

– Is separation and confinement of animals from health ones while undergoing treatment, this prevents spread of the diseases

  1. v) Imposition of quarantine

– Is restriction of movement of animals and their products from and into affected areas, thus prevents spreads of diseases

  1. vi) Prophylactic measure and treatment

– Involves use of drugs before disease attack to prevent occurrence e.g. use of coccidiostat to control coccichosis, drenching to prevent anti helminites

– Also involve vaccination, spraying with appropriate acaricize and treatment to restore good health

vii) Slaughtering affected animla

– Highly infection and contagious diseases e.g. rinderpest, new cattle foot and mouth animals should be slaughtered and carcasses will dispose to prevent spread

viii) Use of antiseptics and disinfectants

– Applied on skin to kill germs or clean livestock to maintain hygiene

  • Vaginitis.
  • Brucellosis.
  • Trichomaniasis.
  • Vaginitis.
  • Brucellosis.
  • Trichomaniasis.
  • Leptospirosis. (2x ½  = 1mk)

 

  1. (a) injection             (b)oral

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V

(POULTRY)

  1. One bird occupies 0.27m2                    

Area available 9m x 3m= 27m2

1 bird        0.27m2

?          27m2

= 27m2    = 100 birds        1×2=2mis

0.27m2

 

  1. Functions of isthmus.

– Shell membranes formed/ determines shape of egg;

– Water mineral salts and vitamins added;

 

  1. Features of a laying nest.
  • Dimly lit; dark;
  • Spacious / large enough to accommodate bird comfortably;
  • Dry clean beddings;
  • Have lockable doors;
  • Kept in secluded parts of the house;
  • Have slanting roofs to prevent birds from perching on;

Have an appropriate height from floor;

 

  1. Qualities of marketable eggs.
  • Smooth texture;
  • Right shape, colour, size and weight;
  • Right shell hardness;

Clean and fresh;

 

  1. (a)           A – Too high temperature

B- draught C chilliness from left side

C – Inadequate heat supply /low temperatures          ( ½ x 3 = 1 ½ mk)

(b) Explain why the brooder guard is rounded as shown in the diagram

To avoid overcrowding in the corners which can lead the suffocation and death

 

  1. – Fertilized

– Medium size (55-60gm)

– oval shaped

– free form abnormalities e.g. double yolk/ blood spots

– Be freshly collected (not more than 1 week)

– Have smooth shells

– Be free from cracks in the shells

– Be clean

 

  1. Adequate space

– Litter to be kept dry and free form dust

– Turn the liter frequently

– Perches and rosters should be adequate and well spaced

– Adequate waterers

– Well distributed waterers

–  Provide clean and adequate water

– equipment to be kept clean

– Replenish soft litter in the nest

– ensure the nest is dark

– Collect eggs regularly

– Feed the birds well

– Supply gut to assist in digestion

– Keep the birds busy by hanging greens

– Curl the birds and pool layers

– De-beak birds to prevent cannibalism

– Vaccinate birds regularly

– Check birds for disease symptoms

– control parasites

– Avoid stress factors

– Discourage broodiness

– Maintain and repair the houses

– Provide enough fed troughs

– Keep proper records

– Dispose off dead birds

 

 

  1. four reasons for egg breaking and drinking by layers in a deep litter rearing System Bright light in the laying boxes/over corroding/few laying boxes
  • Poor feeding without mineral rich feeds
  • Undebeaked birds
  • Irregular egg collection

 

  1. a)      a-infertile (clear)

b-fertile egg

c-damage yolk

  1. b) Identify the egg which suitable for incubation and give a reasons for your answer Egg b-it is fertile and will develop into a chick
  2. c) Name the practice which used to determine the state of eggs above

Candling

 

  1. a) Brooding of chicks (1×1=1mk)
  2. b) four preparations that should be carried out structure U before arrival of day old chicks

cleaning the house and brooder with disinfectant

  • dusting with chemical to kill etoparasites
  • placing  the polythene  paper on  fresh  and clean saw  dust
  • fixing  and setting of sources of heat  and  light
  • Fixing the feed and water troughs and putting fresh feed and water.
  1. c) List down one behaviouristic activity which would indicate that the chicks are under stress Moving away or close to the heat source
  • Fighting
  • Cannibalism

 

  1. – Litter gives comfort and warmth to the birds

– Helps in drying dropping

– keeps birds bust

  1. Reasons for castrating animals when young
  • Less pain
  • Quick healing

–    Little loss of blood

 

  1. a) Reasons for dehorning farm animals
  • Reduce space occupied by animal
  • Making handling easier
  • To reduce destruction of farm structures
  • To make them
  • To reduce risk, injury to farmer and other animals                         2x ½ = 1 mark
  1. b) Methods of dehorning livestock
  • Use of caustic potash stick (Potassium hydroxide)
  • Use of dehorning iron
  • Use of dehorning saw or wire
  • Use of rubber ring and elastrator

–     Use of dehorning collation

  1. four abnormalities of eggs that can be detected during egg candling. (2mk)
  • Absence of yolk.
  • Double / triple yolk.
  • Air space in wrong position.
  • Excessively large air space.
  • Cracks on egg shell.
  • Blood / meat spots.
  • Deformed / broken yolk.
  1. The management of day old chicks in a deep litter system from preparation

of brooder up to eight (8)weeks old (20mks)

  • ensure  brooder is  working  well 2-3days  before  arrival  of  chicks
  • provide  brooded  with  litter  for  warmth and  moisture  absorption
  • provide  heat  source
  • put  wire gauze around  the  heat source
  • make holes on the  brooder to provide fresh  air
  • provide dim light to prevent  cannibalism
  • cover  litter with  polythene  sheet  or  newspaper  and place feeds on them to discourage  chicks  from  eating litter
  • check the temperature at  above 15cm above  the  floor to  ensure  that  the temperature  is  appropriate
  • from 4th -6th week withdraw the  heat source gradually
  • feed  chicks  on chicks mash
  • provide  plenty of  clean water
  • vaccinate against  Newcastle disease  after 2-3  weeks
  • keep proper records
  • dust  birds  with  insecticide  to control external parasites
  • at 6 weeks  introduce growers  mash
  • isolate sick birds  from  healthy ewes
  • remove  and treat sick birds
  • clean  and  disinfect the  house
  • provide  greens
  • remove dead  chicks from the  house
  • provide  foot bath with disinfectants

 

  1. (a)- Piglets are weaned at the age of 8 weeks and feet on sow and weaner meal.

– Deworming should be done to control internal parasites.

– Vaccinate to control diseases e.g African swine Fever.

– Spray to control external parasites

– Identification is done by ear notching

– Take it to pork when it shows signs of being heat

-Trim over grown hooves.

– Gestation period is 4 months

– Prepare furrowing pen by disinfecting the walls

– Sow brought to furrowing pen 3 days to.

 

(b) -Age

-Mothering ability be good

-Physical fitness

-Health of gut

-Body confirmation

-Temperament of behaviour

-Adaptability

-prolificacy

 

  1. (i) M- Chalaza                       L- Space

N- Yolk                              O- Inner shell membrane       P- Shell

(ii) M- Hold the yolk in position at centre of the egg.

L- Air trappd in this space used by developing embryo

(iii) – To avoid germinal disc sticking on the egg shell

 

  1. – Move away from the source of heat to the periphery

 

  1. -saw dust

Wood shavings

Crushed maize cobs

Coffee husks

Rice husks

20.

  • Be fertilized
  • Should be medium in size i.e 50-65 gm in weight
  • Have smooth shells
  • Be oval in shape
  • Be free of any cracks in shells
  • Be clean to ensure that pores are clean
  • Not have any fresh i.e collected withine one week
  • Should be fresh i.e collected within one week

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES)

  1. A group of calves kept according to age

 

  1. (a) – Assemble all milking equipments such as buckets, milking can and towels.

– Put animals in milking shed and restrain appropriately.

– Wash udder and teat using warm water mixed with an appropriate sanitizing agent.

– Dry the udder using a towel.

– Use trip cup to test the first few drops of milk for mastitis.

– Carry out milking by squeezing out the milk / teats.

– Strip the udder dry.

– Dip the teats in ant-mastitis solution after milking.

– Apply milking jelly 9milk salve) on the teats.

– Release the cow.

– Weigh and record the milk.

– Strain the milk into the milking can to cover immediately.

-Cool the milk  rapidly to a temperature of 40c.

(b)       – Keep cow healthy/ free from diseases.

– Wash cow flanks, udder  and region around the udder using clean water then dry using clean

towels.

  • Milking shed should be clean, wash after every milking and disinfect.
  • Clean and sterilize milking utensils.
  • Keep milk in a dust free environment.
  • Deliver milk to collecting centres.
  • Don’t feed cows on feeds which may taint milk a few hours to milking e.g. Mexican marigold, silage, garlic e.t.c.
  • Do not expose milk to direct sun.
  • Milk should be carried in aluminium container.

Copper and iron containers may cause oxidation of milk fats.

 

  1. Reasons for washing a cow’s udder with warm water
  • To remove dirt
  • To stimulate milk let down ( ½ mk each = 1mk)

 

  1. two roles of uterus in egg formation process
  • Additional of calcium which harden egg shell
  • Additional of egg pigmentation (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. (a) M – Alveolus N – Gland cistem        O – Teat          ( ½ x 3= 1½mks)

(ii) Oxytocin – Controls the muscle fibres surrounding alveoli to allow milk secretion

adrenalin – A hormone that relaxes the udder muscles to all milk let down            (1×2=2mks)

(b) Free from disease causing organisms

  • Has no hair/dirt dust
  • Its of high keeping / lasting quality
  • Chemical composition is within the expected standards ( ½  x3=1 ½mks)

 

  1. four characteristics of clean milk
  • Has normal taste
  • Free  from physical materials
  • Free from pathogens
  • Free from foul smell
  • It is of  high  keeping quality
  • Is chemical composition  is within  the expected standards

 

  1. three maintenance practices carried out on a milking machine
  • Flushing the tubes under high pressure to deblock it
  • Greasing/orling the rotating parts in the pump
  • Storing it to dry upside down after through washing

 

  1. four reasons for feeding Colostrums to calves immediately after calving
  • Easily digested
  • Has high nutritive value
  • Contains antibodies which protect the calf from diseases
  • Has laxative effect

 

  • Presence of milk man/ milky parlour
  • Washing/ massaging udder
  • Feeding
  • Sounds associated with milking
  • Maintain regular milking time
  1. a) Differences operational
Disc plough Mould board plough
Can be used in fields with obstacles Cannot be used in fields with obstacles
Ploughs/ cuts at varying depths Ploughs/ cuts at constant depths or confirm depth
Requires less skills to operate Requires more skills to operate
Works well in sticky soils Does not work well in sticky soils
Rotates and not easily broken since rolls over obstacles Easily broken by obstacles
Requires more harrowing Requires fewer harrowing
Poor furrow slice inversion Proper furrow slice inversion
Does not require constant replacement of parts More power to pull

b)

  • Poor communication network/ poor infrastructures
  • Lack of cooling/ handling facilities/ processing facilities
  • Competition with non- dairy products/ cheap imported dairy products
  • Prevalence of Zoonotic diseases
  • Inefficient/ poor management of marketing society/ dairy boards
  • Late/ non- payment by marketing agents/ exploitation by marketing agents/ middle men
  • Lack of capital to finance marketing activities
  • Price fluctuation due to changes in supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. c) Reasons for culling livestock
  • Old age
  • Poor health
  • Low libido/ infertile
  • Physical deformities
  • Hereditary defects
  • To avoid inbreeding

 

  1. three advantage of artificial method of calf rearing
  • Accurate records  of milk  yield may be  kept
  • It is easy to regulate the amount of  milk  taken by  the calf
  • Cows  produce milk eve in  the absence  of  the  calf
  • It is easy to maintain high standard of cleanliness/sanitations
  • The farmer  is likely  to sell more milk  hence  maximizing profit (1/2×3=1 1/2mks)

 

  1. three methods that may be used to improve milk production in a breed of indigenous goats
  • Proper selection/culling
  • Proper breeding/upgrading/ cross  breeding
  • Maintaining good  health
  • Proper feedings
  • Proper milking  methods
  • Proper housing   ( ½ x3=1  ½ mks)

 

  1. a) Physical characteristics between good layer and poor layer
Part/feature Good Poor
Comb/wattle Large warm,wavy Small, shrunken, dry, scaly pace, cold
Eyes Bright, orange, alert race Dark, pace, yellow
Beak Oval, moist, reddish, active Yellowish
Vent Soft, pliable, wide Round, dry, less active
abdomen Soft, pliable,wide Hard, full
Space between keel and petric bone Wide fits 3-4 fingers Small fits 1-2 fingers
Temperate Alert- active Dull, less active
Moulting Start late Start early
Plumage Dry,rugged, rough Preened, glossy, smooth
Shanks Pace Yellowish
broodiness rare common

 

  1. b) i) – Young animals produce with high butter fat content than older animals
  2. ii) Pregnant, emaculated animals have lower butter fat content than normal animals

iii) early and late stage of lactation has lower butter fat content while middle phase has higher butter fat content

  1. iv) last drawn milk from udder has more butter fat
  2. v) – Different breeds of animals produce milk with different % composition e.g. Jersey produces milk with high butter fat content than fresian
  3. vi) Season of the year
  • Fat % increases during cold season of year but decreases during dry season

vii) Animals fed roughages produce milk with high fats, protein and lactase than those fed on

grains

viii) mastitis reduces lactose composition in milk

  1. ix) Certain drugs are known to lower milk composition if animal is under treatment

 

  1. a) – Remove dirt.

– Stimulate milk letdown  (2x ½  =1mk)

  1. b)           i) Milk letdown – oxytocin
  2.  ii) Lacto genesis – Prolactin (2x ½  = 1mk

 

  1. four methods of increasing the depth of penetration of a disc harrow
  • Exert more hydraulic force.
  • Use fewer discs.
  • Increase space between discs.
  • Add weights.

Increase cutting angle of discs

  • Boom sprayer
  • Spray race
  • Rotavator
  • Maize Sheller

Mowers

  • Chisel plough

Sub soiler

  • Combine harvester
  • Forage harvester
  • Potato lifter

Mowers

 

 

  1. a)
  • Oil bath air cleaner – check for oil level and add more if low
  • Check for cleanliness in oil bath and wash bowl – replace oil if dirty
  • Battery – check for electrolyte level and top up if low
  • Fuel – check and fill if low
  • Radiation- check for water level and top up with clean water if low
  • Check for trash in tins and remove if any
  • Fan belt- checks for tension and tighten if loose
  • Engine oils – check oil level using a dip stick and add more if level is low
  • Tyres- check for tyre pressure and add if low
  • Bolts, nuts and pins- check for tightness and tighten if loose
  • Grease all the moving parts
  • Check for any physical abnormalities and rectify accordingly
  • Check sediment bowl and drain if dirty
  • Use of right type of oil                                                                                               15×1=15 mks
  1. b) i) Flywheel – maintain the rotational motion of the crankshaft
  2. ii) Ignition coil – steps up the voltage from the battery

iii) thermostat – controls engine temperature

  1. iv) Injector – Atomises the fuel into very fine spray/ injects fuel into cylinder
  2. v) Piston – compresses air/ fuel mixture in the cylinder/ expels exhaust gases/ transmits power

 

 

FARM POWER AND MACHINERY

  1. Farm operations powered by Engines.

– Ploughing and harrowing / land preparations;

– Transporting farm produce;

– Spraying of herbicides/ pesticides.

– Mowing the grass;

– Lighting of homes;

– Pumping water for irrigation.

– Harvesting farm produce;

– Machine milking.

 

  1. (a) Maintenance practices required on a tractor before setting out to work.

– Check the engine oil daily using dip stick.

– Check fuel and add if necessary.

– Nuts and bolts are tightened whenever they loosen.

– Water level in the radiator be checked and added if necessary.

– Battery electrolyte be checked daily and if below level, top up be done using distilled water.

– Greasing be done on the bearings.

– Tyre pressure be checked and if low, should be added.

– Fan belt tension be checked.

– Break shaft bearing  should be greased.

– Ensure break fluid and clutch fluid levels are maintained.

– Sediments from the sediment bowls should be removed.

– Check battery terminals and grease.

– Oil cleaner be cleaned.

(b) Factors that influence power output by a draught animal.

– Age – Mature animals produce more power output than young ones.

– Breed & Type – Indigenous animals are more hardy than exotic.

– Training Level – better trained animals have better work output.

– Body Weight – A draught animal  can pull 10 – 20% of its body not for 6 – 8 hours.

(The bigger the animal, the more output).

– Harnessing of the animal – well harnesses animal is more efficient at work than poorly

harnessed  work.

  • Condition of working equipment on well maintained equipment have higher work output with the draught animal than poorly maintained ones.
  • Environmental/ Ambient temperature – Cool temperatures lead to higher work output with a draught animal than high temperature.
  • Health Status – A healthy draught animal has higher workout put than a sick animal.

 

  1. Uses of a gearbox:-
  • Stops the tractor without switching off engine
  • Provides different forward speeds
  • Enables reversing ( ½ x 2pts = 1mk)

 

  1. Two uses for which wind power is harnessed
  • To pump water
  • To generate electricity
  • For processing /winnowing of grains e.g. millet, rice e.t.c
  1. Name three implements that are connected to the power take-off shaft
  • Sprayers
  • Rotarators
  • Reciprocating (1mk each = 3mks)

 

  1. (a) Implement identity – Disc plough

(b)           L – Furrow wheel                  M – Beam

(c) – Adds weight

  • Forms attachment of all the other parts ( ½ x 1pt = ½ mk)

(d) Where there are hidden obstacles e.g. stumps , rocks e.t.c

–    Heavy soils

 

  1. (a) Factors that a farmer should consider in ensuring fast and efficient cultivation by oxen
  • A well trained personnel
  • Using well trained animals
  • use of efficient implement
  • Avoiding overworking the animals (allow them to rest
  • Good working environment should be created for the animals
  • Animals should be handled well
  • Feeding the animals properly
  • Using of males animals to do the work
  • Using healthy animals only to do the work (1mk x 8pts = 8mks)

 

(b) The importance of lubrication system in a tractor

  • Prevents rusting i.e when oiling is done
  • It pacts as a cleaning agent as it washes off the dirt, dust
  • Reduces the heat/cooling
  • Increases efficiency of the machine and reduces the rate of wear and tear on moving parts

 

(c) The daily maintenance and servicing of a tractor

  • Checking of maintenance and servicing of a tractor
  • Checking of engine oil by use of dip stick and add if low
  • The level of electrolyte in battery should be checked daily and add if low
  • Inspect the H2O level in radiator and add if low
  • Loose nuts and bolts should be tightened
  • Tyre pressure should be checked and added if low
  • Level of fuel should be checked and added if low
  • Removal of large sediments from the sediment bowl
  • Greasing should be done by use of grease on nipples of bearings
  • Fan belt tension should be checked to ensure that it deflects between 1.9–2.5cm when pushed
  • Break shaft should be greased
  • Maintain break fluid level (1mk each for any 9pts= 9mks)

 

 

  1. (i) Hydraulic system-raise and  lower  mounted  implements like  plough

(ii) Draw bar-attachment  of trail  implement

(iii) Propeller shaft-connect gearbox to  differential which has  axle  to  drive wheel

making tractors  to move backwards or forward.(@ 1mkx3=3mks

 

  1. (i)Hiring of tractors and  implements  by  farmers  who do not  have  them(correct definition=

(ii) three sources of tractor hire service        (1½mks)

  • Government tractors  hire service
  • Private  contractors
  • Individual  farmers
  • Cooperative  societies (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. (a) A-ring pinion gear

B-bevel side gear

C-wheel exle

D-drive pinion gear

(b) State two functions of differential system of a tractor    (2mks)

  • Change  direction  of  drive to right angle for power to be transmitted  to rear  wheel
  • Enable  rear  wheel to  travel faster/slower than other when negotiation corner (1×2=2mks)

(c) Give two reasons why wheel skidding of a tractor is not allowed          (1mk)

  • To make tyres  last  longer
  • To make  it easy to control the  tractor
  1. Wind , water, human, animal, biogas, wood fuel, charcoal, kerosene, fossil fuel, petroleum,

ethane (natural gas), hydroelectric power, nuclear , Geothermal, storage battery

  1. Induction, compression, power exhaust
  2. – Keeping them healthy

– Proper feeding

– Proper handling e.g not over working /not beating them

– Proper training

– Not overloading them

  1. Individual owners

– Government tractor hire service

– Co-operative societies

– Companies

  1. (i) Primary cultivation

A- To link bracket

B _ scrapper

C- Standard/disc hanger

D – Rear finow wheel / thrust wheel  2mks

(ii) Adding weight on beam

  • exerting more hydraulic force
  • – Sharpen the disc blade
  • – Increased space between the disc
  • – Loosen the area of disc contact with the soil
  • Increase the cutting angle
  1. four ways through which a farmer would ensure maximum power output from

Ploughing animals

  • Feeding and watering animals well before working
  • Training animals on  draft techniques
  • Allowing  animals  to rest well after a day work/avoid overworking the animals
  • Keeping the  animals in good  health while working
  1. three advantages of a disc plough over mould board plough
  • Tears and wear is less
  • Needs less power to pull
  • It can ride over obstacle
  1. a) the differences  between petrol and diesel engine
Diesel Petrol
i)use diesel as fuel

ii)has injector pump

iii)has no spark  plug

iv)fuel is ignites by  compression

v)air and fuel first meet in cylinder  before ignition

vi)specific fuel consumption is low

vii)higher air compression ratio

viii)air/fuel ratio is not constant

ix)has sediment bowls

x)operation cost is lower

xi)it is  heavy in weight and suited  to heavy machines

xii)produces a lot  of smoke

 

Use petrol as  fuel

Has carburetor

Has  spark plug for ignition

Fuel ignites by spark  plug

Air and fuel meet in carburetor before  ignition

 

Specific fuel consumption is high

Lower air compression ratio

Air/fuel ratio is  constant

No sediments bowls

Operation cost  is  high

Operation cost is  high light in weight and suited to light machines

Produce  minimal smoke

 

  1. b) Describe components of transmission system of a tractor
  2. i) Clutch- It disconnects the engine from the rest of the transmission system. It is mounted on the

flywheel and made up of pressure plates and clutch plate in the middle. The clutch

allows the driver to temporarily interrupt the power flow from the engine to the fear

box and shift from one gear to the other

  1. ii) Gear- These are toothed wheels. They provide towards speed or reverse. The set of gears are

housed in the gear box.

iii) Differential- it is located between the wheel axial. it enables one wheel to move faster than the

other while negotiating a corner

  1. iv) Driving axial- The final drive is brought about by driving axial which gets the power from the

differential.

When the axial rotates they rotate the wheels making the tractor to move either engorged gear

  1. Wheels- Comprises of the tyres, tubes rims nuts and bolts. They must be inflated to the

movement  of the tractor

  • Fuel system
  • Electrical system
  • Cooling
  • Lubrication
  • Transmission
  • Ignition
  • Hydraulic

 

  1. Functions of clutch
  • Connects or disconnects the drive shaft to or from the engine
  • Facilitates smooth and gradual take off
  • Provides power from the engine to the P.T.O (Power Take Off)
  1. 2 adjustment on mould board plough
  • Adjust the plough depth
  • Front furrow depth
  • Lowering/ raising ploughing pitch
  • Front furrow width
  1. a) Disc plough reject disc alone
  2. b) X – Disc scrapper                               Y-  Rear wheel/ furrow wheel

Z – Disc

 

  1. c) – Replace broken discs
  • Clean plough after use reject wash plough
  • Lubricate hubs and furrow wheel bearing/ moving parts reject movable parts
  • Lighten loose nuts and bolts
  • Store in a cool dry place
  • Apply old engine oil to prevent rusting during long storage/ paint implement
  1. a) Differences operational
Disc plough Mould board plough
Can be used in fields with obstacles Cannot be used in fields with obstacles
Ploughs/ cuts at varying depths Ploughs/ cuts at constant depths or confirm depth
Requires less skills to operate Requires more skills to operate
Works well in sticky soils Does not work well in sticky soils
Rotates and not easily broken since rolls over obstacles Easily broken by obstacles
Requires more harrowing Requires fewer harrowing
Poor furrow slice inversion Proper furrow slice inversion
Does not require constant replacement of parts More power to pull

b)

  • Poor communication network/ poor infrastructures
  • Lack of cooling/ handling facilities/ processing facilities
  • Competition with non- dairy products/ cheap imported dairy products
  • Prevalence of Zoonotic diseases
  • Inefficient/ poor management of marketing society/ dairy boards
  • Late/ non- payment by marketing agents/ exploitation by marketing agents/ middle men
  • Lack of capital to finance marketing activities
  • Price fluctuation due to changes in supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. c) Reasons for culling livestock
  • Old age
  • Poor health
  • Low libido/ infertile
  • Physical deformities
  • Hereditary defects
  • To avoid inbreeding
  1. a) Share-makes a horizontal cutting  on  the furrow slice
  2.  b) Mould board-completes the turning of the furrow  slice
  3.  c) Land side-stabilizes the plough by absorbing the side pressure ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  4. a) five  maintenance practice of a  mould board plough
  • Lubricate  the moving pests
  • Sharpen blunt  share
  • Tighten bolts and   nuts
  • Clean  the  plough after  use
  • Coat  the unpainted  parts with old engine oil before any storage
  • Replace worn out parts (1×5=5mks)
  1.  b) five  structural   and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines
Petrol engine Diesel engine
i)has a carburetor

ii)fuel and air mixed in the carburetor

iii)fuel ignited by an electric spark

 

iv)produces little smoke

v)is  light  in weight

i)Has  an  injector pump

ii)Fuel and air  mixed  within  the cylinder

iii)fuel ignited by  compression of air and  fuel

mixture  in the cylinder

iv)produces  a lot of  smoke

v)relatively  heavy

  1.  c) List five uses of farm fences
  • keep of wild  life ,predation and  intruders
  • demarcates boundaries
  • separate crop field from pasture land
  • divide pasture land into  paddock
  • control  movement of  animals and people within  the farm and  prevent formation of unnecessary pests
  • control disease  and parasites helps in isolate  sick animals
  • helps in  controlling breeding
  • provide security
  • act as  wind break  (1×5=5mks)
  1. Uses of ox-dram tine harrows
  • Leveling of seed bed
  • Breaking large soils clod
  • Mixing up soil with organic matter
  • Destroy weeds
  • Cover seeds

Collecting trash

  1. Care and maintenance of tractor battery
  • Maintain correct level of electrolyse by topping up with distilled water
  • Scrap corroded terminals and smear with grease
  • Fix battery tightly in box to avoid spillage and damage
  • Charge regularly and periodically
  • Under storage empty battery and keep it upside down
  • Generator belt should always be functioned to charge
  1. a) moulboard
  2. b) A – Shaire                   B- Mouldboard                       C- Disc coulter
  3. c) E- Stabilize the plough

– absorb side thrust by pressing against furrow wall

F- Scrapes of mind from disk coulter

  1. d) Care and maintenance
  • Lubrication of moving parts
  • Loose nuts and bolts should be tightened
  • Clean after use/ remove trash and wet soil
  • For long shortage paint with old engine to prevent
  • Replace/ repair worn out parts
  1. Six uses of live fences
  • Thorn species prevent wild animals and other invaders into the farm
  • Tall varieties act as wind breakers
  • Add aesthetic value to the homestead
  • Roots holds soil firmly controlling soil erosion
  • Species such as lantana canara can be used to feed livestock
  • Provide shade to livestock and man
  • Trimmed branches can be used as organic manure, wood fuel
  • Some species have medicinal value
  1. two possible causes of over heating in a tractor engine
  • Slack fan belt
  • Low  oil  level

Low water level in radiator

  • Deformed / broken yolk.
  1. two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine. (1mk)
  • Piston moves down from TDC
  • Exhaust valve is closed
  • Inlet valve is open
  • Air / fuel mixture get into combustion chamber
  • Piston reaches BDC. (4x ½ = 2mks)
  1. i) a)   Spike tooth harrow (1×1 =1 m k)
  2. b) two uses of the implement above.(2mks)
  • Level seed bed
  • Break soil clods
  • Stir soil
  • Destroy weeds
  • Incorporate fertilizer in the soil
  • Removing trash from the field. (2×1 = 2)
  1. c) three maintenance practices carried out on the above implement.(3mk)
  • Replace worn out parts
  • Clean after work
  • Tighten loose bolts and nuts
  • Oil unpainted parts for storage. (3×1 = 3mks)
  1. ii) a) Bucket pump /stir – up pump (1×1 = 1mk)
  2.         b) Spraying acaricide on livestock (1×1 =1mk)
  3.        c) W – Nozzle                  X – Trigger                 Y –  Pail /bucket
  4. d) For holding acaricide solution during spraying. (1×1 = 1)
  5. a) the factors that influence  the power  output of farm animals (8mks)
  • Training
  • Level  of  nutrition
  • Harnessing  animals properly
  • Body  weight
  • Age-mature ones produce  more  power than young
  • Handling  of  animals
  1. b) State the importance of farm fences (12mks)
  • demarcates farm land from that  of  neighbours
  • keeps  wild  animals  and other intruders from entering  the  farm
  • separates crop field  from pastures facilitating mixed  cropping
  • used  to divide  pastures into paddocks facilitating controlled  grazing
  • controls  movement  of  animals  and people preventing  formation of  unnecessary paths  in the  farm
  • helps  control spread of  diseases  and  parasites in the  farm by keeping  wild animals  away
  • helps  isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd preventing  the  spread of diseases
  • enables farmer to control breeding rearing  different  animals in different  paddocks
  • provide security  to the homestead
  • they have  aesthetic value
  • live  fences  act as  animal feeds
  • live  fences  act  as wind breakers (1×12=12mks)
  1. (a) Methane

(b) slurry

(c) Fresh mixture of waste material

(d) Initial capital investment is high hence very expensive

Requires management skills that may not be available & it available expensive

Requires large number of farm animals to produce animal waste.

35        . – Solar panels

– Petrol and diesel generators

– wind mills

– steam production form boilers using organic or inorganic

  1. (a) Check engine oil, fuel, water level, electronic in the battery

-Tighten nuts and bolts

-Apply grease

-Remove large sediments from sediment bowl

-Check the tyre pressure and inflated or deflated appropriately

-Fan belt tension should be checked to ensure it defients between 1.9cm to 2.5cm when punched

-Grease the brake shaft and maintain brake fluid level

(b) -Health of animal

-Level of feeding

-Animal slpeciesa

-Care and handling

Grade 7 Free Termly Assessment Exams Downloads

 

 

ENGLISH FORM ONE NOTES IN PDF

ENGLISH FORM ONE NOTES

ENGLISH GRAMMAR

CHAPTER ONE

PARTS OF SPEECH

All words may be classified into groups called parts of speech. There are 8 parts of speech namely: Nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions and interjections.

We shall now discuss these parts of speech one at a time:

NOUNS

A noun is the part of speech that names a person, a place, a thing or an idea. You use nouns every day when you speak or write. Every day you probably use thousands of nouns. Because nouns name the objects and people and places around you, it would be very difficult to talk about anything at all without them.

Many nouns name things you can see:

Persons                     Places                         Things

boy                            lake                             boot

student                      country                       shadow

John Kamau              Nairobi                       chair

stranger                     Jupiter                         sweater

writer                        Kenyatta Market         calendar

Barack Obama          Sierra Leone               short story

Some nouns name things you cannot see such as feelings, ideas and characteristics:

Feelings                    Ideas                           Characteristics

excitement                freedom                      curiosity

fear                            justice                         cowardice

anger                         fantasy                        courage

happiness                  faith                            imagination

surprise                     evil                             self-confidence

Exercise 1

What words in each sentence below are nouns?

Example: John is a dancer – John, dancer

  1. The students planned a party.
  2. Three boys performed songs.
  3. Excitement filled the air.
  4. Joyce Chepkemoi won a prize.
  5. Otieno lives in a house on my street.

Exercise 2

Copy the nouns below and write whether it names a person, a place, a thing, or an idea.

 

Example:river – place

  1. Candle Guitar
  2. Wrestle China
  3. Joy Hatred
  4. Menengai Crater Masanduku Arap Simiti

Exercise 3

Write down each noun in the following sentences.

Example:  Kenya is a beautiful country – Kenya, country

  1. The musicians played drums and trumpets.
  2. Her family lives in a village.
  3. Petronilla enjoyed the trip.
  4. A festival was held in Kenyatta University.
  5. People in costumes filled the streets.
  6. Boys in Scouts uniforms were leading the parade.
  7. The holiday was a great excitement.
  8. A taxi brought the family to the airport.
  9. Maryanne built a huge castle in the wet sand.
  10. Her mother swam in the warm water.

There are different kinds of nouns:

 Common and proper nouns

All nouns can be described as either common or proper. When you talk or write about a person, a place, a thing, or an idea in general, you use a common noun.

Example:Doctors work hard. They treat many patients.

A proper noun is the name of a particular person, place, thing, or idea. Proper nounsalways begin with capital letters.

Example: Ephraim Maree is a doctor. He comes from Kirinyaga.

Note: When a proper noun is made up of more than one word, only the important words in the noun will begin with a capital letter. Do not capitalize words such as the, of, or for.

Example: Gulf of Mexico, Statue of Liberty, the Commander–in–Chief.

Common and Proper Nouns

Common            Proper                   Common            Proper

street                 Kerugoya                city                    Raila Odinga

author               South Africa            ocean               Wanjohi

policeman         Asia                    bed                    Moi Avenue

country              Indian Ocean         wardrobe          Lake Victoria

mountain           England             continent          Dr. Frank Njenga

lake                     Mandela           assistant            Professor Saitoti

Proper nouns are important to good writing. They make your writing more specific, and therefore clearer.

 

Exercise 4

Which words are proper nouns and should be capitalised? Which words are common nouns?

Example: kenya       Proper:Kenya

  1. july student        11. america
  2. book kendu bay                 12. business
  3. face john hopkins 13. day
  4. england life                            14. east africa
  5. crocodiles johannesburg          15. calendar

Exercise 5

List the common nouns and the proper nouns in each of the following sentences.

Example: Nancy welcomed the guests.

Proper: NancyCommon: guests

  1. Lucky Dube was a famous singer.
  2. This dancer has performed in London and Paris.
  3. His last flight was over the Mediterranean Sea.
  4. She worked as a nurse during the Second World War.
  5. Her goal was to educate students all over the world.
  6. It was the worst accident in the history of Europe.
  7. Bill Gates is best known for founding Microsoft.
  8. The Pilot was the first woman to cross that ocean alone.
  9. She grabbed a kettle and brought them water.
  10. Professor Wangari Maathai won a Nobel Peace Prize.

Singular and Plural Nouns

A noun may be either singular or plural. A singular noun names one person, place, thing, or idea.

Example: The farmer drove to the market in his truck.

A plural noun names more than one person, place, thing or idea.

Example: The farmers drove to the markets in their trucks.

Rules for forming plurals

The following are guidelines for forming plurals:

  1. To form the plural of most singular nouns, add -s.

Examples: Street–streets, house–houses, painter–painters, shelter–shelters, event-events, hospital–hospitals.

  1. When a singular noun ends in s, sh, ch,x, or z, add -es.

Examples: dress-dresses, brush-brushes, axe-axes, coach-coaches, box–boxes, bench-benches, dish-dishes, waltz–waltzes.

  1. When a singular noun ends in o, add -s to make it plural.

Examples: Piano-pianos, solo-solos, cameo–cameos, concerto–concertos, patio-patios, studio-studios, radio-radios, rodeo–rodeos.

  1. For some nouns ending with a consonant and o, add -es.

Examples: hero-heroes, potato-potatoes, echo-echoes, veto-vetoes, tomato-tomatoes.

  1. When a singular noun ends with a consonant and y, change the y to i and add -es.

Examples: Library – libraries, activity – activities, story – stories, city – cities, berry – berries.

  1. When a singular noun ends with a vowel (a,e,i,o,u) followed by y, just add -s.

Examples: Valley – valleys, essay – essays, alley – alleys, survey – surveys, joy – joys.

  1. To form the plural of many nouns ending in f or fe, change the f to v and add -es or s.

Examples: Wife – wives, thief – thieves, loaf – loaves, half – halves, shelf – shelves, leaf – leaves, scarf – scarves, life – lives, calf – calves, elf – elves.

  1. For some nouns ending in f, add –s to form the plural.

Examples:  proof – proofs, belief – beliefs, motif – motifs, cliff – cliffs.

  1. Some nouns remain the same in the singular and the plural.

Examples: deer – deer, sheep – sheep, series – series, species – species, moose – moose, trout – trout.

  1. The plurals of some nouns are formed in special ways.

Examples: foot – feet, child – children, mouse – mice, man – men, woman – women, ox-oxen, tooth – teeth.

NB: If you don’t figure out the correct spelling of a plural noun, look it up in a dictionary.

Exercise 6

What is the plural form of each of the following nouns? Example: scarfscarves

  1. tooth cuff       17. moose            25. boss
  2. wife deer    18. child               26. fox
  3. giraffe cliff                19. echo       27. bunch
  4. hero auto    20. baby               28. ferry
  5. radio studio 21. sky                 29. flash
  6. potato man 22. beach              30. ship
  7. belief roof 23. eye
  8. thief rodeo  24. Volcano

Exercise 7

Write the plural form of each noun in brackets to complete each sentence correctly.

Example: I bought two ________________ from the shop. (loaf) loaves

  1. I used two different _______________ to cut the rope. (knife)
  2. She peeled the _______________ with a knife. (potato)
  3. They are feeding the noisy _____________. (goose)
  4. The tools are placed on the _____________. (shelf)
  5. Mukami cut a few _______________ for the salad. (tomato)
  6. The ______________ are playing in the field. (child)
  7. Some ______________ are hiding in the ceiling. (mouse)
  8. The ______________ of the buildings must be repaired. (roof)
  9. The music helped them imagine the strange _________. (story)
  10. Koech used creative ______________ to help young people sharpen their imagination. (activity)

Countable and Uncountable Nouns

Countable Nouns

These are nouns that take plurals and can be counted.

Examples:

Egg – eggs                    One egg, three eggs, ten eggs

Potato   – Potatoes     Twenty potatoes

Onion – Onions           Two hundred onions

Such nouns are known as COUNTABLE   or COUNT NOUNS

Uncountable Nouns

These are nouns that do not take plurals and cannot be counted.

Examples: salt, butter, cooking fat, milk, bread, jam

We do not say:

Two butters*

Ten milks*

Three breads*

Such nouns are known as UNCOUNTABLE or MASS NOUNS

Exercise 8

Rewrite the words below in two columns, COUNTABLE and UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

orange                              coffee

furniture                            tea

water                                 gold

chair                                  team

friend                                 music

Plurals with uncountable Nouns

One way to express plurals of uncountable nouns is by use of expressions of quantity.

Example:

a piece of information  –         pieces of information

a loaf of bread                –         four loaves of bread

a tin of soup                    –         three tins of soup

a piece of furniture        –         several pieces of furniture

a litre of milk                   –         twenty litres of milk

a bottle of beer               –         ten bottles of beer

Exercise 9

Supply an appropriate expression of quantity for the following uncountable nouns

  1. …………………………………..of cigarettes.
  2. …………………………….. of cooking oil
  3. …………………………….of jam.
  4. ……………………………….of butter.
  5. …………………………………of soda.
  6. …………………………………. of toothpaste
  7. ……………………………..of rice.
  8. five ……………………………….. of flour.
  9. two ……………………………….. of chocolate.
  10. four…………………….. of news.

Collective Nouns

Collective nouns are nouns that represent a group of people or things as a single unit.

Some collective nouns can take plural forms

Examples:

crowd (s)                                    flock (s)

group (s)                                     herd (s)

team (s)                                      committee (s)

pair (s)

Some collective nouns, however, cannot be used in the plural:

Examples:                                 

furnitures*                                                    beddings*

equipments*                                                 informations*

luggages*                                                     baggages*

Exercise 10

When I arrived at the airport, there were………1……… (crowd) of people blocking the entrance with their ……………..2………………( luggage ). Near the customs sections, several……………3…………….. (group) of officials  were standing, checking the ………………4……………… (equipment) that was being loaded onto a trolley.  Most people were standing, waiting for… ………….5…………….. (information) from the loudspeakers on the departures and arrivals of aircraft.

COMPOUND NOUNS

A compound noun is a noun that is made up of two or more words.  The words that form compound nouns may be joined together, separated or hyphenated.

Examples:

Joined: bookcase, blackboard, pushcart

Separated: high school, rabbit hutch, radar gun

Hyphenated: go-getter, mother-in-law, sergeant-at-arms

Compound nouns are usually a combination of two or more word classes.  The most common combinations are as follows:

  1. Some are formed by joining anoun with anothernoun. Most of these compound nouns take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

tableroom(s)            grass root(s)                 prize-fighter(s)

cupboard(s)              policeman/men            rubber-stamp(s)

bookcase(s)               farmhouse(s)               sanitary towel(s)

cowshed(s)               fruit machine(s)           shoulder blade(s)

  1. Some are formed by joining averb and anadverb. Most of these compound nouns also take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

breakfast(s)             push-up(s)                       rundown(s)

takeaway(s)             knockout(s)                    slip-up(s)

sit-up(s)                    meltdown(s)

  1. Some compound nouns are formed by joining an adjective and a noun. Most of these also take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

hotdog(s)                   polar bear(s)                 safe guard(s)

blackboard(s)            quicksand

highway(s)                remote control(s)

nuclear power           right angle(s)

  1. Some are formed by joining a verb and a noun. Most of these also take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

driveway(s)              playground(s)             spend thrift(s)

breakdance(s)         pushchair(s)                      go-getter(s)

mincemeat               screwdriver(s)

password(s)             spare wheel(s)

  1. Some ore formed by joining an adverb and a noun. Most of these also take their plural in the last words.

Examples:

overdraft(s)              overcoats(s)                    backyards(s)

backbencher(s)        undercoat(s)                    backbone(s)

backlog(s)                 underwear(s)                  oversight(s)

  1. A few compound nouns are formed by joining an adverb and a verb. These ones also take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

outbreak(s)                backlash(es)                   output(s)

outburst(s)                outcast(s)                        input(s)

  1. A few others are formed by joining a noun and a verb. They also take their plurals in the last words.

Examples:

nosedive(s)            nightfall(s)

  1. A number of compound nouns are formed by joining two nouns by use of hyphens and a short preposition in between. These compound nouns always take their plurals in the first words.

Examples:

commander(s)-in-chief      sergeant(s)-at-arms

mother(s)-in-law                  sister(s)-in-law

play(s)-within-a-play

Exercise 11

Underline the compound nouns in the following sentences and write down their plural forms where possible.

  1. John wants to be a quantity surveyor when he grows up.
  2. Rainwater had washed away all the top soil.
  3. The footballer was shown a red card by the referee.
  4. Neither candidate won the elections, forcing a runoff.
  5. The goalkeeper saved a penalty in the second half.
  6. He killed the wild pig with a sledge hammer.
  7. Njoroge’s tape-recorder was stolen yesterday.
  8. The theatregoer was disappointed with the show.
  9. Size 8’s latest song has caused an uproar.
  10. He attempted a creative writing workshop.

Possessive Nouns

A possessive noun shows who or what owns something. A possessive noun can either be singular or plural.

Singular possessive nouns

A singular possessive noun shows that one person, place, or thing has or owns something. To make a singular noun show possession, add an apostrophe and s (‘s).

Example:

the feathers of the chick – the chick’s feathers

the hat that belongs to the man – the man’s hat

Other examples:

the child’s toy                  the fish’s fins

Mark’s bike                       the horse’s tail

Using possessive nouns is shorter and better than other ways of showing possession.

Example:

LONGER: The dog belonging to Papa is barking.

BETTER: Papa’s dog is barking.

Plural Possessive Nouns

A plural possessive noun shows possession or ownership of a plural noun.

Example:

The cars that belong to the teachers are parked here.

The teachers’ cars are parked here.

When a plural noun ends in s, add only an apostrophe after the s to make the noun show possession.

Not all plural nouns end in s. When a plural noun does not end in s, add ‘s to form the plural possession.

Examples:

the shoes of the men – the men’s shoes

the food of the children – the children’s food

The noun following a possessive noun may either be the name of a thing or a quality.

Example:

Thing    –     Koki’s raincoat          Brian’s umbrella

Quality –     the judge’s fury        Bob’s courage

Exercise 8

Change the following phrases to show possession in a shorter way.

Example: the claws of the leopard

the leopard’s claws.

  1. the tail of the lion
  2. the dog that Cliff has
  3. the hat of my mother
  4. the book that Evans owns
  5. the pot that the child has
  6. the name of the doll
  7. the mobile phone that Lucy owns
  8. the shoes that Kimani has
  9. the teeth that the fox has
  10. the rabbit that my friend owns

Summary of rules of forming Possessive Nouns

  1. For singular a noun, add an apostrophe and s.

Example: Mr. Mukui’s car is a Toyota Corolla.

  1. For plural noun ending in s, add an apostrophe only.

Example: The victims’ property was stolen

  1. For a plural noun that does not end in s, add an apostrophe and s.

Example: The women’s boots were muddy.

Singular Noun    Singular possessive      Plural Noun       Plural possessive

boy                   boy’s                        boys                   boys’

child                 child’s                     children              children’s

mouse               mouse’s                   mice                   mice’s

deer                   deer’s                       deer                    deer’s

 

Exercise 9

Write the following phrases to show possession.

Example: teachers – pens    = teachers’ pens

  1. cooks – aprons women – sports
  2. men – boots carpenters – nails
  3. countries – flags sailors – uniforms
  4. guests – coats musicians – instruments
  5. athletes – medal neighbours – pets

Exercise 10

Rewrite the following sentences changing the BOLD words to plural possessive nouns.

Example: The players on the teams practised after school.

The teams’ players practised after school.

  1. Each day the wealth of the couple increased.
  2. There was a team of men and a team of women.
  3. The uniforms that the teams wore were new.
  4. Numbers were printed on the shirts of the athletes
  5. 5. Scores made by the team-mates were put on the scoreboard.
  6. The players enjoyed the cheers of their friends.
  7. The whistles of the coaches stopped the game.
  8. The eyes of the children were full of tears of joy.
  9. The soothing voices of their mothers calmed them.
  10. However, the houses belonging to their neighbours were destroyed.

PRONOUNS

A pronoun is a part of speech that takes the place of a noun. They include such words as I, we, he, she, they, me and us.

Pronouns enable you to avoid repeating the same names (nouns), when writing or speaking, which would otherwise make you sound very awkward and wordy. By using pronouns effectively, you can make your writing and speaking flow smoothly.

Pronouns can be classified into 6 types. These are personal, indefinite, demonstrative, interrogative, reflexive and intensive pronouns.

Personal pronouns

A personal pronoun is a word that is used in place of a noun or another pronoun. They are used to refer to nouns that name persons or things.

Example:

Awkward:   Kamau put on Kamau’s gum boots. Then Kamau went to the shamba.

Improved:   Kamau put on hisgum boots. Then hewent to the shamba.

In the above example, the personal pronoun hishelps the writer avoid repeating the same noun. The pronoun heacts as a bridge to connect the two sentences.

Personal pronouns are further classified in terms of person and gender.

Person

In terms of person, personal pronouns can be divided into three classes.

  • First person – I, my, me, we, our and us.

These ones refer to the person(s) speaking.

Example: I always ride my bike to school.

  • Second person – you, your, yours

These refer to the person(s) spoken to.

Example:I will call you tomorrow.

(iii) Third person – he, his, him, she, hers, her, it, its, they, their, them.

These ones refer to another person(s) or thing(s) that is being spoken of.

The personal pronoun it usually replaces a noun that stands for a thing or an animal. Itis never used in place of a person.

Gender

Personal pronouns can also be classified by gender. Gender can either be masculine (referring to male people), feminine (referring to female people) or neuter (referring to animals or things).

Examples:

Joseph cleaned his car. (his is the third person, masculine gender).

Isabel said the dress was hers (hers is the third person, feminine gender).

The dog wagged its tail. (its is the third person, neuter gender).

FORMS OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS

In English, personal pronouns have three forms: the subject form, the object form and the possessive form.

Examples:

She is a painter. (subject form)

He praised her. (Object form)

It is her best painting. (Possessive form)

Subject Pronouns

A subject pronoun takes the place of a noun as the subject of a sentence. These pronouns are:

  • Singular forms – I, you, he, she, it
  • Plural forms – we, you, they

Examples:

Noun                                                  Subject Pronoun

The housegirl takes care of her.     She takes care of her.

The dog guards the house.                 It guards the house.

Mark and Francis love swimming. They love swimming.

Subject pronouns also appear after forms of the linking verbs be.

Examples:

The watchman today is he.

The composers were they.

Exercise 1

Underline the subject pronouns in the following sentences.

Example: She ate a water melon

  1. They ate fish and chips.
  2. We like Italian food.
  3. It is delicious.
  4. The biggest eater was he.
  5. You helped in the cooking.
  6. The cooks were Tom and I.

Exercise 2

Replace the underlined words with subject pronouns.

Example: Pio and Gama are friends – They

  1. The glasses were under the table.
  2. Emma fed the chicken.
  3. The pears were juicy.
  4. Uncle Ben and Lillian visited the orphans.
  5. The new waitress is Jane.
  6. The fastest runners were Tecla and Kirui.
  7. Lisa went to the hall.
  8. The chicken was slaughtered.
  9. Lucky Dube and Brenda Fasie were South African Singers.
  10. Samuel Wanjiru has won many athletics medals.

Object pronouns

       Object pronouns can replace nouns used after action verbs. These pronouns are:

  • Singular – me, you, him, her, it
  • Plural – us, you, them

Examples:

The driver drove him. (Direct object)

The parents thanked us. (Direct object)

The reporters asked him many questions. (Indirect object)

In the above examples, the personal pronouns are the direct or indirect objects of the verbs before them.

Object pronouns can also replace nouns after prepositions such as to, for, with, in, at or by. That is, they can be objects of prepositions.

Examples:

Gladys waved to them. (Object of a preposition)

The delivery is for me.

Ben went with them to the theatre.

Exercise 3

Choose the correct pronoun in the brackets in the following sentences.

Example: Irungu photographed (us, we). = us

  1. Lisa asked (he, him) for a picture.
  2. Adam sketched Lisa and (I, me).
  3. He gave a photo to (us, we).
  4. Ann and (she, her) saw Dave and Bob.
  5. Adam drew Lisa and (they, them).
  6. Mark helped (I, me) with the packing.
  7. Loise praised (him, he) for his good work.
  8. Everyone spotted (they, them) easily.
  9. That night Mike played the guitar for (us, we).
  10. (We, Us) drove with (they, them) to the mountains.

Possessive pronouns

A possessive pronoun shows ownership.

Example: My pen is black.

There are two kinds of possessive pronouns:

  1. Those used as adjectives to modify nouns. These possessive pronouns are:

Singular: My, your, his, her, its

Plural: Our, your, their

Examples:

My shirt is yellow.             Your food is on the table.

His bag is green.                 This is her dress.

Its fur is soft.                       These are our parents.

Pay your bills.                     They removed their bats.

The above possessive pronouns always appear before nouns to modify them. Hence, they are called modifiers.

  1. Those that stand alone and replace nouns in sentences. These possessive nouns are:

Singular: mine, yours, his, hers, its

Plural: ours, yours, their

Examples:

The yellow shirt is mine.     The food on the table is yours.

The green bag is his.            This dress is hers.

Its is the soft fur.                  These crops are ours.

These bills are yours.           Those hats are theirs.

Exercise 4

Complete the following sentences by choosing the correct possessive pronoun from the brackets.

Example: The lazy girl completed (her, hers) home work. = her.

  1. (My, mine) journey to Mombasa was enjoyable.
  2. Florence said (her, hers) was the best.
  3. Are the pictures of Fort Jesus (your, yours)?
  4. (Her, Hers) were taken at Jomo Kenyatta Beach.
  5. Tomorrow we will make frames for (our, ours) pictures.
  6. (My, mine) class is planning a trip to Mt. Kenya.
  7. (Our, ours) trip will be taken on video.
  8. Micere is excited that the idea was (her, hers).
  9. Koki and Toti cannot hide (their, theirs) excitement.
  10. (My, mine) dream is to climb to the highest peak of the mountain.

POINTS TO NOTE

  1. The pronoun I is used as a subject or after forms of the linking verb be.

Examples:

Subject: I travel by bus.

After the linking verb be: Yesterday, the prefects on duty were Victor and I.

  1. The pronoun me is used as an object after action verbs or words (prepositions) such as to, for, with, in, or at.

Examples:

Object: Rose met me at the gate.

After prepositions: Rose waited for me at the gate.

You are coming with me.

  1. When using compound subjects and objects (i.e. subjects and objects comprising of a pronoun and a noun or another pronoun), always name yourself last.

Examples:

Diana and I visited our grandmother yesterday.

Who appointed Chege and me?

Rose waited for her and me at the gate.

CONTRACTIONS WITH PRONOUNS

A contraction is a shortened form of two words. One or more letters are omitted and an apostrophe (’) is used in place of the letters left out.

A contraction is formed by combining pronouns and the verbs am, is, are, will, would, have, has, and had.

Pronoun + verb Contraction Pronoun + verb        Contraction

I am                       I’m                       I have              I’ve

He is                      he’s                      he has              he’s

It is                        it’s                        it has               it’s

You are                  you’re                  you have         you’ve

They are                 they’re                  they have        they’ve

I will                      I’ll                        I had                I’d

You will                you’ll                   you had           you’d

We would              we’d                     we had            we’d

Note:

1.Some contractions look the same but are formed from different words.

Examples:

he is, he has = he’s

we had, we would = we’d

2.Some possessive pronouns sound like contractions. Because the words sound alike, they are sometimes confused.

Examples:

Possessive pronouns                    Contractions

its                                                  it’s

your                                               you’re

their                                               they’re

whose                                            who’s

Incorrect: The team celebrated it’s victory.

Correct: The team celebrated its victory.

Incorrect: Your late for the preps.

Correct: You’re late for the preps.

Incorrect: Whose the fastest runner in the world?

Correct: Who’s the fastest runner in the world?

Rules of using possessive pronouns and contractions correctly:

  1. If the word you want to use stands for two words, it is a contraction and needs an apostrophe.
  2. Never use an apostrophe in a possessive pronoun.

Exercise 5

Write the contractions for the following word pairs. Example: It has = it’s

  1. You will 3. He had 5. You have
  2. We would 4. I am              6. They will

Exercise 6

What pronoun and verb make up each of the following contractions?

Example: It’s = it is, it has

  1. I’ll 3. you’d                     5. they’re
  2. we’re 4. he’s                       6. she’d

 

Exercise 7

Choose the correct word given in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. The Kenyan government has worked hard to improve (its, it’s) educational system.
  2. (Whose, Who’s) going to decide where the guests will sleep?
  3. (Their, They’re) learning French in their school.
  4. Only students (whose, who’s) scores are excellent will join national schools.
  5. (Its, It’s) been estimated that about 8 million Kenyans are living with HIV AIDS.

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

An indefinite pronoun is a pronoun that does not refer to a specific person or thing.

In English, there are singular indefinite pronouns, plural indefinite and both singular and plural indefinite pronouns.

Singular Indefinite Pronouns

another             anything     everybody    neither        one

anybody            each           everyone      nobody       somebody

anymore            either          everything   no one         someone.

An indefinite pronoun must agree with its verbs and in number with its possessive pronoun. The above indefinite pronouns are used with singular verbs. They are also used with singular possessive pronouns.

Examples:

Agreement with verbs

Correct: Everyone has heard of Lake Turkana.

Incorrect: Everyone have heard of Lake Turkana.

Correct: Nobody knows what happened to Samuel Wanjiru.

Incorrect: Nobody know what happened to Samuel Wanjiru.

Correct: Everything about the old man remains a mystery.

Incorrect: Everything about the old man remain a mystery.

Agreement in number with possessive pronouns

Correct: Neither believed his/her eyes.

Incorrect: Neither believed their eyes.

Correct: Each strained his/her neck to see.

Incorrect: Each strained their neck to see.

Plural indefinite pronouns

both                 many                few                several

These indefinite pronouns use plural verbs and possessive pronouns.

Examples:

Plural verbs

Correct: Few know about Lake Olbolosat.

Incorrect: Few knows about Lake Obolosat.

Correct: Both stand by what they believe.

Incorrect: Both stands by what they believe.

Plural possessive pronouns

Correct: Several reported their findings.

Incorrect: Several reported his/her findings.

Both singular and plural indefinite pronouns

all                some                any                    none

These indefinite pronouns may be singular or plural, depending on their meaning in the sentence.

Examples:

All of my story is true. – singular

All of the guests are here. – plural

None of the lake is foggy. – singular

None of the photos are spoiled. – plural.

 

EXERCISE 8

Underline the indefinite pronouns in the following sentences and then write the correct form of the verb or possessive pronoun in the brackets.

  1. All the photographs of the killer (is, are) unclear.
  2. (Has, Have) anybody seen my camera?
  3. Many (believes, believe) a monster lives in the lake.
  4. Each of the photographs (make, makes) people want more.
  5. All of the evidence (indicates, indicate) that he was killed by his wife.
  6. Everyone has taken (his, their) payment.
  7. Several eyewitnesses volunteered to give (his, their) accounts.
  8. Anyone can lose (her, their) eyesight.
  9. Another reported (his, their) case to the police.
  10. Somebody left (her, their) handbag in the lecture hall.

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS

A demonstrative pronoun is used to single or point out one or more persons or things referred to in the sentence. These pronouns are this, that, these, and those.

This and these point to persons or things that are near.

Examples:

This is a gazelle.

These are the students of Kianjege West Secondary School.

That and those point to persons or things that are farther away.

Examples:

That is the city square.

Those are the lodging rooms.

This and that are used with singular nouns. These and those are used with plural nouns.

Exercise 9

Pick the correct demonstrate pronouns from the choices given in the brackets in the following sentences.

  1. (This, That) is the canteen we are entering now.
  2. (This, That) is the dispensary across the street
  3. (These, Those) are beautiful flowers on the counter over there.
  4. Are (those, these) chocolate bars on the far counter?
  5. I think (these, those) are called Vuvuzelas.

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS

An interrogative pronoun is used to ask a question. These pronouns are who, whose, whom, which and what.

Examples:

Who is the mayor of this town?

Whose is the red car?

Which is her blouse?

What did she ask you?

Whom should I trust with my secret?

USING WHO, WHOM, AND WHOSE

Who, whom, and whose are often used to ask questions. Hence, they are interrogative pronouns.

WHO is the subject form. It is used as the subject of a verb.

Examples:

Who taught you how to play the guitar? (Who is the subject of the verb taught.)

WHOM is the object form. It is used as the direct object of a verb or as the object of a preposition.

Examples:

Whom did you meet? (Whom is the object of the verb did meet).

For whom is this trophy? (whom is the object of the preposition for).

WHOSE is the possessive form. It can be used :

  • To modify a noun

Example:

Whose umbrella is this? (whose modifies the noun umbrella)

  • Alone as the subject or object of a verb

Examples:

Whose are those water melons? (whose is the subject of the verb are)

Whose did you admire? (whose is the object of the verb did admire)

Exercise 10

Pick the correct interrogative pronouns from the brackets in the following sentences.

  1. (Who, Whom) owns that shop?
  2. (Who, Whom) can we ask the way?
  3. (Which, What) did they ask you?
  4. (Which, What) are the objects on the table called?
  5. To (who, whom) does the boutique belong?

Exercise 11

Complete the following sentences with who, whom, or whose.

  1. ________________ knows the origin of the Luos?
  2. ________________ did you ask about it?
  3. To _______________ did you give the letter?
  4. _________________ is the most attractive painting?
  5. _________________ is likely to receive the Chaguo la Teeniez award?
  6. For ______________ did you buy this doll?
  7. _________________ skill in dancing is the best?
  8. _________________ is the officer-in-charge here?
  9. _________________ are you looking at?

10._________________ are those healthy Merino sheep?

 

REFLEXIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS

Reflexive and intensive pronouns end in -self or –selves. These are myself, yourself, herself, himself, itself, ourselves, and themselves. There is, however, one difference between reflexive and Intensive pronouns.

A reflexive pronoun refers to an action performed by the subject of the sentence. The meaning of the sentence is incomplete without the reflexive pronoun.

Examples:

Monicah bought herself a new dress.

(The meaning of the sentence is incomplete without the reflexive pronoun because we do not know for whom Monicah bought the dress).

An Intensive pronoun is used to emphasise a noun or a pronoun. It does not add information to a sentence, and it can be removed without changing the meaning of the sentence.

I myself pulled the boy out of the river.

(If you remove myself, the meaning of the sentence does not change)

Exercise 12

Identify the Reflexive and Intensive pronouns in the following sentences, labelling them accordingly.

  1. I myself have never tried mountain climbing.
  2. He himself was taking the cows to graze in the forest.
  3. My sister Annastasia mends her clothes herself.
  4. She often challenges herself by doing strenuous activities.
  5. You may ask yourself about the sanity of beer drinking competition.

SPECIAL PRONOUNS PROBLEMS

  1. Double subjects

We all know that every sentence must have a subject. Sometimes we incorrectly use a double subject – a noun and a pronoun – to name the same person, place, or thing.

     Incorrect                                 Correct

Jane she is my cousin.             Jane is my cousin.

She is my cousin.

Her scarf it is pretty.               Her scarf is pretty.

It is pretty.

Jane and she should not be used as subjects together.

The subject her scarf should not be used together with it.

Use only a noun or a pronoun to name a subject.

  1. Pronouns and their Antecedents

The antecedent of a pronoun is a noun or another pronoun for which the pronoun stands.

A personal pronoun, you will remember, is used in place or a noun. The noun is the word to which the pronouns refer and it is therefore its antecedent.

The noun usually comes first, either in the same sentence or in the sentence before it.

Examples:

We met Mureithi. He is the medical doctor.

(He stands for Mureithi. Mureithi is the antecedent).

The students had come to school with their mobile phones.

(Their stands for students. Students is the antecedent).

Pronouns may be the antecedents of other pronouns.

Examples:

Does everybody have his booklet?

(everybody, which is a singular indefinite pronoun, is the antecedent of his).

All of the students have brought theirs.

(All, which is a plural indefinite pronoun, is the antecedent of theirs).

Now, a pronoun must agree with its antecedent in number. Agree here means that the pronoun must be the same in number as its antecedent. The word number means singular or plural.

If the pronoun is singular, the word that it stands for must be singular, and it must be plural if the word it stands for is plural.

Examples:

Correct:     The scientists tested their new discovery.

(Scientists is plural; their is plural.)

IncorrectThescientists tested his new discovery.

Correct:     Mr. Kiama turned on his TV.

(Mr Kiama is singular; his is singular)

Correct:     Nobody left her workstation.

(Nobody is singular, her is singular)

NB: When the antecedent refers to both males and females, it is best to use the phrase his or her.

  1. Use of we and us with nouns.

Phrases such as we students and us girls are often incorrectly used. To tell which pronoun to use, drop the noun and say the sentence without it.

Problem: (We, Us) boys study hard.

Solution: We study hard. = Weboys study hard.

Problem: The DC praised. (us, we) students.

Solution: The DC praised us. = The DC praised usstudents

  1. Using the pronoun Them

The word them is always a pronoun. It is always used as the object of a verb or a preposition, never as a subject.

Examples:

Correct: The president greeted them. (direct object of the verb greeted)

Correct: She gave them a sandwich. (Indirect object of the verb gave)

Correct: The information was useful to them. (object of the preposition to)

Incorrect: Them they arrived late.

  1. Using Those

Although we previously said that those is used as a demonstrative pronouns, it is sometimes used as an adjective i.e. a word that modifies a noun or a pronoun. If a noun appears immediately after it, those is now an adjective, not a pronoun.

Examples:

Those are the new desks that were bought. (Those is a pronoun, the subject of the verb are).

Those desks are attractive. (Those is an adjective modifying the noun desks).

Exercise 13

Each of the following sentences has a double subject. Write each correctly.

  1. Papa Shirandula he is a good actor.
  2. Many people they find him funny.
  3. The show it was on television for many years.
  4. Their daughter she is also in that show.
  5. The shoes they are beautiful.
  6. People they like our hotel.
  7. My brother he drives a matatu.
  8. Our hotel it is open seven days a week.
  9. The TV it is very clear today.
  10. My brother and sister they work in Nairobi.

Exercise 14

Pick the correct pronoun in the brackets in the following sentences.

  1. (We, Us) students started a school magazine last month.
  2. Many careers are unpromising. (Them, Those) are the ones to avoid.
  3. One of (them, those) motivational speakers was especially interesting.
  4. A financial analyst told (we, us) students about his work.
  5. Finding jobs was important to (we, us) graduates.

VERBS

A verb is a word that:

  • expresses an action
  • expresses the state that something exists, or

(iii) links the subject with a word that describes or renames it.

Hence, there are two kinds of verbs. These are action verbs and linking verbs.

ACTION VERBS

       Action verbs express actions. They show what the subject does or did. Most verbs are action verbs.

Examples:

Cats drink milk.

The ball flew over the goal post.

The farmer tills the land.

Robert ran to the house.

The action may be one that you can see.

Example:

They crowned their new King.

The action may be one that you cannot see.

Example:

She wanted recognition.

Whether the action can be seen or not, an action verb says that something is happening, has happened, or will happen.

LINKING VERBS

A linking verb links the subject of a sentence with a word or words that :

  • express(es) the subject’s state of being

Example:

She is here. (expresses state of being)

She seems ready. (state of being)

  • describe(s) or rename(s) the subject.

Examples:

Anna is a nurse. (a nurse describes Anna)

Joyce is cheerful. (cheerful describes Joyce)

The road is bumpy.   (bumpy describes the road)

A linking verb does not tell about an action.

Common linking verbs

Am         look        grow          are           feel         remain

is           taste          become     was          smell     sound

were      seem         will             be           appear

NB: Some verbs can be either linking verbs or action verbs.

Examples:

The crowd looked at the mangled car. – ACTION

The driver of the car looked shocked. – LINKING

The chef smelled the food. – ACTION

The food smelled wonderful. – LINKING

EXERCISE 1

Identify the verb in each of the following sentences. Then label each verb Action or Linking.

  1. Queen Elizabeth of England seems an interesting historical figure.
  2. We watched the Olympic games on television.
  3. The crowd cheered loudly.
  4. She seems calm.
  5. PLO Lumumba is a quick thinker.
  6. The hunter aimed the arrow at the antelope.
  7. The referee blew the whistle to start off the game.
  8. She was very tired after the journey.
  9. She is careful when crossing the road.
  10. The country seems prosperous.

VERB PHRASES

In some sentences, the verb is more than one word. It is in form of a phrase, which is called a verb phrase. A verb phrase consists of a main verb and one or more helping verbs. The main verb shows the action in the sentence.

The helping verb works with the main verb. Helping verbs do not show action.

Examples:

Mark Francis has passed the examinations.

H.V.  M.V.

He will be admitted to a national school.

H.V.H.V.  M.V.

His parents are happy with him.

H.V. M.V.

Common helping verbs

am         will      can      would    is       shall         could

must      are      have     may    was      has    should

were      had      might

Some verbs, such as do, have and be can either be used as main verbs or as helping verbs.

Examples:

As main verbs          As helping verbs

I will do the job.                          I do like the job.

Who has a pen?                           He has lost his pen.

They are my friends.           They are coming today.

Sometimes helping verbs and main verbs are separated by words that are not verbs.

Examples:

I do not ride a bicycle any more.

Can we ever be friends again?

We should definitely apologise for the mistakes.

Exercise 2

Indicate H.V. under the Helping verb and M.V. under the Main verb in the following sentences.

  1. The school choir is singing a new song.
  2. The football season has finally begun.
  3. This car just can travel very fast.
  4. He had waited for this chance for years.
  5. My parents will be visiting us soon.
  6. Our friends have come for a visit.
  7. You must buy your ticket for the game.
  8. Sarah has chosen Kenyatta University for her degree course.
  9. She is hitting her child with a rubber strap.
  10. I will go for the game next week.

VERBS TENSES

The time of an action or the state of being is expressed by different forms of the verb. These forms are called the tenses of the verb.

There are three main forms of a verb: the present, the past, or the future.

The Present Tense

A verb which is in present tense indicates what the subject of the sentence is doing right now.

Example:

The teacher sees the students.

The verb sees tells that the teacher is seeing the students now. To show the present tense, an -s or -es is added to most verbs if the subject is singular.

If the subject is plural, or I or You, the -s, or -es is not added.

Examples:

The bird hatches in the nest.

The stream flows down the hill.

The boys rush for their breakfast.

We talk a lot.

Rules for forming the Present Tense with Singular Subjects

  1. Most verbs: add –s

get – gets          play – plays          eat – eats

  1. Verbs ending in s, ch, sh, x, and z: add -es

pass – passes                             mix – mixes                                                                        punch-punches                         buzz – buzzes                                                                                push – pushes

  1. Verbs ending with a consonant and y: change the y to i and add -es

try – tries                           empty – empties

Exercise 3

Write the correct present form of each verb in the brackets in the following sentences.

  1. She carefully ________________ the map. (study)
  2. A fish _______________ in the water near me. (splash)
  3. She _______________ her hands. (wash)
  4. He ______________ to the classroom. (hurry)
  5. Bryan and I ____________ the assignment. (discuss)

The Past Tense

A verb which is in past tense shows what has already happened.

Example:

Tito liked his grandmother’s story.

The verb liked tells that the action in the sentence happened before now.

 

Rules for forming the Past Tense

  1. Most verbs: Add -ed play – played

talk – talked

climb – climbed

  1. Verbs ending with e: Add -d praise – praised

hope – hoped

wipe – wiped

  1. Verbs ending with a consonant and -y: Change the y to i and add –ed bury – buried

carry – carried

study – studied

  1. Verbs ending with a single vowel and a consonant: Double the final consonant and add-ed stop – stopped

man – manned

trip – tripped

Exercise 4

Write the past tense forms of each of the verbs in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. John _____________ his house burn into ashes. (watch)
  2. The baby _____________ loudly. (cry)
  3. The teacher ______________ at the naughty student. (yell)
  4. The chef ______________ a delicious cake. (bake)
  5. We ______________ for a present for our grandmother. (shop)

The Future Tense

A verb which is in future tense tells what is going to happen.

Examples:

Evans will take his car to the garage.

She will probably come with us.

The verbs will take and will come tell us what is going to happen. Hence, they are in future tense.

To form the future tense of a verb, use the helping verb will or shall  with the main verb.

Exercise 5

Write the future tense forms of the verbs in the following sentences.

  1. We write in exercise books.
  2. The train stopped at the station.
  3. He decides what he wants to do.
  4. They practise in the football field.
  5. Rats multiply very fast.

More Tenses

The above three forms of tenses can further be divided into:

  1. The simple tenses – Present simple tense

– Past simple tense

– Future simple tense

  1. The perfect tenses – Present perfect tense

– Present perfect progressive                                                          – Past perfect tense

– Future perfect

– Future perfect progressive

  1. The progressive tenses – Present progressive tense

– Past progressive tense

– Progressive tense

– Future perfect progressive tense.

The simple Tenses

The most common tenses of the verb are the simple tenses. You use them most often in your speaking and writing.

  1. Present simple tense.

Look at the following sentences.

  • I know
  • He goes to school every day.
  • The sun rises from the east.

All the above sentences contain a verb in the present simple tense. This tense is used for different purposes.

  • To state a personal fact

Example: I know Kisumu.

(ii) To point out a regular habit.

Example: He goes to school every day.

(iii) To state a known scientific fact

Example: The sun rises from the east.

Exercise 6

Complete the following sentences putting the verbs in brackets in the present simple tense.

  1. They _________ their new principal. (like)
  2. Every morning, she ______________ her teeth. (brush)
  3. The earth ______________ on its own axis. (rotate)
  4. Twice a year, he _______________ his family. (visit)
  5. Air ____________ when heated. (rise)
  6. Past Simple Tense

The past simple tense is used when an action has been completed.

Examples:

We cleaned our classrooms yesterday.

He drove the car this morning.

She planned the whole incident.

 

Exercise 7

Write down the past simple tense of the following words and then use each of them in sentences of your own.

start                              breathe

add                               roam

trap                             obey

annoy                          worry

pity                             fit

  1. Future Simple Tense

The future simple tense places the action or condition in the future. It is formed by using the word shall or will before the present form of the main verb.

Examples:

We shall need help with her load.

She will eat the bananas alone.

The dancers will entertain them.

Exercise 8

Use the following words in future simple tense in sentences of your own.

see                                       develop

go                                        begin

exist                                     consume

introduce                             hunt

bring                                    become

The Perfect Tenses

The perfect tenses are used to show that an action was completed or that a conditionexisted before a given time. The perfect tenses are formed using has, have, or had before the past participles, that is, verb forms ending in -ed.

Examples:

  1. Present Perfect Tense:

Ceasar has just finished his homework.

Kamau and Njoroge have now agreed to meet.

  1. Present Perfect Continuous Tense

Kibet has been working in his shamba for two hours.

We have been swimming in this pool for ten minutes.

  1. Past Perfect Tense

We had completed the work by the time the supervisor came.

Nobody knew that she had already remarried.

  1. Past Perfect Continuous Tense

I had been trying to contact him for two hours before he finally appeared.

Mrs. Masumbuko had been feeling unwell the whole week before she decided to visit a doctor.

  1. Future Perfect Tense

Agege will have sold his goats by two p.m.

By next term, twenty students will have dropped from this school.

  1. Future Perfect Continuous

The players will have been playing for twenty minutes by the time the President arrives.

By the end of this term, she will have been living with her aunt for five years.

Exercise 9

Rewrite the following sentence changing the verb into present perfect, present perfect progressive, past perfect, past perfect progressive, future perfect and future perfect progressive tenses. Make any necessary changes to make the sentences meaningful.

John comes here every year.

The Progressive Verb Forms

The progressive form of the verb shows continuing action.

Examples:

I am singing

She was dancing.

The progressive form is formed using various forms of the verb be plus the present participle, that is,a verb form that ends in –ing.

Examples:

  1. Present Progressive Tense

I am reading a book about Red Indians.

Her mother is preparing dinner.

  1. Present Perfect Progressive

He has been cleaning his car since morning.

They have been exercising for a week now.

  1. Past Progressive Tense

She was cooking supper when I arrived.

They were fighting fiercely when the police arrived.

  1. Past Perfect Progressive Tense

Sonko had been wearing an earring for years before he removed it.

Onyancha had been killing children before he was finally discovered.

  1. Future Progressive

He will be tilling the land next week.

Joyce and Joan will be washing clothes all morning.

  1. Future Perfect Progressive

The children will have been sleeping for two hours by the time their parents arrive.

John will have grown a beard by the time he is twelve.

Exercise 10

Rewrite the following sentence changing the verb into present progressive, present perfect progressive, past progressive, past perfect progressive, future progressive and future perfect progressive tenses. Make any necessary changes to make the sentences meaningful.

Jane plays the guitar well.

SUBJECT – VERB AGREEMENT

Present tense

A verb and its subject must agree in number. To agree means that if the subject is singular, the verb must be in singular form. If the subject is plural, the verb form must be plural.

Examples:

The baby cries every morning. – SINGULAR

The babies cry every morning. – PLURAL

Rules for subject-verb Agreement

  1. Singular subject: Add-s or -es to the verb

The man drives a bus.

She teaches in a primary school.

He studies his map.

  1. Plural subject: Donot add -s or -es to the verb

The men drive buses.

They teach in primary schools.

We study our maps.

  1. For I or You: Donot add -s or -es to the verb

I hate books.

You like dogs.

I admire actors.

When a sentence has a compound subject, that is, two subjects joined by and, the plural form of the verb is used.

Examples:

John and James work at Naivas Supermarket.

The teachers and the students respect one another a lot.

Subject-verb Agreement with be and have

The verbs be and have change their forms in special ways in order to agree with their subjects.

Various ways in which be and have change in order to agree with their subjects

  Subject            Be                 Have
1.

 

 

Singular subjects:

I

You

He, she, it

Singular Noun

 

am, was

are, were

is, was

is, was

 

have, had

have, had

has, had

has, had

2. Plural subjects:

We

You

They

Plural Noun

 

are, were

are, were

are, were

are, were

 

 

 

have, had

have, had

have, had

have, had

 

Exercise 11

Put appropriate Present tense verbs in the blank spaces in the following sentences. Ensure that the subject agrees with the verb and that the sentence makes sense.

  1. The dogs _______________ their owners.
  2. She ______________ at the door.
  3. They ______________ the road at the Zebra-crossing.
  4. Many blind people ___________________ dogs as guides.
  5. We ________________ dogs every day.
  6. Mark always _______________ his house.
  7. I often _______________ with June.
  8. Mwangi __________________ his aunt in Mombasa.
  9. Jane and he ________________ next month.
  10. The directors ______________ the company.

REGULAR AND IRREGULAR VERBS

We have learned in the previous chapter how to form the past tense and how to use helping verbs to show that something has already happened. We saw that for most verbs, we form the past tense and participles by adding -d or -ed to the verb. Verbs that follow this rule are called Regular Verbs.

Examples:

The farmer planted his crops last month. – past tense

The crops have been planted recently. – past participle.

For all regular verbs, the past and the past participles are spelled alike. They are made up by adding -d or -ed to the present form of the verb.

Examples:

Present Past Past Participles
help

rescue

rush

support

play

talk

live

helped

rescued

rushed

supported

played

talked

lived

had helped

had rescued

had rushed

had supported

had played

had talked

had lived

The spelling of many regular verbs changes when –d or -ed is added, that is, the last consonant is doubled before adding -d or -ed. For those ending -y, it is dropped and replaced with –i:

Examples:

Present Past Past Participles
hop

drug

permit

knit

cry

carry

hopped

drugged

permitted

knitted

cried

carried

(had) hopped

(had) drugged

(had) permitted

(had) knitted

(had) cried

(had) carried

Exercise 12

Write the present, past and past participles of the following verbs. Remember to change the spelling appropriately where necessary.

  1. prevent 6. aid
  2. donate 7. relieve
  3. hurry 8. share
  4. worry 9. enrol
  5. train 10. save

Irregular Verbs

Some verbs do not form the past by adding -d or –ed. These verbs are called irregular verbs. There are only about sixty frequently used irregular verbs. For many of these, the past and the past participles are spelled the same but some are different.

Examples:

He saw great misery all around him. – past

He has seen great misery all round him. – past participle

Common irregular Verbs

Verb Past tense Past participles
begin

choose

go

speak

ride

fight

throw

come

sing

steal

swim

make

run

grow

write

ring

drink

lie

do

eat

know

began

chose

went

spoke

rode

fought

threw

came

sang

stole

swam

made

ran

grew

wrote

rang

drank

lay

did

ate

knew

 

( had) begun

(had) chosen

(had) gone

(had) spoken

(had) ridden

(had) fought

(had) thrown

(had) come

(had) sung

(had) stolen

(had) swum

(had) made

(had) run

(had) grown

(had) written

(had) rung

(had) drunk

(had) lain

(had) done

(had) eaten

(had) known

For a few irregular verbs, like hit and cut, the three principal parts are spelled the same. These ones offer no problems to learners. Most problems come from irregular verbs with three different forms. For example, the irregular verbs throw and ring.

throw                   threw                   had thrown

ring                      rang                      had rung

If you are not sure about a verb form, look it up in the dictionary.

Exercise 13

Write the past tense and past participles of the following irregular verbs and then use each of them in sentences of your own.

  1. arise                         fall
  2. tear                         blow
  3. wear                         freeze
  4. lay                   fly
  5. see                 Write

ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VERB FORMS

ACTIVE VOICE

A verb is in active voice when the subject of the sentence performs the action.

Examples:

Our teacher punished us for making noise in class.

Subject       action

Players arrived for their first match early in the morning.

Subject  action

In the above sentences, the subject is who performed the action. Hence, the verbs of these sentences are in active voice.

PASSIVE VOICE 

The word passive means “acted upon”. When the subject of the sentence receives the action or expresses the result of the action, the verb is in passive voice.

Examples:

We were punished by the teacher for making noise.

Sub              action

He was helped by a passer-by.

Sub        action

In the above sentences the subjects we and he receive the action.

When we do not know who or what did the action, or when we do not want to say who or what did it, we use the passive voice.

The passive form of a verb consists of some form of be plus the past participle.

Examples:

       Active                    Passive

Baabu explored the sea.           The sea was explored by Baabu.

Be + past participle

The captain helped him.     He was helped by the captain.

Be+past participle

Exercise 14

Write the verbs from the following sentences and then label each one Active or Passive.

  1. The guest of honour presented prizes to the best students.
  2. The cattle were taken home by the herders.
  3. The health officer ordered the slaughter house closed.
  4. Peace and order has been restored in the area by the youth wingers.
  5. The workers cleared the farm.
  6. The crop was harvested by the hired workers.
  7. The government stressed the importance of unity among tribes.
  8. The farmers were urged to redouble their efforts in food production.
  9. The K.I.E is developing support materials for the 8-4-4 system of education.
  10. A fishing pond was started by the Wildlife Club in the school.

TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS

Some sentences express a complete thought with only a subject and an action verb.

Example:

The sun shines.

Subject     Action verb

In other sentences, a direct object must follow the action verb for the sentence to be complete. A direct object is a noun or a pronoun that receives the action of the verb.

Example:

The goalkeeper caught the ball.

Subject       action verb direct object

Transitive verbs

A Transitive verb is an action verb that must take a direct object for the sentence to express a complete thought. A direct object answers the question what? or whom?

Examples:

The captain steered the ship. (Steered what? the ship)

The teacher praised the students. (Praised whom? The students)

Transitive verbs cannot be used alone without direct objects in sentences; they would not have complete meanings.

Exercise 15

What are the action verbs and the direct objects in the following sentences?

  1. He carried his bag with him.
  2. The two friends discussed the examination paper.
  3. We took a trip to Nakuru last month.
  4. The water splashed me.
  5. He gave interesting facts about whales.
  6. We searched the house for rats.
  7. They cheered the team noisily.
  8. My brother bought a camera.
  9. Njoroge admires Papa Shirandula.
  10. We viewed the shouting star at midnight.

Intransitive verbs

An Intransitive verb is an action verb that does not require a direct object for the sentence to have complete meaning.

Examples:

The ship sailed.

Subject      action verb

The child smiled.

Subject      action verb

They do not answer the questions what? or whom? Sometimes they answer the questions how? or how often?

Examples:

The ship sailed smoothly. (How did it sail? Smoothly)

The child smiled repeatedly. (How often did the child smile? Repeatedly)

Both transitive and intransitive verbs

Some verbs can be used both transitively and intransitively.

Examples:

We cheered our team noisily. (Transitive)

We cheered noisily. (Intransitive)

He broke the window pane. (Transitive)

The glass broke. (Intransitive)

NB: Only transitive verbs can be changed from active to passive voice.

Examples:

Active                                   Passive

He kicked the ball.                     The ball was kicked by him.

She bought a new dress              A new dress was bought by her.

She wailed loudly                                      ??

They danced well                                      ??

Exercise 16

Indicate at the end of each of the following sentences whether the underlined verb is Transitive or Intransitive.

  1. Some whales sing songs.
  2. We gave our books to the gatekeeper.
  3. She cried bitterly.
  4. He made a sketch of the giraffe.
  5. John danced to the music.
  6. The bird flew in the air.
  7. They located the lost ship.
  8. She pleaded with him mercifully.
  9. The children heard the sound from the cave.
  10. It rained heavily.

TROUBLESOME PAIRS OF VERBS

Some pairs of verbs confuse learners of English because their meanings are related but not the same. Others confuse them because they sound similar, but their meanings are different. Others are similar in appearance but different inmeanings.

  The pairs Meaning Present tense Past tense Past participle Examples of its usage
1 sit

 

set

To be in a seated position

To put or place

sit

 

set

sat

 

set

sat

 

set

Sit on that chair.

 

Set the cage down.

2. lie

 

lay

To rest in a flat position

 

To put or place

lie

 

lay

lay

 

laid

lain

 

laid

The cat lies on the table.

Lay the cloth on the table.

3. rise

 

raise

To move upward

 

To move something upward or to lift

rise

 

raise

rose

 

raised

risen

 

raised

The children rise up early in the morning.

The scout raised the flag.

4. let

 

leave

To allow or permit

 

To depart or to allow to remain where it is

let

 

leave

let

 

left

let

 

left

Let the bird go free.

Leave this house now!

Leave the door closed.

5. learn

 

teach

To gain knowledge or skill

To help someone learn or to show how or explain

learn

 

teach

learned

 

taught

learned

 

taught

I learned a lot in school.

That teacher taught me in Biology.

6. can

may

To be able

To be allowed

      I can ride my bike well.

You may go out.

EXERCISE 17

Pick the correct verb from the ones given in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. Studying spiders closely can (learn, teach) us how they get their food.
  2. An insect that (lays, lies) motionless on a leaf can become prey to some other animal.
  3. The lion will (lay, lie) there waiting for its prey.
  4. The monster spider (sits, sets) patiently near its web.
  5. Experience has (taught, learned) me not to take things for granted.
  6. A bird (raises, rises) its body using its wings.
  7. This (raises, rises) another question,
  8. Nature has (learned, taught) spiders new tricks.
  9. The watchman instantly (raises, rises) the alarm when there is danger.
  10. The trappers have (lain, laid) fresh traps for the porcupines.

ADJECTIVES

An adjective is a word that describes or modifies a noun or a pronoun. To describe or modify means to provide additional information about nouns or pronouns. To modify further means to change something slightly.

Writers and speakers modify an idea or image by choosing certain describing words, which are called adjectives. Hence, these adjectives are also called modifiers. Adjectives are like word cameras. They are words that describe colours, sizes and shapes. Adjectives help you capture how the world around you looks and feels.

Adjectives tell:

  1. What kind?

Examples:

The powerful gorilla knocked down the hunter.

The old man walked slowly.

  1. How many?

Examples:

Three zebras were resting.

He has few friends.

  1. Which one(s)?

Examples:

This painting is attractive.

These farmers are clearing the field.

There are 5 main kinds of adjectives, namely:-

  1. Descriptive adjectives
  2. Definite and indefinite adjectives
  3. Demonstrative adjectives
  4. Interrogative adjectives
  5. Articles and possessive adjectives

Descriptive adjectives

Descriptive adjectives tell us the size, shape, age, colour, weight, height, make, nature and origin of the nouns they are describing.

Examples of descriptive Adjectives:

Size Shape Age Colour Weight Height Make Nature Origin
big

huge

small

tiny

thin

fat

wide

shallow

slender

oval

circular

triangular

rectangular

round

square

twisted

pointed

 

old

young

aged

red

green

white

blue

brown

black

maroon

purple

pink

heavy

light

tall

short

 

wooden

plastic

metal

stony

glass

mud

warm

cold

shy

famous

peaceful

brave

powerful

gentle

kind

Kenya

American

Tanzania

Italian

South African

Ugandan

Korean

 

Descriptive adjectives are of two types:

  1. Common descriptive adjectives – these are adjectives that give general features of somebody or something. They are the adjectives of size, shape, age, colour, weight, height, make and nature. Refer to the examples in the diagram above.
  2. Proper adjectives – These ones are formed from proper nouns. They are always capitalized. They always appear last in a string of adjectives modifying the same noun, just before the noun itself.

Examples:

The Japanese ambassador

A Mexican carpet

An Italian chef

Note that when a proper adjective comprises of two words, both are capitalized.

Examples:

A South African farmer

A North American cowboy

 

Exercise 1

Find the adjectives in the following sentences and indicate what types they are.

  1. Alaska is the largest state in the USA.
  2. The Alaskan Senator is Lord John Mc Dougal.
  3. Kenya is the tallest mountain in Kenya.
  4. Alaska has a tiny population of one and a half million people.
  5. Northern Province has small, scattered towns.
  6. A trip to Northern Kenya will take you across vast wilderness.
  7. American tourists are fond of wild animals.
  8. There is a huge lake in the Rift Valley Province.
  9. I sent a letter to my Australian pen pal.
  10. I have a beautiful Egyptian robe.

Demonstrative Adjectives

A demonstrative adjective tells which one or which ones. They are used before nouns and other adjectives.

There are 4 demonstrative adjectives in English: This, that, these and those. This and these are used to refer to nouns close to the speaker or writer. That and those refer to nouns farther away. This and that are used before singular nouns while these and those are used before plural nouns.

Examples:

This picture is very beautiful.

Singular noun

That one is not as beautiful.

Singular noun

These drawings are very old.

Plural noun

Those ones were painted in Uganda.

Plural noun

Exercise 2

Choose the word in brackets that correctly completes each of the following sentences.

  1. My bus left the station before (that, those) matatus.
  2. (Those, These) chairs behind me were occupied.
  3. My seat has a better view than (this, that) one over there.
  4. (Those, That) man should fasten his seat belt.
  5. (This, That) car is old, but that one is new.
  6. (These, Those) clouds are far away.
  7. (This, That) window next to me has a broken pane.
  8. (That, This) chair near me is broken.
  9. My car is moving faster than (these, those) buses over there.
  10. (These, Those) goats grazing over there are my uncle’s.

 

Definite and indefinite adjectives

These are adjectives which tell how many or how much. They give the number or the quantity, either specific or approximate, of the noun in question.

Examples:

Three elephants were killed by the game rangers.

He bought several houses in Kileleshwa.

Don’t put much sugar in the tea!

More examples

Numbers Amount Approximate
Three

Ten

Five

Hundred

Twenty

 

Much

All

Some

Any

Few

 Several

Some

Little

Many

Few

Each

Every

Numerous

Adjectives that are in form of numbers are used with countable nouns:

Examples:

Two calves were born yesterday.

Five chimpanzees performed funny tricks.

Many children like dinosaurs.

A definite or indefinite adjective may look like a pronoun, but it is used differently in a sentence. It is an adjective used to modify a noun.

Adjectives that are in form of quantity are used with uncountable nouns.

Examples:

Do you have any water in the house?

How much flour did you buy?

Interrogative Adjectives

The interrogative adjectives are used with nouns to ask questions. Examples are what, which, and whose.

Examples:

What movie do you want to see?

Which leaves turn colour first?

Whose son is he?

An interrogative adjective may look like an interrogative pronoun but it is used differently. It is an adjective, used to modify a noun.

Exercise 3

Underline the adjectives in the following sentences.

  1. Twenty bulls were slaughtered for the wedding.
  2. Few people know the name of our president.
  3. They stole all the money in the safe.
  4. There isn’t much sugar in the dish.
  5. Numerous disasters have hit China this year.
  6. What game is playing on TV tonight?
  7. Whose car is that one over there?
  8. Which house was broken into?
  9. I don’t know what misfortune has faced him.
  10. Nobody knows which table was taken.

Articles and Possessive Pronouns

Two special kinds of adjectives are the articles and the possessive pronouns.

Articles

Articles are the words a, an and the. A and an are special adjectives called indefinite articles. They are used when the nouns they modify do not refer to any particular thing.

Examples:

A student rang the bells. (No specific student)

An orange is good for your health. (No specific orange)

A is used before a noun that begins with a consonant sound. An is used before a noun that begins with a vowel sound. Note that it is the first sound of a noun, not the spelling, that determines whether to use a or an.

Examples:

An hour       an heir

A hall

       The is a special adjective known as the definite article. It is used to refer to particular things.

Examples:

The tourist was robbed. (A particular tourist).

The team began practising at 8 o’clock. (A particular team).

All articles are adjectives. The is used with both singular and plural nouns, but a and an are used with singular nouns

Examples:

The tourist, the tourists, a tourist

The adjective, the adjectives, an adjective

Exercise 4

Choose the correct article from the choices given in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. (A, An) mountain climber climbed Mt. Elgon.
  2. He went up a cliff and was stranded on (a, an) jagged rock.
  3. No one knew (a, the) route he had taken.
  4. (The, An) climber’s friend called the local police.
  5. The police began the search within (a, an) hour.
  6. A police dog followed (a, the) climber’s scent.
  7. A helicopter began (a, an) air search of the mountain.
  8. The dog followed the climber’s scent to (a, the) jagged edge of the cliff.
  9. A climber from (a, the) police team went down the jagged rock.
  10. (A, An) rope was tied to the climber and he was pulled to safety.

Possessive Pronouns

The words my, her, its, our and their are possessive pronouns, but they can also be used as adjectives. These modifiers tell which one, which ones or whose?

Examples:

My brother likes Sean Paul, but his sister does not.

Of his songs, Ever Blazing is his favourite.

Our school produces heroes, its fame is widespread.

Exercise 5

Write the adjectives from the following sentences and the nouns they modify.

  1. In her lifetime, Brenda Fasie composed many songs.
  2. Her early songs entertained her fans all over the world.
  3. Our first performance was successful.
  4. Her coughing grew worse with time.
  5. They agreed that it was their best goal in ten years.

Position of adjectives in sentences

  1. Most adjectives appear immediately before the nouns they are modifying e.g.

Descriptive: The beautiful house belongs to my uncle.

Demonstrative: That house belongs to my uncle.

Numerals: Two houses were burned down.

Articles: The house on fire belongs to her sister.

Possessive pronouns: Their house was burned down.

  1. Predicate Adjectives

Some adjectives appear after the nouns that they are modifying. These adjectives are always used after linking verbs that separate them from the words they modify. An adjective that follows a linking verb and that modifies the subject is called a predicate adjective.

Examples:

Joyce seemed lonely.

Her brother was upset.

He became concerned.

Exercise 6

Identify the predicate adjectives in the following sentences.

  1. Her early songs were often quiet and serious.
  2. One of her songs, Vulindlela, is very popular.
  3. The dark city below the sky seems calm and peaceful.
  4. Her performance in K.C.S.E. was brilliant.
  5. The West African singer Kofi Olominde is extraordinary.

 

COMPARING WITH ADJECTIVES

We have seen that adjectives describe nouns. One way in which they describe nouns is by comparing people, places or things.

To compare two people, places or things, we use the comparative form of an adjective. To compare more than two, we use the superlative form of the adjective.

Examples:

ONE PERSON: Kimenju is tall.

TWO PERSONS: Kimenju is taller than James.

THREE OR MORE: Kimenju is the tallest of all.

THE COMPARATIVE

The comparative form of the adjective is used to compare one thing, person or place with another one. It is formed in two ways.

  1. For short adjectives, add –er.

Examples:

great + er = greater                 sweet + er = sweeter

big + er = bigger                     light + er = lighter.

  1. For longer adjectives, the comparative is formed by using the word more before them.

Examples:

More handsome               more remarkable

More attractive                more hardworking

Most adjectives ending in -ful and -ous also form the comparative using more.

Examples:

More successful      more curious             more ferocious

More beautiful        more generous           more prosperous

THE SUPERLATIVE

The superlative form of the adjective is used to compare a person, a place or a thing with more than one other of its kind.

Examples:

Elephants are the largest animals in the jungle.

However, they are the most emotional animals.

The superlative form of an adjective is formed in two ways.

  1. By adding -est to the short adjective

Examples:

great + est = greatest                sweet + est = sweetest

big + est = biggest                    light + est = light

  1. For longer adjectives, use most before them.

Examples:

most mysterious                        most awkward

most successful                         most attractive

The ending -er in the comparative becomes -est in the superlative while more becomes most.

Adjective     comparative                         superlative

strong                           stronger                      strongest

quick                          quicker                        quickest

adventurous     more adventurous             most adventurous

co-operative         more co-operative           most co-operative

Summary of rules comparing with adjectives:

  Rule Examples
1. For most short adjectives:

Add -er or -est to the adjective

bright     dark        smart

brighter  darker     smarter

brightest darkest    smartest

2. For adjectives ending with e:

Drop the e and add -er or -est

safe        nice         wide

safer       nicer       wider

safest      nicest      widest

 

3. For adjectives ending with a consonant and y:

Change the y to i and add -eror -est

Busy              crazy happy

Busier            crazier                    happier

Busiest           craziest                    happiest

4. For single-syllable adjectives ending with a single vowel and a consonant:

Double the last consonant and add   -er or -est

Flat                  slim                 fat

Flatter             slimmer          fatter

Flattest            slimmest        fattest

5. For most adjectives with two or more syllables: Use more or most careful         generous

more careful more generous

most careful most generous

Points to note about Adjectives:

  1. A comparative is used to compare two persons, or things or two groups of persons or things.

Examples:

A rat is smaller than a mouse.

Buffaloes are larger than domestic cows

  1. A superlative is used to compare a thing or a person to more than one other of its kind.

Examples:

Lions are the bravest of all animals.

Elephants are the largest of all herbivores.

  1. You must use the word other when comparing something with everything else of its kind.

Examples:

Leopards are more ferocious than any other cat.

  1. Do not use both -er and more, or -est and most.

Incorrect: Men die more earlier than women.

Correct: Men die earlier than women.

Incorrect: My father is the most oldest of the three brothers.

Correct: My father is the oldest of the three brothers.

Exercise 7

Write the adjectives in brackets in the following sentences correctly.

  1. My next sculpture will be even ___________________ (beautiful).
  2. That was the ________________ cartoon I have ever watched (funny).
  3. English is my ____________ subject of all (enjoyable).
  4. Job is the ______________ person in his family. (energetic)
  5. She is the ______________ of the three nurses. (helpful)
  6. That story sounds ____________ than fiction. (strange)
  7. He is _______________ than a cat. (curious)
  8. Her school grades are ______________ than mine. (high)
  9. You are _______________ than Maria. (creative)
  10. My next test will be _______________ than this one. (simple)

Irregular comparisons

Some adjectives have special forms for making comparisons. That is, they do not form their comparatives by use of -er or more, or their superlatives by use of -est or most. Instead, these adjectives change the words completely to form comparatives and superlatives.

Examples:

Adjectives                Comparative          Superlative

good                              better                         best

well                               better                         best

bad                                worse                         worst

ill                                  worse                         worst

little                              less or lesser              least

much                             more                          most

many                             more                          most

far                                 farther                        farthest

Example of use in sentences:

The presentation of our play was good.

Our second performance was better.

But our last performance was the best.

Exercise 8

Write the correct forms of the adjectives in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. The comedy was the ________________ show of the three. (good)
  2. Mary had a _________________ cold yesterday. (bad)
  3. It was her ____________ performance this year. (good)
  4. Her illness is getting _____________ every day. (bad)
  5. The old woman received the _____________ amount of money from the MP. (little)
  6. Smoke your cigarette _______________ away from the children. (far)
  7. There was ______________ noise in the classroom than yesterday. (little)
  8. The musician said that that was a very ______________ year for him. (good)
  9. This year’s songs were much ______________ than last year’s. (good)
  10. He has the _____________ pairs of shoes in the school. (many)

SPECIAL PROBLEMS WITH ADJECTIVES

  1. Those and Them

Those is an adjective if it is followed by a noun. It is a pronoun if it is used alone.

Examples:

Those thieves are daring! (Adjective modifying thieves)

Those are thieves! (Pronoun)

       Them is always a pronoun. It is used only as the object of a verb or as the object of a preposition. It is never used as an adjective.

Examples:

We followed them. (Object of a verb)

They caught one of them. (Object of a preposition)

We heard them thieves breaking the door. (Incorrect)

  1. The extra Here and There with demonstrative adjectives

It is incorrect to use the demonstrative adjectives this, that, those, and these with here and there before the nouns they modify.

Examples:

“This here job”

“That there house”

“These here books”

“Those there carpets”

The adjectives this and these include the meaning of here whereas the adjectives that and those include the meaning of there. Saying this here is like repeating oneself.

  1. Kind and sort with demonstrative adjectives

       Kind and sort are singular and hence should be used with singular demonstrative adjectives this and that.

Examples:

I like this kind of story.

She likes that sort of food.

       Kinds and sorts are plural and should be used with plural demonstrative adjectives these and those.

Examples:

Those sorts of horror movies scare me.

These kinds of sports are for strong people.

Exercise 9

Choose the correct adjectives from the ones given in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. A robot is one of (those, them) machines that looks and acts human.
  2. (These, This) sorts of machines are very strange.
  3. (This, This here) church was built in 1921.
  4. (Them, Those) mushrooms are very delicious.
  5. (Them, Those) soldiers won the battle.
  6. People call (these, this) kinds of songs Soul.
  7. John needed a name for (them, those) songs.
  8. (This, this here) play is called Aminata.
  9. Human beings have a fascination with (those, that) kind of machine.
  10. (These, This) sort of a car is meant for ministers.

ADVERBS

An adverb is a word that describes a verb, an adjective, or another adverb. Adverbs tell how, when, where, or to what extent an action happens.

Examples:

HOW: The man walked quickly.

WHEN: It will rain soon.

WHERE: We shall meet here at 2 p.m.

TO WHAT EXTENT: He is extremely rude.

Other examples:

HOW              WHEN           WHERE                             TO WHAT EXTENT

happily            sometimes       underground           fully

secretly            later                 here                           extremely

together           tomorrow        there                          quite

carefully          now                 inside                        very

sorrowfully     finally             far                             rarely

painfully          again               upstairs

fast                  often                downstairs

hard                 once                somewhere

slowly             first                 forward

hurriedly         next                 behind

quietly             then                 above

 

Adverbs used to describe verbs

Adverbs that describe verbs tell how, when, where and to what extent an action happened.

Examples:

HOW: John waited patiently for his turn.

WHEN: He is now walking into the office.

WHERE: He will eat his lunch there.

TO WHAT EXTENT: He is very pleased with himself.

Adverbs make the meaning of the verb clearer.

Example:

He will eat his lunch. (Without adverb)

He will eat his lunch there. (The adverb makes it clear where the action of eating will take place.)

Exercise 1

Write the adverbs in the following sentences and then indicate whether the adverb tells how, when, where, or to what extent.

  1. The tourist travelled far.
  2. They cheerfully greeted their grandmother.
  3. Tina hurried downstairs when she heard the knock.
  4. He worked carefully and skilfully.
  5. She was extremely agitated.
  6. The scientist looked curiously at the creature.
  7. Soon the bell was rung.
  8. The hall was fully occupied.
  9. They hugged their grandmother adorably.
  10. He brought the cake down.

Adverbs used to describe adjectives

Adverbs that tell to what extent can be used to describe adjectives.

Examples:

The cave was very dark.

adv  adj

The tea was extremely hot.

adv       adj

Other adverbs used with adjectives

Just                   nearly                somewhat               most

These adverbs make the adjectives they are describing more understandable and precise.

Example:

The tomb was dark. (Without adverb)

The tomb was fully dark. (The adverb fully describes the extent of the darkness).

 

Exercise 2

Identify the adverb in each of the following sentences and then indicate the adjective it describes.

  1. He is a highly successful businessman.
  2. The extremely cold weather made me shiver.
  3. They are quite difficult to deal with.
  4. The house is barely visible from here.
  5. He is a very old man by now.
  6. She is mysteriously secretive about her activities.
  7. Jackline is horribly mean with her money.
  8. The book was totally exciting.
  9. The secretary was completely mad when the money was stolen.
  10. The boss is never punctual for meetings.

Adverbs used to describe other adverbs

Some adverbs that tell to what extent are used to describe other adverbs.

Examples:

The student spoke very softly.

adv  adv

The cold subsided very gradually.

adv    adv

These adverbs make the adverbs they are describing more understandable and clear.

Examples:

She spoke rudely. (Without adjective modifier)

She spoke extremely rudely. (extremely describes the extent of her rudeness).

Exercise 3

Identify the adverbs modifying other adverbs in the following sentences.

  1. The mourners covered the casket with earth very gradually.
  2. He appeared on her surprisingly quickly.
  3. The sun appeared somewhat closer that day.
  4. He drinks extremely irresponsibly.
  5. The driver sped the car totally carelessly.

Specific categories of Adverbs

  1. Adverbs of time – These answer the question when?

Examples:

He joined the class yesterday.

Today, I will go to the cinema.

  1. Adverbs of place– These answer the question where?

Examples:

Mrs. Kilome has gone out.

The bus stop is near the post office.

  1. Adverbs of frequency: These answer the question how often?

Examples:

She often leaves without permission.

He always works hard.

  1. Adverbs of manner: These answer the question how?

Examples:

Many ran fast to catch the bus

He painted the house badly.

  1. Adverbs of degree. These answer the question how much?

Examples:

Luka is extremely intelligent.

She is very ill.

FORMATION OF ADVERBS

Many adverbs are formed by adding -ly to an adjective.

Examples:

Slow + -ly = slowly            quiet + -ly = quietly

Sometimes the addition of -ly to an adjective may require changing the spelling in the adjective.

Examples:

Easy + -ly = easily (y changes to i)

Full + -ly = fully (ll changes to l)

Other adverbs are complete words on their own. That is, they are not formed from other words.

Examples:

fast               tomorrow      soon              first              later

next             inside            somewhere        quite

Note:

  1. Soon and quite can be used only as adverbs.

Examples:

The school will soon open.

The holiday was quite well spent.

  1. Some other modifiers, like late or first, can either be used as adverbs or adjectives.

Examples:

The visitors arrived late. (adverb)

The late arrivals delayed the meeting. (adjective)

The robbers had gotten there first. (adverb)

The first house was already broken into. (adjective)

  1. When you are not sure whether an adjective or an adverb has been used in a sentence, ask yourself these questions.

(i) Which word does the modifier go with?

If it goes with an action verb, an adjective or another adverb, it is an adverb.

 

Examples:

The story teller spoke quietly. – used with an action verb.

The story teller was very interesting. – used with an adjective.

The story teller spoke extremely slowly. –used with another adverb.

But if it goes with a noun or a pronoun, it is an adjective.

Examples:

The quiet story teller spoke. – used with a noun.

He was quiet. – with a pronoun.

(ii) What does the modifier tell about the word it goes with?

If the modifier tells when, where, how, or to what extent, it is an adverb.

Examples:

He will come tomorrow. – When?

He will come here. – Where?

He will come secretly. – How?

He will be very cautious. – To what extent?

But if it tells which one, what kind, or how many, it is an adjective.

He will steal this cow. – Which one?

He will carry a sharp spear. – What kind?

He will be jailed for ten years. – How many?

(iii) Adverbs and predicate adjectives

You will recall that we said that an adjective appears after a linking verb and modifies the subject.

Examples:

He became successful. (successful modifies he)

You seem tired. (tired modifies you)

You appear sick. (sick modifies she)

You look great! (great modifies you)

They sound bored. (bored modifies they)

It feels wet. (wet modifies it)

The oranges taste sweet. (sweet modifies oranges)

The baby grows big. (big modifies baby)

She smells nice. (nice modifies she).

Sometimes the verbs in the sentences above are used as action verbs.  In this case, they are followed by adverbs, not adjectives. They modify the verbs and tell how, when, where, or to what extent.

Examples:

The singer lookedup.

v     adv

We tasted the chocolate eagerly.

v                                           adv

The principal appeared suddenly.

V            adv

(iv) Good and well

Good and well have similar meanings, but differ in their use in a sentence.

Example:

Incorrect: He narrates the story good.

Correct: He narrates the story well.

       Good is always an adjective and modifies nouns or pronouns. It is never used to modify a verb.

Example:

He is a good narrator. (Adjective modifying the noun narrator)

       Well can be used as either an adjective or an adverb.

Examples:

I feel well. (As an adjective)

He drives well. (As an adverb)

Exercise 4

Choose the correct form of the words in brackets in the following sentences.

  1. Luos tell you (quick, quickly) that they are not Bantus.
  2. Over the months, the snow (gradual, gradually) melted.
  3. Rice tastes especially (good, well) with avocado.
  4. The popularity of video games has grown (rapid, rapidly).
  5. The name of the town may sound (strange, strangely) to some people.
  6. These puppies look a little (odd, oddly).
  7. The idea of breaking the door does not sound (reasonable, reasonably).
  8. Visitors eat Nyama Choma very (rapid, rapidly).
  9. If Nyama Choma has been prepared (good, well), it tastes even better than chicken.
  10. Since fish is high in protein and low in fat, it is bound to keep you (good, well).

COMPARING WITH ADVERBS

We have seen that we can use adjectives to compare people, things or places.

       Adverbs can also be used to compare actions. And like adjectives, we use the comparative form of an adverb to compare two actions and the superlative form of an adverb to compare more than two actions.

Examples:

ONE ACTION:         Maree swims fast.

TWO ACTIONS:      Maree swims faster than Ciku.

THREE OR MORE: Maree swims fastest of all.

Just like adjectives, adverbs have special forms or spelling for making comparisons.

THE COMPARATIVE FORM

The comparative form of the adverb is used to compare one action with another. It is formed in two ways:

  1. For short adverbs, add –er.

Examples:

The bird flew higher than the helicopter.

The president arrived sooner than we expected.

  1. For most adverbs ending in -ly, use more to make the comparative.

Examples:

She visited him more frequently than Martin.

The tractor towed the lorry more powerfully than the bull-cart.

THE SUPERLATIVE FORM

The superlative form is used to compare one action with two or more others of the same kind.

Examples:

Of the three athletes, Kipruto runs the fastest.

The lion roars the loudest of all the big cats.

Adverbs that form the comparative with –er form their superlative with -est. Those that use more to form comparative use most to form superlative.

Examples:

Adverbs                 Comparative                  Superlative

long                          longer                             longest

fast                           faster                              fastest

softly                       more softly                   most softly

politely                    more polite                   most polite

Points to Remember

  1. Use the comparative to compare two actions and the superlative to compare more than two.

Examples:

Comparative: He sat nearer to the window than him

Superlative: He sat nearest to the window than all the others.

  1. Do not leave out the word other when comparing one action with every other action of the same kind.

Examples:

Incorrect: The lion roared louder than any lion.

Correct: The lion roared the loudest of all.

  1. Do not use both -er and more or -est and most.

Incorrect: The dancer moved more faster than before.

Correct: The dancer moved faster than before.

Summary of rules for comparing with Adverbs

1                    1. For most adverbs

Add -er or -est to the adverb

hard              late              deep

harder          later             deeper

hardest          latest                  deepest

2 For most adverbs comprising of two or more syllables: Use more or most with the adverb Skilfully            firmly  rudely

more skilfully more firmly                     most rudely

most skilfully  most firmly      most rudely

Exercise 5

Write each of the following sentences using the correct form of the adverb.

  1. Does she cry ______________ (often) than the baby does?
  2. She crosses the river _____________ (slowly) than her son does.
  3. James jumps into the swimming pool _____________ (quickly).
  4. Charles swims _____________ (skilfully) than all of us.
  5. Of all the athletes, Tecla Lorupe is ____________ (fast).
  6. The antelope disappeared _____________ (swiftly) than the gazelle.
  7. Chicharito scored the goal _____________ (accurately) of all.
  8. Mange and Marto stayed in the hall ______________ (long) of all.
  9. Sarah walks _____________ (gracefully).
  10. Ng’ang’arito sang ____________ (sweetly) of all participants.

PREPOSITIONS

A preposition is a word that shows the relationship between other words in a sentence.

Examples:

The cat lay under the table.

The preposition under connects the verb lay with table. Under points out the relationship between lay and table.

Hence a preposition is a word that links another word or word group to the rest of the sentence. The noun or pronoun after the preposition is called the object of the preposition. The table is the object of the preposition under in the above sentence. The preposition under relates the verb lay to the noun table.

More examples:

She gave it to me.

(The preposition to relates the pronoun me with the action gave).

I liked the bike with the metal handles.

The preposition with relates the noun handles with the noun bike.

COMMON PREPOSITIONS

about           before            except          on                  toward

above           behind           for                 onto             under

aboard          below            from              out               underneath

across          beneath          in                   outside         until

after             beside            inside            over             up

against         between         into                past              upon

along           beyond          like                since            with

among          by                  near               through        within

around         down             of                   throughout   without

at                 during           off                 to

From the above list of prepositions, you will note that some of them tell where, others indicate time, others show special relationships like reference or separation.

Changing one preposition with another in a sentence changes the meaning of the sentence.

Example:

The cat lay under the table.

The cat lay on the table.

       Lying under the table means below the surface of the table but on means above the surface.

Exercise 1

Write the preposition in each of the following sentences and say what relationship it indicates.

  1. Sometimes they lie on the ground.
  2. They have grown maize for food.
  3. The children played with the dolls.
  4. A man found some treasure in the cave.
  5. They make clothes from cotton.

Exercise 2

Use the most appropriate preposition to complete the sentences below.

  1. Driving had been my dream ________________ years.

2._____________ 1990, I bought a second-hand car.

3.______________ that year, I learned how to drive.

  1. I rolled the car ________________ the road _____________ more than two kilometres.
  2. I was really thrilled ______________ the experience.

PREPOSITION PHRASES

A prepositional phrase consists of a preposition, its object and any wordsthat modify the object.

Examples:

The school children waited for the green light.

In this sentence, the preposition is for, its object is light, and the modifier, or adjective, is green. The entire preposition phrase modifies the verb waited.

Sometimes two or more nouns or pronouns are used as objects in a prepositional phrase.

Example:

He needs a worker with diligence and a good character.

The preposition with has two objects: diligence and character.

Exercise 3

Identify the prepositional phrase in each of the following sentences. Underline the preposition once and its objects twice.

  1. Donkeys help people in many ways.
  2. They bring happiness to the people around them.
  3. In large cities, they help to carry water.
  4. On farms, they carry heavy loads.
  5. How could you travel across a river?
  6. You might swim to the other side.
  7. You might cross at a shallow place.
  8. You can cross by boat.
  9. Bridges are a better solution to the problem.
  10. Most bridges are built over water.

Types of prepositional phrases

Prepositional phrases can either be:

(i) Adjective prepositional phrases – these prepositional phrases, just like adjectives, modify nouns and pronouns.

Example:

A scout leader wears a uniform with many badges.

In this sentence, with many badges is an adjective prepositional phrase modifying the noun uniform.

(ii) Adverb prepositional phrases – these ones, just like adverbs, modify verbs, adjectives or other adverbs.

 Examples:

Scouts rain for many hours.

(The adverb prepositional phrase for many hours modifies the verb train.)

They are active in all public functions.

(The adverb prepositional phrase in all public functions modifies the adjective active.)

The scout leader commands forcefully with a loud voice.

(The adverb prepositional phrase with a loud voice modifies the adverb forcefully.)

We have seen that the object of a preposition is the noun or pronoun that follows the preposition. When the object of the preposition is a pronoun, we use an object pronoun like me, you, him, her, it, us, and them. (And not a subject pronoun like I, he, she, we, and they).

Examples:

Correct: I gave a present to her.

Incorrect: I gave a present to she.

Correct: I gave a present to Jane and her.

Incorrect: I gave a present to Jane and she.

Exercise 4

Choose the pronoun in brackets that correctly completes each of the following sentences.

  1. The dog chased after Travis and (her, she).
  2. Cleaning the house was a tasking job for Evans and (I, me).
  3. We planned a family picture of our parents and (us, we).
  4. The victory belonged to (he, him).
  5. Michael and Bernard stood behind Mom and (she, her).
  6. The crowd around (we, us) started cheering.
  7. My little sister ran behind Sammy and (I, me).
  8. The toys belong to Karen and (him, he).
  9. Johnny sat between James and (me, I).
  10. I went to the cat race with Jim and (she, her).

Sometimes one prepositional phrase immediately follows another.

Examples:

The thief entered the house through the door on the right.

(through the door modifies the verb entered and tells where. on the left modifies the noun door and tells which one.)

A prepositional phrase can be at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end of a sentence.

Examples:

BEGINNING: At dusk we closed the shop.

MIDDLE: The chief of the area was helpful.

END: The path went through the village.

Preposition or Adverb?

Sometimes the same word can be used as either a preposition or an adverb. How can you tell the difference between the two?

Examples:

PREPOSITION:    He has a box inside the house.

ADVERB:             They ran inside.

You can tell the difference by remembering the following:

(i) A preposition never stands alone. It is always followed by its object, a noun or a pronoun.

Examples:

The helicopter flew past the airport. (Preposition)

The aircraft was parked inside the hangar. (Preposition)

(ii) An adverb is never followed by a noun or a pronoun, may be by an adverb.

Examples:

The helicopter flew past. (Adverb)

The aircraft was parked inside. (Adverb)

The helicopter flew past noisily. (Adverb)

Therefore, if a word begins a prepositional phrase, it is a preposition. If it stands alone or is followed by an adverb, it is an adverb.

Some words that can be used either as prepositions or adverbs.

above                                 down                          over

along                                  in                                out

around                                Inside                         outside

below                                 near                            under

by                                       off                              up

Exercise 5

Indicate after each of the following sentences if it has a preposition or an adverb.

  1. Jack stood outside the shop.
  2. He was curious and went inside.
  3. He saw strange things in every corner.
  4. An old coat and several sweaters lay over a chair.
  5. Blue and green umbrellas stood above the fire place.
  6. He looked up suddenly.
  7. He sat down heavily.
  8. Then he lifted the curtain and peeped outside.
  9. A jogger ran by
  10. Jack ran out.

NEGATIVES

       Negatives are words that mean “no” or “not”. These words are adverbs and not prepositions!

Examples:

She has no more work.

There are none left.

Other common negatives

not                  nowhere       nobody        aren’t          haven’t

never               nothing        no one          doesn’t      wouldn’t

The combination of a verb and not also form a contraction which is also a negative. The letters n’t stand for not.

Examples:

They won’t be able to attend the funeral.

He couldn’t make a speech.

Double negatives:

A sentence should have only one negative. Using double negatives in a sentence is usually incorrect. A double negative is the use of two negative words together when only one is needed.

Examples:

Incorrect                                               Correct

We don’t need no money.       We don’t need any money.

She hasn’t bought nothing.        She hasn’t bought anything.

Mark hasn’t no homework.        Mark hasn’t any homework. Or

Mark has no homework.

When you use contractions like don’t and hasn’t, do not use negative words after them. Instead, use words like any, anything, and ever.

Examples:

We don’t have any work.

He hasn’t any work.

I won’t ever respond to the summons.

Other negatives include hardly, barely, and scarcely. They are never used after contractions like haven’t and didn’t.

Examples:

Incorrect: We couldn’t hardly continue with the work.                        Correct:     We could hardly continue with the work.

Incorrect:  The child can’t barely walk.

Correct:      The child can barely walk.

Exercise 6

Write the following sentences choosing the correct negatives from the ones given in brackets.

  1. They (have, haven’t) nothing to eat.
  2. Isn’t (anyone, no one) at home?
  3. Didn’t you (ever, never) swim in that river?
  4. There isn’t (anybody, nobody) weeding the farm.
  5. Ann and Martin haven’t (anywhere, nowhere) to sleep.
  6. Our friends (had, hadn’t) none of the fun.
  7. Isn’t (anybody, nobody) watching Tahidi High?
  8. Hasn’t (anyone, no one) thought of washing the utensils?
  9. Tabby (hasn’t, has) had no luck.
  10. We haven’t (ever, never) tried.

CONJUNCTIONS

A conjunction is a word that connects words or groups of words. Like prepositions, conjunctions show a relationship between the words they connect. But, unlike prepositions, conjunctions do not have objects.

There are 3 main categories of conjunctions;

  • Coordinating conjunctions
  • Subordinating conjunctions
  • Correlative conjunctions

COORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS

       Coordinating conjunctions connect related words, groups of words, or sentences. There are three coordinating conjunctions: and, but and or. And is used to join words, groups of words, or sentences together. But shows contrast while or shows choice.

Examples:

The bull and the cart are inseparable. (Connects two subjects).

The cart carries the farmer and his tools. (Connects two direct objects).

The food was hard and tasteless. (Connects two predicate adjectives).

Each night, the dancers danced in a circle or in several other patterns. (Connects two prepositional phrases).

Some people died in the fracas, but most managed to escape, alive. (Connects two sentences).

Exercise 1

Complete each of the following sentences using the most appropriate coordinating conjunction

  1. Bats and insects fly, ____________ only birds have feathers.
  2. Eagles build nests on cliffs ______________ in tall trees.
  3. Parrots live in wild places _______________ in zoos.
  4. Swallows ______________ sparrows often build nests in buildings.
  5. Hummingbirds are tiny __________ very brave.
  6. Many birds fly south in winter, ______________ others do not.
  7. Their feathers keep them warm ____________ dry.
  8. A bird can fly forward _____________ backward.
  9. Many birds shed old feathers ______________ grow new ones.
  10. Their legs are weak ____________ their wings are strong.

SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS

       Subordinating conjunctions connect two or more clauses to form complex sentences. (Refer to Part Two of this handbook). Subordinating conjunctions introduce subordinate clauses. They include because, since, if, as, whether, and for.

Examples:

If I go home, my dog will follow me.

(The subordinating conjunction if connects the subordinate clause I go home with the main clause my dog will follow me.)

The stayed inside the church because it was raining.

He was always rude since he was a child.

The rain fell as they entered the building.

The pastor asked the congregation whether they were happy.

The man rejoiced for he had won a prize.

Exercise 2

Join the following pairs of sentences using the most appropriate subordinating conjunctions.

  1. They arrived late. It was raining heavily.
  2. John worked hard. He wanted to buy a house.
  3. I won’t carry the umbrella. You need it.
  4. I drove the car madly. I was late for the meeting.
  5. He will come. The meeting ends.

CORRELATIVE CONJUNCTIONS

       Correlative conjunctions are conjunctions that are used in pairs to connect sentence parts. These include either ….. or, neither ….. nor, not only……. but also, whether ……. or and both …… and.

Examples:

Both boys and girls attended the conference.

People brought not only food but also clothes for the victims of the floods.

The students ride either on bicycles or motorbikes.

The sailor had to decide whether to sail on or head back when the weather changed.

Neither John nor James was moved by the shocking news.

Exercise 3

Join the following pairs of sentences using the correlative conjunctions in brackets.

  1. The vehicles stopped for repairs. The vehicles stopped for fuel. (either…..or)
  2. The drivers knew they had to travel more than fifty kilometres. If they did not travel more than fifty kilometres, they would have to endure harsh storms. (either….or).
  3. Many people build their own homes. Many people grow their own food. (not only…but also)
  4. Men wanted to buy the pictures. Women also wanted to buy the pictures.(both…. and)
  5. Maize is an important part of a Kenyans’ diet. Meat is important too. (both… and)

INTERJECTIONS

       An interjection is either a single word or ashort group of words that is used to express a feeling or emotion. Interjections can express such feelings as urgency, surprise, relief, joy, or pain. An interjection that expresses strong emotion is often followed by an exclamation mark. An interjection that expresses mild emotion is usually followed by a comma.

Examples:

Let’s go! We can’t sleep before we find the missing boy. (urgency)

Phew! I was afraid we would never find him. (relief)

Oh, you have grown so big. (surprise)

Well, I have never been so happy. (joy)

Exercise 1

Identify the interjection in the following sentences and indicate what feeling or emotion it expresses.

  1. Say, have you heard about Nameless and Jua Kali, the famous Kenyan musicians?
  2. Wow! Seeing the calf being born was exciting.
  3. “All right!” I yelled to him. “This is not the right thing to do.”
  4. Boy! Some people felt wonderful being in the air balloon, but I felt nervous.
  5. Oh, did that boat rock back and forth for a while.

CHAPTER TWO

FORMATION AND ORIGIN OF WORDS

Some words in the English language have unique origins and formations.

  1. Sound words (onomatopoeias)

Some of the words imitate the sounds they represent. These words are called sound or onomatopoeic words. For example, the words bang and crash describe a loud, sudden noise. The word murmur describes a low, soft noise that keeps going.

Many English words imitate noises made by animals. For example, the word chirp imitates the short, high sound made by a small bird or a cricket.

Other examples of sound (onomatopoeic) words

beep                gobble                neigh                  squeal

blast                growl                  purr                    tick

buzz                hiss                     quack                  zip

clang               honk                   rip

clatter              hum                    roar

crack               meow                 smash

crunch             moo                    splash

Exercise 1

Write a sound word for each of the following descriptions.

  1. The sound of something breaking
  2. The loud, deep sound of a lion.
  3. The sound of a clock.
  4. The sound of an angry dog.
  5. The sound of a loud bell.
  6. The sound made by a duck.
  7. The sound of a bottle opening.
  8. The sound of a cat drinking milk.
  9. The sound of a bomb exploding.
  10. The sound of a snake.
  11. Words that come from names of people and places (Eponyms)

Some of the words in the English language come from the names of people and places.

 

 

Examples:

Word Meaning Named after
Sandwich Two or more slices of bread with meat between them. John Montagu, the fourth Earl of Sandwich, who liked eating meat between slices of bread.
Maverick A person who breaks from conventional actions Samuel Maverick, a Texas cattle owner who refused to brand the calves of one of his herds as per the requirements.
Saxophone A musical wind instrument Adolphe Sax, the Belgian inventor of the musical instrument.
Madras A cotton cloth with a design or pattern on plain background Madras, a city in India, where it was invented.
Rugby A game Rugby school, England, where rugby was invented.
Tarantula A large, hairy spider Taranto, a town in Italy where Tarantulas are found.
Shylock A greedy money-lender The relentless and vengeful money- lender in Shakespeare’s play, The Merchant of Venice.
Sousaphone A musical instrument John Phillip Sousa, an American composer who invented the Sousaphone.

There are many more words in the English language which originated from names of people or places.

Exercise 2

Find out from your dictionary the origins and meanings of the following English words.

  1. lima bean 6. guppy    11. guillotine
  2. cardigan 7. cheddar    12. macadam
  3. bloomer 8. quisling    13. pasteurisation
  4. canary birds 9. silhouette    14. watt
  5. Ferris wheel 10. Marxism    15. ohm
  6. Words formed from blending two or more words (portmanteau words)

Some words in the English language are a blend of two or more words or morphemes.

Examples:

Word Combination of Meaning
Smog Smoke + fog A combination of smoke and fog in the air.
Fantabulous Fantastic + fabulous Incredible, astonishing, unbelievable, wonderful
Brunch Breakfast + lunch A late breakfast taken some hours before lunch
Wikipedia Wiki + encyclopaedia A website
Comcast Communication + broadcast A television system that more than the usual number of lines per frame so its pictures show more detail.
Spork Spoon + fork An eating utensil that is a combination of a spoon and a fork.
Skort Skirt + shorts An item of clothing that is part skirt and short.
Simulcast Simultaneous + broadcast To broadcast a programme on television and radio at the same time
Cyborg Cybernetic + organism A fictional or hypothetical person whose physical abilities are superhuman
Motel Motor + hotel A roadside hotel

Exercise 3

Identify the words that are blended to form the following words. Find out their meanings from your dictionary.

  1. slithy 6. breathalyser
  2. chortle 7. cable gram
  3. galumph 8. camcorder
  4. bash 9. edutainment
  5. blog 10. email
  6. Words formed by use of prefixes and suffixes

Some words are formed by addition of prefixes and suffixes to other words.

Prefixes

       A prefix is a word part that is added to the beginning of a word to form another word or to change its meaning. The word to which the prefix is added is called the base word.

Examples:

Prefix                           Base word           New word

un                                 friendly                unfriendly

pre                                pay                       prepay

A prefix changes the meaning of the base word. For example, the prefix un-above means “not”. Hence, unfriendly means “not friendly”. Each prefix has its own meaning.

 

More examples of common English prefixes

Prefix Meaning Examples
mis-

re-

pre-

ante-

anti-

contra-

counter-

en-

extra-

inter-

intra-

non-

over-

post-

pre-

 

pro-

re-

semi-

trans-

un-

 

under-

wrong, incorrectly

again

before, in advance

before, preceding

opposing, against,  the opposite

against

opposition, opposite direction

put into or on

outside, beyond

between, among

inside, within

absence, negation

excessively, completely

after in time, or order

before in time, place order or importance

favouring, in support of

again

half, partly

across, beyond

not

 

beneath, below

misspell – to spell incorrectly

revisit – visit again

preschool – before school

antecedent, ante-room

anti-aircraft, antibiotic, aticlimax

contraceptive, contraband

counter-attack, counteract

engulf, enmesh

extraordinary, extracurricular

interact, interchange

intramural, intravenous

non-smoker, non-alcoholic

overconfident, overjoyed

postpone, post-mortem

precondition, preadolescent

 

Pro-African

repaint, reawaken

semicircle, semi-conscious

transnational, transatlantic

unacceptable, unreal, unhappy, unmarried

underarm, undercarriage

Exercise 4

Give the meaning of the following prefixes and write two examples each of words in which they are used. Use your dictionary.

  1. ultra- infra-
  2. syn- hypo-
  3. sub-                               hemi
  4. peri- ex-
  5. out- dia-

Suffixes

A suffix is a word part that is added to the end of a base word to form a new word or to change its meaning.

Example:

Enjoy + able = enjoyable

Each suffix has its own meaning. The suffix “able” means “capable of”. Hence enjoyable means “capable of being enjoyed.”

 

 

Common English suffixes

Suffix Meaning Examples
Noun Suffixes

-acy

-al

-ance, -ence

-dom

-er, -or

-ism

-ist

-ity, -ty

-ment

-ness

-ship

-sion, -tion

Verbs suffixes

-ate

-en

-ify, -fy

-ize, ise

Adjective suffixes

-able, -ible

-al

-esque

-ful

-ic, -ical

-ious, ous

-ish

– ive

-less

-y

 

state or quality

act or process of

quality of

place or state of being

one who

doctrine, belief

one who

quality of

condition of

state of being

position held

state of being

 

become

become

make or become

become

 

capable of being

pertaining to

reminiscent of

notable for

pertaining to

characterized by

having the quality of

having the nature of

without

characterized by

 

privacy, advocacy

refusal, dismissal

Maintenance, eminence

freedom, kingdom

trainer, protector

Communism, Marxism

chemist, pharmacist

veracity, curiosity

argument, armament

heaviness, fearlessness

fellowship, headship

concession, transition

 

eradicate, fumigate

enlighten, freshen

terrify, specify

civilize, apologize

 

edible, presentable

regional, sectional

picturesque

fanciful, colourful

musical, mythic

nutritious, portentous

fiendish, greenish

creative, abusive

endless, pointless

sleazy, cheeky

Exercise 5

Add an appropriate suffix to each of the following words and then give the meaning of the new word.

  1. hope 6. green
  2. read 7. wear
  3. child 8. fear
  4. grey 9. kind
  5. play 10. Wash

 

WORDS USAGE

Words in English language have various meanings depending on their usage in sentences.

  1. HOMOGRAPHS

       Homographs are words which are spelled the same but have different meanings. They usually appear as separate entries in a dictionary.

Examples:

The man dug a well in his compound.

They worked well together.

In the first sentence, the noun well means “a spring of water”. In the second sentence, the adverb well means “in a good manner”.

Examples of common homographs in the English Language

Homograph Meaning Examples
bear

 

(V)    to support or carry

(N)    an animal

I will bear the burden.

The bear killed the hunter.

sow

 

(V)    to plant seed

(N)    female pig

The farmer sowed the seeds.

The sow is very fat.

lead

 

 

(V)    to guide

 

(N)    a metal

The mother duck can lead her ducklings around.

Gold is heavier than lead.

close

 

 

 

wind

 

 

(Adv)near

 

(V)    lock

 

(V)   turning something around

(N)   moving air

 

The tiger was now so close that I could smell it.

“Will you please close that door?”

Wind your watch.

The wind howled through the woodlands.

date

 

 

 

 

(V)   to determine the age

(N)   to “go out”

(N)   a kind of fruit

(N)  a calendar time

 

Can you date this sculpture?

I have a date with Mary.

Dates are grown in South Africa.

What is the date today?

 

fast

 

 

(Adj) quick

(V)  to choose not to eat food

 

He is a fast runner.

The Christians fast just before Easter.

 

hide

 

 

(N)  animal skin

(V)  to conceal

 

He is tanning the hide.

They hide their money under their pillows.

net

 

 

 

(N)  woven trap made of rope or cord

(Adj) amount remaining after deductions.

They caught fish using a net.

 

His net pay is thirty thousand shillings per month.

pick (N)  a kind of tool

(V)  to choose

He used a pick to dig the hole.

Pick the dress that you want.

Some homographs are spelled the same but pronounced differently.

Example:

The wind is strong today.

This path winds through the hills.

Exercise 6

Write two meanings of the following homographs and use each of them in sentences of your own.

  1. pen   6. act
  2. tire 7. arms
  3. dove 8. block
  4. wound 9. box
  5. mean 10. bank
  6. HOMOPHONES

       Homophones are words that sound the same but have different spellings and meanings.

Example:

She will buy music composed by my favourite artist.

Homophones are often confused when writing by many students because of similarity in pronunciation.

Examples of common homophones in English

Homophones Meaning Examples
aisle

isle

(V)      the walkway

(N)      island

I quickly walked down the aisle.

He grew up on the isle of Elba.

 

allowed

aloud

(V)     permitted

(Adv) not silently

His mother allowed him to stay up late.

She read the story aloud.

ate

 

eight

(V)     past tense of “eat”

(N)     number

She ate a quick lunch.

 

I bought eight tickets.

ball

 

bawl

(N)    a round object used in games

(V)     to cry

 

He took the ball to the beach.

 

Please don’t bawl! It’s not that bad.

Bear

 

bare

(V)     to stand something

(Adj) naked

He can’t bear exams.

 

He stood outside in the rain completely bare.

base

 

bass

 

(N)   the bottom

support of something

(N)   the lowest pitches in music

We need a new base for that lamp.

 

I sang bass in the church choir.

More examples of homophones

lead, led

least, leased

loan, lone

male, mail

meet, meat

mind, mined

morning, mourning

naval, navel

new, knew

no, know

one, won

pear, pair

pie, pi

piece, peace

pier, peer

poor, pour

rain, reign

raw, roar

read, reed

road, rode

sale, sail

saw, sore

see, sea

sun, son

tail, tale

tea, tee

there, they’re

they’re, there

tide, tied

too, to

two, too

wail, whale

warn, worn

weal, wheel

wear, where

weather, whether

week, weak

weight, wait

while, wile

wood, would

write, right

yew, you

your, you’re

acetic, ascetic

axle, axial

formerly, formally

ion, iron

loch, lock

holy, wholly

heal, heel

ad, add

ail, ale

all, awl

alms, arms

altar, alter

arc, ark

aren’t, aunt

anger, augur

aural, oral

away, aweigh

awe, oar, or, ore

bale, bail

band, banned

bean, been

blew, blue

brake, break

cell, sell

cent, scent, sent

 

 

cereal, serial

check, cheque

chord, cord

cite, site, sight

coo, coup

cue, queue

dam, damn

dew, due

die, dye

doh, doe, dough

earn, urn

ewe, yew, you

faint, feint

fair, fare

feat, feet

few, phew

find, fined

fir, fur

flaw, floor

flea, flee

flew, flue

flour, flower

for, fore, four

foreword, forward

fort, fought

gait, gate

genes, jeans

gnaw, nor,

gorilla, guerrilla

grate, great

groan, grown

guessed, guest

hale, hail

hair, hare

Exercise 7

Give the homophones and the meanings of the following words.

  1. in 6. knight
  2. heard 7. knows
  3. horse 8. tick
  4. hey 9. rung
  5. need 10. sees
  6. SYNONYMS

       Synonyms are words that have almost the same meaning but differentspelling and pronunciation.

Examples:

Slender–thin               finish–end                        sick–ill

Some words have several synonyms. For example, happy has such synonyms words like light-hearted, pleased, and cheerful.

Synonyms help vary the writing, just like pronouns do. For example, the word happy and its synonyms help vary the writing.

Daniel felt happy –                       Daniel felt light-hearted.

She was happy with her grade – She was pleased with her grade.

They sang a happy song –           They sang a cheerful song.

Examples of common synonyms in English

about, approximately

accomplish, achieve

administer, manage

admit, confess

almost, nearly

annoy, irritate

answer, reply

arise, occur

arrive, reach

begin, start

belly, stomach

bizarre, weird

brave, courageous

chop, cut

clerk, receptionist

close, shut

contrary, opposite

correct, right

daybreak, dawn

demonstrate, protest

denims, jeans

desert, abandon

devil, Satan

disappear, vanish

eager, keen

emphasize, stress

enormous, huge, immense

enquire, investigate

evaluate, assess

fanatic, enthusiast

fool, idiot

sincere, honest

skull, cranium

soiled, dirty

suggest, propose

sunrise, dawn

temper, mood

trustworthy, reliable

 

formerly, previously

fragrance, perfume

function, operate

garbage, rubbish

gay, homosexual

grab, seize

gut, intestine

hard, tough

hashish, cannabis

hawk, peddle

hint, trace, tip

homicide, murder

hunger, starvation

hurry, rush

idler, loafer

if, whether

illustrate, demonstrate

imitate, mimic

immediate, instant

immobile, motionless

impartial, neutral

impasse, deadlock

impolite, rude

inconsiderate, thoughtless

infamous, notorious

informal, casual

inheritor, heir

instructions, directions

jealous, envious

joy, delight

lacking, missing

lethal, deadly

ultimate, final

uncommon, unusual

uncooked, raw

unforeseen, unexpected

unfortunate, unlucky

unmarried, single

untimely, premature

lousy, awful

madness, insanity

magnify, exaggerate

manmade, artificial

material, fabric

merciless, cruel

midway, halfway

mind, intellect

mirror, reflect

mistrust, distrust

modern, contemporary

movie, film

murderer, assassin

naked, bare

nameless, anonymous

nightfall, dusk

noon, midday

numerous, many

object, thing

outside, external

overlook, miss

peaceable, peaceful

poisonous, toxic

post-mortem, autopsy

praise, compliment

reasonable, fair

refrain, chorus

religious, devout

respond, reply

scarcity, shortage

signal, sign

silly, foolish

vain, useless

vary, differ

vast, huge

winery, vineyard

withstand, resist

zenith, peak

Exercise 8

Give the synonyms of the following words:

1.start                                                  6. collect

2.come                                                 7. assist

3.lengthy                                             8. build

4.shattered                                                    9. reply

5.Fix                                                  10. purchase

  1. ANTONYMS

       Antonyms are words that have opposite meanings. Antonyms also add variety to your writing.

Examples:

Cold-hot            heavier – lighter                     fearful – brave.

Some words have more than one antonym. Some of these antonyms can be formed by adding a prefix to a base word.

Examples:

Kind – cruel, unkind           like – hate, dislike

Examples of common antonyms in English

absent – present

absurd – sensible

abundant – scarce

accidental – intentional

accuse – defend

accurate – incorrect

admit – deny

advance – retreat

after – before

alien – native

alone – together

always – never

amuse – bore

anger – kindness

applaud – boo

asleep – awake

beautiful – ugly

beg – offer

below – above

bitter – sweet

buy – sell

careful – careless

cease – begin

civilian – military

closed – open

condemn – praise

crooked – straight

dangerous – safe

dead – alive

deep – shallow

destroy – create

drunk – sober

east – west

 

enemy – friend

evil – good

exhale – inhale

expensive – cheap

fail – succeed

fat – skinny

fertile – barren

floor – ceiling

former – latter

funny – serious

generous – stingy

genuine – fake

guilty – innocent

humble – arrogant

husband – wife

illegal – lawful

import – export

indoor – outdoor

inferior – superior

intelligent – stupid

joy – grief

kind – mean

king – commoner

lazy – industrious

lock – unlock

majority – minority

man – woman

merciful – cruel

moist – dry

nervous – calm

obey – disobey

original – copy

patient – impatient

permit – forbid

polite – rude

positive – negative

private – public

push – pull

question – answer

quick – slow

reckless – cautious

rival – friend

sane – insane

servant – master

sick – well

simple – complex

slavery – freedom

smart – dumb

solid – gas

spend – save

stranger – friend

strong – weak

sudden – gradual

suffix – prefix

tame – wild

temporary – permanent

thaw – freeze

tough – tender

unique – common

vacant – occupied

victory – defeat

villain – hero

war – peace

young – old

 

 

Exercise 9

Give the antonyms of the following words:

  1. easy 6. sweat
  2. whisper 7. stationary
  3. triumph 8. strengthen
  4. dull 9. precious
  5. dangerous 10. Naked
  6. IDIOMS AND SAYINGS

       An idiom is a phrase that has a special meaning as a whole. The meaning of an idiom is different from the meanings of its separate words.

Examples:

It was raining cats and dogs.

(The idiom raining cats and dogs does not mean that cats and dogs were falling out of the sky! It means “raining heavily”.)

I put my foot in my mouth today.

(The idiom put my foot in my mouth means “to say the wrong thing”. Sometimes the context in which an idiom is used can give a hint of its meaning.)

Example:

Jeff is talking through his hat when he says that he can spell every word in the English language.

(This idiom clearly means that Jeff cannot possibly spell every word in the English language. Hence, the idiom talking through his hat means talking nonsense.)

More examples of idioms in the English language

                Idiom                  Meaning
  1

 

It was a blessing in disguise. Something good that is not recognised at first.
  2

 

He is a doubting Thomas.

 

A sceptic who needs physical or personal evidence in order to believe something.
  3

 

 

That scandal was a drop in thebucket. A very small part of something big or whole.
  4

 

The punishment was a slap inthe wrist. A very mild punishment.

 

  5

 

The thief received a taste of hisown medicine. He was mistreated the same way he mistreats others.
  6

 

Don’t add fuel to the fire!

 

When something is done to make a bad situation even worse than it is.
  7

 

The principal is just all bark butno bite. When someone is threatening and/or aggressive but not willing to engage in a fight.
  8 The theory is all Greek to me. Meaningless and incomprehensible.
  9 We are all in the same boat. When everyone is facing the same challenges.
  10

 

The house cost him an arm anda leg. Very expensive. A large amount of money.

 

  11

 

The teacher has an axe to grind with the bursar. To have a dispute with someone.

 

   

12

 

 

Joyce is the apple of my eye.

 

 

Someone who is cherished above all others.

 

  13

 

 

The boy did the work at thedrop of a hat. Willing to do something immediately
  14

 

The politician is a back seatdriver. People who criticize from the sidelines

 

  15

 

 

They were back to square one in their search for the treasure. Having to start all over again.

 

  16 The government has to go backto the drawing board on the issue of the New Constitution. When an attempt fails and it’s time to start all over again.

 

  17 The exam was a piece of cake. A task that can be accomplished very easily.

 

18

 

The investigator realised he was barking the wrong tree. A mistake made in something you are trying to achieve.
20

 

Stop beating around the bush. Avoiding the main topic, not speaking directly about an issue.
21

 

I will bend over backwards to see you through school. Do whatever it takes to help.

Willing to do anything.

22 She was caught between a rock and a hard place. Stuck between two very bad options.

 

23

 

You are biting off more than you can chew. To take on a task that is way too big.

 

24 John decided to bite his tongue. To avoid talking.

 

25

 

Tom has a cast iron stomach.

 

Someone who has no problems, complications, or ill effects with eating or drinking anything.
26 That is a cock and bull story. An unbelievable tale.
27

 

I will have to win, come hell or high water. Any difficult situation or obstacle.

 

28 Don’t cry over spilt milk.

 

When you complain about a loss from the past.
29

 

He likes crying wolf.

 

Intentionally raise a false alarm.

 

30

 

Tim is a dark horse.

 

One who was previously unknown and now is prominent.
31

 

 

Kinyua is a devil’s advocate.

 

 

Someone who takes a position for the sake of argument without believing in that particular side of the argument.
32

 

My father drinks like a fish. To drink very heavily.
33

 

This problem is driving me up the wall. To irritate or annoy very much.
34

 

The students had a field day with the visiting guests. An enjoyable day or circumstance.

 

35

 

The food was finger licking good. Very tasty food or meal.
36

 

He changed from rags to riches. To go from being very poor to being very wealthy.
37

 

I need to get over it. Move beyond something that is bothering you.
38 She got up on the wrong side of the bed To someone who is having a horrible day.
39 Joan is a good Samaritan.

 

Someone who helps others when they are in need without expecting a reward.
40 I have a gut feeling she will die. A personal intuition you get, especially when you feel something may not be right.
41 The player lost his head when he missed the goal. Angry and overcome by emotions.
42 He was head over heels in love with her. Very excited and joyful, especially when in love.
43 He gave her a high five when he won the contest. Slapping palms above each other’s heads as a celebration gesture.
44 Let us hit the books! To study, especially for a test or exam.
45 I will hit the hay now. Go to bed or go to sleep.
46 The preacher hit the nail on the head. Do or say something exactly right.

 

47 She hit the sack after a hard day’s work. Go to bed or sleep.

 

48 Hold your horses, the speaker is coming. Be patient.

 

49 The certificate was an icing on the cake after the monetary reward. When you already have it good and get something on top of what you already have.
50 The girl became careless in the heat of the moment. Overwhelmed by what is happening at the moment.
51 The policeman kept an eye on him. Carefully watch somebody.
52 He kept his chin up during the burial. To remain joyful in a tough situation.
53 The old man kicked the bucket. Die

 

54 Lend me your ear. To politely ask for someone’s full attention.
55 You let the cat out of the bag. To share a secret that wasn’t supposed to be shared.
56 The by-election was not a level playing field. A fair competition where no side has an advantage.
57 He ran all over like a chicken with its head cut off. To act in a frenzied manner.

 

 

58 Mr. Gumo is a loose cannon.

 

Someone who is unpredictable and can cause damage if not kept in check.
59 I am not interested in his mumbo jumbo. Nonsense or meaningless speech.
60 She is the new kid on the block. Someone new to the group or area.

 

61 He started off on the wrong foot. Getting a bad start on a relationship or task.

 

62 The accused man is now off the hook. No longer have to deal with a tough situation.

 

63 I said that off the record!

 

Something said in confidence that the speaker doesn’t want attributed to him or her.
64 I was on pins and needles. Anxious or nervous especially in anticipation of something.
65 The prefects sit on the fence when there is a strike. Undecided.
66 The dog appeared out of the blue. Something that suddenly and unexpectedly occurs or appears.
67 You will get the job over my dead body. When you absolutely will not allow something to happen.
68 Mark is fond of passing the buck to his brother. Avoid responsibility by giving it to someone else.
69 Dennis is a peeping Tom.

 

 

Someone who observes people in the nude or sexually active people, mainly for his own gratification.
70 Pipe down! We have heard you! To shut up or be quiet.

 

71 You are pulling my leg. Tricking someone as a joke.
72 Rise and shine! It’s time to go to school. Time to get out of bed and get ready for work or school.
73 The businessman has run out of steam nowadays. To be completely out of energy.

 

74 The convict was saved by a bell. Saved at the last possible moment.

 

75 He was a scapegoat for the amorous politician. Someone else who takes the blame.

 

76 The naughty boy got away scot-free. To escape and not have to pay.

 

77 She was sick as a dog. To be very sick (with flu or a cold).
78 He has a sixth sense.

 

A paranormal sense that allows you to communicate.

Othercommon idiomatic expressions and sayings

  1. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. – Having something that is certain is much better than taking a risk for more, because chances are you might lose everything.
  2. A fool and his money are easily parted. – It’s easy for a foolish person to lose his/her money.
  3. A house divided against itself cannot stand. – Everyone involved must unify and function together or it will not work out.
  4. A leopard can’t change his spots. – You cannot change who you are.
  5. A penny saved is a penny earned. – By not spending money you are saving money (little by little).
  6. A picture paints a thousand words. – A visual presentation is far more descriptive than words.
  7. Actions speak louder than words. – It’s better to actually do something than just talk about it.
  8. Curiosity killed the cat. – Being inquisitive can lead you into a dangerous situation.
  9. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. – Don’t rely on it until you are sure of it.
  10. Don’t look a gift horse in the mouth. – When someone gives you a gift, don’t be ungrateful.
  11. Don’t put all your eggs in one basket. – Do not put all your resources in one possibility.
  12. Drastic times call for drastic measures. – When you are extremely desperate you need to take extremely desperate actions.
  13. Elvis has left the building. – The show has come to an end. It’s all over.
  14. Every cloud has a silver lining. – Be optimistic, even difficult times will lead to better days.
  15. Great minds think alike. – Intelligent people think like each other.
  16. Haste makes waste. – Doing things quickly may result in a poor ending.
  17. Idle hands are the devils’ tools. – You are more likely to get it trouble if you have nothing to do.
  18. If it’s not one thing, it’s another. – When one thing goes wrong, then another, and another ….
  19. It takes two to tango. – A conflict involves two people and both must cooperate to have it resolved.
  20. It’s a small world. – You cannot hide from your evil deeds in this world.
  21. Let bygones be bygones. – To forget about a disagreement or argument.
  22. Let sleeping dogs lie. – To avoid restarting a conflict.
  23. Never bite the hand that feeds you. – Don’t hurt anyone that helps you.
  24. Practice makes perfect. – By constantly practising, you will become better.
  25. Rome was not built in one day. – If you want something to be completed properly, then it’s going to take time.
  26. The bigger they are, the harder they fall. – The bigger and stronger opponent may be more difficult to beat, but when he does, he suffers a much bigger loss.
  27. Variety is the spice of life. – The more experiences you try the more exciting life can be.
  28. When it rains, it pours. – Since it rarely rains, when it does it will be a huge storm.
  29. You are what you eat. – In order to stay healthy, you must eat healthy foods.
  30. You can’t judge a book by its cover. – Decisions shouldn’t be made primarily on appearance.

Exercise 10

Give the meaning of the italicized idioms in the following sentences.

  1. I was completely at sea when the Prime Minister visited my house.
  2. Jane has her hands full. She can’t take on more work.
  3. Do you have a bone to pick with me?
  4. I can’t make heads or tails of this story.
  5. The test was as easy as pie.
  6. I am sick and tired of doing nothing at work.
  7. I am broke! I have to borrow some money.
  8. She dropped me a line yesterday.
  9. He filled in for her when she fell sick.
  10. My business is in the red.

 

CHAPTER THREE

PHRASES

A phrase is a group of words without a subject or a predicate or both and does not express a complete thought. Therefore, a phrase can never stand on its own as a complete sentence. Using different kinds of phrases enables a writer or a speaker to create informative and descriptive sentences that vary in structure. Phrases combine words into a larger unit that can function as a sentence element.

The most common kinds of phrases in English are: Noun phrases, verb phrases, prepositionalphrases, gerund phrases and participial phrases.

  1. NOUN PHRASES

A noun phrase consists of a noun and all its modifiers. It can function as a subject, object, or complement in the sentence. The modifiers may include articles, prepositions and adjectives.

Examples:

(a) Noun phrases as subjects

The lazy old man sleeps all day long.

Some school boards reward teachers who produce good results.

(b) Noun phrases as objects

Teachers rejected the proposed performance contracts.

Critics opposed the controversial marriage bill.

(c) Noun phrases as complements

Teaching is a valuable profession.

Sheila is a hardworking no-nonsense lady.

 

Exercise 1

Identify the noun phrases in each of the following sentences and indicate whether it functions as a subject, object or complement.

  1. I saw a TV show yesterday.
  2. Playful animals really fascinate me.
  3. Yesterday, I had a thrilling adventure.
  4. Swimming is an exciting activity.
  5. Twenty university students were expelled last month.
  6. She is a certified public health officer.
  7. Many of the soldiers were killed in the battle.
  8. The old woman carried a heavy load of firewood on her back.
  9. Peter seems a very complicated man to understand
  10. A devastating earthquake hit China yesterday.

 

 

  1. VERB PHRASES

A verb phrase consists of a main verb and its helping verbs. It can function as the predicate of a sentence. The predicate tells what the subject does or is. (It tells something about the subject).

Examples:

John was born in Malindi.

This problem may have contributed to the collapse of the economy.

Without highly-trained workers, many Kenyan companies would be forced to close down.

Sometimes the parts of a verb phrase are separated from each other by words that are not verbs.

Examples:

He is finally buying a new house.

Salesmen must occasionally travel long distances.

Some words are joined with other words to make contractions.

Examples:

He hasn’t turned up for the meeting. (has + not)

We couldn’t tell what had killed the cow. (could + not)

I’ve ordered them to leave the house. (I + have).

NB: The word not and the contraction n’t are adverbs. They are never part of a verb or verb phrase.

Exercise 2

Write the verb phrase in each of the following sentences.

  1. We should have taken pictures of the wild animals.
  2. You must have seen the posters of the event.
  3. They should have been told to come with flowers to plant in the school compound.
  4. Mr. Muchira would have told some interesting stories.
  5. Scientists must’ve visited the Menengai Crater.
  6. He must have seen some wonderful places.
  7. Many advocates do fear the new Chief Justice.
  8. The scouts have often made camp here.
  9. The bull fighters would sometimes stampede noisily.
  10. I could have read the book if he had allowed me.
  11. PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES

A prepositional phrase is made up of a preposition, the object of thepreposition, and all the words between them. It often functions as an adjective or adverb, but it can function as a noun as well.

Examples:

We carried the fruits in our school bags. (Adverb telling where)

The plane flew through the cloud. (Adverb telling where)

Almost half of Africa’s population suffers from water – related diseases. (Adverb modifying suffers).

The water supply in the United States is expected to decline dramatically. (Adjective modifying water supply).

The best time to practise water conservation is before a water shortage. (Noun functioning as a complement).

In sentence 1 above, the preposition is in, the object of the preposition is bags, and the modifiers or adjectives are our and school.

Sometimes two or more nouns or pronouns are used as objects in a prepositional phrase.

Example:

He needs a wife with diligence and a good character.

Diligence and character are objects of the preposition with.

When prepositional phrases function as adjectives and adverbs in sentences, they are called adjectival and adverbial phrases respectively.

(a) An adjectival prepositional phrase modifies nouns or pronouns.

Examples:

The woman wears shoes with sharp heels. (An adjectival phrase modifying the noun shoes)

The man with a funny-looking dog crossed the road. (An adjectival phrase modifying the noun man)

(b) An adverbial prepositional phrase modifies verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.

Examples:

Soldiers train for many months. (An adverbial phrase modifying the verb train)

People are lazy in the afternoons. (An adverbial phrase modifying the adjective lazy.)

She arrived late in the night. (An adverbial phrase modifying the adverb late).

Sometimes one prepositional phrase immediately follows another.

Example:

The man led him through the dooron the left.

Note that the prepositional phrase through the door is an adverbial phrase modifying the verb led and tells where? The second prepositional phrase on the left is an adjectival phrase modifying the noun door and tells which one?

A prepositional phrase can be at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end of a sentence.

Examples:

At dusk, we began to walk home.

The map of the area was very helpful.

The path went by a forest and a large lake.

 

Exercise 3

Underline the prepositional phrases in the following sentences and indicate what type each of them is.

  1. The oldest building is found in Mombasa.
  2. Five companies around the country have bought new fire engines.
  3. The barking of the dog scared the strangers.
  4. Bulls are bred for hard work.
  5. Most bridges are built over water.
  6. Travellers were spared many miles of travel.
  7. I went by bus to the market.
  8. At the market, I saw beautiful and unusual people.
  9. I also saw a display of colourful clothes.
  10. She took him through the lesson with professional expertise.
  11. GERUND PHRASES

A gerund is a verb form used as a noun. It is formed by adding –ing to the present tense of a verb. Gerunds can be used as subjects, direct objects, objects of prepositions, and complements.

Examples:

Subject: Fishing is a popular activity in Nyanza Province.

(Fishing is a gerund, the subject of the verb is)

Direct object: The sport involves riding. (riding is a gerund, the direct object of the verb involves)

Object of preposition: The sport is similar to fencing. (fencing is a gerund, the object of the preposition to).

A gerund phrase includes a gerund, its modifiers, objects or complements. It always functions as a noun.

Examples:

Becoming a Tusker Project fame finalist was Msechu’s lifetime dream. (The gerund phrase is the subject of the sentence.)

Msechu dreamt all his life about winning the top award. (The gerund phrase is an object of the preposition about).

One of Msechu’s biggest disappointments was losing to Alpha. (The gerund phrase is a complement).

The game involves jumping over hurdles. (The gerund phrase is an object of the verb involves).

Exercise 4

Underline the gerund or gerund phrases in the following sentences and label each one subject, direct, object, object of preposition, or complement accordingly

  1. In early days, golfing was a game for the rich.
  2. The rich were mostly interested in protecting their status.
  3. Playing golf with a commoner would mean lowered status.
  4. Much of the rich people’s time was spent playing the game.
  5. Training thoroughly improved a golfer’s accuracy in the game.
  6. There he learned about playing the game.
  7. Later, he started contesting with other junior golfers.
  8. At fifteen or sixteen, he began playing with the professionals.
  9. Participating in international tournaments was the golfer’s dream.
  10. But the greatest dream was winning an in international title.
  11. PARTICIPIAL PHRASES

A participle is a verb form that always acts as an adjective. There are two types of participles:

(a) The past participle – it is usually formed by adding –d, or -ed to the present tense.

Examples:

Fooled, the shopkeeper bought fake products. (Fooled is a past participle modifying the noun shopkeeper)

Shaken, he dashed to the police station.

(Shaken is a past participle modifying the pronoun he)

The participles of irregular verbs, however, do not follow the above rule: run-run, throw-thrown.

(b) The present participle – it is usually formed by adding -ing to the present tense of any verb.

Examples:

Smiling, the conman stepped out of the shop. (Smiling is a present participle modifying the noun conman).

Using participles is a simple way of adding information to sentences and to vary sentences beginnings.

A participial phrase consists of a present or past participle and its modifiers, objects, or complements. It always functions as an adjective.

Examples:

Rounding the corner, the conman met two policemen.

(Rounding the corner is a present participial phrase modifying the noun conman).

Surprised by the appearance of the conman, the policemen started blowing their whistles.

(Surprised by the appearance of the conman is a past participial phrase modifying the noun policemen).

A participle or participial phrase is notalways at the beginning of a sentence. Sometimes it may appear in the middle but it should be near the noun or pronoun it modifies.

Examples:

The skilled policemen, seeing a chance of a lifetime, arrested the conman.

The conman, losing control, fought the policemen fiercely.

Points to note

Both the gerund and the present participle are created by a adding –ing to the present tense of a verb. BUT how can you tell whether a word is a gerund or a participle? It all depends on how the word is used in a sentence.

(i) A participle is used as a modifier in a sentence.

Example:

Gaining courage, the conman attempted to escape. (Gaining courage is a participial phrase modifying conman).

(ii) A gerund is used as a noun in a sentence.

Example:

Gaining courage made the conman look aggressive. (Gaining courage is a gerund phrase, the subject of the verb made).

Exercise 5

Underline the participial phrases in the following sentences, indicating whether it is a past or present participial phrase and the noun or pronoun it modifies.

  1. Defying all odds, Kisoi Munyao attempted to climb to the highest peak of Mt. Kenya for seven times.
  2. Failing each time, he refused to give up.
  3. Seeing his passion to scale the peak, the government offered him financial assistance.
  4. The climber ascended slowly, making steady progress.
  5. Pleased with his progress, he camped at eleven thousand feet.
  6. The climber, determined to hoist the Kenyan flag, progressed on the following morning.
  7. Slipping on the snow, Munyao fell on a dry tree trunk.
  8. A rope worn from too many climbs then broke.
  9. One of his hot water bottles, slipping to the bottom of the cliff, broke into pieces.
  10. Munyao, overcome with joy, finally hoisted the flag at Point Batian.
  11. INFINITIVE PHRASES

An infinitive is a verb form that usually appears with the word to before it. To is called the sign of the infinitive.

Examples:

to lift                   to eat        to launch                  to register

       To is a preposition if it is followed by a noun or noun phrase, but it is a sign ofthe infinitive if it is followed by a verb or verb phrase.

Examples:

Joseph longed for a flight to the moon. (Prepositional phrase)

Not until 1985 was he able to succeed. (Infinitive)

An infinitive phrase consists of an infinitive and its modifiers, objects or complements. It can function as a noun, adjective, or adverb.

 

Examples:

To write clearly and concisely can be difficult sometimes. (Infinitive phrase functioning as anoun and the subject of the sentence).

Proofreading your writing is a good way to ensure the absence of typing mistakes. (Infinitive phrase functioning as an adjective modifying the noun way).

To greatly increase the amount of stress in your life, leave your writing task until the night before it is due. (Infinitive phrase functioning as an adverb modifying the verb leave).

Exercise 6

Underline the infinitive phrases in each of the following sentences and state whether it is functioning as a noun, adjective or adverb.

  1. To climb Mt. Kenya was the dream of Kisoi Munyao.
  2. The freedom hero decided to climb the mountain on the eve of the country’s independence.
  3. He was one of the first Kenyans to try this risky climb.
  4. His determination helped him to make rapid progress to reach Point Batian.
  5. Munyao was able to reach the peak with very limited climbing gear.
  6. To reach Point Batian was Munyao’s ultimate goal.
  7. At first few other climbers bothered to listen to Munyao.
  8. He was even forced to finance much of his expedition himself.
  9. Munyao worked hard to achieve his dream of hoisting the Kenyan flag.
  10. His success made it easier for other climbers to scale the tallest mountain in Kenya.
  11. PHRASAL VERBS

A phrasal verb is a verb that consists of two or three words. The first word is always an action word followed by one or two particles. The particle is either an adverb, a preposition or both.

Examples:

Verb         adverb

Get            across

Turn         down

Put            up

Verb         preposition

Give                  in

Put            on

Take                  off

Verb                 Adverb     Preposition

Put                      up            with

Look                 forward     to

Look                  down                on

The meaning of phrasal verbs is usually different from the meaning of the individual words that form them. One cannot, therefore, guess the meaning of a phrasal verb from the usual meanings of the verb and the particles. The best thing is to master the meanings of as many phrasal verbs as possible.

MEANINGS OF PHRASAL VERBS

Abide by –obey rules

Accustom to-familiarize

Book in-reserve

Beef up-add force

Bail somebody out-help somebody out of difficulties

Act on-take action on information received

Break down-failure of engine, collapse

Break out-start suddenly

Bring up-raise a child

Call for-demand, require

Call off-cancel

Call on/upon-urge

Carry out– do, execute

Carry away-draw attention

Carry on– continue

Check on –verify

Come about– happen

Come across-meet

Deal with– tackle

Die down-lessen

Die out-become extinct

Do without-manage with out

Drop off-doze

Drop out-withdraw

End in-result into

End up-finally  come to

Enter in to-venture, begin

Fade away-die slowly

Fall apart-break

Fall for-get attracted to

Fall in– collapse

Fear for-be concerned about

Break into-enter by force start singing, dancing, laughing or crying suddenly

Feel for –  sympathise

Figure out-come to understand by thinking

Fill in-compete (especially a form)

Fit in– mix smoothly

Flow in-arrive steadily

Get away with-escape punishment

Give in-surrender

Give out-distribute

Give up-despair

Go after-chase

Go ahead-continue

Go over-check, revise

Go through-suffer, struggle, succeed

Grow into-become something

Gun down– shoot dead

Hand in– submit

Hand over-transfer duties

Hang up-end a telephone conversation

Have back– get back

Hear from-receive communication from

Hold back-prevent from progressing

Hold on-wait

Identify with– associate with

Jump at –seize a chance

Jump on-challenge, criticize

Keep off – avoid, keep away from

Keep up-maintain

Kick off-begin a football match/beginning of a football match

Let down-disappoint

Light up-brighten

Live up to-do in accordance with

Look forward to-long for

Look out for-try to find

Look up to-admire, respect

Make away with-steal and escape

Make out-understand, figure out, write out

Make up for-compensate

Nail down-subdue

Note down-record

Open up-talk freely

Open with– start with

Order around-keep on telling somebody to do things

Own up-confess

Part with-give away

Point-direct attention to

Put off-postpone, switch off, discourage a person

Put out-extinguish

Put up with-tolerate

Rough up-handle roughly

Run-into-meet unexpectedly

Run out-use up, run short of

Set off-start a journey

Set up-establish

Settle down-adapt in a new place

Shout down-disapprove a speaker

Sleep out-sleep outdoor

Take after-resemble

Turn down-reject

Turn off-switch off, divert, leave one road for another

Turn out– arrive, attend

Turn to-ask for help or advice

Urge on-encourage, incite

Use up- exhaust

Verge on-be very close to something

Wake up to– realize

While away-pass time in a relaxed mind

Wind up-finish (a speech)

Wipe out-destroy completely

Attend to-deal with something

Align with-to give ones support publicly to a certain plan

Allude back-to mention someone or something indirectly

Answer back-to reply rudely to someone who has more authority than you

Appeal for-to make a request for something

Abstain from-to avoid to do something enjoyable deliberately

Absolve from/absolve of-remove; exonerate from blame

Be absorbed in-be so interested or involved in something that you don’t notice anything else

Acquaint with-to know or learn about something

Adhere to– to obey a rule, a law or an agreement

Awaken to (awake to)-to begin to notice something

Bombard with-ask so many questions or give too much information

Borrow from-use an idea that was initially used by someone else

Break up-end a relationship/end an event/stop a fight

Brighten up-make something more interesting or attractive

Brim with-be full of something

Capitalize on-use an opportunity or situation to help you achieve something

Get carried away-become so excited with something that we lose control of our feelings

Cave in-collapse; fall down or in wards

Chip in-add something in a conversation

Churn out-quickly to produce large quantities of things

Close down-stop doing business completely

Comb through-search thoroughly

Conform to-obey

Cross off-draw a line through something on a list to show that you have a list with it

Feed for-to look after

Let down-disappoint

Listen in-secretly listen to a conversation, eavesdrop

Fish out-to pull something out of a container

Be faced with-have challenges

Flood in-arrive quickly and in big numbers

Itch for-want very much to do something immediately

Listen in-secretly listen to a conversation eavesdrop

Refrain from-not to do something

Round up-find and arrest

Scale down-reduce the number or amount of something

Stumble across/ stumble on/ stumble upon-find something or meet someone accidentally

Talk over-discuss an issue

Touch down-of aircraft land

CHAPTER FOUR

SENTENCES

What is a sentence?

A sentence is a group of words that expresses a complete thought. A complete thought is clear. A sentence always begins with a capital letter. It ends with a full stop (.), a question mark (?) or an exclamation mark (!).

Examples:

Ted sent me a letter.

Jane slept soundly.

Sentence fragments

A sentence fragment does not express a complete thought. The reader or listener cannot be sure what is missing in or the meaning of a sentence fragment.

He or she will be left wondering: What is this about? What happened?

Examples:

Fragment: The huge boat. (What happened?)

Sentence: The huge boat sails down the river.

You can correct a sentence fragment by supplying the missing information.

Subjects and predicates

The two fundamental parts of every English sentence are the subject and thepredicate.

A subject can be described as the component that performs the action described by the predicate. It tells who or what does or did the action. It may also name the topic.

The predicate tells about the subject. It tells what the subject does or is.

Examples:

Subject                                            Predicate

(Who or what)                (What is said about the subject)

The antelope                       jumped over the high fence.

Pigs                                   eat anything is sight when hungry.

In a sentence, a few key words are more important than the rest. These key words make the basic framework of the sentence. The verb and its subject are the key words that form the basic framework of every sentence. The rest of the sentence is built around them.

Examples:

Sentence                                                 Key words

The young kids jumped playfully.          kids, jumped

Their faces shone brightly.                      faces, shone

To find out the subject, ask who or what before the verb.

Examples:

Who jumped playfully? – kids

What shone brightly? – faces

To find out the verb, ask what after the subject.

Examples:

The young kids did what? – jumped

Their faces did what? – shone

The key word in the subject of a sentence is called the simple subject. For example, kids, faces. The complete subject is the simple subject plus any words that modify or describe it. For example, The young kids, Their faces.

The key word in the predicate is called the simple predicate. For example, jumped, shone. The complete predicate is the verb plus any words that modify or complete the verb’s meaning. For example, jumped playfully, shone brightly.

The simple subjects and predicates may sometimes be more than one word. For simple subjects, it may be the name of a person or a place.

Examples:

Barack Obama won the US presidential race.

South Africa is the home of many bats.

The simple predicate may also be more than one word. There may be a main verb and a helping verb.

Tanya has acted in many TV shows.

She will be performing again tonight.

Objects

An object in a sentence is a word or words that complete the meaning of a sentence. It is involved in the action but does not carry it out. The object is the person or thing affected by the action described in the verb. It is always a noun or a pronoun and it always comes after the verb.

Example:

The man climbed a tree.

Some verbs complete the meaning of sentences without the help of other words. The action that they describe is complete.

Examples:

It rained.

The temperature rose.

Some other verbs do not express a complete meaning by themselves. They need to combine with other words to complete the meaning of a sentence.

Examples:

Christine saw the snake.

Rose wears goggles.

He opened the door.

In the above examples, the snake, goggles and the door are the objects as they are the things being affected by the verbs in the sentences.

(Refer to the topic on Transitive and Intransitive Verbs under the main topic VERBS in Chapter One).

Exercise 1                             

Which groups of words are sentences and which ones are sentence fragments?

  1. A huge storm was coming.
  2. Behind the wattle tree.
  3. After the earthquake.
  4. The wind broke several houses.
  5. Surprised by a loud noise.
  6. Winds of high speed.
  7. Rescue workers arrived.
  8. From different parts of the world.
  9. Many people were injured.
  10. In the weeks after the earthquake.

Direct and indirect objects

Objects come in two types, direct and indirect:

Direct objects

The direct object is the word that receives the action of a verb.

Examples:

Christine saw a snake. ( a snake receives the action of saw)

Rose wears goggles. (goggles receives the action of wears)

Sometimes the direct object tells the resultof an action.

Examples:

Tecla won the race.

She received a trophy.

To find the direct object first find the verb. Then ask whom or what after the verb.

Examples:

Christine saw a snake.            Rose wears goggles

Verb: saw                               verb: wears

Saw what? a snake                 wears what? goggles

Tecla won the race                 She received a trophy

Verb: won                              verb: received

Won what? the race               received what? a trophy

Remember, we said earlier that a verb that has a direct object is called a transitive verb and a verb that does not have an object is called an intransitive verb. We also said that a verb may be intransitive in one sentence and transitive in another. Other verbs are strictly intransitive, e.g. disagree.

Indirect objects

The indirect object refers to a person or thing who receives the direct object. They tell us for whom or to whom something is done. Others tell to what or for what something is done.

Examples:

I gave him the book.

He is the indirect object as he is the beneficiary of the book.

Direct object or adverb?

Direct objects are sometimes confused with adverbs. The direct object tells what or whom as we have seen earlier. Adverbs on the other hand tell how, where, when or to what extent. They modify the verbs.

Examples:

Brian Swam slowly. (slowly is an adverb telling how)

Brian Swam a tough race. (race is a direct object telling what).

Verbs can also be followed by a phrase that tells how, when, or where. This kind of a phrase is never a direct object but an adverbial phrase.

Example:

Brian swam across the pool. (across the pool tells where Brian Swam).

Therefore, to decide whether a word or a phrase is a direct object or adverb, decide first what it tells about the verb. If it tells how, where, when or to what extent, it is an adverb. If it tells what or whom, it is a direct object.

 

Exercise 2

Identify the objects or the adverbs/adverbial phrases in the following sentences. If the sentence has two objects, indicate the direct object and the indirect object.

  1. Nanu sings pop music.
  2. Nanu sings sweetly.
  3. He spoke very quietly.
  4. I have read that book three times.
  5. She has gone to the bank.
  6. David gave her a present.
  7. David disagreed bitterly.
  8. The player sat on his heels.
  9. She made a list of the items to buy.
  10. They offered him help.

Complements

Some sentences do not take objects or adverbs (or adverbial phrases) after the verbs. Instead, they take complements. A complement is the part of the sentence that

gives more information about the subject (subject complement) or about the object (object complement) of the sentence.

Subject complements

       Subject complements normally follow certain verbs like be, seem, look, etc.

Examples:

He is British. (British gives more information about he)

She became a nurse. (a nurse gives more information about she)

Object complements

       Object complements follow the direct objects of the verb and give more information about those direct objects.

Examples:

They painted the house red. (red is a complement giving more information about the direct object house)

She called him an idiot. (an idiot is a complement giving more information about the direct object he).

The complement often consists of an adjective (e.g. red) or a noun phrase (e.g. an idiot) but can also be a participle phrase.

Example:

I saw her standing there. (standing there is a complement telling more about her).

Exercise 3

Pick out the complements in the following sentences and indicate whether subject, object or participial complements.

  1. The tourist is a German citizen.
  2. She seems a very arrogant lady.
  3. You look tired.
  4. They painted the car green.
  5. James nicknamed Lucy the queen.
  6. I saw him stealing the mango.
  7. They beat the thief senseless.
  8. The priest looks a kind person.
  9. We left her crying.
  10. Job left her trembling.

TYPES OF SENTENCES

Sentences can be categorised in terms of structure or in terms of purpose.

  • IN TERMS OF STRUCTURE

Sentences can be categorised into 3 main types:

  • Simple sentences

(ii) Compound sentences

(iii) Complex sentences.

  • SIMPLE SENTENCES

A simple sentence contains a single subject and predicate. It describes only one thing, idea or question, and has only one verb. It contains only an independent (main) clause. Any independent clause can stand alone as a sentence. It has a subject and a verb and expresses a complete thought.

Examples:

Bill reads.

Jack plays football.

Even the addition of adverbs, adjectives and prepositional phrases to a simple sentence does not change its structure.

Example:

The white dog with the black collaralways barks loudly.

Even if you join several nouns with a conjunction, or several verbs with a conjunction, it remains a simple sentence.

Example:

The dog barked and growled loudly.

  • COMPOUND SENTENCES

A compound sentence consists of two or moresimple sentences joined together using a co-ordinating conjunction such as and, or or but.

Example:

The sun was setting in the west and the moon was just rising.

Each clause can stand alone as a sentence.

Example:

The sun was setting in the west. The moon was just rising.

Every clause is like a sentence with a subject and a verb. A coordinatingconjunction goes in the middle of the sentence; it is the word that joins the two clauses together.

Other examples:

I walked to the shops, but my wife drove there.

I might watch the film, or I might visit my aunt.

My friend enjoyed the film, but she didn’t like the actor.

Note

Two simple sentences should be combined to form one compound sentence only if the ideasthey express are closely related. If the ideas are not closely related, the resulting sentence may not make sense.

Examples:

Incorrect: The car is old, and Dan likes sociology.

Correct: The car is old, but it functions superbly.

Punctuating compound sentences

When writing some compound sentences, a comma is used before the conjunction. The comma tells the reader where to pause. Without a comma, some compound sentences can be quite confusing.

Examples:

Confusing: Jane studied the specimen and her sister took notes.

(The sentence might cause the reader to think that Jane studied both the specimen and her sister).

Better: Jane studied the specimen, and her sister took notes.

(The comma makes the sentence to be clear).

Sometimes the parts of a compound sentence can be joined with a semicolon (;) rather than a comma and a conjunction.

Example:

Jane studied the specimen; her sister took notes.

Never join simple sentences with a comma alone. A comma is not powerful enough to hold the sentences together. Instead use a semicolon.

Example:

Incorrect: My father enjoyed the meal, he didn’t like the soup.

Correct: My father enjoyed the meal; he didn’t like the soup.

Correct: My father enjoyed the meal, but he didn’t like the soup.

  • COMPLEX SENTENCES

A complex sentence contains one independent (main) clause and one ormore subordinate (dependent) clauses. They describe more than one thing or idea and have more than one verb in them. They are made up of more than one clause, an independent clause (that can stand by itself) and a dependent clause (which cannot stand by itself).

Example:

The picture looks flat because it is colourless.

(The picture looks flat is the independent (main) clause whereas because it is colourless is the subordinate (dependent) clause)

What is a clause?

A clause is a group of words that contains a verb and its subject. There are two types of clauses – main clauses and subordinate clauses.

MAIN CLAUSES

A main clause is a clause that can stand as sentence by itself. A compound sentence contains two or more main clauses, because it is made up of two or more simple sentences. Each of these simple sentences is a main clause.

Example:

Robots operate machines, and they solve many labour problems.

Robots operate machines and they solve many labour problems are both main clauses. They are also simple sentences. Main clauses are sometimes called independent clauses.

SUBORDINATE CLAUSES

       Subordinate clauses are clauses that do not express a complete thought. So they cannot stand by themselves.

Examples:

If technology will improve        When robots can do the work

While electronics will work       After the system is complete

None of the above clauses express a complete thought. They are sentencefragments that leave the reader wondering then what?

Subordinate clauses are introduced by subordinating conjunctions such as if, when, while, and after.

Other examples of subordinating conjunctions:

Although                    because                  so that           until

as                                 before                   than               whatever

as if                              in order that          though           wherever

as long as                   provided                 till                 whenever

as though                   since                       unless            where

Now we can understand a complex sentence better. We have said that it contains one main clause and one or more subordinate clauses.

Main clause                                   subordinate clause

The bell started ringing                  before we were out of bed.

The battery needs recharging         so that it can work tonight.

The subordinate clause can sometimes appear before the main clauses.

Examples:

When the power failed, the computer stopped.

Before you know it, your flat screen television will be stolen.

The subordinate clause can also sometimes appear in between the sentence.

 

 

Example:

The medicine man, who knew many tricks, cheated the man that he had been bewitched.

TYPES OF SUBORDINATE CLAUSES

Subordinate clauses may be used in sentences as adjectives, adverbs and nouns in complex sentences. Such clauses are called adjectival, adverbial and noun clauses respectively. They add variety to one’s writing. They can also make one’s writing more interesting by adding details.

Examples:

Without subordinate clause: The bushman told us about the hidden cave.

With subordinate clause: The bushman, who knew the forest well, told us about the hidden cave.

  • Adjectival clauses

An adjectival clause acts as an adjective in a sentence, that is, it modifies a noun or a pronoun.

Examples:

The bushman, who knew the forest well, told us about the hidden cave.

(who knew the forest well is an adjectival clause that modifies the noun bushman).

The bushman told us a legend that involved the cave.

(that involved the cave is an adjectival clause that modifies the noun legend).

An adjective clause usually comes immediately after the noun it modifies.

More examples:

People still search for the treasure that the pirate hid.

As can be seen from the above examples, adjectival clauses, like adjectives, modify nouns or pronouns answering questions like which? or what kind of?

Adjective                       Adjective clause

The red coat             the coat which I bought yesterday

Like the adjective red, the adjectival clause which I bought yesterday modifies the noun coat. Note than an adjectival clause usually comes after what it modifies while an adjective comes before.

Relative pronouns

Besides use of subordinating conjunctions, adjectival clauses can be introduced by relative pronouns. Relative pronouns are the words who, whom, whose, that and which. These words relate the subordinate clauses to the word it modifies in the main clause.

Examples:

The books that people read were mainly religious.

Some fire-fighters never meet the people whom they save.

The meat which they ate was rotten.

In the last sentence, the relative clause (called so because it is introduced by the relative pronoun which) which they ate modifies the noun meat and answers the question which meat?

More examples:

They are searching for the one who borrowed the book.

The relative clause who borrowed the book modifies the pronoun one and answers the question which one?

Besides relating the adjectival clause to a noun or pronoun in the main clause, a relative pronoun may also act as the subject, object, predicate pronoun, or object of a preposition in the clause.

Examples:

Subject: This is the forest that has a secret cave.

(that is the subject of has)

Object: The map, which you saw, guides the way.

(which is the object of saw)

Object of a preposition: The map leads to the cave of which the bushman spoke.

(which is the object of the preposition of)

In informal writing or speech, you may leave out the relative pronoun when it is not the subject of the adjectival clause, but you should usually include the relative pronoun in formal academic writing.

Examples:

Formal: The books that people read were mainly religious.

Informal: The books people read were mainly religious.

Formal: The map which you saw guides the way.

Informal: The map you saw guides the way.

But never omit the relative pronoun if it is in the clause.

Examples:

Correct: This is the forest that has a secret cave.

Incorrect: This is the forest has a secret cave.

       Commas are put around adjectival clauses onlyif they merely add additional information to a sentence.

Example:

The map, which you saw, shows the way.

This adjective clause can be left out without affecting the grammatical structure of the sentence. It is merely adding information to the sentence by telling us which map?

The map shows the way.

(ii) Adverbial clauses

An adverbial clause is a subordinate clause which takes the place of an adverb in a sentence. Just like adverbs and adverbial phrases, adverbial clauses answer the questions where, when, how, to what extent, with what goal/result and under what conditions. In addition, an adverbial clause may tell why.

Note how an adverb clause can replace an adverb and an adverbial phrase in the following example:

Adverb: The Prime Minister gave a speech here.

Adverbial phrase: The Prime Minister gave a speech in the afternoon.

Adverbial clause: The Prime Minister gave a speech where the workers were striking.

Usually, an adverbial clause is introduced by a subordinating conjunction like because, when, whenever, where, wherever, since, after and so that.

Note that a subordinate adverb clause can never stand alone as a complete sentence.

Example:

after they left dining hall

The above adverbial clause will leave the reader asking what happened after they left the dining hall?

Adverbial clauses express relationships of cause, effect, place, time and condition.

Cause

Adverb clauses of cause answer the question why?

Example:

Njoroge wanted to kill his uncle because he had murdered his father.

Effect

Adverbial clauses of effect answer the question with what goal/result?

Example:

Njoroge wanted to kill his uncle so that his father’s murder would be avenged.

Time

Adverbial clauses of time answer the question when?

Example:

After Njoroge’s uncle married his mother, he wanted to kill him

Condition

Adverbial clauses of condition answer the question under what conditions?

Example:               

If the uncle cooperates, Njoroge may decide to pardon him.

Place

Adverbial clauses of place answer the question where?

Example:

Njoroge organised a demonstration where his father’s murder occurred.

Note that an adverbial clause can appear either before or after the main clause of the sentence.

(iii) Noun clauses

A noun clause is a clause which takes the place of a noun or a noun phrase. It can be used in any way that a noun is used. That is, it can act as the subject, object, object of a preposition, or predicate noun in a sentence. Just like a noun, a noun clause answers the questions who, when, or what?

Examples:

As subjects

Noun:Kamau is unknown

Noun phrase:Their destination is unknown

Noun clause:Where they are going is unknown.

The noun clause where they are going is the subject of the verb is.

As objects

Noun: I know French.

Noun phrase: I know the three ladies.

Noun clause: I know that Latin is no longer spoken as a native language.

In the first sentence, the noun French acts as the direct object of the verb know. In the third sentence, the entire clause that Latin is no longer spoken as a native language is the direct object of the verb know.

As objects of the preposition            

Noun: He talked about him.

Noun phrase: He talked about the funny items.

Noun phrase: He talked about what you bought at the supermarket.

In the first sentence the pronoun him is the object of the preposition about. In the third sentence, what you bought at the supermarket is the object of the preposition about and answers the question about what?

As predicate nouns

Her first day in school was what shaped her life.

The adverbial clause what shaped her life gives more information about the subject of the sentence Her first day in school.

Words often used to introduce noun clauses

that                            when                      whose

what whatever           whoever

how                           who                       whoever

where                        whom

Note:

You cannot tell the kind of a clause from the word that introduces it. You can tell the kind of clause only by the way it is used in a sentence. If the clause is used as a noun, it is a noun clause. If the clause is used as a modifier, it is an adjectival clause or an adverbial clause.

 

Examples:

Whoever built the house was not an expert. (Noun clause as a subject)

No one knew where he came from. (Noun clause as a direct object)

He left the construction site whenever he wished. (As an adverbial clause)

This is the layout which he left behind. (As an adjectival clause).

Exercise 4

Identify the following sentences as simple, compound or complex. If it is a complex sentence, indicate whether it has an adjective, an adverb or a noun subordinate clause.

  1. The hotel is not very old.
  2. The hotel is not very old; it was constructed in 1987.
  3. It has a strange name, but it attracts many tourists.
  4. Whoever broke the mirror will have to pay for it.
  5. The Gor Mahia fans hope that the team will win again.
  6. Did I tell you about the author whom I met?
  7. They are searching for the man who stole the cow.
  8. People began riding horses at least five thousand years ago.
  9. Some people watch the moon as though it affects their lives.
  10. Some superstitions were developed when people felt helpless about the world around them.
  11. The parachute was really a sail that was designed for skiing.
  12. The moon orbits the earth every 291/2 days.
  13. My dog loves bread crusts.
  14. I always buy bread because my dog loves the crusts.
  15. Whenever lazy students whine, Mrs. Ndegwa throws pieces of chalk at them.
  16. The lazy students whom Mrs. Ndegwa hit in the head with pieces of chalk complained bitterly.
  17. My dog Shimba, who loves bread crusts, eats them under the kitchen table.
  18. A dog that drinks too much milk will always be alert.
  19. You really do not want to know what Aunt Lucy adds to her stew.
  20. We do not know why, but the principal has been away from school for two months.
  • IN TERMS OF PURPOSE

We have seen how sentences are categorised into simple, compound and complex depending on their internal structures. Now, we shall see how they can be categorised in terms of purpose.

There are five kinds of sentences classified according to their end marks and the different jobs they do:

  • Declarative sentences
  • Interrogative sentences
  • Exclamatory sentences
  • Imperative sentences
  • Conditional sentences
  • Declarative sentences

A declarative sentence simply states a fact or argument without requiring either an answer or action from the reader or listener. It is punctuated with a simpleperiod. (fullstop)

Examples:                                                              

Nairobi is the capital of Kenya.

He asked which path leads back to the park.

Deserts are dry.

The declarative sentence is the most important type of sentences. You can write an entire essay or report using only declarative sentences, and you should always use them more often than any other type. Some declarative sentences contain indirect questions but this does not make them into interrogative sentences.

Examples:

He asked which path leads back to the park.

  • Interrogative sentences

An interrogative sentenceasks a direct question and always ends in a question mark.

Examples:

How many roads lead into Mombasa city?

Does money grow on trees?

Do you like deserts?

       Note that an indirect question does not make a sentence interrogative.

Examples:

Direct/interrogative

When was Professor Saitoti the Vice President of Kenya?

Indirect/Declarative

I wonder when Professor Saitoti was the Vice President of Kenya.

A direct question requires an answer from the reader or listener, while an indirect question does not. A special type of direct questions is the rhetorical question. A rhetorical question is one that you do not expect the reader or listener to answer.

Example:

Why did the Mau Mau war take place? Some people argue that it was simply a way of Kenyan Africans saying “enough is enough”.

Rhetorical questions can be very effective way to introduce new topics or problems in one’s writing or speech. But if you use them too often, you sound patronising or even monotonous or mediocre!

 

 

  • Exclamatory sentences

An exclamatory sentence expresses strong feeling, emphasis or emotion. It is actually a more forceful version of a declarative sentence that is marked at the end with an exclamation mark.

Examples:

It was so cold!

How beautiful this picture is!

You look so lovely tonight!

Exclamatory sentences are very common in speech and sometimes in writing (but rarely).

       Note that an exclamation mark can appear at the end of an imperative sentence, but this does not make it into an exclamatory sentence.

  • Imperative sentences

An imperative sentence gives a direct command to someone. This sentence can end either with a period or with an exclamation mark, depending on how forceful the command is.

Examples:

Sit!

Read this book tomorrow.

Always carry water.

Wash the windows!

Note

You should not usually use an exclamation mark with the word “please”.

Example:

Close that door, please!

Please close that door.

In an imperative sentence, you is always the subject. It is usually not stated in the sentence. We say that you is the “understood” or “implied” subject.

Examples:

(You) Please bring my camera.

(You) Take your medicine before going to bed.

  • Conditional sentences

A conditional sentence expresses what one would do if a condition were orwere not met.

The condition in the conditional if-clause will determine the fulfilment of the action in the main clause.

Examples:

If I had a million dollars, I would buy a Hummer.

John would be very successful if he had more brains.

In sentence 1, the condition of having a million dollars will determine whether the speaker will buy a hummer or not. In sentence, the condition of John not having more brains determines that he is not very successful.

Exercise 5

Label each of the following sentences declarative, imperative, exclamatory, interrogative or conditional

  1. There is a terrible storm tonight.
  2. Try to cover yourself with a blanket.
  3. How strong the winds are!
  4. If the storm continues, we shall have to go down into the bunker.
  5. Do you think it will rip off the roof?
  6. Look at that that flash of lightning!
  7. What an amazing sight that is!
  8. The night looks dark and scary.
  9. Please tell the children to stop screaming.
  10. Susan will sit beside me if the storm continues.
  11. We are hopeful all will be well.
  12. Dive under the table if it breaks the roof.
  13. How will I find my way?
  14. Can I take a glass of water?
  15. John wants to know what will happen if our house collapses.
  16. There goes the thunder!
  17. We shall have to move to another city if we get out of this alive.
  18. Tell me a good city where we can move to.
  19. The storm is subsiding.
  20. Hooray! Safety at last!

DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH DIRECT SPEECH

        Direct speech is used to give a speaker’s exact words.  It is also referred to as direct quotation. Direct speech is always enclosed within quotation marks.

Examples:

Hemedi announced, “My aunt works in a biscuit factory.”

“Creating jobs will be my first priority,” the governor said.

A comma always separates the quoted words from the speaker’s name, whether the name comes before or after the quotation

Examples:

Jim asked, “Who are you voting for?”

“I don’t know yet,” answered Carol.

A direct quotation always begins with a capital letter

Example:

Senator Karaba said, “You must believe in the new constitution.”

When a direct quotation is divided by speech tags, the second part of the quotation must begin with a small letter.

Example:

“Register to vote,” said the senator, ‘before the end of the day”.

If the second part of the quotation is a complete sentence, the first word of this sentence is capitalized.

Example:

“I did register,” said Carol. “It took only a few minutes”

Commas and full stops are placed inside quotation marks

Example:

“Last night,” said Joyce,” I listened to a debate.”

Quotation marks and exclamation marks are placed inside a quotation mark if they belong to the quotation.  If they do not, they are placed outside the quotation.

Examples:

Joyce asked, “Whom are you voting for?”

Did Carol say, “I don’t know yet’’?

I can’t believe that she said, “I don’t know yet’!

Speech tags may appear before, in the middle or at the end of the direct speech.

Examples:

He said, “You know quite well that you have to vote.”

“You know quite well,” he said, “that you have to vote.”

“You know quite well that you have to vote,” he said.

Exercise 6

Rewrite the following sentences correctly in direct speech.  Ensure you punctuate them accordingly.

  1. John said there was a terrible accident in Nairobi.
  2. Petro added it happened in Umoja Estate.
  3. It involved a train and a bus added John.
  4. Sarah asked did anyone die.
  5. No one died, but the railway line was destroyed answered Peter.
  6. Over the months said John the railway line has been rebuilt.
  7. How lucky that no one died exclaimed Sarah.
  8. I think they should put a railway-crossing sign board Petro said it would help bus drivers a lot.
  9. Or they should put bumps on both sides of the railway line to slow down the buses John suggested
  10. Who knows what might happen next wondered Sarah

INDIRECT SPEECH

       Indirect speech is used to refer to a person’s words without quoting him or her exactly.  It is also referred to as indirect quotation or reported speech. The original spoken words are not repeated.  The exact meaning is given without repeating the speaker’s words.

Example:

Direct speech:  The governor said, “Creating new jobs will be my first priority.”

Indirect speech: The governor said that creating new jobs would be his first priority.

Several changes do occur when changing a sentence from direct to indirect speech

  1. Quotation marks

Quotation marks are left out when writing a sentence in direct speech.

Example:

Direct:  Hemedi announced, “My aunt works in a biscuit factory”

Indirect: Hemedi announced that his aunt worked in a biscuit factory.

  1. Tense – The tense of a verb in the direct sentence will change in indirect speech

Examples:

  1. Simple present changes to past simple

Direct: John said, “She goes to school early.”

Indirect: John said that she went to school early.

  1. Simple past changes to past perfect

Direct:  John said, “She went to school early.”

Indirect: John said that she had gone to school early.

  1. Present progressive changes to past progressive

Direct:  “The baby is eating a banana,” the nurse said.

Indirect:  The nurse said that the baby was eating a banana.

  1. Present perfect changes to past perfect

Direct:  “South Sudan has become a republic,” the new president declared.

Indirect:  The new president declared that South Sudan had become a republic.

  1. Past progressive changes to past perfect progressive

Direct: “I was dreaming when the fire started,” the boy said.

Indirect:  The boy said the he had been dreaming when the fire started.

  1. Future simple changes to modal

Direct:  “I will visit you tomorrow,” my desk mate said.

Indirect: My desk mate said the he would visit me the following day.

  1. May changes to might

Direct: I may also visit you too,” I replied.

Indirect:  I replied that I might also visit him too.

Sometimes the verb in indirect speech does not change tense.  This occurs in sentences that are universal truths

Direct: Our Geography teacher said “The earth rotates round the sun.”

Indirect:  Our Geography teacher said that the earth rotates round the sun.

  1. Words referring to place also change

Examples:

Direct:  “I live here,” retorted the old man.

Indirect: The old man retorted that he lived there.

Direct:  “This place stinks,” noted the boy.

Indirect:  The boy noted that that place stunk.

  1. Words referring to time also change

Examples:

Direct: “I will visit you tomorrow,” he shouted.

Indirect:  He shouted that he would visit me the following/next day.

Direct:  “He died last year,” the policeman reported.

Indirect:  The policeman reported that he had died the previous year/ the year before.

  1. Demonstrative pronouns also change:

Examples:

Direct:  “This book is mine,” Jane claimed.

Indirect:  Jane claimed that that book was hers.

Direct:  “These are hard times,” observed the president.

Indirect:  The president observed that those were hard times.

  1. Pronouns also change

Examples:

Direct:My car is better than yours,” the teacher bragged.

Indirect:  The teacher bragged that his/her car was better that his/hers/theirs.

Exercise 7

Change the following sentences from Direct to Indirect speech.

  1. “Did you see the fire at the West gate Mall?” asked Joel.
  2. Njagi said, “Ten fire-engines arrived in fifteen minutes.”
  3. Patty exclaimed, “It destroyed an entire block of building!”
  4. “One fire fighter was slightly injured,” said Joel.
  5. Njagi said, “Several people working in the building escaped unhurt.”
  6. “Tell me what will happen to them,” said Patty.
  7. “Other people are giving them food and clothes,” replied Joel.
  8. Njagi added, “They are resting in the school for now.”
  9. “These terrorists will finish us!” exclaimed Patty.
  10. “Don’t worry,” Joel said “They will be apprehended tomorrow.”

QUESTION TAGS

A question tag or a tag question is a phrase that is added at the end of a statementto turninto a question.  When a speaker uses a question tag at the end of a statement, he/she is seeking for approval, confirmation or correction.

Examples:

APPROVAL:  I look smart today, don’t I?  Yes you do.

CORFIRMATION: These are the new students, aren’t they?  Yes they are.

CORRECTION:  I paid your money yesterday, didn’t I? No you didn’t.

Many learners face a problem of supplying the correct question tags to sentences.  This is because they fail to observe the following rules of question tags:

  1. A comma must be put to separate the statement with the question tag. A question mark must be placed at the end of the question tag.

Examples:

Rufftone has released a new album, hasn’t he?

He is pushing for a decision by tomorrow, isn’t he?

  1. The auxiliary verb in the statement must be repeated in the question tag

Examples:

Nelson Mandela was in prison for 27 years, wasn’t he?

The people of South Africa have lost a great hero, haven’t they?

  1. When there is no auxiliary verb in the statement, the appropriate form of the auxiliary verb Do must be used in the question tag

Examples:

Mark Francis wakes up very early, doesn’t he?

Peter Bryan bought an I-pad phone, didn’t he?

  1. The subject in the statement must be repeated in the question tag. If it is a noun in the statement, it changes to the appropriate pronoun.   If it is a pronoun in the statement, it remains a pronoun in the question tag.

Examples:

Fatou Bensouda is a prosecutor in ICC, isn’t she?

She does her work meticulously, doesn’t she?

  1. When the statement is positive (i.e. It does not have the word not in it), the questiontag must be negative (i.e. must use the negative word not) and vice versa.

Examples:

David Rudisha has broken another record, hasn’t he?

Catherine Ndereba hasn’t been very active, has she?

Douglas Wakiihuri does not run any more, does he?

Ezekiel Kemboi entertains the audience after winning, doesn’t he?

You will note from the above examples that the auxiliary verb is usually contracted (joined) with the negative indicator not when using question tags. However, this does not apply when using primary auxiliary verb am and the modal auxiliary verbs will and shall. Am does not allow contraction with not, will and shall usually change their forms to allow contraction.

Examples:

WRONG: I am the next speaker, amn’t I?

CORRECT:  I am the next speaker, am I not?

WRONG: They will be late for church, willn’t they?

CORRECT:  They will be late for church, won’t they?

WRONG:  We shall attend the Memorial service, willn’t we?

CORRECT:  We shall attend the memorial service, shan’t we?

  1. Whereas there is no inversion in the statement, inversion must occur in the question tag i.e. the auxiliary verb comes before the subject

Examples:

President Uhuru Kenyattahas won the case, hasn’t he?

Subject         verb                    verb subject

Hecan now relax and attend to his duties, can’t he?

Subject verb                                        verb subject

  1. For sentences that are in form of requests and commands, the question tags will commonly take the auxiliary verb will or shall followed by the appropriate pronoun.

Examples:

Please help me with your pen, will you?

Let us go for a swim, shall we?

Bring me that chair, will you?

Stop that noise, will you?

Kneel down right away, will you?

Those are the rules that govern question tags and if followed well, the learners will not have any problems with question tags.

Exercise 8

Supply the appropriate question tags in the following sentences.

1.The marriage caused a rupture in her relationship with her mother, _____________?

2.She didn’t think anyone would be interested in a woman like her, _______________?

3.The troops are on standby in case chaos erupt, _________?

4.The Prime Minister must take a firm stand against extremists in his party, _________?

5.I am the best so far, ____________________?

6.The amendments will strengthen the bill, __________?

7.The new tax is tantamount to stealing from the poor, ____?

8.Please send all your remarks to Prof Kibwana as soon as possible, _______________?

9.She raised the gun and pulled the trigger,______________?

10.We need to learn to prioritize, __________________?

11.Get out of this room now, ___________________?

12.We’ve made a reservation for next week, ____________?

13.They couldn’t conceal the secret any more, ___________?

14.We shall not accept anything less, __________________?

15.I am not a conman, __________________?

16.Jonny wanted to pursue a career in theatre, __________?

17.Sharon’s parents claim that the house is legally theirs, ____________?

18.I haven’t told you my name, _________________?

19.Come and visit us tomorrow, __________________?

20.Time will tell whether he made the right choice, _______?

CHAPTER FIVE

CAPITALIZATION AND PUNCTUATION

Capitalization

       Capitalization is the writing of a word with its first letter as an upper case and the remaining letters in lower case. The following are the cases when capitalization is used:

  1. Abbreviations

Abbreviations begin with a capital letter.

  1. Titles of persons

Examples:

Prof. George Saitoti                    Mr. Stephen Kiama

Dr. Ephantus Maree                    Mrs. Teresa Ndegwa

Lt. James Conary                        Ms. Jacinta Atieno

Note that all the above abbreviations end with a period. Miss is not an abbreviation, so it doesn’t end with a period.

  1. Words used as addresses

Examples:

St. (street)                                    Blvd. (Boulevard)

Ave. (Avenue                              Rte. (Route)

Rd. (Road)                                   Apt. (Apartment)

  1. Words used in businesses

Examples:

Co. (Company)                            Inc. (Incorporation)

Corp. (Corporation)                    Ltd. (Limited)

  1. Some abbreviations are written in all capital letters, with a letter standing for each important word.

Examples:

P.O. (Post Office)               USA (United States of America)

P.D. (Police Department)  E.A. (East Africa)

  1. Initials of names of persons

Examples:

E.W. Gichimu                             D.M. Weyama

W.W. Muriithi                            Everlyne A. Kira

  1. Titles of books, newspapers, magazines, TV shows and movies.

Examples:

The Minister’s Daughter (book)   Tahidi High (TV show)

The Daily Nation (newspaper)     Harry Potter (movie)

Drum Magazine (magazine)        The Day of the Jackal (book)

Capitalize the first and last words only. Do not capitalize little words such as a, an, the, but, as, if, and, or, nor etc.

  1. Titles of shorts stories, songs, articles, book chapters and most poems.

Examples:

Half a Day (short story)

Kigeugeu (song)

Three Days on Mt. Kenya (short story)

The Noun Clauses (chapter in a book)

Grass Will Grow (a poem)

  1. Religious names and terms

Examples:

God           Allah          Jesus           the Bible             the Koran

Do not capitalize the words god and goddess when they refer to mythological deities.

  1. Major words in geographical names

Examples:

ContinentsAfrica, Asia, Europe, Australia

Water bodies – the Indian Ocean, the Atlantic Ocean, the           Nile River, RiverTana,  Lake Victoria.

Landforms – the Rocky Mountains, the Aberdares Mountains, the Rift Valley, the Sahara Desert.

Political Units – the Kirinyaga County, the Central Province, Inoi Sub-location.

Public AreasNairobi National Park, Wajee Nature Park.

Roads and HighwaysJogoo Road, Kenyatta Avenue, Uganda Road.

  1. Names of organisations and institutions

Examples:

Kianjege West Secondary School, United Nations, University of Nairobi, Nairobi Women’s Hospital

       Note that here you capitalize only the important words. Do not capitalize such words such as a, in, and of. Do not capitalize such words as school, college, church and hospital when they are not used as parts of names.

Example:

There will be a beauty contest at school.

  1. Months, days and holidays

Examples:

June                                             Labour Day

Tuesday                                       December

Kenyatta Day                              Mashujaa Day

Do not capitalize names of seasons: autumn, summer, winter, spring

  1. Languages, races, nationalities and religions

Examples:

Chinese             Kikuyu              Christianity           Caucasian

Bantu                 Nigerian           Muslim                  Oriental

  1. The first word of every sentence

Example:

What an exciting day it was!

  1. The pronoun I

Example:

What should I do next?

  1. Proper Nouns

Examples:

Lang’ata Cemetery                      Ann Pauline Nyaguthii

Kangaita Women’s Group          Muhigia Teachers Sacco

  1. Proper Adjectives

Examples:

We ate at an Italian restaurant.

She is a German.

  1. The first word in greetings and the closing of a letter

Examples:

Dear Mark,                                  Yours sincerely,

Dear Bryan,                                 Yours faithfully,

My dear Mum,                            Very truly yours,

  1. Quotations

Examples:

Jamlick exclaimed, “This book would make a great movie!”

Where,” asked the stranger, “is the post office?”

It’s late,” Billy said. “Let’s go home!”

  1. First word of each main topic and subtopic in an outline

Examples:

  1. Parts of speech
  2. Nouns

(i) Proper nouns

Exercise 1

Correct all errors of capitalization in the following sentences.

  1. this play is a revision of shakespeare’s earlier play, the merchant of venice.
  2. john kiriamiti wrote my life in crime
  3. i admire women who vie for parliamentary seats
  4. benard mathenge and his wife have travelled to america.
  5. my grandmother grew up in witemere.
  6. the nile river is one of the largest rivers in africa.
  7. each year tourists visit maasai mara national park.
  8. the tv show papa shirandula has attracted many viewers.
  9. uganda and kenya have signed an agreement over the ownership of migingo islands.
  10. our country got its independence in december 1963.
  11. on christmas day, all my relatives gathered at my home.
  12. waiyaki is a fictional character in ngugi wa thiongo’s novel, the river between.
  13. the city of mombasa gets its water from river tana.
  14. i would like to become a famous writer like sydney sheldon.
  15. they captured the stark beauty of hell’s gate national park in their movie.

PUNCTUATION

Punctuation is the system of symbols that we use to separate sentences and parts of sentences, and to make their meaning clear. Each symbol is called a punctuation mark. For example (. , ! – : etc)

Punctuation marks can be grouped into:

  1. End marks
  2. The comma
  3. The semicolon and the colon
  4. The hyphen
  5. The apostrophe
  6. Quotation mark
  7. End Marks

There are three kinds of end marks: the full stop (.), the question mark (?), and the exclamation mark (!). End marks show where sentences end.

  1. The full stop (.)

A full stop is used to end a complete sentence. We use a full stop to end:

(i) A declarative sentence- a sentence that makes a state

Example:

The highest skyscraper in Nairobi is Times Tower.

(ii) An imperative sentence – a sentence that makes a request or tells someone to do something.

Example:

Please climb the stairs carefully.

Note: An imperative sentence is followed by an exclamation mark when it expresses a strong emotion.

Example:

Be careful!

(iii) At the end of an indirect question – one that tells what someone asked, without using the person’s exact words.

Example:

The naughty boy wanted to know why there was no mid-termbreak.

 

Other uses of the full stop

Full stops are also used:

(iv) After initials and after most abbreviations

Examples:

L.L. Coo J.        Mr. Sammy Njagi               11:00 A.M.

Sept.                  Wed.                                    2hr. 12min

Note that some abbreviations do not require full stops:

Examples:

M (metres)      FM (frequency modulation)    Km kilometres)

(v) After each number or letter that shows a division of an outline or precedes an item in a list.

Examples:

Outline                                                        List

  1. Parts of speech 1. Water – borne diseases
  2. Nouns 2. Air-borne disease
  3. Types of nouns 3. Sexually – transmitted diseases
  4. Uses of nouns 4. Skin diseases
  5. Verbs 5. Hereditary diseases
  6. Types of verbs 6. Lifestyle diseases
  7. Uses of verbs 7. Infectious diseases

(vi) Between numerals representing dollars, cents, before a decimal and in percentages

Examples:

$ 25.65                  165.42                           25.3%

  1. The question mark (?)

The question mark is used at the end of an interrogative sentence (a sentence that asks a question).

Examples:

When was the Times Tower built?

Who built it?

  1. The Exclamation mark (!)

The exclamation mark is used at the end of the exclamatory sentence and after aninterjection. (An exclamatory sentence expresses strong feeling, emotion or emphasis. An interjection is a word or group of words that expresses strong feelings).

Examples:

Exclamatory sentence: Oh, what a tall building it is!

Interjections: Superb! Fantastic! Impressive!

An exclamation mark can also be used at the end of an imperative sentence that expresses strong feeling.

Example:

Sit! And stay in that chair if you know what’s good for you!

  1. The comma (,)

There are a number of uses of the comma in English. A comma generally tells the reader where to pause. They are used:

(i) To separate words in a series except the last

The three or four items in a series can be nouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, phrases, independent clauses, or other parts of sentences.

Examples:

Nouns: John, Jim, Jack walk to school every day.

Verbs: He located, patched, and sealed the leak in the tyre.

Adverbs: She walked quickly, steadily, and calmly.

Prepositional phrases: He walked through the park, over the bridge, and onto the streets.

Independent clauses: The match was over, the crowd cheered, and Barcelona received the first- place trophy.

Adjectives: The fresh, ripe fruit was placed in a bowl.

       Note in the above examples that a comma must be used just before the conjunction.

(ii) Before the conjunction in a compound sentence

Examples:

Some students were taking their lunch, but others were studying.

Marto photographed the accident scene, and he sold the pictures to the newspaper.

Would she be a lawyer, or would she be a doctor?

       Note: A comma is not required in very short compound sentence in which the parts are joined by and. However, always use a comma before the conjunctions but and or.

Examples:

Marto photographed the accident scene and Toni reported it.

Marto photographed the accident scene, but Toni reported it.

       Note also:  A comma is not required before the conjunction that joins the partsof a compound verb unless there are more than two parts.

Examples:

Mary entered and won the beauty contest.

That camera focuses, flashes, and rewinds automatically.

(iii) After introductory words phrases or clauses

Special elements add specific information to a sentence, but they are not essential. A comma is used to separate a special element from the rest of the sentence.

Examples:

Word: Cautiously, he entered the building.

Phrase: After his failure, he disappeared from the public scene.

Clause: Because he had practised daily, he presented his new song perfectly.

      Note: If the pause after a short introductory element is very brief, you may omit the comma.

Examples:

At first he was unsure of his singing ability.

Finally it was his turn.

Commas are also used after introductory words such as yes, no, oh and well when they begin a sentence.

Examples:

Well, it’s just too cold out there.

No, it isn’t seven yet.

Oh, you have spilled the milk.

(iv) With interrupters

       Interrupters are words that break, or interrupt the flow of thought in a sentence. The commas are used before and after the interrupter to indicate pauses.

Examples:

I didn’t expect, however, to lose the job.

So many peopleassumed, unfortunately, that he sings as well as he does.

He was chosen, nevertheless, as the new band leader.

(v) To set off nouns of direct address

Examples:

Yes, Kamau, you can borrow my book.

Serah, do you know where I kept my phone?

How is your leg, grandpa?

(vi) To set off the spoken words in a direct sentence or quotation from the speech tag

Examples:

Jackson said, “After my injury I had to learn to walk again.”

“The therapists urged me to keep trying,” he continued.

If the speech tag interrupts the spoken words, commas are used after the last word of the first part of the spoken words and after the last word in the speech tag.

Example:

“After a while,” he added, “I was walking without a cane”.

       Note: When a sentence is indirect or reported, no commas are used.

Example:

He added that after a while he was walking without a cane.

(vii) When writing dates

Place a comma after the day of the month.

Examples:

July 3, 1965                           December 12, 2010

(viii) When referring to geographical location

Place a comma between the name of the town or city and the name of the state, district, or country.

Examples:

Kibingoti, Kirinyaga County                Mombasa, Kenya

(ix) After the salutation and closing of a friendly or business letter

Examples:

Dear Rose,                                           Yours sincerely,

  1. The semicolon (;) and the colon (:)

The semicolon (;)

The semicolon is used:

(i) To separate the parts of a compound sentence when no conjunction is used

 Example:

Mountain climbing is exciting; it can also be dangerous.

       Note that the semicolon replaces the comma and the coordinating conjunction. Conjunctions that are commonly replaced by semicolons are and, but, or, for, and nor.  (ii) Before a conjunctive adverb that joins the clauses of a compound sentence

(Conjunctive adverbs are words like therefore, however, hence, so, then, moreover, nevertheless, yet, consequently, and besides).

 Example:

The competition takes place in July; however, I prefer August.

(iii) To separate the parts of a series when commas occur within the parts

Example:

Last year I flew to Johannesburg, South Africa; Cairo, Egypt; and Kingston, Jamaica.

The colon (:)

The colon is used:

(i) To introduce a list of items

Example:

My school bag contains the following items: exercise books, text books, pencils, pens, a geometrical set, and a packet of crayons.

(ii) After the greeting of a business letter

Example:

Dear Mr. Mututho:

(iii) Between numerals that represent hours and minutes and between chapter and verse in a biblical reference

Examples:

9:00 A.M.                        6:00 P.M.                      Exodus 2:1-3

  1. The Hyphen (-)

The hyphen is used:

(i) To divide a word at the end of a line of writing

 

Example:

When walking along the streets of Naivasha, he met Waina-

ina.

    Note that only words with two or more syllables may be divided at the end of a line and words should be divided only between syllables. Never divide a word of one syllable and do not divide words to leave a single letter at the end or beginning of a line.

Incorrect: attraction

Correct: attraction.

  • In compound adjectives that come before the nouns they modify and in certain compound nouns

Examples:

Samuel Wanjiru was a worldfamous athlete.

She is my sisterinlaw.

(iii) In compound numbers from twenty-one through ninety-nine and in fractions

Examples:

seventythree relatives                        onequarter full

  1. The Apostrophe (’)

The apostrophe is used:

(i) To form the possessive of a singular noun

Add an apostrophe and an s.

Examples:

the babys cot             Jamess car                  Josephs radio

(ii) To form the possessive of a plural noun that does not end in s

Add an apostrophe and an s.

Examples:

childrens                        mens               womens

(iii) To form the possessive of a plural noun that ends in s

Add only the apostrophe.

Examples:

tricksters                                    tenants

(iv) To form the possessive of an indefinite pronoun

Use an apostrophe and an s.

Examples:

everybodys                     somebodys                nobodys

Note: Never use an apostrophe with a possessive pronoun like our, yours, hers, theirs.

(v) In names of organisations and business

Show possession in the last word only.

Example:

the United Nations brochure

(vi) In hyphenated terms

Show possession in the last word only.

Example:

My mother-in-laws photograph album

(vii) In cases of joint ownership

Show possession in the last word only.

Example:

Peter and Patricks Limousine

(viii) In forming contractions

In contractions, apostrophes replace omitted letters.

Examples:

shes = she is               arent = are not       I’m = I am

its = It is                      isnt = is not             we’ll = we will

cant = cannot            wont = will not           they’ve = they have

(ix) To show that part of a date has been omitted

Examples:

The tribal clashes of 08 (the tribal clashes of 2008)

The 82 coup attempt (the 1982 coup attempt)

  1. Quotation Marks (“ ”)

The quotation marks are used:

  1. i) To enclose the spoken words in a direct sentence. Indirect sentences need no quotation marks

Example:

Direct speech: The presidential candidate promised, Creating new jobs for the youths will be my first priority.

Indirect speech: The presidential candidate promised that creating new jobs would be his first priority.

Note:

  1. Always begin a direct quotation with a capital letter.

Example:

The minister said, “You must conserve our environment.

  1. When the spoken words are divided by the speech tag, begin the second part of the quotation with a small letter.

Example:

Bring me the money, said the moneylender, “before the end of the day.

  1. If the second part of the quotation is a complete sentence, the first word of this sentence is capitalized.

Example:

I am scared, said the borrower. “That moneylender is a brute.

  1. Place commas and fullstops inside quotation marks

Place semicolons and colons outside quotation marks.

 

 

Examples:

Last month,” the borrower explained, I borrowed some money from the moneylender.”

Carol said to the borrower,“And you refused to repay back on time”; however, the borrower did not agree.

These candidates were suggested in the article Our Country’s Future”: Raila Odinga, Uhuru Kenyatta, William Ruto, and Martha Karua.

  1. Place question marks and exclamation marks inside quotation marks if they belong to the quotation. Place them outside if they do not belong to the quotation.

Examples:

Carol asked, “How much money did you borrow?

Did the borrower say, “I can’t remember”?

“You are a fool!” exclaimed Carol.

  1. Use single quotation marks to enclose a title or quotation within a quotation.

Example:

Carol heard the borrower say, I can’t rememberbefore she lost her temper.

  1. If the title or quotation within the quotation ends the sentence, use both the single and the double quotation marks after the last word of a sentence.

Example:

Carol heard the borrower say, I can’t remember.’”

  1. In a quotation of more than one paragraph, use quotation marks at the beginning of each paragraph and the end of the final paragraph.

Exercise 1

Punctuate each of the following sentences appropriately.

  1. He earned about three million dollars that year
  2. You know who Jomo Kenyatta was, don’t you
  3. What a wonderful and inspired leader he was
  4. He was also a person who helped many people
  5. Some people write stories but others write poems.
  6. Try to write a concise informative and interesting letter.
  7. Also make sure your letter has a heading an inside address a salutation a body a closing and your signature.
  8. One of the most exciting modern developments I believe is the computer.
  9. Today is July 2 2011. I will never forget this date.
  10. I have lived in Sagana Kirinyaga County since 2008.
  11. Try submitting your work to these Publishers Longhorn Publishers Jomo Kenyatta Foundation or Oxford University Press.
  12. Remember a writing career requires the following traits confidence perseverance and a thick skin!
  13. Long ago people used hand sharpened straws or reeds as pens.
  14. Fountain pens were invented in our great grandparents time
  15. Soft tip pens and rolling ball pens were invented twenty five years ago
  16. What would you do if you couldn’t build a house for yourself
  17. Youd find someone who could built it for you wouldn’t you.
  18. These archives are important to modern historians research.
  19. In his play shreds of tenderness, John Ruganda said people who have never lived through a coup d’etat have romantic ideas about it.
  20. Mr. Mureithi said a short letter to a friend is an insult.

 

ANSWERS FOR ALL CHAPTERS ON GRAMMAR

CHAPTER ONE

ANSWERS ON NOUNS

Exercise 1

  1. students, party

2.boys, songs

  1. Excitement, air
  2. Joyce Chepkemoi, prize
  3. Otieno, house, street

Exercise 2

  1. candle – thing 5. guitar – thing
  2. wrestler – person 6. China – place
  3. joy – idea 7. hatred – idea
  4. Menengai Crater – place 8. Masanduku arap Simiti – person

Exercise 3

  1. musicians, drums, trumpets
  2. family, village
  3. Petronilla, trip
  4. festival, Kenyatta University
  5. people, costumes, streets
  6. holiday, excitement
  7. Taxi, family, airport
  8. Maryanne, castle, sand
  9. mother, water

Exercise 4

Proper nouns                     Common nouns

July                                     book

England                               face

Kendu Bay                          crocodiles

John Hopkins                      student

Johannesburg                      life

America                              business

East Africa                          day

Calendar

Exercise 5

  1. Proper – Lucky Dube Common –   singer
  2. Proper – London, Paris Common –   dancer
  3. Proper – Mediterranean sea     Common –    flight
  4. Proper – Second World War Common –    nurse
  5. Common – goal, students, world
  6. Proper – Europe Common –    accident
  7. Proper – Bill Gates, Microsoft
  8. Common – pilot, woman, ocean
  9. Common – kettle, water
  10. Proper – Professor Wangari Maathai, Nobel Peace Prize

Exercise 6

  1. tooth – teeth 9. cliffs 17. moose           25. bosses
  2. wives 10. deer 18. children               26. foxes
  3. giraffes 11. cliff       19. echoes            27. bunches
  4. heroes 12. autos 20. babies                   28. ferries
  5. radios 13. studios     21. Skies               29. flashes
  6. potatoes 14. men 22. beaches                 30. ships
  7. beliefs 15. roofs 23. Eyes
  8. thieves 16. rodeos 24. volcanoes/volcanos

Exercise 7

  1. knives 2. potatoes         3. geese          4. Shelves
  2. tomatoes 6. children          7. mice             8. roofs
  3. stories 10. activities

Exercise 8

  1. the lion’s tail
  2. Cliff’s dog
  3. my mother’s hat
  4. Evan’s book
  5. the child’s pet
  6. the doll’s name
  7. Lucy’s mobile phone
  8. Kimani’s shoes
  9. the fox’s teeth
  10. my friend’s rabbit

Exercise 9

  1. cook’s aprons                     women’s sports
  2. men’s boots carpenter’s nails
  3. countries’ flags                    sailors’ uniforms
  4. guests’ coats musicians’ instruments
  5. athlete’s medals neighbours’ pets

Exercise 10

  1. The couple’s wealth
  2. a men’s team, a women’s team
  3. The teams’ uniforms
  4. the athletes’ shirts
  5. The team-mates’ scores
  6. their friends’ cheers
  7. The coaches’ whistles
  8. The children’s eyes
  9. Their mothers’ soothing voices
  10. their neighbours’ house

ANSWERS ON PRONOUNS

Exercise 1

  1. Theyate fish and chips.
  2. Welike Italian food.
  3. Itis delicious
  4. The biggest eater washe.
  5. Youhelped in the cooking.
  6. The cookswereTomandI.

Exercise 2

  1. They were under the table.
  2. She fed the chicken.
  3. They were juicy.
  4. They visited the orphans.
  5. The new waitress is she.
  6. The fastest runners were Tecla and she.
  7. She went to the hall.
  8. It was slaughtered.
  9. Lucky Dube and she were South African singers.
  10. He has won many athletics medals.

Exercise 3

  1. Lisa asked him for a picture.
  2. Adam sketched Lisa and me.
  3. He gave a photo to us.
  4. Ann and she saw Dave and Bob.
  5. Adam drew Lisa and them.
  6. Mark helped me with the packing.
  7. Loise praised him for his good work.
  8. Everyone spotted them
  9. That night Mike played the guitar for
  10. We drove with them to the mountains.

Exercise 4

  1. Myjourney to Mombasa was enjoyable.
  2. Florence said herswas the best.
  3. Are the pictures of Fort Jesus yours?
  4. Hers are about Jomo Kenyatta Beach.
  5. Tomorrow we will make frames for our
  6. My class is planning a trip to Mt. Kenya.
  7. Our trip will be taken on video.
  8. Micere is excited that the idea was
  9. Koki and Toti cannot hide their
  10. My dream is to climb to the highest peak of the mountain.

Exercise 5

  1. You will = You’ll
  2. we would = we’d
  3. he had = he’d
  4. I am = I’m
  5. you have = you’ve
  6. they will = they’ll

Exercise 6

  1. I’ll = I will
  2. we’re = we are
  3. you’d = you would, you had
  4. he’s = he is, he has
  5. they’re = they are
  6. she’d = she would, she had

Exercise 7

  1. its          They’re                         5 it’s
  2. who’s                        whose

Exercise 8

  1. All – are                           Everyone – his
  2. Anybody – has                Several – their
  3. Many – believe                Anyone – her
  4. Each – makes                Another – his
  5. All – indicates              Somebody – her

Exercise 9

  1. This Those                       5. these
  2. That those

Exercise 10

  1. Who What                             5. whom
  2. Whom What

Exercise 11

  1. Who whom
  2. Whom Whose
  3. whom Who
  4. Whose Who
  5. Who Whose

Exercise 12

  1. myself – intensive
  2. himself – intensive
  3. herself – reflexive
  4. herself – reflexive
  5. yourself – reflexive

Exercise 13

  1. Papa Shirandula is a good actor.
  2. Many people find him funny.
  3. The show was on television for many years.
  4. Their daughter is also in that show.
  5. The shoes are beautiful.
  6. People like our hotel.
  7. My brother drives a matatu.
  8. Our hotel is open seven days a week.
  9. The TV is very clear today.
  10. My brother and sister work in Nairobi.

Exercise 14

  1. We those    5. us
  2. Those us

ANSWERS ON VERBS

Exercise 1

  1. seems – Linking verb
  2. watched – Action verb
  3. cheered – Action verb
  4. seems – Linking verb
  5. is – Linking verb
  6. aimed – Action verb
  7. blew – Action verb
  8. was – Linking verb
  9. is – Linking verb
  10. seems – Linking verb

Exercise 2

 Helping verb                           Main verb

  1. is                              singing
  2. has  begun
  3. can travel
  4. had  waited
  5. will be       visiting
  6. have  come
  7. must buy
  8. has   chosen
  9. is   hitting

10    will                              go

Exercise 3                                                           

  1. studies
  2. splashes
  3. washes
  4. hurries
  5. discuss

Exercise 4

  1. watched
  2. cried
  3. yelled
  4. baked
  5. shopped

Exercise 5

  1. will write
  2. will stop
  3. will decide
  4. shall practice
  5. will multiply

Exercise 7

  1. started breathed
  2. added roamed
  3. trapped                                    obeyed
  4. annoyed                                    worried
  5. pitied fitted

Exercise 8

  1. will/shall see                           will/shall develop
  2. will/shall go will/shall begin
  3. will/shall exist will/shall/consume
  4. will/shall introduce          will/shall hunt
  5. will/shall bring will/shall become

Exercise 9

  1. John has come here every year. – present perfect
  2. John has been coming here every year. – present perfect progressive
  3. John had come here every year. – past perfect
  4. John had been coming here every year. – past perfect progressive
  5. John will have come here every year. – future perfect
  6. John will have been coming here every year. – future perfect progressive.

Exercise 10

  1. Jane is playing the guitar. – present progressive
  2. Jane has been playing the guitar. – present perfect progressive
  3. Jane was playing the guitar. – past progressive
  4. Jane had been playing the guitar. – past perfect progressive
  5. Jane will play the guitar. – future progressive
  6. Jane will have been playing the guitar. – future perfect progressive

Exercise 11

  1. guard                       cleans
  2. stands study
  3. cross visits
  4. use wed
  5. feed run

Exercise 12

          Present                           Past                                  Past participle

  1. prevent prevented                            prevented
  2. donate donated                                 donated
  3. hurry hurried                                    hurried
  4. worry worried                                   worried
  5. train trained                                     trained
  6. aid aided                                        aided
  7. relieve relieved                                   relieved
  8. share shared      shared
  9. enrol enrolled                                  enrolled
  10. save saved                                       saved

 

Exercise 13

          Present                      PastPast participle

  1. arise arose               arisen
  2. tear tore                    torn
  3. wear wore       worn
  4. lay      laid                                     lain
  5. see saw                  seen
  6. fall fell                                     fallen
  7. blow blew                blown
  8. freeze froze                                frozen
  9. fly flew        flown
  10. write wrote               written

Exercise 14

  1. presented – active was harvested – passive
  2. were taken – positive stressed – active
  3. ordered – active were urged – passive
  4. restored – passive is developing – active
  5. cleared – active was started – passive

Exercise 15

        Action verbs                  direct object

  1. carried                                            his bag
  2. discussed the examination paper
  3. took a trip
  4. splashed                                             me
  5. gave interesting facts
  6. searched                                             the house
  7. cheered                                             the team
  8. bought                                            a camera
  9. admires                                            Papa Shirandula
  10. viewed                                            the shooting star

Exercise 16

  1. Transitive Intransitive
  2. Transitive            Transitive
  3. Intransitive Intransitive
  4. Transitive            Transitive
  5. Intransitive Intransitive

Exercise 17

  1. teach raises
  2. lies raises
  3. lie taught
  4. sits raises
  5. taught laid

ANSWERS ON ADJECTIVES

Exercise 1

  1. largest vast
  2. Alaskan American, wild
  3. tallest huge
  4. tiny Australian
  5. small, scattered beautiful, Egyptian

Exercise 2

  1. those Those
  2. Those This
  3. that This
  4. That those
  5. This Those

Exercise 3

  1. Twenty What
  2. Few, our Whose
  3. all Which
  4. much what
  5. Numerous, this which

Exercise 4

  1. A the
  2. a an
  3. the the
  4. The the
  5. an A

Exercise 5

  1. many – songs
  2. Her, early – songs, her – fans
  3. Our, first – performance
  4. Her – coughing
  5. their, best – goal, ten – years

Exercise 6

  1. quiet, serious
  2. popular
  3. calm, peaceful
  4. brilliant
  5. extraordinary

Exercise 7

  1. more beautiful 6. stranger
  2. funniest 7. more curious
  3. most enjoyable 8. higher
  4. most energetic 9. more creative
  5. most helpful 10. simpler

Exercise 8

  1. Best Farther
  2. Bad Less or lesser
  3. Best Good
  4. Worse Better
  5. Least Most

Exercise 9

  1. those these
  2. These those
  3. This This
  4. Those that
  5. Those

ANSWERS ON ADVERBS

Exercise 1

         Adverb                     What it indicates

  1. far         where
  2. cheerful how
  3. downstairs           where
  4. carefully, skilfully how
  5. extremely how
  6. curiously how
  7. soon when
  8. fully to what extent
  9. adorably how
  10. down where

Exercise 2

            Adverb                                   Adjective

  1. highly                successful
  2. extremely          old
  3. quite                   difficult
  4. barely                     visible
  5. very                                             old
  6. mysteriously secretive
  7. horribly mean
  8. totally                       exciting
  9. completely mad
  10. never punctual

 

Exercise 3

        Adverb                                              Adverb

  1. very gradually
  2. surprisingly quickly
  3. somewhat closer
  4. extremely                         irresponsibly
  5. totally carelessly

Exercise 4

  1. quickly odd
  2. gradually reasonable
  3. good                                                    rapidly
  4. rapidly well
  5. strange well

Exercise 5

  1. more often more swiftly
  2. more slowly most accurately
  3. quickly the longest
  4. more skilfully gracefully
  5. the fastest the most sweetly

ANSWERS ON PREPOSITIONS

Exercise 1

  1. on – where
  2. for – purpose
  3. with – use
  4. in – place
  5. from – place

Exercise 2

  1. for
  2. In
  3. In
  4. down, for
  5. by

Exercise 3

    Preposition                                              Object/objects

  1. in ways
  2. to                          people
  3. In cities
  4. On farms
  5. across river
  6. to                                                side
  7. at place
  8. by boat
  9. to  problem
  10. over water

Exercise 4

  1. her           us
  2. me me
  3. us           him
  4. her           me
  5. us         her

Exercise 5

  1. outside – preposition          up – adverb
  2. inside – adverb          down – adverb
  3. in – preposition          outside – adverb
  4. over – preposition          by – adverb
  5. above – preposition        out – adverb

Exercise 6

  1. have                Anybody            7. anybody          10. ever
  2. anyone anywhere            8. anyone
  3. ever had    9. Has

ANSWERS ON CONJUNCTIONS

Exercise 1

  1. but but
  2. or and
  3. or or
  4. and and
  5. but but

Exercise 2

  1. They arrived late because it was raining heavily.
  2. John worked hard as he wanted to buy a house.
  3. I won’t carry the umbrella for you need it.
  4. I drove the car madly since I was late for the meeting.
  5. He will come before the meeting ends.

Exercise 3

  1. The vehicles either stopped for repairs or for fuel.
  2. The drivers knew they had either to travel more than fifty kilometres or endure harsh storms.
  3. Many people not only build their own homes but also grow their own food.
  4. Both men and women wanted to buy the pictures.
  5. Both maize and meat are important parts of a Kenyan’s diet.

ANSWERS ON INTERJECTIONS

Exercise 1

  1. Say – wonderment
  2. Wow! – joy
  3. All right! – urgency
  4. Boy! – fear
  5. Oh – surprise

CHAPTER TWO

Exercise 1

  1. crack quack
  2. roar pop
  3. tick lap
  4. growl boom
  5. chime         hiss

Exercise 2 

  1. Lima bean – a broad, flat, pale-green or white bean used as a vegetable – named after Lima, the capital of Peru where it was grown first.
  2. Cardigan – a kind of a pullover or sweater that buttons down the front – named after J.T. Brudwell, the 7th Earl of Cardigan.
  3. Bloomer – a woman’s baggy and long garment for the lower body – named after Amelia Bloomer, an American women rights and temperance advocate.
  4. Canary birds – yellow songbirds – named after Canary Islands, Spain, where they are found in large numbers.
  5. Ferris wheel – a special wheel for an amusement park – named after the inventor G.W. Ferris.
  6. Guppy – the most popular freshwater tropical fish – named after R.J.L. Guppy, the man who introduced it in England.
  7. Cheddar – A firm Cheese – named after the English village of Cheddar, where it was first made.
  8. Quisling – a person who treacherously helps to prepare for enemy occupation of his own county, a traitor – named after Vidkum Quisling, a Norwegian politician.
  9. Silhouette – an outline portrait or profile – named after a French minister of finance, Etienne de Silhouette.
  10. Marxism – the political and economic theories of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels – named after Karl Marx.
  11. Guillotine – a device used for carrying out executions – named after Dr. Joseph Guillotine, the designer.
  12. Macadam – small, broken stones that are used for making roads – named after John L. McAdam, a Scottish engineer who invented this kind of a road.
  13. Pasteurisation – the process of heating milk, wine, beer, or other liquids hot enough to kill harmful bacteria and to prevent or stop fermentation – named after Louis Pasteur, a French chemist, who invented the process.
  14. Watt – Unit of measuring electric power – named after James Watt, a Scottish engineer, who pioneered in the development of the steam engine.
  15. Ohm – a measure of electrical resistance – named after George S. Ohm, a German physicist.

Exercise 3

  1. slithy – lithe + slimy breathalyser – breath + analyser
  2. chortle – chuckle + short    cablegram – cable + telegram
  3. galumph – gallop + triumph    camcorder – camera + recorder
  4. bash – bang + smash 9. edutainment – education + entertainment
  5. blog – web + log   email – electronic + mail

Exercise 4

  1. utra –           beyond                        – ultraviolet, ultrasonic
  2. syn – in union                  – synchronize, symmetry
  3. sub – at a lower position         – submarine, subsoil
  4. peri – round, about                 – perimeter
  5. out – surpassing, exceeding – outperform
  6. infra – below                            – infrared, infrastructure
  7. hypo – under                             – hypodermic, hypothermia
  8. hemi – half                                – hemisphere
  9. ex – previous                        – ex-wife, ex-policeman
  10. dia – across, through             – diagonal

Exercise 5

  1. hopeful – full of hope greenish – having green colour
  2. reader – a person who reads weary – tired
  3. childish – having manners of a child fearless – lacking fear
  4. greyish – having grey colour 9. kindness – the quality of being kind
  5. playful – fond of playing washable – can be washed

Exercise 6

  1. Pen – a device for writing

– an enclosure for sheep

  1. Tire – to make weary

– the rubber material on the wheel of an automobile or bicycle.

  1. Dove – past tense of dive

– a bird

  1. Wound – past tense of wind

– an injury.

  1. Mean – stingy

– average

  1. Act – a dramatic performance

– doing something

  1. Arms – upper limbs

– weapons

  1. Block – a building

– obstruct

  1. Box – a carton

– fight with gloves

  1. Bank – edge of a river
    • a money depository

Exercise 7

  1. in –inn knight – night
  2. heard – herd knows – nose
  3. horse – hoarse tick – tic
  4. key – quay rung – wrung
  5. need – knead           sees – seize

Exercise 8

  1. start – begin collect – gather
  2. come – arrive assist – help
  3. lengthy – long build – construct
  4. shattered – broken reply – answer
  5. fix – repair purchase – buy

Exercise 9

  1. easy – hard sweet – sour
  2. whisper – yell stationary – mobile
  3. triumph – fail strength – weaken
  4. dull – interesting precious – worthless
  5. dangerous – safe naked – clothed

Exercise 10

  1. at sea – confused
  2. has his hands full – is busy
  3. have a bone to pick with me – have a quarrel
  4. make heads or tails – make sense
  5. as easy as pie – very easy
  6. sick and tired – can’t stand, hate
  7. broke – to have no money
  8. dropped me a line yesterday – sent me a letter or email
  9. filled in for her – did her work while she was away
  10. in the red – losing money, not profitable

CHAPTER THREE

Exercise 1

  1. a TV show – object
  2. Playful animals – subject
  3. a thrilling adventure – object
  4. an exciting activity – complement
  5. Twenty university students – subject
  6. a certified public health officer – complement
  7. Many of the soldiers – subject
  8. The old woman – subject, a heavy load – object
  9. a very complicated man – complement
  10. A devastating earthquake – subject

Exercise 2

  1. should have taken must have seen
  2. must have seen do fear
  3. should have been told have made
  4. would have told would stampede
  5. must’ve visited could have read

Exercise 3

  1. in Mombasa – adverbial modifying the verb found.
  2. around the country – adjectival modifying the noun companies.
  3. of the dog – adjectival modifying the noun barking.
  4. for hard work – adverbial modifying the verb bred.
  5. over water – adverbial modifying the verb built.
  6. of travel – adjectival modifying the noun miles.
  7. by bus – adverbial modifying the verb went.

to the market – adverbial modifying the verb went.

  1. At the market – adjectival modifying the noun.
  2. of colours clothes – adjectival modifying the noun display.
  3. with professional expertise – adverbial modifying the phrasal verb took through.

Exercise 4

  1. golfing – complement
  2. protecting their status – object of the preposition in.
  3. Playing golf with a commoner – subject
  4. playing the game – direct object
  5. Training thoroughly – subject
  6. playing the game- object of preposition
  7. contesting with junior golfers – subject
  8. playing with the professionals – direct object
  9. Participating in international tournaments – subject
  10. Winning an international title – complement

Exercise 5

  1. Defying all odds – present participial phrase – Kisoi Munyao
  2. Failing each time – present participial phrase – he
  3. Seeing his passion to scale the peak – present participial phrase – government
  4. making steady progress – present participial phrase – climber
  5. Pleased with his progress – past participial phrase – he
  6. determined to hast the Kenya flag – past participial phrase – climber
  7. Slipping on the snow – present participial phrase – Munyao
  8. worn from too many climbs – past participial phrase – rope
  9. slipping to the bottom of the cliff- present participial – bottles
  10. overcome with joy – past participial phrase – Munyao

Exercise 6

  1. To climb Mt. Kenya –noun
  2. to climb the mountain – noun
  3. to try this risky climb – adjective modifying the noun Kenyans
  4. to make rapid progress – adverb modifying the verb helped
  5. with very limited climbing gear – adverb modifying the verb reach
  6. To reach Point Batian – noun
  7. to listen to Munyao – noun
  8. to finance much of his expedition – adverb modifying the verb forced
  9. to achieve his dream of hasting the flag – adverb modifying the verb worked
  10. to scale the tallest mountain in Kenya – adverb modifying the verb made.

CHAPTER FOUR

Exercise 1

  1. A huge storm was coming. – sentence
  2. Behind the wattle tree- sentence fragment
  3. After the earthquake – sentence fragment
  4. The wind broke several houses. – sentence
  5. Surprised by a loud noise – sentence fragment
  6. Winds of high speed – sentence fragment
  7. Rescue workers arrived. – sentence
  8. From different parts of the world – sentence fragment
  9. Many people were injured. – sentence
  10. In the weeks after the earthquake – sentence fragment

Exercise 2

  1. pop music – object
  2. sweetly – adverb
  3. very quietly – adverbial phrase
  4. that book – object, three times – adverbial phrase
  5. to the bank- adverbial phrase
  6. her – indirect object, a present – direct object
  7. bitterly – adverb
  8. on his heels – adverbial phrase
  9. a list of the items to buy – object
  10. help – object

Exercise 3

  1. a German citizen – subject complement
  2. a very arrogant lady – subject complement
  3. tired – subject complement
  4. green – object complement
  5. the queen – object complement
  6. stealing the mango – participial complement
  7. senseless – object complement
  8. a kind person – subject complement
  9. crying – participial complement
  10. trembling – participial complement

Exercise 4

  1. Simple sentence
  2. Compound sentence
  3. Compound sentence
  4. Complex – whoever broke the mirror – noun clause
  5. Simple sentence
  6. Complex sentence – whom I met – adjectival clause
  7. Complex sentence – who stole the cow – adjectival clause
  8. Simple sentence
  9. Complex sentence – as though it affects their lives – adverbial clause
  10. Complex sentence – when people felt helpless about the world around them – adverbial clause.
  11. Complex sentence – that was designed for skiing – adjectival clause
  12. Simple sentence
  13. Simple sentence
  14. Complex sentence – because my dog loves crusts – adverbial clause
  15. Complex sentence – whenever lazy students whine – adverbial clause
  16. Complex sentence – whom Mrs. Ndegwa hit in the head with pieces of chalk – adjectival clause
  17. Complex sentence – who loves bread crusts – adjectival clause
  18. Complex sentence – that drinks too much milk – adjectival clause
  19. Complex sentence – what Aunt Lucy adds to her stew – noun clause
  20. Compound sentence

Exercise 5

  1. Declarative Declarative
  2. Imperative Imperative/conditional
  3. Exclamatory Interrogative
  4. Conditional Interrogative
  5. Interrogative Declarative
  6. Exclamatory Exclamatory
  7. Exclamatory Conditional
  8. Declarative Imperative
  9. Imperative Declarative
  10. Conditional Exclamatory

Exercise 6

  1. John said, “There was a terrible accident in Nairobi.”
  2. Petro added, “It happened in Umoja Estate.”
  3. “It involved a train and a bus,” added John.
  4. Sarah asked, “Did anyone die?”
  5. “No one died, but the railway line was destroyed,” answered Peter.
  6. “Over the months,” said John, “the railway line has been rebuilt.”
  7. “How lucky that no one died!” exclaimed Sarah.
  8. “I think they should put a railway-crossing sign board,” Petro said. “It would help bus drivers a lot.”
  9. “Or they should put bumps on both sides of the railway line to slow down the buses,” John suggested.
  10. “Who knows what might happen next?” wondered Sarah.

Exercise 7

  1. Joel asked him if he saw the fire at the West Gate Mall.
  2. Njagi said that ten fire-engines had arrived in fifteen minutes.
  3. Patty exclaimed that it had destroyed an entire building.
  4. Joel said that one fire fighter had been slightly injured.
  5. Njagi said that several people working in the building had escaped unhurt.
  6. Patty wanted to know what would happen to them.
  7. Joel replied that other people were giving them food and clothes.
  8. Njagi added that they were resting in the school at that time.
  9. Patty exclaimed that those terrorists would finish them.
  10. Joel told them not to worry; they would be apprehended the following day.

Exercise 8

Supply the appropriate question tags in the following sentences.

  1. The marriage caused a rupture in her relationship with her mother, didn’t it?
  2. She didn’t think anyone would be interested in a woman like her, did she?
  3. The troops are on standby in case chaos erupts, aren’t they?
  4. The Prime Minister must take a firm stand against extremists in his party, mustn’t he?
  5. I am the best so far, am I not?
  6. The amendments will strengthen the bill, won’t they?
  7. The new tax is tantamount to stealing from the poor, isn’t it?
  8. Please send all your remarks to Prof Kibwana as soon as possible, will you?
  9. She raised the gun and pulled the trigger, didn’t she?
  10. We need to learn to prioritize, don’t we?
  11. Get out of this room now, will you?
  12. We’ve made a reservation for next week, haven’t we?
  13. They couldn’t conceal the secret any more, could they?
  14. We shall not accept anything less, shall we?
  15. I am not a conman, am I?
  16. Jonny wanted to pursue a career in theatre, didn’t he?
  17. Sharon’s parents claim that the house is legally theirs, don’t they?
  18. I haven’t told you my name, have I?
  19. Come and visit us tomorrow, will you?
  20. Time will tell whether he made the right choice, won’t it?

CHAPTER FIVE

Exercise 1

  1. This play is a revision of Shakespeare’s earlier play, The Merchant of Venice.
  2. John Kiriamiti wrote My life in Crime.
  3. I admire women who vie for parliamentary seats.
  4. Bernard Mathenge and his wife travelled to America.
  5. My grandmother grew up in Witemere.
  6. The Nile River is one of the largest rivers in Africa.
  7. Each year tourists visit Maasai Mara National Park.
  8. The TV show Papa Shirandula has attracted many viewers.
  9. Uganda and Kenya have signed an agreement over the ownership of Migingo Islands.
  10. Our country got independence in December, 1963.
  11. On Christmas Day, all my relatives gathered at my home.
  12. Waiyaki is a fictional character in Ngugi wa Thiongo’s novel, The River Between.
  13. The city of Mombasa gets its water from River Tana.
  14. I would like to become a famous writer like Sidney Sheldon.
  15. They captured the stark beauty of Hell’s Gate National Park in their movie.

Exercise 2

  1. He earned about three million dollars that year.
  2. You know who Jomo Kenyatta was, don’t you?
  3. What a wonderful and inspired leader he was!
  4. He was also a person who helped many people.
  5. Some people write stories, but other write poems.
  6. Try to write a concise, informative, and interesting letter.
  7. Also make sure that your letter has a heading, an inside address, a salutation, a body, a closing, and your signature.
  8. One of the most exciting modern developments, I believe, is the computer.
  9. Today is July 2, 2011. I will never forget this date.
  10. I have lived in Sagana, Kirinyaga County, since 2008
  11. Try submitting your work to the following publishers: Longhorn Publishers, Jomo Kenyatta Foundation, or Oxford University Press.
  12. Remember, a writing career requires the following traits: confidence, perseverance, and a thick skin!
  13. Long ago, people used hand–sharpened straws and reeds as pens.
  14. Fountain pens were invented in our great–grandparents’ time.
  15. Soft-tip pens and rolling-ball pens were invented twenty-five years ago.
  16. What would you do if you couldn’t build a house for yourself?
  17. You’d find someone who could build it for you, wouldn’t you?
  18. These archives are important to modern historians’ research.
  19. In his play Shreds of Tenderness, John Ruganda said, “People who have never lived through a coup d’etat have romantic ideas about it.”
  20. Mureithi said, “A short letter to a friend is an insult.”

ORAL SKILLS

SECTION A: PRONUNCIATION

  1. PRONUNCIATION OF VOWEL SOUNDS

In English, we have various vowel sounds. We shall study them one after the other.

Sound //

Consider the letter ‘a’ in the words below. Each says this sound.

Pan                       Fan                        Ban                       Brash                    Cat

Pat                        Dad                       Ham                     Mat                       Rash

Track                    Cram                    Fanned                 Flash                     Pack

Rag                       Sand                     Slam                     Tag                        Man

Sound /ᶾ˸/

  • This sound is more like the sound you make when you are disgusted.
  • The letters in boldface say this sound. Study them carefully.
  • Bird
  • Shirt
  • Flirt
  • Turn
  • Learn
  • First
  • Berth
  • Her
  • Heard
  • Hurt
  • Purse
  • Birth
  • Cur
  • Fur
  • Firm
  • Herd
  • Burn
  • Curt
  • Pert
  • Stir
  • Blur
  • Shirk
  • Surge

Sound /a:/

  • It is pronounced by having a much wider open mouth position.
  • Inside your mouth is shown in the process of saying this sound.
  • Examples of words bearing this sound include:

 

  • Far
  • Farm
  • Guard
  • Heart
  • Hard
  • Bar
  • Bard
  • Cart
  • Car
  • Dart
  • Card
  • Par

 

Sound /ə/

  • This sound (referred to as schwa) is a short vowel sound.
  • It mostly found in words containing letter ‘o’, for example,

 

  • Confuse
  • Contemptuous
  • Continue
  • Condolence

 

  • Also in words such as:

Business

Sound /Ʌ/

Examples of words containing this sound include:

 

  • Sun
  • Son
  • Some
  • Pun
  • Fun
  • Cum
  • Cup
  • But
  • Much
  • Begun
  • Fun
  • Sung
  • Swum
  • Bug
  • Bunk
  • Brush
  • Hum
  • Rung
  • Truck
  • Stunned
  • Drum
  • Dumb
  • Fund

 

Sound /ɔ˸/

  • It is a long sound.
  • The mouth doesn’t move while saying this sound, and it can be pronounced as long as you have breath.
  • It is said in words such as:

 

  • Or
  • More
  • Chores
  • Dorm
  • Pork
  • Door
  • Four
  • Fore
  • Nor
  • Law
  • Cord
  • Form
  • Horn
  • Lord
  • Saw
  • Shore
  • Chalk
  • Jaw
  • Scorn

 

Sound //

  • It is a short sound.
  • The mouth doesn’t move.
  • Each of the words below bear this sound:

 

  • Got
  • On
  • Cost
  • Lost
  • Odd
  • Boss
  • Stock
  • Plot
  • Block
  • Cock
  • Cop
  • Mop
  • Rod
  • Sock
  • Shot
  • Pot
  • Blot
  • Crock
  • Frog
  • Swat
  • Swatch

 

Sound //

bosom

Sound /u:/

Sound /I:/

  • Long sound
  • Said in words such as the ones below:
  • Sheep
  • Feet
  • Meat
  • Tweet etc.

Sound /ᶦ/

It is a short sound.

In words such as:

  • Fit
  • Bit
  • Quit
  • Blip etc.

Exercise

The table below has columns with different sounds. Pronounce each of the words in the list and classify, according to the highlighted letter(s), under the column that bears that sound.

 

Chip

Jeep

Creek

Wet

Greased

Teal

Hill

Sit

Still

Blip

Fill

Bed

cheat

blink

thrill

jet

 

/i:/ /ᶦ/ /e/
  1. PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANT SOUNDS

The sound /ᵗᶴ/

  • Made by releasing the stopped air through your teeth by the `tip of your tongue.
  • It is voiceless because vocal cords do not vibrate when you say it.
  • Most words with letters ‘CH’ say this sound, for example,

 

Church

Chips

Teach

Pinch

Crunch

Much

 

  • There are those with letters ‘TCH’ for example,

 

Catch

Watch

Batch

Itch

Kitchen

witch

 

  • Some are with letters ‘TU’, for example,

Century

Spatula

The Sound /ᵈᶾ/

  • Pronounced the same way as /ᵗᶴ/. It is just that it is voiced.
  • Letters representing this sound include:
  • Letters ‘DG’

 

  • Fudge
  • Budge
  • Bridge
  • Judge

 

  • Letter ‘J’

 

  • Judge
  • Jump
  • Joy
  • Joke
  • Eject
  • July
  • Jake
  • Project

 

  • Letters ‘DU’

 

  • Procedure
  • Graduate
  • Individual

 

  • When letter ‘G represents the sound

It does that when it is in front of an ‘e’, ‘i’, or ‘y

  • Letters ‘GE’, for example,

 

  • Agent
  • Germ
  • Gem
  • Budget
  • Gel
  • Angel
  • Danger
  • Emergency
  • Gentle
  • Bilge
  • Urgent
  • Knowledge
  • Large
  • Singe
  • Enlarge
  • Challenge
  • Ridge
  • Emerge

 

  • Letters ‘GI’, for example,

 

  • Agile
  • Allergic
  • Apologize
  • Contagious
  • Gist
  • Digitize
  • Eligible
  • Giraffe
  • Engineer
  • Fragile
  • Fugitive
  • Legion
  • Original
  • Vigilant

 

  • Letters ‘GY’, for example,

 

  • Allergy
  • Clergy
  • Egypt
  • Analogy
  • Zoology
  • Stingy
  • Gym
  • Liturgy
  • Panegyric

 

The Sound /f/

  • The sound is unvoiced or voiceless.
  • Air is stopped by pushing the bottom lip and top teeth together. The air is then pushed through to produce this sound.
  • The /f/ sound has the following letters saying it:
  • Letter ‘F’

 

  • Four
  • Wife
  • Knife
  • Life
  • Family
  • Staff
  • Puff
  • Five

 

  • Letters ‘PH’

 

  • Phone
  • Graph
  • Paragraph
  • Phrase

 

  • Letters ‘GH’

 

  • Cough
  • Rough
  • Laugh
  • Enough
  • Tough
  • Draught

 

The Sound /v/

  • The same mouth shape as /f/ is formed when pronouncing the sound /v/.
  • It is voiced.
  • Your top teeth is put on your bottom lip.
  • Words bearing this sound include:

 

  • Van
  • Vehicle
  • Vice
  • Unvoiced
  • Voice
  • Obvious
  • Previous
  • Drive
  • Save
  • Jovial
  • Virtue
  • Care
  • Wolves
  • Knives

 

The Sound /d/

  • /d/ is voiced. The vocal cords vibrate.
  • The low of air is stopped at the front of the mouth by tongue.
  • Practice speaking the words below:

 

  • Dad
  • Do
  • Did
  • Dog
  • Mad
  • Sad
  • Bad
  • Done
  • Loud
  • And

 

Sound /t/

  • To make this sound, your tongue stops the flow of air at the front of your mouth.
  • It is a voiceless/unvoiced sound.
  • It said in words like:

 

  • To
  • Top
  • Get
  • Hot
  • Pot
  • Butter
  • Later
  • What
  • Today
  • Tuesday

 

The sound /k/

There are various letters that say the sound /k/.  let’s study these letters.

  • Letter ‘K’ always say this sound. Examples of words include:
  • Kill
  • Key
  • Kick
  • Sake
  • Letter ‘C’, for example,
  • Call
  • Corn
  • Cane
  • Campaign
  • Camp
  • Confusion
  • Cucumber
  • Colic etc.
  • Letters ‘CK’ for example
  • Kick
  • Mock
  • Truck
  • Back etc.
  • Letter ‘Q’ for example,
  • Quack
  • Quail
  • Quartz
  • Quarter
  • Quick
  • Letters ‘CH’, for example,
  • Chaotic
  • Character
  • Ache

The Sound /g/

Found in words such as:

 

  • Galaxy
  • Game
  • Gate
  • Gibbon
  • Give
  • Goat
  • Gazelle
  • Gecko
  • Gold
  • Gown
  • Girl
  • Ghost
  • Geyser
  • Garbage

 

The Sound /ᶴ/

  • This sound is unvoiced – only air passes through the mouth when said.
  • The teeth are put together and the corners of the lips are brought together towards the middle.
  • Most words with letters ‘sh’ this sound. For example,

 

Shape

Shop

bishop

 

  • There are words with letters ‘CH’ that say this sound, for example,

 

Brochure

Cache

Cachet

Chagrin

Champagne

Charade

Chute

Chef

Chiffon

Niche

Ricochet

Charlotte

Chicago

Michigan

Chevrolet

Fuchsia

Cliché

Chivalry

Quiche

chaise

 

 

 

 

  • Some words with ‘SU’ also say it, for example,

 

Sugar

Surmac

Sure

Issue

Pressure

 

  • There are yet those with letters ‘TIO’, for example,

 

Nation

Motion

Option

Caution

 

 

  • Then there are those with letters ‘SIO’, for example,

 

Submission

Commission

Confession

 

Sound /ᶿ/

  • Pronounced with your tongue between your teeth.
  • It is unvoiced.
  • The words bearing this sound include:

 

  • Mouth
  • Thing
  • Faith
  • Fourth
  • Thick
  • Think
  • Three
  • Thought
  • Tenth
  • Math
  • Myth
  • Thumb
  • Youth
  • Thrive
  • Growth
  • North
  • Truth
  • Pith
  • Thank
  • Thorn
  • Thimble
  • Three
  • Theme
  • Therapist
  • Thigh
  • Thickness

 

Sound //

  • Unlike /ᶿ/, it is voiced.
  • It also pronounced with tongue touching or between your teeth.
  • It is found in such words as:

 

  • With
  • There
  • Clothing
  • These
  • Thence
  • Then
  • Their
  • they

 

Sound /s/

  • This is a hissing sound like a snake.
  • It is voiceless.
  • The few rules for some of the common spellings that say the sound /s/ are:
  • Letter ‘S’, for example,

 

Sit

Wise

Dogs

Say

Sad

Sound

Boss

This

Lips

Misty

Sunday

 

 

  • Letter ‘SC’, for example,

 

Muscle

Descend

Science

Scream

 

  • Letter ‘X’, for example,

 

Fix

Fox

Next

Mix

 

  • Letter ‘C’, for example,

 

Face

Practice

City

Circle

Fence

License

 

Sound /z/

  • The /z/ is like the sound of buzzing bees.
  • It is voiced.
  • Most words with the letter ‘Z’ say /z/, for example,

 

  • Zoo
  • Zip
  • Zebra
  • Quiz
  • Buzz
  • Freeze
  • Doze
  • prize

 

  • There are those words with letter ‘S’ saying this sound, for example,

 

  • Is
  • Was
  • His
  • Hers
  • Nose
  • Noise
  • Noises
  • Rose
  • Roses
  • Frogs
  • Girls
  • Friends
  • Lies
  • Busy
  • Tuesday
  • Wednesday
  • Sounds
  • Pose
  • Reason
  • Rise
  • Eyes
  • These
  • Days
  • Says
  • Ties
  • Has
  • Flows
  • Because
  • Shoes
  • Visit
  • Those
  • Bananas
  • cows

 

  • The other group of words are those with letter ‘X’, for example,

Exist

Anxiety

Sound //

  • Words bearing this sound are borrowed from French.
  • Pronounced in the same way as /ᶴ/ only that is voiced.
  • The examples of words with this sound are:

 

Garage

Beige

Massage

Sabotage

Genre

Measure

Treasure

Closure

Seizure

Leisure

Persian

Conclusion

Casual

Casually

Usual

Usually

Amnesia

Collision

Division

Version

Television

Exposure

Occasion

Persuasion

Cashmere

Asia

Visual

Vision

Lesion

Decision

Caucasian

 

Practice in sentences

  • Measure the beige door on the garage.
  • It was my decision to fly to Asia to seek treasure.

Sound /l/

Sound /r/

  • Raise the back of your tongue to slightly touch the back teeth on both sides of your mouth. The centre part of the tongue remains lower to allow air to move over it.
  • It is voiced.
  • It is found in words with letter ‘R’ e.g.
  • Red
  • Friday
  • Worry
  • Sorry
  • Marry
  • It is also said in words with letters ‘WR’ e.g.
  • Write
  • Wrong
  • Wrath
  • Wry
  • Wring

Sound /w/

  • Your lips form a small, tight circle when making the sound /w/.
  • Letters representing the /w/ sound are:
  • Letter ‘W’

 

Woman

Wife

New

Sweet

Win

Rewind

Towel

Wait

 

  • Letters WH

 

Why

Where

When

While

What

White

Whom

Who

Whole

 

  • Letters ‘QU’

 

Quit

Quick

Quite

Quiet

Queer

Queen

Quota

Quickly

 

  • Others

One

Choir

Sound /m/

  • Made by pressing the lips lightly.
  • The words that follow contain the sound:

 

  • Mum
  • Mine
  • Me
  • Morning
  • Farmer
  • Shame
  • Meat
  • Myself

 

Exercise 1

Read the sentence below pronouncing each word correctly and then group the words in their appropriate columns. Consider the highlighted letters.

The seven students took the first test for their driver’s licenceson Thursday.

/s/ /z/

Exercise 2

Considering the pronunciation of highlighted letters, pick the odd word out.

  • Judge, gesture, garage
  • Jump, gift, geological
  • Fungi, just, go
  • Digit, game, gamble
  • Hygiene, prodigy, entangle
  • Gecko, gem, zoology

Exercise 3

Pronounce each word correctly and then group it under the column containing the sound that the highlighted letter(s)  bear.

 

Tissue

Caucasian

Division

Passion

Ocean

Cautious

Leisure

Solution

Pressure

Vision

Persian

Casual

Chef

Conclusion

Television

Decision

Collision

Sure

Precious

Exposure

 

 

                 //                 //

Exercise 4

Circle the letter(s) that say /f/ and underline those saying /v/ in the sentences below.

  • Please forgive me for forgetting the leftover food.
  • Save the four wolves that live in the cave.
  1. DIPHTHONGS
  • A diphthong is a combination of two vowel sounds.
  • Some of the diphthongs include:
  • /ᵊᶹ/
  • /ᵃᶸ/
  • /ᵉᶦ/
  • /ᵊᶹ/

In words like;

 

  • Role
  • Bone
  • Phone
  • Stone
  • Close
  • Note
  • Notice
  • Lonely
  • Home
  • Hope
  • Open
  • Ocean
  • Remote
  • Solar
  • Polar
  • Modal
  • Total
  • Motor
  • Moment
  • Bonus
  • Focus
  • Vogue
  • Social
  • Soldier
  • Co-worker
  • Most
  • Post
  • Host
  • Ghost
  • Both
  • Low
  • Know
  • Mow
  • Sow
  • Show
  • Tow
  • Owe
  • Own
  • Bowl
  • Blow
  • Grown
  • Throw
  • Go
  • Ago
  • No
  • So
  • Toe
  • Hero
  • Zero
  • Veto
  • Ego
  • Echo
  • Radio
  • Studio
  • Mexico
  • Potato
  • Tomato
  • Logo
  • Motto
  • Cold
  • Gold
  • Bold
  • Sold
  • Told
  • Roll
  • Poll
  • Control
  • Bolt
  • Colt
  • Folk
  • Comb
  • Won’t
  • Don’t
  • Soul
  • Shoulder
  • Road
  • Load
  • Boat
  • Coast
  • Coat
  • Oak
  • Soak
  • Approach
  • Boast
  • Ok
  • Obey
  • Omit
  • Hotel
  • Motel

 

/ᵃᶸ/

Said in words such as:

 

  • How
  • Cow
  • Now
  • Allow
  • Owl
  • Brown
  • Down
  • Town
  • Clown
  • Drown
  • Crown
  • Crowd
  • Powder
  • Browse
  • Loud
  • Proud
  • Cloud
  • Out
  • Shout
  • About
  • Doubt
  • Foul
  • Noun
  • House
  • Mouse
  • Mouth
  • South
  • Couch
  • Found
  • Ground
  • Around
  • Pound
  • Sound
  • Count
  • Amount
  • Mountain
  • Announce
  • Bounce
  • Allowing
  • Towel
  • Bowel
  • Power
  • Tower
  • Flower
  • Shower
  • Hour
  • Our
  • Sour
  • Flour
  • coward

 

/ᵉᶦ/

The words containing this diphthong are:

 

  • wait
  • late
  • bait
  • date
  • tale
  • bail
  • bale
  • sale
  • gate
  • waste
  • wade
  • baby
  • bacon
  • paper
  • April
  • Danger
  • Angel
  • Stranger
  • Basis
  • Lazy
  • Crazy
  • Fail
  • Mail
  • Sail
  • Rail
  • Raise
  • Raid
  • Afraid
  • Wait
  • Straight
  • Faint
  • Paint
  • Fate
  • Rate
  • Kate
  • Race
  • Base
  • Place
  • Lake
  • Take
  • Name
  • Ache
  • Rage
  • Patient
  • Racial
  • Nation
  • Nature
  • Fatal
  • Patriot
  • Radio
  • Vacant
  • Weight
  • Eight
  • Vein
  • Neighbour
  • Break
  • Steak
  • Age
  • Wage
  • Save
  • Cave
  • Wave
  • Ray
  • Gray
  • Play
  • Lay
  • Day
  • May
  • Pray
  • Convey
  • Survey
  • Stain
  • Change etc.

 

Exercise

Write another word pronounced the same way as:

 

  1. Gait
  2. Made
  3. Mail
  4. Pale
  5. Pain
  6. Plain
  7. Sale
  8. Tale
  9. Vain
  10. Waist
  11. Wait
  12. Eight
  13. Sew
  14. No
  15. Toe
  16. Grown

 

  1. MINIMAL PAIRS

Study the pairs of words below carefully.

Fit – feet

Let – late

Van – fan

Pun – pan

  • What do you notice? You realize that only one sound makes the pronunciation of one word distinct from the other. Each pair is called a minimal pair.
  • A minimal pair is therefore a pair of words that vary by only one sound especially those that usually confuse learners, such as /l/ and /r/, /b/ and /p/, and many others.

Minimal Pairs of Vowel Sounds

Sound /i/ and /i:/

 

  1. Bid – bead
  2. Bit – beat
  3. Bitch – beach
  4. Bin – bean/ been
  5. Chip – cheap
  6. Fit – feat/ feet
  7. Fist – feast
  8. Fizz – fees
  9. Gin – gene
  10. Sin – seen/ scene
  11. Still – steal/ steel
  12. Sick – seek
  13. Is – ease
  14. Itch – each
  15. Risen – reason
  16. Piss – piece/ peace
  17. Pick – peak/ peek
  18. Mill – meal

 

Exercise

Write another word in which either sound /i/ and /i:/ will make it vary from the one given.

 

  • Hit
  • Sheet
  • Tin
  • Peach
  • Lip
  • Neat
  • Kip
  • Eel
  • Greed
  • Pill
  • Skied
  • Skim

 

Sounds /i/ and /e/

 

  1. Did – dead
  2. Disk – desk
  3. Built – belt
  4. Bit – bet
  5. Lipped – leapt
  6. Middle – meddle
  7. Fill – fell
  8. Bid – bed
  9. Bill – bell
  10. Lit – let
  11. List – lest
  12. Clinch – clench

 

Exercise

Complete the table below with a word in which either the sound /e/ or /i/ brings the difference in pronunciation.

  /e/ /i/
1 Head  
2   Miss
3   Hymn
4 Led  
5 Fen  
6   Lid
7 Den  
8 Peg  

Sounds /e/ and /ei/

The following words vary by one having the vowel sound /e/ and the other a diphthong /ei/

 

  1. Wet – wait
  2. Bread – braid
  3. Fen – feign
  4. Bed – bade
  5. Get – gate/ gait
  6. Let – late
  7. Met – mate
  8. Lest – laced
  9. Tech – take
  10. West – waste/ waist
  11. When – wane
  12. Edge – age
  13. Gel – jail
  14. Lens – lanes
  15. Breast – braced
  16. Sent – saint
  17. Test – taste
  18. Best – based
  19. Wren – rain/ reign
  20. Led – laid
  21. Bled – blade
  22. Fed – fade

Exercise

Each word below has another word in which either the sound /e/ or /ei/ will bring the distinction in pronunciation. Write that word.

 

  • Fell
  • Pain
  • Hail
  • Sell
  • Well
  • Mate
  • Raid
  • Date
  • Men
  • Stayed
  • Bet
  • Jail

 

Sounds /ᵆ/ and /ᶺ/

 

  1. Batter – butter
  2. Cap – cup
  3. Cat – cut
  4. Back – buck
  5. Brash – brush
  6. Dabble – double
  7. Rang – rung
  8. Track – truck
  9. Bad – bud
  10. Began – begun
  11. Bag – bug
  12. Pan – pun
  13. Drank – drunk
  14. Fan – fun
  15. Hat – hut
  16. Badge – budge
  17. Hang – hung
  18. Massed – must
  19. Rash – rush
  20. Sank – sunk
  21. Ran – run
  22. Swam – swum
  23. Ban – bun
  24. Ham – hum

 

Exercise

Complete the table below with the minimal pair of the word. Consider the sound indicated in each column.

         // //
(a)   But
(b) Match  
(c) Mad  
(d)   Flush
(e) Cam  
(f)   Dumb
(g) Sang  
(h)   Uncle
(i) Crash  
(j) Sack  
(k)   Dump
(l)   Tug

Sounds        // and /e/

Look at the list below.

 

  1. Bad – bed
  2. And – end
  3. Had – head
  4. Jam – gem
  5. Pat – pet
  6. Sat – set
  7. Shall – shell
  8. Man –men
  9. Bag – beg
  10. Ham – hem
  11. Pan – pen
  12. Sad – said
  13. Manned – mend
  14. Land – lend

 

Exercise

Complete the table with appropriate word that vary with the sound indicated in the column.

  // //
(a) Marry  
(b)   Blend
(c) Cattle  
(d) Vat  
(e) Sacks  
(f)   Trek
(g) Trad  
(h)   met

Minimal Pairs of /ɑ˸/ and /ᵌ˸/

 

  1. fast – first
  2. bath – berth/birth
  3. heart – hurt
  4. bard – bird
  5. car – cur
  6. card – curd
  7. guard – gird
  8. pa – per
  9. bar – bur
  10. barn – burn
  11. carve – curve
  12. dart – dirt
  13. par – purr
  14. park – perk
  15. star – stir
  16. arc – irk

 

Exercise 6

Considering the sounds /ɑ˸/ and /ᵌ˸/, write the minimal pair of:

 

  • far
  • heard/herd
  • pass
  • farm
  • shark
  • curt

 

Minimal Pairs of /b/ and /v/

 

  1. bat – vat
  2. beer – veer
  3. bowl – vole
  4. bow – vow
  5. gibbon – given
  6. bale – veil
  7. bane – vein
  8. curb – curve
  9. bolt – volt
  10. bowl – vole
  11. broom – vroom
  12. dribble – drivel
  13. dub – dove
  14. jibe – jive
  15. rebel – revel

Exercise 7

There is another word that will vary with the one written below with just one sound. Depending on the sounds /b/ and /v/, write that word.

 

  • van
  • boat
  • Vest
  • Vowels
  • Vent
  • Bury
  • Loaves
  • Verve

 

Minimal pairs of /f/ and /v/

 

  • Fan – van
  • Off – of
  • Fat – vat
  • Fee – v
  • Foul – vowel
  • Fender – vendor
  • Serf/Surf – serve
  • Duff – dove
  • Fie – vie
  • Foal – vole
  • Guff – guv
  • Waif – waive
  • Gif – give
  • Life – live
  • Safe – save
  • Belief – believe
  • Feel – veal
  • Staff – starve
  • Feign – vain/ vein
  • Foist – voiced
  • Fox – vox
  • Reef – reeve

 

 

Exercise 8

Write the minimal pair of the word below with consideration being either the sound /f/ or /v/.

 

  • Ferry
  • Leaf
  • Vast
  • Fine
  • Half
  • Proof
  • Veil
  • Grief
  • Calf
  • Fault
  • Vile
  • Strive

 

Minimal Pairs of Sounds/s/ and /ᶿ/

 

  • Mouse – mouth
  • Sing – thing
  • Face – faith
  • Force – fourth
  • Sick – thick
  • Sink – think
  • Sort – thought
  • Tense – tenth
  • Mass – math
  • Miss – myth
  • Pass – path
  • Saw – thaw
  • Seem – theme
  • Some – thumb
  • Song – thong
  • Worse – worth
  • Gross – growth
  • Sigh – thigh
  • Sin – thin
  • Sum – thumb
  • Piss – pith
  • Sawn – thorn
  • Symbol – thimble
  • Sore – thaw
  • Truce – truth
  • Suds – thuds
  • Sought – thought
  • Moss – moth
  • Sank – thank
  • Sump – thump

 

Sounds /t/ and /d/

 

  • Town – down
  • Touch – Dutch
  • Tear – dare
  • Ten – den
  • Tongue – dung
  • Tart – dart
  • Tech – deck
  • Tin – din
  • Toe – doe
  • Tough – duff
  • Tuck – duck
  • Tab – dab
  • Tank – dank
  • Tick – dick
  • Tine – dine
  • Hat – had
  • Spent – spend
  • Too/ to/two – do
  • Train – drain
  • Tide – dyed/died
  • Torn – dawn
  • Teal – deal
  • Teen – dean
  • Tyre/tire – dire
  • Toes – doze
  • Tout – doubt
  • Tug – dug
  • Tale/ tail – dale
  • Teed – deed
  • Tier – deer
  • Tint – dint
  • Sheet – she’d
  • Wait – weighed
  • Tie – die
  • Try – dry
  • Tear – dear
  • Tip – dip
  • Tame – dame
  • Team – deem
  • Tent – dent
  • Toast – dosed
  • Tomb – doom
  • Tower – dour
  • Tux – ducks
  • Tamp – damp
  • Tell – dell
  • Till – dill
  • Tusk – dusk
  • Sight – side
  • Beat – bead

 

Exercise 9

Each word below has another word in which all the sounds are the same except either the sound /t/ or /d/ is different. Write that word.

 

  • Bat
  • God
  • Write
  • And
  • At
  • Bed
  • Bored
  • Eight
  • Bet
  • Feet
  • Hit
  • Hurt
  • Mat
  • Mend
  • Neat
  • Nod
  • Set
  • Played
  • Sat
  • Dead

 

Minimal Pairs of /k/ and /g/

Initial

 

  • Came – game
  • Card – guard
  • Cold – gold
  • Clean – glean
  • Crate – great
  • Cap – gap
  • Coast – ghost
  • Kale – gale
  • Can – gone
  • Course – gorse
  • Cram – gram
  • Crepe – grape
  • Crew – grew
  • Croup – group
  • Crow – grow
  • Key – ghee
  • K – gay
  • Clamour – glamour
  • Clad – glad
  • Crane – grain
  • Creed – greed
  • Krill – grill
  • Cunning – gunning
  • Cab – gab
  • Cape – gape
  • Clam – glam
  • Cord – gored
  • Coup – goo
  • Crate – grate
  • Cuff – guff

 

Final

 

  • Clock – clog
  • Dock – dog
  • Frock – frog
  • Muck – mug
  • Brick – brig
  • Broke – brogue
  • Crack – crag
  • Prick – prig
  • Puck – pug
  • Shack – shag
  • Slack – slag
  • Snuck – snug
  • Stack – stag
  • Whack – wag
  • Wick – wig
  • Jock – jog
  • Lack – lag
  • Luck – lug
  • Beck – beg
  • Cock – cog
  • Hack – hag
  • Pick – pig

 

Exercise 10

Complete the table with appropriate word that only differs with one sound with the one given. Consider the sounds in the columns.

  /k/ /g/
(a) Tack  
(b)   Flog
(c) Tuck  
(d)   Gum
(e)   Gash
(f) Jack  
(g) Cave  
(h)   Sag
(i) Leak  
(j) Crab  
(k) Class  
(l)   Good
(m)   Goat
(n)   Blog
(o) Kill  
(p)   Dug
(q)   Gut
(r)   Log
(s) Rack  
(t) Cot  
  1. HOMOPHONES

Words pronounced the same way but have different spellings and meanings are the homophones. The list below is English homophones.

 

  1. Accessary accessory
  2. Ad, add
  3. Ail, ale
  4. Air, heir
  5. Aisle, I’ll, isle
  6. All, awl
  7. Allowed, aloud
  8. Alms, arms
  9. Altar, alter
  10. Ante, anti
  11. Arc, ark
  12. Aural, oral
  13. Away, aweigh
  14. Awe, oar, or, ore
  15. Axel, axle
  16. Aye, eye, I
  17. Bail, bale
  18. Bait, bate
  19. Baize, bays
  20. Bald, bawled
  21. Ball, bawl
  22. Band, banned
  23. Bard, barred
  24. Bare, bear
  25. Bark, barque
  26. Baron, barren
  27. Base, bass
  28. Bay, bey
  29. Bazaar, bizarre
  30. Be, bee
  31. Beach, beech
  32. Bean, been
  33. Beat, beet
  34. Beau, bow
  35. Beer, bier
  36. Bell, belle
  37. Berry, bury
  38. Berth, birth
  39. Bight, bite, byte
  40. Billed, build
  41. Bitten, bittern
  42. Blew, blue
  43. Bloc, block
  44. Boar, bore
  45. Board, bored
  46. Boarder, border
  47. Bold, bawled
  48. Boos, booze
  49. Born, borne
  50. Bough, bow
  51. Boy, buoy
  52. Brae, bray
  53. Braid, brayed
  54. Braise, brays, braze
  55. Brake, break
  56. Bread, bred
  57. Brews, bruise
  58. Bridal, bridle
  59. Broach, brooch
  60. Bur, burr
  61. But, butt
  62. Buy, by, bye
  63. Buyer, byre
  64. Call, caul
  65. Canvas, canvass
  66. Cast, caste
  67. Caster, castor
  68. Caught, court
  69. Caw, core, corps
  70. Cede, seed
  71. Ceiling, sealing
  72. Censer, censor, sensor
  73. Cent, scent, sent
  74. Cereal, serial
  75. Cheap, cheep
  76. Check, cheque
  77. Choir, quire
  78. Chord, cord
  79. Cite, sight, site
  80. Clack, claque
  81. Clew, clue
  82. Climb, clime
  83. Close, cloze
  84. Coarse, course
  85. Coign, coin
  86. Colonel, kernel
  87. Complacent, complaisant
  88. Complement, compliment
  89. Coo, coup
  90. Cops, copse
  91. Council, counsel
  92. Cousin, cozen
  93. Creak, creek
  94. Crews, cruise
  95. Cue, queue
  96. Curb, kerb
  97. Currant, current
  98. Cymbal, symbol
  99. Dam, damn
  100. Days, daze
  101. Dear, deer
  102. Descent, dissent
  103. Desert, dessert
  104. Deviser, divisor
  105. Dew, due
  106. Die, dye
  107. Discreet, discrete
  108. Doe, dough
  109. Done, dun
  110. Douse, dowse
  111. Draft, draught
  112. Dual, duel
  113. Earn, urn
  114. Ewe, yew, you
  115. Faint, feint
  116. Fair, fare
  117. Farther, father
  118. Fate, fete
  119. Faun, fawn
  120. Fay, fey
  121. Faze, phase
  122. Feat, feet
  123. Ferrule, ferule
  124. Few, phew
  125. File, phial
  126. Find, fined
  127. Fir, fur
  128. Flair, flare
  129. Flaw, floor
  130. Flea, flee
  131. Flex, flecks
  132. Flew, flu, flue
  133. Floe, flow
  134. Flour, flower
  135. Foaled, fold
  136. For, fore, four
  137. Foreword, forward
  138. Fort, fought
  139. Forth, fourth
  140. Foul, fowl
  141. Franc, frank
  142. Freeze, frieze
  143. Friar, fryer
  144. Furs, furze
  145. Gait, gate
  146. Gamble, gambol
  147. Gays, gaze
  148. Genes, jeans
  149. Gild, guild
  150. Gilt, guilt
  151. Gnaw, nor
  152. Gneiss, nice
  153. Gorilla, guerrilla
  154. Grate, great
  155. Greave, grieve
  156. Greys, graze
  157. Groan, grown
  158. Guessed, guest
  159. Hail, hale
  160. Hair, hare
  161. Hall, haul
  162. Hangar, hanger
  163. Hart, heart
  164. Haw, hoar, whore
  165. Hay, hey
  166. Heal, heel, he’ll
  167. Hear, here
  168. Heard, herd
  169. He’d, heed
  170. Heroin, heroine
  171. Hew, hue
  172. Hi, high
  173. Higher, hire
  174. Him, hymn
  175. Ho, hoe
  176. Hoard, horde
  177. Hoarse, horse
  178. Holey, holy, wholly
  179. Hour, our
  180. Idle, idol
  181. In, inn
  182. Indict, indite
  183. It’s, its
  184. Jewel, joule
  185. Key, quay
  186. Knave, nave
  187. Knead, need
  188. Knew, new
  189. Knight, night
  190. Knit, nit
  191. Knob, nob
  192. Knock, nock
  193. Knot, not
  194. Know, no
  195. Knows, nose
  196. Laager, lager
  197. Lac, lack
  198. Lade, laid
  199. Lain, lane
  200. Lam, lamb
  201. Laps, lapse
  202. Larva, lava
  203. Lase, laze
  204. Law, lore
  205. Lay, ley
  206. Lea, lee
  207. Leach, leech
  208. Lead, led
  209. Leak, leek
  210. Lean, lien
  211. Lessen, lesson
  212. Levee, levy
  213. Liar, lyre
  214. Licker, liquor
  215. Lie, lye
  216. Lieu, loo
  217. Links, lynx
  218. Lo, low
  219. Load, lode
  220. Loan, lone
  221. Locks, lox
  222. Loop, loupe
  223. Loot, lute
  224. Made, maid
  225. Mail, male
  226. Main, mane
  227. Maize, maze
  228. Mall, maul
  229. Manna, manner
  230. Mantel, mantle
  231. Mare, mayor
  232. Mark, marque
  233. Marshal, martial
  234. Mask, masque
  235. Maw, more
  236. Me, mi
  237. Mean, mien
  238. Meat, meet, mete
  239. Medal, meddle
  240. Metal, mettle
  241. Meter, metre
  242. Might, mite
  243. Miner, minor
  244. Mind, mined
  245. Missed, mist
  246. Moat, mote
  247. Mode, mowed
  248. Moor, more
  249. Moose, mousse
  250. Morning, mourning
  251. Muscle, mussel
  252. Naval, navel
  253. Nay, neigh
  254. None, nun
  255. Od, odd
  256. Ode, owed
  257. Oh, owe
  258. One, won
  259. Packed, pact
  260. Pail, pale
  261. Pain, pane
  262. Pair, pare, pear
  263. Palate, palette, pallet
  264. Paten, pattern,
  265. Pause, paws, pores, pours
  266. Pawn, porn
  267. Pea, pee
  268. Peace, piece
  269. Peak, peek
  270. Peal, peel
  271. Pearl, purl
  272. Pedal, peddle
  273. Peer, pier
  274. Pi, pie
  275. Place, plaice
  276. Plain, plane
  277. Pleas, please
  278. Plum, plumb
  279. Pole, poll
  280. Practice, practise
  281. Praise, prays, preys
  282. Principal, principle
  283. Profit, prophet
  284. Quarts, quartz
  285. Quean, queen
  286. Rain, reign, rein
  287. Raise, rays, raze
  288. Rap, wrap
  289. Raw, roar
  290. Read, reed
  291. Read, red
  292. Real, reel
  293. Reek, wreak
  294. Rest, wrest
  295. Retch, wretch
  296. Review, revue
  297. Rheum, room
  298. Right, rite, write
  299. Ring, wring
  300. Road, rode
  301. Roe, row
  302. Role, roll
  303. Roux, rue
  304. Rood, rude
  305. Root, route
  306. Rose, rows
  307. Rota, rotor
  308. Rote, wrote
  309. Rough, ruff
  310. Rouse, rows
  311. Rung, wrung
  312. Rye, wry
  313. Saver, savour
  314. Spade, spayed
  315. Sale, sail
  316. Sane, seine
  317. Satire, satyr
  318. Sauce, source
  319. Saw, soar, sore
  320. Scene, seen
  321. Scull, skull
  322. Sea, see
  323. Seam, seem
  324. Sear, seer, sere
  325. Seas, sees, seize
  326. Sew, so, sow
  327. Shake, sheikh
  328. Shear, sheer
  329. Shoe, shoo
  330. Sic, sick
  331. Side, sighed
  332. Sign, sine
  333. Sink, synch
  334. Slay, sleigh
  335. Sloe, slow
  336. Sole, soul
  337. Some, sum
  338. Son, sun
  339. Sort, sought
  340. Spa,spar
  341. Staid,stayed
  342. Stair,stare
  343. Stake,stoak
  344. Stalk,stork
  345. Stationary,stationery
  346. Steal,steel
  347. Stile,style
  348. Storey,story
  349. Straight,strait
  350. Sweat,sweet
  351. Swat,swot
  352. Tacks,tax
  353. Tale,tail
  354. Talk,torque
  355. Tare, tear
  356. Taught,taut,tort
  357. Tea,tee
  358. Team,teem
  359. Teas, tease
  360. Tare, tear
  361. Tern,turn
  362. There,their, they’re
  363. Throw,through
  364. Throes,throws
  365. Throne, thrown
  366. Thyme,time
  367. Tic,tick
  368. Tide,tied
  369. Tire,tyre
  370. To,too,two
  371. Toad,toed,towed
  372. Told,tolled
  373. Tole,toll
  374. Ton,tun
  375. Tor,tore
  376. Tough,tuff
  377. Troop,troupe
  378. Tuba,tuber
  379. Vain,vane,vein
  380. Vale,veil
  381. Vial,vile
  382. Wail,wale,whale
  383. Wain, wane
  384. Waist, waste
  385. Waive, wave
  386. Wall, waul
  387. War, wore
  388. Warn, worn
  389. Wart, wort
  390. Watt, what
  391. Wax, whacks
  392. Way, weigh
  393. We, wee
  394. Weak, week
  395. We’d, weed
  396. Weal, we’ll, wheel
  397. Weather, whether
  398. Weir, we’re
  399. Were, whirr
  400. Wet, whet
  401. Weald, wheeled
  402. Which, witch
  403. Whig, wig
  404. While, wile
  405. Whine, wine
  406. Whirl, whorl
  407. Whirled, world
  408. Whit, wit
  409. White, wight
  410. Who’s, whose
  411. Wood, would
  412. Yaw, yore, your, you’re
  413. Yoke, yolk
  414. You’ll, yule

 

Exercise

 

Write two words pronounced the same way as each of the following words.

 

  • B
  • C
  • I
  • P
  • T
  • U

 

  1. SILENT LETTERS

In English there are letters that are usually not pronounced in certain words. Let us have a look at these letters and words in which they are silent.

Letter ‘A’

 

  • Logically
  • Musically
  • Romantically
  • Stoically
  • Artistically

 

Letter ‘B’

 

  • Aplomb
  • Bomb
  • Climb
  • Comb
  • Crumb
  • Debt
  • Jamb
  • Lamb
  • Limb
  • Numb
  • Plumb
  • Subtle
  • Succumb
  • Thumb
  • Tomb
  • Womb

 

Letter ‘C’

 

  • Ascend
  • Abscess
  • Ascent
  • Conscience
  • Conscious
  • Crescent
  • Descend
  • Descent
  • Discipline
  • Fascinate
  • Fluorescent
  • Isosceles
  • Luminescent
  • Muscle
  • Obscene
  • Resuscitate
  • Scenario
  • Scene
  • Scent
  • Scissors

 

Letter ‘D’

 

  • Wednesday
  • Hedge
  • Dodge
  • Pledge
  • Grudge
  • Sandwich
  • Handkerchief

 

 

Letter ‘E’

 

  • Hate
  • Name
  • Like
  • Hope
  • Lessen
  • Surprised

 

 

Letter ‘G’

 

  • Align
  • Assign
  • Benign
  • Campaign
  • Champagne
  • Cologne
  • Consign
  • Gnarl
  • Gnash
  • Gnaw
  • Gnome
  • Gnu
  • Reign
  • Sign

 

Letter ‘H’

 

  • Honest
  • Hour
  • Heir
  • Honour
  • Ache
  • Anchor
  • Archaeology
  • Architect
  • Archives
  • Chaos
  • Character
  • Cholera
  • Charisma
  • Chemical
  • Chemist
  • Chorus
  • Choir
  • Echo
  • Loch
  • Shepherd
  • Monarch
  • Scheme
  • psych

 

Letter ‘I’

  • Business
  • Parliament

Letter ‘K’

 

  • Knock
  • Knapsack
  • Knave
  • Knead
  • Knee
  • Kneel
  • Knell
  • Knew
  • Knickers
  • Knife
  • Knight
  • Knit
  • Knob
  • Knock
  • Knot
  • Know
  • Knowledge
  • Knuckle

 

Letter ‘L’

 

  • Calm
  • Half
  • Talk
  • Walk
  • Would
  • Should
  • Calf
  • Salmon
  • Yolk
  • Folk
  • Balk

 

Letter ‘N’

 

  • Autumn
  • Column
  • Condemn
  • Damn
  • Hymn
  • Solemn

 

 

Letter ‘O’

  • Lesson

Letter ‘P’

 

  • Psychology
  • Pneumonia
  • Pseudo
  • Psychiatrist
  • Psychotherapy
  • Psychotic
  • Receipt
  • Corps
  • Coup

 

Letter ‘S’

 

  • Island
  • Aisle
  • Apropos
  • Bourgeois

 

Letter ‘T’

 

  • Apostle
  • Bristle
  • Bustle
  • Castle
  • fasten
  • glisten
  • hustle
  • jostle
  • listen
  • moisten
  • mortgage
  • nestle
  • rustle
  • thistle
  • trestle
  • whistle
  • wrestle

 

 

Letter ‘U’

 

  • baguette
  • biscuit
  • build
  • built
  • circuit
  • disguise
  • guess
  • guide
  • guild
  • guile
  • guillotine
  • guilt
  • guilty
  • guilty
  • guise
  • guitar
  • rogue
  • silhouette
  • colleague
  • tongue

 

Letter ‘W’

 

  • awry
  • playwright
  • sword
  • wrangle
  • wrap
  • wrapper
  • wrath
  • wreak
  • wreath
  • wreck
  • wreckage
  • wren
  • wrench
  • wretched
  • wriggle
  • wring
  • wrinkle
  • wrist
  • writ
  • write
  • wrote
  • wrong
  • writhe
  • wrong
  • wrought
  • wrung
  • wry

 

Exercise

Identify the silent letter(s) in:

 

  1. debtor
  2. isle
  • mock
  1. depot
  2. acquit
  3. womb
  • patios
  • thyme
  1. handsome
  2. sandwich
  3. government
  • listen
  • Christmas
  • Whether
  1. Rapport
  • Ballet
  • Chalet
  • Aplomb
  • Ricochet
  1. Clothes
  • Cupboard
  • Faux
  • Mnemonic
  • Numb
  • Rendezvous
  • Catalogue
  • Vegetable
  • Asthma
  • months
  • debris

 

  1. STRESS

Not all syllables in a word are given equal emphasis. By the same token, not all words in a sentence are said with equal length.

The relative emphasis that may be given to certain syllables in a word, or certain words in a sentence is what we refer to as stress.

You say a syllable or a word is stressed when it is said louder or longer than the rest.

Stress is studied in two levels:

  • Word level; and
  • Sentence level.

Stress at the Word Level

A part of a certain word when said louder or longer then it is stressed.

Rules of Word Stress

  1. For two-syllable nouns and adjectives, stress the first, for example

Cloudy  carton    table

  1. For verbs with two syllables and prepositions, emphasize the second syllable, for example
  2. Words with three syllables.
  • Those ending in –er, -ly, emphasis put on the first syllable, for example,
  • Stress the first, for those ending in consonants and in –y, for example,
  • Stress the last syllable if the word ends in –ee, -ese, -eer, -ique, -ette, for example,
  • Look at the ones with the suffixes below, where stress is placed on the second,

-ary: library

Cial: judicial, commercial

-cian: musician, clinician

-tal : capital, recital

Stress is important in studying the heteronyms. A pair, or group of words is referred to as heteronym when those words are spelled the same way but have different pronunciation and meaning. We have two main categories of heteronyms:

  • Noun- verb pairs; and
  • Verb -and-adjective pairs.

We stress the first syllable if noun and the second if verb.

Examples of noun-and-verb pairs are included in the table below:

Noun Verb Noun Verb
Abuse   Graduate  
Record   Cement  
Convert   Wind  
Abuse   Sin  
Contest   Produce  
Duplicate   Excuse  
Polish   Insult  
Rebel   Permit  

In sentences;

  • Many factories produce the produce we import.
  • Allan became a convert after deciding to convert to Christianity.

Sentence Stress

Sentence stress is accent on certain words within a sentence.

Most sentences have two basic word types:

  • Content words which are the key words carrying the sense or meaning- message.
  • Structure words which just make the sentence grammatically correct. They give the sentence its structure.

Look at the sentence below:

Buy milk feeling tired.

Though the sentence is incomplete, you will probably understand the message in it. The four words are the content words. Verbs, nouns, adjectives, are content words.

You can add words to the sentence to have something like:

Will you buy me milk since I am feeling tired?

The words: will, you, me, since, I, are just meant to make the sentence correct grammatically. They can also be stressed to bring the intended meaning.

Now let’s study the sentence below:

Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt.

Each word in the sentence can be stressed to bring the meaning as illustrated in the table.

Sentence Meaning
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. She doesn’t think that, but someone else does.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. It is not true that Joan thinks that.
Joan doesn’t thinkAkinyi stole my green skirt. Joan doesn’t think that, she knows that.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. Not Akinyi, but someone else. Probably Njuguna or Adhiambo.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyistole my green skirt. Joan thinks Akinyi did something to the green skirt, may be washed it.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. Joan thinks Akinyi stole someone else’s green skirt, but not mine.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. She thinks Akinyi stole my red skirt which is also missing.
Joan doesn’t think Akinyi stole my green skirt. Joan thinks Akinyi stole my green shirt. She mispronounced the word.

Exercise 1

  1. The words that follow can be nouns or verbs dependingon the stressed syllable. Use each as both the verb and noun in a single sentence.

 

  • Cement

(b)Address

  • Permit
  • Content

 

  1. Underline the part of the word in boldface you will stress in each of the following sentences.
  • The boy has been asked to sert the de.sert.
  • My handsome cortwilles.cort me to the dance.
  • After updating my sume, I will re.sume my job search.
  • They have to testin the annual Math con.test.
  • If you vict me, I will remain a con.vict for 5 years.

Exercise 2

Each word in the sentences below can be stressed to bring the meaning. What will be the meaning when each word is stressed?

  • I love your sister’s handwriting.
  • You came late today.
  1. INTONATION
  • It is the rise and fall of voice in speaking.
  • Intonation is crucial for communication.
  • In English there are basically two kinds of intonation: rising and
  • We can use arrows to show the intonation – whether rising or falling. ↘ represents falling intonation while ↗ represents the rising one.

Falling Intonation

  • Falling intonation is when we lower our voice at the end of a sentence.
  • This usually happens in:
  • Statements, for example,
  • I like↘
  • It is nice working with ↘
  • She travelled to↘

 

  • W/H Questions
  • What is your ↘name?
  • Where do you ↘live?
  • How old are↘ you?
  • Who is this young↘ man?
  • Commands
  • Get out ↘
  • Give me the ↘
  • Close your ↘
  • Exclamatory sentences e.g.
  • What a wonderful ↘present!
  • How ↘nice of you

Rising intonation

  • When we lower our voice.
  • Used in:
  • General Questionsg.

Do you visit them↗ often?

Have you seen ↗her?

Are you ready to ↗start?

Could you give me a↗ pen, please?

  • Alternative questionsg.

Do you want ↗coffee or ↘tea?

Does he speak↗ Kiswahili or ↘English?

  • Before tag questionsg.

This is a beautiful ↘place, ↗isn’t it?

She knows↘ him,↗ doesn’t she?

  • Enumeratingg.

↗One, ↗two,↗ three, ↗four,↘ five.

She bought ↗bread, ↗cheese, ↗oranges, and ↘apples.

Exercise

Using an arrow, determine whether rising or falling intonation is used in the sentences.

  • This music sounds good.
  • I love watching horror movies.
  • My sister’s name is Amina.
  • Blue is my favourite colour.
  • Is that tv good?
  • Do you like that movie?
  • Are you hungry?
  • Get me my shoes.
  • Study your lessons now.
  • Are you insane?
  • How many more hours before you are done with your work?
  • Which novel is the best for you?
  • He is a little bit nervous, isn’t he?
  • You should listen to your parents’ advice.
  • Did you finish your homework?
  • Water is good for the body.
  • This is good!
  • What a crazy show.

SECTION B: MASTERY OF CONTENT

  1. DEBATE
  • A formal contest of argumentation between two sides is what debate is.
  • Debate embodies the ideals of reasoned argument, and tolerance for divergent points of view.
  • There are two sides in the debate: the proposition and the
  • These two teams are presented with a resolution, such as, ‘Girls and Boys Should play in a mixed football team.
  • The teams are given enough preparation time.
  • The team affirming the resolution speaks first.
  • The opposing team then must refute the arguments offered by the affirming team and offer arguments rejecting the resolution.
  • Both sides are given the opportunity to present their positions and to directly question the other team.
  • Neutral judge (s) then evaluate the persuasiveness of the arguments and offer constructive feedback.

Preparation Time

This is the time you have from when the motion is announced to the beginning of the debate. During this time:

  1. Research on the motion to get facts. The facts can be got from the teachers, other students, etc.
  2. Write notes on the facts. You can once in a while look at them during your presentation.
  3. Practice how to speak. Do it in front of friends and relatives, as well as in front of a mirror.
  4. If anxious, do some physical exercise. You can also take a deep breath just before your presentation.
  5. Dress decently.

Points Delivery

Here are the points that will help you be successful during your points delivery:

  1. Deliver your points in a confident and persuasive way.
  2. Vary your tone to make you sound interesting. Listening to one tone is boring.
  3. Speak quite loudly to be comfortably heard by everyone in the room. Shouting does not win debates.
  4. Make eye contact with your audience, but keep shifting your gaze. Don’t stare at one person.
  5. Concisely and clearly express your points to be understood by your audience members.
  6. Provide a proof for each point you put across. If you don’t you will not earn a point.
  7. Speak slowly and enunciate your words. When you slow down your speech, you give your audience and the judge more time to process your strong points.
  8. Use gestures to elaborate on your points.
  9. Pause to divide your major points.

Heckling

  • Only supportive and argumentative heckling is permitted.
  • Heckling is a brief phrase (about two words) or other non- verbal actions that are directed to the judge of the debate.
  • They are reminder to the judge to pay close attention to the message immediately expressed by the speaker.
  • There are two types of heckles:
  • Those that are non-verbal, such as,
  • Rapping the knuckles on the desktop.
  • Rapping the palm on the desk.
  • Stamping the feet

They are meant to encourage the judge to heed a particularly strong point being made by the speaker.

  • Those that are verbal, such as,
  • Objective
  • Evidence
  • Point of information

They are said after standing up by one member of the opposing side.  These are meant to alert the judge to a problem in the opposing side’s argument.

Exercise

After you deliver your points during the debate, everyone claps for you. How could you have delivered your points to earn their heckling?

  1. INTERVIEWS

Have you ever attended the formal meetings where you are asked questions and are expected to respond to them? More than once you will be invited to attend interviews. You can also invite someone to interview. For this reason, you should some interview tips.

The two participants in an interview are the interviewer (at times a panel of interviewers), and the interviewee.

Tips for the Interviewees

Job Interview Preparations

If you really want to be considered for a particular job following an interview, you have to adequately prepare to succeed. The following are the preparations the interviewee would put in place before the interview:

  • Contact your referees to alert them that you will be interviewed and they are likely to receive a call.
  • Prepare your documents. Make sure they are neat and well arranged.
  • Know the location where you are having the interview. It will help you know how long it will take you to reach there.
  • Do some research about the organization.
  • Prepare what to wear and how to groom.
  • Anticipate potential questions and prepare answers correctly.
  • Arrive early enough for the interview.
  • Prepare questions to ask the interviewer at the end. It will show how much you are interested in working there.

During the Interview;

  • Greet the interviewer.
  • Knock on the door and wait for response before you enter. Shut the door behind you quietly.
  • Wait until you are offered the seat before sitting.
  • Sit or stand upright and look alert throughout.
  • Make good eye contact with the interviewer to show you are honest.
  • Explain your answers whenever possible and avoid answering questions with yes/no as answers.
  • Answer questions honestly. Don’t ever lie!

Common Blunders you MUST Avoid

Avoid falling foul of the following:

  1. Turning up late for the interview.
  2. Dressing and grooming inappropriately.
  3. Giving simple yes/no as answers.
  4. Speaking negatively about your previous employer.
  5. Sitting before invited.
  6. Discussing time-off or money.

As an Interviewer

Before the Interview:

  1. Write down questions to ask.
  2. Call the prospective employee’s referees.
  3. Prepare the place for the interview.
  4. Alert the interviewee about the interview. Mention the time and place.
  5. Arrive early for the interview.

During the Interview:

  1. Allow them enough time to respond to questions.
  2. Encourage them to speak by, for example, nodding your head when they answer questions.
  3. Speak and ask questions politely. Be friendly but formal as much as you can.
  4. Make eye contact with the interviewee to show you are listening to them.

Exercise 1

You are the secretary of journalism Club at Maembe Dodo Mixed School. On Friday you would like to interview your school Deputy Principal on the issue of Students’ Discipline.

  • Write down any three questions you would ask him/her.
  • Other than writing down questions to ask, how else would you prepare for this day?
  • State four things you would do as you interview him.

Exercise 2

Read the conversation below and then answer questions after it.

Ms Naomi: Welcome to our Doctor’s office.

Mr. Josh: Nice to be here.

Ms Naomi: I see from your resume that you are a cardiologist with 10 years of practice.

Mr. Josh: That’s right.

Ms Naomi: This interview is just to get to know you a little and then there are follow up interviews. So what do you do in your free time?

Mr. Josh: I like golfing and swimming. I also like to read newspapers.

Ms Naomi: Why did you want to be a doctor?

Mr. Josh: Actually I love helping people get well. I think cardiology has made great strides recently and I would like to share my findings with others.

Ms Naomi: Have you written in any scientific journals so far?

Mr. Josh: Not yet. But hopefully soon.

Ms Naomi:OK, we’d like to learn more about you. Let’s go for lunch with our colleagues, if that’s OK.

Mr. Josh: That’s fine, I am free.

  • What two things qualify Ms Naomi as a good interviewer?
  • Identify two evidences of interview tips displayed by Mr. Josh.
  1. SPEECHES

Have you ever stood in front of a big group of people to present your talk? Well here we shall learn how to prepare your speech and deliver it effectively.

Preparation for Speech Delivery

There are steps any speaker should follow in preparation for presentation of speech. They include:

  1. Doing some research on the topic to present. Get the facts about the topic. If you do enough research, your confidence level will be boosted.
  2. Practice in front of a group of friends or relatives. This can also be done in front of a mirror, or videotaping your rehearsals. You will be able to correct your gestures, postures etc.
  3. Write down the points about the topic on a note pad. You can refer to them when giving the speech.
  4. Plan on how to groom and dress decently. You should appear presentable to feel confident.

Grabbing and Keeping Audience Attention

Your opening determines how long your audience will listen to your presentation. If they are bored from the beginning; the chance that your message will effectively get across is very little.

The most commonly used methods are:

  1. Asking a question. The question should make them think about the topic. For example, ‘How many of you would like to be millionaires?’
  2. Stating an impressive fact connected to the topic of your presentation. For example: ‘About 30% of Kenyans are millionaires.
  3. Telling a story closely connected to the topic. It should neither be too long nor intended to try to glorify the speaker. For example: “Dear audience, before I begin I would like to tell you a short story about Maina Wa Kamau became a millionaire. Don’t worry, it’s not too long. …..”

Other methods of beginning a speech are:

  • Using humour
  • Starting with a quote that ties with your topic.
  • Using sound effect.

Presentation of Speech

There are various techniques of delivering speech. They are what will ensure understanding of your message. Some of these techniques include:

  1. Use gestures effectively to reinforce the words and ideas you are trying to communicate to your audience. For example, when talking about love, you can use your hands to form a cup shape to indicate how tiny something is.
  2. Make eye contact with your audience members to study their reactions to you. If you sense boredom, you need to improve and if you sense enthusiasm, it will help pump you up.
  3. Use movements to establish contact with your audience. Getting closer to them physically increases their attention and interest, as well as encouraging response if you are asking questions.
  4. Your posture should be upright. The way you conduct yourself on the platform will indicate you are relaxed and in control. Do not lean or slouch.
  5. Wear appropriate facial expressions to show feelings and emotions. Smile to show happiness, for example.
  6. Speak loud enough to be heard by all your audience members.
  7. Pronounce the words correctly and speak clearly for your message to be understood.
  8. Pause at key points to let the message sink.

Stage Fright

Almost all speakers are nervous. Even the most experienced do. Fear of addressing a group is not wrong, but how we deal with it is what is possibly not good enough. Those speakers who seem relaxed and confident have learnt how to handle anxiety.

 

Symptoms of Nervous Speakers

An anxious speaker can be identified in case of:

 

  • Shaking hands
  • Sweating palms
  • Dry mouth
  • Rapid heartbeat
  • Squeaky voice
  • Knocking knees
  • Facial flushes
  • Watery eyes
  • Mental confusions
  • jitters

 

Causes of Fear

  1. Past failures during presentation. Plan to succeed instead.
  2. Poor or insufficient preparation. Nothing gives you more confidence than being ready.
  3. Discomfort with your own body and movement.

Dealing with Anxiety

A speaker can try the suggestions below to deal with anxiety before and on the day of speech.

Before the day;

  1. Know your topic by doing adequate and thorough research. You will be sure of presenting accurate information and be able to answer questions asked by audience members.
  2. Practice delivering your speech several times. This helps you be sure of your organization of the main points.

On that day;

  1. Do some physical exercises like press ups, push walls, etc. to reduce anxiety.
  2. Use simple relaxation techniques like taking deep breath, tightening and relaxing your muscles, etc.
  3. Wear clothes that you feel confident in. when you feel good about of you feel, your confidence level is boosted. You don’t need to adjust your clothes or hair during your speech.
  4. Spot friendly faces in the crowd. These are people who give you positive feedback (e.g. nodding, smiling). Such faces give you encouragement to speak.
  5. Come up with ways to hide your anxiety. For example,
  • When mouth goes dry, drink some water
  • Incase of excessive sweating, wear clothes that will not allow your audience detect
  • If your hands shake, use gestures to mask the shaking.

 

 

Exercise 1

In the next three days, you are presenting a speech on the topic: Effects of HIV/AIDS.

  • Write down any three ways you would prepare for the speech delivery.
  • State the techniques you would employ to ensure your audience listens to you throughout and that they understand the message during the presentation.

Exercise 2

Makufuli is presenting his speech. Your friend, Makwere claims that Makufuli is not confident.

  • What could have warranted this claim?
  • State four reasons that could be behind Makufuli’s state?
  1. DISCUSSION
  • Discussion is a process where exchange of ideas and opinions are debated upon in a group.
  • A group which comprises a small number of people is given a topic to discuss.

Preparation for Group Discussion

Do the following before you start the discussion:

  1. Select/choose group leaders. Choose the secretary to write the points down and the chair to lead the discussions.
  2. Research round the topic to make sure you have the points. You can get the points from the sources including:
  • Newspapers and magazines
  • Friends, relatives and teachers
  • Text books
  • Internet
  • Television
  1. Arrive early for discussions. It is advisable you do so so that you start early and finish early.
  2. Gather writing materials – pen and note book.
  3. Prepare with questions to ask.

Participating in a Group Discussion

Remember the tips below for success during the discussion:

  1. Learn to listen to each other and respond to what other people have to say.
  2. Speak with moderation. What you say is usually more important than how much you say. Quality is needed rather than the quantity.
  3. Back up each point you put across. You can explain your points in a number of ways including:
  • Providing facts or statistics to support it;
  • Quoting expert opinion;
  • Explain why said what you said; and
  • Referring to your own experience.
  1. Stay calm and polite. Use polite words like ‘May I ….?, please …, etc.’
  2. Take notes of important words and ideas.
  3. Speak clearly.
  4. Speak loud enough to be heard by all the group members.

The Common Discussion Mistakes

Having learnt what you should do during the discussion, let us now learn what under no circumstances y do. You should never:

  • Dominate the discussion;
  • Interrupt abruptly;
  • Be inaudible;
  • Carry out mini-meetings; or
  • Talk over each other.

Exercise

You and your group members have been assigned the topic: ‘Responsibilities of a Good Citizen’ by your teacher of History and Government. You are supposed to discuss this before you give the presentation in two days.

  • State three ways in which you would prepare before you start discussing the topic.
  • How would you ensure your group members and yourself benefit from this discussion?
  1. ORAL REPORTS
  • From the heading, an oral report is spoken, not written.
  • Being oral, it doesn’t mean writing is not involved. As part of preparation, you have to write notes on the topic or at least an outline of points.
  • When asked to present an oral report you get the opportunity to practice your speaking skills.
  • A spoken report has various elements including an introduction, body and conclusion.

Preparation for Oral Reports

You can prepare by:

  1. Researching on the topic. Get all the facts about what is known and unknown by your audience.
  2. Take notes on the facts about the topic. Choose your words appropriately in the process.
  3. Practice the report before presenting it. You may
  • Practice in front of a mirror.
  • Practice in front of friends or relatives.
  • Videotape your rehearsals.

More practice is required if it has to be memorized.

  1. Plan on how to dress and groom.
  2. Prepare the visual aids if you plan to use the them. Select the appropriate chart, picture, etc. that will make abstract ideas concrete.

Reporting

  1. Stand up straight. Your upper body should be held straight, but not stiff. Do not fidget.
  2. Make eye contact in order to look surer of yourself and to ensure your audience listens better.
  3. Vary your tone appropriately and speak clearly.
  4. Use gestures to make your points well understood and to keep the audience interested.
  5. Pause at key points to let the point sick.
  6. Speak loud enough for everyone to hear you.
  7. If you have visual aids use them appropriately.

Exercise

You have seen thieves robbing your neighbor’s house. During this time you have your phone that you have used to capture one of the two robbers. The next day you are called at the police station to report on what occurred.

  • State any three ways you would prepare to deliver this oral report.
  • What three details would you include in your report?
  • How would you deliver the report to ensure the information is understood?

SECTION C: ETIQUETTE

Etiquette is the rules that indicate the proper and polite manner to behave.

  1. USE OF COURTEOUS LANGUAGE
  • When one uses courteous language, he/she uses a language that is very polite and polished to show respect.
  • At no time should you allow yourself be rude, ill-mannered, impolite, inconsiderate, or even thoughtless.
  • Being and remaining polite will go a long way in building relationships.
  • To show politeness and respect:
  • Use the word please in request;
  • Say thank you to those who help or compliment you.
  • Start your requests or interrogatives beginning with words such as can, could, may, will, or would.
  • Say excuse me when you interrupt other people or intrude into their time or privacy.
  • Use question tags.
  • In this section, we shall learn the words and phrases that show respect.
  • Please
  • We use it when you want someone to do something for you. For example: Can you pass that cup, please?
  • Also used when you want something from someone. For example: Lend me ten shillings, please.
  • Thank you
  • Use it whenever someone does something for you.
  • Use it when someone commends you.
  • Sorry
  • Say it any time you inconvenience someone.
  • Say it when step on someone’s toes, etc.
  • Also when someone asks you something you cannot do.
  • Excuse me

To introduce a request to someone, or to get past someone, use this phrase. For example

Excuse me, can you show me where Amina lives?

  • Pardon me

Almost as ‘excuse me’

Exercise 1

Jennifer has gone to the shop to buy a bar of soap. The shopkeeper tells her to be polite the next time she comes to buy from him. Showing where, which polite phrases could Jennifer have failed to use?

Exercise 2

Read the dialogue below and then explain how Jacinta expresses politeness.

John:   I would like to send this letter to japan by airmail, how much is the charge?

Jacinta: It’s one pound, do you need extra stamps?

John: I do, I have been also expecting a package from New-York. Here is my identity card and receipt.

Jacinta: Would you mind signing this form? Here is the package.

John: Finally, I would like to send this registered letter to London.

Jacinta: Please fill in the complete address in capital letters.

  1. TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE

Telephone etiquette are the rules that demonstrate the proper and polite way to use your phone/telephone.

It starts from how you prepare for phone calls to when you end the call.

Preparation for Phone Call

The following should be done before placing a call:

  • Ensure you have enough time. It will not auger well to suddenly end the conversation because of insufficient airtime.
  • Go to a place where there is silence. Too much noise will distract your attention.
  • Think through exactly what you want to say. Write it down if possible so you don’t forget what to say or ask and look as though you didn’t have anything to say.

Tips to Display When Making a Call

Whether at work, at home, or on your mobile phone, remember to display the tips below at all times:

  1. Identify yourself at the beginning of the call.
  2. Speak clearly and slowly especially when leaving the message.
  3. Speak with a low tone of voice. Be sure to know how loud you may be.
  4. Always end with a pleasantry, for example,’ Have a nice day.’
  5. Let the caller hang up first.
  6. Stay away from others while talking on the phone. They don’t need to hear your private conversation.

What to Avoid

  1. Avoid being distracted by other activities while speaking. Some of these activities include:
  • Rustling papers
  • Chewing
  • Driving
  • Speaking with someone
  • Shopping
  • Working on the computer
  1. Avoid allowing interruptions to occur during the conversation.
  2. Do not engage in an argument with the caller.
  3. Talking too loudly.

Not at these Places

The following are places you should not make a call. You should even have your cell phone in a silent mode or switch it off altogether.

  • Bathrooms
  • Hospitals
  • Waiting rooms
  • Meetings
  • Museums
  • Places of worship
  • Lectures
  • Live performances
  • Funerals
  • Weddings

Telephone Conversations

Here we shall focus on majorly business telephone conversations. It should be noted that there are patterns that are followed; but not all will follow this rigid pattern. The six patterns include:

  1. The phone is answered by someone who asks if he/she can help.
  2. The caller makes a request either to be connected to someone or for information.
  3. The caller is connected, given information or told that that person is not present at the moment.
  4. The caller is asked to leave a message if the person who is requested for is not in.
  5. The caller leaves a message or asks other questions.
  6. The phone call finishes.

Exercise 1

Read the telephone conversation below and then answer questions that follow.

Pauline: (a form two student, Wajanja School) ring ring… ring ring …

Secretary: Hello, Wajanja School, this is Ms Esther speaking. How may I be of help to you?

Pauline: Yes, this is Pauline Karanja a form two student calling. May I speak to the principal, please?

Secretary: I am afraid MsKaluma is not in the office at the moment. Would you like to leave a message?

Pauline: I would really want, thanks. When she comes back, tell her I wanted to ask for one day permission. My brother is sick and I would like to request her that I report one day after the opening day. It is I who will be left with my siblings as the brother goes to the hospital. That is all.

Secretary: Sorry for that, I wish him quick recovery. I would give her the message as soon.

Pauline: I would be grateful madam. Thanks again.

Pauline: Welcome Pauline. Just ensure you report as stated here.

Secretary: Ok have a nice day madam.

Pauline: You too have a perfect day. Goodbye

  • With examples, outline the patterns of telephone conversation in above.
  • Identify evidences of telephone etiquette tips displayed by Pauline in the conversation above.

Exercise 2

Your sibling is very sick. You are planning to make a doctor a phone call to come to your home to provide medication.

  • State any three preparations you would put in place before making this important call.
  • Give four bad habits you would avoid when making this call.

Exercise 3

Joan has just called the parent to ask them to pay the school fee. Unfortunately, the parent is not happy with the way she has made the call. Identify any four telephone etiquette tips shecould have failed to display.

  1. APPROPRIATE CHOICE OF REGISTER
  • Register denotes the choice of language, whether that be formal or informal.
  • It is the choosing of appropriate language for the context.
  • There are factors that determine the language we use.
  • It is important to select the right language for the right situation.
  • The choice of register is affected by:
  • The setting of the speech;
  • The topic of the speech;
  • The relationship that exists between the speakers; and
  • The age.

 

 

The Setting

There are words we use depending on the field. There are those we use in the field of medicine, in the field of law etc. they are also those that we use at home when talking to family members. A chemist, for example, will ask for ‘sodium chloride’ while at the laboratory, while at home she will request for ‘salt’. At work place, people tend to use formal language while informal language at home.

Topic

  • If, for example, you want to ask for something valuable from a brother you would say: ‘I was wondering if you could lend me….’. This is a formal language even though it is your family member you are talking to.
  • When offering your boss tea or coffee, you will still use formal language for example: ‘Would you mind being served tea or coffee? ’ and to a friend you will say: ‘Tea or coffee?

Relationship

There are words you use when speaking to different people in different situations. More often than not, an intimate couple will use words like ‘darling’, ‘honey’, etc. These words cannot be used to address your colleague at work place; or even your pastor.

Age

There are ways to speak to a child and those of speaking to adults. To a baby, we use words like ‘popopoo’ while to an adult ‘long call’, etc.

The Words used in Different Fields

Field of Medicine

Some words used in the hospitals, clinics and other health stations include: X-ray, syringe, paracetamol, doctor, nurse, mortuary, patient, etc.

Police Station

Lockup, cell, bond, etc.

Airport

Aircraft, flight, air hostess, etc.

Information Technology

Computer, laptop, CPU, Monitor, software, hardcopy, hard disk, etc.

School

The words used by the teachers, students and others at school are: chalk, ruler, blackboard, senior teacher, deputy principal, dean of studies, etc.

Law

Technical terms used by lawyers and in the courts of law include: adult probation, affidavit, alimony, Amicus Curiae brief, annulment, appeal, appellant, appellee, arrest, plaintiff, defendant, dismissal, oath, revocation hearing, learned friend, etc.

Exercise

Read the conversation below and then answer question that follow.

Caller:Is this the Credex?

Receptionist:Yes, how may I be of help to you?

Caller:It’s Dorothy calling.

Receptionist:Oh, Dorothy! How is the going?

Caller: Lunch today?

Receptionist: Of course..

Caller: what time then?

Receptionist: After I have seen the deputy principal. There are packets of chalk I am supposed to deliver.

  • Giving the reasons, where is the Credex?
  • What is the relationship between the caller and the receptionist?
  • Explain the formality of the language the receptionist and the caller use.
  • Give illustrations for (c) above.
  1. TURN-TAKING

Being a cyclical process, turn taking starts with one person speaking, and continues as the speaker gives control to the next individual. This is then offered to another person and then back to the original speaker. Orderly conversation has to take place.

A turn is a crucial element within turn taking. Each person takes turn within the conversation – either in person or on phone.

Achieving Smooth Turn Taking

It is achieved with:

  1. Using specific polite phrases, for example, those for,
  • Interrupting
  • Accepting the turn when offered it
  • Keeping your turn
  • Getting other people speaking, etc.
  1. Using gestures to indicate you have completed what you are saying or that you want to say something. You drop your arm when you have completed and raise it when you want to say something.
  2. Varying the intonation to show you have or have not finished speaking.
  3. Use noises like ‘uming’ and ‘ahing’ while thinking so as not to lose your turn.

 

 

Turn Taking Cues

There are various ways of signaling a finished turn. They might be indicated when the current speaker:

  1. Asks a question, for example, ‘Did you want to add anything?’
  2. Trails off (his/her voice becomes weaker to the extent you may not hear his words)
  3. Indicates they are done speaking with a closing statement, for example, ‘That’s all I wanted to say.’or ’I think I have made my point.
  4. Uses marker words (those that allow the other a chance to speak), for example, ‘well…’ or ‘so…’
  5. Drops the pitch or volume of their voice at the end of their utterance. This is the use of falling intonation.
  6. Uses gestures to signal that another can contribute.

Violations in Turn-Taking

There are five well known turn-taking violations in a conversation. They are: interruptions, overlaps, grabbing the floor, hogging the floor, and silence. Do you know what they really are? If you don’t, read the explanations for the violations in that order.

  1. Inhibiting the speaker from finishing their sentences during their turn.
  2. Talking at the same time as the current speaker. This is interruptive overlap. However, cooperative overlap is encouraged as it shows you are interested in the message.
  3. Interrupting and then taking over the turn before being offered it.
  4. Taking over the floor and ignoring other people’s attempt to take the floor.
  5. Remaining without saying anything for quite some time.

The List of Turn-Taking Phrase

To interrupt;

  • Before I forget, …
  • I don’t like to interrupt, but ….
  • I wouldn’t usually interrupt, but …
  • I’m afraid I have to stop you there.
  • I will let you finish in a minute/second/moment ….
  • May I interrupt?

To accept the turn when offered it;

  • I won’t take long.
  • What I wanted to say was …

To stop other people from interrupting you during your turn use;

  • I have just one more point to make
  • I have nearly finished
  • Before you have your say …
  • I haven’t quite finished my point yet
  • I know you’re dying to jump in, but….

To offer the turn to another use;

  • …., right?
  • But that’s enough from me.
  • Can you give me your thoughts on …?
  • Does anyone want to say anything before I move on?
  • How about you?

To take the turn back after being interrupted;

  • As I was saying (before I was interrupted)
  • To get back on topic…
  • Carrying on from where we left on…

Note: The list is endless, and you can come up with other appropriate phrases.

  1. INTERRUPTING AND DISAGREEING POLITELY
  • English is a polite language. For this reason, it is advisable to indirectly contradict a person. It is rude to do it directly.
  • Although conversation is a two way street, interrupting a speaker is usually regarded as rude. However, at times you need to interrupt. When then can one interrupt?
  • You can only interrupt to:
  • Ask a question;
  • Make a correction;
  • Offer an opinion; and
  • Ask for clarification.

In this section, we shall learn how to interrupt and disagree politely.

Steps to Interrupting

It is important to take note of the following steps when interrupting a speaker during a conversation or during a discussion:

  1. Signal to the speaker that you have something to contribute by implementing the body language such as:
  • Making eye contact;
  • Slightly raising your hand;
  • Sitting forward on your seat;
  • Quietly clearing your throat; or
  • Coughing quietly.
  1. Wait patiently until the speaker pauses or incase of a lull in the conversation.
  2. Speak clearly using polite phrases. These phrases will be learnt later.
  3. Wait for the speaker to acknowledge your request to speak before you do so.
  4. After you have spoken, thank the speaker and allow them continue.
  5. Take a deep breath and calm yourself before interrupting when you feel angry or annoyed.
  6. Take care to use low tone of voice.

Avoid:

  1. Unnecessary interruptions.
  2. Finishing speaker’s sentences.
  3. Interrupting to correct the speaker unnecessarily.
  4. Speaking harshly or using disparaging comments.

Phrases used in Interruption

Below is the list of phrases which you can use to politely interrupt someone:

  • May I say something here?
  • I am sorry to interrupt, but …
  • Excuse me, may I add to that…?
  • Do you mind if I jump in here?
  • Before we move on to the next point, may I add …?
  • Sorry, I didn’t catch that, is it possible to repeat the last point?
  • I don’t mean to intrude ….
  • Sorry to butt in, but …
  • Would this be a good time to ….?
  • Excuse the interruption, but …
  • I hate to interrupt, but …
  • I know it is rude to interrupt, but …

How to Disagree Politely

The tips that follow will help you handle disagreements without annoying the other person in a discussion or discussion:

  1. Actively listen to the other person’s point of view. This helps in showing respect and understanding of the other person’s perspective.
  2. Stay calm even if you feel angry.
  3. Acknowledge the other person’s point of view before the buts.
  4. Disagree only with the person’s idea but not he person.
  5. Use polite phrases to respectfully disagree.
  6. Speak in a low tone.
  7. Give some credence to the other person’s point of view before challenging it. For example, say: It’s partly true that I bought this phone at a cheap price, but …

Disagreeing Politely Expressions

  • I agree up to a point, but …
  • I see your point, but …
  • That’s partly true, but …
  • I’m not so sure about that.
  • That’s not entirely true
  • I am sorry to disagree with you, but …
  • I’m afraid I have to disagree
  • I must take issue with you on that
  • It’s unjustifiable to say that..
  1. NEGOTIATION SKILLS
  • This is the process of discussion between two or more disputants, aimed at finding the solution to a common problem.
  • It is a method by which people settle their differences.
  • It is also the process by which a compromise or agreement is reached while avoiding argument.
  • There could be a difference between people with different aims or intentions, especially in business or politics. When this happens, they have to reach an agreement.
  • Negotiation skills will be helpful when:
  • Haggling over the price of something;
  • Negotiating with your employer e.g. for higher salary;
  • Negotiating for peace/ solving conflict;
  • Negotiating for better services; etc.

Stages of Negotiation

  1. Preparation comes first. During this time, ensure all the pertinent facts of the situation is known in order to clarify your own position. It will help in avoiding wasting time unnecessarily.
  2. Discussion then follows. This is the time to ask questions, listen and make things easier to understand. At times, it is helpful to take notes to record all points put forward.
  3. Negotiate towards a win-win outcome. Each party has to be satisfied at the end of the process.
  4. Agreement comes after understanding both sides’ viewpoints and considering them.
  5. Implement the course of action. If for example, paying the amount, it has to be paid.

Points Every Negotiator Should Consider

  1. Ask questions, confirm and summarise. These three activities ensure that there is no confusion on what each party wants.
  2. Acknowledge each other’s point of view. Show that you have listened to and understood their perspective. Show appreciation of the other person’s point of view.
  3. Listen attentively to the other person.
  4. Respond to negative comments and complaints. Avoid confrontational language.
  5. Behave in a confident way, but don’t be rude. Make polite but firm requests.
  6. Give options/alternatives. You can both win if you recognise that you share a common ground.

Exercise

You are planning to buy a new model car.

  • Write down three relevant facts you would want to know before going to buy the car.
  • State any three hints for the negotiators you would consider when haggling over the price of that car.
  1. PAYING ATTENTION (LISTENING)

Listening is different from hearing. When you listen, you understand both the verbal and non-verbal information.

Why should you listen? You listen:

  • To obtain information
  • To understand the message
  • For enjoyment
  • To learn

In this section, we shall learn the techniques of active listening.

Techniques of Paying Attention

In order to benefit from a talk as the listener, you should take note of the following key tips:

  1. Keep an open mind. Listen without judging the speaker or mentally criticizing their message they pass. You just have to hold your criticism and withhold judgment.
  2. Familiarize yourself with the topic under discussion. Audience tend to listen more if they have idea of the topic being discussed. How then can one familiarize himself/ herself with the subject? They can do this by:
  • Reading from the books.
  • Reading from the internet.
  • Asking for ideas from those who know.
  1. Use the speaker responses to encourage the speaker to continue speaking. You will also get the information you need if you do so. Some of the speaker responses we use include:
  • Slightly nodding the head, but occasionally.
  • Smile occasionally.
  • Using small verbal comments like yes, uh huh, mmmh, I see, etc.
  • Reflecting back e.g. you said …
  1. Take notes on the important points. This can in itself be a distractor. You should therefore know when to and when not to take notes.
  2. Listen for the main ideas. These are the most important points the speaker wants to get across and are repeated several times.
  3. Wait for the speaker to pause before asking a clarifying question. Just hold back.
  4. Avoid distractions. Don’t let your mind wander or be distracted by other people’s activities. If the room is too cold or too hot get the solution to that situation if possible.
  5. Sit properly. Sit upright
  6. Make eye contact with the speaker. When you do this you will be able to understand the non-verbal messages too.

Signs of Inactive Audience

You can easily tell whether your audience listens or not. The inattentive listeners tend to possess the following characteristics:

  • Fidgeting
  • Doodling
  • Playing with their hair
  • Looking at a clock or watch
  • Picking their fingernails
  • Passing small pieces of paper to one another
  • Shifting from seat to seat
  • Yawning

 

 

Barriers to Effective Listening

There are many things that get in the way of listening and you should avoid these bad habits so as to become a more effective listener. These factors that inhibit active listening include;

  1. Lack of interest in the topic being discussed.
  2. Unfamiliarity with the topic under discussion.
  3. One might fear being asked a question and in the process fail to look at the speaker.
  4. In case of noise the listeners might not get what the speaker is saying.

Exercise 1

MwangiMwaniki, the author of one of the set text you study, is coming to your school to give a talk on the themes in his novel.

  • How would you prepare for this big day?
  • State what you would do to ensure you benefit from the talk during the presentation.

SECTION D: NON-VERBAL SKILLS IN LISTENING AND SPEAKING

  1. IMPORTANCE OF RESPECTING PERSONAL SPACE

A personal space is an imaginary area between a person and their surrounding area. This space makes the person feel comfortable and should therefore not be encroached.

The distance can exist at work, at home and in our social circles.

The personal space varies depending on factors such as:

  • Gender
  • Trust
  • Relationship
  • Familiarity with the person.

Why Respect People’s personal Space?

  1. To make them feel comfortable.
  2. To maintain good relationships.
  3. To enhance listening. Especially during a talk.

General Personal Space Rules

The personal space guidelines below will help enhance listening and speaking:

  1. Respectfully keep your distance if you walk into a room and see two people in private conversation.
  2. Pay attention to your volume when you speak, whether on the phone or in person, to ensure you don’t distract attention of others.
  3. Maintain physical space at table and chair rows so the people around you have enough room to write, raise their hands, etc.
  4. Be mindful of amount of perfume or cologne you wear as if it is in excess it might distract others.
  5. Never lean on the other person’s shoulder unless invited to.
  6. Don’t eavesdrop on another person’s phone conversation. In case you overhear details of the conversation, keep it confidential.

Dealing with Space Intrusion

Depending on the nature of the intrusion, you would deal with space encroachment in different ways. Here are the steps of dealing with a person who leans on your shoulder:

  1. Lean away or take a step back away from the person hoping they would take a hint.
  2. Come right out and say you feel discomfort being too close.
  3. Explain why you need more space. You can for example tell them you need more space to write.

Exercise

You have attended a one day seminar. The person sitting next to you is said to be intruding your personal space. What four personal space guidelines could this person have failed to follow?

  1. FACIAL EXPRESSIONS
  • The face you wear is a great component of emotion and feeling.
  • The various facial expressions represent various feelings. A smile for example, represents joy, while a scowl, anger.
  • When speaking or listening, flex your facial muscles as appropriate. You can’t smile when the speaker is talking about incidence of tragedy. Doleful face will do.
  • Remember your face is like a switch and will keep changing depending on the feelings and emotions.

Some words for Describing Facial Expressions

Emotion/ Feeling Facial Expression
Approval/ agreement Appealing
Happy and peaceful Beatific
Angry or unhappy Black, grave
Worried Bug-eyed
Sad Doleful
Confused Quizzical
Surprised Wide-eyed, quizzical
Extremely happy Radiant
Embarrassed Withering
  1. GESTURES
  • A speaker will always move part of their body especially a hand, arm or the head when speaking.
  • This is done to express the idea or meaning.
  • As a speaker you can use illustrators of what you are saying using your hands. They will add mental image to what is being conveyed. For example,
  • Headshake to mean ‘no’.
  • Use hands to form the shape of heart to express love.
  • Use the hands to form the bow shape to show the big belly. Etc.
  1. EYE CONTACT
  • Did you know you can use your eyes to listen? We use the eyes to listen to another person’s body language – gesture included.
  • An eye is a powerful tool of effective communication.
  • Let us learn some situations that demand different uses of the eyes. For example:
  • When arguing, hold your gaze.
  • When deferring, lower your eyes.
  • When loving someone, stare in the pool of their eyes.
  • Making eye contact is very vital as you can get the feedback from your listeners, on your message. When you notice they are bored you know you have to make adjustments and when they show enthusiasm then this will help in pumping you up.
  • Too much eye contact by the listener indicate they have interest in either you or the information you are putting across.
  • Speakers tend to look up:
  • At the end of their utterances.
  • To indicate to the others to have their turn.
  • Speakers tend to look away when:
  • Talking non-fluently.
  • Thinking
  • Not sure of the topic.

 

  1. BOWING/CURTSYING
  • A curtsy is a polite gesture of respect or reverence made chiefly by women and girls.
  • It is the female equivalent of males’ bowing.

When to Bow or Make Curtsy

  • To end a performance.
  • To show respect.

How to Curtsy

  • Lower your head.
  • Hold your skirt at the edges with both hands.
  • Place your right foot behind the left.
  • Bend your knees outward
  1. APPERANCE AND GROOMING

How you look when speaking in front of an audience or when going for an interview is very crucial. It both boosts your confidence level and build respect.

Your appearance involves the clothes you wear as well as how you groom.

Grooming on the hand involves what you do to your body other than the clothing. Your personal hygiene is the simplest term that can replace the term grooming.

Clothing

The kind of clothe you wear will depend on such factors as:

  • Your occupation;
  • Weather;
  • Location; and
  • Your preference.

Guidelines for Clothing

  1. Your cloth should fit comfortably.
  2. The cloth should also be neat and clean.
  3. Wear the right cloth for appropriate occasion.

Grooming

Read the grooming checklist below.

  1. Your hair should be lean, trimmed and neatly arranged.
  2. If you are a man, ensure your facial hair is freshly shaved.
  3. Fingernails should be neat, clean and trimmed.
  4. Teeth should brushed and with fresh breath.
  5. Body should be freshly showered.
  6. If a woman, use make up sparingly and be natural looking.
  7. Use perfumes/aftershave/colognes sparingly or even use non at all.

Exercise

Ayub has been invited to an interview. State four grooming mistakes he should be careful to avoid.

SECTION E: INSTRUCTIONS TO FRIENDS AND RELATIVES

  1. GIVING AND RECEIVING INSTRUCTIONS

Giving clear instructions is one of those things that seems easy to do but actually are more complex.

The tips that follow will help you in giving clear instructions:

  1. Get the attention of the other person. Be sure you have the attention of the person, or people, you are giving instruction. This is one way in which you will tell whether they are listening. Do you know ways to get the attention of a child or even a group of people in some noisy place? Here are some suggestions;
  • Ring the bell
  • Bang the table/door
  • Switch off the lights
  • Clear your throat
  • Blow the whistle, and many others.
  1. Use simple language that can be understood. Avoid using too much vocabulary.
  2. Break instructions down and deliver them in steps. Give one instruction at any given time to avoid any confusion.
  3. Repeat instructions to them.
  4. Be loud enough.
  5. Give instruction beginning with a verb i.e. use the imperative forms. For example: Take three cups…
  6. Ask them repeat instructions to you in their own words.
  7. Make eye contact.

Exercise

You are a mother. On a certain day, very early in the morning, you want to go to pay your friend a visit. Before you leave, you have decided to leave your 6-year old son instructions on how to prepare his lunch.

  • Make a list of methods you would use to get his attention before giving instructions.
  • Other than getting his attention, how else would you ensure you leave him clear and understandable instructions?

 

GIVING DIRECTIONS

Once in a while people will ask you to lead them to their destination. If it is not possible to do this then the best thing to do will be to give them directions to those places. The most important thing to do is to be brief and clear.

Let us learn the steps to giving the clear directions.

Steps to Giving Clear Directions

  1. Give the direction with few turns. Remember shortcuts may be faster, but at times are complicated especially in the case of many turns.
  2. Indicate the turns—whether left or right. Tell them to turn a left or a right. For those who know cardinal points, you can use north, south, west, or east.
  3. Mention the landmarks, for example, a large clock, a school, a river, e.t.c. Tell them: `you will see a blue church…
  4. Specify distance. Offer the Ballpark Figures (rough estimates of the time and length of travel). The three ways of specifying the distance are:
  • Telling them how many streets or buildings to pass;
  • Giving them distance in kilometres, metres , or miles;and
  • Telling them how much time in minutes or hours it will take them to reach their destination.
  1. Warn them about any confusing parts of the route. For example, let them know of a narrow road that people normally miss.
  2. Say which side of the street or road their destination is on. There could be two houses that look alike on either sides of road. Tell them: My house is on the right.
  3. Repeat directions to them and allow them repeat back directions to you.
  4. Draw a simplified map if paper and pencil or pen are available.
  5. Give them a drop-dead point. This is the place when if you reach you know you are lost and have to make a U-turn. For example, tell them: if you see a big black billboard you have gone too far.

Exercise

Your church is in the same estate you live. Your mother goes to a different church. On this particular Sunday she has decided to join you later in your church. For that reason, she asks you to give her the direction to the church.

  • Mention three ways you would specify her the distance from your home to the church.
  • Apart from specifying the distance, how else would you ensure she reaches the church when giving her the direction?

 

ANSWERS ON ORAL SKILLS

PRONUNCIATION OF VOWEL SOUNDS

/ᶦ/

  • Hill
  • Sit
  • Still
  • Blip
  • Fill
  • Blink
  • Thrill

/i:/

  • Jeep
  • Creek
  • Greased
  • Teal
  • cheat

/e/

  • jet
  • bed
  • wet

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANT SOUNDS

Exercise 1

Sound /s/: seven, students, first, test, licences

Sound /z/ : driver’s, licences, Thursday

Exercise 2

 

  • Garage
  • Gift
  • Go
  • Digit
  • Entangle
  • Gecko

 

Exercise 3

Sound /ᶴ/ :tissue, passion, ocean, cautious, solution, pressure, Persian, chef, sure, precious

Sound /ᶾ/ :Caucasian, division, leisure, vision, casual, conclusion, television, decision, collision, exposure

Exercise 4

Sound /f/ : forgive, for, forgetting, leftover, food

Sound /v/ :forgive, leftover

DIPHTHONGS

 

  • Gate
  • Made
  • Male
  • Pail
  • Pane
  • Plane
  • Sail
  • Tail
  • Vane/vein
  • Waste
  • Weight
  • Ate
  • Sow
  • Know
  • Tow
  • Groan

 

MINIMAL PAIRS

Exercise 1

 

  • Heat
  • Shit
  • Teen
  • Pitch
  • Leap
  • Knit
  • Keep
  • Ill
  • Grid
  • Peel
  • Skid
  • Scheme

 

Exercise 2

 

  • Hid
  • Mess
  • Hem
  • Led
  • Fin
  • Led
  • Din
  • Pig

 

Exercise 3

 

  • Fail
  • Pen
  • Hell
  • Sail/sale
  • Whale
  • Met
  • Read/red
  • Debt
  • Main
  • Stead

 

Exercise 4

 

  • Bat
  • Much
  • Mud
  • Flash
  • Come
  • Dam
  • Sung
  • Ankle
  • Crush
  • Suck
  • Damp
  • Tag

 

Exercise 5

 

  • Merry
  • Bland
  • Kettle
  • Vet
  • Sex
  • Track
  • Tread
  • Mat

 

Exercise 6

 

  • Fir/fur
  • Hard
  • Purse
  • Firm
  • Shirk
  • Cart

 

Exercise 7

 

  • Ban
  • Vote
  • Best
  • Bowels
  • Bent
  • Very
  • Lobes
  • Verb

 

Exercise 8

 

  • Very
  • Leave
  • Fast
  • Vine
  • Halve
  • Prove
  • Fail
  • Grieve
  • Carve
  • Vault
  • File
  • Strife

 

Exercise 9

 

  • Bad
  • Got
  • Ride
  • Ant
  • add
  • Bet
  • Bought
  • Aid
  • Bed
  • feed
  • Hid
  • Heard
  • Mad
  • Meant
  • need
  • Not
  • Said
  • Plate
  • Sad
  • Debt

 

Exercise 10

 

  • Tag
  • Flock
  • Tuck
  • Come
  • Cash
  • Jag
  • Gave
  • Sack
  • League
  • Grab
  • Glass
  • Could
  • Coat
  • Block
  • Gill
  • Duck
  • Cut
  • Lock
  • Rag
  • got

 

HOMOPHONES

  • bee, be
  • see, sea
  • aye, eye
  • pee, pea
  • tea, tee
  • ewe, you

SILENT LETTERS

 

  1. b
  2. s
  • c
  1. t
  2. c
  3. b
  • s
  • h
  1. d
  2. d
  3. n
  • t
  • t
  • h
  1. t
  • t
  • t
  • b
  • t
  1. e
  • p
  • x
  • m
  • b
  • z
  • ue
  • e
  • th
  • th
  • s

STRESS

Exercise 1

  • Bamburi cement was used to cement the bridge.
  • After leaving us his address, he will address those students over there.
  • He had to permit us to do business since we had a business permit.
  • The content of the letter will content the man.
  • Sert, de
  • es, cort
  • re, sume
  • test, con
  • vict, con

Exercise 2

  • I – no one else loves your sister’s handwriting.
  • Love – I don’t hate your sister’s handwriting
  • Your – Not any other person’s sister
  • Sister’s – not your brother’s or your uncle’s
  • Handwriting – It I only your sister’s handwriting I love, not her walking style or her cooking.
  • You – all the others came early
  • Came – you did not leave late
  • Late – Not early
  • Yesterday – the rest of the days you came early

INTONATION

  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Rising
  • Rising
  • Rising
  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Rising
  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Rising
  • Falling
  • Rising
  • Falling
  • Falling
  • Falling

DEBATE

I could have:

  • Spoken confidently
  • Varied my tone appropriately
  • Spoken loud enough to be heard by everyone
  • Made my contact with my audience
  • Provided proofs for my points in persuasive way.
  • Spoken slowly and enunciated words correctly
  • Used gestures that reinforced my ideas
  • Paused at key points

INTERVIEWS

Exercise 1

  • Questions
  • How would you handle cases of indiscipline among the students?
  • Will you appoint prefects in charge of discipline?
  • What punishment will you mete out on those who are indiscipline? Etc.
  • I would;
  • Inform him about the interview.
  • Arrive early for the interview.
  • Prepare the place to interview him..
  • I would;
  • Allow him enough time to respond to the questions.
  • Encourage him to speak by slightly nodding my head.
  • Make eye contact with him.

Exercise 2

  • Ms Naomi is a good interviewer because;
  • She warmly welcomes Mr. Josh, hence making him feel free to speak.
  • She also offers to take Mr. Josh along with her for lunch.
  • Josh:
  • Explains her answers well.
  • Is honest. When asked whether he has written in any scientific journal he says not yet.

SPEECHES

Exercise 1

  • I would;
  • Do some research on the topic.
  • Practice adequately.
  • Write down my points.
  • Dress and groom well.
  • I would;
  • Effectively use gestures to reinforce my ideas.
  • Make eye contact with my audience.
  • Wear appropriate facial expressions.
  • Speak loud enough to be heard by all.
  • Pronounce my words correctly.
  • Pause at key points to let the information sink.
  • Speak slowly to allow my points be processed.

Exercise 2

  • Makufuli could have:
  • Had shaking hands
  • Sweating palms
  • Dry mouth
  • Rapid heartbeat
  • Squeaky voice
  • Knocking knees, etc
  • Makufuli probably:
  • Could have dressed uncomfortably.
  • Could have failed to research on the topic.
  • Could have failed the first time and could have feared to fail again.
  • Could not have rehearsed his speech.

 

 

DISCUSSION

  • Choose group leaders.
  • Do research on the topic to get facts.
  • Write the points.
  • Arrive early for the discussion.
  • Gather writing materials to use.
  • Ensure each point given is backed up.
  • Ensure members speak with moderation.
  • Speak clearly.
  • Take notes on what is discussed.
  • Ensure members listen to each other.

ORAL REPORTS

  • Prepare the photo to show the police.
  • Ask the neighbours questions to get more facts.
  • Practice how to report.
  • I would:
  • Vary my tone appropriately.
  • Make eye contact with the officer.
  • Use gestures effectively.
  • Pause at key points.
  • Speak loud enough enough.
  • Speak slowly.

USE OF COURTEOUS LANGUAGE

Exercise 1

  • Failed to use ‘thank you’ after being given the bar of soap.
  • Failed to use ‘please’ when asking to be given the bar of soap.
  • Failed to use ‘excuse me’ to get the shopkeeper’s attention.

Exercise 2

  • She has used ‘please’ when asking John to fill the address.
  • She has used ‘would’ in asking questions.

TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE

Exercise 1

  • The patterns include;
  • Answering of the phone – Hello, …
  • Request — May I speak to the principal, please?
  • The caller is told the principal is not in the office at the moment.
  • Pauline is asked to leave a message.
  • Pauline leaves the message for the principal.
  • The call finishes with pleasantry – have a nice day.
  • Evidences:
  • She introduces herself to the secretary.
  • She ends the call with pleasantry.
  • She speaks politely to the secretary.

Exercise 2

  • I would:
  • Ensure I have adequate airtime.
  • Go to a quiet place.
  • Jot down what to tell the doctor.
  • Ensure the place to make the call has network.
  • I would avoid:
  • Talking too loudly
  • Engaging in an argument with the doctor.
  • Interrupting the doctor.
  • Being distracted by other activities.

Exercise 3

Joan could have failed to:

  • Identify herself at the beginning of the call.
  • Speak clearly and slowly.
  • Speak with a low tone of voice.
  • End the call with a pleasantry.

APPROPRIATE CHOICE OF REGISTER

  • Credex is a school. There is the use of words such as ‘pieces of chalk’, and the ‘deputy principal’.
  • The two are friends .
  • At first it is formal. But when the receptionist realizes it is Dorothy calling it becomes informal.

Formal

Is this the credex?

Informal

How is the going?

Lunch today?

NEGOTIATION SKILLS

  • Know the prices elsewhere
  • Whether I can get discount
  • Whether the purchase of the car comes with any offer
  • Whether the car is in high demand
  • Whether the car is readily available. Etc.
  • I would:
  • Make polite but firm requests.
  • Ask questions and summarise to avoid confusions.
  • Respond to negative comments from the seller.
  • Give alternatives.
  • Show appreciation of the seller’s viewpoint.
  • Listen attentively to the seller.
  • Ensure we arrive at a clear agreement acceptable to both of us.

PAYING ATTENTION

  • I would:
  • Read the set book to remind myself of the themes.
  • Ensure I sit where I would be comfortable.
  • Prepare questions to ask him.
  • I would:
  • Take down the main points.
  • Make eye contact with the author.
  • Hold back until the speaker pauses before I interrupt.
  • Encourage the speaker to continue speaking by using some responses.
  • Avoid interruptions.

IMPORTANCE OF RESPECTING PERSONAL SPACE

He could have failed to:

  • Speak in a low voice during the talk.
  • Maintain the physical distance between the two of us at the table.
  • Resist leaning on my shoulder or chest.
  • Resist eavesdropping on my phone conversation.

APPEARANCE AND GROOMING

I would avoid:

  • Dirty unarranged hair
  • Dirty fingernails
  • Foul breath teeth
  • Unbathed body
  • Excess make up
  • Excess perfumes or colognes

GIVING AND RECEIVING INSTRUCTIONS

  • Switch off the lights in his room
  • Call his name
  • Bang the table beside him
  • Clap my hands
  • Use simple language
  • Give one instruction at a time
  • Be loud enough
  • Repeat the instruction.
  • Ask him if he has any question
  • Ask him repeat instructions back to me.
  • Make eye contact.

GIVING DIRECTIONS

  • Giving the distance in metres.
  • Telling her time in minutes.
  • Telling her the number of streets to pass.
  • I would give her the route with minimal turns.
  • I would indicate the turns.
  • Mention the landmarks.
  • Warn her about any confusing part of the route.
  • Have her repeat directions back to me.
  • Draw a simplified map.

Grade 7 English Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

Grade 7 English Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

GRADE 7 SKILLS IN ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK TERM3

NAMEOFTHETEACHER                                                                     SCHOOL                                              YEAR                          TERM              III       

Week LSN strand Sub-strand SpecificLearningOutcomes KeyInquiryQuestion(s) LearningExperiences LearningResources AssessmentMethods Refl
1 1 TRADITIONALFASHION ListeningtoRespond:Views/Opinions Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)listwaysofexpressingviews/opinionsindifferentcontexts,

b)Identifywayofexpressingviews/opinionsfromtexts,

c)Acknowledgethevalueofone’sviews/opinionsasalifelongskillincommunication.

1.Howareopinionsexpressed?

2.Whyisitimportanttoexpressone’sopinion?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•searchonlineandofflineforthedifferentwaysofexpressingviews/opinions,

•listentoanoralnarrativeandidentifythedifferentwaysusedtoexpressopinions/views,

 

Digitaldevice,

Recordednarratives

pictures

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.164-168

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.143-144

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2   ListeningtoRespond:Views/Opinions Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)listwaysofexpressingviews/opinionsindifferentcontexts,

b)usedifferentexpressionsthatindicateownviews/opinionsinagiventext,

c)Acknowledgethevalueofone’sviews/opinionsasalifelongskillincommunication.

3.Howcanexpressingopinion/viewsaffectrelationships? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•ingroups,roleplaythedifferentcharactersinthenarrativeandbringoutdifferentwaysofexpressingopinions/views,

•explaintheirfeelingstowardsissuesraisedinthetricksternarrative,

•writeonachart,thewordstheyhaveusedtodescribetheirfeelings.

Digitaldevice,

Recordednarratives

pictures

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.164-168

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.143-144

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3 Reading IntensiveReading-Comprehension Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifymainideasinatext,

b)usecontextualcluestoinferthemeaningofwordsinatext,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofreadingcomprehensioninlifelonglearning.

1.Whyshouldwerecreatecharacters,placesandeventsinourminds?

2.Howcanwetellthemeaningofwordsandphrasesinatext?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•downloadandsharetextswithmentalimagesfromthetextsanddrawconclusions,

•readapassageindividually,andidentifykeywordsinthepassage,

•inferthemeaningofwordsusingcontextualclues,

•choosedescriptivepartsofthepassageontraditionalfashionandsharethevividimagescreatedintheirmind,

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.169-171

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.144-146

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4   IntensiveReading-Comprehension Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)describecharacters,ideasoreventsinatext,

b)summarizeinformationfromashorttext,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofreadingcomprehensioninlifelonglearning.

1.Whyshouldwerecreatecharacters,placesandeventsinourminds?

2.Howcanwetellthemeaningofwordsandphrasesinatext?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•ingroups,roleplaythecharactersandeventsinthetext,

•usecontextualcluestodecipherthemeaningofwords,

•answerquestionsbasedonthepassage

•giveanappropriatetitletoastoryorpassage.

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.169-171

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.144-146

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5 Grammarinuse PhrasalVerbs Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyphrasalverbsformedfromput,comeandgiveinagiventext,

b)definethetermphrasalverb,

c)Acknowledgetheroleofphrasalverbsincommunication.

1.Howarephrasalverbsformed?

2.Whatmeaningsareexpressedthroughphrasalverbs?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•readatextandidentifythephrasalverbsformedfromput,comeandgivepresent,

•ingroups,searchonlineandusechartsformeaningsofthephrasalverbstheyhaveidentified,

 

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.171-173

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.146-148

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
2 1   PhrasalVerbs Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyphrasalverbsformedfromput,comeandgiveinagiventext,

b)usegivenphrasalverbscorrectlyinsentenceconstruction,

c)Acknowledgetheroleofphrasalverbsincommunication.

3.WhyshouldweusePhrasalVerbscorrectly? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•fillinblanksinatextusingthemostappropriatephrasalverb,

•searchontheinternetformoreexamplesofphrasalverbs,

•constructsentencesusingthephrasalverbsinpairs.

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.171-173

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.146-148

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2 Reading ClassReader:MainIdeas Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythemainideasinthesectionreadinthetext,

b)discussthelessonslearntfromthetext

c)Appreciatetheroleofliteratureinfosteringcriticalthinking.

1.Whydopeoplereadstorybooks?

2.Whatistheimportanceofreadingashortstory?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•readasectionofthetextaloudinturnsanddramatizetheevents

•discussthemainideasinthesectionsreadinthetextingroups

 

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.173-174

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.148-150

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3   ClassReader:MainIdeas Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)discussthelessonslearntfromthetext

b)relatethelessonslearnttoreallifeexperiences

c)Appreciatetheroleofliteratureinfosteringcriticalthinking.

1.Whydopeoplereadstorybooks?

2.Whatistheimportanceofreadingashortstory?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•relatethelessonslearntfromthesectionreadtoreallifeexperiencesingroups

•drawachartshowingthesequenceofthemaineventsinthesectionread

•searchonlineandwatchanadapteddramatizationofthesectionread.

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.173-174

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.148-150

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4 Writing ThewritingProcess:Dialogues Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheformatofadialogue

b)UsingITdevices,findmoreondialogues.

c)Acknowledgetheimportanceofthewritingprocessinacquiringgoodwritingskills.

1.Whatisthedifferencebetweenadialogueandanarrativecomposition?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•searchonlineandofflineforanexampleofadialogue

•dramatizetheidentifieddialogue

•ingroups,discusstheformatofthedialoguetheyhaveidentified

•Individuallyfillinmissingwordsinasetdialogueontraditionalfashion

•Inpairs,discussthecorrectnessofthewordstheyhaveused

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.175-177

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.150-152

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5   ThewritingProcess:Dialogues Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheformatofadialogue

b)applythewritingprocessinwritingadialogue

c)Acknowledgetheimportanceofthewritingprocessinacquiringgoodwritingskills.

2.Whatshouldweconsiderbeforewritingadialogue? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•individually,createaroughdraftofashortdialogueusingtheformattheyhaveidentified

•ingroups,editeachother’sdialoguetocheckforrepetition,clarity,grammar,spellingandpunctuationinpairs

•revisethedialogueindividually,

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.175-177

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.150-152

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
3 1 LANDTRAVEL ListeningComprehension:ExtensiveListening Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythekeyissuesraisedinsongsaddressinglandtravel,

b)listenattentivelytosongsonlandtravel,

C)Acknowledgetheimportanceofextensivelisteningincommunication.

1.Howcanwetellthemainmessageinasong?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•listentosongsonlocalandinternationallandtravelfromaudiorecordings,

•respondtocomprehensionquestionsonkeyissuesraisedinthesong,

•pickoutkeyissuesraisedfromasongsungbytheteacherorresourcepersononlandtravel,

Digitaldevice,

Wallcharts

Playsongs

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.178-182

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.153-154

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2   ListeningComprehension:ExtensiveListening Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)listenattentivelytosongsonlandtravel,

b)usevocabularyidentifiedfromsongsonlandtravelcorrectly,

c)Acknowledgetheimportanceofextensivelisteningincommunication.

2.Howcanwedrawmeaningsfromthewordsusedinasong?

3.Howaresongsmadeinteresting?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•shareideasonthekeyissuesaddressedinthesongstheyhavelistenedtousingwallcharts,

•identifyvocabularyusedinsongsonlandtravelandinfertheirmeaningfromcontext,

•constructsentencesorallyusingthevocabularylearnt,

•singchoralsongsonlandtravel.

Digitaldevice,

Wallcharts

Playsongs

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.178-182

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.153-154

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3 Reading IntensiveReading:

ComprehensionStrategies

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifykeyideasfromapassage,

b)summarizekeyideasfromapassage,

c)Acknowledgetheimportanceofcomprehensionstrategiesineffectivereading.

1.Howdoyougetthemeaningofawordsfromapassage?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•readselectedgradeappropriatepassagesonissuesrelatedtolandtravelsuchassafetyandsecurityfromprintandon-linesources,

•discussopinionsformedaboutthecharactersorideaspresentedinthepassage,

Digitaldevice,

Drawingpapers

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.183-184

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.154-157

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4   IntensiveReading:

ComprehensionStrategies

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)creatementalimagesfromtheeventsinapassage,

b)deducethemeaningofwordsfromcontext,

c)respondtofactualandinferentialquestions,correctlyfromthepassage

d)Acknowledgetheimportanceofcomprehensionstrategiesineffectivereading.

2.Whatistheimportanceofreadingapassage?

3.Whatmakespeoplewritepassages?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•inferthemeaningofwordsbasedonhowtheyhavebeenusedinthepassage

•completeoralandwrittenexercisesusingthevocabularylearnt,

•answerfactualandinferentialquestionsfromthepassages,bothorallyandinwriting,

•Summarizekeyideaspresentedinthepassagesbyparaphrasing,

Digitaldevice,

Drawingpapers

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.183-184

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.154-157

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5 Grammarinuse Sentences:SimpleSentences Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)Identifysimplesentencesfromvariedtexts,

b)differentiatebetweenprintandnon-printtexts,

c)Advocatetheimportanceofusingavarietyofsentencesincommunication.

1.Whatistheroleofsentencesinatext?2.Whatconstitutesasimplesentence? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•listenkeenlytoapoemorastoryonlandtravelandwritedownallthesimplesentencesthatfeatureinthetexts,

•readaprintornon-printtextonlandtravelingroupsandidentifythesimplesentences,

Digitaldevice,

recordings

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.185-186

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.157-160

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
4 1   Sentences:SimpleSentences Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)Identifysimplesentencesfromvariedtexts,

b)constructsimplesentencesonavarietyofissues,

c)Advocatetheimportanceofusingavarietyofsentencesincommunication.

3.Howdoyoudeterminewhattoincludeinasentence? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•tellachainstoryfeaturingsimplesentencesingroups,

•completeasubstitutiontablefeaturingsimplesentences,

•completeamindmaptopracticeconstructionofsimplesentences,

•writeashortdialogueusingsimplesentencesandshareitwithpeerson-lineandoff-line.

Digitaldevice,

recordings

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.185-186

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.157-160

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2 Reading OralLiterature:PraiseSongs Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythepurposeandoccasionsforwhichpraisesongsareperformed,

b)discusstherelationshipbetweenthesingerandthepersonbeingpraisedinpraisesongs,

c)Appreciatethepurposeofpraisesongsincommunication.

1.Whydowesing?2.Whatkindofpeoplearepraisedinsongs? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•listentopraisesongsfromaudiovisualsourcesorfromaresourceperson,

•identifyanddiscussthepurposeofthepraisesongstheyhavelistenedto,

 

Digitaldevice,

recordings

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.187-189

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.160-162

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3   OralLiterature:PraiseSongs Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)performpraisesongssangintheirimmediateenvironment

b)collaboratewithpeersinperformingthepraisesongs,

c)Appreciatethepurposeofpraisesongsincommunication.

3.Howdosongsportraypeople’scharacter?4.Whatarethequalitiesofagoodsinger? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•shareideasontherelationshipbetweenthesingerandthepersonbeenpraisedinthepraisesongstheyhavelistenedto,

•identifyapraisesongsangintheirimmediateenvironmentingroups,

•presentpraisesongsingroupstotheclassandshareexperiences,

•discussthecharactertraitsofthesinger(s)asbroughtoutinthepraisesong(s).

Digitaldevice,

recordings

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.187-189

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.160-162

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4 Writing CreativeWriting:NarrativeComposition Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)explainthemeaningofspecifiedidiomsincontext,

b)createwellwrittennarrativecompositionsusingthespecifiedidioms,c)appreciatetheroleofidiomsincreativewriting

1.Whatmakesastorymemorable?2.Whatistheimportanceofusingidiomsincommunication? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•brainstormonthereasoncreativewritersuseidiomaticexpressionsinwriting,

•explainsituationsthatcallfortheuseofthefollowingidiomaticexpressions:

obitingoffmorethanyoucanchew

oownuptosomething

ohavingalotonyourplate

ocallitaday

opieceofcake

oholdyourtongue

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionaries

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.190-192

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.163-164

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5   CreativeWriting:NarrativeComposition Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)explainthemeaningofspecifiedidiomsincontext,

b)createwellwrittennarrativecompositionsusingthespecifiedidioms,c)appreciatetheroleofidiomsincreativewriting

1.Whatmakesastorymemorable?2.Whatistheimportanceofusingidiomsincommunication? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•confirmthemeaningoftheidiomaticexpressionsfromprintandon-linedictionaries,

•practiceusingtheidiomaticexpressionsinsentences,•plananarrativecompositioningroups,incorporatingthespecifiedidiomaticexpressions,onthethemeoflandtravel,

•writeanarrativecompositionindividually

•Peerrevieweachother’sworkandreviseasperthesuggestionsgiven.

Digitaldevice,

Printandonlinedictionarico

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
5 1 SPORTSANDOUTDOORGAMES Pronunciation:ConsonantSoundsandIntonation Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifywordswiththesounds/v/,/f/,/n/and/ŋ/fromatext,

b)pronouncewordswiththesounds/v/,/f/,/n/and/ŋ/insentences,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofcorrectpronunciationandintonationinaconversation.

1.Whyshouldpeoplepronouncewordscorrectly?

2.Howcanonelearntopronouncewordscorrectly?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•searchfromprintandnon-printsourcesfortonguetwisterswithsomeofthetargetsoundsandsaythemforenjoyment,

•watchavideoorlistentoarecordingorconversationonoutdoorgamesandgroupthewordsinatableaccordingtothetothefollowingtargetsounds:v/asinvery;/f/asinferry/n/asinbeenan/ŋ/asinbeing,

Digitaldevice,

Recordingdevice

Playconversations

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.193-197

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.165-167

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2   Pronunciation:ConsonantSoundsandIntonation Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)pronouncewordswiththesounds/v/,/f/,/n/and/ŋ/insentences,

b)usecorrectintonationforyes/noandwh-questionsinvariedcontexts,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofcorrectpronunciationandintonationinaconversation.

3.WhatkindofquestionsrequireYesorNoasananswer? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•listentoandmodelnativespeakerclipswiththetargetsoundsinwords,

•practice,ingroups,thepronunciationofwordswiththetargetandrecordthemselves,

•sharetheclipsforpeerreview,

•listentoanaudiooradramatizedconversationonoutdoorgamesinwhichYes/NoandWH-questionsareusedandpointoutwhetherarisingorfallingintonationisused,

Digitaldevice,

Recordingdevice

Playconversations

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.193-197

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.165-167

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3 Reading StudySkills:

Summarizing

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythemainideasintexts,

b)writeasummaryofideasfromvariedtexts,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofsummarizinginformationinagivencontext.

1.Howdoweidentifymainideasfromatext?

2.Whyisitimportanttosummarizeinformation?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•brainstormonthestepstofollowwhenwritingasummaryofatext,

•inpairs,readaprintornon-printtextonvariedissuesincludingoutdoorgamesandunderlinethemainideas,

•makenotesfromtheunderlinedsentencesandusethemtomakearoughdraft,

Digitaldevice,

Varietybooks

newspapers

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.198-199

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.167-170

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4   StudySkills:

Summarizing

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythemainideasintexts,

b)writeasummaryofideasfromvariedtexts,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofsummarizinginformationinagivencontext.

3.Whatfactorsshouldoneconsiderwhensummarizinganevent?

4.Inwhichactivitiesorjobscansummarizingbeuseful?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•usetheroughdrafttomakeafaircopy,

•sharethesummariesthroughchartsforpeerreview,

•checkandmakecorrectionsonthewrittensummarizedpiecesingroups,

•discussinpairsthepurposeofmakingsummaries.

Digitaldevice,

Varietybooks

newspapers

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.198-199

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.167-170

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5 Grammarinuse Sentences:

Subject-VerbAgreement

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythesubjectandtheverbinsentences,

b)constructsentencesensuringsubject-verbagreement,

c)Affirmtheimportanceofsubject-verbagreementinsentences.

1.Whatisasubjectinasentence?

2.Whichruleshouldwefollowwhenconstructingasentence?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•readtextsonvariedtopicssuchasoutdoorgamesandidentifythe,subjectandverbsinthesentences

•brainstormandmakeshortnotesontherelationshipbetweenasubjectandaverbinasentenceintermsofnumberandperson

 

Digitaldevice,

Chartsonverbagreement

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.200-201

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.170-172

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
6 1   Sentences:

Subject-VerbAgreement

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythesubjectandtheverbinsentences,

b)constructsentencesensuringsubject-verbagreement,

c)Affirmtheimportanceofsubject-verbagreementinsentences.

3.Whatisthedifferencebetweenthefirst,secondandthethirdpersons? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•readsentencesandlabelsubject-verbagreementinthem,

•makesentencesbasedonoutdoorsportsinwhichtheruleofsubjectverbagreementhasbeenapplied,

•sharethesentencesinchartsforpeerreview.

Digitaldevice,

Chartsonverbagreement

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.200-201

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.170-172

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2 Reading Classreader:

Featuresofstyle

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyinstancesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinthetext,

b)usethestylesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinguidedcontexts,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofstyleinaworkofart.

1.Whichstylisticfeatureshaveyoucomeacrossindifferenttexts?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•searchonlineandofflineforexamplesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinstoriesandthemwiththerestoftheclass,

•inpairs,readtheclassreaderandidentifywithillustrationsinstancesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinthetext,anddisplaytheirworkontheclassnoticeboards,

Digitaldevice,

Selectedclassreaders

Artsupplies

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.202-203

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.172-175

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3   Classreader:

Featuresofstyle

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyinstancesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinthetext,

b)usethestylesofdialogue,similesandmetaphorsinguidedcontexts,

c)Appreciatetheimportanceofstyleinaworkofart.

2.Howcanweconveyamessagemoreeffectively?

3.Whydoweusesimilesandmetaphors?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•ingroups,roleplayselecteddialoguesfromtheclassreaderandrecordthemselvesforvideosharingandreview,

•makesentencesusingthesimilesandmetaphorsidentifiedfromthetext,

•discussinstancesinreallifewheredialogues,similesandmetaphorscanbeused.

Digitaldevice,

Selectedclassreaders

Artsupplies

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.202-203

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.172-175

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4 Writing CreativeWriting:

DescriptiveWriting

(200–240words)

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyfeaturesofapersonathingoraplacethatcanbedescribed,

b)writeadescriptivecompositiononagivensubject,

c)Underscoretheimportanceofcreativewritingincommunication.

1.Howcanyoudescribeyourbestfriend?

2.Howcanyoudescribesomethingsinyourschool?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•inpairs,viewvideosorpicturesofpeople,thingsorplacesandlistthefeaturesofeachthatcanbedescribedinanessay,

•searchonlineandofflineforwordsandexpressionsthatcanbeusedtodescribedifferentfeatureslikeweatheremotions,eventsandcharacters,

Digitaldevice,

Pictures

Realia

Sampleessays

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.204-206

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.175-178

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5   CreativeWriting:

DescriptiveWriting

(200–240words)

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifyfeaturesofapersonathingoraplacethatcanbedescribed,

b)writeadescriptivecompositiononagivensubject,

c)Underscoretheimportanceofcreativewritingincommunication.

3.Whatdoyouconsiderwhendescribingsomething? Thelearnerisguidedto:

•explainthedifferencebetweendescriptivewritingandotherformsofwriting,

•ingroups,theyreadsamplesofdescriptiveessaysandclassifythefeaturesthataredescribedandtheexpressionsusedinagraphicorganizerforsharing,

•createadescriptivecompositionofbetween200to240wordsonaninterestingtopiclikeoutdoorsportsanddisplayitinagalleryforpeerreviewandrevision.

Digitaldevice,

Pictures

Realia

Sampleessays

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.204-206

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.175-178

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
7 1 TOURISTSATTRACTIONSITES Listeningandspeaking-Oral

Reports:EventswithintheClassroom

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheorganizationofanoralreportofeventswithintheclassroom,

b)presentanoralreportoneventsthatoccurwithintheclassroom,

c)Enjoydeliveringandlisteningtooralreportsinvariouscontexts.

 

1.Whichactivitiescanyoureportaboutthathappenintheclassroom?

2.Whatmakesagoodoralreport?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•brainstormingroupsonthecontentandorganizationofanoralreporte.g.introduction,bodyandconclusion,

•searchinpairsonlineandofflinethestepsforconductinganoralreporte.g.research,compile(write),rehearseandreport(present/deliver),

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Flashcards

Manilapaper

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.207-209

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.179-181

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2   Listeningandspeaking-Oral

Reports:EventswithintheClassroom

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheorganizationofanoralreportofeventswithintheclassroom,

b)presentanoralreportoneventsthatoccurwithintheclassroom,

c)Enjoydeliveringandlisteningtooralreportsinvariouscontexts.

3.Howcanyoumakeanoralreportpresentationinteresting?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•roleplaymethodsofdeliveringoralreportssuchasclearpronunciation,voiceprojection,tonalvariation,useofnon-verbalcuesanduseofvisuals,

•useflashcardstopreparespeakingnotesforthereports,

•simulateingroupsanoralreportpreparationanddeliveryprocedureandvideooraudiorecordthemselves,

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Flashcards

Manilapaper

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.207-209

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.179-181

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3 Reading ReadingFluency Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)recognizetheuseoffluencystrategiesinthereadingprocess,

b)applyfluencystrategieswhilereading,

c)Hailtheroleofreadingfluencyincommunication.

 

1.Whyisitimportanttoreadfluently?

2.Whatmakesoneagoodreader?

3.Howcanyouimproveyourreadingfluency?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•watchandlistentovideosorstudentsreadingfluentlyanddiscusswhatmakesthemgoodreaders,

•searchonlineandofflinefordifferentreadingfluencystrategiessuchaspreviewingandpredicting,skimming,scanningandignoring

unknownwordsandsharewithpeers,

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.210-212

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.181-184

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4   ReadingFluency Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)recognizetheuseoffluencystrategiesinthereadingprocess,

b)applyfluencystrategieswhilereading,

c)Hailtheroleofreadingfluencyincommunication.

 

1.Whyisitimportanttoreadfluently?

2.Whatmakesoneagoodreader?

3.Howcanyouimproveyourreadingfluency?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•inpairs,watchorlistentosamplereadingclipsandsimulatethemodelreadingastheyapplyreadingstrategies,

•practice,ingroups,timedreading,accuratereadingandreadingwithexpressiononissuesliketouristattractionsitesinKenya,

•assesspeers’readingonthebasisoftheaspectsoffluency–accuracy,speed,reading,

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.210-212

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.181-184

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5 grammarinuse Affirmativeand

NegativeSentences

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)differentiatebetweenaffirmativeandnegativesentencesinspokenandwrittencontexts,

b)constructaffirmativeandnegativesentencesinvariedcontexts,

c)Acknowledgetheexpressiveroleofsentencesineffectivecommunication.

 

1.Whendoweuseaffirmativestatements?

2.Whendoweusenegativestatements?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•searchonlineandofflineforthedifferencesbetweenaffirmativeandnegativesentencesandsharethemwithpeers,

•roleplayadialoguewithaffirmativeandnegativesentencesandrecordthemselves,

•watch/listentoaconversationonissuesliketouristsitesinKenyaandpickoutingroupstheaffirmativeandnegativesentences,

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.213-215

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.184-186

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
8 1   Affirmativeand

NegativeSentences

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)differentiatebetweenaffirmativeandnegativesentencesinspokenandwrittencontexts,

b)constructaffirmativeandnegativesentencesinvariedcontexts,

c)Acknowledgetheexpressiveroleofsentencesineffectivecommunication.

3.Whyisitimportanttousetherightsentencewhensayingsomething?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•sortjumbledupsentencesintoaffirmativeandnegativesentences

•constructaffirmativeandnegativesentences,

•sharesentencesmadeintheformofchartsforpeerreview,

•writeashortstoryordialogueonanissueliketouristattractionsitesinKenyausingaffirmativeandnegativesentences.

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.213-215

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.184-186

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  2 Reading Poetry Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythesubjectmatterofapoem

b)analyzeideasinthepoem

c)Reiteratetheroleofpoetryinpassinginformation.

1.Whywouldyouuseapoeminsteadofastorytopassinformation?

2.Whatmakesapoeminterestingtoread?

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•recitepoemsforenjoymentandinpairsoutlinethesubjectmatter,

•searchonlineandofflineforwaysofdeterminingideasinapoemsuchasstudyingthetitle,thepersona,theeventsandthechoiceofwords,

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.216-218

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.186-189

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  3   Poetry Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)identifythesubjectmatterofapoem

b)analyzeideasinthepoem

c)Reiteratetheroleofpoetryinpassinginformation.

3.Whatkindofideascanoneconveyusingapoem?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•discusshowtheuseofrepetitionandotherstylescanhelpbringouttheideasinthepoem,

•ingroups,pickapoemandidentifytheideasbroughtoutandsharetheirfindingswithpeersthroughchartsorgraphicorganizersforreview,

•dramatizeapoemdisplayingideasgeneratedfromitusingplacardsandrecordtheirperformances.

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.216-218

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.186-189

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  4 Writing Functional

Writing:NoticesandPosters

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheformatofpresentingnoticesandposters

b)statethepartsofanoticeandposters

c)Acknowledgetheroleofnoticesandpostersindisseminatinginformation.

 

1.Whatkindofmessagesdopostersconvey?

2.Whyarenoticesimportantinthecommunity

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•collectpostersandnoticesonlineorofflinetouristattractionsitesinKenyaanddisplaytheminclass

•brainstormontheformatforpresentingofnoticesandpostersingroups

•studysamplesofanoticeandaposterpresentedinclassandlabelfeaturesofformat

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.218-220

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.190-192

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
  5   Functional

Writing:NoticesandPosters

Bytheendofthelesson,thelearnershouldbeableto:

a)outlinetheformatofpresentingnoticesandposters

b)designnoticesandpostersoncurrentissues

c)Acknowledgetheroleofnoticesandpostersindisseminatinginformation.

3.Howcanonemakeaposteroranoticeattractive?

 

Thelearnerisguidedto:

•differentiatebetweenaposterandanoticeinwriting

•discussandselectissue(s)thatcanbeaddressedbynoticesandpostersincludingmattersrelatingtotouristattractionsitesinKenya

•designanoticeandaposterontheselectedissueusingthemodelformatanddisplayforpeerreview

•keeptherevisednoticeandposterintheirportfolio.

Digitaldevice,

Dictionaries

Digitaldevices

Audiclips

Internetsources

SkillsinEnglishGrade7T.GPg.218-220

SkillsinEnglishGrade7PB.Pg.190-192

Checklist

Questions

Journal

Learnersportfolio

Writtenassessment

 
9 ENDTERMASSESSMENT/CLOSING

 

COMPUTER STUDIES FORM 4 REVISION NOTES FREE

INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKING AND DATA COMMUNICATION

INTRODUCTION

A computer network forms whenever 2 or more computers are interconnected together with other related accessories to work together.

Non computer networks include:

  1. Road networks that facilitate transfer of goods and services.
  2. Telephone networks (voice networks) with many lines that criss cross a country.
  3. Blood circulatory system in the human body.
  4. The neuron system in the human brain.

DEFINITION OF TERMS USED IN NETWORKING

  1. COMPUTER NETWORK
  • A collection of independent entities that are arranged in such a manner as to exchange data, information or resources.
  • A collection of computers linked together using transmission media for the purpose of communication and resource sharing.
  1. TRANSMISSION MEDIA
  • Transmission media refers to any physical or non-physical link between two or more computers and in which a signal can be made to flow from source to destination.
  • Some of the shared resources include:
    1. Application programs.
    2. Fax machines.
    3. Storage devices.

 

  1. DATA COMMUNICATION
  • It is the process of transmitting data signal from one point to another through the network.
  • It is the movement of data by telecommunication systems.

 

TERMS USED IN DATA COMMUNICATION

  1. Data signal.
  2. Signal modulation and demodulation.
  3. Multiplexing.
  4. Band width.
  5. Base band.
  6. Broad band transmission.
  7. Attenuation.

 

 

  1. DATA SIGNAL
  • Computers communicate by transferring data signals between themselves.
  • Refers to a voltage level in the circuit which represents the flow of data.
  • There are two types of data signals:
  1. Analog signal: data made up of continuous varying wave form similar to voice or sound wave.
  2. Digital signal: data made up non-continuous discrete signal.

 

  1. SIGNAL MODULATION AND DEMODULATION
  • Process of converting data signals to a form that is suitable for transmission over a transmission medium.
  1. Modulation: converting digital data signals into analog data signals.
  2. Demodulation: converting digital data by superimposing it on analog carrier signal which can be transmitted over analog telephone lines.

 

  1. MULTIPLEXING
  • Process of sending multiple data signals over the same medium i.e. a wire conductor can be made to carry several data signals either simultaneously or at different times.
  • Demultiplexing is the process of separating the multiplexed signals at the receiving end.
  • The different data signals are made to have different frequencies on the cable hence they do not interfere with one another.
  • The different frequencies cause what is called different logical channels in the medium.

A multiplexed link

  1. BAND WIDTH
  • The maximum amount of data that a transmission medium can carry at any one time. For example, a certain cable may have a bandwidth of 100 Mbps (Mega bits per second).

 

  1. BASE BAND SIGNAL
  • A signal that is generated and applied to the transmission medium directly without modulation.
  • The signal takes the form of voltages of different magnitudes applied to the medium.

 

  1. BROAD BAND TRANSMISSION
  • This is where an analog signal is send over the transmission medium using a particular frequency.
  • Several data signals can be send simultaneously through the same medium but at different frequencies.

 

  1. ATTENUATION
  2. This is the loss of signal strength (decrease in magnitude and energy) as a signal progressively moves along a transmission medium.
  3. If the signal is not boosted, it will totally be lost along the way and may never reach the destination.
  4. This condition is usually corrected by placing signal amplifiers also called repeater stations along the medium at appropriate distances in order to receive the weak signal, clean it, amplify it then retransmit it.

 

MODES OF DATA COMMUNICATION

  1. Half duplex.
  2. Full duplex.

 

  1. SIMPLEX
    • Communication is only in one direction.
    • They re only meant to send or receive messages.

 

Example

  1. Radio broadcast – the listener cannot communicate back through the radio receiver.
  2. Television broadcast.
  3. Transmission from a computer to a line printer.

 

 

 

 

  1. HALF DUPLEX
  • Communication takes place in both directions but one direction at a time.
  • Two interconnected devices exchange data alternately where the devices switch between send and receive modes after each transmission.

 

 

 

 

Example

  1. Walkie talkies
  2. Fax machines.

 

  1. FULL DUPLEX
  • Occurs in both directions simultaneously.

 

 

 

Example:

  1. Telephone system, a person can talk without waiting for the other to finish.
  2. Computers can send and receive data on a network.

 

TYPES OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

Classified according to size.
  • Local Area Networks (LAN)
  1. Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
  2. Wide Area Network (WAN)

 

  1. LOCAL AREA NETWORK
  • A communication network that spans a relatively small geographical area like in one building or a school.
  • LANs are characterized by:
  1. Limited geographical area.
  2. High data transmission rates.
  3. Low cost transmission
  4. Low intra-office traffic.

 

  • LANs allow information and computer resources to be shared by many users e.g.
  1. Mass storage devices.

 

  • LANs are also characterized by the following components:
  1. Work stations.
  2. Network interface cards (NIC)
  3. Network transmission cables.
  4. Network operating systems.
  5. Network accessories.

 

  1. SERVER
  • A computer dedicated to servicing requests for resources from other computers (workstations) on a network.
  • The server provides services to LAN users.

 

  1. WORK STATIONS
  • Any other computer connected to a network and can share resources with any other devices on the network.
  1. METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK (MAN)
  • Type of a network which covers a geographical extended fashion area like a town or city (approximately a radius of 5 – 50 km).
  • The MAN infrastructure may be owned by a single company that has offices across a metropolitan area.
  • A MAN therefore is made up of many LANs in a metropolitan area.

 

  1. WIDE AREA NETWORK (WAN)
  • Also known as Long Haul Network (LHN).
  • It is a type of a network that covers a large geographical area such as a country, a continent or the whole world.
  • It consists of many LANs and Mans connected to form one large network such as the Internet.

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF WANs

  1. Unlimited geographical area.
  2. Low data transmission rates.
  3. High transmission link costs.
  4. Long distance transmission.
  5. High degree of vender independence.
  6. Costly to install and maintain.

 

PURPOSE AND LIMITATIONS OF NETWORKING

  • These are the reasons for setting up computer networks, together with the challenges associated with the implementation of the computer networks.

 

PURPOSE OF NETWORKING

  1. Resource sharing
  2. Remote communication.
  3. Distributed processing facilities.
  4. Cost effectiveness.

 

  1. Resource sharing
  • Resource refers to data/information, files, printers, modems, communication links, storage devices, fax machines, application programs etc.
  • As long as computers are connected, they can share their files, exchange mail, send faxes from any point on the network.
  • Users do not need to transfer files via removable storage but would send the work to a network printer.
  • The centralized access to data and information leads to less waste of time and hence greater productivity.
  • In most network arrangements, the shared resources may be attached to a network server.
  • The clients/workstations then send their requests to the server.
  • The network server runs a special program (server software) which controls computers on the network and listen to client requests to service them over the network. – Illustration Page 6

 

  1. Remote communication
  • Refers to the transmission of data signals between the communicating devices located at different geographical locations.
  • A remote client (a computer that accesses resources) from a remote host (the computer being accessed) provides remote communication mostly by use of wireless transmission media such as radio waves, microwaves and satellites.
  • It is through remote communication that people can be able to share ideas and pass messages over the Internet.
  • Remote communication thus eliminates the need of people to travel/roam for long distances by giving them a lot of freedom to the network which translates to more productivity.

 

  1. Distributed processing facilities
  • Refers to the act of running the same programs or databases on different computers which are on the same network.
  • Computers can do processing at their own dispersed locations or departments and can share programs, data and other resources with each other.
  • It simplifies flow of information and saves time and resources.

 

Advantages of distributed data processing:

  1. The failure of the central computer does not affect the operations of the other terminals.
  2. Processing load is shared equally hence no time wastage.

 

  1. Cost effectiveness
  • Although the initial cost and laying down of network components may be expensive, the savings experienced and the value added to service delivery make them a ready choice for enterprising managers.
  • The network greatly increases the efficient use of scarce resources.
  • Networks have also enhanced daily communication by providing a paperless communication environment.
  • Users can send electronic messages and mail to each other instead of having to bear the cost of stamp duty or delivery charges.
  • Company executives may not need to travel across continents to hold meetings. They can hold video conferences and save on traveling expenses.

 

  1. Reliability
  • Data can be transferred with minimum error from source to destination.
  • Users can still access data and information from the other computers on the network incase one breaks down.

 

LIMITATIONS OF NETWORKING

  1. Security issues.
  2. High initial cost.
  3. Moral and cultural effects.
  4. Spread of terrorism and drug trafficking.
  5. Over-reliance on networks.

 

  1. Security issues
  • Data and information is prone to more illegal access threats because there can be data access and sharing from various points.
  • Data can also be tapped or listened to by unauthorized parties, during transmission of data from source to destination.
  • One of the common methods of data protection in a networked environment is encryptioning.

 

  1. High initial cost
  • Networking is an expensive venture for an organization.
  • It is expensive to acquire networking equipments.
  • It is expensive to train network administrators, users and general maintenance of networks.
  • The initial cost of buying network hardware and software is very high.

 

  1. Moral and cultural effects
  • The internet has chat rooms and messaging services that may enable under age children to meet peers and adults on the net, some of whom may have bad intentions.
  • Access to pornography and other negative materials has also led to moral decay, leading to the fight against social problems like HIV/AIDS, bad sexual behaviour, drugs and substance abuse more complicated.

 

  1. Spread of terrorism and drug trafficking
  • The internet provides a rich recruitment ground for all types of illegal activities such as terrorism and drug trafficking.
  • The easy flow of information from one place to another keeps even those who are on the wrong side of the law communicating easily.
  • Terrorists and drug traffickers use information networks for their business communications.

 

  1. Over-reliance on networks
  • The danger of network failure can paralyze the operations of an organization besides damaging files.
  • If by any chance the network fails, many systems in organizations can be brought to a halt.

 

ELEMENTS OF NETWORKING

A computer network is made up of several standard elements (components) which can be classified into 3 major categories:

  1. Data communication media.
  2. Communication devices.
  3. Networking software.
  4. Data signal.

 

  1. DATA COMMUNICATION MEDIA
  • A pathway used for carrying data and information from one point to another.
  • The communication medium dictates the type of signals that will be used to transmit a message.
  • Transmission media is the physical path (bounded) and non physical path (unbounded) between the transmitter and the receiver.
  • The communication media/channels/pathways can be divided into two:
  1. Communication using cables (bounded media).
  2. Wireless communications (unbounded media).

 

  1. COMMUNICATION USING CABLES (BOUNDED MEDIA)
  • Communication signals are transmitted from the source to the destination through a restricted pathway such as a cable.
  • Any radiation from the guided medium is regarded as signal loss.
  • The most common types of bounded transmission media are:
  1. Two wire open line cables.
  2. Twisted pair cables.
  • Coaxial cables.
  1. Fibre optic cables.

 

  1. I) TWO WIRE OPEN LINES CABLES:
  • Made up of two parallel copper wires separated by a plastic insulator.
  • Used in telecommunication network to transmit voice signal.
  • Although the plastic insulator is meant to reduce inter-line interference called crosstalk, their linear nature allows an electromagnetic field to build around them during heavy data transmission which may cause interference to the signal.
  • The wires also capture environmental frequencies e.g. radio waves hence causing noise in the transmission channel.
  • Noise refers to random unwanted signals picked up by the channel.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • The most significant impairments during data transmissions are:
  1. Attenuation: the loss of signal strength (amplitude) as is travels along the cable.
  2. Cross talk: caused by signal coupling between the different cable pairs contained within a multipair cable bundle i.e. interline interference.
  3. Noise: Random unwanted signals picked up by the channel, caused by either cross talk or externally included impulses e.g. from sources like motors, switching equipments, high current equipments etc.
  4. Impendence: this is the resistance offered by the cable to the signal.

 

  1. II) TWISTED PAIR CABLES
  • Made up of two solid copper wire strands wound around each other in a double helix manner to reduce the development of an electromagnetic field around the two wires as they transmit data.
  • Mostly used to transmit both voice and data signals.
  • The two common types of twisted pair cables are:
    1. The unshielded twisted pair (UTP)
    2. Shielded twisted pair (STP)

 

  1. a) Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP)
  1. They do not have a shield that prevents electromagnetic interference (EMI) also called (electric noise” from the environment like lightening sparks, radio signals and radiations from spark plugs in motor vehicles.
  2. They are therefore not suitable for environments that are electrically “noisy”.

 

  1. b) Shielded Twisted Pair (STP)
  • Similar to unshielded twisted pair except that a braided shield is wrapped around the wires to protect (shield) them from noise.
  • The shielding may be a metallic foil or copper braid.
  • Shielding minimizes electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference.
  • Twisted pair cables are categorized into 5 groups according to the type of data transmitted and maximum rate of transmission as shown below:

 

Category Suitable for transmitting Speed (max. limit)
1 Voice Less than 1 Mbps
2 Data 1 Mbps
3 Data 16 Mbps
4 Data 20 Mbps
5 Data 100 Mbps

 

KEY:

  • Mbps – Megabits per second.

 

  • Today’s networks are approaching speeds of Gigabits per second.
  • Most organizations today use category 5 twisted pair cables to set up their local area network.

Advantages of twisted pair cables:

  1. They can support high data rates (bandwidth) of up to 100 Mbps.
  2. Telephone systems use UTP which is present in most buildings hence it is easier to set up a network media because connection is already available.
  3. Installation equipment is cheap and readily available.
  4. It is cheap because of mass production for telephone use.

 

Disadvantages of twisted pair cabling

  1. Suffers high attenuation – a repeater is needed to amplify the signal.
  2. It is sensitive to electromagnetic interference and eavesdropping (tapping into communication channels to get information).
  3. It has low data transmission rates as compared to other cables.

 

III) COAXIAL CABLES

  • Specially wrapped and insulated cables that are able to transmit data at very high rate.
  • They consist of central copper wire covered with a dielectric material (insulator).
  • The dielectric material is then surrounded by a hollow mesh conductor which is covered by a shield making the cable more resistant to electromagnetic interference than the twisted pair cable.
  • The signal is transmitted by inner copper wire and is electrically shielded by the other copper sleeve.
  • The braid (mesh conductor) is made up of copper or aluminum and serves as the ground for the carrier wire.
  • Together with the insulation and any foil shield, the braid shield protects the carrier wire from radio frequency interference (RFI) and electromagnetic interference (EMI).
  • Although the cable has better protection against electrical interference than the TCP, they have moderate protection against magnetic interference.
  • The diameter of the centre core or conductor determines the attenuation rate i.e. the thinner the core, the higher the attenuation rate.
  • Data is carried on this cable using direct current (DC).
  • Coaxial cables have bandwidths of up to 1Gbps, hence they are installed in a network to form the network backbone (a link that connects two or more separate local area networks).

 

Types of coaxial cables:

  1. a) Thin coaxial cable (Thinnet)
  • Has one dielectric insulator.

 

  1. b) Thick coaxial cable (Thicknet)
  • Has two dielectric insulators around the core and is thicker than the thinnet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advantages of coaxial cables

  1. They are very stable even under high load.
  2. Have a large bandwidth – up to 1Gbps compared to twisted pair.
  3. Can carry voice, data and video signal simultaneously.
  4. More resistant to radio and electromagnetic interference than twisted pair cables.
  5. Extensively used for longer distance telephone lines and as cables for closed circuit TV.
  6. Many are packaged in bundles that can handle 15000 telephone calls simultaneously.
  7. Have a higher immunity to noise distortion and data loss.

 

Disadvantages of coaxial cables

  1. Thick coaxial cables are hard to work with.
  2. They are relatively expensive to buy and to install as compared to twisted pairs especially for longer distance transmission.
  3. They are vulnerable to tapping.
  4. Attenuation for long distance transmission.

 

  1. IV) FIBRE OPTIC CABLES
  • Utilize light (optic) to transmit data from one pint to another on the network.
  • Electrical signals from the source are converted to light signals, and then propagated along the fibre optic cable.
  • To convert an electric signal to light, you need a light emitting diode (LED) at the transmitter.
  • At the receiving end, a photosensitive device can be used to convert the light signals back to electric signals that can be processed by the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fibre network.

 

 

Types of fibre optic cables

  1. Single mode fibre.
  2. Multimode fibre.

 

  1. a) Single mode fibre
  • Has a very narrow center core.
  • Light in the cable can only take one path through it.
  • Has a low attenuation rate.
  • Preferred for long distance transmission.
  • Has a bandwidth of 50 Gbps which is higher than that of the twisted pair’s 100Mbps.
  • It is very expensive.
  • Requires very careful handling during installation.

 

  1. b) Multimode fibre cable
  • Has a thicker core.
  • Allows several light rays to be fed in the cable at an angle.
  • Distortion of signals is possible because of multiple light signals navigating the cable at the same time.
  • Have a high attenuation rate.
  • Usually used for shorter distances than single mode.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Light signal travels through the core through a process referred to as total internal reflection.
  • The process that causes total internal reflection is called refraction.
  • Refraction is the bending of light when it crosses the boundary of two mediums that have different density.
  • When light signal is inserted into the cable, it rises to cross from the core to the cladding.
  • The light is bent back into the core hence propagates along the length of the cable as shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fibre optic cable is made up of:

  1. The Core.
  2. Buffer
  3. Strength member.

 

 

  1. a) The core:
  • The central part of the cable made of a hollow transparent plastic glass.

 

  1. b) Cladding:
  • a single protective layer surrounding the core. It has light bending characteristics.
  • When light tries to travel from the core to the cladding, it is redirected back to the core.

 

  1. c) Buffer:
  • Surrounds the cladding and its main function is to strengthen the cable.

 

  1. d) Jacket:
  • It is the outer covering of the cable.

Advantages and features of fibre optic cables

  1. Offer high quality transmission of signals.
  2. Light weight – a normal glass fibre is the size of a human hair.
  3. Can transmit voice, data and video signals simultaneously.
  4. Have a large bandwidth (up to 1Gbps).
  5. Low cross talk.
  6. Immune to interference and eavesdropping.
  7. More resistant to radio and electromagnetic interference.
  8. Long distance can be covered because they have low attenuation.
  9. Can be used in hazardous places – high flammable, because the do not generate electrical signals.
  10. Can withstand extreme temperatures – up to 10000

 

Disadvantages of fibre optic

  1. Connectivity devices and the media are expensive.
  2. Installation is difficult because the cable needs careful handling.
  3. Relatively complex to configure.
  4. A broken cable is difficult and expensive to repair.
  5. Expensive for shorter distances.
  6. Prone to water seepage and freezing.

 

  1. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION (UNBOUNDED MEDIA)
    • Type of media used to transmit data from one point to another without using physical connections.
    • A transmitting antenna and receiver aerial are used to facilitate the communication.

 

Examples of wireless transmission media:

  • Radio waves.
  1. Infrared transmission.
  2. Bluetooth technology.
  • The transmission media above use different frequencies of the electromagnetic spectrum as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. I) MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION
  • A microwave is extremely high frequency (communication beam) that is transmitted over direct line of sight path.
  • The method uses very high frequency radio signals to transmit data through space.
  • The electromagnetic wave cannot pass obstacles and geographical barriers such as mountains.
  • Due to their small wavelength, they easily release their energy in water as heat hence they are also used in making microwave ovens used in domestic kitchen appliances.
  • In networking, microwaves are suitable for point to point transmissions.
  • A signal is directed thorough a focused beam from transmitter to the receiver station.

 

 

 

 

  1. II) SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
  • A satellite is a microwave relay station.
  • The microwave stations have parabolic dishes with an antenna fixed on them in order to focus a narrow beam towards the satellite in space.

 

Main Components of a satellite transmission system

  1. Transmitter earth station:
  • Sets up an uplink to the satellite in order to transmit data.
  • The uplink has a unique frequency.

 

  1. A satellite:
  • Launched somewhere in an orbit that receives, amplifies and retransmits the signal to a receiving earth station via a downlink frequency that is different from that of the uplink so as to avoid interference with the uplink signal.

 

  1. Receiving earth station:
  • Receives the sent signal on the other side of the globe.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • A communication satellite is usually launched into space about 36,000 km above the earth in such a manner that its speed will be relatively equal to the rotation speed of the earth.
  • These types of satellites are called geostationary satellites.
  • They are convenient because they eliminate the need to keep on moving the parabolic dish in a bid to track the line of sight.
  • A geostationary satellite offers a large constant line of sight to earth stations.
  • The area where the line of sight can easily be located is called the satellites footprint.
  • The satellite transmits the signal to many recipient earth stations to form a point to multipoint transmission.
  • The new trends in microwave transmission have seen the use of very small aperture terminal (VSAT) technology.
  • It refers to a very small satellite dish used both in data, radio and TV communication.
  • It enables direct communication instead of having to go through the state owned satellite gateways.
  • The satellite produces strong signals that can be received by a satellite dish antenna of only about 2 meters in diameter.
  • The signals are decoded using a decoder which is plugged directly to a television set or a computer.

 

 

III) RADIO COMMUNICATION

  • Radio waves travel just like surface water waves.
  • They are omnidirectional i.e. they start from a central point and spread outwards in all directions.
  • Their energy spreads outwards over the covered area.
  • The waves are radiated into the atmosphere by a radio frequency antenna at constant velocity.
  • Radio waves are not visible to the human eye.
  • They are used in radio and television broadcasts.
  • Data can also be transmitted over radiowaves communication channels.
  • Radiowaves can be of high frequency, very high frequency or ultra-high frequency.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) High frequency (HF) radio waves
  • A Signal is propagated by directing it to the ionosphere of the earth.
  • The iron sphere will reflect it back to the earth’s surface and the receiver will pick the signal.
  • The biggest challenge of HF communication is the danger of signal interception by unauthorized parties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Very high frequency (VHF) radio waves
  • Transmitted along the earth’s surface.
  • Due to the curvature of the earth, the signal will most likely attenuate at the horizon.
  • Repeater stations have to therefore be placed strategically to maintain a line of sight in order to receive, amplify and propagate the signal from one area to another.
  • Common technology with the hand held radio devices like ‘walkie-talkie’ radios.
  • The range of VHF is limited but preferred to high frequency where no major obstructions are encountered on the landscape, because it is possible to make the wave to follow a narrower and more direct path to the receiver.
  • To overcome the obstructions on the earth surface like mountains and buildings, repeater stations are built on raised areas.

 

  1. c) Ultra high frequency (UHF) radiowaves.
  • They are like VHF when it comes to the line of sight principle i.e. there should be no barrier between the sending and the receiving aerial.
  • They require smaller aerials.
  • The TV aerial for VHF is bigger than the one for UHF radiowaves because UHF radiowaves can be made to follow an even narrower and direct path to the receiver than VHF radiowaves.
  • Therefore UHF is popular for horizon limited broadcasts.

 

  1. IV) BLUETOOTH TECHNOLOGY
  • A new transmission technology i.e. a short range technology that enables people to use hand held communication devices like cell phones and PDAs to access the internet.
  • It enhances communication of personal communication devices through wireless technology.
  • The main component in Bluetooth is a small low power two-way radio transceiver, small enough to be inserted in small devices.
  • A network of Bluetooth enabled devices is called a wireless personal area network (WPAN) or piconet.

 

  1. V) INFRARED TRANSMISSION
  • Fall just below the visible light on the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • They are not visible to the human eye.
  • Communication is achieved by having infrared transmitters and receivers (transceivers).
  • Transceivers of infrared signals must be within a line of sight in the same room.
  • Unlike radio signals, infrared signals cannot penetrate obstacles like walls. However, the signal can be reflected off surfaces like walls and ceiling until they reach their destination.
  • An example is the infrared transceiver on most mobile phones.
  • Once activated, two people in the same room can send messages to each other on their mobile phones without going through the mobile service provider.
  • In computer networking, the technology can be used to connect devices in the same room to each other without need for cables e.g. a computer to a printer.
  • The computers infrared transceiver must maintain a line of sight with the one for the printer.

 

Advantages of wireless communications

  1. Wireless medium is flexible in operation as compared to bounded media i.e. devices can be moved around without losing access to the network.
  2. Wireless networks can span large geographical areas easily.
  3. It can take place via satellite even in very remote areas that do not have high cost physical infrastructure like telephone lines.

 

Disadvantages of wireless communications

  1. Relatively difficult to establish or configure.
  2. The initial cost is very high.

 

COMMUNICATION DEVICES

  • These are devices used as interfaces or junctions between the terminal devices.
  • Terminal equipment are devices at both ends of the communication link such as a computer.
  • Examples of data communication devices include:
  1. Modems and codecs.
  1. Access points.

 

  1. I) NETWORK INTERFACE CARDS (NIC)
  • Creates a physical link between the computer and the transmission media.
  • It is plugged into an empty expansion slot on the motherboard.
  • However, most computer motherboards to day come ready with an onboard network interface controller.

 

  1. II) MODEMS AND CODECS
  • A modem converts a signal from digital to analog form for the purpose of transmission over the analog media.
  • A codec converts an analog signal to digital form for transmission via a digital medium.
  • A modem can be external, an add-on card or built on the motherboard.

III) HUBS Illustration pg 24

  • Also called a concentrator.
  • It is a component that connects computers on a network and is able to relay signals from one computer to another on the same network.
  • A hub usually connects networks that have a common architecture i.e. one that has the same set of communication software usually called protocols.
  • Protocols are a set of rules that govern the communication between devices on a network.
  • A hub transmits signals by broadcasting them to all the components on the network.
  • After the signal is broadcasted, the computer whose address is on the message picks the message from the network that is part of the broadcast domain.
  • Some hubs called intelligent hubs are able to monitor the way computers are communicating on the network and keep the information in a small database of their own called a management information base (MIB).
  • The NT server can then use this information to fine-tune the NT.
  • Intelligent hubs can be able to manage a NT by isolating computers that are not functioning properly.
  • Several hubs can be connected together one after another to expand a NT. However, this increases the broadcast range which may lead to broadcast storms on the network.
  • Broadcast storm refers to a condition where a NT is overwhelmed with message broadcasts due to malfunctioning of NICs or hub related problems.

 

  1. IV) BRIDGES illustration pg 25.
  • NT device that selectively determines the appropriate NT segment for which message is meant for delivery through address filtering.
  • A bridge can divide a busy network into segments to reduce network traffic.

 

Purpose of using a bridge:

  1. To extend the length and number of stations that a segment can support.
  2. Reduce overall traffic flow by allowing broadcasts only in the data destination segment of the NT.

 

  • A bridge makes sure that packets that are not meant for a particular segment are not broadcasted in that segment.

 

  1. IV) REPEATERS
  • A device that receives a signal from one segment of a NT, cleans it to remove any distortion, boosts it and then sends it to another segment.
  • It enables NT to eliminate attenuation problems.
  • They are the simplest way to expand a NT because they broadcast the same message to other NT segments.
  • However, they should be used with reservation, because they expand the broadcast domain, which may lead to broadcast storms on the NT.
  • A broadcast storm is a condition whereby the NT is oversaturated with messages making communication impossible.

 

  1. V) ROUTERS
  • Interconnects different NTs and directs the transfer of data packets from source to destination.
  • Routing depends on NT addresses.
  • Each NT has a unique identifier or address called the network address.
  • All the computers on the same network have the same network address nut different host numbers.
  • The router receives a packet from another router on the internetwork and checks the destination’s network address.
  • If the address is the same as the one on which the router is, it passes the data packet to the destination host by reading the host address otherwise the packet will be routed to the next network address.
  • Some modern routing devices combine the functionality of a bridge and a router, called a brouter.

 

  1. VI) GATEWAYS Illustration pg 27

A gateway is any device that can be configured to provide access to wide area networks or Internet.

One such device is the router in which the gateway software is installed.

A gateway is the most powerful network and internetwork connectivity device because of its ability to convert data across different network architectures and protocols.

 

VII) SWITCHES Illustration pg 28

  • Unlike a hub, a switch forwards a packet directly to the address node without broadcasting.
  • A node refers to data terminal equipment such as a workstation or a computer on the network.
  • The switch does this by connecting two nodes point to point as if they were linked by a direct cable between them.
  • Some hubs also incorporate the switching mechanisms. Such a hub is referred to as a switching hub.
  • Switches are more expensive than hubs. This means that one switch may be used as a bridge to connect several hubs in order to reduce collision problems caused by broadcasts.

 

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES

  • As the cost of wireless technology goes down and the quality of service increases, it is becoming cost effective for companies and individuals to extend the capability of wired networks by integrating wireless segments into their communications.
  • Some of the most common devices used in wireless communication include access points, the antenna and the PCMCIA card.

 

  1. I) ACCESS POINTS (AP)
  • An entry point into a bounded network for people who have wireless devices such as PDAs, laptops and computers with wireless links.

 

 

  1. II) WIRELESS ANTENNAE
  • The access point needs to have antennas in order to detect signals in the surrounding.
  • The waves may be radiowaves, microwaves or infrared waves in nature.
  • In most cases, access points will have two antennas so that the one that receives the best signal at any particular time can be used.

 

III) PERSONAL COMPUTER MEMORY CARD INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION (PCMCIA) card.

  • An add-on card inserted into a device such as PDAs or a laptop in order to enable wireless communication between the devices and a wired network server.

 

NETWORK SOFTWARE

  • Can be classified into two main groups namely:
  1. Network operating systems.
  2. Network protocols.

 

  1. NETWORKING OPERATING SYSTEMS
  • Designed to optimize the networked computers ability to respond to service requests.
  • Servers run on a network operating system.

 

Main network related functions of NT O.S.

  1. Provides access to network resources e.g. printers.
  2. Enables nodes on the NT to communicate with each other more efficiently.
  • Supports interprocess communication i.e. enables the various processes on the NT to communicate with one another.
  1. Respond to requests from application programs running on the network.
  2. Supporting NT services like NT card drivers and protocols.
  3. Implementing NT security features.

 

  • In most cases, NT O.S. is designed as multi-user operating systems that run the network server program.
  • Once installed on the right hardware platform and configured as a server, the operating system will provide network management tools to network administrators for the to do the following:
  1. Secure the network against unauthorized access.
  2. Track network usage and keep a log/record of all the people who use the network.
  • Ensure inter-operatability between various systems on the network.
  1. Performance monitoring to ensure maximum throughput on the network.

 

Examples of NT operating systems:

  1. Windows NT/2000/2003
  2. UNIX
  3. Linux
  4. Novel Netware.

 

NB:

  • Internetworking devices like routers also have operating systems of their own and hence they can be managed and configured for optimum performance.
  • Routers are special purpose computers.

 

  1. PROTOCOLS
  • These are sets of rules and procedures that govern communication between two different devices or people.
  • In computer networking, protocols refer to the rules and technical procedures that govern communication between different computers.

 

WORKING MECHANISM OF PROTOCOLS

  • The data transmission process over the NT has to be broken down into discrete systematic steps.
  • At each step, a certain action takes place.
  • Each step has its own rules and procedures as defined by the NT protocols.
  • The work of these protocols must be coordinated so that there are no conflicts or incomplete operations.
  • This co-ordination is achieved through protocol layering.
  • NT protocols are designed after the open systems interconnection (OSI) model.
  • The OSI model is not a protocol as such but is meant to help designers to come up with high quality layered protocols.
  • It has seven layers, each performing distinct functions as shown below:

 

  Layer Function
7 Application layer User applications run here and generate requests for data transmission or open received information.
6 Presentation layer Adds formatting, display and encryption information to the data being sent.
5 Session layer Sets up data transmission sessions between two communicating devices.
4 Transport layer Manages data transfer over the network to ensure reliability.
3 Network layer Address information is added to the packet and routing to destination.
2 Data link layer Adds error checking information and prepares data for going onto the physical connection.
1 Physical layer The data packets are finally transmitted via the network card through the transmission media in form of bits.

 

Application layer protocols:

  • Application protocols work at the highest layer of the OSI model.
  • They provide services to application programs.

 

Examples of application protocols:

  1. An e-mail program that enables composing or reading of e-mail messages.
  2. Simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) – An Internet protocol for transferring e-mails.
  3. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) – for file transfer.
  4. Apple talk and apple share – Apple computers networking protocol suit.

 

Transport layer protocols:

  • Ensure that data is passed between computers more reliably.

 

Examples of transport protocols

  1. Transmission control protocol (TCP) – Responsible for delivery of sequenced data over the network.
  2. Sequential Packet Exchange (SPX) – Part of the Novell’s internet work packet exchange/sequential packet exchange (IPX/SPX) for sequenced data.
  3. NetBEUI: a local area network protocol for Microsoft and IBM networks that establishes communication sessions between computers.
  4. Apple transaction protocol: (ATP): Apple computer’s communication session and data transport protocol.

 

Network layer protocols

  • Provide link services.
  • They handle addressing and routing information, error checking and retransmission of requests.

 

Examples of network layer protocols

  1. Internet protocol (IP) – it does packet forwarding and routing.
  2. Internetwork packets exchange: Netwares protocol for packet forwarding and routing.
  3. NetBEUI: provides data transport services, Netbius sessions and applications.
  4. DATA SIGNAL
  • All messages that are sent and received through the network must be represented using a data signal.
  • Metallic media would require an electrical signal, wireless media need electromagnetic signals while fibre optic cables need light signals.
  • A signal can either be analog or digital.

 

NETWORK TOPOLOGIES

Topology:

  • It is the physical arrangement of computers on a network.
  • Refers to the way in which computers and other devices have been arranged or how data is passed from one computer to another in the network.
  • It is the way in which the points or stations of a network interlink (interact together).
  • It determines the data paths that may be followed or used between points in the network.
  • Network topology can be viewed in two ways:
  1. logical topology.
  2. Physical topology.

 

  1. LOGICAL TOPOLOGY
  • Also called signal topology.
  • Deals with the way data passes from one device to the next on the NT.

 

Examples of logical topology

  1. i) Ethernet topology.
  2. ii) token ring topology.

 

  1. I) ETHERNET TOPOLOGY
  • All computers listen to the network media and can only send data when none of the others is sending.

 

  1. II) TOKEN RING TOPOLOGY
  • A special package for data called a token goes around the network and only the computer whose address is on the data held in the token will take up the token to read the data and then release the token.
  • The token can then be captured by another computer which needs to transmit data.

 

  1. PHYSICAL TOPOLOGY
  • Refers to the physical layout or arrangement of components on the network.

 

 

 

Examples of physical topology

  1. i) Star topology.
  2. ii) Bus topology.

iii) Ring topology.

  1. iv) Mesh topology.
  2. v) Tree/hierarchical topology.

 

  1. STAR TOPOLOGY
  • A set up where all devices are connected to a central hub/server/switch.
  • A host computer is attached to locals through multiple communication lines.
  • The local computers are not linked directly to each other.
  • Between any two stations, communication is via the central computer.
  • When the hub/central machine receives data from a transmitting computer, it broadcasts the message to all the other nodes on the NT.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Star topology

 

ADVANTAGES OF STAR TOPOLOGY

  1. Star networks are easy to configure.
  2. network failures due to cables breakdown are low since cables are not shared.
  3. failure of any computer does not affect communication in the NT, unless it has major effects on the host computer.
  4. wiring hubs increases flexibility for growth i.e. additional and deletion of nodes does not involve interfering with the others.
  5. allows centralization of key networking resources like concentrators and servers.
  6. gives the NT administrator a focal point for NT management. It is easier for the administrator to troubleshoot and diagnose NT related problems.

Disadvantages of star topology

  1. If the central hub fails, the entire network will be grounded.
  2. Installation is time consuming; each node forms a segment of its own.
  3. It is costly, requires one complete cable per computer.

 

  1. BUS TOPOLOGY
  • Also known as Daisy-chain topology or multipoint network.
  • All devices are connected to a central cable called the bus or backbone.
  • All stations are attached directly through appropriate interfacing hardware to the transmission medium.
  • Each workstation on the network must be capable of knowing when it can and cannot transmit data using the shared medium, since the cable can carry only one message at a time.
  • A terminator is attached to each end of the cable to avoid signals from bouncing back and forth on the cable causing signal distortion.
  • As the data passes along the cable, each station checks whether the data is addressed to it.
  • If the address matches the machine’s address, it receives the data otherwise it rejects it.
  • The network addresses of computers on a network is called the medium access control (MAC) address.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bus topology

 

Advantages of bus topology

  1. It is easy to install.
  2. Requires less physical lines hence less costly.
  3. It is independent i.e. any single computer can’t affect communication between other computers.
  4. Easy to expand, just need to add the new computer on the line.

 

 

 

 

Disadvantages of bus topology

  1. Only one node can transmit signals at a time.
  2. Failure or fault in the transmission line affects the whole communication network.
  3. Troubleshooting a cable fault is difficult.
  4. Limits the number of computers that can be connected to the cable. Increase in the number of computers results in an increased collision as machines compete for transmission.

 

III. RING TOPOLOGY

  • All devices are connected to one another in the shape of a closed loop.
  • There is no host computer.
  • Each station is responsible for regenerating and retransmitting signals around the network to its neigbour.
  • It uses repeaters (devices that receive data at one end and transmit it bit by bit to the other end).
  • A special bit pattern called a token is circulated around the ring sequentially from one node to the next and a node is only permitted to transmit data when it receives the token.
  • A token can be viewed as an envelope or a bag where data is placed for transmission and carried around the network.
  • All computers in ring topology have equal capabilities of sending and receiving.

 

Advantages of ring topology

  1. They use short length cables – less costly.
  2. Simple to install.
  3. Very effective where there is distributed data processing.
  4. More reliable because of alternate routing if one computer breaks down.
  5. The packet delivery time is fixed and guaranteed.

 

Disadvantages of ring topology

  1. Installation requires sophisticated software.
  2. Delays in communication are directly proportional to the number of nodes the message has to pass through.
  3. Requires a lot of reconfiguration when new nodes are added.
  4. Troubleshooting can be difficult.
  5. Token management must be robust because loss or corruption of the token can cause chaos.
  6. One device or media breakdown may affect the entire network. However, this is not the case with IBM token ring where a device called Multi Station Access Unit (MSAU) is used for station bypass in the event a station fails.
  7. Modification may be difficult because adding or removing a device can disrupt the entire network.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ring topology

 

  1. IV) MESH TOPOLOGY
  • Most common type used in WAN, where there are many paths between different locations.
  • Devices are connected with many redundant interconnections between the nodes.
  • Every node has a connection to every other node in the NT, making possible for direct communication with every computer hence every computer dictates its priorities.

 

Advantages of mesh topology

  1. The network is reliable and effective due to direct relationship between the computers.
  2. Point to point connections optimize throughput of data.
  3. The NT can still operate even when a node breaks down or a connection breaks.

 

Disadvantages of mesh topology

  1. It is expensive on cable due to redundant links.
  2. Administration of the network is difficult because of the peer to peer connections.

 

  1. V) TREE/THERARCHICAL TOPOLOGY
    • A hybrid topology.
    • Groups of star – configured networks are connected to a linear bus backbone.
    • It can also be derived out of breeding a combination of other networks.

Advantages of tree topology

  1. Failure of one or more nodes does not affect the whole network.
  2. Failure of a single branch does not bring the whole network down.

 

Disadvantages of tree topology

  1. Communication path can sometimes become quite long.
  2. Installation can become costly and complex.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tree topology

 

SETTING UP PEER – TO – PEER LAN

Hardware requirements

  1. A computer running on any version of Ms Windows especially Windows 9x/2000/Me/Windows Xp.
  2. Network interface card (NIC). Some computers may have it already installed onboard so that you do not have to purchase one.
  3. A hub or a switch.
  4. Transmission media preferably unshielded twisted pair category 5.
  5. RJ45 connectors.

 

Tools

  1. Crimping tool.
  2. Cable tester.
  3. Screw drivers.

NETWORK SECURITY

  • In networking, there are several ways of enforcing security, one of them is share level and the other is user level security.

 

  1. a) Share level security
  • A simple network security used in peer to peer networks.
  • The user can decide which resources to give for sharing.
  • Most desktop O.S. such as Windows 9x provide such kind of security.

 

  1. b) User-level utility
  • Used on server based networks.
  • A network administrator assigns accounts to users.
  • Each user is provided with a unique name and password which he/she can use to access network resources.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPLICATION AREAS OF ICT NOTES

 

 

INTRODUCTION

  • There is rampant use of computers in the society today; offices, institutions, organizations and homes.
  • Tasks that were previously manned manually are now tackled electronically.
  • It is imperative to therefore understand ways by which computers have been applied in the contemporary society to add great value to the information systems of various organizations.
  • An information system is a collection of specific human and machine efforts required to support the decision making process, data processing, information output and presentation.

 

APPLICATION AREAS

1. Financial systems. 9. Entertainment systems
2. Retail systems. 10 Transportation system
3. Reservation systems 11 Home use
4. Educational systems 12 Office expert systems
5. Communication systems 13 Marketing
6. Industrial systems 14 Virtual reality systems
7. Scientific and research systems 15 Law enforcement systems
8. Library systems    

 

  1. FINANCIAL SYSTEMS
  • Enable organizations to manage their finances and they include:
  1. Payroll systems.
  2. Accounting systems.
  3. Banking systems.

 

  1. PAYROLL SYSTEMS
  • Screens are setup to capture the transaction data, with appropriate validations, data is inserted into the transaction file, payroll programs then process the payroll using data from the transaction file, lookup tables and the master file.
  • The master file is then updated, payroll system is produced, pay slips are printed for every employee and other reports required by management or the tax department.
  • Computers are therefore used to store and process payrolls.
  • Backing storage is also essential for payroll systems, since the amount of data grows with time.
  • The primary purpose of the payroll system is to therefore process the accurate information of employees including gross pay, deductions and the net pay.
  • The payroll system is designed to produce several analysis reports e.g. a breakdown of payroll expenses against production/income of the company.

 

  1. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
  • Accounting is the preparation and analysis of financial records for a commercial company, government or other organizations.
  • Known as the “business language”, it enables decision makers to interpret financial information and use the results in planning for the future e.g. foretelling what products or departments are doing well and which ones are doing poorly.
  • It deals mainly with numbers and this is a task well suited for computers.
  • The processing of such tasks is simple and easy to understand to implement on the computer, and management can establish appropriate controls and error-checking procedures to ensure the security and accuracy of the data.

 

There are five major/key business accounting activities/subsystems as outlined below:

  1. Customer order and entry.
  2. Inventory management.
  • General ledger accounting.
  1. Accounts receivable.
  2. Accounts payable.
  3. Cash book.

 

  1. I) CUSTOMER ORDERS ENTRY AND BILLING
  • Used to record incoming customer orders, authorizes delivery of items or services ordered and produces invoices for customers who do not pay in advance or on cash basis.

 

  1. II) INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
  • Used to keep track of the items in stock and help the management determine which items to re-order, helping the management to have enough stocks at all times to meet the needs by customers.

 

III) GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTING

  • Also known as nominal ledger.
  • Contains a summary of all business accounts i.e. used to keep track of how much a business makes and its worthiness by summarizing the financial transactions in forms of balance sheets, profit and loss account, trial balance, day book/journal, list of accounts etc.
  • It produces reports on income, sources of income, expenses and the net profit or loss earned.
  • The summary report (balance sheet) is usually generated at the end of an accounting period.

 

  1. IV) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
  • Keeps track of money owed to a company by its customers.
  • This helps the management to make a follow up by billing the customers for overdue payments.
  • An example is when goods are sold to a retailer; money owed on the sales is an accounts receivable item until the payment is received.

 

  1. V) ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
  • A system that keeps track of the amount the business owes others e.g. suppliers, tax organizations, transport etc.
  • It therefore helps the management to produce cheques for payment of this amount.

 

  1. VI) CASH BOOK
  • Used to record daily cash transactions.
  • It records the receipts and cash payments.
  • The cash book has two accounts i.e. A cash account and the bank account.
  • With the help of a cash book, the cash and bank balances can be checked easily.

 

  1. BANKING SYSTEMS
  • Since the introduction of the magnetic encoded cheques in the 1960’s, banks have become dependent on computers for many services.
  • The banking industry was one of the earliest consumers of information and communication technology.
  • The computerized banking services include:
  1. Processing customer transactions.
  2. Cheque clearing and processing.
  • Electronic funds transfer.
  1. Internet banking.
  2. Mobile banking.

 

  1. I) PROCESSING CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS
  • They are used in banks to carry out financial transactions such as recording deposits, withdrawals and calculating interests on savings and loans.
  • Reports are also generated on the current status of accounts.
  • The transactions are entered via terminals, which are connected to a central computer for centralized processing.
  • ATMs are used to offer 24 hour service to customers and more flexibility in cash deposits and withdrawals.

 

  1. II) CHEQUE CLEARING AND PROCESSING
  • Computerized cheques clearing and processing is made possible due to the characters on cheques printed using ink containing magnetic particles.
  • MICR enables the processing of the cheques hence time saving.

 

III) ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT)

  • This is the movement of money between two different accounts using ICT, using a cash dispenser.
  • The amount withdrawn by a customer is deducted from his/her account.
  • Credit cards are also used when paying for goods and services where payment is transferred electronically from the customers account to the recipients account.

 

  1. IV) INTERNET BANKING (e-banking)
  • Enables users to access their bank accounts through the internet.
  • The user can query account statements, pay bills and transfer funds electronically.

 

  1. V) MOBILE BANKING (m-banking)
  • An account holder in a bank can perform banking transactions using his/her mobile phone.
  • The transactions may include cash transfers, settling bills electronically and performing account queries.
  • Mobile phone companies like Safaricom support electronic cash transfer services with their M-Pesa service.

 

  1. RETAIL SYSTEMS
  • Used in supermarkets, distributor outlets and others for:
  1. Stock control.
  2. Transactions handling at the EPOST.
  3. I) STOCK CONTROL
  • Stock control or inventory control enables a user to manage his/her stock more efficiently by keeping track of the stocks.
  • Accurate and up-to-date information on availability of stocks and demand are critical for business success.
  • It enables one to reduce the risk of under stocking or overstocking i.e. overstocking ties up valuable space and capital that could have been used for other valuable items while under stocking causes customer dissatisfaction.
  • Stock control systems are therefore used for the following reasons:
  1. Storing full details of the items held in stock i.e. immediately available.
  2. Proving users with up-to-date information regarding stock items and prices.
  3. Monitoring stock levels so that items can be ordered in good time.
  4. Storing details of suppliers of stock items.
  5. Storing details of pending orders.

 

  1. II) POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL (P-OST, E-POST)
  • Used to input and output data at the point where sales are transacted.
  • It has direct data capturing devices like bar code readers, card readers, a monitor and a receipt printer, where goods are identified by means of bar codes.
  • Transactions at the P-OST may involve the following steps:
  1. The BCR (wand) is passed over the item’s bar code.
  2. The barcode is automatically converted to the item number e.2. 2160, which is read to the computer.
  3. Using the number, the computer searches for the item from a master file with a corresponding number in the products database.
  4. Once the record is found, its description and price lookup file is used for processing the sale.

 

Advantages:

  1. Correct prices are used at the checkout counter.
  2. It is faster since the attendant does not have to enter details manually.

 

  1. RESERVATION SYSTEMS:
  • These are distributed networked systems that are used mainly to make bookings in areas such as airlines, hotels, car-rental, theaters etc.
  • Bookings are made from a remote terminal connected to a centralized computer database.
  • To access the database, a customer makes enquiries via the remote terminal connected to the central computer.
  • It involves online enquiry where an individual directly requests for information through a terminal from a central computer and receives an immediate response.

 

  1. EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS
  • Computers are playing an increasingly important role in educational institutions in the following ways:
  1. Computer Aided Instruction (C.A.I.)
  2. Computer Aided Learning.
  • Electronic Learning (e-learning).
  1. Computer based Simulation.

 

  1. I) COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION (C.A.I.)
  • Refers to the use of a computer to learn, drill and practice particular educational principles.
  • It entails learning new languages, educational games, typing tutor’s programs etc.
  • In a geography map, the student must provide the names of cities, mountain ranges, names of rivers, lakes etc.
  • A biology student may be asked to name or position internal organs, muscles or bones in a picture of the human body.

 

 

  1. II) COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING (C.A.L.)
  • It presents educational materials the way a teacher does in a classroom.
  • Most CAL programs have clear graphical presentations such as video clips and voice for demonstrating or explaining difficult concepts.

 

III) ELECTRONIC LEARNING (e-learning)

  • This is where lectures are presented from a central site and the presentation is transmitted to remote conference terminals or displayed on TV screens.
  • The learner can also access learning materials on the Internet, sit for online exams and receive results the same way, also known as Computer Based Training (CBT) and Web Based Training (WBT) systems.
  • Some of the key benefits are:
  1. Learning time is reduced, thorough and consistent.
  2. Instant availability of courses at any time.
  3. Eliminates the need for classroom instructors.
  4. Minimizes travel time, costs and time away from the workplace.
  5. Learners do not need to go physically to a college.

 

  1. IV) COMPUTER BASED SIMULATION
  • Refers to the science of representing the behaviour of a real – life situation by using computerized models.
  • Simulation programs are mostly used in educational areas where practical skills have to be learnt like training drivers, pilots, engineers etc have to be instructed using a virtual environment.
  • Satellite technology and the Internet are used to provide quality educational content from all over the world at an affordable cost.
  • Courses and seminars are beamed by satellite on large screen projectors, TV monitors or computers.
  • Students interact with the instructors in real-time using phone, fax and e-mail.

 

  1. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
  • Communication refers to the distribution of information or data from one person or location to another.
  • Effective and efficient data communication is achieved by use of high-speed electronic devices such as computers, cell-phones, radios and television.
  • The integration of computerized computer devices and telecommunication infrastructure for the purpose of communication is referred to as information and communication technology.

 

 

Examples of communication systems are:

  1. Facsimile (Fax)
  • Television set.
  1. Video conferencing.

 

  1. I) FACSIMILE (FAX)
  • A computerized system that is capable of transmitting complete images from one location to another via telephone lines.
  • Digital images can be transmitted in aerospace programs into digital code that can be understood by computers.
  • The images include pictures, graphs, drawings, photographs, signatures or text.
  • Copies of documents are transmitted electronically and the duplicate received at the recipient’s machine i.e. can be referred to as distant photocopying.
  • To send fax over the internet, a special modem called a fax modem is attached to the sending and receiving computers.

Advantages of facsimile communications:

  1. The ability to transmit an image over long distances is less than 10 seconds.
  2. The ability to confirm the receipt of a transmission quickly.
  3. Low cost for high-volume operations.
  4. There is guaranteed security – the transmitted image is sent as a digitized code (which can be scrambled) rather than a usable picture.
  5. Convenience – the ability to store the resultant image on a computer file instead of apiece of paper.

 

  1. II) RADIO COMMUNICATION
  • Computers can be used in radio broadcasting stations to do the following:
  1. Record and manage radio programmes meant for broadcasting.
  2. Manage the radio transmission and track performance.
  3. Automate the running of the selected programmes.
  4. Create slides, simulated objects and sound effects when preparing electronic and printed media advertisements.
  5. Download information from Internet that can be used in preparing programmes such as international news.

 

III) TELEVISION SETS

  • Data or information is transmitted via a TV channel and the most common types of data transmitted via TV include:
  1. Teletext (ceefax)
  2. Videotext (view data)

 

  1. a) Teletext
  • Refers to a computerized service whereby news and other information are provided on the television screens to subscribers.
  • The TV is configured using a special add-on card or adapter.
  • The subscriber can browse for information using a remote controlled device.
  • It is however one way communication (simplex).

 

 

  1. b) Videotext (viewdata)
  • A two way communication service (half-duplex) over a telephone line or cable TV channel.
  • A subscriber can interact with the service provider database and the information is displayed on a home TV screen.
  • Videotex is used in reservation bookings, ordering for goods and services as well as sending e-mails.
  • Users of videotex can interact with the database to pay bills, order goods etc.
  • The services supplied through videotext and Teletext systems include:
    • Information on weather, TV programmes, sporting events, current news, holiday opportunities, airline schedules and stock market data.
    • E-mail – transmission of electronic messages to other users.
    • Paying bills, ordering goods and purchasing tickets.

 

  1. IV) VIDEO CONFERENCING
  • Refers to the use of computers, a digital camera, an audio capturing equipment and communication networks to enable people in different locations to see and talk to one another.
  • Each participant’s computer is attached with a video camera (camcorder), speakers and a microphone.
  • A person can therefore participate in a virtual conference room.
  • All participants see each other on the computer screen as if they were sitting in a real conference room.
  • Video conferencing is popular in TV broadcasting stations where a field reporter interacts with newscasters and in organizations where top managers in different geographical locations hold meetings via the Internet or the organizations intranet.

 

  1. V) TELECOMMUTING
  • A situation where an employee works usually at home using a computer connected to the workplace network.
  • It is an arrangement in which employees use microcomputers and modems to communicate with their business offices while they work elsewhere.
  • Telecommuting takes advantage of the growing communication networks to reduce unnecessary travel to the place of work, reducing travel expenses and less stress due to commuting inconveniences such as traffic jams.
  • Telecommuting may be practical for:
  1. Mothers with small children.
  2. Handicapped workers.
  3. Individuals whose fields work take them far from the office.

 

  • This arrangement can also be practical since employees who telecommute:
  1. May use less office supplies like photocopying.
  2. Do not occupy valuable office space.
  3. Do not waste time commuting in cars, trains or buses.
  4. Do not waste time conversing idly or suffering the petty distractions of office life.
  5. VI) THE INTERNET
  • A world – wide computer network linking countless thousands of computer networks for information transfer and efficient communication.
  • Some of the services available on the internet are:
  1. world wide web (www)
  2. electronic mail (e-mail)

 

  1. a) World wide web (www)
  • A collection of web pages held on web servers.
  • One can access information using a computer or any other communication device such as a mobile phone for WAP (wireless Application Protocol).
  • A computer connected to the Internet allows the user to access a wide range of information such as news, entertainment, banking, reservation, business news, e-mails etc.

 

  1. b) Electronic mail (e-mail)
  • Fast and efficient means of sending and receiving messages, data, files or graphics.
  • Once you subscribe for Internet Services through a service provider, you can send or receive e-mails to or from anyone connected to the Internet using a computer or a WAP – enabled cellular phone.
  • Documents can be created, distributed, filed, stored and destroyed electronically using a computer.
  • A user with a micro-computer and a modem types a message and then identifies the message recipients, using e-mail addresses.

 

Advantages of e-mail:

  • You do not create written documents.
  • You avoid at least some telephoning, eliminating busy signals, dealing with intermediate secretaries, leaving messages or playing “telephone tag” i.e. repeatedly missing each others’ calls.
  • Messages are delivered much faster than postal delivery since they are sent electronically and therefore received nearly instantaneously.
  • In many circumstances, e-mail is both cheaper and more convenient than phoning.
  • You can time-shift messages, i.e. you can send messages to people in different time zones even though they might not be awake.
  • You can mass-distribute messages using computerized lists of recipients e.g. sales representatives.

 

  1. INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS
    • Industrial plants such as motor vehicle manufactures, chemical plants, refineries and mining plants use computer systems in the following ways:
  2. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
  • Process control.

 

  1. I) CAD and CAM
  2. CAD/CAM is an integrated system that allows products that have been designed to be transmitted into an automated manufacturing system for the product to be manufactured as per the computer model.
  3. The computer model is designed using special software, usually capable of displaying 3D representations of solid objects, which allows the designer to view the object from different angles and modify the design until it is satisfactory.
  4. The CAD software will often generate a 3D view from a plan, side elevation and front elevation of the object.
  5. The final design can therefore be used directly to create manufacturing information and to provide information on quantities of materials required to produce the item.

 

CAD hardware:

  1. a graphics workstation that allows the designer to interactively create a drawing.
  2. A high resolution screen (display) to show drawings in colour and in fine detail.
  3. Fast processors with a great deal of memory.

 

USES OF CAD AND CAM SYSTEMS:

  1. Engineering designs for roads, chemical plants, machine parts, aircrafts, cars etc.
  2. Pattern design for clothing, architectural design and kitchen design.
  3. Robotics for carrying out assembly line operations, welding, lifting heavy objects, spray painting of vehicle bodies etc.

 

  1. II) INDUSTRIAL SIMULATION
  • Computer simulation is the designing of models of an actual or theoretical physical system, and analyzing the execution output using digital computers.
  • This allows some activities that would otherwise be expensive and dangerous in real life situation to be put under test.
  • It enables manufacturers identify some of the weaknesses of the real situation or object, hence put the correct reinforcement to their designs.
  • An example is how motor vehicles seat belts are tested for their effectiveness in case of a car crash.
  • The general name of using computer models in such circumstances is known as non-destructive testing (NDT).
  • Computer simulation is widely used in various areas of human endeavour and some of the applications include:
  1. in aviation where computers are used for training pilots, where a pilot feels as if he were controlling an actual aircraft.
  2. In engineering, models are simulated to test performance under various conditions e.g. the strength of material to be used for building a bridge can be tested using simulators.
  3. In medicine, simulation can be used to train doctors on operation techniques.

 

III) PROCESS CONTROL

  • Refers to the use of a computer system to control an ongoing physical process especially in manufacturing.
  • Such controls may include regulating temperature, pressure, fluid flow etc.
  • Computerized process control is mostly used in petroleum refineries, chemical plants and other manufacturing companies to manage machine intensive processes.

 

 

 

 

  1. SCIENTIFIC AND RESEARCH SYSTEMS
  • Computers have a wide variety of applications in science, research and technology, some of which are:
  1. Weather forecasting
  2. Medical research
  • Military and space exploration science.

 

 

  1. I) WEATHER FORECASTING
  • Computers help analyze current weather, they help predict the impending weather, and they help create the visual images used for broad cast TV.
  • Due to the large volume of data collected from rainfall, air pressure, humidity, temperature, wind speed and cloud cover, computers help in analyzing, processing and predicting weather patterns using such data.
  • Another application of computers in weather forecasting is the use of geographical information system (GIS) and the geographical positioning system (GPS) which represent geographical data in graphical form by positioning and superimposing it on the world map./
  • GIS is used to represent data on weather patterns in a clearer and a coherent/logical manner on a world map.

 

 

  1. II) MEDICAL RESEARCH
  • Medical automation offers great assistance in the areas of automatic diagnosis, electrocardiogram screening and monitoring.
  • Health professionals use computers technology for diagnosis, keeping patients’ data/records, inventory control etc.
  • Computers are also being used to control devices that help to care for the handicapped such as the deaf, blind, bedridden etc.
  • A doctor needing specialized opinions can now easily retrieve such information from computer storage.
  • Computers also allow access to expensive foreign expertise for hospitals in one country to use consultants or even surgeons in another.

 

III) POLICE MILITARY AND SPACE EXPLORATION SCIENCE

  • Computers are used in fighting crime.
  • Police are now able to keep databases of finger prints which are automatically analyzed by computers.
  • Computer based face recognition and scene monitoring and analysis help the police force in leading to arrest of offenders and criminals.
  • In defense, computers are used in electronic, efficient communication, detection and tracking of targets, radar systems, warning systems and military laser and guided missile systems.
  • Computer technology is the backbone of space explorations.
  • From studying the movement of stars, surface of mars, we rely heavily on computers.
  • Space explorations and military research bodies such as America’s national aeronautics and space administration (NASA) make extensive use of computer systems for research, design, development and control of unmanned spaceships, aero planes and missiles.

 

  1. LIBRARY SYSTEMS
  • Libraries use computerized systems for a number of tasks e.g.
  1. Lending system.
  2. Inventory control system.
  • Cataloguing system.

 

  1. I) LENDING SYSTEM:
  • Used to manage the issuance and return of borrowed reading materials.
  • Books, magazines, journals, reports etc are given unique identification numbers or codes.
  • Once a member borrows a book, his/her details are recorded and when the book is returned, the borrower’s record is updated to reflect the new status.

 

 

 

  1. II) INVENTORY CONTROL:
  • Involves use of computers to manage stock, which includes checking for books currently in the shelves and those on high demand for the purpose of adding more.
  • Books that have become obsolete can be retired to the archives.

 

III) CATALOGUING

  • A catalogue is a collection of cards with information about each book or reference materials found in the library.
  • To enhance service delivery and efficiency, computerized cataloguing has replaced the manual cards catalogue.
  • An electronic catalogue is updated constantly when new reference materials are acquired.

 

  1. ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS
  • The advancement in multimedia technology has produced computers that can be used in recreational and entertainment.
  • Some application areas of computers in recreation and entertainment include:
  1. Music and video.

 

  1. I) GAMES
  • Digital video disks (DVDs) and 3D multimedia games are now used to add stereo sound and digital video clips to make games more and more realistic.
  • There are computer games that simulate sports such as driving, war combat etc.
  • Such games give the player maximum pleasure in a virtual environment on the screen.

 

  1. II) MUSIC AND VIDEO
  • Video compact discs (VCD) and digital video disks (DVDs) have become a common feature in the entertainment industry.
  • In music industry, computers are used in recording, synthesizing, editing and adding special effects to music.
  • In video, computers are used to produce highly simulated and animated movies, generate scenes and actors.
  • Many special effects are being created by using computer graphics techniques to produce animated, 3D images.

 

  1. TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
  • Computers play an increasingly important role in transportation industry in the following areas:
  1. Automobile traffic control.
  2. Air traffic control.
  • Shipping control.

 

  1. I) AUTOMOBILE TRAFFIC CONTROL
  • Optimum utilization or road capacity is achieved by good coordination of traffic signals.
  • Traffic control lights are controlled using a computer system.
  • Computerized traffic light systems have sensor pads laid underneath the road which detect the pattern of the traffic flow.
  • Computers can then be used to automatically generate and implement traffic signal plans.
  • Data is collected, sent to a computer system which detects and analyses the traffic flow and builds up a simulated image of the actual scene.
  • Control signals can then be output to the traffic lights or motorists through their receiver devices to vary the light timings or redirect traffic to less busy roads.

 

  1. II) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
  • Geographical positioning system (GPS) is a computer technology that is used to direct aircrafts to follow the shortest path between two locations.
  • Air traffic controllers are used to coordinate the movement of thousands of aircraft, keeping them at safe distances from each other, directing them during take-off and landing from airports, directing them around bad weather and ensuring that traffic flows smoothly with minimal delays.
  • Details of every flight plan (airline name, flight number, type of aircraft and equipment, intended airspeed, cruising attitude and flight routes) are stored in a computer.
  • The computer generates an flight progress strip that is passed from controller throughout the flight.
  • All systems within the control tower also make extensive use of microprocessors to track aircrafts and convey information between different control towers in different air spaces.

 

III) SHIPPING CONTROL

  • Computers are widely used to control and guide the paths taken by spaceships and water vessels as they travel to distant lands.
  • The use if It has permeated into the shipping industry for efficient management of the fleets, cargo handling, communication and much more.
  • Ships also make extensive use of computer and communications technologies and modern ships have sophisticated microprocessor based control systems for steering the ship.

 

  1. HOME USE
  • Most people are now using computers at home for preparing domestic budgets, entertainment, research and teaching children on education concepts, typing and printing, e-mail, internet etc.
  • Also used for storing personal information and databases of inventory records.

 

  1. OFFICE EXPERT SYSTEMS
  • An information system usually developed and installed in the office of a human expert or knowledge worker.
  • Such a system is capable of simulating the decision making process and intelligent problem solution just like a human expert.
  • It also has a set of rules that help it to make conclusion when some parameters are entered.

 

  1. MARKETING
  • Computers are being used in a number of ways to enhance marketing, through:
  1. E-commerce or e-business.
  2. Electronic presentations.
  • Marketing is the planning, pricing, promotion and distribution of goods and services from producers to consumers

 

  1. I) E-COMMERCE / E-BUSINESS
  • Transactions are carried out electronically without physical interaction between the seller and the buyer.
  • A customer can visit a supplier’s website; select an item and placing it in a virtual shopping tray.
  • The website then tracks the whole session as the customer chooses various items and calculates the total bill.
  • Payment is then made through a cheque, credit card or through electronic funds transfer and the item is subsequently shipped to the customer.

 

  1. II) ELECTRONIC PRESENTATION
  • Marketing agents can use computers to create exciting presentations concerning the products of a business and present them to the audience using presentation software.
  • Electronic presentations by use of slide transitions add value to traditional marketing techniques because they are attractive.

 

III) ADVERTISING

  • Using simulation, presentation and animation software, it is possible to design catchy advert materials and video clips.
  • Such materials can then be displayed on billboards, broadcasted over a television or placed on the internet.
  • Computers cam also be used in market analysis which focuses on such matters as the product life cycle, sales strategies, market share of competitors and sales call strategies.
  • Sales analysis is used to provide information on which products are selling well and which are selling poorly, which sales people have the best and worst sales and which sales people are selling the most and the least etc.

 

  1. VIRTUAL OR ARTIFICIAL REALITY
  • VR or AR refers to a condition in which a person becomes psychologically immersed in an artificial environment generated by a computer system.
  • It is a way for humans to visualize, manipulate and interact with computers and extremely complex data.
  • Other terms used instead of VR are cyberspace, virtual worlds and virtual environment.
  • To achieve this effect, the following interactive sensory equipment are used:
  1. Head mounted display / head gear.
  • Body suit.
  1. Virtual reality software.

 

  1. I) HMD/head gear
  • It is made up of two tiny display screens and sound systems that channel images and sound from the source to the eyes and ears thus presenting a stereo 3D sound effect in the virtual world.
  • It uses some sort of helmet visor or goggles to place small video displays in front of each eye, with special optics to focus and stretch the perceived field of view.
  • A boom is an alternative to the often – uncomfortable head gear.
  • Screen, optical and sound systems are housed in a box and the user looks into the box through the two screens to see the virtual world.

 

  1. II) GLOVES
  • These are worn on hands to allow the user to navigate through the virtual world and interact with virtual objects.
  • The gloves have sensors that collect data about the movement of the hands and relays the data into the system.
  • They give the wearer a sense of touch in the virtual world.

 

III) BODY SUIT

  • A body suit, worn during virtual reality session is made up of conductor wires wound in a rubber suit.
  • The wires sense the body movement and relays the data into the virtual reality system which in turn adjusts the position of the user in the virtual reality world.
  • Full body suits with position and bend sensors have been used for capturing motion for character animations, control of music synthesizers etc.

 

 

 

  1. IV) VIRTUAL REALITY SOFTWARE
  • VR software such as body electric gives the wearer of the sensory devices an interactive virtual sensory experience that makes him/her feel as if he/she is in a real world.
  • The software is responsible for simulation of all aspects of the virtual reality world.

 

APPLICATION OF VIRTUAL REALITY

  • Used to present any 3D object or ideas that are either real or abstract.
  • Real objects include buildings, landscape, underwater shipwrecks, space crafts, human anatomy, sculptures, crime scene reconstruction, solar system etc.
  • A house can be simulated before the actual building is physically setup – s client can be allowed to virtually move through the house, pull drawers and touch objects all in a computer generated environment.
  • In entertainment, training in areas such as medicine, military, equipment operations, education, design evaluation, prototyping, simulation and assembly of sequences, assistance to the physically challenged etc.

 

  1. LAW ENFORCEMENT SYSTEMS
  • Biometric analysis using computers is becoming a preferred tool i.e. deals with the study, measurement and analysis of human biological characteristics.
  • Biometric devices attached to a computer are used to identify people by recognizing one or more specific attributes such as fingerprints, voice, lips, facial features like iris colour etc.
  • Some of the devices include video cameras and biometric scanners.

 

PERSONAL NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON SOCIETY

 

 

 

ISSUES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ICT

An impact is a positive or a negative effect. ICT sector, like any other sector has its positive and negative effects at different levels in society.

  1. Effects on employment.
  2. Effects on automated production.
  3. Issues of workers’ health.
  4. Environmental issues
  5. Cultural effects.
  6. Breakthrough in ICT.

 

  1. EFFECTS ON EMPLOYMENT:

The introduction of computers in the workplace has resulted in the following:

  1. Creation of new jobs.
  2. Replacement of computer illiterate workers.
  3. Displacement of jobs that were formerly manual.

 

  1. JOB CREATION:
  • It has introduced new employment opportunities that never existed before.
  • The use of computers in financial institutions, reservation systems, educational institutions, communications etc. has created new job titles such as computer operators, programmers, network administrators, It or IS managers, database administrators, software developers, system analysts etc.

 

  1. JOB REPLACEMENT:
  • This is a situation whereby certain jobs disappear in an organization but reappear in another form requiring high skilled manpower.
  • Some clerical and repetitive tasks that required a large number of employees have been made redundant.
  • Computer illiterate people have been replaced with those who have the desired computer skills.

 

  1. JOB DISPLACEMENT:
  • An employee is moved to another place or department where computer skills are not required, especially those not willing to acquire new skills of using the computerized system.
  • To avoid losing competent employees, most employers organize in-service training for their employees on regular basis in order to help them keep up with the rapid changes in ICT.

 

 

 

  1. EFFECTS ON AUTOMATED PRODUCTION:
  • Refers to substituting mechanical and electronic devices for manual ones for more productivity i.e. the use of mechanical, electrical and electronic devices to improve the quality and speed of office work.
  • A number of manufacturing industries such as vehicle assembly plants, oil refineries and food processing companies are using computers to automate their processes with an aim of increasing production.
  • Computer controlled robots and assembly lines are a common feature in manufacturing industries.

 

ADVANTAGES OF USING AUTOMATED PRODUCTION:

  1. Increased efficiency due to the balancing of workload and production capacity.
  2. Improved customer service because of adequate and high quality goods
  3. Faster which are produced in time.
  4. Efficient utilization of resources such as raw materials, personnel and equipment hence
  5. Less operating expenses incurred.
  6. Helped in reduction of accidents in sectors like mining and chemical production where much work is potentially hazardous.

 

DISADVANTAGES:

  1. High initial cost of setting up an automated system.
  2. May lead to unemployment in some areas that are labour intensive.
  3. Possible lack of compatibility with software and hardware.
  4. Overreliance on automated systems leads to laziness.
  5. Resistance to change.

 

REASONS WHY EMPLOYEES MAY RESIST AUTOMATED SYSTEMS

  1. Fear of change: people are creatures of habits and hence are afraid of change.
  2. Fear of loosing their jobs: people usually associate the computer with loss of jobs and hence they will be afraid that they might end up loosing their jobs.
  3. Fear of failure: since the computer is very new in a given working environment, the people will be afraid that they might never adapt to it.
  4. Loss of control: the management will be afraid that once a computer is implemented they might lose control of the organization.
  5. Lack of understanding: the user may not understand the benefits of the computer system in their jobs; hence this will create resistance since the computer will be looked upon as an intruder.

 

  1. ISUES OF WORKERS HEALTH
  • Some of the negative effects of ICT on our health include:
  1. Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI)
  2. Eye Strain and Headaches.
  3. Electromagnetic emissions.
  4. Radiation and visual display unit.
  5. Computer chip toxin.

 

  1. RSI – REPETITIVE STRAIN INJURIES
  • Injuries resulting from wrist, hand, arm and muscle strain, neck strains due to forced repetitive movement e.g. when entering data using keyboard.

 

Remedy for RSI:

  1. Sitting in a relaxed position.
  • Changing typing techniques.

 

  1. EYE STRAIN AND HEADACHES:
  • Since computer users have their eyes at close range with the monitor, there is danger of developing computer vision syndrome (CVS).
  • The syndrome is characterized by:
  1. Eye strain.
  • Double vision.

 

 

 

 

 

Remedies:

  1. Use monitors with good resolution.
  2. Fit monitors with antiglare screens that filters excess light.
  • Adjust the brightness of the screen to the intensity that is comfortable to the eyes.
  1. Use flat panel screens that do not emit so many radiations.
  2. Use good overhead fluorescence tubes.
  3. Avoid flickering monitors and lighting systems.
  • Have interludes of rests.
  • Tilt the monitors to a convenient position.

 

  1. ELECTROMAGNETIC EMMISIONS:
  • These are waves of electrical and magnetic energy that are emitted by current carrying conductors.
  • Users are advised to use low emission devices in order to avoid exposing themselves to excess emissions.

 

  1. STRESS:
  • Mental stress is another compliant.
  • Many people who work at computer feel that they are expected to produce more and do it faster because computers themselves are fast.
  • Also those being monitored by computers frequently feel additional pressure.

 

 

  1. ISOLATION:
  • People can conduct business and communication without ever coming face to face.
  • Computer operators can work an entire shift, taking their instructions from a computer screen, sending and receiving memos to each other electronically without engaging in personal conversation.
  • These people feel isolated from other workers.

 

  1. RADIATION AND VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT:
  • There have been reports that VDU emits radiations that cause birth defects, blindness, cancer, miscarriages, sterility etc.

 

  1. COMPUTER CHIP TOXIN:
  • Workers in computer chip manufacturing industries are exposed to toxic chemicals that may pose health factors similar to those feared from VDU.

 

ERGONOMICS:

  • The science of designing the work place for the comfort and safety of the worker.
  • It is the study of how living and working conditions can be adapted to the information technology.
  • The need for better working environment has resulted to designing of special furniture to prevent backaches, and special monitors to prevent eye strain etc.

 

  1. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:
  2. Energy consumption and radiation:

Initially, computers consumed a lot of energy thereby generating a lot of heat and emitting electromagnetic radiations which are harmful to the user.

Remedy:

  • Electronic devices have to be energy star compliant launched by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to encourage minimal use of power by electronic devices.
  1. Environmental issues:
  • Huge garbage dumps of dead computer parts, printers, ink toner cartridges, monitors and other computer accessories are disposed in landfills hence causing environmental pollution.
  • There has been concern on the disposal of Nickel-cadmium laptop batteries that contain toxic cadmium which when buried in a landfill can leak into underground water tables and catchment areas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. CULTURAL EFFECTS
  2. i) Moral effects:
  • The rapid growth of ICT also presents challenges to our moral and cultural values.
  • ICT has changed the way we talk, affected our privacy, human rights and integrity.
  • Humans are exposed to flaming i.e. writing on-line messages that use derogatory, obscene or dirty language.
  • One can access and view pornographic materials that can lead to moral decadence.
  • The free flow of immoral information has negatively influenced the behavior of both young and old in the society.
  • To some extend, people with eroded integrity have used computers as a tool to accomplish their vices e.g. forging certificates, passports and other documents. This means that the person is cheating and therefore his/her moral integrity has been compromised.
  • On the contrary, ICT has been used as a campaign platform against diseases like AIDS and drug abuse.

 

  1. ii) Computer crimes:
  • This is the use of computer software for illegal purpose.
  • Computer related crimes such as hacking, eavesdropping, piracy are on the increase.

 

 

TYPES OF COMPUTER CRIMES

  1. Data manipulation: Refers to altering data that enter or exit a computer e.g. changing data on a certificate.
  2. Time bomb: This is the coding of a computer program to destroy itself after it has been run a certain number of times.
  3. Computer virus: A program entered into a computer with the aim of destroying or altering data and spreading the destruction to other computers on a network.
  4. Trap door: Creating of a special password that gives its creator a sole access to the system.
  5. Data stealing: Using a computer to steal information that has been gathered for someone else for illegitimate purpose.
  6. Eavesdropping: Tapping without authorization into communication lines over which computer data and messages are sent.
  7. Industrial espionage: Using computer to steal designs, marketing plans or other trade secrets from one company and selling them to another company.
  8. Piracy: This is making unauthorized copies of copyrighted computer software.
  9. Fraud: This is the use of computers to cheat other people with the intention of gaining money or information.
  10. Sabotage: This is the illegal destruction of data and information with the aim of causing great loss to an organization.
  11. Logic bomb: It is a program that is executed when a certain set of condition is made e.g. a fired employee can load a logic bomb to a computer to destroy when records are updated in a database.

 

BREAKTHROUGHS IN ICT:

There have been a lot of breakthroughs in the fields of:

  • Health care.
  • Communication – fax, e-mail, internet.
  • Commerce – shipping imports and exports.
  • Art and design.
  • Entertainment – music, video, games.

 

EVOLUTION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS:

Future trends in ICT will be characterized by:

  1. Rapid evolution in computer hardware and software.
  2. Artificial intelligence.
  3. Expanded information superhighway.

 

 

 

 

  1. RAPID EVOLUTION IN COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
  • A lot of technological improvements have been made both in hardware and software since the introduction of computers.
  • Computers will be more intelligent, computers will be able to learn in their environment, understand human voice, respond etc.
  • Software will be more versatile and easier to use.
  • The silicon revolution has seen rapid increase in microprocessor speeds and capabilities due to advanced research in the semi-conductor industry.
  • Future trends will see reduction in size and cost of components but increase in capability.
  • Improvements in input, processing, storage, output and communication devices have led to faster, cheaper and more reliable data processing devices.
  • Industries will become more automated.
  • Microprocessors of a thumb’s size can now execute instructions in a trillionth of a second hence leading to emergence of smaller but smart devices.

 

  1. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (A.I.):
  • A branch of computer science that is concerned with the development of machines that emulate/copy/mimic human like qualities such as learning, reasoning, communicating, seeing and hearing.
  • The idea of AI developed from a need to develop computer programs that would even challenge human beings in playing games such as chess and scrabble.
  • Computer scientists and engineers are still working hard and carrying out intensive research with the aim of coming up with smatter computers which can almost simulate human thinking and learning, instead of relying on static programmed instructions.
  • There are 4 main application areas of AI namely:

 

  1. Expert systems.
  2. Natural language processing.
  3. Voice recognition.
  4. Voice synthesis.
  5. Computer vision
  6. Artificial neural networks.
  7. Robotics/perception systems

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. EXPERT SYSTEMS:
  • This is software that is designed to make a computer operate at the level of a human expert in a specific narrow area of specialization.
  • Such software simulates/imitates the reasoning process of experts in certain well defined areas such as medical diagnosis, financial forecasting, maintaining locomotives, locating mineral deposits etc.

 

COMPONENTS OF AN EXPERT SYSTEM:

  1. i) Knowledge base:

This is the database/store of knowledge about a particular subject. It contains relevant facts, believes, assumptions and procedures for solving a particular problem.

 

  1. ii) Inference engine:

This is Software that controls the search for knowledge in the knowledge base and produces conclusions. It takes the problem posed/given by the user and seeks to analyze it in order to arrive at a conclusion.

 

  • User interface;

This is the display screen that enables the user to interact with the system.

EXAMPLES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. i) MYCIN: used for diagnosis of blood and treatment of bacterial infections.
  2. ii) DELTA: for maintaining locomotives.

iii) MUDMAN: predicting mineral deposits in geological exploration by analyzing composition of soil samples.

  1. iv) STEAMER: training boiler room technicians in the navy.
  2. v) R-1: designing computer systems for customers.

 

ADVANTAGES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. They can perform some tasks much faster than a human being.
  2. They can easily identify faults in equipment.
  3. The computer can store much more information than a human.
  4. The system gives impartial and consistent recommendations.
  5. The computer does not ‘forget’ or make mistakes.
  6. Data can be kept up to date.
  7. Always available 24 hours a day and will never retire.
  8. The system can be used at a distance over a network.

 

DISADVANTAGES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. They can make mistakes and fail to learn from them.
  2. They work best when the problem is specific and well defined hence complex and costly to design.
  3. They lack human touch i.e. they can’t be questioned further.
  4. Heavy use of them can make human experts lose their jobs.

 

 

 

  1. NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING:
  • Aimed at coming up with programming languages that would make computers recognize and understand natural languages, whether spoken or written.
  • Currently, there are voice recognition input devices and voice synthesizers are available but limited to just a few vocabularies.
  • Before using them, the computer program must be trained to recognize the voice and the pronunciation of words by the user.
  1. VOICE RECOGNITION:
  • This is a system that will allow voice input.
  • The user inputs data by speaking into a microphone.
  • A few systems cant satisfactory perform this task because of:-
  1. i) Words with similar sounds.
  2. ii) Different people pronounce same words differently.

iii) One word has multiple meanings.

  1. iv) Background noise etc.
  • Computers that can recognize and properly read human voice will make information systems and other computerized applications accessible to people who can’t enter data in the normal way i.e. blind, handicapped etc.

 

  1. VOICE SYNTHESIS:
  • These are machines that are able to create human voice or talk e.g. a computerized bank teller giving you your account balance in human like voice.

 

  1. COMPUTER VISION:
  • Scientists hope to develop computers that will process and interpret light waves just as the human brain does.
  • Such systems would use scanning devices to sense and interpret objects, graphics and text character shapes.
  • It will allow a computer to see as humans do, read and interpret text in almost any format.

 

  1. ARTFIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS:
  • The use of electronic devices and software to emulate the neurological structure of the human brain.
  • The human brain works by receiving signals from special sensory cells called neurons.
  • When the neurons receive information, they either excite the cell to send a signal to the brain or not.
  • Artificial neurodes in artificial networks work in similar manner by perceiving environmental stimuli and hence deciding whether to pass it on to the system or not.
  • The essential attributes of an artificial neural networks are:
  1. i) The neurodes can be trained to distinguish between what constitutes a signal and what does not.

 

 

  1. ii) They are capable of recognizing patterns in large amounts of data that are too complex for the human brain. From these patterns, they can make predictions and point out anomalies.

 

EXAMPLE:

In banking, the pattern of credit card usage can be tracked over time to try and generalize spending patterns of individual card owners. Incase of loss or theft, the bank can notice the change of spending pattern and conclude that the card is in the wrong hands, hence take appropriate security measures even before loss of the card is reported.

 

  1. ROBOTICS/PERCEPTION SYSTEMS:
  • A robot is a computer controlled device that emulates a human being in carrying out tasks that would otherwise be dangerous and difficult.
  • Perception systems are sensing devices that emulate the 5 common sense of a human being i.e. sight, hearing, touch, smell and taste.
  • Such devices would operate under the control of a microprocessor.
  • This development would give robots artificial senses including:
  1. i) Feeling the shape of an object.
  2. ii) Listening to ultra sound.

iii) Detecting smell of leaking gas/chemicals.

  1. iv) Testing quality of food.
  2. v) Seeing using two miniature video cameras.

 

ADVANTAGES OF ROBOTS

  1. They can work 24/7 all year round without getting bored or taking a break.
  2. They can work faster than human.
  3. Productivity is very high.
  4. The output is of a consistently high quality.
  5. They can work to great degrees of accuracy than human workers.
  6. They can work in conditions that would appear hostile or dangerous to humans.

 

DISADVANTAGES OF ROBOTS:

  1. They are expensive to build, install and maintain.
  2. Not flexible as they are designed to do one job.
  3. The robot may malfunction and cause a lot of chaos or a batch of faulty goods.
  4. They take up the job of many people, leading to being sacked.
  5. Evil people may use robots in war to manipulate biological material.

 

THE LAWS OF ROBOTICS:

  1. A robot must not injure a human being or, through inaction, allow a human being to come to harm.
  2. A robot must always obey orders given to it by a human being, except where it would conflict with the 1st
  3. A robot must protect its own existence, except where it would conflict with the 1st and 2nd

 

EXPANDED INFORMATION SUPERHIGHWAY

  • Involves the integration of cabled and wireless technologies for the purpose of data and information transmission.
  • There is vast increase in throughput of various transmission media like fiber optic and wireless technologies.
  • Scientists have demonstrated a fiber optic cable whose diameter is the size of a single strand of hair which is capable of carrying a trillion bit per second.
  • Internet is growing tremendously causing what is generally referred to as a growth of the information superhighway to digital explosion or hurricane.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

 

 

ICT has created new job titles. Some of the computer career opportunities include:

 

  1. SYSTEM ANALYST:

Responsible for analyzing a company’s needs or problems then design and develop a computer based information system.

 

QUALITIES OF A GOOD SYSTEM ANALYST:

  1. Should have good problem solving skills and creativity i.e. must have wide experience in solving problems.
  2. Should have good communication skills i.e. be able to communicate clearly and precisely to different groups.
  3. MUST have business knowledge i.e. understand the environment for which the system is being developed.
  4. Must have technical knowledge i.e. well trained in relevant areas of computer science.
  5. Must have general knowledge of the firm including its goals and objectives.
  6. Should have knowledge of data processing methods and current hardware and familiarity with available programming language.

 

DUTIES OF A SYSTEM ANALYST:

  1. Gather, record and analyze facts of the system.
  2. Design new system and recommend changes to existing systems.
  3. Prepare instruction manuals.
  4. Co-ordinates training for users of new systems.
  5. Work with programmers to construct and test the system.
  6. Prepares system specifications.
  7. Co-ordinates the implementation of new or modified system.

 

  1. CHIEF PROGRAMMER/PROGRAMMING MANAGER:

Reports to data processing manager what has been reported by programming group, junior and senior programmers.

 

DUTIES OF CHIEF PROGRAMMERS;

  1. Managing the programmers.
  2. Liaising with the system analyst.
  3. Review and control program documentation.
  4. Reviews program’s performance.
  5. Ensures that all programs are well tested before put into use.
  6. Reviewing all the system specifications before handover to programmers.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER PROGRAMMERS:

These are people whose work entails coding i.e. formulating instructions for the computer to solve given problems.

QUALITIES OF PROGRAMMERS:

  1. Good command of programming language in use.
  2. Knowledge of general programming methodology and relationship between programs and hardware.
  3. Creativity for developing new problem solving methods.
  4. Patience and persistence.

 

DUTIES OF PROGRAMMERS:

  1. Coding computer program using appropriate programming language.
  2. Testing of programs for logical errors, syntax and semantic errors.
  3. Debugging of programs.
  4. Documenting programs i.e. writing manuals.
  5. Designing and implementing programs.
  6. Maintaining and reviewing existing computer programs.

 

  1. DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR:

A person responsible for the design and implementation of the database.

The major purpose of computerizing an organization or institution is to store data in an organized way for easy access, retrieval and update.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Responsible for the design and control of organization database.
  2. Controls and monitors database usage through assignment of user passwords.
  3. Keeping the database up-to-date by adding new records, or deleting unnecessary records.
  4. Establishing the appropriate content and format of data records.

 

  1. SOFTWARE ENGINEER:

Person skilled in software development and technical operation of computer hardware.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Developing system and application software.
  2. b) Developing user and technical documentation for the new software.
  3. c) Maintaining and updating the software to meet day-to-day requirements.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER ENGINEER:

Specialized personnel whose duties are to assemble the computer systems.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Design and develop computer components e.g. motherboards, storage devices etc.
  2. Design and develop engineering and manufacturing computer controlled devices such as robots.
  3. Re-engineer computer components to enhance its functionality and efficiency.
  4. WEB DESIGNERS:

They design website using various software tools. These webs contain pages where individuals and organizations can advertise themselves when promoting the products.

 

  1. WEB ADMINISTRATORS:

They administrate the organization’s websites by making sure the website is updated periodically to give the right information.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Developing and testing websites.
  2. b) Monitoring the access and use of internet connection by enforcing security measurers.
  3. c) Downloading information needed by an organization from internet website.
  4. d) Maintaining, updating and modifying information on the website.
  5. COMPUTER OPERATOR:

This is a person who interfaces the user demands to the computer hardware by use of a set of special instructions known as commands.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Entering data into the computer for processing.
  2. b) Keeping up-to-date records of all information processing activities.
  3. c) Responsible for the general equipment layout within the computer room.
  4. d) Activating the computer to obey programs through use of commands.
  5. e) Mounting the storage media e.g. disk to their drives.

 

  1. COMPUTER TECHNICIAN:

These are members of the technical staff whose job is to service and repair computers.

Given that computers require regular maintenance, upgrading as well as emergency repairs, demand for computer technicians continues to grow as more people computerize their workplaces and homes.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Troubleshooting computer hardware and software related problems.
  2. Ensuring that all computer related accessories such as printers, storage media etc are in good condition.
  3. Assembling and upgrading computers and their components.
  4. Help hardware engineers in designing and creating some computer components such as storage devices, motherboards etc.

 

 

 

  1. DATA PROCESSING MANAGER:

This is the person in the data processing department within the organization whose major duty is to ensure that the organization’s needs are met.

 

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. In charge of data and information flow within the department.
  2. Responsible in data collection and preparation.
  3. Purchase of hardware and other facilities and their management.
  4. Software development and maintenance.
  5. Assessment and evaluation of staff performance.

 

  1. INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGER:

This person controls, plans, staffs, schedules and monitors all the activities of the ICT department in the organization. Using computerized management information system (MIS), the manager can test the impact that an alternative course of action might have on business.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. Making sure that all tasks in the IT department are done correctly and on time.
  2. Preparing budgets for the departments.
  3. Keeping the department inventory records up-to-date.
  4. Managing the human resource within the department.

 

  1. COMPUTER TRAINER:

Specialized personnel in the field of computing and well conversant with various disciplines and computer related issues which they can execute with ease.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. Training people on how to use computers and various application programs.
  2. Developing training reference materials.
  3. Guide learners on how to acquire knowledge through carrying out research.
  4. Advising the learners on the best career opportunities in the broad field of ICT.
  5. Preparing learners for ICT examinations.

 

  1. NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR:
  2. Specialist who oversees the smooth running of network system in an organization.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. a) Setup computer network.
  2. b) Maintain and enforce security measures on network.
  3. c) Monitor the use of network resources.
  4. d) Maintain and troubleshoot network related problems.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER TYPESETTERS:

Graphic designers and typesetters are required in order to design graphical objects and professional publications e.g. books, newspapers and magazines.

 

  1. LIBRARIAN:

Responsible for keeping the files in various storage devices and for the physical security of the storage media.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Ensures that there are enough physical files available for use.
  2. Maintains the external files labels.
  3. Ensures duplicates files are kept.
  4. Ensures access of files is restricted to authorized persons.

 

  1. SELF EMPLOYMENT:

This can be achieved by using a computer or other ICT devices such as mobile phones to start bureau services, internet services, consultancy services and computer hardware and software vendor business.

 

  1. COMPUTER SALES REPRESENTATIVES:

Should have good knowledge in information ands communication technology. This would help them to analyze customer needs and advice them accordingly. A good computer salesman needs to be self confident, persuasive and proficient in business communication.

 

FURTHER EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES IN ICT

There are other tertiary institutions in computing where one would further his or her educational ambitions. They include:

  1. Universities.
  2. Polytechnics.
  3. Middle level colleges.
  4. UNIVERSITIES:
  • Considered as the highest institution in formal education.
  • They are categorized into two major groups i.e. public and private universities.
  1. a) Public Universities:
  • Established by the state.
  • Run by a state appointed management.
  • Admission to such universities is controlled by either the state or a recognized body.

Examples:

  1. Jomo Kenyatta university of Agriculture and technology.
  2. Kenyatta University.
  • Nairobi University.
  1. Maseno University.
  2. Moi University.
  3. Egerton University.
  • Masinde Muliro University of Science and Technology.

 

 

  1. b) Private Universities:
  • Self-sponsored institutions set up by individuals, churches or any other organization.
  • They are privately run.
  • Students’ enrolment depends on whether the student is capable of sponsoring himself/herself.
  • For them to operate, they must be registered or accredited by the commission of higher education or any other quality assurance body that is recognized worldwide.
  • Accreditation leads to public acceptance and confirmation evidenced by the grant of charters by the state or accrediting bodies.

Examples:

  1. Daystar University.
  2. Catholic University of Nazareth.
  • Mount Kenya University.
  1. Kabarak university.
  2. Baraton University.
  3. Catholic University of East Africa.
  • Kenya Methodist University

 

Universities are authorized to offer approved Diploma, Undergraduate and Post graduate programmes.

 

ICT RELATED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

  1. Bachelor of computer science.
  2. Bachelor of Information technology.
  • Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering.
  1. Bachelor of Science (Computer Networking).
  2. Bachelor of Science (Software Engineering).
  3. Bachelor of Business and Information Technology.
  • Bachelor of Science (computer programming).

 

ICT RELATED MASTERS PROGRAMS:

  1. Masters in computer science.
  2. Masters in information technology.
  • Masters in hardware engineering.
  1. Masters in science (computer engineering).

 

  1. RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS:
  • These are the other specialized research institutions that concentrate on narrow fields of study such as computer or ICT technology, agriculture, space science etc.
  • It is possible to enroll in such institutions as a research trainee.

 

 

  1. POLYTECHNIQUES:
  • These are institutions of higher learning that mostly offer Diploma and certificate courses in technical fields such as ICT, mechanics, food production etc.
  • A polytechnic may also be accredited by a university or the state to offer degree programmes.

 

EXAMPLES OF POLYTECHNICS THAT OFFER ICT IN KENYA:

  1. Mombasa polytechnic.
  2. Kenya polytechnic.
  • Eldoret polytechnic.
  1. Kisumu polytechnic.

 

ICT COURSES OFFERED IN POLYTECHNICS:

  1. Computer repair and assembly.
  2. Computer operator.
  • Management information system.
  1. Computer programming.
  2. Computer networking.
  3. Computer software engineer.
  • Computer studies.
  • Information technology.
  1. Computer science.
  2. Computer hardware engineer.
  3. Web administrator

 

  1. COLLEGES:
  • These are middle level institutions that offer diploma, certificates and craft courses in many disciplines such as technical, ICT, teacher training, business management etc.

 

EXAMPLES OF COLLEGES:

  1. Rift valley Institute of Science and Technology.
  2. Kaiboi Technical Training Institute.
  3. Thika Institute of Science and Technology.
  4. Kiambu Institute of Science and Technology.
  5. Coast Institute of Science and Technology.
  6. Kirinyaga Technical Training Institute.
  7. Nairobi Technical Training Institute.
  8. Nyeri Technical Training Institute.
  9. Kenya Technical Training Institute.
  10. Kenya Science Teachers College.
  11. Machakos Technical Training Institute.

 

The most important considerations to make before you join a college to pursue an ICT course:

  1. a) Whether it offers ICT courses recognized both locally and internationally.
  2. b) The cost of training with such an institution.

 

EXAMINATIONS BODIES FOR HIGHER DIPLOMA, DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATES:

  1. a) Information Technology Standards Association (ITSA)
  2. b) Institute of Management Information Systems (IMIS)
  3. c) Kenya National Examinations Council (KNEC).
  4. d) PITMAN.

 

QUALIFICATIONS GAINED ON STUDY ON SITTING FOR AN EXAM:

  1. Diploma in computer studies.
  2. Diploma in computer science.
  • Higher diploma in computer studies.
  1. Higher diploma in information technology.
  2. Certificate in computer studies.
  3. Certificate in information technology.

KCSE 2023 Exam Papers, Leakages and Marking Schemes

KCSE 2023 Exam Papers and Marking Schemes

AGRIC PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
HIST PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
HSC TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
KIS PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
KIS PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
KISW PP3 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
MAT PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES.pdf
MAT PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
AGRIC PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
BIO .PP1 PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES.pdf
BIO PP3 PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
BUS PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
BUS PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
CHEM PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES.pdf
CHEM PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
CHEM PP3 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES.pdf
COMPUTER TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
CRE PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
CRE PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
ENG PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
ENG PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
ENG PP3 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
FRENCH TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
GEO PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf
GEO PP2 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES.pdf
HIST PP1 TOP PREDICTION MASTER CYCLES .pdf

Chanzeywe TVC Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Chanzeywe TVC Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Chanzeywe TVC is a public TVET institution offering Technical and Business Courses at Diploma, Certificate and Artisan levels. We are situated in Vihiga Constituency, Vihiga County, 1 km from Mahanga Market.

We offer the following courses and much more…

CONTACT US on Tel: 0723 394 760 | Email: chanzeywetvc@gmail.com P.O. Box 413 – 50310 Vihiga

Or visit our website: www.chanzeywetechnical.ac.ke for more details

Chanzeywe Technical and Vocational College, Training for Quality Skills

 

CRE Form 2 Best Notes {Updated and Free)

FORM TWO

GOD MEETS US IN JESUS CHRIST

  1. LUKE’S GOSPEL

INTRODUCTION

Matthew, Mark, Luke and John record the life of Jesus Christ and his ministry in the four Gospel books.

We shall trace the life, and ministry of Jesus Christ as written by St Luke to Theophilus. St Luke was amedical doctor.

 

TOPIC ONE: OLD TESTAMENT PROPHESIES ABOUT THE MESSIAH

Introduction: Read 2 Samuel 7:13, Isaiah 7:10-16

Messiah

Meaning: The word Messiah is from a Hebrew word meshiach, which means the anointed: thus a

Messiah is one called, anointed and appointed by God to serve Him.

Prophecy:

A prophecy refers to a prediction of what will happen in future.

Messianic Prophecies: These are those predictions that were made by the prophets to describe thecoming of a righteous King who will rule Israel according to God’s will.

 The origin of the Messianic prophecies in the Bible starts with prophet Nathan’s prophecy to KingDavid.

 

NOTE:

The Roman ruled the Israelites before the birth of Jesus. They hated the Roman leadership and longedfor somebody of their own to lead them into victory over the Roman rule.

The prophet of Israel (the Old Testament) communicated a message that God would send a messiah tobring all people into a lasting relationship with Him. The prophets who were sent had different ideasabout the Messiah. Their ideas about the Messiah were different from the Jewish expectations –whereby they hoped for political King to lead them into victory over the Roman rule. But the prophetswere talking about a religious one – to free them from sin.

 

Topic Outcomes By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

  1. a) Explain the Old Testament prophecies about the coming of the Messiah.
  2. b) Relate the concept of the Messiah in the Old and New testaments.
  3. c) Explain the link between the Old and the New Testament
  4. d) Discuss the role of John the Baptist.

 

LESSON ONE. OLD TESTAMENT PROPHESIES ABOUT THE COMING OF THE MESSIAH.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of this lesson, you should be able to describe prophesies of Nathan,Isaiah, Jeremiah, Psalmist prophecy (David) and Micah concerning the Messiah

(i) NATHAN’S PROPHECY (2 Samuel 7:3 – 17) and (Psalms 89: 20 – 38).

David proposed to build God a house. Nathan, the prophet was given a message (an oracle) for David. Inthis prophecy, God told Nathan to tell King David that:

 God would ensure that the Kingdom of David would last forever.

 an heir from David’s lineage would rule

 David’s heir shall build a house for God’s name. God would establish the throne of his Kingdomforever.

 David heir shall be God’s son and God shall be his father.

 David house and Kingdom shall be established forever.

David died. But God’s mercy shall not depart from the heir of David. Hence the promise that the

Kingdom of David shall last forever refer to the messiah who was to come. David is an ancestor ofChrist.

 

(ii) ISAIAH’S PROPHECY – Isaiah 7: 10 – 16; 9: 1- 7; 61:1 –2; and 63.

In these readings, Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be:

 Born of a virgin

 A boy, born of a virgin and called ‘Emmanuel’ that is ” God with us”

 A Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, The everlasting Father, and the Prince of Peace.

 The Spirit of God inside him

 Anointed of God

 Sent to preach the good news to the poor, to bring liberty to the captives, proclaim the year of favour7from God.

 Isaiah also prophesied that the Messiah would be the suffering servant (Isaiah 53)

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SUFFERING SERVANT – ISAIAH 53

 He would bear the sins of human kind

 He was oppressed, afflicted, despised, rejected of men

 He bore suffering and disgrace submissively

 He was mocked and spat on and wounded

 He was innocent of sin and yet treated as a criminal.

 He was pierced and wounded in the sides

 He was crucified with thieves and made intercession for the sinners

 He was buried in a rich man’s tomb.

 

iii. JEREMIAH’S PROPHECY- JEREMIAH 23: 5 – 6.

God promised to rise up a (branch) who shall:

 Choose as King, a righteous descendant of David

 Prosper

 Rule wisely, do what is right, and just in the world

 Execute justice on the earth

 Ensure that Judah and Israel are safe and live in peace.

 Be called ‘the God our righteousness” – “The Lord our salvation’

What does the term a ‘righteous branch ‘means?

 

  1. MICAH’S PROPHESY, (MICAH 5: 1 – 5).

Micah prophesied that:

 The Messianic King shall come from Bethlehem

 He shall lead with authority

 He will bring peace

 

 

  1. v. THE PSALMIST PROPHECY (Psalm 41:9 and 110:1 –2).

David spoke of

 Betrayal by a close friend

 Messiah is referred to as ‘ the Lord’

 The messiah shall rule/reign in the midst of enemies.

Summary

Nathan, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Psalmist prophecy (David) and Micah prophesied of a Messiah to come. The

Jews expected a Messiah who would be a political leader, a victorious ruler and a King. They expected a

Messiah:

 Who would lead his people into a time of great national power and prosperity;

 In whose reign, there shall be no illness, no sorrow, no injustice,

 In whose reign, there shall be no fear

 In whose reign, land shall be filled with joy and peace

 Who shall rule forever.

 

Revision questions

1) Describe the prophecy of Jeremiah concerning the Messiah

2) What does the term Messiah mean?

3) Highlight the Jewish expectations of the Messiah in the Old Testament?

4) Did Jesus Christ fulfill the O.T. prophecies concerning the Messiah? How?

5) Which prophets in the Old Testament prophesied about the expected Messiah?

 

LESSON TWO. THE CONCEPT OF THE MESSIAH IN THE NEW TESTAMENT

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should be able to explain the concept of the Messiahin the New Testament

The concept of messiah is found in Luke 1:26 – 38; 2:1-23; 23:1 – 35; 24:50 – 51. The writer of Luke’sGospel makes it clear that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies concerning the coming of theMessiah. How did He do this? Well Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies because;

 Jesus was born from the lineage of David (Mathew 1)

 Angle Gabriel said the child to be born shall rule forever (Luke 1:32) Nathan’s prophecy

 Jesus was born of Mary a Virgin, as pre told by Isaiah 7:14

 Messiah is called Emmanuel, Isaiah’s prophecy. Mathew 1:18 – 25

 Jesus was born in Bethlehem – Micah’s prophecy

 The Messiah would be a ‘Son of David’ – Nathan, and Jeremiah prophesies. Jesus was referred to as a‘Son of David’ (Luke 18:38)

 Jesus would bring salvation said by Simeon during dedication of Jesus. Luke 2:29 – 32. This was afulfillment of Isaiah’s prophecy.

 Jesus referred to himself as the Messiah by reading the scroll. Isaiah 61:1 – 2.and Luke 4: 18 – 19

 Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would perform miracles. Jesus performed many miracles.

 The prophecy of the suffering servant (Isaiah 53) was fulfilled through the passion, death andcrucifixion of Jesus Christ.

 We see Jesus betrayed by one of his disciples – friend, fulfilling the Psalmist prophecy.

Note that the Jews in the New Testament expected a messiah who would deliver them from the rule ofthe Romans. Jews expected Jesus to be a political leader or king. However, Peter called him ‘the Christ ofGod’ (Luke 9:20). Matthew called him King of the Jews in chapter (2 verse 2). Hence, Jesus came as aSpiritual Leader and King, and not as a political Leader / King.

 

Self-Assessment Questions

  1. What does the name Emmanuel mean?
  2. Explain the concept of the Messiah in the New Testament?

 

LESSON THREE. ANNUNCIATION OF THE BIRTH OF JOHN THE BAPTIST

Introduction

The parents of John the Baptist were Zechariah and his wife Elizabeth. Zechariah’s name meant ‘God hasremembered’. Elizabeth’s name meant ‘God has sworn’.

 

Learning outcomeBy the end of this lesson, you should be able to describe the annunciation of thebirth of John the Baptist and Jesus.

 

John the Baptist

  1. The Annunciation – Read – Luke 1:5 – 25.

Zechariah was a priest. He and his wife Elizabeth were old, good and righteous people of God. But theydid not have a child. They were barren. But God gave them a child, John the Baptist. His birth wasannounced to his father, Zechariah, when he was in the temple offering incense. An Angel appeared toZechariah and told him that his prayers had been heard. His wife Elizabeth will bear a son. The angel saidthe child would be called John, which means that ‘God is gracious’. The child

 will be set aside to serve God.

 will be filled with the Holy Spirit

 

As an adult, John

  • Will be a Nazarite. He should neither cut his hair nor drink wine.
  • Shall turn many hearts of people to the Lord their God.
  • shall also turn the hearts of the fathers to their children

Zachariah expressed unbelief to these words. Angel Gabriel told him that he shall be dumb until thefulfillment of the God’s words.

The Birth, Circumcision and Naming Of John the Baptist

Elizabeth brought forth a son. This brought great joy to her and Zachariah. The cousins, and neighboursof Elizabeth wanted the Child to be named Zechariah after the father. But Elizabeth insisted on thename John. When Zechariah was asked to name the child, he wrote down the name John. On the 8thday, the child was named John as the angel had said. John was circumcised on the 8th day according tothe Jewish traditions.

After naming his Child John, the mouth of Zechariah opened immediately and he started to speak. Hesang a song – referred to as Benedictus in Luke 1:67 – 79. As he sung the Benedictus, Zechariahprophesied that God has:

 Raised up a horn of salvation on the house of David

 Remembered his covenant with Abraham

 

Zechariah said this about his Child John:

 He shall be the prophet of the most high

 The child/John shall prepare the way of the lord by

(i) Calling men to forgiveness

(ii) Showing men the light of salvation

(iii) Guiding people into peace.

 

LESSON FOUR. THE ROLE OF JOHN THE BAPTIST

The role of John the Baptist is found in Isaiah 40: 3 – 5, Malachi 3:1, 4:5 – 6, and

Luke 7: 20 – 35.

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should be able to describe the role of John the Baptistin the Gospel.

John the Baptist had an important role to play according to the Angel who announced his coming birth.

His role was to: .

  • Be a Prophet with qualities of Elijah (see Malachi 3:1, 4:5)
  • Announce the good news to come just like Elijah did.
  • Be the link between the Old Testament and New Testament
  • Prepare the way for the Lord.
  • Announce the coming of God’s reign that was near.
  • Preach a baptism of repentance
  • Baptize with water
  • Introduce people, and his disciples to the Messiah – Jesus Christ.
  • Fulfill the Prophecy of Elijah that a messenger was sent before the coming of the Messiah.

John theBaptist was likened to Elijah.

 

Topic review questions

  1. Outline the qualities of John as described by angel Gabriel to Zechariah
  2. Why was John referred to as the second Elijah?
  3. What lessons do Christians learn from annunciation of the birth of John the Baptist?
  4. Describe the birth of John the Baptist

 

TOPIC TWO: THE INFANCY AND EARLY LIFE OF JESUS – LUKE 1:26 – 38

Learning Outcomes: By the end of this lesson, you should:

  1. Explain events leading to the birth of Jesus
  2. Describe the meeting between Mary and Elizabeth
  3. Describe the birth of Jesus
  4. Explain the dedication of JESUS
  5. Describe Jesus at the Temple

 

  1. Angel Gabriel announces the birth of Jesus. Angel Gabriel said that Mary would conceive and bear achild. Angel Gabriel called Mary ‘the highly favored one’. Mary was an ordinary virgin girl in Galileeengaged to marry Joseph, a descendant of David. The Angel said that Mary will bear

(i) A Son

(ii) CalledJesus (which means God serves.

(iii) The child shall be great

(iv) He shall be called the son of the highest.

(v) He shall be given the throne of his father David

(vi) He shall reign forever

(vii) His kingdom will neverend.

 

Read again and explain what angel Gabriel said concerning the child to be born to Mary?

  1. Mary visits Elizabeth. Luke 1:39-56

Angel Gabriel had told Mary that her cousin Elizabeth was also going to have a child. Mary went to visither. The child in Elizabeth’s womb leaped when Mary greeted Elizabeth. The Holy Spirit revealed toElizabeth that Mary is the mother of her Lord, the Messiah. Mary answered Elizabeth by singing thehymn “The Protector” in Psalm 121:3, The Love of God. Psalm 103:17, 98:3.

 

The Magnificent In this hymn Mary says:

Her soul magnifies the Lord.

The Lord has regarded the poor and those of low estate.

God’s mercy is on them that fear him from generation to generation.

God humbles the proud and mighty, and exalts those of low estate (the lowly)

God has filled the hungry and sent the rich away empty

Through the magnificent, Mary, expresses her joy, gratitude and favour given to her and the world.

  1. The birth of Jesus Christ. Luke.2: 1 – 20

The birth of Jesus took place in Bethlehem, in Judea, during the reign of Augustus Caesar, a RomanEmperor. During that time, Rome was conducting a census of the people / citizens for the purpose ofcollecting taxes. The census was ordered by the emperor to determine payment of taxes. The methodthat Rome was using was counting. Joseph, of the house of David went to his hometown, calledBethlehem; for the census. Jesus was born during this time. He was wrapped in swaddling clothes andlaid in a manger because there was no accommodation in Bethlehem.

The first people to receive the news that a Savior was born were the shepherds. An angel announcedthe birth of the Savior, Christ the lord, to the shepherds. The shepherds went to Bethlehem and saw thechild Jesus. They spread the word concerning what had been told them about the child.

 

How was the annunciation of the birth of Jesus extraordinary?

  1. The dedication of JESUS – LUKE.2: 22 – 38

Like John the Baptist, Jesus was circumcised, and named on the 8th day. He was named Jesus whichmeans ‘the savior’ or Yahweh or save’s. Mary and Joseph observed the Jewish customs according to theLaw of Moses. For her purification and dedication of the child Jesus, Mary brought a pair of turtledovesas an offering. The first born males were dedicated to God as Holy. Simeon took the child up in his armsfor dedication and said that:

“The child is set for the fall and rising of many in Israel. A Sword will pierce Mary’s soul on account of thechild.” Prophet Anna also came to the temple and prophesied that the child shall bring deliverance.

 

 

  1. Jesus at the Temple Luke 2:42 – 52

The parents of Jesus Mary and Joseph went to Jerusalem every year for the feast of the Passover. WhenJesus was 12, he accompanied them to Jerusalem. After the feast the parents went home withoutrealizing that their child, Jesus was not with them. But while on the way, they realized he was notamongst them.

They returned to Jerusalem, and looked for him for 3 days. They found him sitting in the temple;listening and asking teacher’s questions. All those who were in the temple were astonished by hiswisdom and intelligence. It is in the temple that Jesus is revealed, first as a true son of his people andalso as light and salvation for all people. On being questioned by Mary and Joseph, Jesus answered thus:

”Didn’t you know I had to be in my Father’s house, about my Father’s business?” This was an echo ofMalachi 3:1 “the Lord whom you seek will suddenly come to his temple”.

 

Answer these questions

1 Trace occasions when angels appeared to people in the New Testament

2 How did Jesus follow the customs and traditions of the Jewish people?

 

Answers

  1. Occasions when angels appeared to people in the New Testament

(a) Angel appeared to Zechariah to announce birth of John the Baptist

(b) Angel appeared to Mary to announce the birth of Jesus Christ

(c) Angels appeared to the shepherds on the night Jesus was born

(d) Angel appeared to Joseph in a dream warning him to flee to Egypt with the child and Mary

 

  1. How Jesus followed the customs and traditions of the Jewish people

(i) He was named on the 8th day

(ii) He was circumcised on the 8th day

(iii) His parents took him to the temple for the annual cerebrations of the. Passover

(iv) He went to the synagogue

(v) In his dedication as a first male, his parents offered the sacrifices expected from them.

Topic Review Questions

  1. Explain events leading to the birth of Jesus
  2. Describe the meeting between Mary and Elizabeth
  3. Describe the birth of Jesus
  4. Explain the dedication of JESUS
  5. Describe Jesus at the Temple

 

TOPIC THREE: THE GALILEAN MINISTRY – LUKE 3-8

John the Baptist and Jesus Christ

Learning Outcomes: By the end of this topic, you should:

  1. a) Explain the teachings of John the Baptist
  2. b) Describe the baptism and temptation of Jesus and its relevance to Christians today.
  3. c) Give reasons as to why Jesus was rejected at Nazareth
  4. d) Describe the first miracles of Jesus at Capernaum

 

 

LESSON ONE. THE PREACHING OF JOHN THE BAPTIST (Luke3: 1 – 20)

John the Baptist preached about

  1. Baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. Baptism means to dip in water’. Repentance means‘change of heart/mind, turning around. Baptism was a symbol of repentance, which means a totalchange heart/mind, a confession of sins). Baptism of water was a preparation of the baptism of fire andHoly Spirit by Jesus.
  2. He warned people of God’s coming Judgment. The religious leaders stressed outward observance ofthe law rather than inner righteousness. John the Baptist told them to bear fruits worthy of repentance.He told them to live righteous lives and not as hypocrites (brood of vipers). Religious leaders alsoassumed that since they were descendants of Abraham, God would not punish them. He warned themthat God could raise descendants of Abraham from stones.
  3. He announced the coming of the Messiah as Judge. John the Baptist became famous that somethought he is the promised messiah. He however pointed to a messiah who will not baptize with waterbut with the Holy Ghost and fire (Jesus Christ).
  4. He preached on social justice. He taught, emphasized, advised:
  • That those who have should share with those who do not have
  • The need for fairness and honesty for example tax collectors not to collect more than what wasrequired.
  • That soldiers should not to abuse their power by accusing others falsely, robbing. They were told tobe content with their wages.
  1. He condemned King Herod’s immoral behavior. King Herod had married Herodians – his ownbrother’s wife. Herod imprisoned John the Baptist and this led to his death (Luke 3 v.22)

 

 

 

What does the term social justice mean?

Find the answer in (d).

Summary of the teachings of John the Baptist

  • He taught on repentance and forgiveness of sins.
  • He warned people of God’s coming judgment.
  • He announced the coming of the messiah who would be judge.
  • He preached on social justice. Those who have should share with the poor.
  • He emphasized the need for fairness and honesty.
  • He warned against abuse of power by those in power and authority.
  • He condemned taking of bribes, corruption and over taxation.
  • He condemned sexual immorality (adultery).

 

Relevance of the teachings of John the Baptist to Christians today

The teachings challenge Christians to be fair, honest, and just in their dealings with other people.

Christians should avoid being hypocritical to one another.

Christians need to know that God will judgethem for their wrongdoing. Hence Christian should repent their sins sincerely and seek forgiveness.

Christians should warn non-believers of the coming judgment. They should preach against evils withoutfear; and avoid corruption, and sexual immorality. Christians should live together in harmony. Baptismwas important to Christians.

Group Activity: Read Luke and find out how John the Baptist was killed, why and by whom

LESSON TWO. THE BAPTISM OF JESUS AND ITS RELEVANCE TODAY

Learning Outcomes: By the end of this lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Describe the baptism of Jesus Christ
  2. Give reasons why Jesus was baptized
  3. State relevance or the importance of the baptism of Jesus to Christians

 

  1. The baptism of Jesus Christ (Luke 3: 21 – 22)

When Jesus was around 30 years of age, He went to be baptized by John the Baptist. Jesus was the last to be baptized. Although he did not need to repent as He did not sin ; He nevertheless was baptized even though He was without sin.

When he was baptized, the heaven opened and the Holy Ghost descended on Him in the form of a dove. At the same time, a voice from heaven said, “This is my beloved son, in whom I am well pleased”.

  1. Reasons why Jesus was baptized.

He was baptized because:

  1. Jesus wanted to show his approval of John’s Ministry of baptism
  2. Jesus accepted the work of redemption of human kind to be completed through suffering and death
  3. Jesus identified himself with the sinful humankind who needed redemption through baptism
  4. Jesus carried all the sins of humankind (baptized last)
  5. He wanted to carry sins of people/humankind upon himself in order to bring about reconciliation between people and God.
  6. God can confirm to the people that Jesus Christ was the messiah (Ps 2:7)
  7. It was an act of preparing those who were ready to receive the Messiah.
  8. Baptism was a way of fulfilling the Old Testament prophecy.
  9. Relevance or the Importance of the baptism of Jesus to Christians

 

  1. Christians practice baptism. They follow example of Jesus baptism. There are many forms of baptism such as full immersion in water, sprinkling of water on the forehead, partial immersion (head only) and passing under a flag.
  2. Christians teach importance of baptism. It qualifies a new convert to become a member of Christian fellowship.
  3. Through baptism, Christians receive the power of the Holy Ghost.
  4. Through baptism, Christians identify themselves with Jesus Christ and all that he stands for.
  5. Baptism unites Christians in the body of Christ.
  6. Baptism is a symbol of death and resurrection. In some denominations, the baptized are given new names of other Christians and Jews.
  7. Baptism signifies the forgiveness of sinsthrough baptism one is considered a child of God.
  8. Baptism is a form of preparation for the kingdom of God.
  9. Baptism is a sign of Christ’s forgiveness of sins.

Lesson Revision questions

  1. What is the relevance of john the Baptist teaching to Christians today?
  2. Give reasons why Jesus accepted to be baptized
  3. Describe the baptism of Jesus
  4. What is the significance of the baptism of Jesus to Christians today

 

LESSON THREE. TEMPTATIONS OF JESUS: RELEVANCE TO CHRISTIANS TODAY

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the lesson, you should

  1. Narrate temptations of Jesus
  2. State relevance of the temptations of Jesus to modern Christians
  3. State lessons that Christians can learn from temptations of Jesus

 

  1. The temptations of Jesus (Luke 4:1 – 13).

Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit returned from Jordan into the  desert. Like Elijah, Moses, He ate and drunk nothing for 40 days and nights. He was hungry after 40 days.

It is at this time of weakness when the devil tempted Him.

 

First temptation.

The devil told Jesus to proof that He was the Son of God by turning the stones to become bread. Jesus however replied that it is written man does not live on bread alone to sustain him but on everything that the Lord says (Deut 8:3). Satan was telling Jesus to use his Messianic power and Spirit to obtain material security for himself and his followers for selfish, materialistic purposes.

 

What can we learn from this temptation?

Jesus was not seeking to establish a material paradise on earth.

 

Second temptation.

The devil led Jesus up to a high place (High Mountain) and showed Him in an instant all the Kingdoms of the world. He told Him that he would give Him all their authority and splendor, if He bows and worships Satan. Jesus replied… it is written worship the Lord your God and serve him only. Do not worship other gods (Deut.6: 13-14). Satan wanted Jesus to use Godly power and influence. This was idolatry i.e. worshipping other gods.

 

What can we learn from this temptation?

Jesus did not come to seek a worldwide political military reign as many Jews expected Him to do.

 

Third Temptation.

The Devil led Jesus to Jerusalem and had Him stand on the highest point of the temple. He told Jesus to throw Himself down if He was the Son of God for it is written that the Lord will

command angels to guard him (Psalm 91:11 – 12). Jesus replied and said it is written, do not put the Lord your God to the test. Satan wanted Jesus to presume on God’s good care by jumping from the roof of the temple.

 

 

What can we learn from this temptation?

Jesus will not force belief in His Messiah ship through aspectacular sign.

Notice that the temptations came after Jesus’ Baptism, where he had solemnly accepted the opening of his public ministry and God confirmed it. Therefore the temptations were a testing of his loyalty to God’s chosen way of life.

 

  1. Relevance of Jesus temptations to Christians

Jesus, though without sin was tempted. His followers must expect to be tested in their faith. Christians learn that it is not sinful to be tempted. Since Jesus was tempted, he understands Christian’s difficulties when they are tempted. Jesus is always ready to help Christians to cope with temptations.

 

Why do you think Christians are tempted?

Through temptations and trials, Christian’s faith in God is strengthened. Christians learn to refer to the Bible for guidance when tempted. Jesus said that it is written… in reference to scripture. Christians should seek the Holy Spirit to give them strength to fight any form of trials and temptations.

Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit went to the wilderness and was tempted by the devil……………” In

temptation, God does provide a way out. Thus followers of Jesus Christ (Christians) should not be seekers of spectacular signs.

 

LESSON FOUR. REJECTION OF JESUS AT NAZARETH

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the lesson, you should

  1. Describe rejection of Jesus at Nazareth
  2. Suggest possible reasons for rejection

 

  1. Rejection of Jesus at Nazareth (Luke 4:14 – 30).

After the temptation, Jesus went to Galilee, His home district to begin his ministry. As a faithful Israelite, Jesus attended service in the synagogue every Sabbath day. During that time, it was customary for visiting Rabbis (Teachers of the law) to be given the honor of reading from the law or to address the congregation. When Jesus was given this opportunity, He opened the scroll and read from Isaiah 61: 1 – 3 …’The Sovereign Lord has filled me with his spirit. He has chosen me and sent me.’ Luke writes in 4 v 18 “ The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has chosen me to bring good news to the poor”. On completion of the reading, Jesus told them that today this scripture has been fulfilled in their hearing.

From this reading Jesus referred to himself as the Messiah. The people of Nazareth in indignation wanted to kill Jesus by throwing him over a cliff.

 

  1. Possible Reasons for Rejection.

Jews of Nazareth rejected Jesus because one, they knew him as theson of Mary and Joseph. They did not know Him as the Son of God. Two, Jesus did not fit into the idea of a political King that the Jews were expecting. They were waiting for a King with an army and horses.

Three, Jesus preaching was seen as being against that of Pharisees, Scribes and Sadducees: the religious leaders at that time. Four, Jesus pointed out evils of religious leaders. Five, a leader is never accepted at home especially in a superior or senior position. Six, Jesus did not follow the general rules of the Mosaic Law. These were fasting, healing and working on the Sabbath day. Worse still Jesus associated Himself with Jewish outcasts such as sinners, and the sick.

 

 

Discussion question

  1. What are the possible reasons for rejection of Jesus at Nazareth?

Answers

(i) He was known by people as son of Mary and Joseph

(ii) He did not fit in the idea of a political king that Jews were expecting

(iii) Often times one is not accepted at home and at a senior position

(iv) He did not follow the general rules of the law of Moses

(v) He associated with sinners, and outcasts

 

LESSON FIVE. HEALING AT CAPERNAUM

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson:

  1. Describe Jesus’ healing at Capernaum
  2. Explain healing of a man possessed with an evil spirit
  3. Describe Jesus healing of Simon’s mother – in law

 

  1. Jesus’ healing at Capernaum LK. 4:31 – 44

After his rejection in Nazareth and an attempt to throw him down a hill, Jesus went on to Capernaum. Here he cast out demons (Luke 4: 40 – 41). He was teaching people. He performed many miracles of healing. For example:

  1. Healing a man possessed by an evil spirit. A man was possessed by an unclean demon/spirit. He was in the synagogue. When he saw Jesus, the evil spirit shouted, “Ah! What do you want with us, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are, the Holy one of God” (Luke 4:34). Jesus replied, “Be silent and come out of him.” The Demon threw the man down and came out without doing any harm. The man was made whole.

 

  1. Jesus heals Simon’s mother – in law. After Jesus left the synagogue, he went to the house of Simon Peter’s mother in law. She had a fever, Jesus commanded the fever to leave and she was made whole immediately.

 

 

Which lessons do Christians learn from the healings at Capernaum

There are many lessons. These are that

1) Jesus is the son of God

2) Jesus came to establish the Kingdom of God and destroy the kingdom of Satan.

3) Jesus has power over evil spirits / demons.

4) Jesus came to save human beings from the slavery of sin

5) God cares for his people.

 

 

 

 

LESSON SIX. THE CALLING OF THE FIRST DISCIPLES Luke 5: 1 – 11

Introduction:

A disciple is a learner, a student or a follower. Learners followed a master so as to learn about religious matters. Disciples were followers of Christ.

 

 

 

Learning Outcomes.

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to describe the call of the first disciples. Rabbis. These were teachers of law. They had special schools where they taught law. In these schools, learning was by memorization and repetition what students heard from the rabbis.

The disciples of Jesus did not memorize. They learnt by observation. They were witnesses – and they spoke what they heard and described or explained what they saw.

 

Call of the first disciples

Jesus entered into Simon’s ship and started to teach people who were there. Later, He told Simon to “push off a little from the shore”. Jesus sat in the boat and taught the crowd. After speaking, he told Simon, and his partners James and John; “Push the boat out further to the deep water…and let down your nets for a catch of fish”. Simon told Jesus that they had toiled all night, and caught nothing. But if you say so, I will let down the nets. Simon obeyed. They let down the nets and caught a multitude of fish. They called for assistance from other fishermen. When Simon Peter saw this, he told Jesus “Go away from me, Lord! I am a sinful man!” Jesus said to Simon “Don’t be afraid, from now on you will be catching people”. On getting to the shore, Peter and his friends James and John sons of Zebedee forsook all and followed Jesus

Thus the first disciples of Jesus were Simon Peter; James and John.

 

Lessons from the call of the first disciples

1) God can choose anybody to serve him regardless of his or her social status.

2) God still calls people to serve him in various capacities as evangelists, pastors and others.

3) Those called should repent their sins as Peter did

4) Christians should trust in God – Simon Peter trusted Jesus and cast his nets even though they had caught no fish from the same spot.

5) God can intervene in people’s lives through miracles (miraculous catch of fish)

6) Christians should work together as a team. Fishermen worked together.

7) There is hope for those who follow Jesus. He told them ‘follow me and I will make you fishers of men’ God reveals himself to people in everyday activities as Jesus revealed himself to Simon Peter, and his friends James and John through fishing.

9) Christian’s vocation may require renunciation of family ties and occupations or a change of life.

10) Those called to serve God are expected to be humble

 

LESSON SEVEN. OPPOSITION IN GALILEE

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the lesson, you should

  1. Describe the Pharisees? Scribes?Sadducees.
  2. Identify the differences between the Pharisees and the Sadducees.
  3. Explain why Jesus faced opposition from Pharisees, Sadducees, and Scribes

Jesus ministry consisted of teaching, healing and doing many miracles. Because of this work, Jesus faced opposition from the Pharisees, Sadducees and Scribes. These were Jewish religious leaders.

  1. Opposition by Pharisees and Sadducees. Luke 5:12- 6:11

Why did Jewish religious leaders; the Pharisees? Scribes? Sadducees oppose Jesus? There were many reasons for Jewish opposition to Jesus. These were:

 

1) Jesus was becoming more famous than the religious leaders

2) His claim to forgive sins. This was reserved only for God.

3) His association with tax collectors / publicans and sinners. For example, Jesus ate with Levi.

4) His failure to observe the law of fasting. Jesus disciples did not fast like the disciples of the Pharisees and John the Baptist.

5) Doing what religious leaders regarded as unlawful things on the Sabbath day. For example,

  1. Eating on Sabbath with unwashed hands (disciples),
  2. Plucking corn on the Sabbath day
  3. Working. Jesus healed on the Sabbath day. This was considered as work, which was unlawful. Jesus healed a man with a paralyzed hand on the Sabbath day.
  4. Touching the unclean. Jesus reached out his hand and touched a leper and healed him. Religious leaders were not allowed to touch the unclean lepers.
  5. Associating with tax collectors who were regarded as sinners because they were corrupt. They

collected more tax than the required amount. Jesus was supposed not to associate with them or support them in any way.

 

Who were the Pharisees? These were

 Referred to as the ‘separated ones’

 Religious leaders who expected people to respect and honour them.

 Pious leaders and wanted everybody to recognize them.

 Rich Jews and looked at their riches as blessings from God.

 Called ones and thought of themselves as the ‘righteous’ ones.

 Popular to the poor who respected them.

 

Characteristics of Pharisees

  1. They believed in the Law of Moses and accepted the first five books of the Bible as God inspired. They insisted on strict observance of the law.
  2. They upheld and insisted on the observance of the oral traditions of the elders.
  3. They followed strictly 632 distinct rules and regulations broken down from the ten commandments
  4. They believed in the teachings of the prophets and other writings of the Old Testament.
  5. They passed religious traditions of the Jews from generation to generation and regarded this as a duty or obligation.
  6. They believed in the existence of angels and regarded them as intermediaries between God and human beings.
  7. They believed in the existence of demons and Satan
  8. They believed in and waited for the Messiah of God to come
  9. The believed in the resurrection of the dead
  10. The believed in the judgment of God at the end of time for all human kind
  11. They were strong nationalists and political leaders who resisted all foreign influences and power.

 

Who were the Scribes?

The word Scribe means ‘a writer. The work of a scribe was to rewrite by hand – new manuscripts of the

Jewish scriptures. The copied the word exactly as it was. The scribes were either Pharisees or Sadducees.

At the time of Jesus, majority of the Scribes were associated with the Pharisees. A scribe was also a ‘Rabbi’ – teacher. Some scribes managed schools called ‘Rabbinical Schools’. In these schools, Jewish male youth learnt the Mosaic Law from the age of 13 years. Scribes were represented in the Jewish religious council called the Sanhedrin. Sanhedrin was the Jewish Court of Justice, which tried those who committed religious sins.

 

Who were the Sadducees?

Sadducees were the wealthy people. They were an influential group. These were the majority in the Sanhedrin, the Jewish Court of Justice. The poor hated them. They were also members of the Jerusalem priesthood. The chief priests were mainly drawn from the Sadducees. They believed in the divine authority of the Law of Moses and the Pentateuch’s first five Books of the bible. They believed that Moses wrote the first 5 books of the Bible. They regarded all the other books in the Old Testament as not divinely inspired. Hence they rejected them. They rejected and did not believe in

(a) The resurrection of the dead

(b) Last judgment

(c) Coming of the Messiah

(d) Angels and demons and

(e) theoral traditions of the Pharisees.

They were enemies of the Pharisees particularly because of religious matters. However, they joined with the Pharisees and Scribes to oppose Jesus Christ.

 

LESSON EIGHT. THE SERMON ON THE PLAIN (Luke. 6:12–16, 27– 49)

Review

In the previous section, we learnt that Jesus chose His apostles. He came down the hill and stood on a level place. He gave a sermon to those present. This address is referred to as the sermon on the plain in Luke’s Gospel.

The people had come to hear Jesus’ word to receive healing and for Jesus to exercise unclean spirits from them. In the sermon, Jesus talked of the characteristics of the new community. All those who would listen to His word would be the “New Israel”.

 

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the lesson, you should be able to

(a) Name the12 disciples

(b) Summarize the teachings of Jesus on true discipleship

 

Analyse the teachings of Jesus on the plain (sermon on the plain)

Selection of 12 disciples (Luke. 6:12 – 16)

Jesus went into a mountain to pray. In the morning, he called his disciples. From them, he selected 12 disciples, whom he also called apostles. Apostle means one who is sent, a missionary. The 12 disciples were:

(1) Simon Peter

(2) Andrew

(3) James

(4) John

(5) Phillip

(6) Bartholomew

(7) Mathew (Levi)

(8)

Thomas

(9) James son of Alphaeus

(10) Simon who was called the Patriot

(11) Judas son of James and

(12) Judas Iscariot who became the traitor (Luke vs. 14-16)

 

Jesus teachings’ on true discipleship

Jesus taught that a follower or disciple of Christ should:

(a) Have unshakeable faith

(b) Be obedient to God’s word

(c) Be self-critical/analytical/self-searching

(d) Be kind, loyal, objective, fair, and generous

(e) Accept others without discrimination.

(f) Be a disciple and show concern for others.

 

The Sermon on the plain (Luke 6: 17 – 49)

The Sermon on the plain is a lecture or lesson that Jesus gave to “ a large number of his disciples and a large crowd of people who had come from Judea, Jerusalem, tyre, and Sidon. They came to listen to the sermon of Jesus and to be healed of diseases, evil sprits. The purpose of the sermon was to teach the crowd the meaning of following Christ. Jesus covered 6 beatitudes or topics in his sermon. These are.

1) Blessings and woes – beatitudes

(2) Love for enemies

(3) Judging others

(4) Giving to the needy

(5) A tree and its fruits

(6) Wise and foolish builders – hearing and doing the words of Jesus.

 

We shall now discuss each of these beatitudes in detail.

  1. Blessings and woes. Jesus taught that:

(i) Blessed are the poor for theirs is the Kingdom of God.

(ii) Blessed are the hungry for they shall be filled

(iii) Blessed are those who weep now for they shall laugh

(iv) Blessed are those who men shall hate, reject, reproach for the sake of Christ’s for their great reward is kept in heaven.

(v) Woe to those who are rich, for they have already received their reward.

(vi) Woe to those who are full for they shall go hungry

(vii) Woe to those who laugh now for they shall mourn and weep

(viii) Woe to those whom people speak well, for ancestors said the same about the false prophets.

Those who accept to be followers of Christ are promised blessings while those who reject Christ are to suffer in future.

 

  1. Love your enemies. Luke. 6: 27 – 36.

Love is often defined as a warm feeling / affection towards somebody or something. Jesus taught his followers to love their enemies and do well to those who hate you. Bless those who curse you. Pray for those who mistreat you. Do unto men as you expect them to do unto you. Lend also to your enemies.

Love your enemies and do good to them. Lend and expect nothing back. Be merciful.

From these teachings: true discipleship of Jesus Christ:

  1. a) Entails unconditional love even for enemies
  2. b) Doing good without expecting any returns
  3. c) Praying for those who mistreat us
  4. d) Showing love to our enemies by exhibiting God’s love in us.
  5. e) Is love; because those who love are children of the most high who is kind and merciful to the sinners.

 

(3) Judging others Luke. 6: 37– 42

Jesus taught his followers not to judge others lest they are also judged. They should not condemn others lest they are also condemned. He asked disciples to forgive others and they shall also be forgiven. True discipleship requires acknowledging one’s shortcomings and avoiding criticism of others.

(4) Giving to the needy.

A true disciple should share what they have with the needy. Those who share shall be rewarded. He also said that the blind couldn’t lead the blind. There is a master and a follower. The disciple is not above his master.

(5) A tree and its fruits.

A healthy tree bears good fruits. A poor tree bears poor fruit. Neither does a corrupt tree bring forth good fruits. A tree is known by its fruits. Followers of Christ are evident to others by their actions. They are not hypocritical or fault finding.

(6) Wise and foolish builders.

A wise builder digs a deep foundation on a rock. When floods come, the house is able to stand. A foolish builder builds his house upon the sand. Without a foundation, when floods come, the house falls and is ruined. Wise builders are those who hear the word of God and do what is required. Those who do not adhere to the teachings are the unwise builders. True discipleship entails obedience to the teachings of  Jesus Christ.

 

Relevance of the lessons of the Sermon on the Plain to Christian Life

Christians are urged to love even those that hate them. The challenges that followers of Christ encountered in the New Testament are not different from those that Christians experience today.

Christians should forgive others, share with the needy, avoid judging others, and follow the teachings of Christ.

Lesson Revision questions

  1. Give the main teaching of Jesus on the sermon on the plain
  2. What is the relevance of the (beatitudes) sermon on the plain to Christians today?

 

 

 

 

LESSON NINE. JESUS’ WORKS OF COMPASSION

In this lesson, Jesus’ works of compassion is discussed. These include the works of mercy for those in distress and pity for the suffering. Jesus’ mission lays its foundation in these works of compassion, because He came to establish the kingdom of God by conquering all forms of suffering caused by Satan.

Compassion is a feeling of empathy for other people’s sufferings. It’s being merciful, showing concern and affection for others.

 

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should be able to:

  1. a) Give examples of Jesus works of compassion
  2. b) Narrate Jesus works of compassion
  3. c) Give reasons why Jesus used parables
  4. d) Identify categories of the miracles of Jesus
  5. e) Give lessons learnt from each example in each category

 

  1. a. Examples of Jesus works of compassion. There are many examples of compassion
  2. i) Healing of the centurion’s servant (Luke 7:1 – 10)

Centurion is an officer in charge of 100 men. Jesus healed the servant of a Roman soldier and a Gentile. The Centurion showed love and concern for his servant. The centurion sent Jewish elders to Jesus with a request to heal his servant. The leaders said ‘this man deserves to have you do this, because he loves our nation and has built our synagogue’ (Luke 7:5). Jesus agreed and went with the elders. But before Jesus reached the centurion’s house, the centurion sent his friends to stop him from coming to his house. He said that he was not worthy to have Jesus under his roof. He said that he was a man of authority. Hence Jesus could give an order and the servant would be healed. On hearing this, Jesus declared to the crowd ‘I tell you, I have not found such great faith even in Israel’. When the men returned, they found the servant well.

 

Lessons Christians can learn from the healing of the centurion servant.

  1. Faith in God is important for healing to occur
  2. We should confess our faith in Jesus. The centurion declared his faith in Jesus by saying he believed that Jesus could heal his servant by his word.
  3. Christians should have compassion like Jesus. He took compassion on the servant and was ready to go and heal him.
  4. Salvation was not for Jews alone, but for all who believed in Jesus. Centurion was not a Jew but a gentile officer in the Roman army. But he had faith in Jesus healing.
  5. Christians should love each other regardless of their background or social status – the centurion loved his servant dearly.
  6. Christians should learn to relate well with all around them – the centurion related well with the Jewish elders and others.
  7. Jesus has power to heal any form of sickness.
  8. ii) The raising of the widows son – Luke 7:11 – 17.

A widow is a woman whose husband is dead. The widow was of the city of Nain. When Jesus neared the gates of the city, he saw the funeral procession of the widow’s son, the only son of his mother. Jesus had compassion on the widow and told her ‘ weepnot’. Jesus then touched the casket and said ‘young man I say unto you, arise’. The dead sat up and began to speak. All the people were filled with fear and glorified God, saying God has visited his people.

Lessons Christians learn from the raising of the widow’s son

1) Jesus has power over death

2) Jesus empathizes with the suffering

3) Acts of love should not be hindered by traditions – Jesus touched the casket even though Jewish traditions forbid it.

4) The Widow of Nain was a gentile. This is a sign that salvation was universal.

5) The crowd acknowledged Jesus’ lordship; Christians should acknowledge the lordship of Jesus.

What are the practices pertaining to the disposal of the dead in your culture? and community?

 

iii) Assurance to John the Baptist (Luke 7:20 – 30).

A question arose whether Jesus Christ was the Messiah. John the Baptist wanted to assure his disciples that Christ; was the expected messiah: and not him (John the Baptist). He sent his disciples to Jesus to ask “if you are the one he said was going to come, or if we should expect someone else?” (Vs. 20). Jesus told the disciples of John to go back and tell John of the miracles works they saw and heard. Jesus then gave a testimony of John the Baptist as a prophet, whose life and missions is beyond that of ordinary prophets. Jesus testified that John the Baptist; was the forerunner or messenger of Jesus Christ: as the prophets in the Old Testament had written. The Pharisees and the publicans (teaches of the law) however rejected the testimony about John the Baptist. They had refused to be baptized by John. Those baptized by John the Baptist, the tax collectors acknowledged the testimony of Jesus. Jesus rebuked the Pharisees and teachers of law for their hypocrisy.

In what ways were the Pharisees and teaches of law hypocritical?

 

  1. iv) The forgiveness of the sinful woman (Luke 7: 36 – 50)

Jesus was invited by one of the Pharisees called Simon to his house to dine with him. In that city, there was a sinful woman. She went to the house of Simon when she learnt that Jesus was in the Pharisees house. She brought with her an alabaster jar full of perfume. She stood behind Jesus. She was weeping and washing his feet with her fears. She then wiped the tears from the feet of Jesus with her hair, kissed his feet, and anointed them with oil (an alabaster box of ointment). When Simon, the host saw this he said within himself, ‘if this man was a prophet, he would know who this woman is who is touching him” a sinful woman. Jesus told Simon a parable of a man who forgave two people that owed him money one 500, the other 50. Jesus asked which of the two debtors would love him most. Simon said the one that was forgiven much, Jesus then told Simon that when he came to his house, Simon did not give him water for his feet; neither did he welcome Jesus with a kiss; nor provide him with olive oil. But the woman washed his feet with her tears, and wiped them with her hair. She also kissed his feet. Jesus told the people that her sins, being many are forgiven for she loved much. Jesus turned to the woman and told her ‘thy sins are forgiven’. ‘Thy faith has saved thee, go in peace’. The people who were eating with

Jesus murmured. Who was Jesus? He forgives sins.

 

Lessons from the forgiveness of the sinful woman

  1. The Jews believed that by associating with sinners, one becomes virtually defiled. Jesus however allowed the sinful woman to touch him.
  2. By her actions, the woman acknowledged that she was a sinner, and repented. This was in contrast tothe Pharisees who were self-righteous and therefore did not repent.
  3. The Woman’s great love for Jesus led to her being forgiven of her sins.
  4. Christians need to accept their sinful nature and seek forgiveness from God.
  5. Faith in Jesus is necessary.

Summary.

Jesus is accepted women to be his followers unlike the Jewish customs which viewed women as lesser than men. Other women that played a key role in the ministry of Jesus include Mary Magdalene, Joann Joanna and Susanna among many others.

 

Lesson Revision questions

  1. What role do women play in the church ministry?
  2. Narrate the story of the forgiveness of the sinful woman (Lk 7: 36, 8:3)
  3. What lessons do you learn from the above story?
  4. Describe the story of the raising of the widow’s son at Nain (Lk 7: 11-17)

Answers

Women play many roles in the church ministry. Some of these are:

(i) Carrying out duties of pastors, bishops, and deacons

(ii) Management. Some are heads of the women groups

(iii) Leading in church service

(iv) Participating as church ushers, choir singers, and youth leaders

(v) Attending church. Women are part of the congregations

 

LESSON TEN. JESUS TEACHING IN PARABLES (LK. 8: 4- 21)

Introduction

Jesus used parables to teach. A parable is a Greek word. It means comparing or ‘putting side by side’ in order to understand. A parable is defined as a short story or description, which teaches something or answers some questions. It is an allegory – an earthly story with a hidden or heavenly meaning.

 

  1. Use of parables.

Jesus used parables in his teachings in order to explain unfamiliar messages in a language that his hearers could understand. Other reasons were because Jesus wanted to:

1) Provoke critical thinking

2) Make the audience understand issues from a different point of view

3) Explain the nature of the kingdom of God by giving real life examples.

4) Explain the nature of God. The parables brought out the attributes of an invisible God. For example, the parable of the prodigal son who had been lost.

5) Attract the attention of his audiences so that they could listen and understand.

6) Make people understand how they should relate to one another. Read the parable of the good

Samaritan

7) Teach God’s love to mankind. The parable of the lost sheep, lost coin.

Separate / identify those who were sincere in seeking the kingdom of God from the onlookers.

9) Challenge the imagination of his hearers since entry to God’s kingdom was a personal decision.

10) Make an indirect attack on his opponents like the Pharisees, the scribes and the Sadducees.

11) Teach his disciples that they should be persistent and never be discouraged.

12) Make his teachings interesting and easy to understand.

  1. 1. The parable of the sower Lk 8:4 – 15

Jesus told this parable to the crowd that followed him. He said that a farmer went out to sow corn. He scattered seeds in the field. As he did so, some of them fell on the path, and they were trampled on and eaten by birds. Other seeds fell on the rock ground. When they germinated, they withered because they lacked moisture. Some seed fell among thorns bushes. They grew with bushes, which choked them as they grew. Some other seeds fell on fertile soil. They grew up in fertile soil and their yield was100 seed for each seed sown.

 

Meaning or interpretation of the parable

Jesus gave the meaning of the parable to his disciples. He said that the seed is the word of God.

  1. Seed that fell on the path represents people who hear the word of God, and then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts so that they do not believe. Such listeners are like the seeds that fell on the path. They hear the word but soon after the devil takes away the message to stop them from believing and being saved.

 

  1. Seed that fell on the rocky ground are people who receive the word with joy but it does not stay with them. They believe for a while but when faced with trials and temptations they stop believing and fall away.

 

  • Seed that fell on the thorny bushes stands for people who receive the word. However, they fail to follow their beliefs because of interference by life’s worries, riches and pressures of the world. They failto mature as believers.

 

  1. Seed that fell on the good soil are those people with a noble and good heart. They hear the word, andretain it in their hearts. Such people persevere and produce good harvest.

 

  1. The different types of soil in this parable refer to different kinds of Hearts of people.The farmer is Jesus, God or Preacher.

 

 

We learn that:

 One should not despair and

 It’s important to receive the word of God, practice it and persevere so as to bear fruits.

 

  1. The parable of a lamp under a bowl (Lk.8: 16 – 18).

Jesus taught that no one lights a lamp, then covers it with a bowl or hide it under a bed. When one lights a lamp, they put it on the lamp stand so as to illuminate a room and for people to see the light. For whatever is hidden or covered up shall be revealed. In this parable Jesus is the light. The disciples had a duty to pass on to others messages they had learnt from Jesus. They should not keep messages to themselves.

Interpretation.

From this parable of a lamp under a bowl, we learn that:

i A Christian has a duty to share the knowledge of God with others

ii One cannot be a Christian if this knowledge is hidden

iii Those who do not share may loose their beliefs.

  1. Jesus mother and brothers. Luke 8:19 – 21

The mother of Jesus and brothers came to see him. Someone told Jesus that they were there. He told the crowd. “My mother and brothers are those who hear the word of God and obey “. Accepters and believers are the members of the family of Jesus.

Lesson Revision Questions

  1. Give reasons why Jesus used parables
  2. Identify various methods used by Christians in spreading the gospel today
  3. Discuss the reasons why Jesus faced opposition fro the Jewish leaders.

 

LESSON ELEVEN: MIGHTY WORKS OF JESUS

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson

  1. Organise in categories miracles performed by Jesus
  2. Narrate each miracle
  3. Discuss the significance of the miracle and lessons to learn

Jesus continued to do miracles; and teach. His work is referred to as the mighty works of Jesus in various books. Miracles can be defined as acts of power whose purpose is to establish the kingdom of God.

 

Miracles can also mean extraordinary events that go against the laws of nature.

  1. a. Categories / types of miracles

Jesus performed four types of miracles. These were:

1) Nature miracles – miracles that dealt with nature e.g. calming of the storm

2) Raising of the dead e.g. Jairus daughter

3) Healing miracles – healing Simon’s mother in law of fever, healing of the woman with the flow of blood.

4) Exorcism miracles – casting out of evil spirits e.g. the Gerasene demonic

  1. i) The calming of the storm

One day, Jesus entered a boat with his disciples to go across Lake Galilee. As they sailed Jesus was asleep in the ship. Suddenly, there was a strong wind and the boat began to sink. The disciples woke him up saying, “ Master, we are about to die”. Jesus woke up and gave an order to the winds and the raging waters. They obeyed and there was calm. He then said to his disciples ‘where is your faith?’ Disciples were afraid and amazed and wondered, “Who is this man?” Winds and waves obey him.

This miracle teaches Christians to have faith and to depend on Jesus when they face raging temptations and persecutions. Jesus has power over nature.

 

 

 

  1. ii) Jesus Heals a Man with demons (Lk8: 26 – 39)

Jesus and his disciples sailed to Gerasa town across Lake Galilee. On arrival a man who had demons in him for a long time met Jesus. He lived naked in tombs, and wilderness. On seeing Jesus, he cried out, threw himself down at the feet of Jesus and shouted; “Jesus son of the Most High God! What do you want with me?” ” I beseech thee, torment me not’. Jesus had ordered the demons to go out of him.

Jesus asked him “what is your name?” He replied Legion or Mob. This was because the man had been possessed by many demons. The demons begged Jesus not to send them into the deep but to let themgo into some pigs (swine) that were feeding by. Jesus allowed them and the devils went out of the man,into the pigs. The herd ran down the cliff into the lake and drowned. The herders run to the city and spread the news. The multitude found the man sitting at the feet of Jesus clothed, and in his right mind.

The multitude asked Jesus to leave their country region. The healed man wanted to follow Jesus but Jesus declined and told him to go and tell others of the great things that God had done for him. The man went to town and told all “what Jesus had done for him”.

 

This miracle teaches Christians that:

  1. The mission of Jesus’ was universal.
  2. Jesus mission is to teach all the people irrespective of their race, tribe or geographical location. The demon man was healed in a Gentile area.
  3. Jesus has power over evil
  4. Powers of evil (demons) are real
  5. Human life is more valuable than man’s material things
  6. The demons – evil spirits identified Jesus as the Son of the most High
  7. Christians need to fight the power of evil

 

SAQ.

What were the causes of mental illness and spirit possession in traditional African society and in

modern society?

 

iii) Jairus daughter is raised. Lk.8: 40 – 42, 49 – 56

Jairus was an official in the local synagogue. He begged Jesus to come to his house and heal his only daughter who was 12 was dying.

 

  1. iv) Woman with the flow of blood is Healed (Lk. 8:43 – 48)

When Jesus was on route to Jairus house, great crowds followed him and pressed him on either side. Amongst them was a woman who had suffered from severe bleeding for 12 years. She consulted doctors and spent all her savings on physicians. But she was not cured. The society considered the woman unclean. It blamed her for her illness. She herself was embarrassed by her condition. This woman walked behind Jesus and she touched the hem of the garment of Jesus. Her bleeding stopped at once. Jesus asked, who touched me? Everyone denied it. Peter replied the multitude was around Jesus and it was difficult to know who had touched him. Jesus persisted someone touched him. The woman who had touched Jesus the woman came forward, and fell at his feet and confessed to all her sickness and explained why she touched Jesus and how she was healed at once. Jesus said to her “My daughter, your faith has made you well. Go in peace”.

 

Jairus daughter is raised. Lk.8: 40 – 42, 49 – 56

As Jesus was talking to her, Jairus was told that his little girl was dead. “Don’t bother the teacher anymore. Jesus told Jairus not to fear but to believe and she will be well. When he got to the house he went into the room with Peter, John and James and the parents of the girl. People around were weeping and wailing. But Jesus told them not to weep. She is not dead but asleep. They scorned and laughed at him for saying that she is asleep because they knew she was dead. Jesus took the girl by hand and calledout “Get up, my child” – ‘little girl arise’. She immediately got up and Jesus ordered the parent to give her food. He commanded them not to tell what had happened.

 

Teachings from these two miracles

The miracle of raising Jairus daughter teaches Christians that Jesus is compassionate and the author of life. He has power over death, resurrection and life.

In the miracle of healing the Woman with the flow of blood:

 

  1. Jesus made her healing public. This was probably because He wanted to acknowledge the woman’s faith in the public. Jesus made it clear that her faith made her whole.
  2. Jesus wanted to challenge the cultural practices that kept women in bandage and could notparticipate in public life.

Jesus made her healing public so that the community can receive her back and shall not isolate her again.

From this miracle of healing this woman, Christians learn that one; Jesus is the healer. He has power over all sicknesses even those without cure. Two, Christians should have faith in Jesus Christ.

 

Lesson Revision Questions

  1. Narrate the healing of the Gerasene demoniac Lk 8: 26-39
  2. What lessons can Christians learn fro the healing of the demoniac man above?
  3. What do the miracles of Jesus teach us about him?
  4. Compare the raising of Jairus daughter and the healing of the woman with the flow of blood

 

Answers.

A comparison of the raising of Jairus daughter and the healing of the woman with flow of blood

(i) Jairus daughter was 12 years old and the woman sick with the flow of blood had suffered for 12 years.

(ii) Jesus referred to both of them as daughter

(iii) Their situation – death and flow of blood did not have a cure

(iv) The public witnessed the miracle of the woman with the flow of blood.

(v) Jesus commanded Jairus to keep secret raising of his daughter

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSON TWELVE. COMMISSIONING OF THE TWELVE DISCIPLES

Lk 9:1 – 10

Introduction.

Commission means to officially ask someone to do something.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

a Describe the commissioning of the twelve disciples.

b Explain the story of the feeding of the 5000

c Describe the transfiguration of Jesus

d Explain the teachings of Jesus on faith and humility.

 

  1. The commissioning of the twelve disciples

The twelve disciples or followers accompanied Jesus wherever he went. They were regarded as apostles. An apostle comes from a Greek word ‘Apostols’ which means ‘send out’ one who is sent or a ‘missionary’. The commissioning of the 12 disciples meant that they were given four main duties, power and authority to:

  1. a) Exorcise or cast out demons
  2. b) Cure diseases
  3. c) Heal the sick
  4. d) Preach the Kingdom of God and proclaim the arrival of God’s Instructions. They were told to:
  5. i) Take nothing for the journey
  6. ii) Initiate attack on the forces of evil

iii) Depend entirely on God to take care of them

  1. iv) Take no stick, no beggars’ bag, no food, no money and not even an extra shirt for their journey
  2. v) Whatever house they entered they were to stay there until they leave the town.
  3. vi) If they were not welcomed, they were to leave that town and shake the dust off their feet as a warning to that city or town.

With these instructions, the disciples left and travelled to all villages preaching the Good News and healing people everywhere. King Herod was perplexed by the work of the disciples and he desired to see Jesus.

 

  1. Feeding of the five thousand.Luke chapter 9. Verses 11-17)

After reading these verses, about feeding of the five thousand (5000) people we learn that

  1. Jesus is concerned about people’s physical needs
  2. Jesus demonstrated that he is the bread of life
  3. Jesus has divine power
  4. The Church has the duty of continuing to feed its followers both spiritually and physically.
  5. The feeding of the 5000 people points to the Messianic banquet
  6. Christians must learn to share whatever they have with one another
  7. From this miracle, Jesus expected his disciples to appreciate their responsibility. Their work was not only to preach and heal but also feed the hungry. Feeding was both physical and spiritual.

 

 

 

 

The personality of Jesus and his identity Lk. 9:18 – 27

When Jesus was alone with his disciples, he asked them who people say he is. The disciples told him that some say he is John the Baptist, others say he is Elijah and others say he is one of the old prophets who have risen again. Jesus asked them who they, disciples say he is. Peter replied that he is Christ of God.

Jesus then told them not to tell people who he is for he Son of man has first to suffer many things be rejected by the elders chief, priests and scribes, be killed and be raised the third day. Jesus announced to the disciples of his passion (great sufferings) Jesus is the Christ (anointed) of God – Messiah as well as the son of man. A divine nature and a human nature. Jesus went on ahead to tell his disciples that theyshould deny themselves (self – denial) take up their cross daily and be ready to lose their lives for Jesus. However, great is the reward for the faithful.

 

LESSON THRTEEN: THE TRANSFIGURATION (LK.9: 28 – 36)

Read. Luke chapter 9, verse 28 to 36. hen answer revision questions that follow.

A brief summary from the Bible

Transfiguration is change or transformation of form or appearance. Jesus was transformed in appearance when he took Peter, John and James to the mountain to pray. During the transfiguration, Moses and Elijah came down from heaven to talk with Jesus about his coming death in Jerusalem. Moses, Elijah and Jesus were in heavenly glory and glorious splendor. Peter, John and James were asleep. When they woke up, they saw Jesus’ glory. They also saw Elijah and Moses with Jesus. Peter suggested to Jesus that they build three tents for Jesus, Elijah and Moses. As he spoke a cloudovershadowed them. A voice from the cloud said ‘this is my son, whom I have chosen——– listen to him”. The cloud left and the disciples found themselves with Jesus. They kept what they saw and heard to themselves.

 

Significance and importance of transfiguration

  1. The voice from heaven confirmed that Jesus is the Christ of God, or the Messiah
  2. Moses represented the Old Testament law. Jesus came to fulfil the Law of Moses. It showed that

Jesus was not against the Law of Moses.

  1. Elijah represented the Old Testament Prophets. This meant that Jesus had fulfilled the Old Testament

prophecies. He is above the prophets.

  1. Jesus is above or greater than the law and the prophets.
  2. Transfiguration was a way of preparing the disciples for the death and resurrection of Jesus. Death is

not the end of life (Moses and Elijah appeared to confirm this)

  1. The transfiguration prepared and gave strength to Jesus for what lay ahead of him
  2. Dazzling appearance showed the glory of Jesus
  3. The transfiguration also shows the importance of encouraging each other.

5.0 Revision questions

  1. Explain the teachings of John the Baptist
  2. Describe the baptism and temptation of Jesus and its relevance to Christians today.
  3. Give reasons as to why Jesus was rejected at Nazareth
  4. Describe the first miracles of Jesus at Capernaum
  5. Narrate and dramatize the temptations of Jesus from the gospel according to St Luke,
  6. Identify five occasions when Jesus was tempted
  7. Explain ways in which Christians can be tempted today
  8. Outline ways in which Christians can overcome temptations in the contemporary world
  9. Identify lessons that Christians can learn from the temptations of Jesus?
  10. What is the role of the clergy in Kenya?
  11. How does the church participate in the upkeep of the clergy?
  12. Define and describe the transfiguration of Jesus

 

TOPIC FOUR: THE JOURNEY TO JERUSALEM – LUKE ch. 9-18

Introduction

As Jesus travelled to Jerusalem, He prepared His disciples for the life they were to lead after He leavesthem.

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the topic, you should be able to

a Identify duties and privileges and cost of a disciple.

b Describe the teachings of Jesus on prayer, hypocrisy, wealth and watchfulness’.

c Describe parables Jesus used to teach about prayer, hypocrisy, wealth and watchfulness.

 

LESSON ONE. DUTIES, PRIVILEGES AND COST OF DISCIPLESHIP

Lesson Outcomes. When you read this lesson, you should:

  1. Explain discipleship
  2. List duties given to disciples by Jesus Christ
  3. Explain relevance of Christian discipleship to modern Church

 

Jesus’ teaching on faith and humility

A brief summary from the Bible. Read (Luke 9: 37 – 50) for details. After the transfiguration, Jesus usedtwo incidents to teach his disciples about faith and humility. One incident was the healing of a boypossessed by an evil spirit (Luke 9: 37 –43). Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit out of the boy and the boywas healed. Jesus told His disciples that their lack of faith was the reason why they did not cure the boy.

Jesus informed his disciples that faith in him was important when carrying out his work.

 

Jesus’ teaching on His Work

The next question was ….. who is to work for Jesus? All Christians can work for Jesus even believers whoare gentiles. Read (Luke 9 vs. 49 – 50). Jesus told his disciples not to forbid others from carrying out hiswork for whoever is not against Him is for Him. This means that whoever had faith; even the Gentilescould carry out Jesus work.

 

Jesus’ teaching on His followers

Jesus was determined to go to Jerusalem. As He travelled, men volunteered to follow him wherever hewas going. Jesus replied that foxes have holes, birds of the air have nests but the Son of Man hasnowhere to lay his head. Jesus had no earthly home. His mission on earth was only for a time. A manrequested to follow Jesus but asked permission to bury his father. Jesus told him to let the dead burytheir dead. Disciples of Jesus have to leave their families in order to do His Work.

 

 

Mission of the 72 men. Read Luke 10:1 – 24

On the way to Jerusalem, Jesus sent out 72 disciples on a mission to promote the Gospel of the Kingdomof God through preaching and service. The 72 disciples were sent in 2s in order to encourage or helpeach other. The 72 were given instructions. Jesus told them that He has given them power over demons,serpents, scorpion. They have power over all the powers of Satan. When disciples returned, theyreported that demons obeyed them. In Luke 10 verse 20, Jesus asked the 72 to rejoice not becausedemons flee but because their names are written in heaven. Out of the many followers, Jesus chose 12apostles who learnt from Jesus and became His witnesses.

 

Jesus’ teaching on the greatest disciple

Read (Luke 9: 46- 48). The disciples asked themselves– who is the greatest amongst disciples amongstthe 12 disciples? In response Jesus took a child by His side and said to the disciples. Whoever welcomesthis child in my name, welcomes me, as well as the one who sent me. For the one who is least amongstyou shall be the greatest in Heaven. Lessons from this example. Jesus explained that His disciplesneeded values of humility and simplicity. These virtues were needed to carry out the work ofdiscipleship.

 

Teaching about Discipleship

  1. True followers of Jesus Christ must
  2. Be ready to detach themselves from families and material possessions.
  3. Be ready to face rejections because not all people will accept them or their message.
  4. Be ready to serve.
  5. Be ready to cater for people’s physical needs.
  6. Be self – less.
  7. Not be hypocrites and should accept hospitality whenever it is given.
  8. Be able to exercise self-evaluation.

 

  1. Duties of a disciple were:
  2. a) To preach the good news of salvation to other people and be ready to suffer for the sake of Christ.
  3. b) Obey God’s commandments and follow teachings of Jesus.
  4. c) To help the needy spiritually and with material needs.
  5. d) To teach others about the Kingdom of God.
  6. e) To heal the sick.
  7. f) To cast out demons.
  8. g) Be prepared to suffer for the sake of the gospel.
  9. h) Being loyal to Jesus and faithful to the gospel.
  10. i) Commitment and loyalty

 

  1. Privileges of a disciple
  2. a) One becomes a member of the Kingdom of God.
  3. b) They get an assurance of eternal life.
  4. c) They receive joy of winning other people to follow Jesus.
  5. d) They receive peace, and blessings of God.

How are these teachings relevant to modern church leaders and members?

Modern church leaders have a duty to continue preaching God’s word to all people. They should serveGod in several ministries such as visiting the sick, caring for orphans, the destitute, widows, widowers,and the aged. They should also be ready to suffer and even face rejection for the sake of the Christ.

Exercise

  1. What are the characteristics of a true follower of Christ?
  2. State the privileges of being a disciple of Jesus Christ
  3. Why did Jesus choose the 12 disciples?

 

LESSON TWO: A COMMITTED FOLLOWER OF CHRIST

Read Luke 10: 25-37, and Luke 11: 1-13

  1. The parable of the Good Samaritan

A teacher of law asked Jesus questions in order to tempt him. One was “ what must I do to receiveeternal life? (Read Luke 10: 25 to 28). Jesus replied with a question. What do the scriptures say? Hereplied and Jesus told him to do as the scripture say. . He asked another question. Who is my neighbour?(Luke 10 v 29). Jesus answered with the parable of the Good Samaritan. In this parable, the righteouspeople among the Jews, Levites and priests, did not help the injured man. A Samaritan whom Jewsconsidered unclean and sinners helped him. After narrating this parable Jesus asked the lawyer, who ofthe 3 travelers was a good neighbour? The lawyer said the Samaritan.

 

Lessons learnt from the parable of the Good Samaritan

In the above parable, Jesus stressed that a follower of Jesus should be:

(1) Committed

(2) Show love of God by loving people in need and their neighbours. A neighbour is anybody whorequires assistance or help regardless of race, ethnicity, creed, colour or gender. Jesus wants hisfollowers to show love and concern to all people regardless of their background. A neighbour useshis/her resources selflessly to help the needy. A neighbour is also compassionate, kind, and generous tothe needy.

 

Jesus Visit to Martha and Mary (Read Luke 10: 38 – 42)

Martha welcomed Jesus in her home where she lived with her sister Mary. While Martha prepared food,Mary sat at Jesus’ feet listening to his teaching. Martha complained. She was doing all the work whileMary sat listening to Jesus teaching. Jesus told Martha that Mary had made the right choice to listen toHis teaching.

 

Lessons we can learn from Jesus Visit to Martha and Mary

  1. A committed follower of Jesus is one who creates time to study and listen to God’s word.
  2. A follower of Christ should ensure that their commitment to God is not overshadowed by daily duties,worries and responsibilities.
  3. Jesus visit to Mary and Martha was also to teach disciples on the characteristics of a true disciple.

Revision exercise

  1. From the teachings of Jesus, on the parable of the good Samaritan; who do you think is a committedfollower of Jesus?

LESSON THREE. JESUS’ TEACHING ON PRAYER (Read Luke 11:1 – 13)

Prayer is communication with God. It is talking with God. People pray to God all the time. For example,people pray to God when:

  1. They are in problems and in happiness;
  2. Seeking healing and wealth,
  3. Giving thanks to God,
  4. Identifying the needs to be met, and asking for favors from God
  5. Repenting and confessing their sins
  6. Thanking God

There are many forms or types of prayers. These are:

  1. Intercessory prayer – Praying for the needs of others.
  2. Prayer for repentance – for forgiveness of sins.
  3. Thanksgiving prayer – giving thanks to God for what he has done.
  4. Worship prayer – prayers to worship God.
  5. Praise prayers – to praise God, Honor God.
  6. Supplication and petition prayer – whereby an individual makes their needs known to God and asksfor divine intervention.

Jesus prayed often during his life’s Ministry. The disciples asked him to show them how to pray. Jesusresponded by teaching them the Lords Prayer.

“Our Father who art in Heaven

Hallowed be thy name

Thy Kingdom come

Thy will be done on earth as

It is in heaven

Give us this day our daily bread

Forgive us our trespasses

As we forgive those who trespass against us

Lead us not into temptation

But deliver us from evil”

 

  1. a) Our Father who art in heaven – The disciples were told to address God as ‘Our father’. God is to beseen and addressed as a Father.
  2. b) Hallowed be thy name – The name of God should be respected and revered.
  3. c) Thy Kingdom come – In Prayer, Christians/disciples are to pray that the rulership of God reignamongst them.
  4. d) Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven – Christians to obey the will of God.
  5. e) Give us this day our daily bread – Christians to pray for their needs.
  6. Forgive us our trespasses – we ask for forgiveness of our sins and those of others.
  7. Jesus taught that one should be persistent in prayer. If a man goes to his friend at midnight and asksfor bread to give to his visitor, the friend will open the door and give his friend all that he needs. This isbecause his friend was persistent in knocking on the door.

In conclusion, if prayers are to be effective, one must have faith and be persistent. Believe that God shallanswer prayers. A committed follower of Jesus should pray at all times. In prayer, one shouldacknowledge that God is the Father and that all prayers should be addressed to him. Two, one shouldhave faith that God answers prayers. Therefore we should be persistent in prayer.

 

Reasons why Christians should pray

 To honor God

 To request for favors

 To offer thanksgiving

 To confess their sins and seek for forgiveness of sins

 To seek God’s protection

 To intercede on behalf of others

 To strengthen their relationship with God

 

Revision exercise

  1. What did Jesus teach about prayer?
  2. What is the importance of prayer?

 

LESSON FOUR: USE OF GOD’S POWER TO OVERCOME EVIL. Read Luke 11:14 – 28

Learning outcomes. By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Narrate Jesus teaching about demons
  2. Explain why the sign of Jonah was important
  3. Describe how God’s power overcomes evil

 

  1. Jesus and Beelzebub. (Read Luke 11: 14 to 28)

Jesus drove out a mute demon. The possessed man began to talk. The crowd said that Jesus was castingout demons using the power of Beelzebub (the price of demons). Beelzebul was an evil spirit. However

Jesus replied “Any country that divides itself into groups which fight each other will not last very long,and a family divided against itself will fall. Jesus said it is by the power of God that drives out demons.

 

Lessons learnt

  1. Satan cannot fight against himself therefore Jesus cannot be an agent of Beelzebub / Satan.
  2. Gods Kingdom and that of Satan were two separate Kingdoms and could not co exist.

iii. The destruction of Satan’s power meant that the Kingdom of God was in Israel and it was powerful.God’s power destroyed Satan’s kingdom. It is impossible to be neutral in the battle between Christ andSatan. One has to belong to either Christ or Satan.

  1. Jesus has power to drive out demons.
  2. Demons occupy people. They bring disabilities and diseases.

What makes people to be insane? Mentally sick

 

  1. The sign of Jonah. (Read Luke 11: 29 – 32)

After Jesus drove out the dumb spirit, Jews demanded performance of greater miracles. They wantedJesus to prove that he was their expected messiah. Jesus said that Jonah was a great miracle. But Jesuswas greater miracle than that of Jonah, and King Solomon. King Solomon was full of wisdom. He was sogreat that Queen of Sheba came to listen to his wisdom. Jesus like Jonah had brought a message ofjudgment. Jesus is greater than Jonah or Solomon. If Jews refuse to receive and listen to Jesus, theGentiles like Queen of Sheba, will bear testimony against the Jews and receive God’s salvation.

  1. The light of the body. Read Luke: 11: 33 – 36

Jesus taught that no one lights a lamp and hides it under a bowl. A lamp is placed where all can see itslight. He said that the human eye is the lamp or the light of the body. Jesus asked the listeners to makesure that “the light in you is not darkness” (vs. 35).

What is the main message in this story?

 

LESSON FIVE: JESUS TEACHING ON HYPOCRISY, WEALTH, WATCHFULNESS AND READINESS

Introduction

Hypocrisy is being dishonest and insincere or pretending to someone else or people. What did Jesusteach about hypocrisy?

Learning outcomes. After reading these verses in Luke:

  1. State what Jesus taught on hypocrisy
  2. Explain value of wealth
  3. Discuss how modern Christians can be watchful and ready for the coming of Jesus Christ

 

  1. Hypocrisy. Read Luke 12: 1- 12

A Pharisee invited Jesus to his house for a meal. When Jesus did not wash before eating the meal, thePharisee was surprised. Jesus told him “..you Pharisees clean the outside of your cup and plate, butinside you are full violence and evil”, greed and wickedness (vs. 39). Jesus condemned the Pharisees fortheir hypocrisy. They were concerned with outward appearances and traditions such as ceremonialwashing of cups, hands, and dishes but not the souls of people. They loved the outward show and publicrecognition. Pharisees tithed, “but neglected justice and love of God” (vs. 42). They imposed rules andregulations for people to follow, yet they themselves did not practice what they preached. They refusedto confess their sins but pointed out sins in others. They hinder others from entering the kingdom ofGod. They had failed to make people understand the true interpretation of the law. They were likeunmarked graves – dead to people yet the people trusted them. After this teaching, the Pharisees andthe teachers of the law began to oppose Jesus fiercely.

 

What do we learn from Jesus teachings? Followers of Jesus should be

  1. Sincere and upright (honest);

(2) obey God’s commands;

(3), live to please God but not other people;

(4) confess publicly their loyalty to God and

(5) love God without fear and (6) be dependent on the Holy

Spirit

  1. The Parable of the Rich Fool. (Read Luke 12:13 to 21).

Someone wanted justice. His brother had refused to share with him his father’s wealth. He wanted Jesusto order his brother to divide their father’s inheritance between him. In response, Jesus answered himwith the parable of the rich fool.

A rich man expected a good harvest of his crops. He thought he did not have storage for the crop heexpected to harvest. The man said to himself. i will demolish my granaries and stores, then build biggerones to store all my corn, and other goods. He expected to have enough food to last him a lifetime. Thenhe can enjoy his wealth; eating, drinking and making merry. But God told him that his life would bedemanded from him that same night. What will happen to his wealth, as he was not rich in God’s sight?

Lessons to learn

i Followers of Jesus should not put their trust in material wealth but in God

ii Life consists of food, other material wealth and trust in God

iii Whoever seeks God’s kingdom, will receive material blessings from God

iv Jesus did not condemn material possessions but rather the attitude towards material possessions.

v Jesus condemned attachment to material wealth instead of trust in God who controls our lives.

  1. Watchfulness, Readiness, and Instructions. (Read Luke 12: 35 – 59)

 

Jesus told his disciples to be:

i Watchful and ready for the return of the Son of Man i.e. Jesus.

ii Faithful servants so that when Jesus returns, he will find them ready and acting responsibly

iii Watchful of possible divisions in families

iv Royal to Christ

v Ready for the coming of the Son of Man. He will come at unexpected time; like a thief who comeswhen the owner of the house is not aware.

vi Observing things of the kingdom of God, which were present in the person of Jesus.

vii Like good servants, and watch over the affairs of the master.

viii Be decision makers and follow the teachings of Jesus without being watched.

Review questions

  1. In what ways were the Pharisees hypocritical?

 

LESSON SIX: THE KINGDOM OF GOD

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this topic, you should be able to

  1. Explain the teachings of Jesus about the kingdom of God
  2. Narrate the parables of
  3. The unfaithful fig tree
  4. The mustard seed
  5. Parable of the feast
  6. Parable of the great feast
  7. Parable of the lost sheep and the lost son

 

The Kingdom of God

Kingdom of God refers to rule of God, or God’s authority on people’s lives and the world He created. Thekingdom of God was present in Jesus. It is now and in the future reality. The teachings, and miracles ofJesus were a manifestation of the Kingdom of God. For anyone to enter God’s kingdom, one has torepent and ask for forgiveness. The Kingdom of God continues to grow and spread through the work ofthe Church. Those who accept the teachings of Jesus Christ about God’s Kingdom are members of theKingdom of God. Now to enter the Kingdom of God, one has to repent and not judge others.Read Luke 13:1-5. Luke has explained the kingdom of God and outlined who will enter it.

 

 

The Kingdom of God has unfruitful fig tree (Read Luke, 13: 6 – 9).

A farmer had a fig tree that wasunproductive for 3 years. He ordered the gardener to cut it down. The gardener requested for the figtree to be given another chance. He promised to dig around the fig tree and add fertilizer. If it bearsfruits well, it can survive, if it doesn’t bear fruit, then it should be cut down.

Lessons learnt from the parable

The unproductive fig tree represents followers of Jesus who are unproductive because they do notfollow the teachings of Jesus Christ. God gives people chances to repent just like the fig tree was given asecond chance to bear fruit. Jesus is the gardener who pleads for people before God. The followers ofJesus are expected to be fruitful.

 

What are the figs used for?

  1. Parable of the mustard seed. Read Luke, 13:18 – 19

Jesus likened the kingdom of God to a mustard seed, which is very small. When a mustard seed isplanted, it grows fast to become a big tree. It is difficult to control its growth. When mature, the fig treeattracts many birds, which feed on its seeds.

Lesson learnt from the parable.

The Kingdom of God

 Begins as a small seed and grows quietly and humbly

 Then it grows and spreads to all corners of the earth

 And It attracts many people

 

  1. Parable of the Yeast. Read Luke, 13: 20 – 21

The Kingdom of God is like yeast. Yeast makes dough rise and the bread big. The Kingdom of God growssecretly and slowly just like the dough rises without being noticed. It is only God who knows how akingdom grows. The Kingdom of God grows as a small unit that eventually grows, spreads and reachesout to many people in many nations.

 

  1. The narrow door. Read Luke, 13: 22 – 30

As Jesus was teaching in towns and villages, a person asked him whether a few people would be saved.Jesus replied that his followers should make every effort to go through the narrow door as it leads to theKingdom of God. The narrow door will not remain open forever.

Lesson learnt from the parable

 Those who wish to follow Jesus must repent immediately

 Entrance to God’s Kingdom is through repentance

 Everybody is invited to enter into the Kingdom of God.

 

  1. Jesus heals a crippled woman on the Sabbath. Luke, 13:10 – 12

Jesus was teaching in the synagogue on Sabbath. Jesus healed a woman who had an evil spirit, whichhad bent her back (Hunch back) for 18 years. Jesus saw her and told her “woman, you are free from yourillness!” She was made straight and immediately glorified God. The official of the synagogue wasannoyed that Jesus was healing on a Sabbath. He and others were hostile to Jesus for healing/workingon the Sabbath. Jesus told him, you hypocrite. You feed and look after your animals on the Sabbath day.Jesus emphasized that human life is more important than animal life or even observing the Sabbath.

 

 

Lessons learnt from the parable

Jesus came to set people free from the bondage of sickness and Satan. Jesus work of liberation iscontinuous. It has to be performed even on a Sabbath day because human life is more important thananimal life or even observing the Sabbath.

 

  1. Jesus’ Love for Jerusalem. (Read Luke13: 31 – 35)

As Jesus continued with his teachings, he reached Jerusalem. Pharisees informed him that Herodwanted to kill him. His response was ‘go and tell that fox ” I will continue healing the sick and casting outdemons. Jesus however, lamented over Jerusalem for rejecting God’s messengers. God would abandonJerusalem for rejecting Jesus. Jerusalem was the site of Jesus death. It would eventually acknowledgeJesus as the Messiah who brings salvation to Israel and to the rest of the world.

 

  1. Man with dropsy healed (Read Luke 14:1 – 6).

Jesus was invited to the house of the leading Pharisees for a meal on a Sabbath. A man with dropsy(swollen legs and arms) came to Jesus for healing. The Pharisees watched Jesus closely to see what hewould do. Jesus asked the Pharisees “ does our Law allow healing on the Sabbath or not?” They keptquiet. Jesus healed the man who then left. Jesus asked the Pharisees, would they save their son or an oxif it fell in a well on a Sabbath. They kept quiet.

 

  1. Humility and Hospitality. (Read Luke 14: 7 – 14)

Jesus was in the house of a leading Pharisees and observed that some of the invited guests werechoosing the best places to sit at the table. He taught the disciples how to be humble. He said, wheninvited for a meal; let the owner give you a seat of honor that is reserved for important and honorableguests. Read verse 11.

Jesus advised his host to invite the poor, cripples, and the blind who cannot invite you, as they havenothing to give back for generosity.

Lessons learnt from the parable

Jesus is teaching about humility and hospitality. Those who are humble shall be elevated. Those whoelevate themselves shall be humbled. Followers of Jesus should extend invitations to the poor and theunderprivileged in the society. The Kingdom of God belongs to the humble people.

 

  1. The parable of the Great Feast. Read Luke, 14: 15 – 24.

A man said to Jesus, “How happy are those who will sit down at the feast in the Kingdom of God” (verse15). In response Jesus told him that a man made a great feast and invited many friends and colleaguesto the feast. The invited guests failed to come and a servant was sent to inform them that the feast wasready. All the invited guests gave personal excuses explaining why they could not come.The master was angry and asked the servant to invite the poor, crippled, lame, the blind and anyonewilling to come to the feast.

 

Lessons learnt from the parable

God has invited all people to the great feast of the Kingdom of God. Those who honor his invitation willbe blessed. Those who reject the invitation will be excluded from the feast. Jesus explained that theKingdom of God is like a great feast open to all Jews and Gentiles.

To enter the Kingdom of God, one has to make a personal decision because following Jesus meanssacrificing activities that we consider important to us.

  1. The Cost of Being a Disciple

Read Luke 14: 25 – 33

True discipleship means loving Jesus more than ones family. This is a great sacrifice to detach oneselffrom the family. A disciple must be ready to suffer for the sake of following Jesus. Following Jesusrequires skills of careful thinking, planning and detailed preparations. Jesus compared true discipleshipto the planning required when building a tower or engaging in a military operation.

 

Lessons / teachings learnt from the parable

True discipleship means making great sacrifices, “none of you can be my disciple unless you give upeverything you have” (verse 33). Jesus disciples are expected to do careful planning before deciding tofollow him because they are required to love God more than anyone else even their relatives andfriends.

 

  1. The parable of the Lost Sheep

Read Luke, 15:1 – 7

Pharisees and teachers of law complained to Jesus because Jesus was teaching ordinary people such astax collectors, and outcasts considered sinners by them.

Jesus told the Pharisees and teachers of law the parable of the lost sheep. He told them that if ashepherd with 100 sheep lost one of them, what action would he take? Wouldn’t he leave the 99 sheepand go out to look for the lost sheep? And on finding it, wouldn’t the shepherd celebrate with friendsand neighbours? Jesus said that God celebrates if “over one sinner who repents than over 99respectable people who do not need to repent.”

 

Lessons / teachings learnt from the parable

iii God is a shepherd and takes care of all his people.

iv He does not want any of his people to be lost.

v God searches for those lost in sin until he finds them.

vi When one sinner repents, God is overjoyed and rejoices.

vii God is the good shepherd who has come to seek and save the lost.

 

  1. Parable of the Lost Coin.

Read Luke, 15: 8 – 10

If a woman losses one of her ten silver coins, she searches until she finds it. And if it is found, she invitesher friends and neighbours to celebrate.

 

Lessons learnt from the parable

God and the angels in heaven search make every effort to seek the lost sinner until they find them. Jesuslights the world, looking for sinners who are lost because they are precious in God’s sight.

  1. Parable of the Lost Son (prodigal son)

Read Luke 15:11 – 32

Jesus then told the story of a father who had two sons. The younger was given his share of inheritancehe had requested. He went to foreign lands and wasted his inheritance. He became poor and decided toreturn home and ask his father to forgive him and employ him as a servant.

His father kissed him and celebrated his return. The father announced to his guests that the son whowas lost is now found. – – The one who was dead is now live.

The elder son was angry and unhappy because his father had never held a celebration for him, in spite ofhis hard work and obedience.

His father told him “my son you are always here with me, and everything I have is yours”. We are justcelebrating the return of the lost son.

 

Lessons learnt from the parable

  1. A person dies spiritually if they sin
  2. God loves all people including sinners
  3. God is ready to forgive every sinner who repents
  4. There is no sin that God cannot give
  5. Jesus taught that both the righteous and unrighteous require God’s forgiveness
  6. There is joy and happiness in heaven when one sinner repents.
  7. Christians should confess their sins and acknowledge that Jesus saves repentant sinners
  8. God accepts unconditionally any sinner who comes back to him in repentance
  9. Confession of sins is a condition for entering the Kingdom of God.

 

A GREAT FEAST FOR ALL WHO ARE PREPARED Luke 14: 1 – 35

SAQ. What are the qualities of those who belong to the kingdom of God?

Answer. Qualities of people who belong to the Kingdom of God

Those who belong to the Kingdom of God:

  1. Obey God’s commandments
  2. Accept God’s rule in their lives

iii Show God’s love to others

iv Are ready to make sacrifices so as to be followers of Jesus

v Read God’s word and preach to others

vi Confess their sins and seek forgiveness of their sins through repentance.

Review questions

  1. Give an explanation of the term Kingdom of God
  2. What did Jesus teach about the kingdom of God?
  3. What lessons do Christians learn from the parables of the lost son?

Answer

  1. The term Kingdom of God means the role of God or God’s authority in people’s lives and the world.

 

LESSON SEVEN: TEACHINGS ON WEALTH AND POVERTY. LK 16:1 – 32

Learning Outcomes. By the end of the topic, you should be able to:

  1. a) Explain the teachings of Jesus on wealth, and poverty
  2. b) Narrate the teachings of Jesus on repentance

Introduction

While wealth is possession of material things such as money or occupation of a high social economicstatus, poverty is the opposite. It is lack of basic needs such as water, education, food, shelter, clothing,and health.

When teaching about wealth, Jesus taught using two parables. These were: (1) parable of the shrewdmanager (2) parable of the rich man and Lazarus

Parable of the shrewd manager

Read Luke, 16: 1 – 18

When the shrewd manager realized that his master was going to sack him due to his dishonesty, heasked the debtors to change the amounts they owed their master to smaller amounts. He did this tomake friends with a few people who would give him a place to stay after he was sacked. The masterpraised the shrewd manager and did not sack him. The shrewd manager is praised not because of hisdishonesty but because he acted promptly and with great presence of mind in a moment of crisis.

Jesus is encouraging his disciples and followers to make prompt (quick, appropriate, timely) decisions.

They should use wealth to serve God. It should not be allowed to take the place of God. Followers ofJesus should be honest in small and big things.

 

The Rich Man and Lazarus. Read Luke, 16: 19 – 31.

A rich man lived in luxury. At his gates was a poor man, called Lazarus whose body was covered by sores.The rich man did not feed Lazarus. He ate food remains together with the rich man’s dogs.

When rich man died, he went to hell. When Lazarus died, he went to heaven and sat at Abraham/sbosom. When in hell, the rich man was tormented while Lazarus was at peace.

Lessons to learn from this parable.

The rich isn’t condemned for being rich but because of his altitude towards Lazarus. He used his wealthfor self-gratification and not for service to the needy. The wealthy should realize that it is God who giveswealth and he should be given honor. Riches can hinder the wealthy from inheriting eternal life,especially if they put their trust in riches instead of God who is the source of all wealth and blessings.

Revision exercise

  1. From the parable of the rich fool what can Christians learn about the use of wealth?
  2. Narrate the parable of the shrewd manager

LESSON EIGHT. JESUS TEACHING ON FORGIVENESS

Read Luke 17: 1 – 4

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you shall explain the power of Christian faith. Sin. Read Luke 17: 1-4.

Jesus taught his disciples to forgive offenders who repent. Those who sin should seek forgiveness. If theyoffend 7 times in a day, forgive them 7 times. Followers of Jesus need faith to forgive others.

The power of faith. Read Luke, 17: 5 – 11.

Faith is defined as complete trust or confidence in God. It is absolute truthfulness and trust in everything that comes from God. The apostles asked Jesus to increase their faith. Followers of Jesus should have faith. Faith has no measure. Faith as big as a mustard seed can empower Christians to perform miracles that serve God. Faith is necessary. With faith, Christians can forgive others and be servants of God.

Disciples should have faith. Christians understand that they owe everything to God.

 

 

 

 

Jesus heals ten lepers. Read Luke, 17:11- 19

Jesus was on his way to Jerusalem when he met ten lepers. They requested Jesus to heal them.

Jesus told them to go and show themselves to the priests. On the way, they were healed. One of them, a Samaritan, returned to thank Jesus for healing him. The Samaritans and the Jews did not associate. Jesus told the Samaritan that his faith has made him whole. Faith is necessary for healing any disease.

Leprosy is a disease that leads to loss of fingers, toes and other parts of the body. It was a dreadful skin disease, which Jews feared. Lepers were isolated from other people. They lived dejected lives

 

The coming of the kingdom. Read Luke 17: 20 – 37

The Pharisee demanded to know when the kingdom of God would come. Jesus replied that the kingdom of God was within those who had accepted Jesus and his teachings. Those who wanted had received the kingdom. Faith is necessary to discover the power of God’s kingdom.

The coming of the son of man, i.e. Jesus will bring the kingdom to reality.

The coming of the son of man is also referred to as the day of the Lord, Day of Judgment. Read Luke, 21: 27- 28. Those who obey Jesus will be saved but those who reject him will be punished.

Lessons to learn. God expects Christians to have faith in him. Christians should have faith in Jesus so that they can inherit eternal life. Faith is needed to strengthen Christians. Faith is important in the life of a Christian until Jesus returns, i.e. the second coming.

 

Revision exercise

  1. What did Jesus teach on forgiveness

 

LESSON NINE. PERSISTENCE IN PRAYER, Read Luke, 18:1 – 14

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, discuss the values of persistence in prayer

To teach about persistence in prayer, Jesus used two parables. These were the parables of: the widow and a corrupt judge and examples of prayer by a Pharisee and a tax collector.

  1. The widow and the unjust judge. Read Luke, 18: 1 – 9

Jesus had already taught the disciples how to pray. He now tells them that they ought to pray and not faint. He gives a parable to explain his point.

A widow went to a corrupt judge to have her adversaries judged. The judge was corrupt and ignored her. He however gave in to her demands since she was persistent and wearing him down. The judge helped her because of her persistence and courage.

 

Lessons learnt from the parable

Followers of Jesus should pray with courage and be persistent in prayer. God hears and answers prayers. Christians should pray without ceasing and with faith and trust that their prayers will be answered.

 

  1. Parable of the Pharisee, and tax collector, Read Luke, 18:9 – 14

A Pharisee and tax collector went to the temple to pray. The Pharisee offered a long prayer focusing on his achievements. The tax collector (publican) did not have much to say except asking for mercy, as he was a sinner. Followers of Jesus should acknowledge they are sinners and seek forgiveness. They should approach God in humility and avoid spiritual pride, and self-righteousness.

Revision exercise

  1. State the parable of the widow and the unjust judge

 

LESSON TEN. THE WAY TO SALVATION, Read Luke, 18: 15 – 19: 1 – 27.

Introduction: The word ‘salvation’ refers to the act of saving or being saved from sin. Those who have received salvation area assured of eternal life. To receive salvation a person must acknowledge that he is a sinner and repent their sins. In this way, they receive forgiveness and are reconciled to God.

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should

  1. State the meaning of salvation
  2. Discuss characteristics of salvation
  3. Give examples of those who will enter the Kingdom of God.
  4. Explain how Jesus predicted his death

 

Introduction

Salvation means being saved from a life-threatening situation. In Christianity, salvation refers to the process of being delivered from sin and its consequences. Those who are saved are assured of eternal life.

Jesus taught about salvation using children to illustrate his message. This is what happened. Some people brought their children to Jesus so that he could bless them. The disciples scolded them. Jesus asked the children to come to him and he blessed them.

Jesus taught his disciples that they must be humble like children in order to enter the kingdom of God.

The road to salvation is by being simple, humble, and trusting like little children. The kingdom of God belongs to those who humble themselves like the little children.

 

The rich man. Read Luke, 18:18 – 30

The entry into the kingdom of God was further explained through the story of the rich man. The rich man came to Jesus wanting to know how he could inherit eternal life and be saved. Jesus reminded him of the importance of keeping the commandments. The young man responded that he had observed the commandments since he was young. Jesus told him there is one thing remaining to do; sell everything he has, and give it to the poor, and then follow Jesus.

The rich man was very sorrowful for he was very wealthy. Wealth can hinder the rich from receiving salvation. Jesus acknowledged the sacrifice made by his disciples. He emphasized that disciples shall receive salvation in the present and in life to come. Salvation is a gift from God. Salvation is received; by those who accept to follow Jesus. Trusting in wealth can be a hindrance to salvation. The rich may find it difficult to inherit eternal life. Jesus predicts his death, a 3rd time. Read Luke, 18: 31 – 34.

Jesus predicted his death a three times. First was after asking his disciples who they say he was. The second time was after transfiguration when his face was set towards Jerusalem. The third prediction shall be in Jerusalem (Luke 18:31-34). Jesus told the disciples that previous prophecies would be fulfilled in Jerusalem. His death was going to take place in Jerusalem according to the writings of the prophets. It was going to be a painful death. He shall be beaten, mocked, spit upon and put to death. But on the third day, he shall rise again.

The disciples did not understand what Jesus was telling them. Jesus had to die so that those whobelieved in him may receive eternal life. The death and resurrection of Jesus gives Christians hope of eternal life.

Jesus heals a blood beggar. Read Luke, 18: 35 – 43

As Jesus neared Jericho, a blind man sat by the roadside begging. When he heard the multitude pass by, he inquired what was going on and he was told that Jesus of Nazareth was passing by. He then cried out “Jesus, Son of David, have mercy on me”

The crowds rebuked him but he cried out louder to Jesus to have mercy on him. Jesus asked him what he wanted. He said he wanted to see. Jesus told him to receive his sight for his faith had made him whole. The beggar was joyful and he followed Jesus rejoicing.

Lessons learnt. Christians should have faith in Jesus. They should also be persistent and make specific requests.

 

LESSON THIRTEEN: JESUS AND ZACCHAEUS LK 19:1 – 9

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson,

  1. Narrate events leading to salvation of Zacchaeus
  2. Explain meanings of the story of the man who gave gold coins to his servants

Zacchaeus was short. His profession was a tax collector. He was rich. He wanted to be saved.

When Jesus was passing by Jericho, he wanted to see Jesus. He couldn’t because he was short. He ran and climbed a sycamore tree to see Jesus. When Jesus came to the place where Zacchaeus was, he looked up and said “Hurry down, Zacchaeus, because I must stay in your house today” (verse 5). Jesus then went with Zacchaeus to his house. When people saw this they grumbled, and murmured. They said that Jesus was going to a house of a sinner.

Jesus told them that salvation has come to the house of Zacchaeus, a son of Abraham … the Son of man came to seek and save the lost. There is no sin that God cannot forgive, even that of a tax collector. Zacchaeus told Jesus that he was going to give to the poor half of his wealth and whatever he took from any man and woman wrongfully, he will restore four times. From this salvation, we learn that the rich should share their wealth with the needy.

 

The Parable of the Gold Coins: Luke, 19: 11 – 27.

A certain nobleman went to a far country. Before he left he called his ten servants and gave each a gold coin (ten pounds in total). He told them to trade with the coins until he returns.

When he returned, he called the servants to report profits they had made. The first servant said that one-pound coin had made profit of 10 pounds (gold coins). He made the manager of ten cities. The second servant had traded and gained 5 pounds. He was made the manager of 5 cities. The third one had hidden the pound. He did not trade. He accused the master of being mean, and cruel. He returned the pound, which was given to the servant with 10 pounds.

Lessons to learn.

This parable was about the kingdom of God. God expects us to use opportunities he has given to us for his work. Each one of us shall account for the use of the abilities and skills that God gave to us –students, workers, and other professionals. To receive eternal life, Christians should repent and be obedient to God’s instructions.

Revision questions

  1. What did Jesus teach by using the example of little children?
  2. Give an account of how Jesus healed the blind beggar
  3. Explain the relevance of Jesus’ teachings on salvation to Christians

TOPIC FIVE: THE JERUSALEM MINISTRY. Luke, 19: 28 – 21: 38

Lesson Outcomes. By the end of this topic, you should:

  1. Describe the triumphant entry of Jesus into Jerusalem
  2. Narrate events in the cleansing of the temple
  3. Discuss Jesus’ teachings about eschatology

 

LESSON ONE: THE TRIUMPHANT ENTRY OF JESUS TO JERUSALEM LK. 19:28 – 40

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should

  1. Explain why Jesus rode on a young colt into Jerusalem
  2. Discuss why Jesus wept over Jerusalem
  3. Describe what Jesus did when he went to the temple

 

  1. The triumphant approach to Jerusalem. Luke 19: 28- 40.

Jesus death had to happen in Jerusalem. Hence Jesus went to Jerusalem. He sent two disciples to a place where there was a colt (young donkey) that no person had ever ridden. They took it to Jesus. They threw their garments on the colt, and Jesus sat on it. As Jesus rode, people spread their clothes on the road. As Jesus neared Jerusalem, a “large crowd of his disciples began to” praise God (vs37). The crowd said ‘blessed be the king who comes in the name of the lord’.

The Pharisees told Jesus to rebuke the disciples. Jesus told them if the disciples kept quiet the stones would start shouting.

Jesus made his entry into Jerusalem in a royal (kingly) procession. He was Israel’s humble king who came with peace and not a political leader. He rode on a donkey – a symbol of peace. This was unlike the political kings who rode on the horses during that time.

 

  1. Jesus weeps over Jerusalem. Read, Luke 41- 44.

When Jesus was near Jerusalem he wept. He then foretold the coming destruction of Jerusalem due to its rejection of the messiah.

The rejoicing of his triumphant entry to Jerusalem turned to mourning as he foretold the destruction of Jerusalem by Romans in 70 A.D.

 

  1. Jesus goes to the temple. Read Luke 19:45 – 48.

Jesus went to Jerusalem temple and evicted traders. He told them that the house of God is a house of prayer not a den of thieves. Jeremiah spoke these same words during his temple sermon. The chief priests and scribes began planning how to kill Jesus.

 

 

 

LESSON TWO. PHARISEES, SCRIBES QUESTION JESUS. LUKE 20 1-47

Learning outcomes. By the end of the lesson you should be able to: –

  1. Describe the question about the authority of Jesus
  2. Describe the parable of the tenants in the vineyard
  3. Describe the question about paying taxes
  4. Describe the question about resurrection
  5. Describe Jesus’ teachings against the teachers of law
  6. Describe the parable of the widow’s offering
  7. The question about Jesus’ authority. Read Luke, 20:1 – 8.

The Jewish leaders wanted to know from Jesus by whose authority he was doing all the things he was doing. In response Jesus asked them “did John’s right to baptize come from God or from human beings?” (Vs4).

They discussed among themselves and decided not answer. Jesus told them “neither will I tell you”. In response to his authority being questioned he told a parable.

 

  1. The parable of the Tenants in the Vineyard.

Read the parable in Luke, 20: 9 – 18. The tenants refused to pay the owner of the vineyard his share of the harvest. They threw out the servants he sent to collect his share of the harvest. When he sent his son, they killed him so that they can own the vineyard. Jesus asked the people… “What will the owner of the vineyard do to the tenants?”

 

  1. The Question about paying taxes. Read Luke 20:19-28

Pharisees, and scribes (teachers of the law) and chief priests planned to arrest Jesus but they were afraid of the people. They sent spies to trick Jesus by asking this question -” …is it against our law for us to pay taxes to the Roman Empire, or not?

Jesus used the currency and told them “pay the Emperor Caesar what belongs to him and pay God what belongs to God.” (Verse 25)

This was a tricky question. Jesus here teachers people to obey the rules of the land and to obey God’s rules.

 

  1. The Question about Resurrection

The Sadducees who did not believe in resurrection tempted Jesus with another question. They wanted to know this. When resurrection comes, who shall be the husband to a woman who was married to the first brother and inherited as a widow by the other six brothers?

Jesus told them the men and women who shall be worthy of resurrection shall not marry. They shall be like angels and cannot die (verse 34 to 38)

  1. Jesus warns against the Teachers of the law

Jesus warned his disciples. Be careful and guard yourselves against teachers of the law, the scribes. They were hypocritical. They wore long robes, said long prayers, looked for positions of honor and exploited the widows.

  1. The Widow’s Offering. Luke, 21: 1- 4

When people were giving offerings in the temple, a widow gave “two little copper coins”. Jesus said the poor widow had given all she had. Likewise Christians should give to God not to be seen but from their hearts. It is not the quantity of the gift that matters but the attitude of the giver.

 

LESSON THREE: THE TEACHINGS OF JESUS ABOUT ESCHATOLOGY LK. 21: 5 – 38

Eschatology is from two Greek words, ‘eschatus’ and ‘logos’. Eschatus means end, Logos means study.

Eschatology means the study of the end times or in CRE the last days of Jesus. For biblical information, read Luke 21:5-38 and Mathew 24: 1 – 36 and Mark 13:1-31.

Learning outcomes. After this lesson, you should:

  1. Identify signs of end times
  2. State uses of the temple during the time of Jesus
  3. Discuss ways in which Christians can apply the parable of the fig tree
  4. State relevance of Jesus’ teachings on eschatology
  5. Signs of the end times. Jesus gave many signs that will inform Christians that end of the time has

come. These were to happen at different times. The signs were:

  1. a) Destruction of the temple of Jerusalem by invading armies which shall surrounded it
  2. b) Hatred of disciples and Christians because they were followers of Christ
  3. c) Rejection of disciples by families because they were followers of Christ
  4. d) Betrayal of the followers of Christ
  5. e) Prosecution and imprisonment of Christians.
  6. f) Many false messiahs. People would come claiming to be the Messiah, the Son God
  7. g) Wars as nation rise against nations
  8. h) Eruption of natural calamities such as plagues, earthquakes, famines, great fear among people.
  9. i) Disruption in the sky and seas. Fall of strange heavenly beings from the sky and rise of seas.
  10. j) Natural calamities such as earthquakes, plagues, famines bringing despair and distress in all nations
  11. k) The times shall be announced by signs in the stars, moon, sun and sea
  12. l) Appear of the ‘Son of man ‘ in power and glory at the end of times.

 

  1. Uses of the temple during the time of Jesus

During the time of Jesus, the temple was used for

(a) Child dedication

(b) Circumcision

(c) Purification

(d)Trading and business centre

(e) Worshiping and prayer

(f) a place for celebrating festivals such as the Passover and other major feasts

(g) a learning centre or school for religious purposes. For example disciples of the scribes learnt law in the temple.

The destruction of the temple symbolized the birth of Christianity. From that time Christians became the new temple of God.

 

  1. The parable of the fig tree Lk.21: 29 – 33

Jesus used the parable of the fig tree to explain more about the end times. Appearance of leaves in the fig tree and other trees inform us that summer will soon come. When Christians see signs of the end times, they should know that the kingdom of God is about to come. Jesus told disciples to be watchful, alert, and praying for strength to endure the coming tribulations. See the previous teachings on watchfulness and readiness. Christians are to watch out and be ready for the end times.

 

  1. Relevance of Jesus’ teachings on eschatology

These teachings assure and continue to tell Christians these messages from Jesus:

  1. a) There is life after death
  2. b) Christ will return to receive the faithful
  3. c) Christians are to be watchful, prayerful, and hopeful despite trials and tribulations
  4. d) Christians are assured of God’s protection from evil.
  5. e) Christians should prepare for the coming of Christ by leading a righteous life
  6. f) Do not lose hope
  7. g) Do not be pre occupied with the cares of this would for they never end
  8. h) Preach and spread the word of God
  9. i) Obey God’s commandment
  10. j) Help the needy

Revision questions

  1. Describe Jesus triumphant entry into Jerusalem according to Luke chapter 19:29- 30
  2. What does the manner of Jesus entry into Jerusalem reveal about the nature of his kingdom?
  3. What lessons can Christians learn from Jesus’ triumphant entry into Jerusalem
  4. State and explain why Jesus wept over Jerusalem
  5. Explain the cleansing of the temple
  6. Give reasons why Jesus cleansed the temple of Jerusalem
  7. What lessons can Christians learn from the cleansing of the temple?
  8. Explain Jesus’ conflict with the Jewish leaders
  9. Describe the parable of the tenants in the vineyard
  10. Explain the relevance of the parable of the of tenants in the vineyard
  11. Explain the question about paying taxes
  12. Explain the question about the resurrection
  13. What is eschatology?
  14. What will happen at the end of the world (eschatology) according to Jesus’ teaching in Luke’s gospel

21; 5-38

  1. How do Christians prepare for the second coming of Christ?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC SIX: THE PASSION, DEATH AND RESURRECTION OF JESUS

  1. 22 – 24

Passion is a strong feeling of love, hate or anger. Passion of Jesus is the great sufferings of Jesus, which was a deep emotional anguish.

Learning outcomes

By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

(a) Discuss the events of the Lord’s supper

(b) State relevance of the Lord’s supper to Christians today

(c) Describe the events that took place at mount Olives

(d) Describe the events that took place between the arrest and burial of Jesus

(e) Relate the relevance of the sufferings and death of Jesus to Christians today

(f) Explain the importance of resurrection of Jesus to Christians

(g) Describe the resurrection of Jesus – the evidence of his resurrection

(h) Narrate the ascension of Jesus

 

The plot against Jesus

The Jewish religious leaders were determined to ensure that Jesus was either arrested or killed (Lk.22: 1 – 6)

They were helped by Satan who entered into Judas Iscariot one of the twelve disciples of Jesus. Judas decided to betray Jesus. He communed with the Jewish leaders who agreed to pay him money to betray Jesus. He searched for a way to betray Jesus without knowledge of Jesus. He forgot who Jesus was.

Judas agreed to betray Jesus probably because:

  1. He belonged to the party of Zealots who wanted political changes
  2. He was probably frustrated by Jesus’ approach to the Kingdom of God which was establishing a peaceful spiritual kingdom
  3. He expected Jesus to establish a political kingdom
  4. He was greedy for money
  5. Satan entered him

 

LESSON ONE: THE LORDS SUPPERS/ THE LAST SUPPER. LK 22: 7 – 13

The last supper was the lost Passover meal that Jesus took before his arrest. Passover is celebrated in obedience to God’s command to Moses. It is a remembrance of Israel’s deliverance by God from slavery in Egypt.

  1. The Passover meal

Preparations for the Passover, Read Luke 22: 7 – 23.

Peter and John were sent by Jesus to go and prepare the Passover meal. They were to do so in a house in the city. They were taken to the house by, a man who was carrying a vessel of water. They were given a big furnished upper room upstairs. They prepared the Passover meal as instructed by Jesus.

Passover meal

During the meal with the 12 disciples / apostles Jesus told them that this was going to be his last meal with them before his death. He took a cup of wine gave thanks to God and said “Take this and share itamong yourselves. I tell you that from now on I will not drink this wine until the Kingdom of God

comes.” The cup of wine was his blood that he was going to shed for them. Wine therefore symbolized the blood of Jesus, shed for the purification of humankind and forgiveness of sins. This blood is the New Testament and covenant with Christians.

After drinking of wine, He “took a piece of bread, gave thanks to God “ and shared it and told them that the piece of bread represented his body which is “given for them”.

He presented his death as a sacrifice whose blood sealed the new covenant. His death replaced the sacrifices of the Old law, those of animals, which sealed the Sinai covenant. The new covenant will be for all people including Gentiles. This is to fulfill God’s promise of salvation for all people. Jesus and disciples ate Passover together so that henceforth Christians would eat the meal together in remembrance of Jesus. Passover was initially taken to remind them of the deliverance from Egypt. But during the last supper, Jesus gave the Passover a new meaning.

As they ate, Jesus foretold of his betrayal by one of his disciple.

 

SAQ.

  1. Which items were used to celebrate the Passover in the Old Testament?
  2. What items do modern Christians use to celebrate the Lord’s Supper?

 

Comparisons of the Lord’s Supper and the Passover

(a) The Passover commemorates the divine act of redemption of the Jews from their bondage in Egypt while the Last Supper commemorates the deliverance of human kind from sin.

 

(b) The Passover feast reminded the Israelites that they were free, redeemed people while the Lords Suppers is to remind Christians of their forgiveness of sins. The death of Jesus set Christians free from sins.

 

(c) Passover was followed by the Old covenant of Mount Sinai. The Lords suppers is a new covenant based on the death of Jesus for sins of humankind

 

(d) Passover (Old testament) was sealed by the blood of Lambs while New Covenant (Lords suppers) is sealed by the blood of Jesus on the cross.

 

(e) Items for celebrating in Passover (old testament) are different from the cup of wine and pieces of bread used by Jesus to celebrate his last supper with the disciples.

 

Relevance of the Lord’s Supper today

Christians celebrate the Lords supper. This celebration is called the Eucharist, the Lords suppers, or Lords meal. Christians celebrate it as an act of repentance; through which they receive assurance of forgiveness of their sins. The presence of Jesus becomes a reality when Christians share bread and wine.

Bread and wine are symbols of heavenly feast, which Christians will partake in God’s kingdom.

The Lords supper is also a sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving to God. It is a time for rededication to Christ and self-renewal. Through the celebration of the Lords supper, Christians anticipate the second coming of Jesus and the establishment of Gods Kingdom. It is also a time to remember the death and resurrection of Jesus and reflect on God’s love for humankind.

 

 

  1. The Argument about Greatness. Read Luke, 22: 24 – 30

 

A question arose among the disciples. They wanted to know who among them was the greatest. Jesus told them that they do not belong to the world system of authority given on the basis of wealth and fame.

The authority among the disciples will be determined on the basis of their service to others. The greatest is the servant. Jesus likened himself to a servant hence disciples are called to serve. By sharingin trials and sufferings of Jesus, the disciples will share in his ruling power over the new Israel.

Leadership in church should be understood in terms of service – being a servant of people. In the community of Christians, all people who are followers of Jesus are all equal.

 

SAQ. In your opinion, which are the signs of greatness in the world?

  1. Jesus Predicts Peters’ Denial. Read Luke, 22: 31 – 38

Jesus told peter that Satan had received permission to test or tempt all the disciples but Jesus had prayed for Peter’s faith not to fail. Jesus told Peter that he shall deny Jesus three times before the cock crows.

Jesus was telling his disciples that they will encounter hostility in their evangelism hence they should be prepared for suffering and opposition because of Him as Isaiah 53:12 says ‘he shared the fate of evil men.’ Jesus death was imminent inevitable. The disciples were expected to be strong

 

LESSON TWO: PRAYER, ARREST OF JESUS AND DENIAL BY PETER

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you shall:

  1. Narrate the events that took place at Mount of Olives
  2. Describe the arrest of Jesus
  3. Discuss Peter’s denial of Jesus
  4. Describe the arrest of Jesus

 

  1. a. Prayer on the Mount of Olives. Read Luke. 22: 39 – 46

After celebrating the last supper, Jesus went to the Mount of Olives with his disciples to pray to resist temptation. Jesus went ahead of his disciples, knelt down and prayed.

Jesus left them to pray by himself. He said” Father if you will, take this cup of suffering away from me.

Not my will, however, but your will to be done” (42). An angel came to strengthen him. He prayed earnestly, in agony and turmoil great than the physical pain. He sweated great drops of blood.

After praying, Jesus found his disciples asleep “worn out by their grief” vs. 45). Jesus asked them to wake up and pray to avoid temptation.

Significance

The disciples fell asleep. This was a sign of moral and physical exhaustion. Jesus expressed inner struggle about the fulfillment of his messianic mission. He prayed for God’s help. Christians should always pray to avoid temptation and seek God’s help.

 

 

 

  1. b. Betrayal and arrest of Jesus. Read Luke, 22: 47 – 53

Jesus was arrested by: the chief priest, elders, officers of the temple guard, and a crowd of people as he talked to his disciples. He was taken to the house of the high priest. Judas had identified Jesus with a kiss. Jesus asked Judas” him “Judas, is it with a kiss that you betray the Son of man?”

Jewish religious leaders had come to arrest Jesus as they arrested other criminals. Jesus told his disciples not to resist his arrest. He rejected armed resistance refusing the role of a political messiah. Peter followed him from a distance.

 

 

  1. Peters Denies Jesus. Read Luke, 22: 54 – 65

After Jesus was arrested he was taken to the house of the High Priest. As Peter sat warming himself with

others, a maid identified Peter. She said, “This man too was with Jesus. Peter denied knowing Jesus

three times. After the third denial, the cock crowed just as Jesus predicted.

Jesus turned and looked at Peter who remembered the words of Jesus. “Peter went out and wept

bitterly” (Vs. 62). Weeping was a sign of repentance

 

LESSON THREE: THE TRIALS AND CRUCIFIXION OF JESUS

Lesson Outcomes.By the end of this lesson. You should

  1. Describe trials of Jesus by the various authorities
  2. Explain the importance of the judgement by Pilate
  3. Narrate events leading to crucifixion of Jesus
  4. Trials of Jesus by the various authorities
  5. Trial by the Sanhedrin Lk.22: 66 – 71

 

After being taken to the house of the High Priest, the next morning Jesus was taken to the Jewish

Religious council or court; called the Sanhedrin. They all asked him if he was the messiah. Jesus told they wouldn’t believe whatever he says. But “ the Son of Man will be seated on the right hand of Almighty God.” (Vs. 69). Jesus told them he was the Son of God. The Sanhedrin accused Jesus of blasphemy, a sin punishable by death.

 

  1. ii. Trial before Pilate. Read Luke 23: 1 – 5

The second court was the Roman court. The judge was Pilate, the Roman Governor. In this court the Sanhedrin accused Jesus of:

 Inciting people to revolt, and rebelling against Roman authority

 Forbidding people to pay taxes to the Emperor

 Claiming to be the king, a Messiah,

They could not accuse him of blasphemy before Pilate since this offence was not acceptable under the Roman law. Pilate asked Jesus if he was the king, Jesus replied, “ So you say”. (vs.3). Pilate found no fault with Jesus so he sent him to Herod.

 

iii. Trial by Herod. Read Luke, 23: 6 – 12

Herod was in Jerusalem. When Jesus was brought before him, he expected Jesus to perform miracles to impress him. He asked Jesus many questions and Jesus kept quiet. Herod and his soldiers mocked Jesus, and ridiculed him. They put on him royal clothes; then sent Jesus back to Pilate.

 

  1. Jesus is sentenced to Death. Read Luke 23: 13 – 25

Jesus was brought back to Pilate a second time. Pilate repeated that Jesus was not guilty (innocent) of any crime. Pilate offered to have Jesus beaten and then released.

The crowds, leaders and chief priests gave their judgment. “Kill him!” and release Barabbas, who was a rioter and a murderer. Pilate did not find Jesus guilty. But he did what they wanted. He released Barabbas and “ handed Jesus over for them to do as they wished” (vs. 25).

 

  1. v. The crucifixion of Jesus. Read Luke 22: 26-43

 

Jesus was led away to be crucified. Solders forced Simon of Cyrene to carry the cross for Jesus. Women followed Jesus and weeping. Jesus told them not to weep for Him but for themselves and their children.

Jesus was then crucified at a place called Golgotha (place of skull) or Calvary together with two male criminal; one on His right and the other on His Left. Jesus asked God to forgive them (persecutors) for they did not know what they were doing.

The Jewish leaders, said “He saved others; let him save himself if he is the Messiah whom God has chosen” (vs. 35); Solders mocked Jesus and said “Save yourself if you are the king of Jews” and one criminal hanged with Jesus mocked Jesus and told Him “Aren’t you the Messiah? Save yourself and me”.

The other thief rebuked him saying they deserved the punishment for their deeds but Jesus had done nothing. This thief repented and told Jesus, “Remember me, Jesus, when you come as King”. Jesus told him that he would be in paradise with Jesus on that day (vs. 42 – 43).

On top of the cross, Jews wrote, “This is the King of the Jews” (vs. 38).

 

LESSON FOUR: DEATH OF JESUS. Read Luke. 23: 44 – 50

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson,

  1. Describe the death of Jesus
  2. Narrate the burial of Jesus
  3. State relevance of the suffering and death of Jesus to Christian life today
  4. The death of Jesus. There was darkness from 12 o’clock until thee o’clock.

The veil/curtain of the temple tore into two. Jesus cried out with a loud voice “ Father, into thee hands I commit my spirit”. At this shout Jesus died.

The Roman centurion saw and praised God. He declared, “Certainly this was an innocent man”. The multitude that watched the crucifixion and death went home beating their breasts, a sign of repentance.

The women, who knew Jesus from Galilee, stood at a distance watching all these things.

 

  1. The burial of Jesus. Read Luke 23: 50 – 56.

Joseph from Arimathea, a town in Judea sought permission from Pilate to bury the body of Jesus. He was waiting for the coming of the Kingdom of God, a likely secret disciple of Jesus. He was a good and honorable man.

The body of Jesus was laid in a sepulchre (Tomb) where nobody had ever been laid. Jesus’ burial in Joseph’s tomb fulfilled Isaiah’s prophecy that the suffering servant of Yahweh was buried in a rich man’s tomb (Isaiah 53:9)

The Galilean women and Joseph saw where the body of Jesus was laid. They went home, and prepared spices to use to wash Jesus’ body. They rested on the Sabbath.

 

  1. Relevance of the suffering and death of Jesus Christ to Christian life today

Christians today should practice or do the following activities.

  1. Pray in times of sorrow, pain, trials and temptations.

iii They should not give up when rejected.

iv They should be aware of hypocrites and traitors amongst them.

v They should be willing to suffer for the sake of the Kingdom of God.

vi They should be ready to fight for a just cause

vii They should never condemn the innocent.

viii They should go through their suffering bravely.

ix They should know and accept suffering as a part of the Christian calling

x They should not be afraid of rejection by people l

xi They should be encouraged that Jesus suffered for them.

 

  1. d. In which ways can Christians prepare for their death?

Death is inevitable. Hence, Christians should at all times: live a holy life, repent sins, forgive those who have wronged them, make a will, accept death as inevitable, and read the word of God

 

LESSON FIVE: THE RESURRECTION OF JESUS. Read Luke 24: 1 – 53

  1. The Resurrection.

Resurrection refers to the event of Jesus rising from the dead

After the Sabbath day, on Sunday morning; Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James, Salome (Joanna) and other women, went to the tomb with the spices they has prepared. They found the entrance open. The stone covering the tomb was rolled away. The tomb was empty. The body of Jesus was not in the tomb.

Suddenly, two men, who were angels, appeared dresses in dazzling and shining clothes. They said “ Whyare you looking among the dead for one who is alive? He is not here; he has been raised. ”

The women went and told the 11 disciples, who did not believe them. Peter ran to the tomb and found it empty.

Women were the first to witness the resurrection of Jesus Christ. This is significant as they (women) were empowered to become witnesses of Christ as evangelists beyond the Jewish culture.

  1. Witnesses of the resurrection of Jesus

The disciples’ en route to Emmaus

Two disciples were traveling to Emmaus, which was 11 km from Jerusalem discussing Jesus suffering, death and the empty tomb. Jesus met them but their eyes were blinded and they did not recognize him.

The disciples explained to Jesus the events that had taken place and how they had hoped that Jesus would liberate Israel from the Roman rule.

Jesus explained to them the scriptures concerning the messiah. When they got to Emmaus, they invited him to dine with them for it was evening. When Jesus, “took the bread and said the blessings; then he broke the bread and gave it to them”, the disciples recognized Jesus but he vanished out of their sight

(vs. 30-31). They returned to Jerusalem and told the 11 disciples that Jesus has risen.

 

  1. Jesus appears to his Disciples. Read Luke 24: 36 – 49. As the two disciples explained the event that happened on the journey to Emmaus, Jesus came and said to them ‘Peace be with you’ (vs. 36). Disciples were terrified and frightened. He asked them to look and touch his hands, and feet. He was not a ghost.

He has flesh and bones unlike ghosts, which do not have.

He explained to the apostles his mission, which was prophesied by prophets, and written in the Law of Moses, and Psalms (v.44).

He commissioned the disciples to preach repentance and remission of sins and be his witnesses. He alsopromised to send them the promise of the father (Holy Spirit)

SAQ. What was the nature of the resurrected body of Jesus?

  1. The ascension of Jesus, Luke, 24: 50 – 53

From Jerusalem, Jesus took his disciples to Bethany, a town outside Jerusalem. He lifted his hands and blessed them. As he blessed them, he was lifted up and carried to heaven.

The disciples worshipped him and returned to Jerusalem with great joy. They continued to go to the temple to praise and give thanks to God.

The disciples were now confident about their mission and who Jesus was

 

  1. The importance of the resurrection of Jesus to Christian

Resurrection is the foundation of Christian faith. Christianity is based on the fact that Jesus resurrected and was taken up to heaven. Further to this:

  1. Resurrection proved that Jesus is the Son of God.
  2. Through resurrection, Christians have hope of eternal life
  3. Through resurrections, Christians are assured of a new life in Christ
  4. Sin and death were conquered by resurrection, giving hope of victory to Christians over death and sin.
  5. Resurrection is a fulfillment of the writings of the prophets. It fulfilled Old Testament prophesies by Moses, Elijah, Elisha and others.
  6. It is a proof that there is life after death.
  7. Through resurrection, man was reconciled to God.
  8. Jesus has power over death, over Satan and his Kingdom of darkness
  9. It led to the coming of the Holy Spirit.

 

Revision questions

  1. Give the different names used in reference to the lord’s supper by Christians in different churches
  2. Describe the institution of the lord’s supper

c, State the Christian teaching about the lord’s supper

  1. What is the meaning of the lord’s supper to Christians?
  2. Compare the Passover feast with the practice of the lord’s supper
  3. Describe the prayer on mount olives
  4. Describe the betrayal and arrest of Jesus
  5. State the reasons that made Judas Iscariot to betray Jesus
  6. Describe the trial of Jesus under the following headings:-

the council of Sanhedrin, the trial before Pilate, the trial before Herod and Pilate’s judgement.

  1. Why do you think Pilate agreed to have Jesus crucified?
  2. Identify and explain the lessons that Christians learn from the actions of Pilate during the trial of Jesus
  3. Actions taken by the Jewish leaders to ensure that Jesus was put to death
  4. Explain the crucifixion of Jesus
  5. Describe the death of Jesus
  6. The burial of Jesus
  7. Define the term resurrection
  8. Describe the four witnesses of the risen Christ
  9. Describe Jesus’ appearance to the disciples
  10. Describe the ascension of Jesus
  11. Give five evidences from the bible to show that Jesus rose from the dead
  12. Explain the significance of passion, death and the resurrection of Christ
  13. What is the significance of Jesus resurrection to Christians today
  14. Explain five importance of eulogy of death of the society.

Revision question and answers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 3 Maths Free Notes

FREE FORM THREE MATHEMATICS NOTES

Read all the form 3 notes here. You can also download a copy of the pdf notes on this link; MATH FORM THREE NOTES

See also;

Free Mathematics notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

form 3 notes for all subjects; free pdf & word downloads

QUADRATIC EXPRESSION AND EQUATIONS

                  CHAPTER FOURTY FOUR

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Factorize quadratic expressions;

(b) Identify perfect squares;

(c) Complete the square;

(d) Solving quadratic equations by completing the square;

(e) Derive the quadratic formula;

(f) Solve quadratic equations using the formula;

(g) Form and solve quadratic equations from roots and given situations;

(h) Make tables of values from a quadratic relation;

(i) Draw the graph of a quadratic relation;

(j) Solve quadratic equations using graphs;

(k) Solve simultaneous equations (one linear and one quadratic) analytically and graphically;

(1) Apply the knowledge of quadratic equations to real life situations.

Content

(a) Factorization of quadratic expressions

(b) Perfect squares

(c) Completion of the squares

(d) Solution of quadratic equations by completing the square

(e) Quadratic formula x = -b ±

(f) Solution of quadratic equations using the formula.

(g) Formation of quadratic equations and solving them

(h) Tables of values for a given quadratic relation

(i) Graphs of quadratic equations

(j) Simultaneous equation – one linear and one quadratic

(k) Application of quadratic equation to real life situation.

Perfect square

Expressions which can be factorized into two equal factors are called perfect squares.

Completing the square

Any quadratic expression can be simplified and written in the form  where a, b and c are constant and a is not equal to zero. We use the expression    to make a perfect square.

We are first going to look for expression where   coefficient of   x = 1

Example

What must be added to + 10 x to make it a perfect square?

Solution

  • Let the number to be added be a constant c.
  • Then + 10x + c is a perfect square.
  • Using
  • (10 /2 = c
  • C = 25 (25 must be added)

Example

What must be added to + _ + 36 to make it a perfect square

Solution

  • Let the term to be added be bx where b is a constant
  • Then + bx +36 is a perfect square.
  • Using
  • b =12 x or -12 x

 

 

 

 

 

We will now consider the situations where a  eg

 

 

In the above you will notice that   ac . We use this expression to make perfect squares where  a is not one and its not zero.

Example

What must be added to + _ + 9 to make it a perfect square?

Solution

  • Let the term to be added be bx.
  • Then, + bx + 9 is a perfect square.
  • .
  • The term to be added is thus .

Example

What must be added to _ – 40x + 25 to make it a perfect square?

Solution

  • Let the term to be added be a
  • Then – 40x + 25 is a perfect square.
  • Using

 

 

 

 

Solutions of quadratic equations by completing the square methods

Example

Solve  + 5x+ 1 = 0 by completing the square.

 

 

solution

+ 5x+ 1 = 0                      Write original equation.

+ 5x = -1 Write the left side in the form + bx.

+ 10x + ( (    Add  to both sides

+ 10x + =

=   Take square roots of each side and factorize the left side

= Solve for x.

Simplify

Therefore x = – 0.2085 or 4.792

Cannot be solved by factorization.

Example

Solve  + 4x+ 1 = 0 by completing the square

Solution

+ 4x =-1   make cooeffiecient of  one by dividing both sides by 2

+ 2x = -1/2

+ 2x + 1 = –  + 1

                                  Adding 1 to complete the square on the LHS

 

 

 

 

The quadratic formula

Example

Using quadratic formula solve

Solution

Comparing this equation to the general equation  we get;a =2  b =-5  c =-5

Substituting in the quadratic formulae

X =

 

=

=

=

=

X = 3 or –

 

Formation of quadratic equations

Peter travels to his uncle’s home,30 km away from his place. He travels for two thirds of the journey before the bicycle developed mechanical problems an he had to push it for the rest of the journey. If his cycling speed is 10 km\h faster than his walking speed and he completes the journey in 3 hours 30 minutes, determine his cycling speed .

 

 

Solution

Let Peters cycling speed be x km\ h , then his walking speed is (x-10 ) km/h.

Time taken in cycling

Time taken in walking = (30 – 20) ( x -10 )

Total time h

Therefore

 

60(x-10) + 30 (x) = 10(x) (x-10)

– 190x + 600 = 0

– 19x + 60 = 0

If his cycling speed is 4 km/h , then his walking speed is (4 -10 ) km/h, which gives – 6 km/h.Thus,

4 is not a realistic answer to this situation.therefore his cycling speed is 15 km/h.

Example

A posite two digit number is such that the product of the digit is 24.When the digits are reversed , the number formed is greater than than the original number by 18. Find the number

 

 

 

Solution

Let the ones digit of the number be y and the tens digit be x,

Then , xy = 24…………..1

When the number is reversed, the ones digit is x and the tens digit is y.

Therefore;

(10y + x) – (10x +y) = 18

9y- 9x = 18

 

 

Substituting 2 in equation 1 gives;

 

Since the required number is positive x =4 and y = 4 + 2 =6

Therefore the number is 46

 

 

 

 

Graphs of quadratic functions

A quadratic function has the form y = ax2 + bx + c where a ≠ 0. The graph of a quadratic function isU-shaped and is called a parabola. For instance, the graphs of y = and y = e

Shown below. The origin (0, 0) is the lowest point on the graph of y =    and the highest point on the graph of y =   . The lowest or highest point on the graph of a quadratic function is called the vertex.

The graphs of y =  and y =   are symmetric about the y-axis, called the axis of symmetry. In general, the axis of symmetry for the graph of a quadratic function is the vertical line through the vertex..

 

 

Notes;

The graph of y =  and y = or .

Example

Draw the graph of y =

Solution

Make a table showing corresponding value of  x and y.

X   -1  0 1 2 3
Y   – 8 -1 2 1 -4

 

Note ; To get the values replace the value of x in the equation to get the corresponding value of x

  1. g y = -2 ( -1

y = -2 ( 0

 

Example

Draw the graph of y =

x 0 1 2 3 5 7
y 2 -4 -8 -10 -8 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Graphical solutions of simultaneous equations

We should consider simultaneous equation one of which is linear and the other one is quadratic.

Example

Solve the following simultaneous equations graphically:

Solution

Corresponding values of x and y

x -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 x
y 9 4 1 0 1 4 9 y

 

We use the table to draw the graph as shown below, on the same axis the line y = 5-2x is drawn. Points where the line y =5 -2x and the curve  intersect give the solution. The points are (- 2, 9) and (2,1).Therefore , when x = -2, y = 9 and when x = 2, y= 1

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

 

  1. The table shows the height metres of an object thrown vertically upwards varies with the time t seconds

The relationship between s and t is represented by the equations s = at2 + bt + 10 where b are constants.

 

t 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
s 45.1
  • (i) Using the information in the table, determine the values of a and b

(2 marks)

(ii) Complete the table                                                                    (1 mark)

(b)(i)    Draw a graph to represent the relationship between s and t         (3 marks)

(ii)   Using the graph determine the velocity of the object when t = 5 seconds

  1. (a) Construct a table of value for the function y = x2 – x – 6 for -3≤ x ≤ 4

(b)        On the graph paper draw the graph of the function

Y=x2 – x – 6 for -3 ≤ x ≤4

(c)        By drawing a suitable line on the same grid estimate the roots of the equation   x2 + 2x – 2 =0

  1. (a) Draw the graph of y= 6+x-x2, taking integral value of x in -4 ≤ x ≤ 5. (The

grid is provided. Using the same axes draw the graph of y = 2 – 2x

(b)        From your graphs, find the values of X which satisfy the simultaneous

equations y = 6 + x  – x2

y = 2 – 2x

(c)        Write down and simplify a quadratic equation which is satisfied by the

values of x where the two  graphs intersect.

  1. (a) Complete the following table for the equation y = x3 – 5x2 + 2x + 9
x -2 -1.5 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
x2 -3.4 -1 0 1 27 64 125
-5x2 -20 -11.3 -5 0 -1 -20 -45
2x -4 -3 0 2 4 6 8 10
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 99
-8.7 9 7 -3

 

(b) On the grid provided draw the graph of y = x3 – 5x2 + 2x + 9 for -2 ≤ x ≤ 5

(c) Using the graph estimate the root of the equation x3 – 5x2 + 2 + 9 = 0 between x =

2 and x = 3

(d) Using the same axes draw the graph of y = 4 – 4x and estimate a solution to the

equation x2 – 5x2 + 6x + 5 =0

  1. (a) Complete the table below, for function y = 2x2 + 4x -3
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
2x2 32 8 2 0 2
4x – 3 -11 -3 5
y -3 3 13

(b)        On the grid provided, draw the graph of the function y=2x2 + 4x -3 for

-4 ≤ x ≤ 2 and use the graph to estimate the rots of the equation 2x2+4x – 3 = 0 to 1 decimal place.                                                               (2mks)

(c)        In order to solve graphically the equation 2x2 +x -5 =0, a straight line must be drawn to intersect the curve y = 2x2 + 4x – 3. Determine the equation of this straight line, draw the straight line hence obtain the roots.

2x2 + x – 5 to 1 decimal place.

  1. (a) (i)         Complete the table below for the function y = x3 + x2 – 2x         (2mks)

 

x -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 2 2.5
x3 15.63 -0.13 1
x2 4 0.25 6.25
-2x 1 -2
y 1.87 0.63 16.88

 

(ii)        On the grid provided, draw the graph of y = x3 + x2 – 2x for the values of x in the interval – 3 ≤ x ≤ 2.5

(iii)       State the range of negative values of x for which y is also negative

(b)        Find the coordinates of two points on the curve other than (0, 0) at which x- coordinate and y- coordinate are equal

  1. The table shows some corresponding values of x and y for the curve represented by Y = ¼ x3 -2

 

X -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
Y -8.8 -4 -2.3 -2 -1.8 0 4.8

 

On the grid provided below, draw the graph of y = ¼ x2 -2 for -3 ≤ x ≤3. Use the graph to estimate the value of x when y = 2

  1. A retailer planned to buy some computers form a wholesaler for a total of Kshs 1,800,000. Before the retailer could buy the computers the price per unit was reduced by Kshs 4,000. This reduction in price enabled the retailer to buy five more computers using the same amount of money as originally planned.

(a)        Determine the number of computers the retailer bought

(b)        Two of the computers purchased got damaged while in store, the rest were sold and the retailer made a 15% profit Calculate the profit made by the retailer on each computer sold

  1. The figure below is a sketch of the graph of the quadratic function y = k

( x+1) (x-2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the value of k

  1. (a) Draw the graph of y= x2 – 2x + 1 for values -2 ≤ x ≤ 4

(b) Use the graph to solve the equations x2 – 4= 0 and line y = 2x +5

  1. (a) Draw the  graph  of y = x3 + x2 – 2x for -3≤ x ≤ 3 take scale of 2cm to

represent 5 units as the horizontal axis

(b)        Use the graph to solve x3 + x 2 – 6 -4 = 0 by drawing a suitable linear graph on the same axes.

 

  1. Solve graphically the simultaneous equations 3x – 2y = 5 and 5x + y = 17

 

 

    APPROXIMATION AND ERROR

CHAPTER FOURTY TWO

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

 

(a) Perform various computations using a calculator;

(b) Make reasonable approximations and estimations of quantities incomputations and measurements;

(c) Express values to a given number of significant figures;

(d) Define absolute, relative, percentage, round-off and truncation errors;

(e) Determine possible errors made from computations;

(f) Find maximum and minimum errors from operations.

 

Content

(a) Computing using calculators

(b) Estimations and approximations

(c) Significant figures

(d) Absolute, relative, percentage, round-off (including significant figures)and truncation errors

(e) Propagation of errors from simple calculations

(f) Maximum and minimum errors.

 

 

 

 

 

Approximation

Approximation involves rounding off and truncating numbers to give an estimation

Rounding off

In rounding off the place value to which a number is to be rounded off must be stated. The digit occupying the next lower place value is considered. The number is rounded up if the digit is greater or equal to 5 and rounded down if it’s less than 5.

Example

Round off 395.184 to:

  1. The nearest hundreds
  2. Four significant figures
  3. The nearest whole number
  4. Two decimal places

Solution

  1. 400
  2. 395 .2
  3. 395
  4. 395.18

 

Truncating

Truncating means cutting off numbers to the given decimal places or significant figures, ignoring the rest.

Example

Truncate 3.2465 to

  1. 3 decimal  places
  2. 3 significant figures

Solution

  1. 3.246
  2. 3.24

 

 

 

Estimation

Estimation involves rounding off numbers in order to carry out a calculation faster to get an approximate answer .This acts as a useful check on the actual answer.

Example

Estimate the answer to

Solution

The answer should be close to

The exact answer is 1277.75. 1277.75 writen to 2 significant figures is 1300 which is close to the estimated answer.

 

ACCURACY AND ERROR

Absolute error

The absolute error of a stated measurement is half of the least unit of measurement used. When a measurement is stated as 3.6 cm to the nearest millimeter ,it lies between 3.55 cm and 3.65 cm.The least unit of measurement is milliliter, or 0.1 cm.The greatest possible error is 3.55 – 3.6 = -0.05 or 3.65 – 3.6 = + 0.05.

To get the absolute error we ignore the sign. So the absolute error is 0.05 thus,|-0.05| =| +0.05|= 0.05.When a measurement is stated as 2.348 cm to the nearest thousandths of a centimeters (0.001) then the absolute error is .

Relative error

Relative error =

 

Example

An error of 0.5 kg was found when measuring the mass of a bull.if the actual mass of the bull was found to be 200kg.Find th relative error

Solution

Relative error =

 

 

 

 

Percentage error

Percentage error = relative error x 100%

Example

The thickness of a coin is 0.20 cm.

  1. The percentage error
  2. What would be the percentage error if the thickness was stated as 0.2 cm ?

 

Solution

The smallest unit of measurement is 0.01

Absolute error

 

Percentage error

The smallest unit of measurement is 0.1

Absolute error

Percentage error

= 25 %

 

Rounding off and truncating errors

An error found when a number is rounded off to the desired number of decimal places or significant figures, for example when a recurring decimal 1.  is rounded to the 2 significant figures, it becames 1.7 the rounde off error is;

1.7 -1.

 

Note;

1.6 converted to a fraction .

 

Truncating error

The error introduced due to truncating is called a truncation error.in the case of 1.6 truncated to 2 S.F., the truncated error is; |1.6 -1. |  =

Propagation of errors

Addition and subtraction

What is the error in the sum of 4.5 cm and 6.1 cm, if each represent a measure measurement.

Solution

The limits within which the measurements lie are 4.45, i.e. ., 4.55 or  and 6.05 to 6.15, i.e. 6.1 .

The maximum possible sum is 4.55 10.7cm

The minimum possible sum is 4.45 10.5 cm

The working sum is 4.5 + 6.1 = 10.6

The absolute error = maximum sum – working sum

=| 10.7 – 10.6 |

=0.10

Example

What is the error in the difference between the measurements 0.72 g and 0.31 g?

Solution

The measurement lie within  and   respectively the maximum possible difference will be obtained if we substract the minimum value of the second measurement from the maximum value of the first, i.e ;

0.725 – 0.305 cm

The minimum possible difference is 0.715 – 0.315 = 0.400.the working difference is 0.72 – 0.31 =0.41 , which has an absolute error of |0.420 -0.41| or |0.400 – 0.41| = 0.10. Since our working difference is 0.41, we give the absolute error as 0.01 (to 2 s.f)

Note:

In both addition and subtraction, the absolute error in the answer is equal to the sum of the absolute errors in the original measurements.

 

 

Multiplication

Example

A rectangular card measures 5.3 cm by 2.5 cm. find

  1. The absolute error in the rea of the card
  2. The relative error in the area of the cord

Solution

  • The length lies within the limits
  • The length lies within the limits

The maximum possible area is 2.55 x 5.35 =13.6425

The minimum possible area is 2.45 x 5.25 =12.8625

The working area is 5.3 x 2.5 = 13.25

Maximum area – working area = 13.6425 – 1325 = 0.3925.

Working area  minimum area = 13.25 – 12.8625 = 0.3875

We take the absolute error as the average of the two.

Thus, absolute error

= 0.3900

The same can also be found by taking half the interval between the maximum area and the minimum area

The relative error in the area is :

 

 

Division

Given 8.6 cm .Find:

  1. The absolute error in the quotient
  2. The relative error in the quotient

 

Solution

  1. 8.6 cm has limits 8.55 cm and 8.65 cm. 3.4 has limits 3.35 cm and 3.45 cm.The maximum possible quotient will be given by the maximum possible value of the  numerator and the smallest possible value of the denominator, i.e.,

 

= 2.58 (to 3 s.f)

The minimum possible quotient will be given by the minimum possible value of the numerator ad the biggest possible value of the denominator, i.e.

 

= 2.48 (to 3 s.f)

The working quotient is;  = 2.53 (to 3 .f.)

The absolute error in the quotient is;

X 0.10

 

  1. Relative error in the working quotient ;

 

= 0.0197

= 0.020 (to 2 s.f )

 

Alternatively

Relative error in the numerator is

Relative error in the denominator is

Sum of the relative errors in the numerator and denominator is

0.00581 + 0.0147 = 0.02051s

=0.021 to 2 S.F

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. (a) Work out the exact value of R =               1_________

0.003146 – 0.003130

(b)        An approximate value of R may be obtained by first correcting each of the decimal in the denominator to 5 decimal places

  • The approximate value

(ii)        The error introduced by the approximation

  1. The radius of circle is given as 2.8 cm to 2 significant figures
  • If C is the circumference of the circle, determine the  limits between which C/π lies
  • By taking ∏ to be 3.142, find, to 4 significant figures the line between which the circumference lies.
  1. The length and breadth of a rectangular floor were measured and found to be 4.1 m and 2.2 m respectively. If possible error of 0.01 m was made in each of the measurements, find the:
  • Maximum and minimum possible area of the floor
  • Maximum possible wastage in carpet ordered to cover the whole floor
  1. In this question Mathematical Tables should not be used

The base and perpendicular height of a triangle measured to the nearest centimeter

are 6 cm and 4 cm respectively.

 

Find

(a) The absolute error in calculating the area of the triangle

(b) The percentage error in the area, giving the answer to 1 decimal place

  1. By correcting each number to one significant figure, approximate the value of 788 x 0.006. Hence calculate the percentage error arising from this approximation.
  2. A rectangular block has a square base whose side is exactly 8 cm. Its height measured to the nearest millimeter is 3.1 cm

Find in cubic centimeters, the greatest possible error in calculating its volume.

  1. Find the limits within the area of a parallegram whose base is 8cm and height is 5 cm lies. Hence find the relative error in the area
  2. Find the minimum possible perimeter of a regular pentagon whose side is 15.0cm.
  3. Given the number 0.237

(i)         Round off to two significant figures and find the round off error

(ii)        Truncate to two significant figures and find the truncation error

  1. The measurements a = 6.3, b= 15.8, c= 14.2 and d= 0.00173 have maximum possible errors of 1%, 2%, 3% and 4% respectively. Find the maximum possible percentage error in ad/bc correct to 1sf.

 

                 TRIGONOMETRY

   CHAPTER FOURTY THREE

 

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Define and draw the unit circle;

(b) Use the unit circle to find trigonometric ratios in terms of co-ordinates of points for 0 < 9 < 360°;

(c) Find trigonometric ratios of negative angles;

(d) Find trigonometric ratios of angles greater than 360° using the unit circle;

(e) Use mathematical tables and calculators to find trigonometric ratios of angles in the range 0 < 9 < 360°;

(f) Define radian measure;

(g) Draw graphs of trigonometric functions; y = sin x, y = cos x and y ~ tan x using degrees and radians;

(h) Derive the sine rule;

(i) Derive the cosine rule;

(j) Apply the sine and cosine rule to solve triangles (sides, angles and area),

(k) Apply the knowledge of sine and cosine rules in real life situations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Content

(a) The unit circles

(b) Trigonometric rations from the unit circle

(c) Trigonometric ratios of angles greater than 360° and negative angles

(d) Use of trigonometric tables and calculations

(e) Radian measure

(f) Simple trigonometric graphs

(g) Derivation of sine and cosine rule

(h) Solution of triangles

(i) Application of sine and cosine rule to real situation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The unit circle

It is circle of unit radius and centre O (0, 0).

An angle measured anticlockwise from positive direction of x – axis is positive. While an angle measured clockwise from negative direction of x – axis  is negative.

 

 

 

 

In general, on a unit circle

 

 

 

Trigonometric ratios of negative angles

In general

 

Use of calculators

Example

Use a calculator to find

  1. Tan

Solution

  • Key in tan
  • Key in 30
  • Screen displays 0.5773502
  • Therefore tan = 0.5774

To find the inverse of sine cosine and tangent

  • Key in shift
  • Then either sine cosine or tangent
  • Key in the number

Note;

Always consult the manual for your calculator. Because calculators work differently

Radians

One radian is the measure of an angle subtended at the centre by an arc equal in length to the radius of the circle.

Because the circumference of a circle is 2πr, there are 2π radians in a full circle. Degree measure and radian measure are therefore related by the equation 360° = 2π radians, or 180° = π radians.

The diagram shows equivalent radian and degree measures for special angles from 0° to 360° (0 radians to 2π radians).You may find it helpful to memorize the equivalent degree and radian measures of special angles in the first quadrant. All other special angles are just multiples of these angles.

 

Example

Convert into radians

Solution

If  = 57.29

Therefore =  = 2.182 to 4 S.F

Example

Convert the following degrees to radians, giving your answer in terms

Solution

Therefore

 

Example

What is the length of the arc that that subtends an angle of 0.6 radians at the centre of a circle of radius 20 cm.

Solution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Simple trigonometric graphs

Graphs of y=sin x

The graphs can be drawn by choosing a suitable value of x and plotting the values of y against theCorresponding values of x.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The black portion of the graph represents one period of the function and is called one cycle of the sine curve.

Example

 

Sketch the graph of y = 2 sin x on the interval [– , 4 ].

 

Solution:

Note that y = 2 sin x = 2(sin x) indicates that the y-values for the key points will have twice the magnitude of those on the graph of y = sin x.

 

x 3 2
Y=2sin x 2 0 -2 0

To get the values of y substitute the values of x in the equation y =2sin x as follows

                     y=2 sin (360) because 2  is equal to 36

 

 

Note;

  • You can change the radians into degrees to make work simpler.
  •  By connecting these key points with a smooth curve and extending the curve in both directions over the interval       [– , 4 ], you obtain the graph shown in below.

 

 

 

Example

 

Sketch the graph of y = cos x for using an  interval of

 

Solution:

The values of  x and the corresponding values of y are given in the table below

 

 

x
 Y=cos x 1 0.8660 0.5 0 -0.5 -0.8660 -1 -0.8660 -0.5

 

x
Y=cosx 0 0.5 0.8660 1

 

 

 

Graph of tangents

Note;

  • As the value of  x approaches  and 27  tan x becames very large
  • Hence the graph of y =tan x approaches the lines x =  without touching them.
  • Such lines are called asymptotes

 

Solution of triangles

Sin rule

If a circle of radius R is circumscribed around the  triangle ABC ,then  =2R.

The  sine rule applies to both acute and obtuse –angled triangle.

 

 

 

Example

Solve triangle ABC, given that CAB =42. , c= 14.6 cm and a =11.4 cm

Solution

To solve a triangle means to find the sides and angles not given

 

Sin c =  = 0.8720

Therefore c =60.6

Note;

The sin rule is used when we know

  • Two sides and a non-included angle of a triangle
  • All sides and at least one angle
  • All angles and at least one side.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cosine rule

 

 

 

Example

Find AC in the figure below, if AB= 4 cm , BC = 6 cm and ABC =7

 

Solution

Using the cosine rule

= 16 + 36 – 48

= 52 – 9.979

= 42.02 cm

Note;

The cosine rule is used when we know

  • Two sides and an included angle
  • All three sides of a triangle

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. Solve the equation

Sin 5 θ = –1 for 00 ≤ 0 ≤ 1800

2         2

  1. Given that sin θ = 2/3 and is an acute angle find:
    • Tan θ giving your answer in surd form
    • Sec2 θ
  1. Solve the 1

equation 2 sin2(x-300) = cos 600 for – 1800 ≤ x ≤ 1800

  1. Given that sin (x + 30)0 = cos 2x0for 00, 00 ≤ x ≤900 find the value of x. Hence find the value of cos 23x0.
  2. Given that sin a =1 where a is an acute angle find, without using

√5

Mathematical tables

(a) Cos a in the form of a√b, where a and b are rational numbers

(b) Tan (900 – a).

  1. Give that xo is an angle in the first quadrant such that 8 sin2 x + 2 cos x -5=0

Find:

  1. a) Cos x
  2. b) tan x
  3. Given that Cos 2x0 = 0.8070, find x when 00 ≤ x ≤ 3600

8          The figure below shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which AB = 8 cm, DC = 12 cm, < BAD = 450, < CBD = 900 and BCD = 300.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find:

(a)        The length of BD

(b)        The size of the angle ADB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents a school gate with double shutters. The shutters are such opened through an angle of 630.

The edges of the gate, PQ and RS are each 1.8 m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the shortest distance QS, correct to 4 significant figures

10…The figure below represents a quadrilateral piece of land ABCD divided into three triangular plots. The lengths BE and CD are 100m and 80m respectively. Angle ABE = 300ÐACE = 450 and Ð ACD = 1000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  Find to four significant figures:

(i)         The length of AE

(ii)        The length of AD

(iii)       The perimeter of the piece of land

 

(b) The plots are to be fenced with five strands of barbed wire leaving an entrance of 2.8 m wide to each plot. The type of barbed wire to be used is sold in rolls of lengths 480m. Calculate the number of rolls of barbed wire that must be bought to complete the fencing of the plots.

  1. Given that x is an acute angle and cos x = 2Ö 5, find without using mathematical

5

tables or a calculator, tan ( 90 – x)0.

  1. In the figure below ÐA = 620, ÐB = 410, BC = 8.4 cm and CN is the bisector of ÐACB.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the length of CN to 1 decimal place.

  1. In the diagram below PA represents an electricity post of height 9.6 m. BB and RC represents two storey buildings of heights 15.4 m and 33.4 m respectively. The angle of depression of A from B is 5.50 While the angle of elevation of C from B is 30.50 and BC = 35m.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)        Calculate, to the nearest metre, the distance AB

(b)        By scale drawing find,

(i)         The distance AC in metres

(ii)        Ð BCA and hence determine the angle of depression of A from C

More questions

 

  1. Solve the equation:        (2 mks)

for

  1. (a) Complete the table below, leaving all your values correct to 2 d.p. for the functions y = cos x and y = 2cos (x + 30)0        (2 mks)
X0 00 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400
cosX 1.00 -1.00 0.50
2cos(x+30) 1.73 -1.73 0.00

(b) For the function y = 2cos(x+30)0

State:

  • The period (1 mk)
  • Phase angle (1 mk)

(c) On the same axes draw the waves of the functions y = cos x and y = 2cos(x+30)0 for . Use the scale 1cm rep 300 horizontally and 2 cm rep 1 unit vertically                                                                                          (4 mks)

(d) Use your graph above to solve the inequality (2 mks)

  1. Find the value of x in the equation.

Cos(3x – 180o) =   √3              in the range Oo < x < 180o (3 marks)

2

  1. Given that and ө is an acute angle, find without using tables cos (90 –ө)                                                                                                                                                    (2mks)
  2. Solve for ө if -¼ sin (2x + 30) = 0.1607, 0 ≤ө≥ 3600 (3mks)
  3. Given that Cos q = 5/13 and that 2700£q£ 3600 , work out the value of Tan q + Sin q without using a calculator or mathematical tables.                                                         (3 marks)
  4. Solve for x in the range 00£ x £ 1800             (4mks)

-8 sin2x – 2 cos x = -5.

  1. If tan xo = 12/5 and x is a reflex angle, find the value of 5sin x + cos x without using a

calculator or mathematical tables

  1. Find q given that 2 cos 3q -1 = 0 for 0o £q£ 360o
  2. Without a mathematical table or a calculator, simplify: Cos300o x Sin120ogiving your answer in

Cos330o – Sin 405orationalized surd form.

  1. Express in surds form and rationalize the denominator.

1

Sin 60o Sin 45o –  Sin 45o

 

  1. Simplify the following without using tables;

Tan 45 + cos 45sin 60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      SURDS

CHAPTER FOURTY FOUR

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Define rational and irrational numbers,

(b) Simplify expressions with surds;

(c) Rationalize denominators with surds.

 

Content

(a) Rational and irrational numbers

(b) Simplification of surds

(c) Rationalization of denominators.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rational and irrational numbers

 

Rational numbers

A rational number is a number which can be written in the form   , where p and q are integers and q .The integer’s p and q must not have common factors other than 1.

Numbers such as 2, are examples of rational numbers .Recurring numbers are also rational numbers.

Irrational numbers

Numbers that cannot be written in the form   .Numbers such as   are irrational numbers.

Surds

Numbers which have got no exact square roots or cube root are called surds e.g.  , ,

The product of a surd and a rational number is called a mixed surd. Examples are ;

,   and

Order of surds

,

,

Simplification of surds

A surd can be reduced to its lowest term possible, as follows ;

Example

Simplify

Solution

 

 

Operation of surds

Surds can be added or subtracted only if they are like surds (that is, if they have the same value under the root sign).

Example 1

Simplify the following.

  1. 3 √2 + 5√2
  2. 8 √5 − 2√5

 

Solution

 

  1. 3 √2 + 5√2 = 8 √2
  2. 8 √5 − 2√5 = 6√5

Summary

Let a =

Therefore  = a + a

=2 a

But   a =

Hence   =

 

Multiplication and Division of surds

Surds of the same order can be multiplied or divided irrespective of the number under the root sign.

 

 

Law 1: √a x √b = √ab   When multiplying surds together, multiply their values together.

 

e.g.1                 √3 x √12 = √ (3 x 12) = √36  =  6

 

e.g.2                 √7 x  √5   =  √35

 

This law can be used in reverse to simplify expressions…

 

e.g.3                 √12  =  √2 x √6   or  √4 x √3 = 2√3

 

 

 

   Law 2:√a ÷ √b   or   =  √(a/b)                When dividing surds, divide their values (and vice versa).

 

e.g.1                 √12   =   √(12 ÷ 3)  =  √4  =  2

√3

 

 

e.g.2

 

 

 

Law 3: √ (a2) or (√a) 2   = a       When squaring a square-root, (or vice versa), the symbols cancel

 

Each other out, leaving just the base.

 

e.g.1                 √122  =  12

 

e.g.2                 √7 x √7 = √72 = 7

 

Note:

If you add the same surds together you just have that number of surds. E.g.

√2 + √2 + √2= 3√2

If a surd has a square number as a factor you can use law 1 and/or law 2 and work backwards to take that out and simplify the surd.  E.g.  √500   = √100 x √5 = 10√5

 

Rationalization of surds

Surds may also appear in fractions.  Rationalizing the denominator of such a fraction means finding an equivalent fraction that does NOT have a surd on the bottom of the fraction (though it CAN have a surd on the top!).

If the surd contains a square root by itself or a multiple of a square root, to get rid of it, you must multiply BOTH the top and bottom of the fraction by that square root value.

 

e.g.                   6                     x √7                 =          6√7

√7                    x √7                             7

 

e.g.2                 6 + √2  x √3                 =          6√3 + √2 x √3   =          6√3 + √6

2√3                 x √3                               2 x √3 x √3                 6

i.e. 2  x         3

 

If the surd on the bottom involves addition or subtraction with a square root, to get rid of the square root part you must use the ‘difference of two squares’ and multiply BOTH the top and bottom of the fraction by the bottom surd’s expression but with the inverse operation.

 

e.g.3                     7                  x (2 – √2)          =          14 – 7√2            =          14 – 7√2

2 + √2  x (2 – √2)                      22 – (√2)2                      2

i.e. 4   –     2

 

Notes on the ‘Difference of two squares’…

 

Squaring…       (2 + √2)(2 + √2)            = 2(2 + √2) + √2(2 + √2)

(ops the same)                                      =  4  + 2√2  + 2√2 + √2√2

=  4      +      4√2      +    2                     = 6 + √2  (still a surd)

 

Multiplying…    (2 + √2)(2 – √2)           = 2(2 – √2) + √2(2 – √2)

(opposite ops)                                                   =   4  – 2√2 + 2√2 – √2√2

=   4     (cancel out)  –    2   =  2   (not a surd)

 

In essence, as long as the operation in each brackets is the opposite, the middle terms will always cancel each other out and you will be left with the first term squared subtracting the second term squared.

i.e.       (5 + √7)(5 – √7)  à  52 – (√7)2  =  25 – 7 = 18

 

 

 

Example

Simplify by rationalizing the denominator

Solution

Note

If the product of the two surds gives a rational number then the product of the two surds gives conjugate surds.

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

  1. Without using logarithm tables, find the value of x in the equation

Log x3 + log 5x = 5 log2 – log 2                                                                                                                                5

  1. Simplify (1 ÷ √3) (1 – √3)

Hence evaluate           1          to 3 s.f. given that √3 = 1.7321

1 + √3

  1. If √14      –      √ 14        =  a√7 + b√2

√7-√2         √ 7 + √ 2

Find the values of a and b where a and b are rational numbers.

  1. Find the value of x in the following equation 49(x+1) + 7(2x) = 350
  2. Find x if 3 log 5 + log x2 = log 1/125
  3. Simplify as far as possible leaving your answer inform of a surd

 

            1            –                    1          

√14   – 2 √3                   √14 + 2 √3

  1. Given that tan 750 = 2 + √3, find without using tables tan 150 in the form p+q√m, where p, q and m are integers.
  2. Without using mathematical tables, simplify

 

 

63        +          72

32        +          28

  1. Simplify  +   1   leaving the answer in the form a + b Öc, where a, b and c  Ö5 -2    Ö5      are rational numbers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      FURTHER LOGARITHMS

CHAPTER FOURTY FIVE

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

 

(a) Derive logarithmic relation from index form and vice versa;

(b) State the laws of logarithms;

(c) Use logarithmic laws to simplify logarithmic expressions and solvelogarithmic equations;

(d) Apply laws of logarithms for further computations.

Content

(a) Logarithmic notation (eg. an=b, log ab=n)

(b) The laws of logarithms: log (AB) = log A + log B, log(A^B) = log A -log B and Log A n = n x log A.

(c) Simplifications of logarithmic expressions

(d) Solution of logarithmic equations

(e) Further computation using logarithmic laws.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If then we introduce the inverse function logarithm and define

(Read as log base  of equals ).

 

        In general

 

Where Û means “implies and is implied by” i.e. it works both ways!

 

Note this means that, going from exponent form to logarithmic form:

Þ Þ
Þ Þ
Þ Þ

 

And in going from logarithmic form to exponent form:

Þ Þ
Þ Þ
Þ Þ

 

Laws of logarithms

Product and Quotient Laws of Logarithms:

 

The Product Law

The Quotient Law

 

 

Example.

 

 

 

= 2                                                      

 

                   

The Power Law of Logarithms:

 

 

Example.

2log 5 + 2log 2

 

 

 

= 2                              

 

Logarithm of a Root

 

or

 

 

 

Example.

PROOF OF PROPERTIES

Property Proof Reason for Step
1.     logb b = 1 and logb 1 = 0 b1 = b   and b0 = 1  Definition of logarithms
2.(product rule)

logb xy = logb x + logb y

 

a.  Let  logb x = m and logb y = n

b.  x = bm  and y = b n

c.  xy = bm * bn

d.  xy = b m + n

e.  logb xy = m + n

f  logb xy = logb x + logb y  

 

a.  Setup

b.  Rewrite in exponent form

c.  Multiply together

d.  Product rule for exponents

e.  Rewrite in log form

f.  Substitution

3.     (quotient rule)

logb  = logb x – logb y

a.  Let  logb x = m and logb y = n

b.  x = bm  and y = b n

c.   =

d.  =

e.  logb = m – n

f.  logb logb x – logb y 

a.  Given:  compact form

b.  Rewrite in exponent form

 

c.  Divide

 

d.  Quotient rule for exponents

 

e.  Rewrite in log form

 

f.  Substitution

4.     (power rule)

logb xn = n logb x

 

 

a.  Let  m = logb x  so x = bm

b.  xn = bmn

c.  logb x n = mn

d.  logb xn = n logb x

a.  Setup

b.  Raise both sides to the nth power

c.  Rewrite as log

d.  Substitute

5.  Properties used to solve log equations:

 

a.  if bx = by, then x = y

 

 

b.  if logb x = logb y, then x = y

 

 

 

a. This follows directly from the properties for exponents.

 

b.  i.  logb x – logb y = 0

ii. logb

iii. =b0

   iv.  1 so x = y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.  i.  Subtract from both sides

 

ii. Quotient rule

 

 

iii. Rewrite in exponent form

 

 

   iv.  b0 = 1

 

 

 

Solving exponential and logarithmic equations

By taking logarithms, and exponential equation can be converted to a linear equation and solved.  We will use the process of taking logarithms of both sides.

 

Example.

  1. a)

 

 

x = 1.792         

Note;

A logarithmic expression is defined only for positive values of the argument. When we solve a logarithmic equation it is essential to verify that the solution(s) does not result in the logarithm of a negative number.  Solutions that would result in the logarithm of a negative number are called extraneous, and are not valid solutions.

 

Example.

Solve for x:

(the one becomes an exponent : )

 

 

 

 

 

Verify:

not possible

Solving equations using logs

 

Examples

(i) Solve the equation

The definition of logs says if then  or

Hence  (to 5 decimal places)

Check (to 5 decimal places)

In practice from  we take logs to base 10 giving

 

(ii) Solve the equation

 

 

Check , , we want  so the value of  lies between 3 and 4 or  which means  lies between 1.5 and 2. This tells us that  is roughly correct.

(iii) Solve the equation

 

Check   very close!

Note you could combine terms, giving,

 

 

 

(iv) Solve the equation

 

 

Take logs of both sides

Expand brackets

Collect terms

Factorise the left hand side

 

divide

(Note you get the same answer by using the ln button on your calculator.)

 

Check and

 

Notice that you could combine the log-terms in

to give

It does not really simplify things here but, in some cases, it can.

(v) Solve the equation

 

 

Take logs of both sides

Expand brackets

Collect terms

 

Factorize left hand side

 

simplify

 

 

divide

 

Check

LHS =                       (taking )

RHS =           (taking )

The values of LHS and RHS are roughly the same.  A more exact check could be made using a calculator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logarithmic equations and expressions

Consider the following equations

The value of x in each case is established as follows

Therefore

 

X =4

Example

Solve

Solution

Let  = t. then = 2

Introducing logarithm to base 10 on both sides

 

Therefore

 

 

 

Example

Taking logs on both sides cannot help in getting the value of x, since  cannot be combined into a single expression. However if we let  then the equation becomes quadratic in y.

Solution

Thus, let …………….. (1)

Therefore

Substituting for y in equation (1);

Let    or let

There is no real value of x for which    hence

Example

Solve for x in

Solution

Let

Therefore

solve the quadratic equation using any method

 

Substituting for t in the equation (1).

= x

Note;

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. Solve for ( – ½  = 3/2
  2. Find the values of x which satisfy the equation 52x – 6 (5x) + 5 =0

 

  1. Solve the equation

Log (x + 24) – 2 log 3 = log (9-2x)

  1. Find the value of x in the following equation 49(x+1) + 7(2x) = 350
  2. Find x if 3 log 5 + log x2 = log 1/125
  3. Without using logarithm tables, find the value of x in the equation

Log x3 + log 5x = 5 log2 – log 2                                                                                                                                               5

  1. Given that P = 3y express the questions 32y -1) + 2 x 3(y-1) = 1 in terms of P
  2. Hence or otherwise find the value of y in the equation: 3(2y-1) + 2 x 3(y-1)=1

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL ARITHMETIC II

CHAPTER FOURTY SIX

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Define principal, rate and time in relation to interest;

(b) Calculate simple interest using simple interest formula;

(c) Calculate compound interest using step by step method;

(d) Derive the compound interest formula;

(e) Apply the compound interest formula for calculating interest;

(f) Define appreciation and depreciation;

(g) Use compound interest formula to calculate appreciation and depreciation;

(h) Calculate hire purchase;

(i) Calculate income tax given the income tax bands.

Content

(a) Principal rate and time

(b) Simple interest

(c) Compound interest using step by step method

(d) Derivation of compound interest formula

(e) Calculations using the compound interest formula

(f) Appreciation and depreciation

(g) Calculation of appreciation and depreciation using the compound interestformula

(h) Hire purchase

(i) Income tax.

 

 

 

Simple interest

Interest is the money charged for the use of borrowed money for a specific period of time. If money is borrowed or deposited it earns interest, Principle is the sum of money borrowed or deposited P, Rate is the ratio of interest earned in a given period of time to the principle.

The rate is expressed as a percentage of the principal per annum (P.A).When interest is calculated using only the initial principal at a given rate and time, it is called simple interest (I).

Simple interest formulae

Simple interest =

 

Example

Franny invests ksh 16,000 in a savings account. She earns a simple interest rate of 14%, paid annually on her investment. She intends to hold the investment for 1  years. Determine the future value of the investment at maturity.

 

Solution

I =

= sh. 16000 x

= sh 3360

Amount = P + I

= sh.16000 + sh 3360

= sh.19360

Example

Calculate the rate of interest if sh 4500 earns sh 500 after 1  years.

 

 

 

 

Solution

From the simple interest formulae

I =

 

R=

 

P = sh 4500

I = sh 500

T = 1  years

Therefore R =

R 7.4 %

Example

Esha invested a certain amount of money in a bank which paid 12% p.a. simple interest. After 5 years, his total savings were sh 5600.Determine the amount of money he invested initially.

Solution

Let the amount invested be sh P

T = 5 years

R = 12 % p.a.

A =sh 5600

But A = P + I

Therefore 5600 = P + P X

= P + 0.60 P

= 1.6 P

Therefore p =

= sh 3500

 

 

 

Compound interest

Suppose you deposit money into a financial institution, it earns interest in a specified period of time. Instead of the interest being paid to the owner it may be added to (compounded with) the principle and therefore also earns interest. The interest earned is called compound interest. The period after which its compounded to the principle is called interest period.

The compound interest maybe calculated annually, semi-annually, quarterly, monthly etc. If the rate of compound interest is R% p.a and the interest is calculated n times per year, then the rate of interest per period is

Example

Moyo lent ksh.2000 at interest of 5% per annum for 2 years. First we know that simple interest for 1st year and 2nd year will be same

i.e. = 2000 x 5 x 1/100 = Ksh. 100

Total simple interest for 2 years will be = 100 + 100 = ksh. 200

In Compound Interest (C I) the first year Interest will be same as of Simple Interest (SI) i.e. Ksh.100. But year II interest is calculated on P + SI of 1st year i.e. on ksh. 2000 + ksh. 100 = ksh. 2100.

So, year II  interest in Compound Interest  becomes

= 2100 x 5 x 1/100 = Ksh. 105

So it is Ksh. 5 more than the simple interest. This increase is due to the fact that SI is added to the principal and this ksh. 105 is also added in the principal if we have to find the compound interest after 3 years. Direct formula in case of compound interest is

A = P (1 + )t

Where A = Amount

P = Principal

R = Rate % per annum

T = Time

A = P + CI

P (1 + ) t = P + CI

 

Types of Question:

Type I: To find CI and Amount

Type II: To find rate, principal or time

Type III: When difference between CI and SI is given.

Type IV: When interest is calculated half yearly or quarterly etc.

Type V: When both rate and principal have to be found.

Type 1

Example

Find the amount of ksh. 1000 in 2 years at 10% per annum compound interest.

Solution.

A = P (1 + r/100)t

=1000 (1 + 10/100)2

= 1000 x 121/100

=ksh. 1210

Example

Find the amount of ksh. 6250 in 2 years at 4% per annum compound interest.

Solution.

A = P (1 + r/100) t

= 6250 (1 + 4/100)2

=6250 x 676/625

= ksh. 6760

Example

What will be the compound interest on ksh 31250 at a rate of 4% per annum for 2 years?

 

 

Solution.

CI = P (1 + r/100) t – 1

=31250 { (1 + 4/100)2 – 1}

=31250 (676/625 – 1)

=31250 x 51/625  = ksh. 2550

Example

A sum amounts to ksh. 24200 in 2 years at 10% per annum compound interest.

Find the sum ?

Solution.

A = P (1 + r/100)t

24200 = P (1 + 10/100)2

= P (11/10)2

= 24200 x 100/121

= ksh. 20000

 

Type II

Example.

The time in which ksh. 15625 will amount to ksh. 17576 at 45 compound interest is?

Solution

A = P (1 + r/100)t

17576 = 15625 (1 + 4/100)t

17576/15625 = (26/25)t

(26/25)t = (26/25)3

t = 3 years

 

 

Example

The rate percent if compound interest of ksh. 15625 for 3 years is Ksh. 1951.

Solution.

A = P + CI

= 15625 + 1951 = ksh. 17576

A = P (1 + r/100)t

17576 = 15625 (1 + r/100)3

17576/15625 = (1 + r/100)3

(26/25)3 = (1 + r/100)3

26/25 = 1 + r/100

26/25 – 1 = r/100

1/25 = r/100

r = 4%

 

Type IV

  1. Remember

When interest is compounded half yearly then Amount = P (1 + R/2)2t

———–

100

I.e. in half yearly compound interest rate is halved and time is doubled.

  1. When interest is compounded quarterly then rate is made ¼ and time is made 4 times.

Then A = P [(1+R/4)/100]4t

  1. When rate of interest is R1%, R2%, and R3% for 1st, 2nd and 3rd year respectively; then A = P (1 + R1/100) (1 + R2/100) (1 + r3/100)

 

 

 

Example

Find the compound interest on ksh.5000 at 205 per annum for 1.5 year compound half yearly.

Solution.

When interest is compounded half yearly

Then Amount = P [(1 +R/2)/100]2t

Amount = 5000 [(1 + 20/2)/100]3/2

= 5000 (1 + 10/100)3

=5000 x 1331/1000

= ksh 6655

CI = 6655 – 5000 = ksh. 1655

e.g.

Find compound interest ksh. 47145 at 12% per annum for 6 months, compounded quarterly.

Solution.

As interest is compounded quarterly

A =[ P(1 + R/4)/100)]4t

A = 47145 [(1 + 12/4)/100] ½ x 4

= 47145 (1 + 3/100)2

= 47145 x 103/100 x 103/100

= ksh. 50016.13

CI = 50016.13 – 47145

= ksh. 2871.13

Example

Find the compound interest on ksh. 18750 for 2 years when the rate of interest for 1st year is 45 and for 2nd year 8%.

 

 

Solution.

A = P (1 + R1/100) (1 + R1/100)

= 18750 * 104/100 * 108/100

=ksh. 21060

CI = 21060 – 18750

= ksh. 2310

Type V

Example

The compound interest on a certain sum for two years is ksh. 52 and simple interest for the same period at same rate is ksh.50 find the sum and the rate.

Solution.

We will do this question by basic concept. Simple interest is same every year and there is no difference between SI and CI for 1st year. The difference arises in the 2nd year because interest of 1st year is added in principal and interest is now charged on principal + simple interest of 1st year.

So in this question

2 year SI = ksh. 50

1 year SI = ksh. 25

Now CI for 1st year = 52 – 25 = Rs.27

This additional interest 27 -25 = ksh. 2 is due to the fact that 1st year SI i.e. ksh. 25 is added in principal. It means that additional ksh. 2 interest is charged on ksh. 25. Rate % = 2/25 x 100 = 8%

Shortcut:

Rate % = [(CI – SI)/ (SI/2)] x 100

= [(2/50)/2] x 100

2/25 x 100

=8%

P = SI x 100/R x T = 50 x 100/8 x 2

= ksh. 312.50

Example

A sum  of money lent CI amounts in 2 year to ksh. 8820 and in 3 years to ksh. 9261. Find the sum and rate %.

Solution.

Amount after 3 years = ksh. 9261

Amount after 2 years = ksh. 8820

By subtracting last year’s interest ksh. 441

It is clear that this ksh. 441 is SI on ksh. 8820 from 2nd to 3rd year i.e. for 1 year.

Rate % = 441 x 100/8820 x 1

=5 %

Also A = P (1 + r/100)t

8820 = P (1 + 5/100)2

= P (21/20)2

P = 8820 x 400/441

= ksh. 8000

 

 

Appreciation and Depreciation

Appreciation is the gain of value of an asset while depreciation is the loss of value of an asset.

Example

An iron box cost ksh 500 and every year it depreciates by 10% of its value at the beginning of that that year. What will its value be after value 4 years?

 

 

 

Solution

Value after the first year = sh (500 –  x 500)

= sh 450

Value after the second year = sh (450 –  x 450)

= sh 405

Value after the third year = sh (405 –  x 405)

= sh 364.50

Value after the fourth year = sh (364.50 –  x 364.50)

= sh 328.05

In general if P is the initial value of an asset, A the value after depreciation for n periods and r the rate of depreciation per period.

A=P (

Example

A minibus cost sh 400000.Due to wear and tear, it depreciates in value by 2 % every month. Find its value after one year,

Solution

A=P (

Substituting P= 400,000 , r = 2 , and n =12 in the formula ;

A =sh.400000 (1- 0.02

=sh.400, 000(0.98

= sh.313700

Example

The initial cost of a ranch is sh.5000, 000.At the end of each year, the land value increases by 2%.What will be the value of the ranch at the end of 3 years?

Solution

The value of the ranch after 3 years =sh 5000, 000(1 +

= sh. 5000000(

= sh 5,306,040

Hire Purchase

Method of buying goods and services by instalments. The interest charged for buying goods or services on credit is called carrying charge.

Hire purchase = Deposit + (instalments x time)

Example

Aching wants to buy a sewing machine on hire purchase. It has a cash price of ksh 7500.She can pay a cash price or make a down payment of sh 2250 and 15 monthly instalments of sh.550 each. How much interest does she pay under the instalment plan?

 

Solution

Total amount of instalments = sh 550 x 15

= sh 8250

Down payment (deposit)    = sh 2250

Total payment                      = sh (8250 + 2250)

= sh 10500

Amount of interest charged = sh (10500-7500)

= sh3000

Note;

Always use the above formula to find other variables.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax

Taxes on personal income is income tax. Gross income is the total amount of money due to the individual at the end of the month or the year.

Gross income = salary + allowances / benefits

Taxable income is the amount on which tax is levied. This is the gross income less any special benefits on which taxes are not levied. Such benefits include refunds for expenses incurred while one is on official duty.

In order to calculate the income tax that one has to pay, we convert the taxable income into Kenya pounds K£ per annum or per month as dictated by the by the table of rates given.

Relief

  • Every employee in kenya is entitled to an automatic personal tax relief of sh.12672 p.a (sh.1056 per month)
  • An employee with a life insurance policy on his life, that of his wife or child, may make a tax claim on the premiums paid towards the policy at sh.3 per pound subject to a maximum claim of sh .3000 per month.

Example

Mr. John earns a total of  K£12300 p.a.Calculate how much tax he should pay per annum.Using the tax table below.

Income tax K£ per annum Rate (sh per pound)
1 -5808 2
5809 – 11280 3
11289 – 16752 4
16753 – 22224 5
Excess over 22224 6

 

Solution

His salary lies between £ 1 and £12300.The highest tax band is therefore the third band.

For the first £ 5808, tax due is sh 5808 x 2 = sh 11616

For the next £ 5472, tax due is sh 5472 x 2 = sh 16416

Remaining £ 1020, tax due sh. 1020 x 4     = sh 4080 +

Total tax due                                                   sh 32112

 

Less personal relief of sh.1056 x 12          =   sh.12672

Sh 19440

Therefore payable p.a is sh.19400.

Example

Mr. Ogembo earns a basic salary of sh 15000 per month.in addition he gets a medical allowance of sh 2400 and a house allowance of sh 12000.Use the tax table above to calculate the tax he pays per year.

Solution

Taxable income per month = sh (15000 + 2400 + 12000)

= sh.29400

Converting to K£ p.a = K£ 29400 x

= K£ 17640

Tax due

First £ 5808 = sh.5808 x 2 = sh.11616

Next £ 5472 = sh.5472 x 3 = sh.16416

Next £ 5472 = sh.5472 x 4 = sh.21888

Remaining £ 888 = sh.888 x 5 = sh 4440 +

Total tax due                                        sh 54360

Less personal relief                             sh 12672

Therefore, tax payable p.a          sh41688

 

 

PAYE

In Kenya, every employer is required by the law to deduct income tax from the monthly earnings of his employees every month and to remit the money to the income tax department. This system is called Pay As You Earn (PAYE).

 

 

Housing

If an employee is provided with a house by the employer (either freely or for a nominal rent) then 15% of his salary is added to his salary (less rent paid) for purpose of tax calculation. If the tax payer is a director and is provided with a free house, then 15% of his salary is added to his salary before taxation.

Example

Mr. Omondi who is a civil servant lives in government house who pays a rent of sh 500 per month. If his salary is £9000 p.a, calculate how much PAYE he remits monthly.

Solution

Basic salary                                                            £ 9000

Housing £

Less rent paid               =    £ 300

£ 1050 +

Taxable income                                                   £ 10050

 

Tax charged;

First £ 5808, the tax due is sh.5808 x 2   =         sh 11616

Remaining £ 4242, the tax due is sh 4242 x 3 = sh 12726 +

Sh 24342

Less personal relief                                              Sh 12672

Sh 11670

PAYE = sh

 

= sh 972.50

Example

Mr. Odhiambo is a senior teacher on a monthly basic salary of Ksh. 16000.On top of his salary he gets a house allowance of sh 12000, a medical allowance of Ksh.3060 and a hardship allowance of Ksh 3060 and a hardship allowance of Ksh.4635.He has a life insurance policy for which he pays Ksh.800 per month and claims insurance relief.

  1. Use the tax table below to calculate his PAYE.
Income in £ per month Rate  %
1 – 484 10
485 – 940 15
941 – 1396 20
1397 – 1852 25
Excess over 1852 30

 

  1. In addition to PAYEE the following deductions are made on his pay every month
  2. WCPS at 2% of basic salary
  3. HHIF ksh.400
  4. Co – operative shares and loan recovery Ksh 4800.

Solution

  1. Taxable income = Ksh (16000 + 12000 +3060 +4635)

= ksh 35695

Converting to K£          =

= K

Tax charged is:

First £ 484 = £484 x  = £ 48.40

Next £ 456 = £456 x  = £ 68.40

Next £ 456 = £456 x  = £ 91.20

Remaining £ 388 = £388 x  = £ 97.00.

Total tax due = £305.00

= sh 6100

Insurance relief = sh  = sh 120

Personal relief                       = sh 1056 +

Total relief                            sh 1176

 

Tax payable per month is sh 6100

Sh 1176 –

Sh   4924

Therefore, PAYE is sh 4924.

Note;

For the calculation of PAYE, taxable income is rounded down or truncated to the nearest whole number.

If an employee’s due tax is less than the relief allocated, then that employee is exempted from PAYEE

  1. Total deductions are

Sh (

Net pay = sh (35695 – 11244)

= sh 24451

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. A business woman opened an account by depositing Kshs. 12,000 in a bank on 1st July 1995. Each subsequent year, she deposited the same amount on 1st July. The bank offered her 9% per annum compound interest. Calculate the total amount in her account on

(a)        30th June 1996

(b)        30th June 1997

  1. A construction company requires to transport 144 tonnes of stones to sites A and
  2. The company pays Kshs 24,000 to transport 48 tonnes of stone for every 28
  3. Kimani transported 96 tonnes to a site A, 49 km away.

(a)        Find how much he paid

(b)        Kimani spends Kshs 3,000 to transport every 8 tonnes of stones to site.

Calculate his total profit.

(c)        Achieng transported the remaining stones to sites B, 84 km away. If she made 44% profit, find her transport cost.

  1. The table shows income tax rates
Monthly taxable pay Rate of tax Kshs in 1 K£
1 – 435

436 – 870

871-1305

1306 – 1740

Excess Over 1740

2

3

4

5

6

 

A company employee earn a monthly basic salary of Kshs 30,000 and is also given taxable allowances amounting to Kshs 10, 480.

(a)        Calculate the total income tax

(b)        The employee is entitled to a personal tax relief of Kshs 800 per month.

Determine the net tax.

(c)        If the employee received a 50% increase in his total income, calculate the

corresponding percentage increase on the income tax.

  1. A house is to be sold either on cash basis or through a loan. The cash price is Kshs.750, 000. The loan conditions area as follows: there is to be down payment

of 10% of the cash price and the rest of the money is to be paid through a loan

at 10% per annum compound interest.

A customer decided to buy the house through a loan.

  1. a) (i)         Calculate the amount of money loaned to the customer.

(ii)        The customer paid the loan in 3 year’s. Calculate the total amount

paid for the house.

  1. b) Find how long the customer would have taken to fully pay for the house

if she paid a total of Kshs 891,750.

  1. A businessman obtained a loan of Kshs. 450,000 from a bank to buy a matatu valued at the same amount. The bank charges interest at 24% per annum compound quarterly
  2. a) Calculate the total amount of money the businessman paid to clear the loan in 1 ½ years.
  3. b) The average income realized from the matatu per day was Kshs. 1500. The matatu worked for 3 years at an average of 280 days year. Calculate the total income from the matatu.
  4. c) During the three years, the value of the matatu depreciated at the rate of 16% per annum. If the businessman sold the matatu at its new value, calculate the total profit he realized by the end of three years.
  5. A bank either pays simple interest as 5% p.a or compound interest 5% p.a on deposits. Nekesa deposited Kshs P in the bank for two years on simple interest terms. If she had deposited the same amount for two years on compound interest terms, she would have earned Kshs 210 more.

Calculate without using Mathematics Tables, the values of P

  1. (a) A certain sum of money  is deposited in  a bank that pays simple interest at

a certain rate. After 5 years the total amount of money in an account is Kshs 358 400. The interest earned each year is 12 800

Calculate

  • The amount of money which was deposited (2mks)
  • The annual rate of interest that the  bank  paid             (2mks)

(b)        A computer whose marked price is Kshs 40,000 is sold at Kshs 56,000 on hire purchase terms.

(i)         Kioko bought the computer on hire purchase term. He paid a deposit of 25% of the hire purchase price and cleared the balance by equal monthly installments of Kshs 2625. Calculate the number of installments       (3mks)

(ii)        Had Kioko bought the computer on cash terms he would have been allowed a discount of 12 ½ % on marked price. Calculate the difference between the cash price and the hire purchase price and express as a percentage of the cash price

(iii)       Calculate the difference between the cash price and hire purchase price and express it as a percentage of the cash price.

  1. The table below is a part of tax table for monthly income for the year 2004

 

Monthly taxable income

In ( Kshs)

Tax rate percentage

(%) in each shillings

Under Kshs 9681 10%
From Kshs 9681 but under 18801 15%
From Kshs 18801 but 27921 20%

In the tax year 2004, the tax of Kerubo’s monthly income was Kshs 1916.

Calculate Kerubo’s monthly income

  1. The cash price of a T.V set is Kshs 13, 800. A customer opts to buy the set on hire purchase terms by paying a deposit of Kshs 2280.

If simple interest of 20 p. a is charged on the balance and the customer is required to repay by 24 equal monthly installments. Calculate the amount of each installment.

  1. A plot of land valued at Ksh. 50,000 at the start of 1994.

Thereafter, every year, it appreciated by 10% of its previous years value find:

(a)        The value of the land at the start of 1995

(b)        The value of the land at the end of 1997

 

  1. The table below shows Kenya tax rates in a certain year.

 

Income K £ per annum Tax rates Kshs per K £
1- 4512 2
4513 – 9024 3
9025 – 13536 4
13537 – 18048 5
18049 – 22560 6
Over 22560 6.5

 

In that year Muhando earned a salary of Ksh. 16510 per month. He was entitled to a monthly tax relief of Ksh. 960

Calculate

(a)        Muhando annual salary in K £

(b)        (i)         The monthly tax paid by Muhando in Ksh

  1. A tailor intends to buy a sewing machine which costs Ksh 48,000. He borrows the money from a bank. The loan has to be repaid at the end of the second year. The bank charges an interest at the rate of 24% per annum compounded half yearly. Calculate the total amount payable to the bank.

 

  1. The average rate of depreciation in value of a water pump is 9% per annum. After three complete years its value was Ksh 150,700. Find its value at the start of the three year period.

 

  1. A water pump costs Ksh 21600 when new, at the end of the first year its value depreciates by 25%. The depreciation at the end of the second year is 20% and thereafter the rate of depreciation is 15% yearly. Calculate the exact value of the water pump at the end of the fourth year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CIRCLES, CHORDS AND TANGENTS

CHAPTER FOURTY SEVEN

 

 

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Calculate length of an arc and a chord;

(b) Calculate lengths of tangents and intersecting chords;

(c) State and use properties of chords and tangents;

(d) Construct tangent to a circle,

(e) Construct direct and transverse common tangents to two circles;

(f) Relate angles in alternate segment;

(g) Construct circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles;

(h) Locate centroid and orthocentre of a triangle;

(i) Apply knowledge of circles, tangents and chords to real life situations.

Content

(a) Arcs, chords and tangents

(b) Lengths of tangents and intersecting chords

(c) Properties of chords and tangents

(d) Construction of tangents to a circle

(e) Direct and transverse common tangents to two circles

(f) Angles in alternate segment

(g) Circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles

(h) Centroid and orthocentre

(i) Application of knowledge of tangents and chords to real life situations.

 

 

 

 

Length of an Arc

The Arc length marked red is given by ;

Example

Find the length of an arc subtended by an angle of  at the centre of the circle of radius 14 cm.

Solution

Length of an arc =

=

Example

The length of an arc of a circle is 11.0 cm.Find the radius of the circle if an arc subtended  an angle of at the centre .

Solution

Arc length =

Therefore 11 =

 

 

 

 

 

Example

Find the angle subtended at the centre of a circle by an arc of 20 cm, if the circumference of the circle is 60 cm.

Solution

=

But 2

Therefore,

Chords

Chord of a circle: A line segment which joins two points on a circle. Diameter: a chord which passes through the center of the circle. Radius: the distance from the center of the circle to the   circumference of the circle

 

Perpendicular bisector of a code

A perpendicular drawn from the centre of the circle to a chord bisects the chord.

 

 

Note;

  • Perperndicular drawn from the centre of the circle  to chord  bisects the cord ( divides it into two equal parts)
  • A straight line joining the centre of a circle to the midpoint of a chord is perpendicular to the chord.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The radius of a circle centre O is 13 cm.Find the perpendicular distance from O to the chord, if AB is 24 cm.

 

Solution

OC bisects chord AB at C

Therefore, AC =12 cm

In O

Therefore

, OM =  = 5 cm

 

Parallel chords

Any chord passing through the midpoints of all parallel chords of a circle is a diameter

Example

In the figure below CD and AB are parallel chords of a circle and 2 cm apart. If CD = 8 cm and AB= 10 cm, find the radius of the circle

Solution

  • Draw the perpendicular bisector of the chords to cut them at K and L .
  • Join OD and OC
  • In triangle ODL,
  • DL = 4 cm and KC =5 cm
  • Let OK = X cm
  • Therefore (

In triangle OCK;

  • Therefore (
  • 4x = 5
  • X =

Using the equation

=

=

= 5.154 cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersecting chords

In general

 

 

Example

In the example above AB and CD are two chords that intersect in a circle at Given that AE = 4 cm, CE =5 cm and DE = 3 cm, find AB.

 

Solution

Let EB = x cm

4

Since AB = AE + EB

AB = 4 + 3.75

= 7.75 cm

 

Equal chords.

  • Angles subtended at the centre of a circle by equal chords are equals
  • If chords are equal they are equidistant from the centre of the circle

 

 

Secant

A chord that is produced outside a circle is called a secant

 

Example

Find the value of AT in the figure below. AR = 4 cm, RD = 5 cm and TC = 9 cm.

Solution

AC x AT

(x + 9) x = (5 + 4) 4

(x + 12) (x- 3) = 0

Therefore, x = – 12 or x = 3

Tangent and secant

Tangent

A line which touches a circle at exactly one point is called a tangent line and the point where it touches the circle is called the point of contact

Secant

A line which intersects the circle in two distinct points is called a secant line (usually referred to as a secant).The figures below  A shows a secant while B shows a tangent .

A                                               B

Construction of a tangent

  • Draw a circle of any radius and centre O.
  • Join O to any point P on the circumference
  • Produce OP to a point P outside the circle
  • Construct a perpendicular line SP through point P
  • The line is a tangent to the circle at P as shown below.

Note;

  • The radius and tangent are perpendicular at the point of contact.
  • Through any point on a circle , only one tangent can be drawn
  • A perpendicular to a tangent at the point of contact passes thought the centre of the circle.

 

Example

In the figure below  PT = 15 cm  and PO = 17 cm, calculate the length of PQ.

 

Solution

OT = 8 cm

 

Properties of tangents to a circle from an external point

If two tangents are drawn to a circle from an external point

  • They are equal
  • They subtend equal angles at the centre
  • The line joining the centre of the circle to the external point bisects the angle between the tangents

 

s

 

Example

The figure below represents a circle centre O and radius 5 cm. The tangents PT is 12 cm long. Find: a.) OP      b.) Angle TP

 

 

Solution

  • Join O to P

 

 

  • <

<OTP    =

= 0.9231

Therefore, <TPO = 22.6

Hence <

Two tangent to a circle

Direct (exterior) common tangents                Transverse or interior common tangents

 

 

Tangent Problem

The common-tangent problem is named for the single tangent segment that’s tangent to two circles. Your goal is to find the length of the tangent. These problems are a bit involved, but they should cause you little difficulty if you use the straightforward three-step solution method that follows.

 

The following example involves a common external tangent (where the tangent lies on the same side of both circles). You might also see a common-tangent problem that involves a common internal tangent (where the tangent lies between the circles). No worries: The solution technique is the same for both.

Given the radius of circle  A is 4 cm and the radius of circle Z is 14 cm and the distance between the two circles is 8 cm.

Here’s how to solve it:

1.)Draw the segment connecting the centers of the two circles and draw the two radii to the points of tangency (if these segments haven’t already been drawn for you).

Draw line AZ and radii AB and ZY.

The following figure shows this step. Note that the given distance of 8 cm between the circles is the distance between the outsides of the circles along the segment that connects their centers.

 

 

 

 

2.) From the center of the smaller circle, draw a segment parallel to the common tangent till it hits the radius of the larger circle (or the extension of the radius in a common-internal-tangent problem).

 

 

You end up with a right triangle and a rectangle; one of the rectangle’s sides is the common tangent. The above figure illustrates this step.

3.)You now have a right triangle and a rectangle and can finish the problem with the Pythagorean Theorem and the simple fact that opposite sides of a rectangle are congruent.

 

The triangle’s hypotenuse is made up of the radius of circle A, the segment between the circles, and the radius of circle Z. Their lengths add up to 4 + 8 + 14 = 26. You can see that the width of the rectangle equals the radius of circle A, which is 4; because opposite sides of a rectangle are congruent, you can then tell that one of the triangle’s legs is the radius of circle Z minus 4, or 14 – 4 = 10.

You now know two sides of the triangle, and if you find the third side, that’ll give you the length of the common tangent.

You get the third side with the Pythagorean Theorem:

(Of course, if you recognize that the right triangle is in the 5 : 12 : 13 family, you can multiply 12 by 2 to get 24 instead of using the Pythagorean Theorem.)Because opposite sides of a rectangle are congruent, BY is also 24, and you’re done.

 

 

Now look back at the last figure and note where the right angles are and how the right triangle and the rectangle are situated; then make sure you heed the following tip and warning.

 

Note the location of the hypotenuse. In a common-tangent problem, the segment connecting the centers of the circles is always the hypotenuse of a right triangle. The common tangent is always the side of a rectangle, not a hypotenuse.

 

In a common-tangent problem, the segment connecting the centers of the circles is never one side of a right angle. Don’t make this common mistake.

 

HOW TO construct a common exterior tangent line to two circles

 

In this lesson you will learn how to construct a common exterior tangent line to two circles in a plane such that no one is located inside the other using a ruler and a compass.

 

 

Problem 1

For two given circles in a plane such that no one is located inside the other,  to construct the common exterior tangent line using a ruler and a compass.

 

Solution

 

We are given two circles in a plane such that no one is located inside the other  (Figure 1a).

We need to construct the common exterior tangent line to the circles using a ruler and a compass.

 

First,  let us  analyze  the problem and make a sketch  (Figures 1a  and  1b).  Let  AB  be the common tangent line to the circles we are searching for.

Let us connect the tangent point  A  of the first circle with its center  P  and the tangent point  B  of the second circle with its center  Q  (Figure 1a  and  1b).

 

Then the radii  PA  and  QB  are both perpendicular to the tangent line  AB  (lesson  A tangent line to a circle is perpendicular to the radius drawn to the tangent point  under the topic  Circles and their properties  ).  Hence, theradii PA and QB are parallel.

 

 

Figure 1a.  To the Problem 1

 

 

 

 

 

Figure 1b.  To the solution of the Problem 1

 

Figure 1c.  To the construction step 3

 

Next,  let us draw the straight line segment  CQ  parallel to  AB  through the point  Q  till the intersection with the radius  PA  at the point  C  (Figure 1b).  Then the straight line  CQ  is parallel to  AB.  Hence, the quadrilateral  CABQ  is a parallelogram  (moreover,  it is a rectangle)  and has the opposite sides  QB  and  CA  congruent.  The point  C  divides the radius  PA  in two segments of the length   (CA)  and   (PC).  It is clear from this analysis that the straight line  QC  is the tangent line to the circle of the radius   with the center at the point  P  (shown in red in  Figure 1b).

 

It implies that the procedure of constructing the common exterior tangent line to two circles should be as follows:

1)  draw the auxiliary circle of the radius    at the center of the larger circle  (shown in red in  Figure 1b);

2)  construct the tangent line to this auxiliary circle from the center of the smaller circle  (shown in red in  Figure 1b).  In this way you will get the tangent point  C  on the auxiliary circle of the radius    ;

3)  draw the straight line from the point  P  to the point  C  and continue it in the same direction till the intersection with the larger circle  (shown in blue in  Figure 1b).  The intersection point  A  is the tangent point of the common tangent line and the larger circle.  Figure 1c  reminds you how to perform this step.

4)  draw the straight line  QB  parallel to  PA  till the intersection with the smaller circle  (shown in blue in  Figure 1b).

The intersection point  B  is the tangent point of the common tangent line and the smaller circle;

5)  the required common tangent line is uniquely defined by its two points  A  and  B.

 

Note that all these operations  1)  –  4)  can be done using a ruler and a compass.  The problem is solved.

 

 

 

Problem 2

Find the length of the common exterior tangent segment to two given circles in a plane,  if they have the radii  and  and the distance between their centers is  d.

No one of the two circles is located inside the other.

 

Solution

Let us use the  Figure 1b  from the solution to the previous  Problem 1.

This  Figure  is relevant to the  Problem 2.  It is copied and reproduced

in the  Figure 2  on the right for your convenience.

figure 2

 

It is clear from the solution of the  Problem 1  above that the common

exterior tangent segment  |AB|  is congruent to the side  |CQ|  of the

quadrilateral (rectangle)  CABQ.

 

From the other side,  the segment  CQ  is the leg of the right-angled

triangle  DELTAPCQ.  This triangle has the hypotenuse’s measure  d  and

the other leg’s measure  .  Therefore,  the length of the common

exterior tangent segment  |AB|  is equal to

|AB| =

 

Note that the solvability condition for this problem is  d > .

It coincides with the condition that no one of the two circles lies inside the other.

 

Example 1

Find the length of the common exterior tangent segment to two given circles in a plane,  if their radii are  6 cm  and  3 cm  and the distance between their centers

is  5 cm.

 

 

 

Solution

Use the formula  (1)  derived in the solution of the  Problem 2.

According to this formula,  the length of the common exterior tangent segment to the two given circles is equal to

 

 

=   =

= 4 cm

 

Answer.

The length of the common exterior tangent segment to the two given circles is  4 cm

 

Contact of circles

Two circle are said to touch each other at a point if they have a common tangent at that point.

Point T is shown by the red dot.

Internal tangent                   externally tangent

Note;

  • The centers of the two circles and their point of contact lie on a straight line
  • When two circles touch each other internally, the distance between the centers is equal to the difference of the radii i.e. PQ= TP-TA
  • When two circles touch each other externally, the distance between the centers is equal to the sum of the radii i.e.  OR =TO +TR

.

 

Alternate Segment theorem

The angle which the chord makes with the tangent is equal to the angle subtended by the same chord in the alternate segment of the circle.

Angle a = Angle b

Note;

The blue line represents the angle which the chord CD makes with the tangent PQ which is equal to the angle b which is subtended by the chord in the alternate segment of the circle.

 

Illustrations

  • Angle s = Angle t
  • Angle a = Ange b

 

 

 

Tangent – secant segment length theorem

If a tangent segment and secant segment are drawn to a circle from an external point, then the square of the length of the tangent equals the product of the length of the secant with the length of its external segment.

Example

In the figure above ,TW=10 cm and XW = 4 cm. find TV

Solution

=

TV =

Circles and triangles

 

Inscribed circle

  • Construct any triangle ABC.
  • Construct the bisectors of the three angles
  • The bisectors will meet at point I
  • Construct a perpendicular from O to meet one of the sides at  M
  • With the centre I and radius IM draw a circle
  • The circle will touch the three sides of the triangle ABC
  • Such a circle is called an inscribed circle or in circle.
  • The centre of an inscribed circle is called the incentre

 

Circumscribed circle

  • Construct any triangle ABC.
  • Construct perpendicular bisectors of AB , BC, and AC to meet at point O.
  • With O as the centre and using  OB as radius, draw  a circle
  • The circle will pass through the vertices A , B and C as shown in the figure below

Escribed circle

  • Construct any triangle ABC.
  • Extend line BA and BC
  • Construct the perpendicular bisectors of the two external angles produced
  • Let the perpendicular bisectors meet at O
  • With O as the centre draw the circle which will touch all the external sides of the triangle

Note;

Centre O is called the ex-centre

AO and CO are called external bisectors.

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

  1. The figure below represents a circle a diameter 28 cm with a sector subtending an angle of 750 at the centre.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the area of the shaded segment to 4 significant figures

(a) <PST

  1. The figure below represents a rectangle PQRS inscribed in a circle centre 0 and radius 17 cm. PQ = 16 cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate

  • The length PS of the rectangle
  • The angle POS
  • The area of the shaded region
  1. In the figure below, BT is a tangent to the circle at B. AXCT and BXD are

straight lines. AX = 6 cm, CT = 8 cm, BX = 4.8 cm and XD = 5 cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the length of

(a) XC

(b) BT

  1. The figure below shows two circles each of radius 7 cm, with centers at X and Y. The circles touch each other at point Q.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that <AXD = <BYC = 1200 and lines AB, XQY and DC are parallel, calculate the area of:

  1. a) Minor sector XAQD (Take π 22/7)
  2. b) The trapezium XABY
  3. c) The shaded regions.
  4. The figure below shows a circle, centre, O of radius 7 cm. TP and TQ are tangents to the circle at points P and Q respectively. OT =25 cm.

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the length of the chord PQ

 

O
Q
  1. The figure below shows a circle centre O and a point Q which is outside the circle

 

 

 

 

Using a ruler and a pair of compasses, only locate a point on the circle such that angle OPQ = 90o

 

  1. In the figure below, PQR is an equilateral triangle of side 6 cm. Arcs QR, PR and PQ arcs of circles with centers at P, Q and R respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the area of the shaded region to 4 significant figures

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below AB is a diameter of the circle. Chord PQ intersects AB at N. A tangent to the circle at B meets PQ produced at R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that PN = 14 cm, NB = 4 cm and BR = 7.5 cm, calculate the length of:

(a)        NR

(b)        AN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  MATRICES

CHAPTER FOURTY EIGHT

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Define a matrix;

(b) State the order of a matrix;

(c) Define a square matrix;

(d) Determine compatibility in addition and multiplication of matrices;

(e) Add matrices;

(f) Multiply matrices;

(g) Identify matrices;

(h) Find determinant of a 2 x 2 matrix;

(i) Find the inverse of a 2 x 2 matrix;

(j) Use matrices to solve simultaneous equations.

 

Content

(a) Matrix

(b) Order of a matrix

(c) Square matrix

(d) Compatibility in addition and multiplication of matrices

(e) Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar

(f) Matrix multiplication

(g) Identify matrix

(h) Determinant of a 2 x 2 matrix

(i) Inverse of a 2 x 2 matrix

(j) Singular matrix

(k) Solutions of simultaneous equations in two unknowns.

 

(i)

 

Introduction

 

A matrix is a rectangular arrangement of numbers in rows and columns. For instance, matrix A below has two rows and three columns. The dimensions of this matrix are 2 x 3 (read “2 by 3”). The numbers in a matrix are its entries. In matrix A, the entry in the second row and third column is 5.

A =

Some matrices (the plural of matrix) have special names because of their dimensions or entries.

 

Order of matrix

Matrix consist of rows and columns. Rows are the horizontal arrangement while columns are the vertical arrangement.

Order of matrix is being determined by the number of rows and columns. The order is given by stating the number of rows followed by columns.

 

Note;

If the number of rows is m and the number of columns n, the matrix is of order .

E.g. If a matrix has m rows and n columns, it is said to be order m´n.

 

e.g.        is a matrix of order 3´4.

 

e.g.        is a matrix of order 3.

e.g.        is a 2´3 matrix.

e.g.        is a 3´1 matrix.

Elements of matrix

The element of a matrix is each number or letter in the matrix. Each element is locating by stating its position in the row and the column.

 

 

For example, given the 3 x 4 matrix

 

  • The element 1 is in the third row and first column.
  • The element 6 is in the first row and forth column.

Note;

A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of columns is called a square matrix.

 

 

 

Is called a row matrix or row vector.

 

Is called a column matrix or column vector.

 

Is a column vector of order 3´1.

is a row vector of order 1´3.

Two or more matrices re equal if they are of the same order and their corresponding elements are equal. Thus, if  then, a = 3, b =4 and d=5.

Addition and subtraction of matrices

Matrices can be added or subtracted if they are of the same order. The sum of two or more matrices is obtained by adding corresponding elements. Subtraction is also done in the same way.

Example

 

  • A + B ) A – B

Solution

  • A+B =

 

  • A – B =

 

Example

–   +

=

 

Note;

After arranging the matrices you must use BODMAS

The matrix above cannot be added because they are not of the same order

Matrix multiplication

To multiply a matrix by a number, you multiply each element in the matrix by the number.

Example

3

solution

=

 

Example

-2

Solution

=

Example

A woman wanted to buy one sack of potatoes, three bunches of bananas and two basket of onion. She went to kikuyu market and found the prices as sh 280 for the sack of potatoes ,sh 50 for a bunch of bananas and sh 100 for a basket of onions. At kondelee market the corresponding prices were sh 300, sh 48 and sh 80.

  • Express the woman’s requirements as a row matrix
  • Express the prices in each market as a column matrix
  • Use the matrices in (a) and (b) to find the total cost in each market

 

Solution

  • Requirements in matrix form is (1 3 2)
  • Price matrix for Kikuyu market is

 

 

Price matrix for kondelee market

  • Total cost in shillings at Kikuyu Market is;

 

(1 3 2) = (1 x 280 + 3 x 50 +2 x 100) = (630)

 

Total cost in shillings at Kondelee Market is;

(1 3 2 )  = ( 1 x 300 + 3 x 48 + 2 x 80) =(604)

The two results can be combined into one as shown below

(1 3 2)

Note;

The product of two matrices A and B is defined provided the number of columns in A is equal to the number of rows in B.

If A is an m n matrix and B is an n p matrix, then the product AB is an m a p matrix.

A X B = AB

                        m X n   n X p = m p

Each time a row is multiplied by a column

Example

Find AB if A =  and B=

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Because A is a 3 x 2 matrix and B is a 2 x 2 matrix, the product AB is defined and is a 3 x 2 matrix. To write the elements in the first row and first column of AB, multiply corresponding elements in the first row of A and the first column of B. Then add. Use a similar procedure to write the other entries of the product.

 

AB=

=

 

=

 

Identity matrix

For matrices, the identity matrix or a unit matrix is the matrix that has 1’s on the main diagonal and 0’s elsewhere. The main diagonal is the one running from top left to bottom right .It is also called leading or principle diagonal. Examples are;

I=

2 X 2 identity matrix                                                                      3 x 3 identity matrix

If A is any n x n matrix and I is the n x n identity matrix, then IA = A and AI = A.

Determinant matrix

The determinant of a matrix is the difference of the products of the elements on the diagonals.

Examples

The determinant of A, det A or |A| is defined as follows:

(a)        If n=2,

 

 

Example

Find the determinant

Solution

Subtract the product of the diagonals

1 x 5 – 2 x 3 = 5 – 6 = -1

Determinant is -1

Inverse of a matrix

Two matrices of order n x n are inverse of each other if their product (in both orders) is theidentity matrix of the same order n x n. The inverse of A is written as

Example

Show that B=

Solution

AB=

=

=

BA=

=            AB=BA=I. Hence, A is the inverse of B

Note;

To get the inverse matrix

  • Find the determinant of the matrix. If it is zero, then there is no inverse
  • If it is non zero, then;
  • Interchange the elements in the main diagonal
  • Reverse the signs of the element in the other diagonals
  • Divide the matrix obtained by the determinant of the given matrix

 

 

In summary

The inverse of the matrix A =  is

=

 

Example

Find the inverse of A=

Solution

Check

You can check the inverse by showing that A

And

 

Solutions of simultaneous linear equations using matrix

Using matrix method solve the following pairs of simultaneous equation

Solution

 

 

We need to calculate the inverse of A =

=

Hence

=

=

Hence the value of x = 2 and the value of y = 1 is the solution of the simultaneous equation

 

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic

 

  1. A and B are two matrices. If A = 1     2     find B given that A2 = A + B

4      3

  1. Given that A= 1 3  , B= 3   1  , C = p   0    and AB =BC, determine the value of P

5   3          5  -1           0    q

  1. A matrix A is given by A = x 0

5     y

  1. a) Determine A2

 

1   0    ,

0   1

  1. b) If A2 = determine the possible pairs of values of x and y
  2. (a) Find the inverse of the matrix   9   8

7    6

(b)        In a certain week a businessman bought 36 bicycles and 32 radios for total of Kshs 227 280. In the following week, he bought 28 bicycles and 24 radios for a total of Kshs 174 960. Using matrix method, find the price of each bicycle and each radio that he bought

 

(c)        In the third week, the price of each bicycle was reduced by 10% while the price of each radio was raised by 10%. The businessman bought as many bicycles and as many radios as he had bought in the first two weeks.

Find by matrix method, the total cost of the bicycles and radios that the businessman bought in the third week.

 

 

  1. Determine the inverse T-1 of the matrix 1    2

1   -1

Hence find the coordinates to the point at which the two lines x + 2y=7 and x-y=1

 

  1. Given that A = 0         -1         and B =   -1      0

3       2                         2      -4

Find the value of x if

(i)         A – 2x = 2B

(ii)        3x – 2A = 3B

(iii)       2A – 3B = 2x

  1. Find the non- zero value of k for which k + 1          2      is an inverse.

4k        2k

  1. A clothes dealer sold 3 shirts and 2 trousers for Kshs. 840 and 4 shirts and 5 trousers for Kshs 1680. Form a matrix equation to represent the above information. Hence find the cost of 1 shirt and the cost of 1 trouser.

 

 

 

  FORMULAE AND VARIATION

CHAPTER FOURTY NINE

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Rewrite a given formula by changing its subject
  2. b) Define direct, inverse, partial and joint variations
  3. c) Determine constants of proportionality
  4. d) Form and solve equations involving variations
  5. e) Draw graphs to illustrate direct and inverse proportions
  6. f) Use variations to solve real life problems

 

Content

  • Change of the subject of a formula
  • Direct, inverse, partial and joint variation
  • Constants of proportionality
  • Equations involving variations
  • Graphs of direct and inverse proportion
  • Formation of equations on variations based on real life situations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formulae

A Formula is an expression or equation that expresses the relationship between certain quantities.

 

For Example  is the formula to find the area of a circle of radius r units.

 

From this formula, we can know the relationship between the radius and the area of a circle. The area of a circle varies directly as the square of its radius. Here is the constant of variation.

 

Changing the subject of a formulae

Terminology

In the formula

                                        C = d

            Subject: C                                 Rule: multiply by diameter

 

The variable on the left, is known as the subject: What you are trying to find.

The formula on the right, is the rule, that tells you how to calculate the subject.

So, if you want to have a formula or rule that lets you calculate d, you need

to make d, the subject of the formula.

This is changing the subject of the formula from C to d.

 

 

So clearly in the case above where

                     C = d

 

We get C by multiplying by the diameter

To calculate d, we need to divide the Circumference C by

So      d   and now we have d as the subject of the formula.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Method:

A formula is simply an equation, that you cannot solve, until you replace the letters with their

values (numbers). It is known as a literal equation.

To change the subject, apply the same rules as we have applied to normal equations.

  1. Add the same variable to both sides.
  2. Subtract the same variable from both sides.
  3. Multiply both sides by the same variable.
  4. Divide both sides by the same variable.
  5. Square both sides
  6. Square root both sides.

 

 

Examples:

Make the letter in brackets the subject of the formula

x + p = q [ x ]

(subtract p from both sides)

x = q p

 

y r = s [ y ]

(add r to both sides)

y = s + r

 

P = RS [ R ]

(divide both sides by S)

 

S =

 

= L           [ A ]

(multiply both sides by B)

A = LB

 

2w+ 3 = [ w ]

(subtract 3 from both sides)

2w = y −3

(divide both sides by 2)

W=

 

P = Q     [ Q ]

(multiply both sides by 3get rid of fraction)

3P = Q

 

 

 

 

T = k [ k ]

(multiply both sides by 5get rid of fraction)

5T = 2k

(divide both sides by 2)

= k      Note that: is the same as

 

A = r [ r ]

(divide both sides by p)

 (square root both sides)   

 

L = h t [ h ]

(multiply both sides by 2)

2L = h t

(add t to both sides)

2L + t = h

 

Example

Make d the subject of the formula G=

Solution

Squaring both sides

Multiply both sides by d-1

Expanding the L.H.S

Collecting the terms containing d on the L.H.S

Factorizing the L.H.S

Dividing both sides by

 

 

 

 

Variation

In a formula some elements which do not change (fixed) under any condition are called constants while the ones that change are called variables. There are different types of variations.

 

  • Direct Variation, where both variables either increase or decrease together
  • Inverse or Indirect Variation, where when one of the variables increases, the other one decreases
  • Joint Variation, where more than two variables are related directly
  • Combined Variation, which involves a combination of direct or joint variation, and indirect variation

Examples

  • Direct:   The number of money I make varies directly (or you can say varies proportionally) with how much I work.
  • Direct:   The length of the side a square varies directly with the perimeter of the square.
  • Inverse:   The number of people I invite to my bowling party varies inversely with the number of games they might get to play (or you can say is proportional to the inverse of).
  • Inverse:  The temperature in my house varies indirectly (same as inversely) with the amount of time the air conditioning is running.
  • Inverse:   My school marks may vary inversely with the number of hours I watch TV.

Direct or Proportional Variation

When two variables are related directly, the ratio of their values is always the same.  So as one goes up, so does the other, and if one goes down, so does the other.  Think of linear direct variation as a “y = mx” line, where the ratio of y to x is the slope (m).  With direct variation, the y-intercept is always 0 (zero); this is how it’s defined.

Direct variation problems are typically written:

→       y= kx      where k is the ratio of y to x (which is the same as the slope or rate).

Some problems will ask for that k value (which is called the constant of variation or constant of proportionality ); others will just give you 3 out of the 4 values for x and y and you can simply set up a ratio to find the other value.

Remember the example of making ksh 1000  per week (y = 10x)?  This is an example of direct variation, since the ratio of how much you make to how many hours you work is always constant.

 

Direct Variation Word Problem:

The amount of money raised at a school fundraiser is directly proportional to the number of people who attend.  Last year, the amount of money raised for 100 attendees was $2500.   How much money will be raised if 1000 people attend this year?

Solution:

Let’s do this problem using both the Formula Method and the Proportion Method:

Formula method            Explanation

 

Proportional method      Explanation

 

Direct Square Variation Word Problem

Again, a Direct Square Variation is when y is proportional to the square of x, or   .

Example

If yvaries directly with the square ofx, and if y = 4 when x= 3, what is y when x= 2?

Solution:

Let’s do this with the formula method and the proportion method:

Formulae method               notes

 

 

 

Proportional method                       Notes

 

 

Example

The length (l) cm of  a wire varies directly  as the temperature c.The length of the wire is 5 cm when the temperature is .Calculate the length of the wire when the temperature is c.

 

 

Solution

l

Therefore l =Kt

Substituting l =5 when T= .

5 =k x 65

K =

Therefore l =

When t = 69

L =

 

Direct variation graph

 

Inverse or Indirect Variation

Inverse or Indirect Variation is refers to relationships of two variables that go in the opposite direction.  Let’s supposed you are comparing how fast you are driving (average speed) to how fast you get to your work.The faster you drive the earlier you get to your work. So as the speed increases time reduces and vice versa .

 

So the formula for inverse or indirect variation is:

→    y =      or K =xy  where k is always the same number or constant.

(Note that you could also have an Indirect Square Variation or Inverse Square Variation, like we saw above for a Direct Variation.  This would be of the form→    y =      or k=      .)

 

Inverse Variation Word Problem:

So we might have a problem like this:

The value of yvaries inversely with x, and y = 4 when x = 3.  Find x when y = 6.

The problem can also be written as follows:

Let = 3,   = 4, and   = 6.  Let yvary inversely as x.  Find .

 

Solution:

We can solve this problem in one of two ways, as shown.  We do these methods when we are given any three of the four values for x and y.

Product Rule Method:

Inverse Variation Word Problem:

For the club, the number of tickets Moyo can buy is inversely proportional to the price of the tickets.  She can afford 15 tickets that cost $5 each.  How many tickets can she buy if each cost $3?

Solution:

Let’s use the product method:

.

Example

If 16 women working 7 hours day can paint a mural in 48 days, how many days will it take 14 women working 12 hours a day to paint the same mural?

Solution:

The three different values are inversely proportional;  for example, the more women you have, the less days it takes to paint the mural, and the more hours in a day the women paint, the less days they need to complete the mural:

 

Joint Variation and Combined Variation

Joint variation is just like direct variation, but involves more than one other variable.  All the variables are directly proportional, taken one at a time.  Let’s do a joint variation problem:

Supposed x varies jointly with y and the square root of z.  When x = ­–18 and y = 2, then z = 9.  Find y when x = 10 and z = 4.

Combined variation involves a combination of direct or joint variation, and indirect variation.  Since these equations are a little more complicated, you probably want to plug in all the variables, solve for k, and then solve back to get what’s missing.  Here is the type of problem you may get:

(a)   yvaries jointly as x and w and inversely as the square of zFind the equation of variation when y = 100, x = 2, w = 4, and z = 20.

(b)   Then solve for y when x = 1, w = 5, and z = 4.

Solution:

 

 

 

Example

The volume of wood in a tree (V) variesdirectly as the height (h) and inversely as the square of the girth (g).  If the volume of a tree is 144 cubic meters when the height is 20 meters and the girth is 1.5 meters, what is the height of a tree with a volume of 1000 and girth of 2 meters?

Solution:

 

 

Example

The average number of phone calls per day between two cities has found to be jointly proportional to the populations of the cities, and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the two cities.  The population of Charlotte is about 1,500,000 and the population of Nashville is about 1,200,000, and the distance between the two cities is about 400 miles.  The average number of calls between the cities is about 200,000.

(a)   Find the k and write the equation of variation.

(b)   The average number of daily phone calls between Charlotte and Indianapolis (which has a population of about 1,700,000) is about 134,000.  Find the distance between the two cities.

Solution:

It may be easier if you take it  one step at a time:

Math’s                                                                 Explanation

Example

A varies directly as B and inversely as the square root of C. Find the percentage change in A when B is decreased by  10 %  and C increased by  21%.

Solution

A= K

A change in B and C causes a change in A

= 1.21C

Substituting

 

=

Percentage change in A =

=

= – 18

Therefore A decreases 18

Partial variation

The general linear equation y =mx +c, where m and c are constants, connects two variables x and y.in such case we say that y is partly constant and partly varies as x.

Example

A variable y is partly constant and partly varies as if x = 2 when y=7 and x =4 when y =11, find the equation connecting y and x.

Solution

The required equation is y = kx + c where k and c are  constants

Substituting x = 2 ,y =7 and x =4, y =11 in the equation gives ;

7 =2k +c …………………..(1)

11 = 4k +c …………………(2)

Subtracting equation 1 from equation 2 ;

4 = 2 k

Therefore k =2

Substituting k =2 in the equation 1 ;

C =7 – 4

C =3

Therefore the equation required is y=2x +3

 

 

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. The volume Vcm3 of an object is given by

 

V = 2 π r31 – 2

3            sc2

 

Express in term of π r, s and V

  1. Make V the subject of the formula

T = 1 m (u2 – v2)

2

  1. Given that y =b – bx2 make x the subject

cx2 – a

  1. Given that log y = log (10n) make n the subject
  2. A quantity T is partly constant and partly varies as the square root of S.
  1. Using constants a and b, write down an equation connecting T and S.
  2. If S = 16, when T = 24 and S = 36 when T = 32,  find  the values of the constants a and b,
  3. A quantity P is partly constant and partly varies inversely as a quantity q, given that p = 10 when q = 1.5 and p = 20, when q = 1.25, find the value of p when q= 0.5
  4. Make y the subject of the formula p = xy

x-y

  1. Make P the subject of the formula

P2 = (P – q) (P-r)

  1. The density of a solid spherical ball varies directly as its mass and inversely as the cube of its radius

When the mass of the ball is 500g and the radius is 5 cm, its density is 2 g per cm3

Calculate the radius of a solid spherical ball of mass 540 density of 10g per cm3

  1. Make s the subject of the formula

 

 

√P = r     1 – as2

  1. The quantities t, x and y are such that t varies directly as x and inversely as the  square root of y. Find the percentage  in t if x decreases by 4% when y  increases  by 44%
  2. Given that y is inversely proportional to xn and k as the constant of proportionality;

(a)        (i)         Write down a formula connecting y, x, n and k

(ii)        If x = 2 when y = 12 and x = 4 when y = 3, write down two expressions for k in terms of n.

Hence, find the value of n and k.

(b)        Using the value of n obtained in (a) (ii) above, find y when x = 5 1/3

 

  1. The electrical resistance, R ohms of a wire of a given length is inversely proportional to the square of the diameter of the wire, d mm. If R = 2.0 ohms when d = 3mm. Find the vale R when d = 4 mm.

 

  1. The volume Vcm3 of a solid depends partly on r and partly on r where rcm is one of the dimensions of the solid.

When r = 1, the volume is 54.6 cm3 and when r = 2, the volume is 226.8 cm3

(a) Find an expression for V in terms of r

(b) Calculate the volume of the solid when r = 4

(c) Find the value of r for which the two parts of the volume are equal

 

  1. The mass of a certain metal rod varies jointly as its length and the square of its radius. A rod 40 cm long and radius 5 cm has a mass of 6 kg. Find the mass of a similar rod of length 25 cm and radius 8 cm.

 

  1. Make x the subject of the formula

P =       xy

z + x

  1. The charge c shillings per person for a certain service is partly fixed and partly inversely proportional to the total number N of people.

(a)        Write an expression for c in terms on N

(b)        When 100 people attended the charge is Kshs 8700 per person while for 35 people the charge is Kshs 10000 per person.

(c)        If a person had paid the full amount charge is refunded. A group of people paid but ten percent of organizer remained with Kshs 574000.

Find the number of people.

 

  1. Two variables A and B are such that A varies partly as B and partly as the square root of B given that A=30, when B=9 and A=16 when B=14, find A when B=36.

 

  1. Make p the subject of the formula

A =      -EP      

√P2 + N

 

 

 

 

       SEQUENCE AND SERIES

CHAPTER FIFTY

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Identify simple number patterns;

(b) Define a sequence;

(c) Identify the pattern for a given set of numbers and deduce the general rule;

(d) Determine a term in a sequence;

(e) Recognize arithmetic and geometric sequences;

(f) Define a series;

(g) Recognize arithmetic and geometric series (Progression);

(h) Derive the formula for partial sum of an arithmetic and geometric series(Progression);

(i) Apply A.P and G.P to solve problems in real life situations.

Content

(a) Simple number patterns

(b) Sequences

(c) Arithmetic sequence

(d) Geometric sequence

(e) Determining a term in a sequence

(f) Arithmetic progression (A.P)

(g) Geometric progression (G.P)

(h) Sum of an A.P

(i) Sum of a G.P (exclude sum to infinity)

(j) Application of A.P and G.P to real life situations.

Introduction

Sequences and Series are basically just numbers or expressions in a row that make up some sort of a pattern; for example,  Monday, Tuesday, Wenesday,, Friaday is a sequence that represents the days of the week.   Each of these numbers or expressions are called terms or elements of the sequence.

Sequences are the list of these items, separated by commas, and series are the sum of the terms of a sequence.

Example

Sequence                                                                           Next two terms

1, 8, 27, – , –                                Every term is cubed .The next two terms are

3, 7, 11, 15 – , – ,                   every term is 4 more than the previous one. To get the next term add 4

15 + 4 = 19, 19 +4 =23

On the numerator, the next term is 1 more than the previous one, and the                                             denominator, the next term is multiplied by 2 the next two terms are

Example

For the term of a sequence is given by 2n + 3, Find the first, fifth, twelfth terms

Solution

First term, n = 1 substituting (2 x 1 +3 =5)

Fifth term, n = 5 substituting (2 x 5 +3 =13)

Twelfth term, n = 12 substituting (2 x 12 +3 =27)

 

 

 

 

 

Arithmetic and geometric sequence

Arithmetic sequence.

Any sequence of a number with common difference is called arithmetic sequence

To decide whether a sequence is arithmetic, find the differences of consecutive terms. If each  differences are not constant,the it is arithmetic sequence

Rule for an arithmetic sequence

The nth term of an arithmetic sequence with first term   and common difference d is given by:

=   + (n – 1)d

 

 

Example Illustrations

 

 

Example

Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence 50, 44, 38, 32, . . . . Then find .

Solution

The sequence is arithmetic with first term  = 50 and common difference

d = 44 – 50 = -6. So, a rule for the nth term is:

 

= + (n – 1)d    Write general rule.

= 50 + (n – 1)(-6) Substitute for a1 and d.

= 56 – 6n                Simplify.

The 20th term is  = 56 – 6(20) = -64.

 

Example

The 20 th term of arithmetic sequence is 60 and the 16 th term is 20.Find the first term and the common difference.

 

 

Solution

  • – (2) gives

4d = 40

d= 10

 

Therefore a + 15 x 10 =20

a + 150 = 20

a = -130

Hence, the first term is – 130 and the common difference is 10.

Example

Find the number of terms in the sequence – 3 , 0 , 3 …54

Solution

The n th term is a + ( n – 1)d

a = -30 , d =3

n th term = 54

therefore  – 3 + ( n – 1) = 54

3 (n – 1 ) = 57

 

Arithmetic series/ Arithmetic progression A.P

The sum of the terms of a sequence is called a series. If the terms of sequence are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, when written with addition sign we get arithmetic series

1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5

The general formulae for finding the sum of the terms is

Note;

If th first term (a) and the last term l are given , then

 

 

Example

The sum of the first eight terms of an arithmetic Progression is 220.If the third term is 17, find the sum of the first six terms

Solution

= 4( 2a + 7d )

So , 8a + 28d = 220…………………….1

The third term is  a + (3 – 1)d = a + 2d =17 …………….2

Solving 1  and 2 simultaneously;

8a + 28 d =220  …………1

8a + 16 d = 136 …………2

12 d = 84

Substituting d =7 in equation 2 gives a = 3

Therefore,

= 3(6 x 35)

= 3 x 41

= 123

 

Geometric sequence

It is a sequence with a common ratio.The ratio of any term to the previous term must be constant.

Rule for Geometric sequence is;

The nth term of a geometric sequence with first term a1 and common ratio r is given by:

 

 

Example

Given the geometric sequence 4 , 12 ,36 ……find the 4th , 5th  and the n th terms

Solution

The first term , a =4

The common ratio , r =3

Therefore the 4th term = 4 x

= 4 x

= 108

The 5th term                = 5 x

= 5 x

= 324

The  term         =4 x

 

 

Example

The  4th term of geometric sequence is 16 . If the first term is 2 , find;

  • The common ration
  • The seventh term

Solution

The common ratio

The first term, a = 2

The 4th term is 2 x

Thus, 2

 

The common ratio is 2

The seventh term =

 

 

 

Geometric series

The series obtained by the adding the terms of geometric sequence is called geometric series or geometric progression G.P

The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series with common ratio r > 1 is:

The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series with common ratio r < 1 is:

Example

Find the sum of the first 9 terms of G.P. 8 + 24 + 72 +…

Solution

Example

The sum of the first three terms of a geometric series is 26 .If the common ratio is 3 , find the sum of the first six terms.

Solution

 

=

                                                                            a       =

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

 

 

  1. The first, the third and the seventh terms of an increasing arithmetic progression are three consecutive terms of a geometric progression. In the first term of the arithmetic progression is 10 find the common difference of the arithmetic progression?
  2. Kubai saved Ksh 2,000 during the first year of employment. In each subsequent year, he saved 15% more than the preceding year until he retired.

(a) How much did he save in the second year?

(b) How much did he save in the third year?

(c) Find the common ratio between the savings in two consecutive years

  • How many years did he take to save the savings a sum of Ksh 58,000?

(e) How much had he saved after 20 years of service?

  1. In geometric progression, the first term is a and the common ratio is r. The sum of the first two terms is 12 and the third term is 16.
  • Determine the ratio ar2

a + ar

(b) If the first term is larger than the second term, find the value of r.

  1. (a) The first term of an arithmetic progression is 4 and the last term is 20. The

Sum of the term is 252. Calculate the number of terms and the common differences of the arithmetic progression

(b)        An Experimental culture has an initial population of 50 bacteria. The population increased by 80% every 20 minutes. Determine the time it will take to have a population of 1.2 million bacteria.

  1. Each month, for 40 months, Amina deposited some money in a saving scheme. In the first month she deposited Kshs 500. Thereafter she increased her deposits by Kshs. 50 every month.

Calculate the:

  1. a) Last amount deposited by Amina
  2. b) Total amount Amina had saved in the 40 months.
  3. A carpenter wishes to make a ladder with 15 cross- pieces. The cross- pieces are to diminish uniformly in length from 67 cm at the bottom to 32 cm at the top.

Calculate the length in cm, of the seventh cross- piece from the bottom

 

  1. The second and fifth terms of a geometric progression are 16 and 2 respectively. Determine the common ratio and the first term.

 

  1. The eleventh term of an arithmetic progression is four times its second term. The sum of the first seven terms of the same progression is 175

(a)        Find the first term and common difference of the progression

(b)        Given that pth term of the progression is greater than 124, find the least

value of P

  1. The nth term of sequence is given by 2n + 3 of the sequence

(a)        Write down the first four terms of the sequence

(b)        Find sn the sum of the fifty term of the sequence

(c)        Show that the sum of the first n terms of the sequence is given by

Sn = n2 + 4n

Hence or otherwise find the largest integral value of n such that Sn <725

 

 

      BINOMIAL EXPANSION

CHAPTER FIFTY ONE

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Expand binomial expressions up to the power of four by multiplication;

(b) Building up – Pascal’s Triangle up to the eleventh row;

(c) Use Pascal’s triangle to determine the coefficient of terms in a binomialexpansions up to the power of 10;

(d) Apply binomial expansion in numerical cases.

Content

(a) Binomial expansion up to power four

(b) Pascal’s triangle

(c) Coefficient of terms in binomial expansion

(d) Computation using binomial expansion

(e) Evaluation of numerical cases using binomial expansion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A binomial is an expression of two terms

Examples

(a + y), a + 3, 2a + b

It easy to expand expressions with lower power but when the power becomes larger, the expansion or multiplication becomes tedious. We therefore use pascal triangle to expand the expression without multiplication.

We can use Pascal triangle to obtain coefficients of expansions  of the form( a + b

Pascal triangle

 

1

1                1

1          2            1

1      3             3         1

1    4        6            4        1

Note;

  • Each row starts with 1
  • Each of the numbers in the next row is obtained by adding the two numbers on either side of it in the preceding row
  • The power of first term (a ) decreases as you move to right while the powers of the second term (b ) increases as you move to the right

Example

Expand (p +

Solution

The terms without coefficients are;

From Pascal triangle, the coefficients when n =5 are; 1    5    10      10     5      1

Therefore (p +  =

 

Example

Expand (x

Solution

(x

The terms without the coefficient are;

From Pascal triangle, the coefficients when n =7 are;

1 7 21 35 35 21 7 1

Therefore (x =

Note;

When dealing with negative signs, the signs alternate with the positive sign but first start with the negative sign.

Applications to Numeric cases

Use binomial expansion to evaluate (1.02

Solution

(1.02) = (1+0.02)

Therefore (1.02  = (1+ 0.02

The terms without coefficients are

From Pascal triangle, the coefficients when n =6 are;

1 6   15   20    15 6     1

Therefore;

(1.02  =

1 + 6 (0.02) +   15

=1 + 0.12 + 0.0060 + 0.00016 + 0.0000024 + 0.0000000192 + 0.000000000064

=1.1261624

=1.126 (4 S.F)

Note;

To get the answer just consider addition of up to the 4th term of the expansion. The other terms are too small to affect the answer.

Example

Expand (1 +  up to the term .Use the expansion to estimate (0.98  correct to 3 decimal places.

Solution

(1 +

The terms without the coefficient are;

From Pascal triangle, the coefficients when n =9 are;

1    9   36   84   126    126   84   36   9    1

Therefore (1 + = 1 + 9x + 36  + 84 ………………..

(0.98

= 1 – 0.18 + 0.0144 – 0.000672

= 0.833728

= 0.834 ( 3 D.P)

Example

Expand (  in ascending powers of hence find the value of (  correct to four decimal places.

Solution

=

=

Here

Substituting for x = 0.01 in the expansion

= 1 + 0.05 +0.001125 +0.000015

= 1.051140

= 1.0511 (4 decimal places)

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. (a) Write down the simplest expansion ( 1 + x)6

(b)        Use the expansion up to the fourth term to find the value of (1.03)6 to the nearest one thousandth.

  1. Use binomial expression to evaluate (0.96)5 correct to 4 significant figures.
  2. Expand and simplify (3x – y)4 hence use the first three terms of the expansion to proximate the value of (6 – 0.2)4
  3. Use binomial expression to evaluate

2 + 15+       2 – 15

√2    √2

  1. (a) Expand the expression 1 + 1x    5  in ascending powers of x, leaving

2

the coefficients as fractions in their simplest form.

  1. (a) Expand (a- b)6

(b)        Use the first three terms of the expansion in (a) above to find the approximate value of (1.98)6

  1. Expand (2 + x)5 in ascending powers of x up to the term in x3 hence approximate  the value of (2.03)5 to 4 s.f

 

  1. (a) Expand (1 + x)5

Hence use the expansion to estimate (1.04)5 correct to 4 decimal places

(b)        Use the expansion up to the fourth term to find the value of (1.03)6 to the nearest one thousandth.

  1. Expand and Simplify (1-3x)5 up to the term in x3

Hence use your expansion to estimate (0.97)5 correct to decimal places.

  1. Expand (1 + a)5

Use your expansion to evaluate (0.8)5 correct to four places of decimal

 

  1. (a) Expand (1 + x)5

(b)        Use the first three terms of the expansion in (a) above to find the approximate value of (0.98)5

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FIFTY TWO

 COMPOUND PROPRTION AND RATES OF WORK

 

 

 

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Solve problems involving compound proportions using unitary and ratiomethods;

(b) Apply ratios and proportions to real life situations;

(c) Solve problems involving rates of work.

Content

(a) Proportional parts

(b) Compound proportions

(c) Ratios and rates of work

(d) Proportions applied to mixtures.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction

Compound proportions

The proportion involving two or more quantities is called compound proportion. Any four quantities a , b , c  and d are in proportion if;

Example

Find the value of a that makes 2, 5, a and 25 to be in proportion;

Solution

Since 2 , 5 ,a , and 25 are in proportion

 

Continued proportions

In continued proportion, all the ratios between different quantities are the same; but always remember that the relationship exists between two quantities for example:

 

P  :   Q                    Q  :  R                     R  :  S

 

10:    5                    16  : 8                     4  :   2

 

Note that in the example, the ratio between different quantities i.e. P:Q, Q:R and R:S are the same i.e. 2:1 when simplified.

 

Continued proportion is very important when determining the net worth of individuals who own the same business or even calculating the amounts of profit that different individual owners of a company or business should take home.

 

 

Proportional parts

In general, if n is to be divided in the ratio a: b: c, then the parts of n proportional to a, b, c are

 

Example

Omondi, Joel, cheroot shared sh 27,000 in the ratio 2:3:4 respectively. How much did each get?

Solution

The parts of sh 27,000 proportional to 2, 3, 4 are

 

Example

Three people – John, Debby and Dave contributed ksh 119, 000 to start a company. If the ratio of the contribution of John to Debby was 12:6 and the contribution of Debby to Dave was 8:4, determine the amount in dollars that every partner contributed.

 

Solution

Ratio of John to Debby’s contribution = 12:6 = 2:1

 

Ratio of Debby to Dave’s contribution = 8:4 = 2:1

 

As you can see, the ratio of the contribution of John to Debby and that of Debby to Dave is in continued proportion.

Hence

To determine the ratio of the contribution between the three members, we do the calculation as follows:

 

John: Debby: Dave

12   :      6

8   :     4

 

We multiply the upper ratio by 8 and the lower ratio by 6, thus the resulting ratio will be:

 

John: Debby: Dave

96:     48   :     24

= 4 :      2     :      1

The total ratio = 7

 

The contribution of the different members can then be found as follows:

John

Debby

Dave

John contributed ksh 68, 000 to the company while Debby contributed ksh 34, 000 and Dave contributed ksh 17, 000

Example 2

You are presented with three numbers which are in continued proportion. If the sum of the three numbers is 38 and the product of the first number and the third number is 144, find the three numbers.

Solution

Let us assume that the three numbers in continued proportion or Geometric Proportion are a, ar and a  where a is the first number and r is the rate.

 

a+ar+a  = 38 ………………………….. (1)

The product of the 1st and 3rd is

a × a  = 144

Or

(ar)2 = 144………………………………..(2)

If we find the square root of (a , then we will have found the second number:

=

Since the value of the second number is 12, it then implies that the sum of the first and the third number is 26.

We now proceed and look for two numbers whose sum is 26 and product is 144.

Clearly, the numbers are 8 and 18.

Thus, the three numbers that we were looking for are 8, 12 and 18.

Let us work backwards and try to prove whether this is actually true:

 

8 + 12 + 18 = 18

What about the product of the first and the third number?

 

8 × 18 = 144

What about the continued proportion

The numbers are in continued proportion

Example

Given that x: y =2:3, Find the ratio (5x – 4y): (x + y).

Solution

Since x: y =2: 3

(5x – 4y): (x + y) = (10k – 12 k) 🙁 2k + 3 k)

=-2k: 5k

= – 2: 5

 

Example

If show that .

Solution

Substituting kc for a and kd for b in the expression

 

Therefore expression

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rates of work and mixtures

Examples

195 men working 10 hour a day can finish a job in 20 days. How many men employed to finish the job in 15 days if they work 13 hours a day.

Solution:

Let x be the no. of men required

Days         hours         Men

20             10               195

15              13                x

 

20 x 10 x 195

Example

Tap P can fill a tank in 2 hrs, and tap Q can fill the same tank in 4 hrs. Tap R can empty the tank in 3 hrs.

  1. If tap R is closed, how long would it take taps P and Q to fill the tank?
  2. Calculate how long it would take to fill the tank when the three taps P, Q and R. are left running?

Solution

  1. Tap P fills of the tank in 1 h.

Tap Q fills  of the tank in 1 h.

Tap R empties   of the tank in 1 h.

In one hour, P and Q fill

Therefore

Time taken to fill the tank

  1. In 1 h, P and Q fill of tank while R empties  of the tank.

When all taps are open , of the tank is filled in 1 hour.

= 2

Example

In what proportion should grades of sugars costing sh.45 and sh.50 per kilogram be mixed in order to produce a blend worth sh.48 per kilogram?

 

 

Solution

Method 1

Let n kilograms of the grade costing sh.45 per kg be mixed with 1 kilogram of grade costing sh.50 per kg.

Total cost of the two blends is sh.

The mass of the mixture is

Therefore total cost of the mixture is

45n + 50 = 48 (n +1)

45n + 50 = 48 n + 48

50 = 3n + 48

2 = 3n

The two grades are mixed in the proportion

 

 

Method 2

Let x kg of grade costing sh 45 per kg be mixed with y kg of grade costing sh.50 per kg. The total cost will be sh.(45x + 50 y)

Cost per kg of the mixture is sh.

The proportion is x : y = 2:3

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

  1. Akinyi bought and beans from a wholesaler. She then mixed the maize and beans the ratio 4:3 she brought the maize as Kshs. 12 per kg and the beans 4 per kg. If she was to make a profit of 30% what should be the selling price of 1 kg of the mixture?
  2. A rectangular tank of base 2.4 m by 2.8 m and a height of 3 m contains 3,600 liters of water initially. Water flows into the tank at the rate of 0.5 litres per second

Calculate the time in hours and minutes, required to fill the tank

  1. A company is to construct a parking bay whose area is 135m2. It is to be covered with concrete slab of uniform thickness of 0.15. To make the slab cement. Ballast and sand are to be mixed so that their masses are in the ratio 1: 4: 4. The mass of m3 of dry slab is 2, 500kg.

Calculate

(a)        (i)         The volume of the slab

(ii)        The mass of the dry slab

(iii)       The mass of cement to be used

(b)        If one bag of the cement is 50 kg, find the number of bags to be purchased

  • If a lorry carries 7 tonnes of sand, calculate the number of lorries of sand

to be purchased.

  1. The mass of a mixture A of beans and maize is 72 kg. The ratio of beans to maize

is 3:5 respectively

(a)        Find the mass of maize in the mixture

(b)        A second mixture of B of beans and maize of mass 98 kg in mixed with A. The final ratio of beans to maize is 8:9 respectively. Find the ratio of beans to maize in B

  1. A retailer bought 49 kg of grade 1 rice at Kshs. 65 per kilogram and 60 kg of grade II rice at Kshs 27.50 per kilogram. He mixed the tow types of rice.
  • Find the buying price of one kilogram of the mixture
  • He packed the mixture into 2 kg packets
    • If he intends to make a 20% profit find the selling price per packet
    • He sold 8 packets and then reduced the price by 10% in order to attract customers. Find the new selling price per packet.
    • After selling 1/3 of the remainder at reduced price, he raised the price so as to realize the original goal of 20% profit overall. Find the selling price per packet of the remaining rice.
  1. A trader sells a bag of beans for Kshs 1,200. He mixed beans and maize in the ration 3: 2. Find how much the trader should he sell a bag of the mixture to realize the same profit?
  2. Pipe A can fill an empty water tank in 3 hours while, pipe B can fill the same tank in 6 hours, when the tank is full it can be emptied by pipe C in 8 hours. Pipes A and B are opened at the same time when the tank is empty.

If one hour later, pipe C is also opened, find the total time taken to fill the tank

  1. A solution whose volume is 80 litres is made 40% of water and 60% of alcohol. When litres of water are added, the percentage of alcohol drops to 40%

(a)        Find the value of x

(b)        Thirty litres of water is added to the new solution. Calculate the percentage

(c)        If 5 litres of the solution in (b) is added to 2 litres of the original solution, calculate in the simplest form, the ratio of water to that of alcohol in the resulting solution

  1. A tank has two inlet taps P and Q and an outlet tap R. when empty, the tank can be filled by tap P alone in 4 ½ hours or by tap Q alone in 3 hours. When full, the tank can be emptied in 2 hours by tap R.

(a)        The tank is initially empty. Find how long it would take to fill up the tank

  • If tap R is closed and taps P and Q are opened at the same time                                                                                     (2mks)
  • If all the three taps are opened at the same time

(b)        The tank is initially empty and the three taps are opened as follows

P at 8.00 a.m

Q at 8.45 a.m

R at 9.00 a.m

(i)         Find the fraction of the tank that would be filled by 9.00 a.m

(ii)        Find the time the tank would be fully filled up

 

  1. Kipketer can cultivate a piece of land in 7 hrs while Wanjiru can do the same work in 5 hours. Find the time they would take to cultivate the piece of land when working together.

 

  1. Mogaka and Ondiso working together can do a piece of work in 6 days. Mogaka, working alone, takes 5 days longer than Onduso. How many days does it take Onduso to do the work alone.

 

  1. Wainaina has two dairy farms A and B. Farm A produces milk with 3 ¼ percent fat and farm B produces milk with 4 ¼ percent fat.

(a)        (i)         The total mass of milk fat in 50 kg of milk from farm A and 30kg

of milk from farm B.

(ii)        The percentage of fat in a mixture of 50 kg of milk A and 30 kg of milk from B

(b)        Determine the range of values of mass of milk from farm B that must be used in a 50 kg mixture so that the mixture may have at least 4 percent fat.

 

  1. A construction firm has two tractors T1 and T2. Both tractors working together can complete the work in 6 days while T1 alone can complete the work in 15 days. After the two tractors had worked together for four days, tractor T1­ broke down.

Find the time taken by tractor T2 complete the remaining work.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           GRAPHICAL METHODS

CHAPTER FIFTY THREE

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Makes a table of values from given relations;

(b) Use the table of values to draw the graphs of the relations;

(c) Determine and interpret instantaneous rates of change from a graph;

(d) Interpret information from graphs;

(e) Draw and interpret graphs from empirical data;

(f) Solve cubic equations graphically;

(g) Draw the line of best fit;

(h) Identify the equation of a circle;

(i) Find the equation of a circle given the centre and the radius;

(j) Determine the centre and radius of a circle and draw the circle on acartesian plane.

Content

(a) Tables and graphs of given relations

(b) Graphs of cubic equations

(c) Graphical solutions of cubic equations

(d) Average rate of change

(e) Instantaneous rate of change

(f) Empirical data and their graphs

(g) The line of best fit

(h) Equation of a circle

(i) Finding of the equation of a circle

(j) Determining of the centre and radius of a circle.

Introduction

These are ways or methods of solving mathematical functions using graphs.

Graphing solutions of cubic Equations

A cubic equation has the form

ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0

where a, b , c and d are constants

It must have the term in x3 or it would not be cubic (and so a  0), but any or all of b, c and d can be zero. For instance,

x3 −6x2 +11x −6 = 0,                 4x3 +57 = 0,              x3 +9x = 0

are all cubic equations.

The graphs of cubic equations always take the following shapes.

 

3
2
1
-1
-2
-3
1
2
3
-1
y
x

Y =x3 −6x2 +11x −6 = 0.

Notice that it starts low down on the left, because as x gets large and negative so does x3 and it finishes higher to the right because as x gets large and positive so does x3. The curve crosses the x-axis three times, once where x = 1, once where x = 2 and once where x = 3. This gives us our three separate solutions.

Example

(a) Fill in the table below for the function y = -6 + x + 4x2 + x3 for -4 £x £ 2

 

x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
-6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
4x2 16 4
x3
y

(b) Using the grid provided draw the graph for y = -6 + x + 4x2 + x3 for -4£ x £ 2         

(c)         Use the graph to solve the equations:-

 

-6 + x + 4x2 + x3 = 0

.x3 + 4x2 + x – 4 = 0

-2 + 4x2 + x3 = 0

 

Solution

The table shows corresponding values of x and y for y=  -6 + x + 4x2 + x3

X -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
-6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6
X -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
4x2 64 36 16 4 0 4 16
X3 -64 -27 -8 -1 0 1 8
Y=-6+x+4x2+x3 -10 0 0 -4 -6 0 20

From the graph the solutions for x are x =-3 , x = -2, x = 1

 

  1. To solve equation y = x3 + 4x2 + x -6 we draw a straight line from the diffrence of the two equations and then we read the coordinates at the point of the intersetion of the curve and the straight line

y = x3 + 4x2 + x -6

             0 = x3 + 4x2 + x -4

                           y = -2                        solutions 0.8 ,-1.5 and -3.2

 

                                                                                    x     1     0     -2

               y = x3 + 4x2 + x – 6                                    y    -3   -4     -8              

            0 = x3 + 4x2 + 0 – 2 

                        y =    x – 4                   

 

 

y=-6 + 4x2 +x

                        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

y=x-4

 

 

 

Y=-2

 

 

c          (i) solution 0.8

-1.5                                                                             

And -3.2

Average Rate of change

 

 

 

Defining the Average Rate of Change

The notion of average rate of change can be used to describe the change in any variable with respect to another. If you have a graph that represents a plot of data points of the form (x, y), then the average rate of change between any two points is the change in the y value divided by the change in the x value.

 

Populationinmillions
50
100
150
200
250
300
90
years

 

change in y

The average rate of change of y with respect to x

change in x

 

Note;

  • The rate of change of a straight  ( the slop)line is the same between all points along the line
  • The rate of change of a quadratic function is not constant (does not remain the same)

Example

The graph below shows the rate of growth of a plant,from the graph, the change in height between day 1 and day 3 is given by 7.5 cm – 3.8 cm = 3.7 cm.

Average rate of change is

The average rate of change for the next two days is  = 0.65cm/day

Note;

  • The rate of growth in the first 2 days was 1.85 cm/day while that in the next two days is only 0.65 cm /day.These rates of change are represented by the gradients of the lines PQ and QR respectively.

Number of days

The gradient of the straight line is 20 ,which is constant.The gradient represents the rate of distance with time (speed) which is 20 m/s.

Rate of change at an instant

We have seen that to find the rate of change at an instant  ( particular point),we:

  • Draw a tangent to the curve at that point
  • Determine the gradient of the tangent

The gradient of the tangent to the curve at the point is the rate of change at that point.

 

Empirical graphs

An Empirical graph is a graph that you can use to evaluate the fit of a distribution to your data by drawing the line of best fit. This is because raw data usually have some errors.

Example

The table below shows how length l cm of a metal rod varies with increase in temperature T ( .

 

 

 

Temperature

Degrees C

O 1 2 3 5 6 7 8
Length cm 4.0 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.0 5.9 6.0 6.4

 

Solution

NOTE;

  • There is a linear relation between length and temperature.
  • We therefore draw a line of best fit that passes through as many points as possible.
  • The remaining points should be distributed evenly below and above the line

 

 

 

 

 

 

The line cuts   the y – axis at (0, 4) and passes through the point (5, 5.5).Therefore, the gradient of the line is  = 0.3.The equation of the line is l =0.3T + 4.

 

 

Reduction of Non-linear Laws to Linear Form.

When we plot the graph of xy=k, we get a curve.But when we plot y against , w get a straight line whose gradient is k.The same approach is used to obtain linear relations from non-linear relations of the form y .

 

Example

The table below shows the relationship between A and r

 

 

r 1 2 3 4 5
A 3.1 12.6 28.3 50.3 78.5

 

 

 

It is suspected that the relation is of the form A= By drawing a suitable graph,verify the law connecting A and r and determine the value of K.

Solution

If we plot A against  ,we should get a straight line.

r 1 2 3 4 5
A 3.1 12.6 28.3 50.3 78.5
1 4 9 16 25

 

 

 

 

 

Since the graph of A against is a straight line, the law A =k holds.The gradient of this line is 3.1 to one decimal place. This is the value of k.

 

 

 

Example

From  1960 onwards, the population P of  Kisumu  is believed to obey a law of the form P = ,Where k and A are constants and t is the time in years reckoned from 1960.The table below shows the population of the town since 1960.

r 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990
p 5000 6080 7400 9010 10960 13330 16200

 

 

By plotting a suitable graph, check whether the population growth obeys the given law. Use the graph to estimate the value of A.

Solution

The law to be tested is P= .Taking logs of both sides we get log P = .Log P = log K + t log A, which is in the form y = mx + Thus we plot log P against t.(Note that log A is a constant).The below shows the corresponding values of  t and log p.

r 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990
Log P 3.699 3.784 3.869 3.955 4.040 4.125 4.210

 

 

Since the graph is a straight line ,the law P = holds.

Log  A is given by the gradient of the straight line.Therefore, log A = 0.017.

Hence,A = 1.04

Log k is the vertical intercept.

Hence log k =3.69

Therefore k = 4898

Thus, the relationship is P = 4898 (1.04

Note;

  • Laws of the form y=  can be written in the linear form as: log y = log k + x log A (by taking logs of both sides)
  • When log y is plotted against x , a straight line is obtained.Its gradient is log A  and the intercept is log k.
  • The law of the form y = ,where k and n are constants can be written in linear form as;
  • Log y =log k + n log x.
  • We therefore plot log y is plotted against log x.
  • The gradient of the line gives n while the vertical intercept is log k

 

 

Summary

For the law y = d + cx2 to be verified it is necessary to plot a graph of the variables in a modified

Form as follows y =d  is compared with y = mx + c   that is y =

  • Y is plotted on the y axis
  • is plotted on the x axis
  • The gradient is c
  • The vertical axis intercept is d

 

For the law y – a = to be verified it is necessary to plot a graph of the variables in a x

Modified form as follows

y a =  , i.e. y =  + a which is compared with y = mx + c

 

  • y should be plotted on the y axis
  • should be plotted on the x axis
  • The gradient is b
  • The vertical axis intercept is a

 

For the law y e =  to be verified it is necessary to plot a graph of the variables in a

Modified form as follows. The law y e =  is f  compared with y = mx + c.

  • y should be plotted on the vertical axis
  • should be plotted on the horizontal axis
  • The gradient is f
  • The vertical axis intercept is e

For the law y cx = bx2 to be verified it is necessary to plot a graph of the variables in a

Modified form as follows. The law y cx = b  is = b x + c compared with y = mx + c,

  • should be plotted on y axis
  • X should be plotted on x axis
  • The gradient is b
  • The vertical axis intercept is c

 

For the law y =  + bx to be verified it is necessary to plot a graph of the variables in a ax

Modified form as follows. The law   = a  compared with y = mx + c

 

  • should be plotted on the vertical axis
  • should be plotted on the horizontal axis
  • The gradient is a
  • The vertical intercept is b

 

Equation of a circle

A circle is a set of all points that are of the same distance r from a fixed point. The figure below is a circle centre ( 0,0) and radius 3 units

 

 

P ( x ,y ) is a point on the circle. Triangle PON is right – angled at N.

By Pythagoras’ theorem;

But ON = x, PN = y and OP =3 .Therefore,

 

Note;

The general equation of a circle centre ( 0 ,0 ) and radius r is

 

Example

Find the equation of a circle centre (0, 0) passing through   (3, 4)

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Let the radius of the circle be r

From Pythagoras theorem;

 

 

Example

Consider a circle centre ( 5 , 4 ) and radius 3 units.

 

 

Solution

In the figure below triangle CNP is right angled at N.By pythagoras theorem;

But  CN= ( x – 5), NP = (y – 4) and CP =3 units.

Therefore, .

Note;

The equation of a circle centre ( a,b) and radius r units is given by;

 

Example

Find the equation of a circle centre (-2 ,3) and radius 4 units

 

 

 

 

Solution

General equation of the circle is  .Therefore a = -2 b =3 and r = 4

 

 

 

Example

Line AB is the diameter of a circle such that the co-ordinates of A and B are ( -1 ,1) and(5 ,1) respectively.

  • Determine the centre and the radius of the circle
  • Hence, find the equation of the circle

 

Solution

Radius =

=  = 3

  • Equation of the circle is ;

 

 

Example

The equation of a circle is given by – 6x + .Determine the centre and radius of the circle.

 

Solution

– 6x +

Completing the square on the left hand side;

– 6x +

Therefore centre of the circle is (3,-2) and radius is 4 units. Note that the sign changes to opposite positive sign becomes negative while negative sign changes to positive.

 

Example

Write the equation of the circle that has   and  as endpoints of a diameter.

Method 1:         Determine the center using the Midpoint Formula:

 

Determine the radius using the distance formula (center and end of diameter):

 

Equation of circle is:

Method 2:         Determine center using Midpoint Formula (as before):

Thus, the circle equation will have the form

Find  by plugging the coordinates of a point on the circle in for

Let’s use

Again, we get this equation for the circle:

 

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

 

  1. The table shows the height metres of an object thrown vertically upwards varies with the time t seconds

The relationship between s and t is represented by the equations s = at2 + bt + 10 where b are constants.

 

T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
S 45.1 49.9 -80
  • (i) Using the information in the table, determine the values of a and b

(ii) Complete the table

(b) (i)   Draw a graph to represent the relationship between s and t

(ii)   Using the graph determine the velocity of the object when t = 5 seconds

  1. Data collected form an experiment involving two variables X and Y was recorded as shown in the table below
x 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
y -0.3 0.5 1.4 2.5 3.8 5.2

The variables are known to satisfy a relation of the form y = ax3 + b where a and b are constants

  • For each value of x in the table above,  write  down the value  of  x3
  • (i) By drawing a suitable straight line graph, estimate the values of a and b

(ii) Write down the relationship connecting y and x

  1. Two quantities P and r are connected by the equation p = krn. The table of values

of P and r is given below.

 

P 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.5
R 1.58 2.25 3.39 4.74 7.86 11.5

 

  1. a) State a liner equation connecting P and r.
  2. b) Using the scale 2 cm to represent 0.1 units on both axes, draw a suitable

line graph on the grid provided. Hence estimate the values of K and n.

  1. The points which coordinates (5,5) and (-3,-1) are the ends of a diameter of  a circle centre A

Determine:

(a)        The coordinates of A

The equation of the circle, expressing it in form x2 + y2 + ax + by + c = 0

where a, b, and c are constants each computer sold

  1. The figure below is a sketch of the graph of the quadratic function y = k

(x+1) (x-2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the value of k

  1. The table below shows the values of the length X ( in metres ) of a pendulum and the corresponding values of the period T ( in seconds) of its oscillations  obtained  in an experiment.
X ( metres) 0.4 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
T ( seconds) 1.25 2.01 2.19 2.37 2.53

(a)       Construct a table of values of log X and corresponding values of log T,

correcting each value to 2 decimal places

  1. b) Given that the relation between the values of log X and log T approximate to a linear law of the form m log X + log a where  a and b are constants

(i)         Use the axes on the grid provided to draw the line of best fit for the graph of log T against log X.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)        Use the graph to estimate the values of a and b

(iii)       Find, to decimal places the length of the pendulum whose period is 1 second.

 

  1. Data collection from an experiment involving two variables x and y was recorded as shown in the table below

 

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Y -0.3 0.5 1.4 2.5 3.8 5.2

 

The variables are known to satisfy a relation of the form y = ax3 + b where a and b

are constants

(a)        For each value of x in the table above. Write down the value of x3

(b)        (i) By drawing s suitable straight line graph, estimate the values of  a and b

(ii) Write down the relationship connecting y and x

 

  1. Two variables x and y, are linked by the relation y = axn. The figure below shows part of the straight line graph obtained when log y is plotted against log x.

 

 

 

 

Calculate the value of a and n

  1. The luminous intensity I of a lamp was measured for various values of voltage v across it. The results were as shown below
V(volts) 30 36 40 44 48 50 54
L (Lux ) 708 1248 1726 2320 3038 3848 4380

 

It is believed that V and l are related by an equation of the form l = aVn where a and n are constant.

(a)        Draw a suitable linear graph and determine the values of a and n

(b)        From the graph find

(i)         The value of I when V = 52

(ii)        The value of V when I = 2800

  1. In a certain relation, the value of A and B observe a relation B= CA + KA2 where C and K are constants. Below is a table of values of A and B
A 1 2 3 4 5 6
B 3.2 6.75 10.8 15.1 20 25.2

 

(a) By drawing a suitable straight line graphs, determine the values of C and K.

(b) Hence write down the relationship between A and B

(c) Determine the value of B when A = 7

  1. The variables P and Q are connected by the equation P = abq where a and b are constants. The value of p and q are given below
P 6.56 17.7 47.8 129 349 941 2540 6860
Q 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

 

(a)        State the equation in terms of p and q which gives a straight line graph

(b)        By drawing a straight line graph, estimate the value of constants a and b and give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

 

 

 

                PROBABILITY

CHAPTER FIFTY FOUR

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Define probability;

(b) Determine probability from experiments and real life situations;

(c) Construct a probability space;

(d) Determine theoretical probability;

(e) Differentiate between discrete and continuous probability;

(f) Differentiate mutually exclusive and independent events;

(g) State and apply laws of probability;

(h) Use a tree diagram to determine probabilities.

Content

(a) Probability

(b) Experimental probability

(c) Range of probability measure 0 ^ P (x) ^1

(d) Probability space

(e) Theoretical probability

(f) Discrete and continuous probability (simple cases only)

(g) Combined events (mutually exclusive and independent events)

(h) Laws of probability

(i) The tree diagrams.

 

 

 

Introduction

The likelihood of an occurrence of an event or the numerical measure of chance is called probability.

Experimental probability

This is where probability is determined by experience or experiment. What is done or observed is the experiment. Each toss is called a trial and the result of a trial is the outcome. The experimental probability of a result is given by (the number of favorable outcomes) / (the total number of trials)

Example

A boy had a fair die with faces marked 1to6 .He threw this die up 50 times and each time he recorded the number on the top face. The result of his experiment is shown below.

face 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of times a face has shown up 11 6 7 9 9 8

 

 

 

 

What is the experimental provability of getting?

a.)1   b.) 6

Solution

a.) P(Event) =

P(1)= 11/50

b.) P(4)= 9/50

Example

From the past records, out of the ten matches a school football team has played, it has won seven.How many possible games might the school win in thirty matches ?.

 

Solution

P(winning in one math) = 7/10.

Therefore the number of possible wins in thirty matches = 7/10 x 30 = 21 matches

 

Range of probability Measure

If P(A) is the probability of an event A happening and P(A’) is the probability of an event A not happening, Then P(A’)= 1 – P(A)  and P(A’) + P(A)= 1

Probability are expressed as fractions, decimals or percentages.

Probability space

A list of all possible outcomes is probability space or sample space .The coin is such that the head or tail have equal chances of occurring. The events head or tail are said to be equally likely or eqiprobable.

Theoretical probability

This can be calculated without necessarily using any past experience or doing any experiment. The probability of an event happening #number of favorable outcomes /total number of outcomes.

Example

A basket contains 5 red balls, 4green balls and 3 blue balls. If a ball is picked at random from the basket, find:

a.)The probability of picking a blue ball

b.) The probability of not picking a red ball

 

Solution

a.)Total number of balls is 12

The number of blue balls is 3

Solution

a.) therefore, P (a blue ball) =3/12

b.)The number of balls which are not red is 7.

Therefore P ( not a red ball)= 7/12

 

 

Example

A bag contains 6 black balls and some brown ones. If a ball is picked at random the probability that it is black is 0.25.Find the number of brown balls.

Solution

Let the number of balls be x

Then the probability that a black ball is picked at random is 6/x

Therefore 6/x = 0.25

x = 24

The total number of bald is 24

Then the number of brown balls is 24 – 6 =18

Note:

When all possible outcomes are count able, they are said to be discrete.

Types of probability

Combined Events

These are probability of two or more events occurring

Mutually Exclusive Events

Occurrence of one excludes the occurrence of the other or the occurrence of one event depend on the occurrence of the other.. If A and B are two mutually exclusive events, then ( A or B) = P (A) + P (B). For example when a coin is tossed the result will either be a head or a tail.

Example

  • If a coin is tossed ;

P(head) + P( tail)

=

Note;

If [OR] is used then we add

 

 

 

Independent Events

Two events A and B are independent if the occurrence of A does not influence the occurrence of B and vice versa. If A and B are two independent events, the probability of them occurring together is the product of their individual probabilities .That is;

P (A and B) = P (A) x P(B)

Note;

When we use [AND] we multiply ,this is the multiplication law of probability.

 

Example

A coin is tosses twice. What is the probability of getting a tail in both tosses?

Solution

The outcome of the 2nd toss is independ of the outcome of the first .

Therefore;

P (T and T ) = P( T) X P( T)

= =

Example

A boy throws  fair coin and a regular tetrahedron with its four faces marked 1,2,3 and 4.Find the probability that he gets a 3 on the tetrahedron and a head on the coin.

Solution

These are independent events.

P (H) =  P(3) =

Therefore;

P (H and 3) = P (H) x P (3)

= ½ x ¼

= 1/8

 

 

Example

A bag contains 8 black balls and 5 white ones.If two balls are drawn from the bag, one at a time,find the probability of drawing a black ball and a white ball.

  • Without replacement
  • With replacement

Solution

  • There are only two ways we can get a black and a white ball: either drawing a white then a black,or drawing a black then a white.We need to find the two probabilities;

P( W followed by B) = P (W and B)

=

  • P(B followed by W) = P (B and W)

Note;

The two events are mutually exclusive, therefore.

P (W followed by B) or ( B followed by W )= P( W followed by B ) + P ( B followed by W)

= P (W and B) + P( B and W)

=

Since we are replacing, the number of balls remains 13.

Therefore;

P (W and B) =

P ( B and W) =

Therefore;

P [(W and B) or (B and W)] = P (W and B) + P (B and W)

=

 

 

 

Example

Kamau ,Njoroge and Kariuki are practicing archery .The probability of Kamau hitting the target is 2/5,that of Njoroge hitting the target is ¼ and that of Kariuki hitting the target is 3/7 ,Find the probability that in one attempt;

  • Only one hits the target
  • All three hit the target
  • None of them hits the target
  • Two hit the target
  • At least one hits the target

Solution

  • P(only one hits the target)

=P (only Kamau hits and other two miss) =2/5 x 3/5 x 4/7

= 6/35

P (only Njoroge hits and other two miss) = 1/4 x 3/5 x 4/7

= 3/35

P (only Kariuki hits and other two miss)   = 3/7 x 3/5 x ¾

= 27/140

P (only one hits) = P (Kamau hits or Njoroge hits or Kariuki hits)

= 6/35 + 3/35 +27/140

= 9/20

  • P ( all three hit) = 2/5 x 1/4 x 3/7

= 3/70

  • P ( none hits) = 3/5 x 3/4 x 4/7

= 9/35

  • P ( two hit the target ) is the probability of ;

Kamau and Njoroge hit the target and Kariuki misses = 2/5 x 3/7 x 4/7

Njoroge and Kariuki hit the target and Kamau misses = 1/4 x 3/7 x 3/5

 

Or

 

Kamau and Kariuki hit the target and Njoroge misses = 2/5 x 3/7 x 3/4

Therefore P (two hit target) = (2/5 x 1/4 x 4/7) + (1/4 x 3/7 x 3/5) + (2/5 x 3/7 x 3/4)

= 8/140 + 9/140 + 18/140

= ¼

  • P (at least one hits the target) = 1 – P ( none hits the target)

= 1 – 9/35

= 26/35

Or

 

P (at least one hits the target) = 1 – P (none hits the target)

= 26/35

Note;

P (one hits the target) is different from P (at least one hits the target)

 

Tree diagram

Tree diagrams allows us to see all the possible outcomes of an event and calculate their probality.Each branch in a tree diagram represents a possible outcome .A tree diagram which represent a coin being tossed three times look like this;

 

 

From the tree diagram, we can see that there are eight possible outcomes. To find out the probability of a particular outcome, we need to look at all the available paths (set of branches).

 

The sum of the probabilities for any set of branches is always 1.

 

Also note that in a tree diagram to find a probability of an outcome we multiply along the branches and add vertically.

 

The probability of three heads is:

 

P (H H H) = 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2 = 1/8

 

P (2 Heads and a Tail) = P (H H T) + P (H T H) + P (T H H)

 

= 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2 + 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2 + 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2

 

= 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

 

= 3/8

Example

Bag A contains three red marbles and four blue marbles.Bag B contains 5 red marbles and three blue marbles.A marble is taken from each bag in turn.

  • What is the probability of getting a blue bead followed by a red
  • What is the probability of getting a bead of each color

Solution

  • Multiply the probabilities together

P( blue and red) =4/7 x 5/8 = 20/56

=5/14

  • P(blue and red or red and blue) = P( blue and red ) + P (red and blue)

= 4/7 x 5/8 + 3/7 x 3/8

= 20/56 + 9/56

=29/56

Example

The probability that Omweri goes to Nakuru is ¼ .If he goes to Nakuru, the probability that he will see flamingo is ½ .If he does not go to Nakuru, the probability that he will see flamingo is 1/3 .Find the probability that;

  • Omweri will go to Nakuru and see a flamingo.
  • Omweri will not go to Nakuru yet he will see a flamingo
  • Omweri will see a flamingo

Solution

Let N stand for going to Nakuru ,N’  stand for not going to Nakuru, F stand for seeing a flamingo and F’ stand for not seeing a flamingo.

  • P (He goes to Nakuru and sees a flamingo) = P(N and F)

= P(N) X P(F)

= ¼   X ½

= 1/8

  • P( He does not go to Nakuru and yet sees a flamingo) =P( N’) X P( F)

= P (N’ and F)

= 3/4 X 1/3

= ¼

  • P ( He sees a flamingo) = P(N and F) or P ( N’ and F)

= P (N and F) + P (N’ and F)

= 1/8 + 1/4

= 3/8

 

End of topic

                            Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic.

 

 

  1. The probabilities that a husband and wife will be alive 25 years from now are 0.7 and 0.9 respectively.

Find the probability that in 25 years time,

  • Both will be alive
  • Neither will be alive
  • One will be alive
  • At least one will be alive
  1. A bag contains blue, green and red pens of the same type in the ratio 8:2:5 respectively. A pen is picked at random without replacement and its colour noted

(a)        Determine the probability that the first pen picked is

(i)         Blue

(ii)        Either green or red

(b)        Using a tree diagram, determine the probability that

(i)         The first two pens picked are both green

(ii)        Only one of the first two pens picked is red.

  1. A science club is made up of boys and girls. The club has 3 officials. Using a tree diagram or otherwise find the probability that:

(a) The club officials are all boys

(b) Two of the officials are girls

  1. Two baskets A and B each contain a mixture of oranges and limes, all of the same size. Basket A contains 26 oranges and 13 limes. Basket B contains 18 oranges and 15 limes. A child selected a basket at random and picked a fruit at a random from it.

(a)        Illustrate this information by a probabilities tree diagram

(b)        Find the probability that the fruit picked was an orange.

  1. In form 1 class there are 22 girls and boys. The probability of a girl completing the secondary education course is 3 whereas that of a boy is 2/3

(a)        A student is picked at random from class. Find the possibility that,

  • The student picked is a boy and will complete the course
  • The student picked will complete the course

(b)        Two students are picked at random. Find the possibility that they are a boy

and a girl and that both will not complete the course.

  1. Three representatives are to be selected randomly from a group of 7 girls and 8

boys. Calculate the probability of selecting two girls and one boy.

  1. A poultry farmer vaccinated 540 of his 720 chickens against a disease. Two months later, 5% of the vaccinated and 80% of the unvaccinated chicken, contracted the disease. Calculate the probability that a chicken chosen random contacted the disease.
  2. The probability of three darts players Akinyi, Kamau, and Juma hitting the bulls eye are 0.2, 0.3 and 1.5 respectively.

(a)        Draw a probability tree diagram to show the possible outcomes

(b)        Find the probability that:

(i)         All hit the bull’s eye

(ii)        Only one of them hit the bull’s eye

(iii)       At most one missed the bull’s eye

  1. (a) An unbiased coin with two faces, head (H)  and tail (T), is tossed three

times, list all the possible outcomes.

Hence determine the probability of getting:

(i)         At least two heads

(ii)        Only one tail

  • During a certain motor rally it is predicted that the weather will be either dry (D) or wet (W). The probability that the weather will be dry is estimated to be 7/10. The probability for a driver to complete (C) the rally during the dry weather is estimated to be 5/6. The probability for a driver to complete the rally during wet weather is estimated to be 1/10. Complete the probability tree diagram given below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the probability that:

(i)         The driver completes the rally?

(ii)        The weather was wet and the driver did not complete the rally?

  1. There are three cars A, B and C in a race. A is twice as likely to win as B while B is twice as likely to win as c. Find the probability that.
  2. a) A wins the race
  3. b) Either B or C wins the race.
  4. In the year 2003, the population of a certain district was 1.8 million. Thirty per cent of the population was in the age group 15 – 40 years. In the same year, 120,000 people in the district visited the Voluntary Counseling and Testing (VCT) centre for an HIV test.

If a person was selected at random from the district in this year. Find the probability that the person visited a VCT centre and was in the age group 15 – 40 years.

  1. (a) Two integers x and y are selected at random from the integers 1 to 8. If the

same integer may be selected twice, find the probability that

  • |x – y| = 2
  • |x – y| is 5 or more

(iii)       x>y

(b)        A die is biased so that when tossed, the probability of a number r showing up, is given by p ® = Kr where K is a constant and r = 1, 2,3,4,5 and 6 (the number on the faces of the die

(i)         Find the value of K

(ii)        If the die is tossed twice, calculate the probability that the total

score is 11

  1. Two bags A and B contain identical balls except for the colours. Bag A contains 4 red balls and 2 yellow balls. Bag B contains 2 red balls and 3 yellow balls.
    • If a ball is drawn at random from each bag, find the probability that both balls are of the same colour.
    • If two balls are drawn at random from each bag, one at a time without replacement, find the probability that:

(i)         The two balls drawn from bag A or bag B are red

(ii)        All the four balls drawn are red

 

  1. During inter – school competitions, football and volleyball teams from Mokagu high school took part. The probability that their football and volleyball teams would win were 3/8 and 4/7 respectively.

Find the probability that

(a)        Both their football and volleyball teams

(b)        At least one of their teams won

 

  1. A science club is made up of 5 boys and 7 girls. The club has 3 officials. Using a tree diagram or otherwise find the probability that:

(a)        The club officials are all boys

(b)        Two of the officials are girls

 

  1. Chicks on Onyango’s farm were noted to have either brown feathers brown or black tail feathers. Of those with black feathers 2/3 were female while 2/5 of those with brown feathers were male. Otieno bought two chicks from Onyango. One had black tail feathers while the other had brown find the probability that Otieno’s chicks were not of the same gender

was

  1. Three representatives are to be selected randomly from a group of 7 girls and 8 boys. Calculate the probability of selecting two girls and one boy
  2. The probability that a man wins a game is ¾. He plays the game until he wins. Determine the probability that he wins in the fifth round.

 

  1. The probability that Kamau will be selected for his school’s basketball team is ¼. If he is selected for the basketball team. Then the probability that he will be selected for football is 1/3 if he is not selected for basketball then the probability that he is selected for football is 4/5. What is the probability that Kamau is selected for at least one of the two games?

 

  1. Two baskets A and B each contains a mixture of oranges and lemons. Baskets A contains 26 oranges and 13 lemons. Baskets B contains 18 oranges and 15 lemons. A child selected a basket at random and picked at random a fruit from it. Determine the probability that the fruit picked an orange.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      VECTORS

CHAPTER FIFTY FIVE

 

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

(a) Locate a point in two and three dimension co-ordinate systems;

(b) Represent vectors as column and position vectors in three dimensions;

(c) Distinguish between column and position vectors;

(d) Represent vectors in terms of i, j , and k;

(e) Calculate the magnitude of a vector in three dimensions;

(f) Use the vector method in dividing a line proportionately;

(g) Use vector method to show parallelism;

(h) Use vector method to show collinearity;

(i) State and use the ratio theorem,

(j) Apply vector methods in geometry.

Content

(a) Coordinates in two and three dimensions

(b) Column and position vectors in three dimensions

(c) Column vectors in terms of unit vectors i, j , and k

(d) Magnitude of a vector

(e) Parallel vectors

(f) Collinearity

(g) Proportional division of a line

(h) Ratio theorem

(i) Vector methods in geometry.

 

Vectors in 3 dimensions:

3 dimensional vectors can be represented on a set of 3 axes at right angles to each other (orthogonal), as shown in the diagram.

Note that the z axis is the vertical axis.

To get from A to B you would move:

4 units in the x-direction, (x-component)

3 units in the y-direction, (y-component)

2 units in the z-direction. (z-component)

In component form:  =

In general:  = ,

 

 

 

 

 

Column and position vectors

In three dimensions, a displacement is represented b a column vector of the form  where p,q and r are the changes in x,y,z directions respectively.

Example

The displacement from A ( 3, 1, 4 ) to B ( 7 ,2,6) is represented b the column vector,

The position vector of A written as OA is  where O is the origin

Addition of vectors in three dimensions is done in the same way as that in two dimensions.

Example

If a = then

  • 3a + 2b =

 

  • 4a – ½ b =

 

Column Vectors in terms of unit Vectors

In three dimension the unit vector in the x axis direction is = ,that in the dirction of the y axis is  while that in the direction of z – axis is  .

Diagrammatic representation of the vectors.

 

Three unit vectors are written as ; i =

 

 

Express vector  in terms of the unit vector I , j and k

Solution

5

=5i – 2j +7k

Note;

The column vector can be expressed as a i  + b j + ck

 

 

Magnitude of a 3 dimensional vector.

Given the vector AB = xi + y j + 2 k,then the magnitude of AB is written as |AB| =

This is the length of the vector.

Use Pythagoras’ Theorem in 3 dimensions.

AB2 = AR2 + BR2

= (AP2 + PR2) + BR2

=

and if u =   then the magnitude of u,   | u | = length of AB

 

 

 

 

Distance formula for 3 dimensions

Recall that since:  = , then if    then

Since  x =

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Example:

  1. If A is (1, 3, 2) and B is (5, 6, 4)

Find

  1. If Find

 

 

Solution

 

 

 

 

Parallel vectors and collinearity

Parallel vectors

Two vectors are parallel if one is scalar multiple of the other.i.e vector a is a scalar multiple of b ,i.e .

a =kb then the two vectors are parallel.

Note;

Scalar multiplication is simply multiplication of a regular number by an entry in the vector

Multiplying by a scalar

 

A vector can be multiplied by a number (scalar).e.g.      multiply    by 3   is  written  as  3 a.Vector 3a  has three times the length but is in the same direction as a .In column form, each component will be multiplied by 3.

We can also take a common factor out of a vector in component form. If a vector is a scalar multiple of another vector, then the two vectors are parallel, and differ only in magnitude. This is a useful test to see if lines are parallel.

Example  if

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collinear Points

Points are collinear if one straight line passes through all the points. For three points A, B, C – if the line AB is parallel to BC, since B is common to both lines, A, B and C are collinear.

Test for collinearity

 

Example

A is (0, 1, 2),   B is (1, 3, –1) and C is (3, 7, –7) Show that A, B and C are collinear.

 

are scalar multiples, so AB is parallel to BC.Since B is a common point, then A, B and C are collinear.

In general the test of collinearity of three points consists of two parts

  • Showing that the column vectors between any two of the points are parallel
  • Showing that they have a point in common.

Example

A (0,3), B (1,5) and C ( 4,11) are three given points. Show that they are collinear.

Solution

AB and BC are parallel if AB = kBC ,where k is a scalar

AB=                         BC =

Therefore AB//BC and point B (1,5) is common. Therefore A,B,and C are collinear.

Example

Show that the points A (1,3,5) ,B( 4,12,20)  and C are collinear.

Solution

Consider vectors AB and AC

AB =

AC =

 

 

 

Hence k =

AC =

Therefore AB//AC and the two vectors share a common point A.The three points are thus collinear.

Example

In the figure above OA = a OB = b and OC = 3OB

 

  • Express AB and AC in terms of a and b
  • Given that AM = ¾ AB and AN = , Express OM and O in terms of a and b
  • Hence ,show that OM and N are collinear

Solution

  • AB = OA + OB

= – a + b

AC = – a + 3b

 

  • OM =OA + AM

= OA +

= a +

= a – b

= b

 

ON =OA +AN

=OA +  AC

a a +

=  b

 

  • OM =

Comparing the coefficients of a;

=

Thus, OM = ON.

Thus two vectors also share a common point ,O .Hence, the points are collinear.

Proportional Division of a line

In the figure below, the line is divided into 7 equal parts

The point R lies 4/7  of the ways along PQ if we take the direction from P to Q to be positive, we say R divides PQ internally in the ratio 4 : 3..

 

If Q to P is taken as positive,then R divides QP internally in the ratio 3 : 4 .Hence,QR : RP = 3 : 4 or ,4 QR = 3RP.

 

 

 

External Division

In internal division we look at the point within a given interval while in external division we look at points outside a given interval,

In the figure below point P is produced on AB

 

The line AB is divided into three equal parts with BP equal to two of these parts. If the direction from A to B is taken as positive, then the direction from P to B is negative.

Thus AP : PB = 5 : -2.In this case we say that P divides AB externally in the ratio 5 : -2 or P divides AB in the ratio 5 : -2.

Points, Ratios and Lines

Find the ratio in which a point divides a line.

 

Example:

The points A(2, –3, 4), B(8, 3, 1) and C(12, 7, –1) form a straight line. Find the ratio in which B divides AC.                                                                                 Solution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B divides AC in ratio of 3 : 2

 

Points dividing lines in given ratios.

 

Example:

P divides AB in the ratio 4:3.  If A is (2, 1, –3) and B is (16, 15, 11), find the co-ordinates of P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution:

\   3(pa) = 4(bp)

3p – 3a = 4b – 4p

7p = 4b + 3a

     

 

Points dividing lines in given ratios externally.

Example:

Q divides MN externally in the ratio of 3:2. M is (–3, –2, –1) and N is (0, –5, 2).Find the co-ordinates of Q.

Note that QN is shown as –2 because the two line segments are MQ and QN, and QN is in the opposite direction to MQ.

 

\   –2(qm) = 3(nq)

–2q  + 2m = 3n – 3q

q  = 3n – 2m

     

 

 

P is P(10, 9, 5)

 

 

 

 

The Ration Theorem

 

The figure below shows a point S which divides a line AB in the ratio m : n

Taking any point O as origin, we can express s in terms of a and b the positon vectors of a and b respectively.

OS = OA + AS

But AS =

Therefore, OS = OA +

Thus S = a +

 

= a –

 

= (1  –

 

=

 

=  +

 

 

This is called the ratio theorem. The theorem states that the position vectors s of a point which divides a line AB in the ratio m: n is given by the formula;

S = , where a and b are positon vectors of A and B respectively. Note that the sum of co-ordinates  1

Thus ,in the above example if the ratio m : n = 5 : 3

Then m = 5 and n = 3

OR =

Thus ,r = a +

Example

A point R divides a line QR externally in the ratio 7 : 3 .If q and r are position vectors of point Q and R respectively, find the position vector of p in terms of q and r.

Solution

We take any point O as the origin and join it to the points Q, R and P as shown below

 

QP: PR = 7: -3

Substituting m =7 and n = -3 in the general formulae;

OP =

P =

Vectors can be used to determine the ratio in which a point divides two lines if they intersect

 

 

Example

In the below OA = a and OB = B.A point P divides OAin the ratio 3:1 and another point O divides AB in the ratio 2 : 5 .If OQ meets BP at  M Determine:

  • OM : MQ
  • BM : MP

 

Let OM : MQ = k : ( 1 – k) and BM –MP = n : ( 1 – n )

Using the ratio theorem

OQ =

OM

Also by ratio theorem;

OM = n OP +( 1 – n ) OB

But OP = a

Therefore , OM = n (

 

 

 

 

Equating the two expressions;

Comparing the co-efficients

2

 

 

= 10: 3

 

 

End of topic

 

                                   Did you understand everything?

If not ask a teacher, friends or anybody and make sure you understand before going to sleep!

 

Past KCSE Questions on the topic

 

  1. The figure below is a right pyramid with a rectangular base ABCD and VO as the height. The vectors AD= a, AB = b and DV = v

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Express

(i)         AV in terms of a and c

(ii)        BV in terms of a, b and c

(b)  M is point on OV such that OM: MV=3:4, Express BM in terms of a, b and c.

Simplify your answer as far as possible

  1. In triangle OAB, OA = a OB = b and P lies on AB such that AP: BP = 3.5
  • Find the terms of a and b the vectors
  • AB
  • AP
  • BP
  • OP
  • Point Q is on  OP such AQ = -5 + 9

8a  40b

Find the ratio OQ: QP

  1. The figure below shows triangle OAB in which M divides OA in the ratio 2: 3 and N divides OB in the ratio 4:1 AN and BM intersect at X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Given that OA = a and OB = b, express in terms of a and b:

(i)         AN

(ii)        BM

(b) If AX = s AN and BX = tBM, where s and t are constants, write two expressions

for OX in terms of a,b s and t

Find the value of s

Hence write OX in terms of a and b

  1. The position vectors for points P and Q are 4 I + 3 j + 6 j + 6 k respectively. Express vector PQ in terms of unit vectors I, j and k. Hence find the length of PQ, leaving your answer in simplified surd form.
  2. In the figure below, vector OP = P and OR =r. Vector OS = 2r and OQ = 3/2p.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Express in terms of p and r (i) QR and (ii) PS
  2. b) The lines QR and PS intersect at K such that QK = m QR and PK = n PS, where m and n are scalars. Find two distinct expressions for OK in terms of p,r,m and n. Hence find the values of m and n.
  3. c) State the ratio PK: KS
  4. Point T is the midpoint of a straight line AB. Given the position vectors of A and T are i-j + k and 2i+ 1½ k respectively, find the position vector of B in terms of  i, j  and k
  5. A point R divides a line PQ internally in the ration 3:4. Another point S, divides the line PR externally in the ration 5:2. Given that PQ = 8 cm, calculate the length of RS, correct to 2 decimal places.
  6. The points P, Q, R and S have position vectors 2p, 3p, r and 3r respectively, relative to an origin O. A point T divides PS internally in the ratio 1:6

(a)        Find, in the simplest form, the vectors OT and QT in terms p and r

(b)        (i)         Show that the  points Q, T, and R lie on a straight line

(ii)        Determine the ratio in which T divides QR

  1. Two points P and Q have coordinates (-2, 3) and (1, 3) respectively. A translation map point P to P’ (10, 10)
  • Find the coordinates of Q’  the image of Q under the translation
  • The position vector of P and Q in (a) above are p and q respectively given that mp – nq = -12

9

 

Find the value of m and n

  1. Given that q i + 1/3 j + 2/3 k is a unit vector, find q
  2. In the diagram below, the coordinates of points A and B are (1, 6) and (15, 6) respectively). Point N is on OB such that 3 ON = 2 OB. Line OA is produced to L such that OL = 3 OA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Find vector LN

(b) Given that a point M is on LN such that LM: MN = 3: 4, find the coordinates of M

(c) If line OM is produced to T such that OM: MT = 6:1

(i)         Find the position vector of T

(ii)        Show that points L, T and B are collinear

  1. In the figure below, OQ = q and OR = r. Point X divides OQ in the ratio 1: 2 and Y divides OR in the ratio 3: 4 lines XR and YQ intersect at E.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Express in terms of q and r

(i)         XR

(ii)        YQ

(b) If XE = m XR and YE = n YQ, express OE in terms of:

(i)         r, q and m

(ii)        r, q and n

(c) Using the results in (b) above, find the values of m and n.

  1. Vector q has a magnitude of 7 and is parallel to vector p. Given that

p= 3 i –j + 1 ½ k, express vector q in terms of i, j, and k.

 

  1. In the figure below, OA = 3i + 3j ABD OB = 8i – j. C is a point on AB such that AC:CB 3:2, and D is a point such that OB//CD  and 2OB = CD (T17)

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the vector DA in terms of I and j

  1. In the figure below, KLMN is a trapezium in which KL is parallel to NM and KL = 3NM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that KN = w, NM = u and ML = v. Show that 2u = v + w

  1. The points P, Q and R lie on a straight line. The position vectors of P and R are 2i + 3j + 13k and 5i – 3j + 4k respectively; Q divides SR internally in the ratio 2: 1. Find the

(a) Position vector of Q

(b) Distance of Q from the origin

  1. Co-ordinates of points O, P, Q and R are (0, 0), (3, 4), (11, 6) and (8, 2) respectively. A point T is such that the vector OT, QP and QR satisfy the vector equation OT = QP ½ QT. Find the coordinates of T.

 

  1. In the figure below OA = a, OB = b, AB = BC and OB: BD = 3:1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)        Determine

(i)         AB in terms of a and b

(ii)        CD, in terms of a and b

(b)        If CD: DE = 1 k and OA: AE = 1m determine

(i)         DE in terms of a, b and k

(ii)        The values of k and m

  1. The figure below shows a grid of equally spaced parallel lines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AB = a and BC = b

(a)        Express

(i)         AC in terms of a and b

(ii)        AD in terms of a and b

(b)        Using triangle BEP, express BP in terms of a and b

(c)       PR produced meets BA produced at X and PR = 1/9b – 8/3a

By writing PX as kPR and BX as hBA and using the triangle BPX determine the ratio PR: RX

 

  1. The position vectors of points x and y are x = 2i + j – 3k and y = 3i + 2j – 2k respectively. Find XY

 

  1. Given that X = 2i + j -2K, y = -3i + 4j – k and z= 5i + 3j + 2k and that p= 3x – y + 2z, find the magnitude of vector p to 3 significant figures.

 

SIMPLIFIED FORM 2 HISTORY LESSON NOTES

HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT

FORM 2

SIMPLIFIED NOTES

New Syllabus

CHAPTER 1

Trade

Trade is the exchange of goods or services for money or other commodities for mutual benefits. It is basically the buying and selling of goods.

Trade originated during the New Stone Age. During this period, man began a settled lifestyle. He became specialised in various activities such as weaving, pottery and livestock keeping. This specialisation made some people to produce certain items which others did not produce. The need of satisfying various essential material needs therefore led to emergence of trade.

 

Methods of Trade

 

Barter trade and currency trade are the two existing forms of trade in the world.

 

Barter trade.

Barter trade is the oldest method of trade in the world. It existed even during the Old Testament time. Barter trade exists even today. This occurs when people exchange goods for other goods. In this case no established medium of exchange is used. In certain occasions, services are exchanged for goods. The goods may also be exchanged for services.

Barter system was very popular before the introduction of money. For instance a cow could be exchanged for a number of goats. A basket of millet could be exchanged for a basket of maize or beans.

The people of ancient Ghana exchanged their gold with the people of North Africa for salt.

This form of trade did not succeed very well where there was language barrier. Barter trade exists even today. In Kenya, certain commodities e.g. agricultural products are exchanged for machinery and oil.

 

Advantages of barter trade were:

  1. There was direct exchange of goods or services for goods.
  2. It encouraged people who were exchanging goods for goods to get involved in actual production of the items. This kept the communities busy.
  3. Barter trade enabled people who had no goods for exchange to acquire goods they wanted by merely rendering services to those who had.
  4. It enabled people to acquire the goods they did not produce themselves.

 

Disadvantages of barter trade were:

 

  1. Barter trade was not very convenient because sometimes people could not acquire the commodities they intended to exchange their goods for. For example one may have intended to exchange a bag of maize with a bag of millet just to find that there was no millet in the market.
  2. The method was tiresome because all those who wanted to exchange goods had to carry those goods to the market sometimes for long distances.
  3. Since in normal trade there is a buyer and a seller, it became difficult to specify who the buyer or seller was because both were just exchanging items and there was no specific buyer or seller.
  4. It was difficult to transport bulky goods to the market.
  5. It was difficult to value goods being exchanged to ensure that the deal was fair for both parties exchanging items.
  6. Barter trade was not very successful where the people exchanging goods had no common language to ease communication.
  7. It was not easy to exchange certain items such as a bull or a donkey because if the other party did not have sufficient goods for exchange, a bull or a donkey could not be split into smaller units to match with the goods available.

 

The Currency trade

This method of trade involves the use of money as a medium of exchange. The medium of exchange must be acceptable and convenient to people.

Money may be used to purchase commodities or to pay for services. Money is also used a measure of value. Today, people value their property in terms of money. Objects which have ever been used as money before the introduction of modern currencies are cowrie shells, iron bars, bronze, salt, gold and silver.

 

The major world currencies are:

 

  1. i) US Dollar
  2. German Deutsche Mark
  • British Sterling Pound
  1. French Franc
  2. Canadian Dollar
  3. Mexican Peso
  • Japanese Yen
  • European Union Euro

 

Advantages of currency trade are

  1. It is easy to carry money when going to buy items because it is not heavy.
  2. Money can be split into smaller units which enables people to purchase any quantity of goods in the market.
  3. Items are valued easily in terms of Shillings, Dollars, Yen, Pound Sterling, etc. This makes the buyer to have an idea of the value of various items in advance.
  4. Currency trade brings about clear definitions of the terms buyer or seller. In this case the buyer is the one who gives out money to acquire goods while the seller is the one who gives out goods to acquire money.
  5. When one receives money for goods delivered or sold, he can save it in banks or store it without fear of any damage such as decay for a long time.

 

Disadvantages of currency as a medium of exchange are

 

  1. i) Currency can easily loose value (purchasing power) as it happened in Uganda during the era of President Idi Amin.
  2. If there are no goods available for buying, money becomes useless. Many a times people have starved almost to death during famine due to shortage of food to buy with the money they have.
  • Use of currency in business has encouraged robbery, pickpocketting and many other forms of crime.

 

Types of trade

There are three types of trade namely: local trade, regional trade and international trade.

 

Local Trade

Local trade is the exchange of goods within the same community at the village level. It may also involve the neighbouring communities or people who share a common boundary.

People who conducted local trade established markets on the community boundaries or in a central place where people from a number of villages met to exchange goods. People exchanged goods they had for the things they did not have. This type of trade exists in Kenya even today where local county councils have established markets in certain trading centres. Local trade covers a small area.

 

          The origin of local trade

Local trade originated from the time early man began a settled lifestyle. It was facilitated by the need to acquire what one did not have from those who had. The environmental differences also contributed the emergence of this type of trade.

 

          The development of local trade

Local trade developed as human population increased. The increase in population led to demand for various items such as food, clothing, pots and ornaments. Some people became specialised in making iron tools, others in making items such as pots, baskets and bark-cloth while others became pastoralists and kept cattle, sheep and goats.

The blacksmith obtained meat from the pastoralists and grains from the cultivators. The pastoralists needed knives and spears from the blacksmiths. The cultivators needed iron hoes; knives for harvesting; millet, sorghum and axes for clearing fields for cultivation. The demand for goods therefore encouraged local trade to develop and markets were established where people met to buy and sell things.

 

          The organisation of local trade

People established markets at the most convenient places for all. They set market days when they would meet to exchange goods. At the beginning, the form of trade was mainly barter. Later there was introduction of money (currency) which acted as a medium of exchange.

During this trade, people transported their commodities on their heads and backs. Some communities such as the Maasai used donkeys to carry their goods to the markets while the Somali and the Boran used camels.

People who traded were provided with security by local leaders.

Some established local merchants bought the items and resold them to other traders far away beyond the local boundaries. For example ivory was sometimes bought from the local markets in Samburu and Baringo and then transported to the coast where it was bought and shipped to Asia.

 

          The impact of the local trade

Local trade led to intermarriages between people of different villages and people of neighbouring communities.

It contributed to the unity of family members who constituted a community. This is because the interaction of people in the markets united them. Local trade enabled people to acquire what they did not have from those who had.

It laid the basis for other types of trade such as the regional and the international trade because some of the goods sold at regional and international levels were bought from local markets by the traders and eventually sold far away from the sources.

Local trade enabled some people such as Chief Kivoi of Ukambani to acquire skills in trade thereafter becoming experienced long distance traders. Where members of one community traded with members of another community there was development of languages through word borrowing as well as cultural exchange.

In this case members of each community would borrow some cultural practices which became known to them as they interacted in the markets.

 

 

Regional Trade

Regional trade is the exchange of goods within a specified part of a continent or region. It can be trade between different communities in a region who are living apart.

This trade involves a bigger geographical area than the one covered by local trade. It also involves more traders. An example of regional trade is the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

          The origin of the Trans-Saharan trade

It is not known exactly the time this trade started but it was going on between 1000AD and 1500AD. The people of West Africa and those from North Africa exchanged goods from very early times even before the Sahara dried up into a desert. The desert trade was later revolutionised by the introduction of the camel in the first century AD.

 

          The development of the Trans-Saharan trade

The Trans-Saharan trade began developing after the introduction of the camel which replaced the use of oxen and horses which were used by traders before the Sahara turned into a desert.

The people involved in this trade were the local inhabitants of West Africa such as the people of ancient Ghana, Mali and Songhai. There were also desert communities like the Tuaregs, the Berbers and the Arabs from North Africa. Later Europeans and Jewish traders who had settled along the North African coast became engaged in this lucrative trade.

The people of West Africa (Western Sudan) sold Gold, ivory, slaves, gum, ostrich feathers, colanuts and hides and skins to the people of North Africa and in return obtained horses, silk cloth, beads, cotton cloth, spices, mirrors, needles, dried fruits and salt from the North African traders. The salt sold was obtained from Targhaza, Taodeni and Ghadames while the gold brought for sale was obtained from Wangara, Bure and Budu mines.

The main trade routes were that which connected Fez and Sijilmasa in Morocco with Audaghost in West Africa and passed through Targhaza. The other started from Tunis in Tunisia through Ghadames, Ghat and Agades in the Sahara desert to Hausaland. Another one ran from Sijilmasa through Tuat, Gao and reached Timbuktu. The other one started from Tripoli and went past Fezzan to Bornu via Bilma. There were several other minor ones which made the trade routes to resemble a cobweb. All these routes touched the salt mines in the desert as salt was a commodity of trade very much needed by the people of western Sudan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Some Trans-Saharan trade routes and sources of goods

The Trans-Saharan trade developed due to the following reasons:

  1. The trade commodities which the traders from both sides demanded were available.
  2. The trade goods themselves were in great demand. For instance the people of West Africa demanded salt while the people of North Africa demanded gold.
  3. The West African rulers provided the traders with security.
  4. The desert Tuaregs guided traders; provided them with water, food and accommodation; showed traders direction; acted as interpreters; provided traders with security while crossing the desert and cared for the oasis where traders obtained water.
  5. There were established trade routes in the desert which provided considerable transport and communication services to traders.
  6. There were enterprising professional merchants who conducted trade across the desert.
  7. There were means of transport provided by use of camels, horses and donkeys.
  8. There was sufficient capital to finance trade.
  9. The local trade which existed in North Africa and West Africa laid the basis for the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

The development of the Trans-Saharan trade was hampered by some of the obstacles traders encountered as they conducted their business across the desert. Some of these obstacles were:

  1. Traders lost direction in the desert.
  2. They were attacked by desert robbers. This occurred when the Tuaregs changed their role of guides to that of robbers.
  3. vggbThe traders were affected by numerous sandstorms which blocked the routes they followed.

 

  1. The trades were also affected by weather variations because sometimes it became too hot and at other times too cold.

 

  1. The distance traders travelled across the desert was too long and scaring.

 

  1. Traders were sometimes in danger of attacks by dangerous desert creatures such as snakes and scorpions.

 

  1. There was communication barrier due to lack of a common language. This made it necessary for traders to use the Tuaregs as their guides and interpreters but later they became unreliable when they began stealing goods from traders.

 

  1. There was lack of adequate basic needs such as food and water especially in the desert.

 

iii)      The organisation of the Trans-Saharan trade

The Trans-Saharan trade was conducted by the people of western Sudan and the people of North Africa. The traders from North Africa crossed the Sahara desert by use of camels. The traders travelled in large caravans some with about 1000 camels and hundreds of people for security reasons.

The Tuaregs and Berbers were recruited to act as guides (takshifs) to the traders. These guides provided the traders with security. It took about three months to cross the desert. For this reason the traders had stopping places at the oases where they bought food and water for themselves and for their camels. It is the Tuaregs who maintained the oasis and acted as interpreters. When the traders reached western Sudan, they sometimes gave their goods to the local agents on credit. The form of trade was mainly barter.

The rulers of West Africa controlled the trade and provided security to traders. In return the traders paid taxes to the rulers. The main items of trade included gold, salt, horses, hides and skins, beads and cloth. When the time to travel back to North Africa reached, the North Africa traders employed people to be left trading on their behalf. The merchants stored goods in specific gathering points which acted as distribution centres. They mainly travelled one way in a year.

 

The problems the Trans-Saharan traders encountered

The Trans-Saharan traders faced a lot of problems as they carried out their business. The traders travelled long distances across the Sahara desert. Their journeys were tiresome and they had insufficient food and water. Sometimes the trade goods became exhausted.

The traders were frequently interrupted by hostile desert communities who wanted to steal their goods and by dangerous sandstorms which blocked their way. Traders lost direction and they were sometimes attacked by dangerous desert creatures. There were frequent shifts of trade routes. Traders were sometimes robed by desert dwellers.

 

The impact of the Trans-Saharan trade

The Trans-Saharan trade had several consequences:

 

  1. The trade led to development of urbanisation for example towns such as Gao, Timbuktu and Jenne.

 

  1. The trade led to the decline of empires such as ancient Ghana and Mali while others such as Songhai emerged.

 

  1. Islamic religion and culture were introduced.

 

  1. Intermarriages between North Africans and West Africans were promoted.

 

  1. The Trans-Saharan trade led to a class of wealthy merchants who participated in the trade.

 

  1. New cultures were introduced such as eating habits and new styles of dressing.

 

  1. The trade led to the introduction of foreign architectural designs in West Africa.

 

  1. The Trans-Saharan trade contributed to the establishment and development of diplomatic ties between West Africa and North Africa.

 

  1. There was growth of agricultural production as a result of the introduction of new crops.

 

  1. The sharia laws were introduced in the administration of West Africa.

 

  1. The trade exposed Africa to the outside world.

 

  1. The trade led to the development of communication between North and West Africa.

 

 

The decline of the Trans-Saharan trade

The Trans-Saharan trade began to decline in the 15th century and disintegrated completely in the 19th century following colonisation of West Africa by the Europeans. The factors which contributed to its decline were as follows:

 

  1. a) The gold mines in western Sudan got exhausted. This discouraged traders from coming to West Africa because the main trading commodity was not available.

 

  1. b) The Morrocans invaded West Africa in the 16th This undermined the trade because it created anarchy and insecurity in the region. The Morrocans wanted to capture this prosperous trade.
  2. c) The political instability in West Africa together with the decline of empires such as Mali and Songhai increased anarchy and insecurity in the region.

 

  1. d) West Africa was invaded by the Almoravids and the Tuaregs. This further increased insecurity along the major trade routes.

 

  1. e) The Tuaregs who guided the traders changed their roles from that of guides to that of robbers.

 

  1. f) The emergence of the Trans-Atlantic trade attracted the West African traders who were formerly involved in the Trans-Saharan trade. This led to reduction of the volume of goods and traders who participated in the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

  1. g) The Turks invaded North Africa creating insecurity along the caravan routes.

 

  1. h) The colonisation of West Africa by the Europeans reduced regional links and encouraged European exploitation of West African resources therefore undermining the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

  1. i) The British anti-slave trade pressure and eventual abolition of slave trade led to decline of the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

  1. j) Rivalry between caravans and the stiff competition of the traders sometimes resulted to wars which scared traders.

 

  1. Moroccan ports along the Mediterranean Sea were invaded by the Spanish and Portuguese soldiers in the late 15th century and early 16th This disrupted trade.

 

  1. European merchants began penetrating into the interior of West Africa for trade. They diverted the flow of goods such that goods were later taken to the West African coastal town such as Port Elmina and Accra.

 

International Trade

 

International trade refers to trade between nations. In modern international trade, nations within the same continent are included. The international trade of the period before the mid 20th century which is our main concern involved nations particularly those in different continents and which were not part of one geographical region.

This ancient international trade developed as a result of the improvement in water transport. This was achieved mainly through the construction of strong ships and acquisition of better knowledge of navigation which enabled sailors to explore and acquire knowledge about foreign lands overseas. An example of the international trade was the Trans-Atlantic trade.

 

The Trans-Atlantic trade

 

  1. i) Origin

The Trans-Atlantic trade began after the Portuguese explored the West African coast in the 15th century and after the Spanish sailor, Christopher Columbus sailed to Americas.

In the 16th century the Americas became colonised by the Portuguese and the Spanish. These two nations began to open up and develop their acquired territories through mining and establishment of sugar plantations. Attempts to use the Red Indians as labourers eventually failed. There was need to import Africans to supply labour in the mines and sugar plantations. This attempt marked the beginning of the Trans-Atlantic slave trade. The increased demand for sugar, tobacco and cotton in the European countries led to the establishment and growth of more and more plantations in Americas. A lot of labourers were therefore needed to work in the growing plantations.

Africans were more suited to plantation farming because they were handy and could work effectively in hot climates. They were used to tropical diseases and could survive longer. The Africans were also used to physical strains and hardships. All these made Africans to be regarded as the most potential suppliers of labour in the American plantations.

 

 

 

iii)      The development of Trans-Atlantic trade

The first African slaves were the twenty people who were captured and taken to Henry the Navigator in 1442. By 1510 a large number of African slaves from Guinea were exported by the Portuguese to the Spanish colonies. Later slaves were transported directly form Guinea coast to the West Indies.

At first the Portuguese were the leading slave exporters. In the 17th century, the Dutch took the leading role as more Europeans settled in Americas and increased the demand for slave labour.

The French and the British involved themselves in this lucrative trade. The British captured the leading role from the Dutch and they dominated the Trans-Atlantic slave trade in the 18th century.

The increased demand for precious stones, sugar, cotton and tobacco in the European markets and the demand for fire arms, cloth, alcoholics, tobacco, utensils, glassware ornaments, sugar, sweets and iron bars in West Africa accelerated trade.

 

The Trans-Atlantic trade developed and grew rapidly due to the following factors:

 

  1. The commodities which were required by the Africans as well as the Europeans and Americans, were available in the three continents that took part in trade.

 

  1. The goods were also in great demand in the continents especially during the industrial revolution.

 

  1. The West African coast had natural harbours where ships anchored.

 

  1. The West African rulers provided foreign traders with security.

 

  1. There existed enterprising merchants in America, Europe and West Africa who engaged in trade.

 

  1. The steamships provided efficient transport and communication means between the three continents.

 

  1. The acquisition of new knowledge of navigation enabled sailors to sail across the deep and stormy seas and oceans.

 

  1. The decline of the Trans-Saharan trade enabled a big volume of goods to be taken to the West African coastal markets.

 

iii)      The organisation of Trans-Atlantic trade

 

The Trans-Atlantic trade was well organised inform of a triangle which connected Europe, Africa and America. It involved European traders, African middlemen and American plantation owners.

Ships loaded with European manufactured goods such as fire arms, cloth, wines and spirits, cigarettes, iron bars, utensils, glassware, ornaments and sweets left Europe and anchored along the West African coast. Slaves captured in the interior of West Africa were marched along the coast. There were established places where the slaves were kept while awaiting shipment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The ships from Europe were unloaded and the European manufactured goods exchanged for slaves, colanuts, precious stones, hides and skins. The ships were once more loaded with the West African commodities which were shipped across the Atlantic ocean to Americas.

In Americas, the slaves were sold through auction. The ships were then filled with indigo, cotton, tobacco, rum, sugar, rice, timber and the precious stones like gold and silver. They were then shipped to European markets.

 

How the slaves were obtained during the Trans-Atlantic trade

  1. Raids were conducted for capturing slaves.

 

  1. Free men were kidnapped and thereafter sold as slaves.
  2. Two communities conducted wars and the one which was defeated had is people captured as slaves.

 

  1. Leaders sold criminals and even some of their innocent subjects.

 

  1. Slaves were battered with other commodities African traders required.

 

  1. Children and women were enticed with sweets and thereafter captured.

 

  1. The weaker states were forced to pay tributes imposed on them by use of slaves.

 

  1. The people who failed to pay debts were captured and sold as compensation. Alternatively, they surrendered a family member to be sold instead.

 

The impact of the Trans-Atlantic trade

  1. The Trans-Atlantic slave trade caused immense pain and suffering to innocent Africans who were captured, chained, beaten and forced to walk long distances to the West Africa coast.

 

  1. The trade caused an incalculable number of deaths especially during inter community wars, raids and during shipment. The death tool is estimated to be about 20 million.

 

  1. There was a decline in the local industries because the able bodied people were sold away leading to loss of labour and because of sale of cheap manufactured goods.

 

  1. There were changes in the role of chiefs who instead of protecting their people sold them as slaves.

 

  1. There was intensification of warfare in a bid to capture slaves. This resulted to division among and within communities which caused bitterness and disunity of the Africans. The wars between communities were accelerated by the acquisition of firearms.

 

  1. A class of slave merchants emerged in West Africa. Examples of the slave merchants were Jaja of Opobo and Nana of Isekri. The two were very powerful and wealthy.

 

  1. Some states such as Asante, Benin, Oyo and Dahomey rose to power and expanded due to the great wealth obtained from trade.

 

  1. The Trans-Atlantic trade led to expansion of urban centres along the West African coast where commodities were exchanged. Such towns were Whydah, Accra, Porto Novo and Badgry.

 

  1. To some extent some parts of West Africa where raids were conducted became depopulated. This contributed in retarding economic development in those areas.

 

  1. The European traders intermarried with the people of the West African coast giving rise to halfcaste (mulato).

 

  1. Africans developed a taste of the European goods.

 

  1. Some weaker kingdoms such as Ketu declined due to constant raids conducted by stronger states such as Dahomey.

 

  1. The Trans-Atlantic trade contributed to the decline of the Trans-Saharan trade because the goods flowing Northwards across the Sahara desert got reduced and instead were taken to the West African coastal markets.

 

  1. Some powerful rulers such as King Geso of Dahomey emerged as a result of the introduction of fire-arms.

 

  1. The trade encouraged slave raids which destroyed property. Houses and crops for instance were burnt into ashes during slave raids.

 

  1. The Trans-Atlantic trade led to the development of agricultural plantations in the Americas.

 

  1. The trade gave rise to people of African descent in Americas. These are referred to as American Negroes.

 

  1. The final blow as a result of this trade was that West Africa was colonised and therefore came under European control.

 

The decline of the Trans-Atlantic trade

The Trans-Atlantic trade declined in the 19th century because of a number of factors. The industrial revolution in USA led to use of machines to work in the farms. Slave labour was no longer necessary.

There emerged the humanitarian movement and the Christian Missionaries in Britain who considered slave trade and slavery as unjust and inhuman. A typical example of humanitarians was Sir William Wilberforce who presented the issue of slave trade and slavery to the British parliament. Dr. Livingstone also advocated slave trade to be abolished.

Some economists and scholars were of the feeling that free labour was more paying and productive than slave labour. Some of them argued that mass migration of the Africans should be discouraged to ensure retention of the markets for the European manufactured goods. The decline of plantation economy in America and the Carribeans reduced the demand for slaves for use in the farms. Also the slaves in the Carribeans and America resisted because they wanted to be left free from being enslaved.

Lastly, some Europeans felt that it was necessary to retain Africans in their motherland so that they could produce raw materials needed in the European industries. In order to achieve this, it was necessary to abolish the Trans-Atlantic slave trade which was draining Africa of its labour force.

 

 

Review Questions

 

  1. a) Define the following:
  2. i) Barter trade
  3. ii) Currency trade

iii)      Local trade

  1. iv) Regional trade
  2. v) International trade
  3. b) Explain the advantages of using currency over barter trade.

 

  1. a) Explain the origin and  organisation of local trade.
  2. b) Discuss the factors which contributed to the development of the

Trans-Saharan trade.

 

3        a)       Describe the role of Takshifs during the Trans-Saharan trade.

  1. b) Give five trade routes traders followed during the Trans-Saharan trade.

4        a)       what problems did the traders encountered during Trans-Saharan

trade?

 

  1. Discuss the effects of the Trans-Saharan trade on the people of western Sudan.

 

5        a)       What factors contributed to the development of the Trans-Atlantic

trade.

 

  1. b) Explain the impact of the Trans-Atlantic trade under the following headings.
  2. i) Social impact
  3. ii) Economic impact

iii)      Political impact

 

6        Why did the Trans-Atlantic trade decline in the 19th century?

 

 

Students’ Activities

 

  • Visit the nearest shopping centre and find out the problems the traders encounter as they carry out their business.

 

  • Draw relevant maps indicating the trade routes during the Trans-Atlantic trade and Trans- Saharan trade.

 

  • Demonstrate the methods used to obtain slaves and the way they were finally transported to the market along the West Africa Coast and sold.

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 2

 

 

Development of Transport and Communication

 

Transport is the movement of people and goods from one place to another. Communication is the transmission of information in form of news, messages and ideas over some distances. It includes sending and receiving of information.

The early forms of transport included land transport, water transport, human transport and animal transport. Human transport involved carrying goods from one place to another on one’s back, head and shoulders. Animals were also used to carry goods and people on their backs from one place to the other.

The earliest forms of communication were smoke signals, drum beats, messengers, horn blowing and written messages on scrolls and stone tablets.

 

 

Traditional Forms of Transport

 

  1. a) Land transport

This form of transport involved movement of people and goods on land. They either walked or they were transported by use of tamed animals which pulled carts and wagons.

Land transport developed mainly because of the invention of the wheel. The invention of the wheel made transport easier because at first it was used to move war chariots and carts which carried agricultural produce. This also encouraged the development of trade and wars. The invention of the wheel therefore eased transportation of bulky loads and speeded transportation of people to various destinations. It also facilitated travel over long distances within a limited period of time. Wheeled vehicles were pulled by horses, donkey and oxen. The invention of the wheel was followed by the development of roads.

 

  1. b) Human transport

Human transport involved carrying of goods from one place to the other on the backs, shoulders and heads. Sometimes people used shoulder poles to transport goods. The slave traders in East Africa captured slaves and forced them to carry ivory from the interior to the East African coast.

Human transport exists even today. It is common to see Kenyan women carrying firewood, coffee, picked tea and cattle feed either on their heads or back.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Porters

 

 

  1. c) Animal Transport

After man domesticated animals, he learnt that some could be used to transport goods from one place to the other. These animals carried loads on their backs and they also pulled wheeled vehicles such as carts and wagons.

The beasts of burden such as camels, oxen, horses and donkeys were also referred to as pack animals. Donkeys were commonly used in Kenya by the Maasai and the Kamba to fetch water. In many other places, donkeys carried trade goods to the markets. Oxen transported people and goods from one place to the other. They were also used for ploughing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oxen drawn carts

 

Horses were used to transport soldiers during war times. The soldiers sometimes fought on horseback. Horses also pulled chariots which transported soldiers to battle fields.

A camel was a very efficient beast of burden in the desert because it could stay for a long time without water or food. This is because it has a store of fat in its hump. Camels were used to transport goods during the Trans-Saharan trade.

 

Other animals which are used for transport are elephants, water buffaloes, dogs and Llamas.

 

  1. d) Water transport

Water transport began due to the need to cross rivers and lakes to look for food on the other side.

Man’s first boat like vessel was made of a tree trunk. It was later improved by hollowing it to make a dug-out canoe.

Man also discovered that he could make rafts with animal skins or from bundles of reeds tied together. The canoes and rafts were used to move across the shallow waters.

The Phoenicians, the Egyptians and the Greeks made the earliest ships many years before the birth of Christ. These ships were used in seas and oceans. The Arabs made dhows that were driven by wind.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A dhow

Development of modern means of Transport

 

Modern means of transport involves road transport, railway transport, water transport, air transport and space exploration by use of rockets.

 

Road transport

 

The Romans were the first to introduce good quality roads which were of very high standards. This occurred before the birth of Christ. Roman roads survived for hundreds of years because they were well drained and durable. These roads were used by carts chariots and wagons which were pulled by horses, donkeys and oxen.

In the 17th and 18th century, British engineers began constructing better roads and bridges. Some of these engineers were George Wade, John Macadam and Thomas Telford. These engineers brought about the construction of high quality roads that were durable and well drained.

By the close of the 19th century various modes of modern transport such as bicycles and motor vehicles had been invented and were in use especially in Europe. The invention of the pneumatic tyres by Dunlop to replace the solid ones and the invention of steam power engines revolutionised land transport. Etienne Lenoir from France invented the first internal combustion engine.

A German citizen, Nicholas Otto, invented the four-stroke compression engine. Later in 1883 Gottliep Daimler of Germany came up with an efficient and portable petrol engine which he used to make the first motorcycle and later petrol driven car which was the first ever made.

Others who joined in the league of manufacturing vehicles were Karl Benz of Germany and Henry Ford of USA who founded Ford motor company in USA and began manufacturing cars for sale.

The vehicle industry since then has been greatly improved. Vehicles that move at very high speed have been introduced. This has resulted to many accidents. As a result of this, in January 2004, Kenya government took the following measures to reduce the increasing number of accidents on the Kenyan

Roads and to make travel comfortable and enjoyable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modern cars

 

  1. i) All motor vehicles were to be fitted with seat belts.
  2. All public service vehicles were to be fitted with speed governors and were to move at a speed not exceeding 80 kilometres per hour.
  • The carrying capacity of public service vehicles was reduced.
  1. Drivers and conductors of public service vehicles were to be permanently employed.
  2. Drivers and conductors of public service vehicles were to be issued with uniforms and badges and photographs for identification.
  3. Drivers and conductors of public service vehicles were required to have certificates of good conduct.

 

There are millions of motor vehicles in the world today. The number is still increasing each day because they are manufactured in thousands each day in the world.

 

 

Railway transport

The idea of making railway lines came earlier than the invention of the locomotive engines. For instance the Germans used wooden rails for their trucks. The trucks were pulled by horses and donkeys. Later iron rails replaced the wooden rails.

The first steam engine that could be mounted on a truck was made by Richard Trevithick but it was slow and heavy. It was George Stephenson, a coal miner in England who came up with the best and powerful steam locomotive which was called the Rocket. Later diesel and electric engines were designed. A German called Rudolh Diesel designed a diesel engine. The Siemens brothers designed the electric locomotives in Britain.

After these inventions the railway transport spread to other parts of the world. The European colonialists developed the railway transport in Africa in the 19th century and 20th century.

 

Water transport

The first sailing ships were propelled by wind. These ships were made of wood. When steam power was discovered, ships began being propelled by steam engines.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A ship of the 17th century

 

A Scottish engineer known as William Symington built a steamship which was driven by a paddle wheel. An American called Robert Fulton built a steamship called Clermont that was used to carry passengers between Albany and New York. Some years later, internal combustion engines were invented. Since then oil replaced the power from coal in driving engines.

From 1881 iron and steel ships began replacing wooden ships. From 1840s, fast moving ships were developed when propellers or screws replaced paddle wheels. Between 1953 and 1962, the Americans were able to make war ships called submarines which used nuclear power.

The ships of today are propelled by very powerful engines and are resistant to strong waves.

 

Air transport

The first person to fly used a balloon. The use of balloons was followed by the introduction of airships that carried passengers within the first half of the 20th century. The airships used hydrogen gas that caused accidents because it was highly flammable. The Wright brothers made the first aeroplane that used a petrol engine. Their findings helped to develop aeroplanes that were used in the First World War.

Further improvements of engines brought about the development of jet planes that carry many passengers and travel at supersonic speed.

 

An aeroplane

 

Space Exploration

The first satellite was launched into orbit round the earth by the Soviet Union in 1957. The USA also sent satellites into orbit round the earth in 1961. Yuri Gagarin from Soviet Union became the first man in space.

The USA sent the first man, Neil Armstrong, to the moon in 1969. Since then a number of countries have engaged themselves in space exploration. The USA for example have a programme called Space Shuttle which helps to promote space exploration.

 

 

Impact of modern means of transport

 

The development of modern means of transport has positive and negative impact in the world.

 

Positive impact

The development of water transport, railway transport, road transport and air transport has improved trade between nations because it has quickened movement of business people and urgent documents and messages relating to trade.

Goods are quickly and easily transported from one place to another. Job opportunities have been created in the transport sector. For example people have taken careers such as driving, mechanics, engineering and piloting.

Industries for manufacturing engines, spare parts and other accessories have been established. Air transport has encouraged international co-operation and facilitated quicker and easier movement of perishable items such as fruits and meat. It has also enabled pests such as locusts to be sprayed from the air. It has enabled countries to conduct student exchange programmes.

Air transport has encouraged space exploration by use of satellites. Geologists have used aeroplanes to explore and map oil pools. Geographers have used aeroplanes when conducting aerial survey.

Water transport has provided cheaper means of bulky goods across seas and oceans for example the transportation of crude oil, machinery, agricultural products and chemical fertilizers. It has also promoted the fishing industry.

In addition railway transport encouraged settlers to settle in the colonies acquired by their mother countries. It also encouraged migration of people to other places and enhanced colonisation. Railway transport encouraged urbanisation on railway junctions. It encouraged mining and farming as it opened up remote areas during the colonial rule in Africa.

Road transport has helped to link communities leading to rapid cultural interaction. Road transport has also enabled many countries to have effective administration through quick transportation of administrators and police to the areas they are needed.

 

Negative impact

Modern means of transport have encouraged pollution of environment. Trains and vehicles emit fumes while aeroplanes produce a lot of noise. When ships carrying oil or mercury wreck, they contaminate the ocean waters and cause destruction of marine life.

Modern means of transport have led to loss of life of many people due to accidents. Plane and vehicle hijacking has increased. There is piracy in seas and oceans. International terrorism has been encouraged through air transport. Modern transport has encouraged wars because ships, vehicles, trains and aeroplanes transport soldiers and weapons during wars.

 

 

Traditional forms of communication

 

The traditional forms of communication involve smoke signals, drum beats, messengers, horn blowing and written messages on scrolls and stone tablets. Communities used these forms of communication to make their members informed of what was happening and what was expected of them. The messages were sent quickly and easily over considerable distances.

The traditional forms of communication alerted people of impending dangers in times of war. For instance warriors used them in times of crisis to inform others of the approaching enemies. Lastly they enabled relatives who were living apart to keep in touch with each other.

 

Smoke signals

Fire was lit in the areas that were visible for example on hills. The smoke produced was used to convey certain information. The smoke signals reached people very fast. It was a convenient method because firewood was readily available and therefore making it easy to make fire.

The method was disadvantageous in the sense that smoke signals could not be sent at night because smoke could not be visible. Smoke signals could not be used during cloudy and foggy weather.

For the message to reach, people had to be on lookout. It was not possible to use this method to communicate with people who were blind. It was difficult to make fire during the rainy season on hilltops. Strong winds also hampered lighting of fire. Sometimes the receiver could wrongly interpret the message signalled. The message was also never recorded or stored for future reference. Confidential messages could not be transmitted without being revealed to people.

 

Drum beats

Many communities used drum beats as means of communication. People made special drums for communicating. The drums were made in such a way that they produced different sounds. Messages were conveyed through the sounds. The Buganda people used drums for communicating. The Ibos of Nigeria used talking drums to communicate matters concerning deaths and festivals. Sounds from drums were heard by people who were several kilometres away.

This method was advantageous because messages were sent quickly. Sending the messages was not tiresome. People knew the meaning of the sounds produced by the drums so communication was easy.

The method however had some disadvantages. The drums could not be heard by people who were separated by hills because of echoes. Sometimes people could interpret the sounds wrongly.

Drumbeats required specialists to send accurate sounds for accurate interpretations. Deaf people could not communicate using the method.

 

Messengers

Messengers were people who were sent to deliver messages by word of mouth. They travelled on foot for some distances before they conveyed the messages to other messengers who also conveyed the messages to others. This continued until the message reached the recipient. These organised groups of messengers were known as runners. The messengers relayed the information and sometimes brought the feedback. They made people of a community to keep in touch with one another and to be aware of what was happening. Messengers informed rulers of the approaching enemies.

The disadvantages of this method were as follows:

The messengers sometimes gave wrong information in case they forgot the message. Sometimes the message could be distorted. Messengers were at times attacked by wild animals and killed. This resulted to the failure to deliver messages.

Sometimes messengers delayed the information in cases of sickness or an accident. Messengers delivered limited ranges of messages because of the problems of memory. The information relayed could not be easily kept confidential.

The relay method was tiresome because one had to run for considerable distances.

 

Horn blowing

Horn blowing was a method which was widely used among the African communities to send important messages. Sometimes horn blowing was used to call people for urgent meetings. It gathered warriors together in times of war. Special horns were blown to call hunters together especially among the Ameru people of Kenya.

Horns were also blown to alert people about important ceremonies such as circumcision among the Chuka people who are part of the Meru communities. Use of this method was advantageous in the sense that horn blowing could be used successfully at any time of both day and night except when it was raining heavily accompanied by thunderstorms because people could not hear.

Horns relayed specific messages and could be used in all seasons. They spread messages very fast without delay. Horns were obtained from domesticated animals such as cows and goats and from wild animals such as antelopes and gazelles.

The disadvantage of this method is that people who were specialised in blowing horns to produce meaningful sounds were required. Sometimes the messages could be wrongly interpreted if the horns were not accurately blown.

People who were deaf could not get the message. People could not use the method to communicate with others if they were separated from them by mountain ranges and hills. This is because the hills acted as a barrier and reflected the sound back.

 

Written messages on scrolls and stones tablets

A scroll was a roll of paper which was rolled round a piece of wood for writing on. Scrolls were used in Egypt, Greece, China and Japan.

Before the introduction of papers, the Egyptians used several sheets of papyrus to make a long sheet, which was known as a Scroll. They wrote messages on the scrolls. Part of the Old Testament Bible was written on scroll.

Stones were also shaped and messages written on them. These were called stone tablets. The Ten Commandments in the Bible were at first written on stone tablets. These stone tablets are sometimes called clay tablets. Writing was done on wet clay which later dried and left permanent marks. In Mesopotamia this type of writing was called cuneiform.

 

 

 

Developments in modern means of communication

 

The modern means of communication are Telephones, Televisions, Radios, Telegraphs, Electronic mails, Facsimile transreceivers, Telex, Pager, Internet as well as the print media which includes newspapers, magazines, journals and periodicals. All these send messages over long distances. They also keep people informed of what is happening and enable them to keep in touch with one another.

 

Telephone

The first telephone was invented in 1875 by Alexander Graham Bell. It enabled speech to be transmitted along wire. The following year it became possible to send the first telephone messages after Thomas Edison made improvements on the initial model.

At one end speech sound was converted into electric vibrations while at the other end the vibrations were converted into original speech. The telephone provides a very quick means of communication that enables the caller to get immediate feedback. Today, the telephone is competing stiffly with mobile phones.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modern Telephone

The Cellphone

Cellphones are the so called mobile phones. They are manufactured by a number of companies and they use radio waves for transmitting messages.

Mobile phone service providers in Kenya such as Safaricom and Kencell companies have established transmitter-receivers which detect radio signals sent by cellphones. The transmitter-receivers then send the signals back to the phones.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cellphones

 

Cellphones vary in sizes and they are convenient as means of communication. They can be used anywhere so long as there is the network.

The only disadvantages of cellphones is that they are easily stolen. Some phones have poor reception while others are very delicate and can get damaged easily. cellphones cannot be used in places where there are no sources of electrical power because their batteries require continuous charging. They are expensive to buy and also to maintain.

 

Television

The invention of the cathode ray tube in USA enabled the development of the modern television to take place.

This enabled people to receive news through sound while seeing pictures on screen. The televisions also became educational and entertainment facilities. The first televisions showed black and white pictures. Later colour televisions were introduced.

Today televisions are important because they entertain people, provide educative programmes and provide local and international news. However, the televisions are expensive to buy and require power from electricity or batteries which are expensive to buy and maintain. It is only the middle and upper class people who can afford to purchase and maintain televisions.

 

Radio

The first wireless messages were sent in form of electromagnetic signals through frequencies by Guglielimo Marconi. The wireless telegraphy became popular and more experiments were carried out which led to the transmission of speech by radio waves.

During the First World War, more experiments were carried out. In 1920 the first radio broadcast was made in Britain by the Marconi Company. The same year the Westinghouse Company also begun sending out regular radio broadcasts in America.

The British Broadcasting Company (B.B.C) began its regular transmissions in 1922. The first BBC radio broadcast was transmitted in Kenya in 1928. Later during the Second World War English and Kiswahili programmes were introduced in Kenya. The radio transmitted local and foreign news.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radio

 

Today the radio has become a very useful means of communication. It sends messages to distant places in the shortest possible time. The radio transmits educative programmes in form of Radio broadcast to schools as well as local and foreign news.

It also provides programmes to the general public, which give them awareness on HIV/AIDS, good morals, need for unity and how to become good law abiding citizens.

The radio serves a large number of people at the same time and it is cheaper to use than many other means of communication. It plays a big role in promoting trade through advertisement.

Lastly the radio entertains many people with songs and plays. This is possible because anybody can listen to the appropriate radio programme transmitted in a language he or she understands best.

 

Telegraph

Two scientists namely, Charles Wheatstone and William Coke invented the electric telegraph in 1837. The initial telephone wires were laid along railway lines in Britain inorder to alert railway officials about the movement of the locomotives.

Later an American scientist called Samuel Morse improved the telegraph communication by inventing one which never used needles but used a code of dots and dashes. This new device came to be known as Morse Code. It was used to send telegrams to many parts of the world. In Kenya the telegraph wires were laid down during the construction of the Kenya-Uganda railway.

 

Electronic Mail (E-mail)

Electronic mail sometimes called E-mail is a device which allows computer users locally and internationally to exchange messages. The E-mail allows distribution of messages (mails) to and from computers in a network. Each user of the E-mail has a mailbox address to which messages are sent. Messages sent through e-mail arrive within a very short period irrespective of the distance the sender is. Messages sent merely take seconds to reach.

The E-mail has some advantages when used as a means of communication:

 

  1. It delivers messages very fast.

 

  1. It is cheap because the cost of delivering messages far away is relatively low.

 

  1. Volumes or several copies of messages can be sent at the same time.

 

  1. The same message can be sent to many different people instantly.

 

  1. The E-mail messages are secure and one does not need to own a computer to use the facility. All one is required to do is to open an account through an Internet Service Provider.

 

 

Facsimile transreceivers (Fax)

This is a machine which enables transmission of written information like drawings, diagrams and maps in their exact form. Messages to be transmitted are fed into the machine which is connected by a telegraphic or telephone wire to a similar machine elsewhere which produces the message in photographic detail.

The sender makes first contact by telephone and then presses a button at the sending point. Both the sending machine and the receiving machine have drums with photographic papers. When the drums on both sides start to revolve, the facsimile copy is produced at the receiving end. The facsimile copy produced is exactly the same as the original copy at the sending end. It is transmitted in about half a minute.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax

 

This method of sending information is advantageous in that actual information is transmitted within a very short time.

One disadvantage is that it is more expensive to send messages using facsimile transreceiver compared with some other means of communication such as e-mail and telephone over short distances. However, the method is cheaper when used to transmit messages over long distances.

 

Telex

Telex uses a teleprinter which prints messages and send them to the other places instantly. Telex machines are switched on the whole day. The telex subscribers have numbers which must be typed and the exchange operator advises when the connection is made so as to start typing the messages.

When information is typed on a teleprinter, it is automatically typed and reproduced the same time by the machine at the receiving end in typescript. Today teleprinters are used all over the world to send urgent messages.

 

Pager

This is a device which enables the where about of a person to be located so that the person can be brought on telephone to hear a message and perhaps also reply to it immediately. It involves sending a signal that is received by a particular person who is alerted by the beeping of the pager.

It is common where people do not sit in offices but move from one place to another within a specified area. Its disadvantages are that it only receives a signal and one cannot send back the reply using the machine. It operates within a specified area where the signals can reach.

 

Internet

This is a computer network made up of thousands of networks world-wide. Millions of world computers are connected to the Internet and the number is still increasing at alarming rate.

There is no single individual, organisation or government which may claim ownership of the Internet. However, some organisations develop technical aspects of the Internet network and set standards for creating applications on it, but no single governing body is in control.

 

The backbone through which the Internet traffic flows is owned by private companies. All computers on the Internet communicate with one another using the transmission control protocol.

An Internet user has access to a wide variety of services which include shopping opportunities, real-time broadcasting, interactive collaboration, file transfer and electronic mail.

Users of Internet can search and find information of interest aided by special software and data stored in ready usable formats. This is called information browsing. Individuals are able to gain access to a wide range of information topics.

The Internet allows a person to use electronic mail and to transfer data in form of files across the Internet from one side to the other. The Internet also allows people to use other computers across the network. The use of computers is becoming popular in Kenya today. Many people and organisations are trying to connect their computers to the Internet so that they can interact with the rest of the world.

 

The impact of modern means of telecommunication

 

  1. The development of telecommunication has improved communication in the entire world by easing communication within countries, between various countries and between citizens and their governments as well as communication among individuals themselves.

 

  1. It has helped to improve travel. Pilots in ships and planes for instance communicate with others in control stations by use of telecommunication facilities.

 

  1. Trade has been promoted due to the development of telecommunication services which provide speed and efficiency of business transactions through advertisements.

 

  1. Radio and television provide mass entertainment to people all over the world. They have also kept people busy during their leisure time.

 

  1. Telecommunication technology has created employment opportunities for many people in the world.

 

  1. It has been used in modern warfare to communicate and to provide information to soldiers in war.

 

  1. It has enabled astronomers to explore the outer space in order to conduct space research. Satellite communication is mainly for this purpose.

 

  1. Many people have been able to learn a lot of new things as they watch the television and listen to radio programmes.

 

  1. Telecommunication services have enabled people to learn the cultures of other people in the world. The television has played a great role in achieving this therefore promoting cultural interaction.

 

  1. Means of communication such as the telephone enable direct delivery of messages to the recipients.

 

  1. The message can be delivered very fast within seconds to a person very far away by use of telephone, telex, fax and e-mail.

 

  1. The computers have enabled storage of information while the Internet has enabled access to other information in computers world wide. This is a great achievement in the development of telecommunication.

 

Print media

 

The print media includes communication through Newspapers, Magazines, Journals and Periodicals.

 

Newspapers

These are written messages containing local and foreign events. Before the introduction of regular newspapers, messages reached people through word of mouth and short letters posted to them or pinned on the notice boards for anyone to read.

The Germans were the first to introduce the newspaper system following the invention of the printing press by Johann Gutenberg in 1440. By the close of the 18th century almost all the countries in Europe except Britain had regular newspapers.

Britain however introduced the first newspaper entitled the Daily Courant in 1702. More and more publications followed in Britain after 1861 when printing of newspapers was legally allowed. Newspaper printing and circulation then spread to the rest of the world.

 

Newspapers are printed on daily or weekly basis. They contain news, advertisements and various articles on many fields.

 

In Kenya for example, we have daily newspapers such as the Daily Nation, The  East African Standard, Kenya Times, The People, Taifa Leo, and weekly newspapers such as Sunday Nation, Sunday Standard and Taifa Weekly.

 

Magazines

Magazines resemble newspapers except the fact that they are not published frequently. They may be published after a week, after a fortnight or after a month or even three months. Magazines cover articles, stories and announcements.

 

During the colonial rule Jomo Kenyatta was the editor of a magazine entitled, “Muigwithania”. Since independence, we have had magazines like the Kenya Gazette, Parents, Today, Weekly Review and Finance among others.

 

Journals

These are newspapers which deal with certain specialised subjects for instance they may deal with trade, medicine, education, science and specific topics in history. They are published at certain intervals.

We may therefore have titles such as ‘The Journal of African History’, The Medicine Journal and The Scientific Journal but each of them covering a specific area in a specified field.

 

Periodicals

These are magazines or other publications published at regular intervals for instance on weekly or monthly basis.

 

Advantages of print media

 

  1. Written information through the print media is preserved for a long period without being distorted, forgotten and damaged.

 

  1. Written of information through print media can be done any time because it is not effected by weather or any other physical aspects.

 

  1. It is cheap to store and also transport written material such as newspapers and magazines that contain written information.

 

  1. It is easy to use written information in the print media for future reference because one can easily review the message when necessary.

 

  1. It is easy for the literate to get information and directives from the government by use of newspapers and magazines.

 

  1. Newspapers and magazines are used to advertise business. This promotes business transactions.

 

  1. Ideas are able to spread fast.

 

  1. Printing and sale of newspapers and magazines has created employment opportunities.

 

  1. Print media provides foreign news therefore enabling people to be aware of what happens outside the country.

 

  1. Print media is not discriminative because it serves all the people who can read since newspaper and magazines are written using several languages. For instance, some newspapers are written in English, others in Kiswahili and some in various local languages (mother tongues)

 

Disadvantages of print media

  1. They can be used to spread propaganda.

 

  1. They can be used to tarnish the name of individuals for example the politicians.

 

  1. They sometimes include information that is not suitable for young children. This can affect the morals of the youth.

 

Review Questions

1        a)       Define transport and communication.

  1. b) Explain why the camel is regarded as the best beast of burden for use in deserts.

 

2        a)       Outline the impact of the invention of the wheel.

  1. b) Describe the main stages in the development of water transport.
  2. c) What is the impact of the development of modern water transport.
3        a)       List the inventions, which helped to promote road transport.
b)              What was the impact of the development of rail transport.

 

4        a)       Explain the development of space exploration.
b)              Describe the advantages of the development of air transport.

 

5        a)       Identify the traditional forms of communications.
b)              Explain the importance of radio as a means of communication.

 

6        a)       What is the print media?
b)              Discuss the impact of modern telecommunication.

 

Students’ Activities

1        In groups discuss the problems of various means of transport and communication.

  • Collect newspapers and magazines and then in groups classify the types of news reported.

 

 

CHAPTER 3

 

Development of Industry

 

Industrialisation is the process of producing goods from raw materials. Before the Industrial Revolution of the 19th century, wood, wind and water were the major sources of energy in the world.

 

The sources of energy

 

Wood

Before the 19th century wood was an important source of energy. Wood was used for cooking, boiling water and warming houses in winter. In the early 19th century, it was also used for making charcoal that was used for smelting iron. Wood was also used to heat water to prepare the steam power for driving steam engines and steam ships.

 

Wind

Energy from wind was used for pumping water from mines and wells. It was used to separate grains from husks (winnowing). Wind energy was used for driving ships and boats for instance the Arab dhows. Wind energy was also used to operate windmills used for grinding grains into flour. The balloons also used wind energy to fly.

 

Water

Water provided energy for operating spinning and weaving machines. It operated water mills for grinding flour. Water also provided energy for operating water pumps. It was heated to produce steam power.

 

 

Uses of metals in Africa

 

Bronze

Bronze is a mixture (alloy) of copper and tin. Bronze was used to make weapons such as daggers, arrowheads, swords, axes and spears. It was used to make tools which included chisels and hoes. It was used to make ornaments and utensils.

 

Bronze was also used to make containers, bronze sculptures and musical instruments such as flutes.

 

Lastly, bronze was used for making stones for constructing pyramids in Egypt and also for decorating king’s palaces.

Gold

Gold is an attractive metal that was used by rulers to decorate their palaces. It acted as a sign of wealth. The rulers of the Asante Kingdom in West Africa regarded gold as their sole property. Anyone who obtained a gold nugget had to hand it over to the king.

Gold was used to make golden ornaments and sculptures. It was an important commodity of trade among the people of the Mwene Mtapa Kingdom and the city-state of Kilwa that minted gold coins. Gold was also used to make knife handles, utensils and containers.

 

Copper

Copper was found in many parts of Africa such as Egypt, Zaire and Zambia. Copper was used to make ornaments such as bangles. It was used to make tools such as needles and to mint copper coins that acted as a sign of wealth and medium of exchange.

Copper utensils were also made from it. It was also used for decorating the kings’ palaces and for making brass and bronze alloys. Copper was used to make water pipes in Egypt. Lastly it was used for making weapons.

 

Iron

There were several early iron working centres in Africa such as Meroe, Nok, Taruga, Axum, Korotoro, Kwale and Kavirondo gulf. These early iron-working centres were famous for making a variety of iron tools such as hoes, knives and axes. In some places cattle bells and jingles for festivities were made.

Iron was widely used for making high quality weapons of the time such as daggers, swords, spearheads, arrowheads and stabbing knives.

Gold sculptures which represented people were made in West Africa in Nok and Taruga iron working sites. The Bantu are associated with the spread of iron working technology in Africa.

 

The spread of iron working technology had the following impact:

 

  1. More land was cultivated due to the introduction of better iron tools such as hoes and axes which cleared forests.
  2. Trade increased especially between the blacksmiths and the cultivators.

 

  1. It encouraged migrations because the iron weapons made the migrating communities to have confidence of conquering others and settling in their land since security was guaranteed.

 

  1. The iron weapons made some communities to expand through conquest. This led to the growth of strong states such as Nubia, Mwene Mtapa, Buganda, Axum and Ancient Ghana.

 

  1. The iron making in Africa encouraged wars because people acquired superior iron weapons which gave them courage to advance and conquer others.

 

  1. Iron working encouraged job specialisation. Some people became blacksmiths others began making specific items such as knives, daggers, axes, hoes and spear heads.

 

  1. There was rapid increase in food production because of increase in farmlands.

 

  1. The early mining centres attracted more people. This encouraged urbanisation.

 

  1. Iron weapons enables various communities to improve their systems of defence.

 

  1. The weak communities were displaced by the stronger ones and sometimes assimilated during migration.

 

  1. In some areas iron became a medium of exchange.

 

 

Uses of various sources of energy during the Industrial Revolution in Europe

 

Coal

Coal was the main source of energy in the 19th century. It heated water to very high temperatures to produce steam which drove water pumps for removing water in the coal mines. Coal was used to produce steam for driving steamships and the locomotives. It was also used for heating and lighting houses.

 

Today, coal is used for generating electricity and providing power for industries.

 

Oil

The use of petroleum became popular during the industrial revolution. At first oil was used to light lamps which were used in houses and streets.

When the first internal combustion engine which used petrol was invented by Gottlieb Daimler, petroleum began being used for driving motor vehicles. Petroleum was also used for lubricating machines in factories and for generating thermal – electricity. Petroleum was used as medicine by the Chinese and the Indians. Today petroleum products are used in industries to make drugs, synthetics, plastics and fertilisers.

The disadvantages of petroleum

It is expensive to mine. Once extracted and exhausted it cannot be renewed. Lastly it pollutes the environment.

Steam

Steam was produced by heating water to very high temperatures. When steam was produced it was used as follows:

 

  1. To drive heavy machines in factories.

 

  1. To pump out water out of mines.

 

  1. To drive steam driven vehicles.

 

  1. To drive steam driven trains and locomotives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steam locomotive

 

  1. To drive steamships and steam boats.

 

  1. To operate spinning and weaving machines.

 

Electricity

There are two forms of electricity, Hydro-electricity and Thermal electricity. Hydro-electricity is produced by converting the energy of moving water to electrical energy. Thermal electricity is produced by burning oil or coal to provide heat which is used to produce steam which turn steam turbines and hence generate electricity.

 

The electrical power was used and is still used as follows:

  1. To drive machines in industries and factories.

 

  1. To light houses.

 

  1. To drive electric trains and cars

 

  1. To heat houses.

 

  1. To supply power to radios, televisions, cinema and computers.

 

  1. To supply power to refrigerators and electric cookers.

 

  1. For welding.

 

  1. To boil water.

 

  1. To fence game parks.

 

Uses of iron and steel

The smelting of iron started very early when communities started separating it from rock. In the 18th and 19th centuries new iron smelting techniques were discovered. This came about because iron was very much in demand during the Industrial Revolution especially in the transport sector where it was used for making ships, trains, rails and bridges. Iron was also used to make textile machines, water pipes and ploughs.

 

In the mid 19th century, Henry Bessemer discovered the method of converting iron into steel. There after, steel replaced iron in the making of many equipment required in the transport industry. For instance rail bars, trains, ships and bridges were made by use of steel because it is stronger than iron. Later steel was used for reinforcing concrete during construction of permanent buildings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steel producing plant

 

Today steel has a wide range of uses for instance it is used in the motor vehicle industries, ship building industries, in the industries for making trains and also in the industries which make building materials such as iron sheets, roofing bars, nuts and bolts. Steel is therefore widely used to make many kinds of tools and machinery.

 

Industrialisation in Britain

Britain was the first European nation to industrialise. During the first half of the 19th century, it was the leading industrialised nation in the world. It manufactured textiles and a variety of items made of iron.

Britain had rich coal mines which provided enough coal for industrial power. The surplus was exported. This made Britain to be the leading trading nation during the first half of the 19th century.

The other European countries and USA borrowed the industrial technology from Britain. By 1870s Britain ceased to be the world’s leading industrialised nation.

The last half of the 19th century was associated with many scientific inventions and discoveries which promoted industrialisation not only in Britain but also in other nations like USA, France and Germany. Britain became the first nation to industrialise because of the following factors which contributed to the development of industries:

 

  1. Britain had good transport and communication network.

 

  1. It had enough capital to invest in industry.

 

  1. There was sufficient raw materials in Britain in form of coal, iron and cotton for use in the industries.

 

  1. Britain enjoyed a long period of peace and political stability.

 

  1. The British army was strong and superior. It defended the waters of Britain effectively from competitions by rival nations from sea pirates.

 

  1. Britain had well advanced insurance and banking systems.

 

  1. Trade barrier such as tariffs which could hinder trade never existed in Britain by then because it had adopted the policy of free trade.

 

  1. Britain had enterprising merchants who manned trade and also encouraged industrial growth and development.

 

  1. It had well developed cottage industries which laid the basis of the industrial take off.

 

  1. There was adequate skilled and unskilled labour.

 

  1. The acquisition of colonies overseas provided Britain with more raw materials for the industries.

 

  1. The rapid population growth in Britain expanded the internal market for the manufactured goods while the acquisition of colonies overseas provided external markets.

 

  1. The technological advancement of the people in Britain brought about new inventions which stimulated industrialisation.

 

  1. There was availability of energy from coal.

 

  1. The Agrarian Revolution had provided industrial workers with sufficient food.

 

The effects of the industrialisation in Britain in the 19th century

 

  1. The industrialisation of Britain in the 19th century stimulated the rural-urban migration of the landless who went to seek for employment in the emerging industrial centres. This led to expansion of industrial centres and hence urbanisation.

 

  1. Transport and communication facilities such as roads, railways, and telephones were developed to serve the industrial centres by facilitating trade and transportation of raw materials to the factories and manufacture of goods to the market.

 

  1. There was the expansion of the banking industry and insurance. These provided services to both industrial owners and workers. They also created new employment opportunities.

 

  1. The industrialisation in Britain led to enormous expansion of local and international trade. The manufactured goods were sold to the British citizens and the surplus was sold to the rest of Europe and to the British colonies overseas. The British colonies provided raw materials such as palm oil, iron, copper and cotton in return.

 

  1. Colonialism was encouraged as a means of acquiring sources of raw materials for the British industries. Britain was able to acquire colonies such as India, Egypt, Ghana and Nigeria.

 

  1. The standards of living of many Britons was raised due to income obtained from the industries. The rise of the standards of living of the middle class in particular resulted to the class struggle between the rich and the poor in Britain therefore sharpening the social stratification.

 

  1. The industrialisation in Britain led to development of agricultural production in Britain as well as in USA and other British colonies. The industrial workers in Britain required food. The machines required lubricating oil which was obtained from the palm oil grown along the West African coast. Cotton was obtained from America and used in the British textile industries to manufacture cotton cloth.

 

  1. The industrialisation in Britain encouraged establishment of many kinds of machines. These industrial machines produced fumes which polluted the environment. There was also excessive noise which made some people deaf.

 

  1. Poor living conditions of factory workers encouraged emergence of poor housing or slums. In these slums there was overcrowding of houses which were not properly ventilated. The poor living conditions were as a result of the low wages of the factory workers.

 

  1. The industrialisation in Britain also encouraged exploitation of labour. Children and women laboured for long hours in industries before manual labour was replaced by use of machines.

 

  1. Industrialisation in Britain caused unemployment especially after machines were introduced which could do the work formerly done by labourers. The jobless still remained living in slums but they turned to new careers which were immoral such as robbery and prostitution as a means of their survival.

 

  1. The overcrowding of people in towns and poor sanitary facilities resulted to outbreaks of diseases such as dysentery, cholera and tuberculosis.

 

 

Industrialisation in continental Europe

 

It is necessary to note that industrialisation technology spread to other countries of Europe from Britain in the second half of the 19th century. Countries such as Germany, France and Belgium which had abundant deposits of coal, iron and steel as well as the supply of both skilled and unskilled labour became industrialised next.

To achieve this, industrial research was carried out. The discovery of the method of converting iron into steel by Henry Bessemer revolutionised the industrial sector. Electricity and petroleum were also discovered and they became important sources of energy for the industries.

 

The rapid industrialisation of continental Europe was characterised by the following:

  • Improved transport and communication to ease transportation of raw materials and marketing of ready manufactured goods.
  • Increased exploitation of coal and iron ore.
  • Improvements in agriculture in order to produce enough food for urban dwellers and industrial workers and also to provide some industrial raw materials.
  • Mass production of manufactured goods as well as the coming up of many new inventions as a result of increased industrial research.

 

Problems the industrial workers experienced

 

  1. Workers were paid very low wages making them to experience poor living conditions.

 

  1. Workers were exposed to very dangerous machines, noise and chemicals which resulted to injuries, suffocation, accidents and deaths.

 

  1. Diseases attacked workers because their living conditions were very poor. Such diseases were typhoid, cholera, dysentery and tuberculosis.

 

  1. Women and children toiled in the factories and they were also subjected to long working hours which denied them leisure and rest.

 

  1. The environment they worked in was polluted due to improper disposal of industrial waste.

 

  1. Workers lived in overcrowded houses where there was inadequate lighting conditions and poor ventilation.

 

  1. The poverty as a result of low wages increased crime rate in towns. Workers were therefore exposed to constant robbery.

 

  1. The factory workers were not insured.

 

 

Effects of the industrial revolution in Europe

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution in Europe stimulated rural urban migration of the landless who wanted to look for jobs in the expanding urban centres.

 

  1. There was scramble for colonies as a means of acquiring sources of raw materials for the industries in Europe and looking for market for the surplus manufactured goods as well as suitable areas for investing their surplus capital.

 

  1. There was increased urbanisation because employment opportunities attracted many people. Trade that developed in towns attracted businessmen who opened other commercial activities that also attracted many people. The development of transport and communication systems and the use of machines in the cottage industry also made people to move to urban centres and hence promoting urbanisation.

 

  1. The standards of living of the people in Europe were raised due to income from the industries.

 

  1. It stimulated expansion of factories instead of cottage industries. Banking and insurance were established.

 

  1. Industrial Revolution in Europe created employment opportunities in the industrial sector in form of mechanics, plant operators, engineers and managers.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution led to the rise of trade unionism in the European countries such as Britain, France and Germany.

 

  1. There was replacement of human labour with the use of machines.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution in Europe led to production of goods in large quantities. These goods were exported in bulk.

 

  1. It encouraged the development of transport and communication systems such as railways and roads.

 

  1. The industries led to pollution of the environment, overcrowding of people and crime.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution in Europe promoted the development of agriculture because the industrial workers needed food.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution in Europe caused unemployment in the countries where the use of machines had replaced manual labour.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution in Europe stimulated local and international trade.

 

  1. The Industrial Revolution finally led to exploitation of labour. Children worked in factories for long hours.

 

 

Emergence of the world industrial powers

The USA

The USA has led in industrialisation for a long period. Before it became industrialised the Americans were largely agricultural people. The Britons who migrated from Britain to America are the one who stimulated industrialisation in the USA.

 

Many factors however contributed to the success of the industrialisation in the USA. These factors are as follows:

 

  1. The USA had abundant natural resources such as iron ore and coal as well as forestry resources.

 

  1. There was adequate skilled and unskilled labour due to the high population in USA. Slaves also provided labour in the American farms leading to production of raw materials for use in the American industries.

 

  1. The USA had adequate energy resources such as coal and iron ore. Later uranium, petroleum, electricity and natural gas were introduced.

 

  1. There was the development of transport and communication in form of railways, roads, airways, telegraph, radio, telephones, telegrams and televisions.

 

  1. The technological advancement in North America in the 19th and 20th centuries contributed to the industrial advancement in the USA because a lot of discoveries and inventions on industry were made.

 

  1. Banks and insurance were introduced in the USA. They contributed a lot to the industrial sector.

 

  1. The government of the USA encouraged foreign investors from Germany and Japan to come and invest in industry.

 

  1. The USA had adequate capital obtained locally as a result of the Agrarian Revolution as well as from the foreigners who had invested there.

 

  1. The USA enjoyed a long period of political stability. Even in the 20th century the USA joined the two world wars almost the time they were ending. Also there were few strikes and industrial disputes.

 

  1. The British citizens who migrated to the USA introduced plantation agriculture that provided the initial industries with the agricultural raw materials. This laid the basis for heavy industries that used iron and steel.

 

  1. In the 20th century the USA embarked on intensive research aimed at promoting industry. The institutions of learning emphasised on Science and scientific research. The universities in particular became devoted to industrial development.

 

  1. The government policies favoured the growing industries. The USA government for example encouraged the home market by discouraging the imposition of tariffs on locally manufactured commodities.

 

  1. The USA had a strong agricultural base that contributed to her industrial take off. This is because the industrial labour force could get enough food supply and raw materials for the processing industries based on agricultural product.

 

The effects of industrialisation on the USA

  1. The people’s standards of living has been improved. The USA government supports the unemployed US citizens.

 

  1. The USA economy has been diversified. It now attains income from both agriculture and industry.

 

  1. The USA has been able to boost her industrial technology by encouraging education based on science and research.

 

  1. The USA has become the major world power after the break of the former USSR.

 

  1. The USA has been able to use its industrial product and technology to mechanise agriculture in order to increase the agricultural yields. This has enabled the USA to provide the growing population with sufficient food.

 

  1. The industrial development in the USA has enabled it to take part in space exploration. The first human being to land on the moon, Neil Armstrong, was from the USA.

 

  1. The USA has been able to earn foreign currency which has enabled it to acquire abundant foreign reserve. This has also enabled the USA to be one of the world’s leading donor states. For example the USA provided financial and technical aid to Brazil and Egypt which enabled them to industrialise.

 

  1. The US businessmen have been able to invest locally because of the wealth obtained from the industrial sector.

 

  1. Industrialisation has enabled the USA to develop its military might. This military might enabled US to oust Saddam Hussein of Iraq from power.

 

  1. Industrialisation has encouraged urbanisation.

 

  1. Industrialisation has encouraged pollution of the environment.

 

  1. Industrialisation created job opportunities for the Americans.

Germany

Germany began being industrialised in the 19th century. By 1900 it was second to USA in industrialisation.

 

Several factors facilitated the industrial development in Germany. These were as follows:

 

  1. The creation of German customs union (Zollverein) unified the Germans. This was followed by rapid economic development.

 

  1. Germany had large amounts of raw materials such as iron ore and coal. Iron ore was obtained from Alsace-Lorraine while coal was obtained from Ruhr and Saar mines.

 

  1. The USA through the Marshall plan provided Germany with financial aid for reconstruction after the Second World War.

 

  1. The German population was increased rapidly. This growing population provided skilled and unskilled labour.

 

  1. Germany had well-developed transport and communication facilities in form of railways, roads and canals.

 

  1. The German government supported industrialisation by encouraging ambitious Germans to invest locally in industry and also through protection of tariffs and subsidies.

 

  1. The industrial base that existed before the Second World War in Germany was revoked even after the war.

 

  1. Germany enjoyed political stability after the Second World War. This encouraged industrial development.

 

  1. There was sufficient power for the German industries from coal.

 

  1. The manufactured goods from Germany had markets in South America and Far East.

 

  1. The development of education based on science and technology in Germany enabled it to produce scientists and very skilled manpower.

 

  1. The second unification of East and West Germany widened the scope of industrial output.
  2. There were improved agricultural techniques in Germany that resulted to the increased yields that provided agricultural raw materials for the processing industries.

 

The impact of industrialisation of Germany

  1. Industrialisation improved the standards of living of the German society. Their purchasing power was raised.

 

  1. Germany was able to develop a network of transport and communication to be able to transport raw materials and manufactured goods.

 

  1. Industrialisation enabled Germany to become a strong power before the First World War. This made Germany to join other European nations to look for colonies overseas.

 

  1. Industrialisation diversified the economy of Germany because the country was able to manufacture vehicles, machinery, chemicals, electronics and textiles that were exported in the local and international markets.

 

  1. It created employment opportunities for the people in West Germany and the neighbouring states such as Yugoslavia, Turkey and Italy.

 

  1. Industrialisation in Germany encouraged the growth of urban centres such as Berlin and Warsaw.

 

  1. Germany’s foreign reserve was boosted due to sale of her manufactured goods for instance machinery of all kinds.

 

  1. Industrialisation boosted local and international trade.

 

  1. Industrialisation of Germany contributed in reducing inflation.

 

  1. Industrialisation in Germany also boosted foreign reserve due to sale of the manufactured goods.

 

Japan

Industrialisation of Japan began in the second half of the 19th century after the USA made treaties with Japan aimed at creating trade partnership. The introduction of compulsory primary and secondary education and the establishment of universities and other colleges followed this. Many students were sponsored abroad where they acquired education.

Japan was engaged in wars with China and Russia between 1894 and 1905. It also fought on one side with Britain, France and Russia during the First World War against Germany and her allies.

During the Second World War, Japan attacked the American naval base at Pearl Harbour in the Hawaiian Islands. The USA responded by bombing the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945. This act affected the economy of Japan but there was economic recovery and continued industrialisation in the later years.

 

Industrialisation in Japan was promote by the following factors:

  1. Japan had enough capital for carrying out research and for industrial development. Japan also benefited from the American aid obtained after the Second World War.

 

  1. There was ready internal and external market for the Japanese manufactured goods.

 

  1. Japan enjoyed a long term of political stability mainly after the Second World War. This peaceful atmosphere encouraged industrial progress.

 

  1. Japan has a network of transport and communication for instance railways and roads.

 

  1. The Japanese industrial base which existed before the first world war was improved and made better after the second world war.

 

  1. Power was available from coal, uranium and hydro-electric power for industrial use.

 

  1. Skilled and unskilled labour was readily available in Japan.

 

  1. Japan had abundant raw material for instance, iron ore and coal.

 

  1. Japanese are hardworking people. This promoted industrial development.

 

  1. Japanese goods are of very high quality and at the same time very cheap. This encouraged internal and external market.

 

  1. Japan natural harbours encouraged trade through export and import of goods.

 

  1. Japan has been politically neutral since the Second World War. It trades with any nation.

 

  1. Japanese introduced a new form of taxation aimed at raising funds for promoting industrialisation.

 

  1. The Japanese government encouraged home market and imposed tariffs on foreign goods to discourage them from competing with goods produced in other countries.

 

  1. Japan encouraged foreign investors to come and invest in the country. Japan also invested in other countries.

The effects of industrialisation in Japan

 

  1. Industrialisation has led to improvement of the standards of living of Japan

People.

 

  1. The Japan foreign reserve has been boosted due to sale of Japanese manufactured goods.

 

  1. Japan has been recognised as one of the developed industrialised country of the world.

 

  1. Japan has diversified her economy from a predominantly agricultural country to a country which also obtains wealth from Industry.

 

  1. Japan has promoted trade by using locally manufactured ships to carry imported raw materials and goods for export.

 

  1. Job opportunities have been created in the industrial sector.

 

  1. Industrialisation has encouraged development of better and sufficient means of transport and communications.

 

  1. Many people prefer Japanese manufactured goods mainly because they are of high quality and at the same time cheap.

 

Industrialisation in the third world

 

Brazil

Industrialisation in Brazil began in the last quarter of the 19th century. The country’s industrial process later developed tremendously because of the following factors.

 

  1. Large deposits of minerals such as iron ore, gold, bauxite and manganese were available for industrial use. Other raw materials in form of wood for lumbering and agricultural products were available for the Brazilian industries.

 

  1. The Brazilian government provided capital for developing industries.

 

  1. The U.S.A. also provided technical and financial aid to Brazil, such aid was used to develop heavy industries like the Volta and Rendonda steel works.

 

  1. Brazil had cottage industries that laid the basis of its modern industries.

 

  1. There was development of transport and communication in Brazil. This was through the construction of roads and railways for transporting raw materials to the industries.

 

  1. Brazil encouraged foreign investors who established companies from Europe and the U.S.A.

 

  1. The Brazilian government introduced five year development plans to promote industrial development.

 

  1. The first and the second world wars influenced the industrial take off in Brazil by encouraging mass production of locally manufactured goods, which were sold cheaply.

 

  1. Brazilian goods were in demand in Britain, which provided a ready market.

 

  1. The government nationalised industries to enable them to be supervised properly. It also encouraged industrialisation.

 

  1. Coal, petroleum and hydro- electric power were available for providing energy in the industries.

 

  1. There was internal market of the goods from the industries. For example the Brazilians purchase pharmaceuticals transport materials and spare parts, farm tools and machinery and textiles.

 

Obstacles to the industrialisation of Brazil

Industrialisation of Brazil has not been smooth A number of factors have undermined Brazilian effort to industrialise. These are:

 

  1. A large percentage of Brazilian citizens are poor and they can not establish industries or provide a high purchasing power for the industrial goods.

 

  1. Still there is inadequate transport and communication facilities even after the government’s efforts to improve transport and communication.

 

  1. The Brazilian wealth in owned and controlled by a majority group.

 

  1. The Brazilian population is concentrated along the coastal belt. The interior has labour problems because majority of the Brazilians prefer to work along the coastal belt.

 

  1. Constant inflation in Brazil makes goods to be expensive.

 

  1. Brazil has accumulated many foreign debts. This hinders steady progress of the country.

 

  1. The available resources in the Amazon forest are under exploited due to the sparse population there. These are resources that can be used in industries.

 

Impact of the industrial growth in Brazil

 

  1. The Brazilian industrial sector has boosted her foreign reserve.

 

  1. At least there is an improvement in the living standards of the local people in Brazil who survive from the spill of industrial gains. This has succeeded due to reduction of the inflation that has to the rise of the purchasing power of the Brazilians.

 

  1. Exports have been increased due to increase in manufactured goods.

 

  1. Brazil has emerged as one of the most industrialised third world countries.

 

  1. Industrialisation of Brazil has encouraged modernisation of port facilities in order to provide an outlet of goods being exported.

 

  1. It has accelerated the development of transport and communication in Brazil.

 

  1. Employment opportunities have been created especially in the heavy and light industries.

 

  1. Industrial growth has encouraged growth and expansion of urban centres especially those along the coastal belt such as Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro and Recife.

 

South Africa

South Africa first started as an agricultural country but later there was the discovery of gold and diamonds that promoted the industrialisation of the country.

 

The industries which developed in South Africa, included textile industries, iron and steel industries, chemical industries, cement industries and locomotive industries among others.

The factors which contributed to the industrialisation of South Africa:

  1. Availability of minerals such as coal, gold, diamonds, silver and iron ore some of which provided raw materials for the industries.

 

  1. Availability of capital from the sale of some minerals such as gold and diamonds.

 

  1. Availability of power for industries in form of coal and hydro-electric power.

 

  1. Availability of network of transport and communication in form of railways, roads, air transport and telephones.

 

  1. Encouragement of foreign investors who invested in the mining industry.

 

  1. Availability of skilled labour and unskilled labour obtained from the neighbouring states such as Malawi and Mozambique.

 

  1. Existence of local and international market especially after South African majority attained independence in 1994.

 

  1. There has been a considerable period of political stability after the majority Africans took over the government after independence was granted to them in 1994.

 

  1. The manufactured goods from South Africa are of high quality. These enable them to compete favourably with imported ones.

 

  1. The government of South Africa supported industrialisation by imposing tariffs on imported goods.

 

Factors that hindered industrialisation in South Africa

 

  1. Majority of Africans were impoverished by the colonial regime and for this reason their purchasing power is low.

 

  1. The international community banned South Africa from trading with countries that were United Nations (UN) members. Therefore, there was no external market for South African manufactured goods.

 

  1. There was no political stability during colonial rule because Africans were always fighting against apartheid. This affected industrial growth and also discouraged investment.

 

  1. South African goods have faced stiff competition from those from the developed nations like Japan and China.

 

  1. The high crime rate in the South African cities discouraged those who wanted to invest in industry.

 

India

India was colonised by Britain and it supplied the colonial master with cotton. It attained independence in 1947 and since then it engaged itself in industrial development.

 

A number of factors enabled India to industrialise. These are:

 

  1. India had raw materials such as cotton and iron ore for use in industries.

 

  1. India established a well developed infrastructure for instance its transport and communication facilities.

 

  1. The cottage industries existed in India. These industries formed a basis for industrial growth.

 

  1. There was adequate power from coal, natural gas and oil. Currently hydroelectricity and uranium are in use.

 

  1. India’s high population provided skilled and unskilled labours. The government of India trained people to acquire technical skills and industrial technology.

 

  1. The high population provided internal and external market for the manufactured goods.

 

  1. India embarked on a series of five-year economic plans aimed at developing industry. The first of these plans was the 1950 – 1955 development plan.

 

  1. India established state enterprises and assisted the private sector through loans. This boosted industrialisation.

 

  1. The Indian government encouraged foreign investment in the industrial sector.

 

  1. The political stability in India after the attainment of independence encouraged industrialisation.

 

  1. Protective tariffs were imposed to enable local industries to grow.

 

The main industrial cities in India

 

 

Impact of Industrialisation of India

 

  1. India’s foreign exchange earnings have been increased due to sale of cheap manufactured goods.

 

  1. There is a lot of improvement in the living standards of some sections of the Indian community. Even the purchasing power of the people has risen.

 

  1. India has boosted the agricultural sector through manufacturing of farm tools and machinery.

 

  1. India’s industrial development has created employment opportunities for the citizens.

 

  1. Local and international trade has been encouraged through sale of the manufactured goods.

 

  1. It has encouraged new urbanisation and expansion of the existing urban centres such as Bombay, Karachi and New Delhi.

 

  1. India’s revenue has been increased and its economy diversified as a result of establishment of light and heavy industries as well as development of agriculture.

 

  1. India has become technologically advanced and a nuclear power.

 

  1. India is now one of the most industrialised third world nations.

 

  1. India has used the income from industry to develop transport and communication network.

 

  1. Today India is able to provide public services such as education and health care to its citizens.

 

  1. Modern industrialisation in India has also boosted the cottage industries that include making of garments, plastics, shoes, hosiery and some household items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plastic buckets and shoes

 

 

Scientific Revolution

 

Scientific revolution refers to the period when man made many inventions and discoveries as a result of his improvement in knowledge and the interest to find out new thing about the universe. The scientific inventions began before the birth of Christ. A number of scientific discoveries and inventions were made in agriculture, industry and medicine. These discoveries and inventions improved man’s conditions of living after he indetified various ways of solving his problems.

 

The early civilizations for example in Greece, India, Iraq, Egypt and China influenced the development of early science. The Greeks and the Egyptians were great mathematicians. The Greek mathematician called Pythagoras came up with the right-angled triangle. The Egyptians used mathematical skills to construct pyramids. They also came up with Geometry and used it in farms.

 

The Chinese also contributed to scientific knowledge in that they discovered the way of making silk cloth, gunpowder and paper.

 

The Indians introduced ‘Zero’ in mathematics and also use of the decimal points.

 

The Iraq people were in ancient times called the Sumerians or the Mesopotamians. Their scientific inventions were mainly in the fields of medicine, architecture, mathematics and astronomy. During ‘Renaissance’, scientific knowledge spread to many countries especially in Europe. This was followed by Agrarian Revolution and Industrial Revolution.

 

Individual scientists contributed a lot to the scientific inventions as from the 15th century. Some of these notable scientists were:

  1. Nicolas Copernicus

He learnt that the earth went round the sun within a period of one year. He also discovered that the earth rotated on its own axis.

 

  1. Galileo Galilei

He agreed with the theory of Copernicus that the earth and the remaining planets moved round the sun in one year after using a telescope to observe the universe.

 

  1. Sir Isaac Newton

He discovered the force of gravity and the spectrum.

 

  1. Antoine Lavoisier

He found that air is composed of hydrogen and oxygen elements.

 

  1. John Dalton

He came up with the ‘Atomic Theory’ and also discovered colour blindness.

 

  1. Michael Faraday

He discovered electricity. This enabled him to make a dynamo which gave out electricity.

 

  1. Thomas Edison

He came up with electric lamp.

 

  1. Charles Darwin

He formulated the evolution theory which stated that all living things developed from simple life forms to complex ones over millions of years.

 

  1. Edward Jenner

He came up with the vaccine for small pox

 

  1. Louis Pastour

He found that diseases and decay were caused by microbes. He introduced pasteurisation as a method of conserving liquid foods.

 

  1. Alexander Graham Bell

He invented the telephone.

 

  1. George Stephenson

He invented the steam locomotive.

 

  1. The Wright Brothers (Wilber and Oville Wright)

They invented the first aeroplane.

 

Important scientific inventions on agriculture

 

  1. Jethro Tull

He invented seed drill which was used to plant seeds in rows and a horse drawn hoe.

 

  1. Robert Bakewell

He found out that the quality of animals could be improved through cross breeding. Using the method, he came up with quality sheep.

 

  1. Andrew Meikle

He came up with a mechanical thresher.

 

 

  1. Justus Von Liebig

He came up with the modern fertiliser industry. In his experiments, he found that plants obtain nitrogen phosphorus and salt from the soil.

 

  1. Cyrus Mc Comic

He invented the reaper which could be used for harvesting.

 

  1. Sir John Bennet Lawes

He began a super phosphate factory for making fertiliser.

 

Impact of scientific inventions on agriculture

 

  1. Scientific invention promoted agriculture leading to rapid increase in food production. Fertilisers added nutrients to the soils while farm machinery helped in ploughing, planting, harvesting and threshing.

 

  1. Scientific inventions improved farming techniques and livestock rearing. For instance cross-breeding brought about quality livestock breeds, while the invention of the seed drill encouraged farmers to plant in rows.

 

  1. Before the invention of agricultural machines such as tractors, combined harvesters and seed drills, human labour was very popular in farms. After the machines were introduced, manual labour was reduced. This resulted to unemployment of many people in the agricultural sector.

 

  1. It became easy to preserve foods and even transport them over long distances and over a long period of time because of the invention of refrigerators and the canning process. This led to increase in cultivation.

 

  1. The introduction of pesticides reduced crop destruction by pests while the development of fungicides reduced crop diseases. Food production therefore increased as a result of the reduction of crop diseases and pests.

 

  1. The invention of farm machinery led to increase in cultivated land. This was followed by the establishment of large estates leading to plantation farming.

 

  1. The desire to make more inventions and to improve what had already been established for instance the need to come up with better breeds of livestock and to come up with more efficient farm tools and machinery led to establishment of scientific research centres and schools which emphasised on science.

 

  1. There was diversification of agriculture as well as diversification of economy. This was important because people stopped depending on a single source of livelihood.

 

  1. Increase in food production led to increase in population growth. This is because the fertility rate rose as people obtained sufficient and nutritious food which also reduced the death rate.

 

  1. The invention of farm machinery which replaced manual labour resulted to rural urban migration of the unemployed. There were therefore large populations in towns which required food. For this more land had to be cultivated to feed the town folk. This therefore indirectly promoted the development of agriculture.

 

  1. Continuous application of fertilisers in farms have affected soils therefore leading to reduction in yields.

 

  1. Indigenous crops and livestock have been replaced by exotic breeds which are mainly hybrids.

 

  1. Inhaling of various chemicals and pesticides cause respiratory diseases e.g whooping cough and other diseases like tuberculosis and cancer.

 

 

Important discoveries in industry

 

  1. a) The textile industry had so many discoveries. These were:

 

  1. i) James Hargreaves

He invented the spinning jenny which prepared large amount of cotton threads.

 

  1. ii) Edmund Cartright

He invented the power loom which facilitated weaving.

 

iii)      Samuel Crompton

He invented the spinning mule. This machine produced high quality threads.

 

  1. iv) John Key

He invented the flying shuttle.

 

  1. v) Thomas Bell

He made a cylindrical calico printing machine.

 

  1. vi) Eli Whitney

He invented the cotton gin which removed seeds from cotton fibre.

 

  1. b) Others who made inventions on industry were:
  2. i) Michael Faraday

He discovered electricity and he made a dynamo for generating electricity.

 

  1. ii) Benjamin Franklin

He proved that lightning was a form of electricity.

 

iii)      Otto Hahn and Stressman

They discovered nuclear energy.

 

  1. iv) George Stephenson

He made the locomotive which was called ‘The Rocket’.

 

  1. v) James Watt

He invented the steam engine

 

 

 

Impact of scientific inventions on industry

 

  1. As a result of people getting exposed to the industrial goods, their living standards have improved.

 

  1. Jobs have been created in industries. The textile industries for example employ a large number of people.

 

  1. There is diversification of economy as a result of introduction of industries. This has stopped man from depending on agriculture only.

 

  1. New sources of energy were introduced as a result of scientific research. These were like solar energy, atomic and nuclear energy, and electric power.

 

  1. Space exploration has been carried out due to invention of rockets, satellites, and digital cameras.

 

  1. Dangerous weapons such as atomic and nuclear weapons have been invented. This has increased wars in the world.

 

  1. Inventions of engines, motorcars, supersonic planes and locomotives encouraged manufacture of spare parts and vehicles and also refining of oil to get fuel for vehicles. Transport has therefore been revolutionised through scientific inventions.

 

  1. Scientific inventions had reduced the labour burden. Machines do most of the work especially in developed countries.

 

  1. The invention of computers has helped workers to perform their duties efficiently and accurately for example in the banking sector where computers are used to process information and many other types of data.

 

  1. Trade has been encouraged due to the growing demand of the manufactured goods.

 

  1. The industries cause pollution in cities. Industrial fumes, noise and smell affect people. Some are affected by diseases like tuberculosis.

 

  1. Communication network has been improved through the use of Email and Internet.

 

  1. Some countries of the world have become highly industrialized. This has given them the opportunity of becoming world powers. They use the products of their industries to overpower others.

Important scientific inventions and discoveries in medicine

 

  1. Joseph Lister

He discovered he use of carbonic acid as an antiseptic to sterilise surgical apparatus. Then he developed an antiseptic spray for making the air clean during operations. He also discovered the use of carbonic acid for destroying microbes around the wound after an operation.

 

  1. William Marton

He discovered the use of chloroform sometimes refered to as carbonic acid during surgery.

 

  1. Edward Jenner

He invented the first vaccine for controlling smallpox.

 

  1. Lous Pasteur

He discovered that certain bacteria caused certain disease. He discovered that heat could kill bacteria. He therefore discovered that food could be preserved through the method he called pasteurisation. This is heating food to a certain temperature and then making it maintain the same temperature for a specific period of time before it is cooled quickly. He also came up with cures for anthrax and rabies.

 

  1. Sir Ronald Ross

He found out that the anopheles mosquitoes carried parasites that caused malaria. He also discovered that proper drainage systems could prevent the breeding of mosquitoes and therefore reduce malaria infections.

 

  1. Rontgen

He discovered the x-ray radiation which later enabled doctors to observe the internal organs of man and his bony framework..

 

  1. Alexander Flemming

He discovered penicillin, which was an antibiotic capable for curing coughs, pneumonia, sore throat and wounds.

 

  1. Dr Christian Bernard

He introduced the method of transplanting the heart of a death person to a body of a living patient with heart problem.

Impact of scientific inventions on medicine

 

  1. There has been rapid increase in life expectancy of human beings. This has resulted to rapid increase in human population.

 

  1. Drugs have been discovered which reduce pains therefore reducing human suffering. Others cure diseases completely.

 

  1. Machinery for use in hospitals have been invented. These are used by doctors for locating and treating diseases.

 

  1. Industries for manufacturing drugs (curatives) have been established. This has created employment opportunities in the pharmaceutical industries.

 

  1. Preventive measures have been applied such as vaccination which has led to eradication of many diseases.

 

  1. Excess use of drugs may affect the health of many people. This is because certain diseases become resistant to certain drugs.

 

Factors influencing scientific inventions in Africa and other developing nations

 

  1. Inadequate capital for the use in scientific research.

 

  1. Illiteracy of the people. Many people who are not educated cannot be able to apply scientific principles to come up with new findings.

 

  • Over-depending on donor countries. This occurs because African countries are poor.

 

  1. Little emphasis in the teaching of science in school. This occurs because of shortages of science equipment for experimental work.

 

  1. Failure for the governments to assist researchers. Many African countries cannot afford to fund researchers. Even those countries which may afford do not take research work as their first priority.

 

  1. Excessive dependence on items for instance engines, pharmaceuticals and other machinery reduce the importance of engaging on scientific research.

 

  • Lack of initiative on the side of researchers. Therefore others are not encouraged to carry out research.

 

Review Questions

1        a)       Identify the early sources of energy.

  1. How was energy from wind used?

 

  1. a) Give the uses of the following metals:
  2. i) Copper
  3. Iron
  4. Explain the effects of the spread of iron smelting in Africa?

 

  • What factors contributed to the industrialisation in Britain?

 

  1. What were the social and economic effects of industrialisation in continental Europe?

 

  1. a) What is scientific revolution?
  2. b) Discuss the impact of scientific inventions on:
  3. i) Agriculture
  4. Medicine

 

  1. a) What are the main factors which contributed to the industrialisation

of the developed countries?

  1. b) What are the major obstacles to the industrialisation of the developing nations?

 

Students’ Activities

 

  • Compare the type of industries found in the developed countries and those found in the third world (developing) countries.

 

  • In groups discuss various discoveries and inventions which have promoted Industry, Medicine and agriculture.

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 4

 

 

Urbanisation

 

Urbanisation is the process of people’s migration from rural areas to live in towns or cities. It can also imply the establishment of towns or cities. It can also be defined as the concentration of people in settlements usually referred to as urban centres. An urban centre according to the United Nations is a settlement with a population of 20,000 people and above.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A modern town

 

 

Early urbanisation in Africa

 

Early urbanisation began in Africa before the birth of Christ. Early urban centres which declined such as Meroe and Aksum are suitable example of such towns.

Several factors led to the establishment of the early urban centres before the establishment of the colonial rule. These are:

 

  1. Due to development of trade, convergent centres emerged which became the meeting places for many people from different places. They later development into towns. Examples are Mombasa and Kilwa.

 

  1. There was development of ports and harbours where ships anchored such as Cape Town and Malindi.

 

  1. Some areas like Meroe where local industries were established attracted many people who settled there. These settlements later developed into towns.

 

  1. Areas which had reliable water for irrigation, industrial use and domestic use attracted people who established settlements which later developed into towns.

 

  1. Some administrative centres and palaces of rulers expanded to become towns after the subjects came to settle close to rulers for security reasons.

 

  1. Urban centres developed at major cross-roads and where several trade routes met. Examples are Tuat, Timbuktu and Sijilmasa.

 

  1. Notable religious centres became the meeting places for many people. They attracted people who settled nearby and thereafter towns developed.

 

  1. Development of early education centres such as Timbuktu, Gao and Cairo contributed to development of urbanisation in those centres.

 

  1. The development of Agriculture made people to settle permanently together because food was available.

 

  1. Areas that were secure and were sheltered from possible attacks attracted people who concentrated there. These settlements later developed into towns.

 

Cairo

 

Modern Cairo is situated at the delta of River Nile where some earlier settlements had been established about 2000 years ago. Egypt was invaded by the Fatimids who established a walled town. By mid 14th century Egypt had grown into a big city with many mosques and palaces. It served as an early religious centre.

The town had narrow streets, bazaars, shops and crowded living quarters. There was a market where people sold their produce.

The Ottoman Turks took control of Egypt in 1517 and remained under their control until 1798 when Napoleon Bonaparte of France captured it from the Turks. Three years later in 1801 the French were driven out of Cairo and it was thereafter made the capital of Egypt by the then ruler, Mohammed Ali.

During the reign of Ismaili, Egypt was first modernised. Later it expanded as more buildings reflecting the European style were constructed. Today it is the largest town in Egypt. It has a modern international airport and a railway network which links Cairo with the other towns. Cairo has many entertainment facilities and museums. It is an important religious centre.

 

 

Meroe

 

Meroe is an ancient city in Africa that emerged in an iron working site North of modern Khartoum. The inhabitants of Meroe developed the style of building in brick and plaster during the first century BC. They white-washed the outer walls of palaces and also decorated them with glowing mural-paintings. The inner walls were also painted and decorated with ornaments.

Meroe started expanding when it was made the capital of Kush instead of the former capital, Napata because the people of Kush had learnt the knowledge of iron working from the Assyrians and they also traded with the Greeks by exporting ivory, slaves, animal skins, ostrich feathers, timber and gold which provided them with income to expand the town.

The city of Meroe declined during the first century AD mainly due to trade rivalry from the growing kingdom of Axum in Ethiopia. When Meroe began becoming weak, the King of Axum known as Ezana attacked Meroe, burnt it and took everything of value. Ezana destroyed their stores of corn and cotton and the statues in their temples. This marked the decline of the great city of Meroe.

 

 

Kilwa

 

The origin of Kilwa is associated with the Persian immigrants who established settlements on the Indian Ocean coast. At the beginning of the 13th century Kilwa began expanding due to wealth obtained from the gold trade. From the end of the 13th century, it was the most important trading town on the East Coast of Africa.

It controlled the coastal settlement in the North as far as Pemba Island. Kilwa was a walled town which minted its own coins. It controlled the gold trade with Sofala and Zimbabwe. The inhabitants were mainly Muslims.

The town of Kilwa had beautiful buildings such as the Great Mosque and the large palace known as Husuni Kubwa. The town began declining first in the second hand of the 14th century. The fine buildings were ruined. Between 1420 and 1440 the mosque was renovated. The town of Kilwa lost its glory and prosperity and declined completely almost at the close of the 15th century because of the following reasons:

 

  1. There were dynastic quarrels in Kilwa.

 

  1. The Sofala gold trade was interrupted by wars in the interior.

 

  • Mombasa became a strong rival of Kilwa.

 

  1. The arrival of the Portuguese interfered with the gold trade because the Portuguese soldiers attacked and conquered all the coastal city states.

 

  1. There were constant rivalries between Kilwa and other coastal city states.

 

 

Early urbanisation in Europe

 

London

 

London is the capital city of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. It is in the continent of Europe. The city is situated in South East England.

The town of London originated before the first century AD. When the Romans occupied Britain in the 1st century AD, London was already a town of considerable importance.

The Romans expanded the town and made it an important religious centre. They also established Christianity which became the dominant religion in England.

London continued to expand even after it was burnt in the first century AD. When the Romans left England, London had already been established with a large population.

The withdrawal of the Romans did not affect the growth of London because what they did in Britain perished after they left.

In the 9th century, King Alfred made London the capital of his kingdom. Later King William I established himself in England and developed the town of London. He built the Tower of London and also rebuilt the London bridge. Initially it was built of wood but he rebuilt it using stone.

Throughout the Middle Ages the growth of London was slow as a result of wars, epidemics and commercial crisis.

When Queen Elizabeth I opened the Royal exchange in 1566 AD, the city of London grew into an important city of the world. By 1580 AD Queen Elizabeth I issued a proclamation which prohibited construction of any new buildings within a radius of about 4 kilometres outside the city gates.

In 1665 AD London was affected by plague. The following year a great fire burnt the city.

In 1667 the rebuilding act was enacted. It stipulated that all buildings be of stone and brick. In the 1760s the walls and gates of old medieval city of London were demolished. During the 19th century, London was modernised through the construction of many suburbs, rebuilding of bridges and through lighting of city streets. By the close of the century, London had grown into a beautiful city served by a well developed networked of transport and communication.

During the First World War, London became the German target. London was heavily bombed. The Tower of London and the British Museum were destroyed. Many other buildings were also damaged.

After the war, the British government reconstructed the war damage. Many tall storey buildings were constructed such as the Museum Radio Tower of the General Post Office building. This was followed by construction of shops, residential houses, school, hotels and cultural centres.

The city of London got most of its water from river Thames. There were several city markets which provided people with food, meat, fruits and flowers. Today the city of London is under the control of the local government headed by mayors.

 

Several factors contributed to the growth of the city of London. These were:

 

  1. Development of transport and communication. London had a network of roads and railways. Underground roads and railways were established in underground tunnels to reduce traffic congestion.

 

Modern international airports such as Heathrow airport were also established. London was connected to the rest of the world with telegraphs, telephones and radio transmissions.

 

  1. Trade enabled the town of London to grow into city status. Many people migrated to London to conduct business as a way of earning a living.

The success of their businesses made them wealthy and they settled permanently. As this process continued, the town also continued to expand.

 

  1. The establishment of industries attracted the people who came to seek for employment and those who came to survive on cheap manufactured goods.

 

  1. The development of port facilities in London encouraged many people to go and do the jobs of loading and unloading cargo. The sailors from England also started their journeys from the seaports like London. Those who came from abroad on their way to England regarded London as their port of call. This contributed to the growth of London.

 

  1. London served as a political and an administrative centre for a long time. The Romans constructed a fort and surrounded it with a wall for security reasons. The colonies Britain acquired were under the colonial secretary who was based in London.

 

  1. The city of London had several museums and theatres that made it an important cultural centre. Many people were attracted by the activities in the city making them to settle there in great numbers.

 

Functions of London

  1. London is the capital of the United Kingdom. It acts as an administrative headquarters.

 

  1. It is an industrial centre that has both heavy and light industries.

 

  1. It is a cultural and recreational centre. London has many theatres and museums.

 

  1. London is a centre of international transport and communication. This is because there are international airports in London and there is the harbour where ships from all over the world anchor.

 

  1. London is a centre of learning. It has international Universities and colleges.

 

  1. It is also a commercial centre that has many banks and insurance. It has many shopping centres.

 

  1. London is a religious centre. It has many churches and cathedrals.

 

  1. London is also the common wealth headquarter.

 

 

The problems London has encountered since it was founded

 

  1. Problem of overcrowding of houses, vehicles and people.

 

  1. Epidemics such as plague affected London during the Romans era and in 1665 AD.

 

  • London was burnt down in 1666 AD.

 

  1. There was the problem of unemployment.

 

  1. There was the problem of rural – urban migration of the jobless.

 

  1. There was inadequate housing facilities and poor sanitation.

 

  • There was high crime rate.

 

  • There was pollution of the environment due to fumes from industries and vehicles.

 

  1. London was bombed by the Germans during the First World War. This resulted to deaths of people and destruction of property.

 

  1. There was the demolition of the old city of London in the 1760’s.

 

 

Athens

 

The growth and prosperity of Athens is based on trade and commerce. The land surrounding Athens was rocky. It could not support a large population. The people of Athens depended mainly on imported food that they exchanged with olive oil, wine and wool.

 

Athens was a famous centre of learning. The city state provided education in such fields as philosophy, architecture, drama, science and medicine. The democracy that is enjoyed in the world today originated in Athens where it was actually practised.

 

Athens was surrounded by a protective wall for security purposes because of constant wars with the other city states. The town itself looked clumsy. The streets were merely narrow earth roads that became dusty during the dry spell and muddy during the rainy season.

 

Some houses were made of unbaked brick while others were made of mud. A few beautiful and well-built buildings such as Parthenon temple and the temple of Athena Nike existed.

 

There was a market place in the centre of the town which also acted as a meeting place for people and also the place where people assembled for debates. On top of the high cliff was the Acropolis (Fortress) which provided protection for the village below.

The biggest problem of Athens was that it had inadequate sanitary facilities for disposing human waste and refuse. Due to this the town was exposed to very bad smell from rotting garbage.

Athens weakened and lost its glory between 430 BC and 335 BC due to the following reasons:

  1. i) Athens was affected by constant rivalries and wars with other city states.

 

  1. Athens was conquered by King Philip of Macedonia and put under the Macedonian domination.

 

  • Constant epidemics like plague led to death of many Athenian citizens therefore weakening the military might of Athens.

 

  1. The final blow, which made the town to disintegrate, was the death of Alexander the Great whose empire controlled Athens. Other towns such as Rome and Cathage rose to power to fill the political vacuum left by Macedonia.

 

 

Emergence of modern urban centres in Africa

 

There are many urban centres in Africa that began when the Europeans acquired colonies and settled there. Such towns never existed in Africa before the coming of the Europeans.

Some of them began as administrative centres for the colonial authority. Some emerged as mining towns, others as commercial centres some as agricultural centres or farming centres while others began as industrial centres.

The Europeans at first settled in those places and established administrative and commercial buildings. The emerging settlements attracted rural people who also migrated there to look for employment, start business and seek for other fortunes. Examples of the modern urban centres in Africa are Nairobi and Johannesburg.

 

 

Nairobi

 

Nairobi began in 1899 during the construction of the Uganda railway. It first started as a depot for storing the railway equipment before approaching the steep rift valley escarpment.

The place looked suitable for a depot and for resting because of its mild climate that was preferable by Europeans. There was also the Nairobi River which provided water to the railway builders. The site was somehow flat for construction compared to the land ahead of them before they reached the Rift Valley. At the same time Nairobi was the midpoint between Mombasa and Lake Victoria.

In 1907 the Imperial British East Africa (IBEA) company transferred its capital from Mombasa to Nairobi. During the colonial period the Europeans and Asians dominated the town.

Migration of Africans to Nairobi was restricted but quite a number went there to work as labourers.

The town was associated with racial discrimination in employment, commerce and housing.

Today Nairobi lies at the heart of Kenya’s rail and road network. It has a modern international airport known as Kenyatta International Airport. It has several other small airports such as Eastleigh, Embakasi and Wilson airports.

Nairobi is the seat of the government and the commercial centre of Kenya. Nairobi is also industrial, cultural, educational, communication and transport centre.

It has modern buildings that are used as offices, hotels and shopping centres. The city attracts Kenyan citizens from all parts of the country and also foreigners who include tourists from many countries of the world. However, Nairobi City is facing a number of problems as below:

 

  1. The city has inadequate drainage and sanitary facilities.

 

  1. There is the problem of pollution as a result of many industries producing fumes and noise.
  2. There is acute problem of water.

 

  1. There are inadequate educational facilities such as schools for the rapid growing urban population.

 

  1. There is congestion of traffic leading to traffic jams.

 

  1. There is a high rate of crime such as robbery and prostitution.

 

  1. There is inadequate housing facilities leading to development of slums and overcrowding in residential areas.

 

  1. There is high rate of unemployment. School leavers flock in Nairobi to look for jobs.

 

Johannesburg

 

Johannesburg is a city of the Republic of South Africa, in Transvaal province.

 

The discovery of minerals during the second half of the 19th century was largely responsible for the emergence of a number of towns in South Africa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location of the city of Johannesburg

 

 

 

Johannesburg mushroomed after large gold deposits were discovered in Witwatersrand in September 1886. This was followed by a gold rush. At first Johannesburg began with a very small population. Within a very short time people flocked to Johannesburg on the Witwatersrand in great numbers from Britain, America, Australia and other countries of Europe.

 

At first the early settlements were mere shanties made of galvanised iron. These shanties were the basis of a miraculous growth of the city of Johannesburg. Within a decade, the town had a population of about 100,000 people.

 

Other factors that contributed to the growth of Johannesburg are:

 

  1. There was cheap labour from the Africans. Labour was also obtained from the neighbouring countries like Malawi, Namibia and Botswana. These labourers increased the population of the city.

 

  1. River Vaal provided enough water for mining, industry and domestic use.

 

  1. There was development of transport and communication in form of road and railway.

 

  1. The land surrounding Johannesburg was suitable for farming. This provided enough food for the people in the mining centre and industries.

 

  1. The availability of other minerals such as iron ore and flourspar in the outskirts of the city contributed in the industrial growth.

 

  1. The availability of coal, which provided energy also, promoted industrial development.

 

Today, Johannesburg is the largest city of the Republic of South Africa and the industrial and commercial centre. It is the centre of the country’s gold mining industries and the site of the Johannesburg stock exchange.

It is a strategic rail, road and air hub with an international airport. It is a mining as well as an industrial centre whose industries include manufacture of mining and railway equipment, automobile parts, chemicals, textiles, electrical and communication equipment.

Johannesburg is a cultural and educational centre of South Africa. It has a number of museums, theatres, a symphony, orchestra and an opera company. It has schools and universities.

 

Review Questions

 

1        a)       What is urbanisation?

  1. What favoured development of early urbanisation in Africa?

 

  1. a) Describe the factors which contributed to the growth of:
  2. i) London
  3. ii) Kilwa
  4. What problems did each of the two towns above encounter that affected its growth.

 

  1. Explain the factors which led to the decline of the city of Athens in the first millennium AD?

 

  1. Describe the major problems of the modern urban centres.

 

  1. Explain the growth of Johannesburg as an important urban centre.

 

  1. Describe the functions of Nairobi City.

 

Students’ Activities

 

  1. Compare the factors that led to the growth of the early urban centres with those which led to the growth of modern urban centres.

 

  1. Draw a map of Africa and indicate the locations of Nairobi, Cairo, Meroe, Johannesburg and Kilwa.

 

 

 

CHAPTER 5

 

 

SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL ORGANISATION OF AFRICAN SOCIETIES IN THE 19TH CENTURY

 

 

Buganda

 

The Buganda Kingdom was one of the Kingdoms in Uganda. During the 19th century Buganda expanded to become the largest and most powerful kingdoms in Uganda. Several factors brought about the rise of Buganda. These were:

 

  1. The Baganda were agriculturists. They grew bananas which was their staple food. This enabled them to feed the army. The fertile soils and suitable climate enabled them to grow crops.

 

  1. During the 18th and 19th centuries, Buganda was under very strong and competent rulers entitled Kabaka. One such ruler was Kabaka Mtesa I.

 

  1. Buganda kingdom was centralised and it had a well-organised political system. The centralisation of Buganda enhanced effective control of the kingdom, enhanced loyalty to one single ruler, promoted control and unity of other traditional leaders and also led to emergence of able rulers who strengthened the Kingdom.

 

  1. Buganda had a strong army, which defended the kingdom, and a navy that conquered people living in the islands of Lake Victoria such as the people of Sese Island.

 

  1. The decline of Bunyoro Kitara Kingdom enabled Buganda to expand to fill the power vacuum left by Bunyoro.

 

  1. Participation in the long distance trade by the Baganda people enabled the kingdom to attain wealth that was used to maintain the kingdom. The rulers also taxed the Arab and Swahili traders who ventured into the kingdom to trade.

 

  1. The annexation of Buddu iron fields enabled Buganda to manufacture superior iron weapons.
  2. When the British occupied Uganda, she handed over the ‘lost counties’ of Bunyoro to Buganda. These counties included Bungaizi and Buyoga. This action of the British contributed to more expansion of Buganda.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buganda at its peak in the 19th Century

 

 

Social organisation of Buganda

The social organisation of the Baganda was based on clans made up of members of several related families.

There were also social classes with members of the loyal family on top followed by local chief and then below were the commoners followed by slaves.

The Kabaka existed who played social roles such as presiding on various ceremonies and rituals, being the chief priest and therefore being in charge of all religious activities.

The Kabaka’s power was symbolised by his loyal regalia that included the royal drums, the stools and the spears.

The Baganda worshipped a god entitled Katonda. They believed in the spirits of the dead ancestors. They thought that the death affected the affairs of the living people.

They had a traditional religion they called Lubaale. They consulted the spirits of the dead through prophets. The mediums who consulted the spirits were usually given gifts. The Baganda had medicinemen and sorcerers.

They conducted marriage and initiation ceremonies. During the reign of Kabaka Mwanga, same people of Buganda were converted to Christianity while others were converted to Islam. After the arrival of many Christian Missionaries, Christianity took the dominance that was followed by rivalry between various religious groups.

 

Economic organisation of Buganda

Buganda Kingdom was located on the northern shores of Lake Victoria. The Kingdom’s geographical location, the nature of its environment and climate influenced the economic activities of the Baganda.

The Baganda were mainly cultivators. They grew bananas, millet and sorghum. Bananas (matoke) were the staple food of the Baganda. The high rainfall and fertile soils enabled them to cultivate. The Baganda kept livestock such as cattle, sheep, goats and chickens. They also conducted raids and captured slaves and cattle from the neighbouring weaker communities such as Bunyoro and Busoga.

The Baganda benefited by fishing due to their proximity to Lake Victoria that had a lot of fish. This supplemented their diet. The Baganda like many other Bantu communities in Uganda had acquired the skills of iron working from the Abachwezi. They conducted raids that exposed them to the iron-bearing field in the neighbouring lands. The iron obtained was used for making iron hoes, spear heads, arrowheads and a variety of other tools.

The Baganda also manufactured bark-cloth, weaved and built canoes for use in Lake Victoria for fishing and for the navy that was used to conquer people living in the islands of Lake Victoria such as the people of Sese Island.

Some of the Baganda hunted animals such as buffaloes and antelopes for meat. They also gathered fruits and roots that they used as food. The Baganda conducted local trade which involved exchange of goods within themselves or with their immediate neighbours. For example trade in salt existed with people around Lake Victoria.

The Baganda engaged themselves in the long distance trade mainly in the 19th century after the Arab and Swahili merchants from the coast penetrated into kingdom. This trade expanded rapidly during the era of Kabaka Mtesa I. Slaves and ivory were the main commodities the Arab and Swahili traders demanded. They in turn brought ammunitions, cloth, beads and swords that were demanded by the Baganda.

 

Political organisation of Buganda

Baganda is believed to have originally been a section of the Chwezi State. It is not known clearly whether it is Kintu or Kimera who established the early kingdom of Buganda.

What is clear is that Buganda was a centralised kingdom controlled by a ruler entitled Kabaka whose authority in those early days was limited by the power of the clan heads each entitled Bataka.

 

In the later years, the Kabakas assumed a lot of power because they played the following roles:

 

  1. They acted as the chief political and religious leaders and heads of government.

 

  1. They were considered as the supreme judges in the kingdom and also as the final court of appeal.

 

  1. They were regarded as the sole defenders of Buganda and protectors of their subjects.
  2. They commanded the army as well as all other juniors for instance, the Katikiros, the Saza chiefs and the Gombolora chiefs.

 

  1. It was their responsibility to appoint or fire senior officials like the Katikiro and the Chief Justice.

 

  1. They controlled trade to such an extent that they even taxed foreign traders.

 

The Kabaka was assisted to administer the kingdom by a Prime Minister entitled Katikiro.

In the Kabakas court, their existed the Chief Justice entitled Omulamuzi and the treasurer entitled Omuwanika, all appointed by the Kabaka. Together with the Katikiro, they formed the Kabakas advisory body.

There existed a legislature assembly called Lukiko, which acted like the modern day parliament. It discussed important issues affecting Buganda kingdom such as issues pertaining to external attacks, relations with foreigners, trade regulations and the ways to deal with the citizens.

The kingdom was split into counties each called Saza. Each county was headed by a Saza chief.

Counties were further split into sub-counties each entitled Gombolola. Each Gombolola was under the leadership of a Gombolola chief whose duty was to collect the taxes and remit to Kabaka as well to maintain law and order in his area of Jurisdiction.

Each Gombolola was further split into a small division called Miluka headed by Miluka chief.

Buganda had a strong standing army and navy. The army defended the kingdom while the navy controlled Buganda’s possessions in Lake Victoria such as Sese Island.

Leadership among the Baganda was hereditary (passed from father to son) at first but later the Kabaka could appoint a minor chief from the citizens who was royal to him.

The Kabaka strengthened the loyalty bestowed on him by all the people in the kingdom by marrying from all popular clans and accepting sons of popular people from various families to come and work in his court.

 

 

Shona

 

The Shona settled in central Africa south of River Zambezi in the present day Zimbabwe. It is believed that they migrated to the region from the Congo basin and they are related to the Kalanga.

 

Social organisation of the Shona

The Shona worshipped a god who was believed to be all-powerful. They called their god Mwari. The Shona had priest who presided over religious functions for instance during the time of offering sacrifices to the supreme being.

The priests also conducted rituals to appease their gods. The Rozwi clan provided the shona community with priests. Worship was conducted in shrines.

The shona believed in the existence of the ancestral spirits they referred to as clan spirit, Mhondoro, and the family spirits, Vadzimu. The spirits communicated through intermediaries referred to as Svikiro. The Shona communicated with the spirits through mediums.

They conducted a number of ceremonies and festivals. The shona were socially organised into families, several of which made a clan. The clan elders were highly respected. Polygamy was a very common practice among the Shona. It was common to find men with very many wives. This was one way of ensuring that the community had enough warriors and was provided with sufficient labour force.

 

The Economic Organisation of the Shona

The Shona grew a variety of subsistence crops such as beans, millets and vegetables. They also kept livestock such as cattle, sheep and goats, which provided them with milk and meat.

The Shona made iron tools such as spears, hoes and knives. They also weaved and made back cloth.

The Shona supplied the people of Sofala with gold. In return the Shona obtained cloth, glassware, and firearms obtained from the Portuguese.

 

The political Organisation of the Shona

An emperor who was the head of state and government controlled the Shona kingdom. When the emperor died, his son took over leadership. This implies that leadership among the Shona was hereditary.

 

The emperor administered the empire with the assistance of his immediate relatives and leading officials. These were queen’s mother, his principal wives, his sister, the head drummer, the chancellor, the supreme cook, the chief door keeper and the commander of his army.

The emperor was the overall military leader and for this reason he acted as the commander in chief of the standing army which not only defended the kingdom but also tried to conquer other neighbouring communities in order to expand it.

The Shona kingdom was divided into smaller divisions that were under the control of lesser kings who were answerable to the emperor.

The lesser kings ensured that trade was promoted. The emperor was the sole controller of the entire trade. The profit from trade maintained the army and also sustained the kingdom. Vassal states were made to pay tribute to the emperor.

The Shona priest played political roles in that they acted as the emperor’s spies. The priests also linked the people with the emperor. In so doing religion was used to create political unity among the Shona.

 

 

Asante (Ashanti)

 

The Asante is one of the Akan or Twi speaking peoples of the present day Ghana. The Asante kingdom is believed to have been established as a result of a number of states which united together and settled at a place called Asantemanso.

From Asantemanso they dispersed in clans and family groups to new settlements such as Bekwai, Tafo, Nsuta, Mampong, Amakom and Kwaman. Later in the 17th century these settlements united under the leadership of the Oyoko clan.

All the Asante states were established surrounding modern Kumasi in an area referred to as Kwaman forest. By the middle of the 18th century, the Asante had become a very large empire as a result of the efforts of Osei Tutu who introduced the golden stool, which became the symbol of Asante union. The Asante rulers were entitled Asantehene.

 

 

Factors that led to the rise and expansion of the Asante kingdom

 

We have already seen that the Asante kingdom rose from a number of clans and families who migrated and then settled together at Asantemanso. Those settlements later united into states.

 

The rise of the kingdom was therefore as a result of the unity of those states. The Asante emerged and expanded into a mighty kingdom because of the following reasons:

 

  1. The area the Asante people settled had abundant rainfall which enabled them to grow crops and gather wild fruits to sustain the growing population.

 

  1. Asantehehe Osei Tutu with an Akwamu priest, Okomfo Anokye cemented the Asante union when they introduced the golden stool as the symbol of Asante union.

 

  1. The Asante obtained income for expanding the empire from the trade they conducted with the Europeans at the coast.

 

  1. The Odwira Festival was organised which enabled the state rulers to gather together to pay allegiance to the Asantehehe.

 

  1. The Asante kingdom was controlled by strong and able rulers like Osei Tutu, Opoku Ware and Osei Bonsu who engaged themselves on expansionist missions aimed at enlarging and strengthening the kingdom.

 

  1. The fact that Asante kingdom was highly centralised enabled people to join in order to fight against a common enemy.

 

  1. The neighbouring states such as Denkyira and Fante were weaker that the Asante kingdom. This gave the Asante the advantage of expanding its empire.

 

  1. The Asante army was very strong and well organised. It was made up of soldiers from all the Asante states.

 

  1. The Asante used modern weapons such as guns which they bought from the Europeans along the west African coast.

 

  1. The Asante rulers obtained revenue from the tribute paid by conquered states. This enabled the Asantehene to maintain his army and his kingdom.

 

Social organisation of Asante

In the early beginning the Asante lived in separate clans and family groups. When the family and groups migrated from Asantemanso, they went to places where they lived in settlements. At first the settlements were not united but later they joined together into states.

An Akwamu priest named Okomfo Anokye together with Osei Tutu introduced the golden stool as a symbol of unity, which had religious symbolism. It united all the states not only politically but also socially.

The Asante introduced the national festival called Odwira that united the whole of Asante by making state rulers to be royal to the Asantehene. The Asante were polytheistic. They worshipped gods and goddesses. The Asantehene played both political and religious roles. He acted like a religious leader and presided over religious ceremonies.

The Asante people worshipped their gods through their ancestors. The ancestors acted as intermediaries between gods and the people. The Asante people sacrificed to their gods. They believed in life after death and in punishment of wrong doers and reward for those who did well.

By the first half of the 19th century, the Asante had embraced Islam. The Asante Muslim converts therefore adopted Islamic culture and law (sharia). This became the beginning of the Islamic influence in Asante.

 

Economic organisation of Asante

The Asante lived in the forest region in the west of River Volta. The land they occupied received heavy rainfall which enabled them to grow crops such as vegetables, kolanuts and grains.

The Asante also kept few livestock. They hunted and gathered fruits and red kolanuts from Kwaman forest for sale. The Asante also participated in the local trade. They traded with the Ga and the people of Benin.

They exchanged commodities such as salt, cloth and fish. Later they traded with the Europeans who had settled along the West African coast in settlements such as Accra, Anomabo, Cape Coast, Winneba and Elmina. The Asante traders gave Europeans ivory, slaves, gold and colanuts in exchange for firearms, cloth and ironware.

The Asante mined gold in the Kwaman forest and practised iron working. They used iron to manufacture tools, bangles, hoes and arrowheads. They practised traditional crafts such as cloth making, basketry, pottery and sculpture making. The Asante hunted elephants to obtain ivory. They also gathered fruits and edible roots.

 

Political organisation of Asante

The Asante Empire was centralised and divided into three parts. The first part was the metropolitan or Nucleus State that consisted of the Kumasi State that was directly under the Asantehehe.

The second part was the Amatoo or the states within a radius of about 30 to 40 miles of modern Kumasi. These states were outside Kumasi and they recognised the Golden stool as the symbol of unity of the Asante. Some of them were Dwaben, Adansi, Bekwai, Nsuta, Mampon and Kokofu.

The third part was the conquered states or provincial Asante states that consisted of all the outer circle of states which had earlier been conquered and controlled by the Asante. Examples of them are Akwamu, Akyem, Twifu, Wassa, Denkyira, Sefwi, Akwapem, Assin, Gonja, Dagomba, Gyaman and Takyiman.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gonja                      Dagomba

 

 

 

 

 

 

Takyiman

                                             Kumasi

                                                   Sefwi                                         Akwamu

                                                                           Denkyira

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asante Kingdom in the 19th century

 

The Asante kingdom was ruled by kings entitled Asantehene. The Asantehene was the supreme ruler of the kingdom. He had direct control over Kumasi State. The Asantehene was the conmmander in – chief of the army. He presided over political and religious festivals and he acted as the final court of appeal because he was the supreme judge. Leadership among the Asante was hereditary.

The Asantehene ruled with the advice of the state rulers who formed the union of rulers. The conquered states were administered by their kings but they were regarded as the provinces of the Asante kingdom .A representative who was an appointee of the Asantehene was posted in each province where he acted as the eyes and ears of the Asantehene. He also levied taxes, supervised trade and mining of gold nuggets.

Each Asante State was under the rule of Omanhene who took the oath of allegiance to demonstrate loyalty to the Asantehene. The Omanhene represented the Asantehene in the provinces but they were required to pay tribute to the Asantehene and also to provide soldiers in times of conflicts.

The Asante states were all bound together by the golden stool which was the symbol of unity of the Asante. This stool was preserved in the capital, Kumasi. Every state ruler was presented with a symbolic black stool to signify unity of the provinces.

There was a national festival organised particularly for state rulers to pay allegiance to the Asantehene. This festival was known as Odwira festival.

The Asante had a strong standing army consisting of an infantry and a calvary wing. The Asante army was divided into four segments which included the left wing, the right wing the van and the rear. Every king of a state was given a position within the wings. This position was taken by the army he controlled in his state a thing which made him remain powerful.

At its peak, the Asante kingdom consisted of the area surrounding Kumasi which was directly under the Asantehene, the states outside Kumasi which were part of the original Asante union and lay about 90 kilometre radius of present day Kumasi and the vassal or conquered states.

 

The Asante government finally collapsed due to the following reasons:

 

  1. Constant rebellions by the vassal states who wanted to reassert their independence.

 

  1. The British supported the Fante to flight against the Asante.

 

  • The kingdom had grown too large for the rulers to control effectively.

 

  1. Asante strained relations with Fante and the British affected Asante trade and source of income.

 

  1. There was weakness in the system of provincial administration because vassal states were not fully incorporated to the kingdom.

 

  1. The Asante ruler, Osei Tutu was forced to grant independence to the southern states.

 

  • Asantehene Prempe I was exiled.

 

Review Questions

 

  1. Explain the roles of the following in the 19th century:
  2. i) Kabaka of Buganda
  3. ii) Asantehene of Asante

 

  1. Describe the political and social organisation of Buganda.

 

  1. a) Explain the factors that led to the rise and growth of Asante

Empire.

  1. b) Describe the political organisation of the Asante Kingdom up to the 19th

 

  1. Describe the Shona kingdom under the following headings:
  2. Economic organisation
  3. Political organisation
  4. Social organisation

 

  1. What factors contributed to the decline of the Asante Kingdom.

 

  1. Identify the economic and social activities of the Asante in the 19th

 

Students’ Activities

  1. Draw maps to show the location of the Asante and Buganda kingdoms

 

  1. Discuss in groups the factors which contributed to the rise and decline of the Asante and Buganda Kingdoms.

 

  1. Compare the administration of Buganda kingdom with the administration of Asante Kingdom.

 

CHAPTER 6

 

 

Constitutions and constitution making

 

A constitution is a set of fundamental principals and laws established to govern and regulate the behaviour of citizens of a particular state as they relate to each other in their daily activities as well as regulating the conduct of the people who are entrusted with the responsibility of managing the affairs of the state.

 

A constitution therefore clarifies the duties and rights of the citizens as well as the duties, rights and responsibilities of the rulers.

 

The constitution regulates the powers of government by controlling the way it behaves as it manages the country’s affairs. The constitution also regulates the relationship between the government and the citizens of the state.

 

A country’s constitution has the following functions:

 

  1. It clarifies the powers, duties and responsibilities of those in power (rulers) and their subjects.

 

  1. It protects the rights and freedoms of all citizens.

 

  1. It limits the powers of rulers who would attempt to oppress their subjects. It also limits the possibilities of the subjects to insurbodinate the rulers. This is done by limiting some of their rights and freedoms.

 

  1. A constitution enables a country to follow a well defined cause by spelling out the powers of the government. This helps to control national instability.

 

  1. A constitution defines and spells out the formal structure of government and the functions and powers of each state organ for example the powers of the regional government in relation to the central government and also the powers and duties of the executive, the legislature and the judiciary.

 

  1. A constitution offers the legal framework from which the country’s laws are made.

 

  1. A constitution also reflects the wishes of the people and their social, cultural, economic and political aspects.

 

Characteristics of a good constitution

 

  1. A good constitution must define and spell out clearly the structure of government and the functions and powers of each level and arm of government.

 

  1. The fundamental rights and duties of all citizens must be clearly spelt out and the way the rights will be guaranteed specified.

 

  1. Roles and powers of specific rulers such as Presidents and Prime Ministers must be stipulated.

 

  1. The separation of powers of the Judiciary, the Legislature and the Executive must be very clear to avoid conflicts of roles.

 

  1. The composition, functions and powers of all laws to be enacted by parliament must be made clear.

 

 

Types of constitution

 

There are various kinds of constitutions in the world. Some of them are democratic constitutions, others are undemocratic constitutions. There are also unitary or federal constitutions. We also have two other types of constitutions. These are written constitutions and unwritten constitutions.

 

Written constitutions

A written constitution is the one in which the basic principles and laws are written down and are therefore available in a formal document. Examples of the countries with written constitutions are Kenya, USA and France.

 

The following are the characteristics of a written constitution:

 

  1. It is written in an official volume that one can buy in order to study.

 

  1. It is rigid and not easy to alter. Any amendment is made using a procedure that is usually slow and cumbersome.

 

  1. A written constitution is usually simple, clear and consistent. A special body of experts is therefore given the responsibility of drafting it using a well formulated procedure.

 

  1. It sets clearly the powers of the judiciary, the executive and the legislature in a particular state.

 

  1. It spells out the fundamental rights and freedoms of the citizens. To ensure this is accomplished the draft constitution is taken to the legislature for approval.

 

  1. In some written constitutions, rules are found in traditions. Some of them are based on conventions and customs of the people.

 

  1. A written constitution is prepared in such a way that one can be able to compare the actions and day to day activities of the government with what is written and expected to be achieved and maintained.

 

Advantages of written constitution

 

The following are the advantages of a written constitution:

 

  1. Once prepared, it is not easy to change or amend it so as to favour particular personalities in power.

 

  1. It becomes easy for the literates to know the expectations of the government because they can buy the official copies and read themselves. This is because it is readily available for reference and use.

 

  1. No individual can alter or manipulate any part of the written constitution. The legislative body is the one which has a right of making even a minor amendment or alteration.

 

  1. The legislators and delegates are able to incorporate the traditions, conventions and customs of the citizens into a written constitution which is people driven and which recognises people’s ethnic groupings.

 

  1. A well written and acceptable constitution can play the role of uniting all the people in a nation.

 

  1. A written constitution provides a smooth procedure of handing over power after general elections, death of rulers or resignation. This is because it provides a clear guideline of what should be done if such a thing happens.

 

  1. A written constitution enables a country to operate in favourable and orderly manner.

 

  1. A written constitution spells out the fundamental rights of citizens very clearly therefore making them aware of their rights and also making them have a reference when their rights are infringed.

 

Disadvantages of written constitution

 

  1. It is too rigid to be easily altered without a lot of consultation.

 

  1. Amending a written constitution is slow and cumbersome.

 

  • The language used to write the constitution volumes is difficult for people who have not learnt disciplines such as law. Yet it becomes difficult to simplify without altering the meaning and the stress.

 

  1. If the constitution is not properly formulated, it can make various arms of the government to conflict.

 

  1. For a good lasting written constitution, very qualified experts are required. These may not be available in some countries.

 

  1. The constitution making process is costly and very involving if all the procedures are followed to the dot.

 

Unwritten constitution

 

An unwritten constitution is one which does not exist in a single formal official document. Britain is an example of a country with unwritten constitution. The sources of the British constitution are the Act of Parliament, British conventions, the Hansard, Legal publications by reputable authorities, decisions made by the British law courts from time to time and Royal prerogatives of the King or Queen to declare war or make treaties of peace.

 

Advantages of unwritten constitutions

 

  1. It is easy to make amendments in order to cope with the prevailing situations.

 

  1. It is not rigid. Therefore it can be altered without a lot of consultation.

 

  1. This constitution is long lasting because it is native and therefore acceptable by the majority.

 

Disadvantages of unwritten constitution

 

 

  1. Fundamental rights of citizens are not clearly spelt out in an unwritten constitution.

 

  1. Unwritten constitution requires very qualified judges and lawyers of the law courts who are able to cope with the tedious work of referring to many constitutional documents e.g. statutes, historical documents and customs in order to make any judgement.

 

  1. An unwritten constitution is not clearly expressed as compared to the written constitution.

 

 

The independence constitution

 

The first constitution in Kenya was established during the British colonial rule. This may be referred to as the colonial constitution. The colonial constitution discriminated against the Africans while it favoured the whites.

As the Africans continued to be aware of their rights they appealed to the colonial government to grant them their rights. Due to political pressure from the Africans, the colonial government unwillingly tried to change the constitution.

In 1960 and 1962, constitutional conferences were held in London. African representatives attended. The Lancaster House conference held in London in 1962 concluded the constitution for independent Kenya. The date for independence was also set. The constitution made is the one we are calling the independence constitution.

The conference was attended by representatives of the African political parties such as Kenya African National Union (KANU), Kenya African Democratic Union (KADU) and African People’s Party (APP). KANU and KADU differed in the structure of government they wanted.

 

KANU preferred a strong unitary constitution while KADU wanted a majimbo or Federal constitution. KADU was in favour of majimbo constitution because it feared that smaller communities would be dominated by large ones such as the Luo and the Kikuyu. KANU believed that a unitary government would protect the interests of the smaller communities.

The outcome of the 1962 conference was a federal form of constitution. This was followed by the formation of a coalition government between KANU and KADU.

 

Provisions of the independence constitution

 

The independence constitution provided a regional (majimbo) government. The country (Kenya) was therefore split into six regions each with its own regional government and assembly with full legislative powers.

There was a central government consisting of two chamber national assembly namely the senate and the House of Representatives. The central government was headed by a Prime Minister from the party with majority seats. Nairobi was the headquarters of the central government.

The Queen remained as the head of state. She was represented by the Governor General whose duties were to approve legislation, to ensure there was internal security, to deal with all foreign affairs and to give assent to bills to become laws.

The independent constitution recommended a multi-party system of government. The party with the majority was to form the government. It recommended a Bill of Rights whose role was to protect the fundamental interests of the individuals.

It also recommended formation of a Central Land Board for dealing with all issues concerning land and an independent public Service Commission for appointing, disciplining and firing civil servants.

The independence constitution recommended the setting up of an independent electoral commission for setting constitutional boundaries and conducting elections.

An electoral commission was established. It was made up of the speakers of both the House of Representatives and the Senate, nominated representatives of each region and a nominated representative of the Prime Minister.

 

The independence constitution provided an independent judiciary that showed complete impartiality when judging cases. No one was allowed to influence the decisions of judges and they enjoyed security of tenure.

Lastly, the independence constitution organised for the protection of the minority rights. This was mainly to ensure that the European and Asian minorities were protected and their properties were safeguarded.

 

 

The Kenya Constitution

Kenya is governed by a democratic constitution. A democratic constitution recognises and protects human rights for instance the right to acquire and own property, right to life and the rights safeguarding the individual’s freedom of expression, association, conscience, movement and assembly. It also recognises the freedom of worship, belief and opinion.

The Kenya constitution ensures that people have full and equal enjoyment of all rights and freedoms.

It also ensures that all people are equal before the law. An individual has right to equal protection and equal benefit of the law. He has the right to a fair trial. According to the Kenya constitution, no person may be required to perform forced labour or be held in slavery.

 

 

Constitutional making process

 

Constitution making can take place in a number of ways as follows:

  1. Having it done by Parliament whereby at least 65% of all parliamentary members must vote for a change to the Kenya constitution.

 

  1. Using a constitutional review commission. This commission may be set up by the President or by Parliament.

 

  1. Having a constitutional conference attended by selected people from various interests in society. They then make a draft constitution that can if necessary pass through a referendum.

 

  1. Having a national convention composed of representatives from all walks of life who identify and discuss important national issues in order to prepare a constitution.

 

Constitutions are therefore made through established procedures that are agreed upon by the majority. In Kenya the constitutional making process is as follows:

 

  1. The general public is provided with civic education to enable them to take part in the constitution making process. To begin with, they are made to understand what a constitution is and why it is necessary in any state. They are then enlightened on the shortcomings of the current constitutions and also its strength.

People are then requested to give their views on various aspects of the constitution. A commission is set to visit all the constituencies in Kenya to listen and record the views of the public.

All the views obtained from the constituencies of Kenya are compiled together. The wishes of the majority are isolated and used to prepare a draft constitution which is forwarded for further discussion.

 

  1. The recommendations are printed, published and circulated to the public. The commission once more visit the public to give their remarks. All the provinces are covered to ensure that the outcome reflects the will of the people.

 

  1. A national constitutional conference is organised and attended by delegates from each district in Kenya. The commission then submits the recommendations which are largely the opinions of the public for further discussion and careful scrutiny.

Some of the recommendations may be rejected. Other recommendations are accepted while some are amended. The National Constitution conference members may reject some recommendations and replace them with their own.

 

  1. Sometimes the National Constitutional Conference members are unable to reach a consensus concerning certain recommendations. If this happens the recommendations causing disagreement are referred back to the public to be resolved through a referendum which is organised by the Constitution of Kenya Review Commission. The referendum is conducted within two months.

 

  1. After this is done the draft constitution is forwarded to the National Assembly by the Attorney General after receiving it from the Commission. The draft constitution is treated as a bill and then published for discussion. Once it is recommended by the Members of Parliament after passing through all the stages a bill undergoes before becoming law, it is finally presented to the President for assent.

 

  1. Finally, the constitution is published in the Kenya Gazette and after this implementation begins.

 

 

Features of Kenya constitution

 

  1. a) The constitution is democratic

Due to the wishes and ambitions of the people since Kenya attained independence, the country has developed a democratic constitution based on the principles of separation of powers between the Judiciary, the Legislature and the Executive. This is aimed at reducing conflicts between the three arms of government. The arms of government are therefore required to work independently without excessive interference from each other.

 

 

  1. b) There is supremacy of the constitution and the rule of law

Kenya is established on the principles of the supremacy of the constitution and the rule of law. It is governed in accordance with the constitution that acts as the supreme law that binds all authorities and individuals throughout the country.

However, the rule of the law emphasises on handling all legal matters in accordance with the Kenyan laws. Every individual suspects is supposed to be given an opportunity for self-defence before a competent court of law after being arrested. The prosecution is supposed to prove the defendant guilty within a specific period and until the victim is proved guilty beyond reasonable doubt, he should be presumed innocent.

 

  1. c) Recognition for and protection of individual human rights and freedom

The Kenya constitution accommodates this distinctive characteristic in order to preserve the dignity of individuals and communities, to promote the realisations of the potential of all the people and also to promote social justice. The rights and freedom of the individuals are contained in the Bill of Rights.

 

  1. d) A government must have relationship with the constitution

It is unlawful to establish a system of government that is contrary to the constitution.

Constitutional amendments since independence

 

Kenya attained internal self-government on 1st June 1963. The constitution which the country adopted in 1963 was the independence constitution.

 

  1. a) In 1964, the independence (majimbo) constitution was abolished. Kenya became a republic with an executive President. The President was the head of state and government. The country adopted a republican constitution with a unitary system of government.

 

  1. b) In 1966, the two houses of parliament, that is the senate and the House of Representatives were abolished and replaced with a single chamber National Assembly (Parliament).

 

  1. In 1966, a member who resigned from the party that sponsored him or her was required to seek fresh mandate from the electorate on the ticket of the new party. Also a member who missed eight consecutive parliamentary sittings or who served a prison sentence of over six months would automatically lose his seat.

 

  1. d) In 1966, for any constitutional amendment to be affected there had to be a 2/3 majority of the members of Parliament.

 

  1. e) In 1966, the Public Security Act stated that people could be detained on public interest without trial. For example, a citizen who was considered to be a danger to state security was detained without trial.

 

  1. f) In 1966, it was declared that if the Presidency fell vacant, the Vice-President would take over and act as President for the remaining term of office. The President was given power to nominate 12 members of parliament.

 

  1. g) In 1968, the President was empowered to make changes on the administrative boundaries. In this case, the Parliament lost control over the changing of administrative boundaries.

 

  1. h) In 1968, voting age was lowered from 21 to 18 years. One could qualify to contest for Presidency at the age of 35 years. Before one could contest at the age of 40 years and above.

 

  1. i) In 1968, the presidential election was to be done directly by the people who qualified to vote.

 

  1. j) In 1968, If the presidency fell vacant, elections were to be held within 90 days. The Vice – President acted as President for a period not going beyond 90 days. The President was also given power to postpone elections when and if he or she found it necessary. He could also shorten the life of the Parliament.

 

  1. k) In 1975, the President was empowered to pardon election offenders enabling them to contest in future elections.

 

  1. l) In 1977, the Kenya Court of Appeal was established to replace the East African Court of Appeal.

 

  1. m) In 1978, Public officers who wanted to contest during parliamentary elections had to resign six months before election time.

 

  1. In 1982, Kenya was changed from a de-facto one-party state to a de jure one-party state. This was done through the constitutional amendments which brought about the ‘Section 2A’. KANU was to be the only legal political party.

 

  1. In 1982, the security tenure of office of the Attorney General and Controller Audit General was established.

 

  1. In 1982, The office of the Chief Secretary and Head of Civil Service was established.

 

  1. In 1987, The post of Chief Secretary was abolished and replaced by the office of the secretary to the cabinet. This occurred because the office of the Chief Secretary was too powerful.

 

  1. In 1987, The President was empowered to dismiss government officers such as the Attorney General and the Controller and Audit General at will.

 

  1. In 1988, The President was empowered to dismiss the High Court judges and the chairman of the Public Service Commission at will.

 

  1. In 1988, The Police department was empowered to hold suspected criminals for a maximum of 14 days before presenting them to a court of law for hearing and trial.

 

  1. In 1990, The tenure of office of the Attorney General, The Chairman of the Public Service Commission and the Controller and Audit General were guaranteed.

 

  1. In 1990, The Presidency was limited to 2 five-year terms. For one to qualify as President he or she had to win 25% of the votes cast in at least 5 provinces of Kenya.

 

  1. In 1991, The section 2A of the constitution was repealed and Kenya became a multi-party state. The voting age was lowered from 21 years to 18 years.

 

  1. In 1997, Political parties were given the mandate to appoint nominated members of parliament.

 

The Kenya electoral commission commissioners were increased while certain oppressive laws were either amended or repealed. Such laws were:

  1. i) The public order act

 

  1. The Chief’s Act

 

  • The Preservation of Public Security Act

 

  1. The Vagrancy Act

 

 

Review Questions

 

  1. a) Define the term ‘constitution’.
  2. b) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a written constitution.

 

  1. Outline the provisions of the independence constitution of Kenya.

 

  1. Discuss the main constitutional amendments in Kenya since independence.

 

  1. Identify the differences between written and unwritten constitution.

 

  1. What are the main features of the Kenya constitution?

 

  1. Give reasons why a constitution is necessary in any country.

 

Students’ Activities

 

  1. Describe the stages in the constitution making in Kenya.

 

  1. Discuss the factors that determine a country’s constitution.

 

  1. Have a class debate on whether Kenya should have a Prime Minister with more powers than that of the President or not.

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 7

 

 

Democracy and human rights

 

Democracy is a Greek term derived from the Greek words demos, which means people and Kratia signifies power or rule.

The word democracy may mean people’s rule. It may also imply a system of government where the people of a country take part in decision making through elected representatives. Abraham Lincoln defined democracy as ‘a government of the people, for the people and by the people.’

His definition is very popular and easy to comprehend. Any country with a true democratic system of government allows the people to enjoy the rights and freedoms such as rights to life, right to liberty and freedom of speech, freedom of political opinion and freedom of religion. It handles legal matters in accordance with the law. All people in the country are regarded as equal before the law irrespective of their status, race or religion.

In a democratic country, people’s opinions are taken very seriously because the government has to live to people’s expectations. A country which does not honour the opinions of the people (public opinion) becomes unpopular and it is disowned by the majority who later vote it out of power.

From the above explanation we may summarise the main features of democracy as below:

 

  1. Democracy gives room for consent to various aspects. This is either done directly or through people’s representatives.

 

  1. Democracy emphasises on equality of all the people. The government therefore tries to provide all the people with equal opportunities.

 

  1. Democracy gives people freedom to organise and enjoy their rights.

 

 

Types of democracy

 

The two common types of democracy are:

 

  1. Direct democracy

 

  1. Indirect democracy

 

Direct democracy

A direct democracy is one which people in a country are allowed to participate directly in all decision making. It is sometimes called pure democracy. This kind of decision making was very common among the Bushmen of South Africa and the people of the Greek city states.

Unfortunately direct democracy cannot work in countries with large populations because all the people cannot be consulted before decisions are made. It therefore succeeds in countries or communities with very few people where the opinion of every person is considered to be very useful before final decisions on various issues are made. What is agreed upon by all is accepted by all of them without any question.

Direct democracy principles have been applied in Kenya in the attempt to allow people to exercise their democratic rights. Kenyans for example have been consulted to give their opinion concerning the constitutional review.

Incase some issues are not agreed upon by members of the constitutional conference, a referendum has to be used so as to act according to the will of the people.

 

Indirect democracy

 

This is sometimes referred to as representative democracy.

In this case, people do not participate directly in decision making. They normally use their representatives. The people by way of voting elect the representatives and they specifically express people’s feelings on public issues. Indirect democracy is practical in large modern states because there are huge in size and population.

The disadvantages of this method are that the people who are elected can easily ignore the people who elected them. They can also fail to consult the electorate in order to be able to air their views in the parliament.

 

There are two types of representative democracy. These are:

 

  1. Parliamentary democracy
  2. Presidential democracy

 

Parliamentary democracy

 

Here people cast votes to elect their representatives. Those who are elected choose one person to take leadership as Prime Minister.

The one who is chosen appoints the other ministers from among the members of parliament. Those appointed forms the cabinet. The Prime Minister can be forced to resign if the other legislators cast a vote of no confidence on him. If this is done, another Prime Minister is elected to form the government.

 

Presidential Democracy

Here the President and other members of Parliament are elected directly by the electorate. They then form a government that lasts for a specified period of time. In the Kenyan case, it is 5 years. Non of the two arms of the government, executive and legislature has full control over the other in this type of democracy. They only act as checks and balances therefore ensuring that non of them tries to overshadow the other.

 

Principles of democracy

 

Democratic principles are the moral professional standards that are necessary in a democracy.

They play the role of showing whether a country is democratic or not. The principles of democracy are found in the Bill of Rights that is the framework for the adoption of social, economic and cultural policies.

 

The principles of democracy are:

 

  1. Rule of law

This implies that there must be equality before the law. All people in a country are subject to the same law. People must obey the law. Those who violate the established laws are prosecuted and punished if found guilty. The law should apply to all people equally without any discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, religion, political affiliation, colour, disability, social status and other physical or social characteristics.

 

  1. People’s participation in governance

In a democratic country, people should participate in the governing of their country. They should be involved in the decision-making processes.

A person can participate in government by getting involved in voting to elect the most responsible representative of the people in the country’s parliament. A person can also contest for a parliamentary or civic post.

One can be a member of a non-governmental organisation or association that is free to hold discussions on matters affecting the country e.g. Maendeleo ya Wanawake. Such an organisation can help to control the activities of the government inorder to prevent it from abusing its powers.

 

  1. Economic liberty

Democratic governments allow their citizens to have freedom of action, choice and decision when dealing with issues pertaining to their economic status. This may be achieved through allowing privatisation of business partners, and market for selling one’s goods. All this gives individuals lawful authority to genuinely attain and control their own wealth.

 

  1. Respect for and protection of human rights

Human rights should be respected and protected because they are essential aspects of democracy which promote the respect for human life and dignity. Human rights are recognised and protected to preserve the dignity of individuals and communities and to promote social justice and the realisation of the potential of all human beings.

 

  1. Need to conduct free and fair elections

Elections should be held every time after an agreed period of time. In Kenya elections are held after every five years. Elections should not involve some unfair practices such as corruption, intimidation and rigging.

 

  1. Respect of other people’s opinions

In a democratic country, the opinions of political opponents should never be dismissed.

The opinions of political opponents should help those in control to streamline or even adjust their actions.

 

  1. Bill or Rights

Every democratic country should have a Bill of Rights, which contain the rights and freedoms of all the citizens and the limitations of these rights and freedoms.

 

  1. Equal status of all people (citizens)

There should be no discrimination based on colour, race, gender, political position or ethnic group.

All people should be regarded as equal before the law and therefore be provided with equal opportunities and privileges.

 

  1. Transparency and Accountability

Any country which claims to be democratic must operate in such a way that the citizens are aware of what the government is doing and what it is intending to do. There should be high degree of openness on the side of the government. The government should listen to and respect the views of its citizens and otherwise act accordingly.

Transparency and accountability may be achieved through constant meetings of the authorities with the people and through advertisements done through the mass media and print media.

 

  1. Application of democratic principles such as liberty and social justice.

 

  1. Separation of functions between the Executive, the Legislature and the Judiciary.

 

  1. Provision of equal opportunities for all citizens without discrimination.

 

NB:   The process of building a democracy is referred to as democratisation. The agents of democratisation are interest groups, political parties, civil society, the mass media and state institutions such as Judiciary, Parliament, the civil service and other state sponsored bodies such as human rights commission and anti-corruption authorities

 

 

Human rights

 

Human rights can be defined as set of basic rules of justice to which each human being is entitled. They can also be defined as things that any individual is allowed to do or have by the law. One is legally allowed to do or have those things irrespective of race, religion, political opinion, creed, sex, language, place of origin, age, one’s tribe, colour or other local connections.

In Kenya, every person is guaranteed freedom of speech, religion, association and movement. He or she is also guaranteed the right to life, right to own property and right to personal liberty. Governments do not give these rights. They are the rights needed to live a human life.

As one enjoys these fundamental rights, he or she should follow the law. He or she should not interfere with other people’s rights or with the functioning of the government or the whole society’s enjoyment of rights. The rights of the individuals are contained in chapter five of the constitution. The functions of Human Rights are:

 

  1. To safeguard the individual’s security, life and liberty.

 

  1. To safeguard the individual’s freedom of conscience, movement, association and speech, etc.

 

  1. To safeguard the individual’s private property and home.

 

  1. Human rights empower people to air their own views independently without fear. People should have the freedom of expression.

 

  1. They ensure that the weak and the poor are not oppressed by the rich and powerful.

 

  1. The human rights fulfil the moral and spiritual requirements of individuals.

 

  1. They limit conflicts between people therefore inculcating to people the need for unity.

 

  1. The human rights guide the government on how to deal with its citizens so that the citizens can gain confidence with the government.

 

 

Features of human rights

 

The main features of human rights are:

 

  1. Human rights affect all the people in the world. Every human being therefore has the right to enjoy these fundamental human rights.

 

  1. There are limitations of human rights. This simply means that sometimes people abuse the human rights when they fail to honour the rights of others. Due to this, the law has put some limitations on some of the rights and freedoms of the individuals.

 

  1. Human rights are interdependent in that sometimes you must be having a certain right in order to enjoy the other. You cannot enjoy the freedom of speech if you are denied the freedom of association because you will not get somebody to talk to. If you are living in a state of insecurity and your life is in danger then you cannot enjoy many other rights such as right to liberty, freedom of association and freedom of movement.

 

  1. If the country is at war, certain provisions of the fundamental rights can be suspended. Examples of the provisions which can be suspended are:
  2. i) The protection in respect to the rights to liberty

 

  1. ii) Freedom of expression (speech)

 

  • Freedom of movement

 

  1. Right against forced search or entry.

 

  1. Freedom of association

 

  1. Anti-discrimination provision

 

 

Violation of human rights

 

In order to ensure that human rights are not violated, the government of Kenya set up a standing committee on human rights aimed at providing citizens with a way they can report abuses of human rights. The role of this committee is to receive complaints on human rights abuses from the public. It then makes reports and suggestions to the government on the action to be taken against those who violate the rights.  The Kenyan Human Rights Commission also draws attention to human rights abuses.

Other groups that observe and report issues on the abuse of human rights are religious groups, police, newspaper journalists, judges, educators, lawyers, trade unionists and the civil society organisations.

 

The Bill of Rights

 

The Bill of Rights is a statement of human or civil rights in a constitution. It explains and guarantees the rights of the individuals. It also clarifies the circumstances which may force the government to deny an individual his rights and freedoms.

The Bill of rights in the Kenya constitution is derived from the International Bill of Rights that is found in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.

 

Some of the provisions of the International Bill of rights are:

 

  1. It states clearly the right to self-determination. Here people are allowed to determine their political position and to continue with their socio-economic and cultural advancement.

 

  1. There should be equal rights for both men and women as they enjoy civil and political rights.

 

  1. All people have right to freedom of association.

 

  1. No person shall be subjected to arbitrary interference of his family or privacy.

 

  1. All people are equal before the law. Therefore no person is above the law and the law should apply to all people equally without any discrimination.

 

  1. All people have a right to freedom of conscience and religion.

 

  1. No person shall be subjected to inhuman treatment or torture.

 

  1. All people have right to liberty.

 

  1. All people living in a particular state lawfully have freedom of movement in that particular state.

 

  1. Every person has the right to life that must be protected by law.

 

  1. No person should be enslaved because all people have a right to freedom.

 

  1. Every person has the right of being recognised every where in the world as a human being (person) before the law.

 

  1. A couple has freedom to marry and start a family so long as they agree to do so.

 

  1. Minority groups should never be denied their rights for instance religious rights and cultural rights.

 

  1. Everyone has the right to take part in the public affairs of the state he belongs either directly or indirectly. So the right to vote and to be voted for is provided.

 

The Bill of Rights was included in the constitution of many democratic states that include Kenya. However the Bill of Rights in Kenya had a number of limitations in connection to the constitution in use from independent up to 2003. These are:

 

  1. Some bills lost their power due to use of clauses or exceptions. For instance in the constitution there was the freedom of movement at the same time the parliament was empowered to make laws that could restrict that freedom.

 

  1. The ways of making sure that the rights in the Bill of Rights were carried out were not clarified.

 

  1. The Bill of Rights did not include or protect persons with disabilities against discrimination.

 

  1. The provisions of suspending some of the rights contained in the Bill of Rights were generally very wide.

 

  1. The marginalised communities were not very well protected because the Bill of Rights did not provide clear protection guidelines for such communities.

 

  1. The Kenyan Bill of Rights did not mention the socio-economic and cultural rights as well as the rights to development and the rights to a clean environment.

 

  1. Some sections of the laws allowed discrimination. For example section 91 of the constitution discriminated against women when it allowed the child of a Kenyan father married to a foreign woman to get citizenship automatically while the child of a Kenyan woman married to a foreigner could not be awarded citizenship automatically.

 

 

 

The UN charter on human rights

 

The United Nations Organisation (UNO) sometimes referred to as UN was established after the Second World War to promote international co-operation by encouraging the respect for human rights and freedoms.

The Charter of the UN was signed on 26th June 1945 and came into force on 24th October 1945. It provided the constitutional basis for establishing international peace and security.

The need to have international peace and security arose as a result of people’s concern due to the damages caused by the first world war and the second world war. During these two world wars, many people were killed and property worth millions of shillings destroyed.

To prevent such damages occurring again, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was written.

The Declaration of Human Rights states that, “all human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights”.

 

The General Assembly of the United Nations adopted this declaration. It declares:

 

  1. i) Civil and political rights

 

  1. Cultural rights

 

  • Economic rights

 

  1. Social rights

1.       Civil and political rights

The aliens are protected from expulsion. People are prevented from being forced to testify against themselves or confess their guilt. It also provides for a right to be compensated in case of misuse or error of justice. There is prohibition of racial or religious hatred and ban of wars. Lastly, protection of ethnic, religious or different language minorities is provided.

 

  1. Cultural Rights, Economic Rights and Social Rights

The rights included here are the right to work, the right to education, the right to form trade unions, the right to strike, the right to participate in cultural life, the right to have an adequate standard of living, the right to social security, the right to fair and favourable conditions of work and the rights of minorities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenyans enjoying the right to education

 

Some of the human rights contained in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights document

 

  1. Nobody shall be subjected to arbitrary detention, arrest or exile.

 

  1. Nobody should be enslaved.

 

  1. All human beings are born free and equal.

 

  1. All people have a right to life and liberty.

 

  1. All people have a right to freedom of association and assembly.

 

  1. Any person charged with an offence must be presumed innocent until proved guilty in a court of law.

 

  1. Every person has a right to own property. No property should be taken away without proper compensation.

 

  1. Every person is entitled with the right to a fair hearing by an impartial and independent court.

 

  1. The right to freedom of movement within one’s country is provided.

 

  1. Anybody has a right to seek refuge in another country for political reasons.
  2. Anybody has a right to freedom of expression (speech).

 

  1. Anybody has a right to belong to a particular nation. One can also change his nationality if he wants.

 

  1. All people are equal before the law.

 

  1. Anybody is allowed to marry another person and start a family irrespective of their nationality, religion, colour or race.

 

 

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights document is important because:

 

  1. i) It provides an international standard by which governments can be judged on issues of human rights so that they can be accused of violating them and therefore be cut off internationally or certain sanctions put in place to punish them.

 

  1. It encourages some countries to form regional blocs so as to be able to introduce and protect human rights.

 

The rights of the child

 

Children like any other human beings are entitled to certain rights that provide special protection to them. Children differ from adults in that they have limited capabilities. For this reason they require protection and support of adults.

The rights of children are contained in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child.

The Children’s Act in Kenya was passed by Parliament in the year 2002. It contained a number of rights for children. Some of them are as below:

 

  1. Right to life

Every child is entitled to the right to life. The parents and the government should therefore ensure that the children grow up without any obstacles that may affect their lives.

 

  1. Right to education

Children have a right to be educated. The parents must therefore ensure that their children obtain basic primary education that is now free. The government is ensuring that successful primary school pupils acquire secondary school education by providing bursary funds to students from poor families.

 

  1. Protection from exploitation

Children can easily be exploited as cheap labour. There should be regulations that protect children against exploitation. Children should not be forced to do any work that is likely to negatively affect them morally, physically and mentally.

 

  1. Protection from discrimination

Children should be protected against various kinds of discrimination such as being discriminated on the bases of colour, race, religion, sex and many others.

 

  1. Right to good medical care

Parents and the government should ensure that children are provided with medical care. For instance they can be vaccinated against certain diseases. Specialists for treating children should also be available.

 

  1. Right to religious guidance

The parents should guide their children on how to practice their religion and also instruct them on religious matters.

 

 

  1. Protection from sexual abuse

Children should be protected from rape and from being given money in exchange for sex by adults.

 

  1. Right to basic requirements like food, shelter and clothing

Children have a right to be provided with food, shelter and clothing by their parents. In times of famine, the government should provide children with food if their parents are not able to do so.

 

  1. Right to adoption

The government has put in place guidelines on the way adoption should be done.

 

  1. Right to play

Children should be allowed to play. It is when they play that they make discoveries and also settle their minds. Playing also enables them to socialise with others.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Children socialising

 

 

Classification of human rights

 

Human rights may be categorised as follows:

 

  1. i) Political and civil rights

 

  1. Social and cultural rights

 

  • Economic Rights

 

  1. Development and group rights

 

Political and civil rights

Political and civil rights are generally referred to as “Civil rights” or “Fundamental rights, freedoms and protections”.

They enable individuals to follow their values and interests. They provide individuals with basic freedoms. Examples of civil rights are:

 

  1. i) The right to life

 

  1. The right to personal liberty

 

  • Freedom of expression

 

  1. Freedom of conscience

 

  1. Freedom of association and assembly

 

  1. Freedom of movement

 

  • Freedom of discrimination

 

  • Protection against slavery and forced labour

 

  1. Protection from arbitrary search and entry

 

  1. Right to the secure protection of law.

 

Social and cultural rights

They provide people with social freedom and basic needs such as education and health. They also provide people with the right to take part in cultural activities. They encourage fair treatment of all citizens and discourage inhuman treatment and interference with one’s body, premises or private life therefore ensuring security to the people. Examples of social and cultural rights are:

 

  1. i) Right to education

 

  1. Right to start a family or marry

 

  • Right to health or medical care

 

  1. Right to housing or good shelter

 

  1. Right to good food

 

  1. Right to good clothing

 

  • Right to play and leisure

 

  • Right to social security

 

  1. Right to parental love

 

  1. Right to association

 

  1. Protection from discrimination, sexual abuse, drugs and disaster.

 

Economic rights

These provide people with economic freedom. They enable people to take part in the economic activities freely without harassment. Economic rights provide people with the right to own and use property and the chance to work and provide for their livelihood. They also provide people with the right to freedom from forced labour and slavery. Examples of economic rights are:

 

  1. i) Right to form and become a trade union member

 

  1. Right to own property

 

  • Right to work and to fair judgement

 

  1. Right to start and operate a business

 

  1. Right to form and join a trade union

 

Developmental and group rights

These help people to have better life. One of the ways of having a better life is living in a clean environment which is free from all forms of pollution for instance excessive noise, excessive fumes and smoke, bad smell from rotting objects and contaminated water due to careless dumping of pollutants. Group rights represent a specific group of people. Examples of development and group rights are:

 

  1. i) The right to culture

 

  1. The right to clean environment

 

  • The right to development

 

  1. The right of persons with disabilities

 

  1. The right of minorities

 

In conclusion, it is vital to note that the new government which took over leadership after 2002 immediately began addressing itself to the issue of discrimination against women and other minorities which is an important issue on human rights. For decades women and women’s groups have been disadvantaged yet they contribute greatly to the economy of the country.

There were also other groups that are marginalised on the basis of gender, disability, age, customs and traditions.

The new government responded positively after power was handed over by the previous regime by taking Affirmative action (measures to accelerate equality and reverse discrimination) which resulted to nomination of more women to parliament after the general election.

It is hoped that the government will continue to encourage fairness to both genders in the assignment of responsibilities and leadership roles as well as making opportunities available for the marginalised groups. By so doing, there will be fair sharing, distribution and allocation of jobs and resources for everyone’s benefit and also for the good of everyone in the country.

When this is achieved all Kenyans will begin thinking, talking, trying and acting to achieve all the goals set by the practical democratic leaders of our country.

 

Review Questions

  1. a) Define the term ‘Democracy’.
  2. b) Describe the two types of democracy below:
  3. i) Direct Democracy
  4. ii) Indirect or Representative Democracy

 

  1. a) What are Human Rights?
  2. b) Describe the UN Charter on Human Rights

 

  1. Identify the Rights of the Child which are contained in the Children’s Act.

 

  1. a) How can we classify Human Rights?
  2. b) Identify the ways the government is adopting Affirmative Action to deal with the past discrimination.

 

  1. What are the sources of Kenya’s Bill of Rights?

 

  1. Discuss the following:
  2. i) Presidential democracy
  3. ii) Parliamentary democracy

Students’ Activities

  1. Discuss the principles of democracy.

 

  1. In groups identify various human rights abuses in Kenya.

 

  1. Have a class debate whether it is right or wrong to compel all street children to join the National Youth Service.

Form Three English Schemes of Work {Revised and Final}

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM 1

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING STRESS By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

·        Stress the appropriate syllables in words

·        Appreciate the fact that stress contributes to meaning

Students reading words given in pairs

Change roles after first reading

 

·        Readers

·        Pictures

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 1-2

·        Teachers Book page 1-2

·        English dictionary

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Study reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

-Choose the right place and time to study

-Develop techniques for concentration.

-Identify the main points as well as the supporting materials.

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

·        Demonstration of sitting postures.

·        Chalkboard

·        posters

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 2-3

·        Teachers guide page 2

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

The Miracle of Adolescence

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Show awareness of the changes that take place during adolescence.

Reading comprehension

 

·        Pre-reading active

·

·        ties

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 3-5

·        Teachers guide page 2-4

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Common ways of forming nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Form nouns using common noun-forming suffixes

·        Use nouns bearing the relevant suffixes in sentences.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 5-8

·        Teachers guide page 4-6

 
  7/8 WRITING SUBSTITUTION IN WRITING By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Use a variety of sentence structures and vocabulary

·        Substitute words for others in order to eliminate clumsiness and repetition.

·        Discussing

·        Writing

Writing

 

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 8

 

·        Teachers guide page 7-8

 
2 1/2 Intensive  reading  

THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

 

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING INTONATION By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use rising intonation correctly

·        Use falling intonation correctly

·        Students to work in pairs read given sentences as statement and as questions chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 9-11

·        Teachers guide page 9

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Techniques of pre-reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Survey reading materials

·        Formulate pre-reading questions

·        reading chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 11-12

·        Teachers guide page 10

 
  5/6 READING Comprehension

The bitter forbidden fruit

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Appreciate the need to abstain from pre-marital sex.

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page12-14

·        Teachers guide page 11-12

 
  7/8 GRAMMAR

 

Gender-sensitive language By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize gender biased language

·        Use gender-sensitive language

 

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 14-16

·        Teachers guide page 12-13

 
3 1/2 WRITING

 

Transitional words that add information By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Recognize transitional words used in adding information.

·        Use transitional words used in adding information

·        Writing

·        discussion

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 16-17

·        Teachers guide page14-15

 
  3/4 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Rhythm By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify features of rhythm in a poem

·        Appreciate the importance of using rhythm in poetry.

·        Read a poem to bring out its rhythm.

·        Reciting poems

·        chanting

Chalkboard

Poems on manila

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 18-20

·        Poems from East Africa

·        Demystifying poetry

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Concentration techniques in reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Survey through learning material

·        Write pre-reading questions

·        Review the material just read.

·        reading chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 20-21

·        Teachers guide page 18

 
  7/8 READING Comprehension

Restoring Integrity in the public service

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of integrity in the public service

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 21-24

·        Teachers guide page 19

 
4 1/2 GRAMMAR Case in pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify pronouns in their various case forms.

·        Use pronouns correctly in the various case forms.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary

·        chalkboard

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 24-27

·        Teachers guide page 21

 
  3/4 WRITING Transitional words that show contrast By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Identify transitional words that show contrast

·        Correctly use the transitional words that show contrast

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 28

·        Teachers guide page 24-25

 
  5/6 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  7 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Alliteration and assonance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify alliteration in poetry

·        Identify assonance in poetry

·        Explain use of alliteration in poetry

·        Explain the use of assonance in poetry

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 29-31

·        Teachers guide page 26-28

 
  8 STUDY SKILLS Note-making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish main points from illustrations

·        Organize the main points to make notes

·        Reading

·        Writing

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 31-32

·        Teachers guide page 28

 
5 1/2 READING Comprehension

Women break from shackles of traditions

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of gender equality

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 32-34

·        Teachers guide page 29-31

 
  3/4 GRAMMAR demonstratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize demonstrative words correctly

·        Use demonstrative words correctly

·        Mark agreement with demonstrative words correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 34-36

·        Teachers guide page 31

 
  5/6 WRITING Transitional words that show consequences, cause and effect By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Identify transitional words that show consequences, cause and effect.

·        Use transitional words that show consequences correctly.

·        Writing

·        discussion

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 36-37

·        Teachers guide page33-35

 
  7/8 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
        · · · ·  
6 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Dilemma stories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page

·        Teachers guide pa

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Studying a poem through an analysis of diction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop an interest in reading poetry

·        Distinguish among the different kinds of vocabulary available to poets.

·        Relate diction to the meaning of a poem.

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 40-41

·        Teachers guide pa

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

Citizens role in good governance

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page  43-45

·        Teachers guide page 39-40

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Transitive and intransitive verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between transitive and intransitive use of verbs.

·        Construct sentences using verbs transitively and intransitively

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 45-48

·        Teachers guide page 4-6

 
  7/8 WRITING Use of the colon and the semi-colon, and writing reminders By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Demonstrate mastery in the use of the colon and the semicolon.

·        Write reminders.

·        Writing

·        discussion

chalkboard ·        Excelling in English Book 3 students book Page48-50

·        Teachers guide page 45-47

 
7

 

 

 

     
MID-TERM EXAMS
· · ·  
8        

 

 

 

 

 

·
MID-TERM BREAK
· ·  
9  

1/2

 

 

 

THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

  By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Features of dilemma story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the features of a dilemma story re-tell a dilemma story

·        Story-telling ·        chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 51-52

·        Teachers guide page 48-49

·        Oral literature

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Appreciating a poem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the features of a poem systematically, analyze a poem.

·        Reciting poems

·        reading

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 51-52

·        Teachers guide page 48-49

·        Poems from East Africa

 
  5/6 READING Comprehension

HIV The Emotional Journey

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the emotional experiences of HIV infected persons.

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 55-56

·        Teachers guide page 52-53

 
  7/8 GRAMMAR Infinitives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize infinitive uses of verbs

·        Construct sentences using both the to-infinitive and the ing-infinitive.

 

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 56-58

·        Teachers guide page 54-55

 
10 1/2 WRITING The use of dash and parentheses, and writing personal journals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Use the dash and parentheses correctly

·        Write personal journals.

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample journals

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 58-60

·        Teachers guide page 56-57

 
  3/4 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Aetiological narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen and respond to information on etiological narrative.

·        Explain what an etiological story is.

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 61-63

·        Teachers guide page 59

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Critical reading: looking for evidence By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Read critically by identifying evidence

Read critically by evaluating evidence.

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Secondary English Book 3 students book Page 63-64

·        Teachers guide page 60

 
  7/8 READING Comprehension

“Our rights and responsibilities”

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate their rights

·        Appreciate their responsibilities

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 64-66

·        Teachers guide page 62

 
11 1/2 GRAMMAR Phrasal verbs and idiomatic expressions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize phrasal verbs and idiomatic expressions

·        Use phrasal verbs and idiomatic expressions correctly

·        Appreciate the expressive value of this forms

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 66-69

·        Teachers guide page 63-64

 
  3/4 WRITING Thank you and congratulatory messages By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Write thank you messages

·        Write congratulatory messages

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample messages of thanks

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 69-70

·        Teachers guide page 66-67

 
  5/5 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·         Reading aloud ·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  7 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Features of aetiological narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Role-play in etiological narratives

·        Identify features of etiological narratives

·        speaking Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 71-73

·        Teachers guide page 68-69

 
  8 STUDY SKILLS Recognize tone and attitude By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize and describe tone and attitude in a piece of writing

·        reciting Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 73-74

·        Teachers guide page 70-71

 
12 1/2 READING Comprehension

A slip not a Fall

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the value of education.

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Learn and use new vocabulary.

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 74-76

·        Teachers guide page 72-73

 
  3/4 GRAMMAR Participles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize participles

·        Distinguish between verbal and adjectival participles

·        Use participles

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 76-80

·        Teachers guide page 74-76

 
  5/6 WRITING Messages of condolences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Appreciate the need to empathize with others.

·        Write messages of condolences

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample condolence messages

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page80-81

·        Teachers guide page76-77

 
  7/8 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
13 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Giving and receiving instructions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 82-83

·        Teachers guide page 79

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Distinguish facts from opinions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop a critical attitude as they read or listen.

·        Distinguish between a fact and an opinion

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 83-84

·        Teachers guide pag81-82

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

The Great Revelation

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the need  to pay attention to our spiritual needs.

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 84-86

·        Teachers guide page 82-83

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Quantifiers: few, a few, little and a little. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the quantifiers few, a few, little and a little.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page86-88

·        Teachers guide page 84-85

 
  7/8 WRITING Imaginative compositions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Identify the features of an imaginative composition

·        Demonstrate the ability to create suspense in a story

·        Writing

·        discussion

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 88-89

·        Teachers guide page 86-87

 
  7/8 INTENSIVE READING

 

THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
END OF TERM EXAMS

&

CLOSING

· · · ·  
 

 

 

 

 

 

        ·
TERM TWO 2019
  ·  
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Debating By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of developing debating skills

·        Participate in a debate and observe the conventions of debating

·        discussion Chalkboard

Picture on students book 3

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 91-92

·        Teachers guide page 89

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Reading aloud: interpretive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of interpretative reading

·        Practice reading poems and passages interpretively

·        Reading

·

Chalkboard

Written speeches

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 93-95

·        Teachers guide page 92

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

Global Warming

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 96-98

·        Teachers guide page 94-96

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Attributive and predicative use of adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between attributive and predicative use of adjectives

·        Use adjectives attributively and predicatively in their own writing

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 98-100

·        Teachers guide pg 96-98

·

 
  7/8 WRITING Telegrams By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Identify main features of telegram

·        Compose an effective telegram message

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 100

·        Teachers guide page 99-100

 
2 1/2 POETRY POETRY Discuss poetic features in a poem ·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

  ·        Understanding Poetry by Ezekiel Alembi  
  3/4 INSTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Giving directions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of clear and correct directions

·        Give clear and correct directions.

·           Discussion Chalkboard

Sketch map

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 101

·        Teachers guide page  101

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Handling context questions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Place an extract in its context

·        Answer context questions correctly

·        reading Chalkboard

Excerpts from novels

 

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page  101-103

·        Teachers guide page 103-105

 
  7/8 READING Comprehension

The grand deception

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 104-106

·        Teachers guide page 105-107

 
3 1/2 GRAMMAR Formation of adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize adverbs

·        Form and use adverbs in sentences

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 106-108

·        Teachers guide page 108-109

 
  3/4 WRITING Letters of application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify features of a good application letter

·        Write a good a[application letter

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample letters

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page108-110

·        Teachers guide page 109-110

 
  5/6 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  7 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Non-verbal cues in communication By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the need to dress properly

·        Recognize aspects of appropriate dressing and grooming and how these are related to communication

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

Chalkboard

Newspaper cuttings on grooming

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 111

·        Teachers guide page 111

 
  8 STUDY SKILLS Character and characterization in literary works

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify  the different ways in which authors reveal their characters

·        Describe a character correctly

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 111-113

·        Teachers guide page 112-113

 
4 1/2 READING Comprehension

Why monkeys live on trees

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify etiological narratives

·        Describe characters in aetiological narratives

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Learn and use new vocabulary

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 114-116

·        Teachers guide page 114-116

 
  3/4 GRAMMAR Functions of adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize the functions of adverbs

·        Use adverbs correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 117-118

·        Teachers guide page 116-119

 
  5/6 WRITING Writing reports By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a report

·        Appreciate the importance of writing reports

·        Explain the different parts of a report

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample report

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page118-119

·        Teachers guide page 119-120

 
  7/8 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
5 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Hot-seating By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

-Define hot-seating and set up hot-seating sessions

-individually impersonate a main character in a play, a novel or short story

Prepare to field questions about their character and role

·        Speaking

·        Discussion

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 120-121

·        Teachers guide page 121-122

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS How to read the short story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to analyze and appreciate  :

·        The plot of a short story

·        The characters in a short story

·        The style of a short story

·        The point of view of a short story

·        The themes and experience of a short story

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

Chalkboard

A chart

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 122-124

·        Teachers guide page 122-123

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

A precious Gift

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage silently

·        Appreciate the need not to discriminate against HIV infected people

·        Appreciate the need to empathize with HIV infected people

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Posters with HIV/AIDS information

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 125

·        Teachers guide page 123-125

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Differences among prepositions, conjunctions and adverb participles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Correctly distinguish among prepositions, conjunctions and adverb participles

·        Use prepositions, conjunctions and adverb participles correctly.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 126-128

·        Teachers guide page 125-128

 
  7/8 WRITING Synopsis of a short story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define synopsis

·        Write a synopsis of a short story

·        Write neatly and legibly

 

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 128-130

·        Teachers guide page 128-129

 
6 1 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  2

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING How to speak in public By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop strategies in managing stage fright

·        Stand before an audience

·        Face an audience

·        Use gestures appropriately

·        Deliver an effective public speech

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 131-132

·        Teachers guide page 130-132

 
    STUDY SKILLS How to participate in group discussions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Organize themselves for a group discussion

·        Prepare for group discussions

·        Participate in group discussions

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 132-134

·        Teachers guide page 132-133

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

Ozone

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the danger posed by the depletion of the ozone layer

·        Read the passage silently

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading

·        Pre-reading activities

 

· ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 134-136

·        Teachers guide page 134-135

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Correlative conjunctions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize correlative conjunctions

·        Use correlative conjunctions correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 136-138

·        Teachers guide page 135-137

 
  7/8 WRITING Speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop an outline for a speech

·        Choose an appropriate way of introducing a speech

·        Do an appropriate build-up of a speech

·        Choose an appropriate way of concluding a speech

·        Write neatly and legibly

 

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 138-139

·        Teachers guide page 137-138

 
7 1 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  2 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  3

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Discussion based on a dilemma story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        develop awareness of discussion etiquette

·        Participate in a discussion effective

·           discussion chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 140

·        Teachers guide page 139

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Improving one’s Vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the need to continually build their vocabulary

·        Identify ways of figuring out the meaning of a new word

·        Acquire and use new words

·        Reading chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 140-142

·        Teachers guide page 140

·        A good English dictionary

 
  5/6 READING Comprehension

The return

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the resilience of the human spirit

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 143-144

·        Teachers guide page 142-144

 
  7/8 GRAMMAR Prepositional phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify prepositional phrases

·        Identify the functions of pp.

·

MIDTERM EXAMS

Use prepositional phrases correctly.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page

·        Teachers guide page

 
 

8

 

 

        · · ·  
 

9

 

 

 

   
MIDTERM BREAK
  · · ·  
10 1/2 WRITING Argumentative essays By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of supporting one’s argument with sufficient evidence.

·        Master the components of an argumentative composition.

·        Write neatly and legibly

 

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 147

·        Teachers guide page

 
  3/4 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  5

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Role playing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Role play an interview

·        Play an interviewer’s role in gathering information

·        discussion chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 148-149

·        Teachers guide page 148-149

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Reading newspapers and magazines By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate familiarity with different sections of a newspaper and magazine.

·        Read the different sections of a newspaper or magazine effectively.

·        Scanning

·        skimming

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 149-150

·        Teachers guide page 150

·        Newspapers and magazines

 
  7/8 READING Comprehension

Diet in HIV/AIDS Management

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of diet in HIV/AIDs management

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 150-152

·        Teachers guide page 151-152

 
11 1/2 GRAMMAR Adjective Phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize adjective phrases

·        Use adjective phrases in sentences correctly.

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 152-154

·        Teachers guide page 152-155

 
  3/4 WRITING Notification of Meetings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the importance of sending our notices of meetings

·        Write a notice for a meeting

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 154-155

·        Teachers guide page 155

 
  5/6 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
  7

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Retelling an Aetiological Story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use voice/tone variation in storytelling

·        Use gestures in storytelling

·        Use facial expressions in storytelling

·           Narration

 

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 156-157

·        Teachers guide page 156-157

 
  8 STUDY SKILLS Note-making in preparation for summary writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the main points in a text

·        Present the points in note form.

·        Writing chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 157-159

·        Teachers guide page 157-158

 
12 1/2 READING Comprehension

Akoko’s Quest for Justice

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate Akoko’s and by extension women’s quest for justice.

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Learn and use new vocabulary.

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 159-161

·        Teachers guide page 158-159

 
  3/4 GRAMMAR Conditional clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize conditional clauses.

·        Use conditional clauses correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 161-163

·        Teachers guide page 161-163

 
  5/6 WRITING Creative story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify and explain the elements of a creative story.

·        Write a creative story.

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 163-164

·        Teachers guide page 163-164

 
  7/8 INTENSIVE READING THE PEARL By  John Steinbeck

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the novel

·        Write notes based on the novel

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of The Pearl

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in THE PEARL

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        The Pearl by John Steinback

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
13 1

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Retelling a dilemma story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen actively to a reading of a story.

·        Identify the dilemma in the story

·        Retell the story in their own words

·         narration chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 165-167

·        Teachers guide page 165

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS summary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pick out the main points in a given passage

·        Summarize the passage by reducing it to about a third of its length

·        Write this condensed version in connected paragraphs

·        Critical reading

·        writing

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 167-169

·        Teachers guide page 166-168

 
  3/4 READING Comprehension

The technology of iris scan

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how the technology of iris scan is used to identify people

·        Appreciate the merits and demerits  of the technology

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 169-171

·        Teachers guide page 168

 
  5/6 GRAMMAR Adjectival Clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recognize adjectival clauses

·        Use adjectival clauses in sentences correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 171-172

·        Teachers guide page 169-170

 
  7/8 WRITING The Agenda of a Meeting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the features of an agenda for a meeting

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Prepare an agenda for a meeting.

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample agendum

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 172-173

·        Teachers guide page 172

 
 

 

END OF TERM EXAMS & CLOSING
      ·   ·  
 

 

 

 

   
TERM THREE 2019
  · · ·  
1 1 INTENSIVE READING A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

·        Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S HOUSE

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  2   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  3   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  4   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  5

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Using your voice effectively By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Project their voices as they speak and read

·        Articulate words distinctly

·         speaking chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 174-175

·        Teachers guide page 173

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS How to write a book review By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the nature and functions of book reviews

·        Discussion

·        writing

chalkboard

sample review

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 176-177

·        Teachers guide page 174

 
  78 READING Comprehension

Medical Innovations

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop awareness in genetic engineering

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 177-179

·        Teachers guide page 175

 
2 1/2 GRAMMAR Noun Clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify noun clauses

·        Use noun clauses in sentences correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 179-180

·        Teachers guide page 176-178

 
  3/4 WRITING Minutes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Develop the skill of writing minutes

·        Write minutes

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

Sample minutes

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 180-183

·        Teachers guide page 178-179

 
  3 INTENSIVE READING A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

·        Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  4   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  5   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  6   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  7

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Delivering a Speech and Listening Actively By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen carefully to a variety of information

·        Listen actively to the famous “I Have a Dream” speech by Martin Luther king Jr.

·        Read the speech interpretively

·        Deliver the speech effectively

·        Describe the different parts of the speech

·           Reading -Chalkboard

-Collected speeches

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 184-188

·        Teachers guide page 180

 
  8 STUDY SKILLS Understanding Exam Language By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Interpret exam instructions more accurately

·        Analyse  exam questions correctly

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Reading

chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 188-189

·        Teachers guide page 182

 
3 1/2 READING Comprehension

Governance

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be a

ble to:

·        Identify the general features of good governance

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Learn and use new vocabulary

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 189-191

·        Teachers guide page 184-185

 
  3/4 GRAMMAR Compound-complex sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify a compound-complex sentence

·        Use compound complex sentences correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 191-193

·        Teachers guide page 186-187

 
  5/6 WRITING The Argumentative Essay By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify an argumentative essay in their reading

·        Describe the structure of an argumentative essay

·        Appreciate the style of an argumentative essay.

·        Write neatly and legibly

 

·        Writing

·        Discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 193-194

·        Teachers guide page 187-188

 
  7 INTENSIVE READING A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

·        Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  8   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
4 1   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  2   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  3

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING Non-verbal Cues in Listening By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Interpret non-verbal cues correctly

·        Use non-verbal cues in active listening

·           Speaking chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 195

·        Teachers guide page 189

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Time Management in exams By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the need of time management in exams

·        Manage time in examinations effectively

·        Discussion chalkboard ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 194-197

·        Teachers guide page 190

 
  5/6 READING Comprehension

Yes Sir, I’m  Fine

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        See the need to condemn exploitation in the society

·        Answer questions on the passage correctly.

·        Infer meaning of the new words used

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 197-199

·        Teachers guide page 191-193

 
  7/8 GRAMMAR Direct and Indirect Speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between direct and indirect speech

·        Use direct speech correctly

·        Use indirect speech correctly

·        Discussing

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 199-203

·        Teachers guide page 193-195

 
5

 

 

 

     
MIDTERM EXAMS
· · ·  
6 1/2 WRITING Writing a Play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the features of a play

·        Write neatly and legibly

·        Write a skit

·        Writing

·        discussion

Chalkboard

sample

·        SecondaryEnglish Book 3 students book Page 203-204

·        Teachers guide page 195-196

 
  3/4 INTENSIVE READING A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

 

 

 

 

 

 

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  5/6   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  7/8   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
7 1/2   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  3/4   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  5/6   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  7/8   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
8 1/2   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  3/4   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  5/6   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By

·        Teacher’s guidebook Henrik Ibsen

 
  7/8   A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss he background of the play

·        Discuss the character traits, themes and style in the play

Write notes based on the play

·        Reading set text

·        Discussing the background of A Doll’s House

·        Discussing the character traits, themes and style in A DOLL’S

·        Setbooks Analysis DVDs

·        Sample context and essay questions and answers

·        A DOLL’S HOUSE By Henrik Ibsen

·        Teacher’s guidebook

 
9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     
END OF YEAR EXAMS

&

CLOSING

· · ·  

 

KCSE Computer Studies Mokasa Joint Exams Plus Free Marking Schemes

 

MOKASA JOINT EXAMINATION

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education

 

451/1 – COMPUTER STUDIES – Paper 1

2½hrs

MARKING SCHEME

 

SECTION A (40 MARKS)

ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION

  1. Name the two common types of system units and differentiate them.       (2 marks)
  • Tower
  • Desktop

Desktop -the monitor is placed on top of the system unit. The tower type the monitor rests on the table  

  1. Define the following characteristics of a computer system.                   (2 marks)
  • Versatile
  • Reliable

Versatile– Computers are flexible in that they can be used to carry out different types of activities such as typing, calculations and playing music.

Reliable – Computers are more reliable because they do not get tired or bored in the processing repetitive activities

  1. Digital computers work with digital content. Describe a digital device.                               (2 marks)
  • A digital device processes electronic signals that represent either a one (“on”) or a zero (“off”)
  • digital deviceis an electronic device that can receive, store, process or send digital information IN discrete formats in binary representation.
  1. Differentiate between third and fourth generation computers                               (2marks)
  • Third generation computers used electronic component called Integrated circuits (ICS) which is a single component that consist of thousands of transistors etched on a semiconductor called a Silicon Chip. It emitted less heat, were smaller in size, easier to program and maintain compared to second generation computers
  • Fourth generation computers used an electronic component called microprocessor. It was designed to allow thousands of transistors embedded into a silicon chip made up very large scale integration(VLSI) giving birth to central processing unit that power microcomputer. Fourth generation computers are characterized by very low emission of heat and are small in size and easier to use and maintain
  1. (a) Mamboleo company is in the process of computerizing its services. List four measures that should be put into consideration to protect the users in their computerized areas.                         (2marks)
  • Power cables should be insulated
  • Providing standard furniture
  • Proper ventilation
  • Painting the wall with less reflective paints.
  • Overcrowding should be avoided.
  • Give two reasons why powder and liquid extinguishers are not recommended unlike gaseous extinguishers.                                     (2marks)
  • Liquid –based extinguisher may cause rusting and corrosion of computer components
  • Powder particles may increase friction, clogging and wearing of movable computer parts
  1. Without proper marketing, a business cannot survive in a competitive environment hence computers are being used in a number of ways to enhance marketing. List any three ways of ensuring this is effected.                                                                   (3 marks)
  • Electronic Commerce or e-business
  • Electronic presentation
  • Advertising
  1. Differentiate between the following as used in computers.       (3 marks)
  • Tab Key
  • Spacebar
  • Clicking

Tab Key– It is used to move the cursor at set horizontal intervals on the same line such as 0.5inch,1.0 inch e.t.c.

Space bar– It is used to insert spaces between characters on words when typing

Clicking– Pressing and releasing the left mouse button once. A click  often selects an Icon or Menu.

  1. Control unit is an essential component of the CPU. Describe the functions of the control unit.                                                                                                       (2 marks)
  • The control unit is responsible for coordinating all the  activities of the C.P.U
  • To coordinate these activities, the control unit uses a system clock that sends command signals
  1. (a)Differentiate between buffers and Registers       (2 marks)

 

 (i)Buffers are special memories that are found in input/output devices. Input data are held in the input buffer while processed output is held in output buffer.

(ii) A register is located inside the microprocessor hold one piece of data at a time one inside the C.P.U e.g Accumulator, Instruction Register, Address Register and storage register

 

(b)Speech recognition devices are used to capture natural sound and convert the input into digital form. State two problems related to speech recognition devices.                                          (2 marks)

  • Recognition rate is slow – the number of words in English and the number of words which can be said at a given point (known as branching factor) mean that response rates are still relatively slow.
  • Limited vocabularies – most systems are still limited to words in isolation; connected speech is much harder to get right than segmented speech. A computer may not respond to a voice command that has speech related problems like accents, Inflations and varying tones.
  • Speaker variability–The speed, pitch, range, rhythm. Intonation, loudness and pronunciation of an individual can vary (especially if they a have a cold).
  • Homophones – Some words e.g. see and sea, sound the same.
  • Problems of speech context – A computer cannot understand different contexts and meanings of speech because it is ‘literal minded’.
  • Background noise –Can upset voice input without a shielded mouthpiece on the microphone.

 

 

 

  1. Define Solid-state storage and give two examples.       (2 marks)
  • A non-volatile storage that employ integrated circuits rather than mechanical, magnetic or optical technology. They are referred to solid state because they do not have movable parts in its read/write storage mechanism.
  1. (a) Explain how a pixel affects the resolution of a monitor.                   (1 mark)
  • A pixel is the smallest unit of a digital image or graphic that can be displayed and represented on a digital display device. The higher the number of pixel, the clearer and excellent images formed on the screen. Less pixel results to less clearer and poorer display on the screen.

(b) List two types of computer output on microform (COM).                                              (2marks)

  • Microfiche
  • Microfilm
  1. Differentiate between high definition multimedia interface and Firewire       (2 marks)
  • High definition interface is an interface used for transmitting digital audio and video data from computer to a projector, TV or audio device.

 

  • Firewire It is similar to USB but has a higher transmission rate hence it is suitable for streaming video from digital cameras to a computer
  1. A warranty is an agreement between the buyer and the seller. It spells out terms and conditions after selling a product in case of failure or malfunction. Describe any three basic requirements a good warranty should cover.                                                                                                             (3 marks)

 

  • Scope of cover for example 4 months, 2years
  • Callout response and liability agreement. For how long should the supplier take to repair a fault or replace the product and if he/she delays who beams the cost.
  • Preventive maintenance for example regulating of service at intervals.
  1. (a)Differentiate between pasteboard and master page as used in DTP                               (2 marks)

 

  • Pasteboard: The background that lies behind your document. It is a convenientspace to put things if you need to move text or images between pages. You can also place items on the pasteboarduntil you decide where to position them on the page. Any text or images that you place on the pasteboard won’t be printed.
  • Master page: A page used in designing the general layout that will be replicated in all other pages in the publication.
  • Differentiate between graphic-based and layout based desktop publishing software. (2 marks)
  • Graphic based- They are specifically developed to edit and format graphic objects such as pictures and vector drawings.
  • Layout based- Are specifically developed to create different page layout designs for text and
  1. Differentiate between Network database and Relational database.       (2 marks)

 

  • Network model links are used to express the relationship between different data items, forming a network of items. Access to one item can be through multiple paths and from any item. Used to express the relationship between different data items forming a network of items. Access to one item can be through multiple paths from any item
  • Relational – Data items are stored together in structures called relations. In Relational database related data items are stored together in structures (relations or tables). Relationship can be created between tables such that a record or records from one table relates to another or other records in another table.

SECTION B (60 MARKS)

 

ANSWER QUESTION 16 AND ANY OTHER THREE QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION

 

  1. (a) Define the following terms as used in programming                                                                 (2 marks)

(i) Source code

  • The program instructions entered in the program editor window that is not yet translated into machine readable form (binary language).

(ii) Object code

  • The program or source code that is already translated into machine readable form (binary language).It is produced by the assembly process (the production of a source code to machine form/binary).

(b) Differentiate between Assembler and Interpreter as used in programming.                              (2 marks)

 

Assembler(s) – it is a program or language processor that translates assembly language into machine language that the computer can understand and execute.

Interpreters – It is a translator program that translates source program one instruction at a time, completely translating and executing each instruction before it goes onto the next. Interpreters seldom produce object code but temporarily produce intermediate code which is not stored in main memory.

(c) Identify the type of programming language used in the codes below;                            (1 mark)

(i)        1101 1101                     1011 1011        

1110 0001                     1100 0111

0010 1110                     1011 0011

Machine Language

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

(ii)        LDA    A, 20  

ADD    A, 10  

STO    B, A    

NOP                                                    Assembly Language

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

 

(d) On the Nairobi-Nakuru highway, the Kenya Police have put speed cameras at a certain point to read         the time a vehicle passes a point (A) on the road and then reads the time it passes a second point (B)         on the same road. (Points A and B are 200 meters apart). The speed of the vehicle is calculated          using:

  • Speed = (Km/ hr)
  • The maximum allowed speed is 100 kilometers per hour.
  • 500 vehicles were monitored using these cameras over a 1-hour period.

 

  • Write a pseudo code, which:                   (5 marks)
  • Inputs the start time and the end time for the 500 vehicles that were monitored
  • Calculates the speed for each vehicle using the formula above.
  • Outputs the speed for each vehicle and a message if the speed exceeded 100 km/hour.

>=100km/hr “High Speed”

<100km/hr “Normal Speed”

 

 

 

Start

starttime=0

Endtime=0

Speed=0

For Vehicles=1 To 500 Do

Input Start Time

Input Stop Time

Speed =100/(End Time-Start Time)

Print Speed

If Speed >100 Then

Print Over Speeding

Else

Print Normal Speed

ENDIF

NEXT VEHICLE

ENDFOR

STOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Draw a flow chart for the above pseudo code. (5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) In order to generate information from data items, a set of processing activities have to be performed on the data items in a specific sequence depending on the desired result.Draw a well labeled           diagram to illustrate data processing cycle.                                                                    (2 marks)

(b) A data entry clerk experiences some common errors when typing. Most of the time, she finds that:

  • After every calculation, the result is less than the expected number of digits required e.g.345.7896543 the result is given as 345.789.
  • Different charactersare typed wrongly, for example instead of typing12873457 she types 128734S7.

 

Identify the two types of errors commonly experienced by the clerk during data processing in (i)   and (ii) above respectively.                                                                                              (2 marks)

 

  1. Truncation error
  2. Misreading error

(c) State two ways a user can ensure data accuracy is maintained during data processing.            (2 marks)

  • Using modern data capture devices (direct data capture) such as barcode readers, optical character readers, digital cameras etc., which capture/enter data with minimum user involvement.
  • Design user interfaces that minimizes chances of invalid data entry.
  • Double entry checks
  • Use of error detection and correction software when transmitting and processingdata.
  • Use of automated data verification and validation routines in the data processing system.

(d)(i) State three advantages of a computerized filing system as used in data processing.      (3 marks)

  1. information takes up much less space than the manual filing
  2. it is much easier to update or modify information
  3. it offers faster access and retrieval of data
  4. It enhances data integrity and reduces duplication
  5. It enhances security of data if proper care is taken to secure it.

(ii) State two disadvantages of a serial file organization method in computing.       (2 marks)

  • Itis cumbersome to access because you have to access all proceeding records before retrieving the one being searched.
  • Wastage of space on medium in form due inter-record gaps in storage.
  • It cannot support modern high speed requirements for quick record access.

(iii) Differentiate between distributed processing and interactive processing modes; stating one                           application area of each.                                                                                               (4 marks)

Distributed:

  • Various geographically dispersed computers arelinked by communication lines and all the computers linked belong to the same organization.
  • The computers are located at various departments or business sites for the individual departments or the business site to be served individually by its own computer resources.
  • All the branches have intelligent terminals (usually micro computers) linked to a big computer at the head office. Data from the branches is sent to the master where it is processed.

Interactive:

  • Occurs if the computer & the terminal user can communicate with each other.
  • It allows a 2-way communication between the user & the computer.
  • As the program executes, it keeps on prompting the user to provide input or respond to prompts displayed on the screen.
  • The user makes the requests and the computer gives the responses.
  • The data is processed individually and continuously, as transactions take place and output is generated instantly according totherequest made by user.

 

  1. (a) Write the following acronyms in full as used in operating systems.
  • GUI – Graphical User Interface                                                          (½ mark)
  • WIMP – Windows, Icons, Menus and Pointers/ pointing devices.       (½ mark)

(b) State three factors considered when choosing an operating system for use in a computer. (3 marks)

 

  1. The hardware configuration of the computer e.g. Memory Capacity, processor speed & hard disk capacity.
  2. The application software intended for the computer.
  3. The user friendliness
  4. The documentation available
  5. The cost of the operating system.
  6. Reliability and security provided by the operating system.
  7. The number of processors & hardware it can support.
  8. The number of users it can support.
  9. The type of computers in terms of size and make. For example some earlier Apple computers would not run Microsoft Operating System.

(c) An operating system manages and organizes a computer system using the following structures:

File, Folder and Drive. State the meaning of theunderlined items respectively.                 (3 marks)

 

Files

  • A file is a collection of related data given a unique name for ease of access, manipulation and storage on a backing storage.

Folder

  • A named storage location where files are stored.
  • A container of files.
  • Also referred to as directories – Directories originate form a special directory called the root directory or folder.

Drives

  • driveis a medium that is capable of storing and reading information that is not easily removed like a disk.

 

 

(d)(i) Differentiate between error handling and interrupt handling as used in operating systems.

(2 marks)

Error handling .

  • The OS has many ways of reporting to the user of any errors that occur during program execution. It does this by monitoring the status of the computer system & performing error checks on both hardware and software.
  • When the user makes an error, the OS through the Kernel determines the cause of the error, and prints diagnostic messages on the screen suggesting appropriate routines of how the error can be corrected.
  • In case of a fatal error that cannot be corrected, the program will be suspended permanently. g., the user program will prematurely terminate when it encounters an illegal operation, such as, dividing a no. by 0 or if it attempts to read a data file that had not been opened.

Interrupt handling

  • An Interrupt is a break from the normal sequential processing of instructions in a program.

Each hardware device communicates to the processor using a special number called the Interrupt Request number (IRQ).  Therefore, when an interrupt occurs, control is passed to the Kernel, which determines the cause of the interrupt.  The processor stops executing the current program to wait for the corrective response of the user.  Control is returned to the program that was interrupted once corrective action has been taken.

(ii) State three reasons why most network technicians prefer using command line operating systems to configure networking equipment.                                                                         (3 marks)

 

  • CLIcan be a lot faster and efficient than any other type of interface.
  • It is secure since the expert only knows the commands.
  • CLIrequires less memory to use in comparison to other interfaces.
  • CLIdoesn’t require high graphics, hence a low-resolution monitor can be used.
  • A CLI does not require Windows to run

(e)Disk management is one important aspect insecondary storage in computer systems. Explain the following tools used by an operating system to manage disks in the computer.                    (3 marks)

 

  • Formatting
  • Writing electronic information (tracks and sectots) on the disk so that the computer can recognise the disk as a valid storagedevice and data can be stored.
  • The formatting process sets up a method of assigning addresses to the different areas. It also sets up an area for keeping the list of addresses. Without formatting there would be no way to know what data is where.
  • Partitioning
  • The act or practice of dividing the storage space of a hard disk drive into separate data areas known as partitions.
  • Defragmentation

 

  • Sometimes called defragging or disk optimisation is a software-controlled operation that reduces the amount of fragmentation in file systems by moving the scattered parts of files so that they once again are contiguous (attached).
  • the OS does this by physically organising the contents of the disk to store the pieces of each file close together and contiguously (elements of memory are said to be contiguous if they are adjacent to one another and appear to beconnected).

 

 

  1. (a) Define the following terms as used in networking.       (3marks)
  • Network
  • A collection 2 or more computers connected together using transmission media (e.g., telephone cables, or Satellites) for the purpose of communication and sharing of resources.
  • Intranet
  • Internal corporate network that uses the infrastructure of the Internet and the World Wide Web.
  • Browser
  • A browser (short for web browser) is a computer program/software that accesses webpages and displays them on the computer screen. It is the basic software that is needed to find,retrieve, view and send information over the internet.

 

(b) The World Health Organization is global entity that deals with health issues around the world. It has computer networks linking its regional and continental offices using internet. State two importance of the internet to such organization.                                                              (2 marks)

  • Communication with other organizations, with your members, with your staff, with your supporters and donors through e-mails, messenger, web pages, mail lists, web site message boards. The Internet greatly offers rapid communication on a global scale. It even delivers an integrated multimedia entertainment that any other mass medium cannot offer.
  • Publishing your message to the world using online books, journals, press releases, workshops, conferences, lectures. Websites with conference proceedings, PDF (Portable Document Format) files of your publications, blogs, newsfeeds e.t.c. support publishing.
  • Customer support – the people you are helping through your organization. It can help them when you aren’t there: email, messenger, web pages, mail lists, and web site message boards. With video-conferencing, podcasting and other great web tools, you can even have workshopsand classes online.
  • Research on news, issues, papers and literature relevant to your cause. Use of search engines tofind materials world-wide, mail lists e.t.c.
  • Leisure activities – e.g. online games, videos or music.
  • A place to do business and many other commercial activities. E.g. e-bay, amazon.com,e.t.c.

(c) Mr. Zuma, the Principal of a school wishes his school to have an internet connection in a bid to improve its service delivery. Mention fourinternet connectivity requirements that must be presentto enable the connection.                                                                                                            (2 marks)

 

  • Transmission/Telecommunication/Network media
  • Data Terminal Equipments – A TCP/IP enabled computer with a web browser.
  • An account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
  • Networking equipment such as a modem, router or switch to connect the computer transmission media.

(c) Explain the following as used in e-mail:

  • Inbox: Stores incoming mails             (1 mark)
  • Drafts: Stores a saved copy of e-mails (usually composed but unsent) for later use. (1 mark)

 

(e)  (i) Failure of information systems is a major concern in the security of data in computing systems. State twocauses of such failure.                                                                                     (2 marks)

  • Hardware failure due to improper use.
  • Unstable power supply as a result of brownout or blackout and vandalism.
  • Network breakdown
  • Natural disaster
  • Program failure/crash

(ii) Explain the following computer crimes.

  • Fraud             (1 mark)
  • Fraud is the use of computers to conceal information or cheat other people with the intention of gaining money or information.
  • Industrial espionage             (1 mark)
  • Involves spying on a competitor to get or steal information that can be used to finish the competitor or for commercial gain.The main aim of espionage is to get ideas on how to counter by developing similar approach or sabotage.

(f) Excluding passwords, state two other security control measures used to guard against unauthorized access to computers in a network.                                                         (2 marks)

 

  1. Audit trails
  2. Firewalls
  3. Proxy servers
  4. Log files/security monitors
  5. Encryption
  6. User access levels/Multilevel access
  7. Biometric security
  8. (a) Convert the 1010.0112 to decimal equivalent.                                                                ( 3 marks)
23 22 21 20   2-1 2-2 2-3
1 0 1 0 . 0 1 1
8 0 2 0   0.5 0.25 0.125

8+0+2+0                                 0+0.25+0.125              Ans = 10.37510

(b) Perform the following number system conversions.                                                       (3 marks)

(i) 342.258 tobinary.

3 4 2 . 2 5  
011 100 010   010 101  
011100010 . 010 101  

                                                                                                            Ans = 11100010.0101012

(ii) 50310 to hexadecimal                                                                               (3 marks)

  Divide Result INT DEC PART *16 Hex
Ignore decimal parts 503/16 31.4375 31 0.4375 X16 =7 7=7
31/7 1.9375 1 0.9375 X 16 =15 15=F
1/16 0.0625 0 0.0625 X 16 =1 1=1

Ans = 1F7

(c) (i)Compute the binary arithmetic given below:                                                               (3 marks)

10111 + 10001 + 101

Carry digit ˃ 1 1 1 1 1  
  1 0 1 1 1 1
+   1 0 0 0 1
  1 0 0 0 0 0 0

 

Carry digit ˃   1 1 1 1 1 1,1
  1 0 0 0 0 0 0
        1 0 1
    1 1 1 0 1 1

 

                                                                                Ans = 111011

(ii)       Using 8-bit notation, perform the twos complementof 2510 -1510 , leaving your answer in binary.                                                                                                                                    (4 marks)

25 = 00011001

15 = 00001111

 

Ones complement/Bitwise NOT 15 = 11110000

Twos complement 15(11110000 + 1) = 11110001

 

Add the binary of 25 to the twos complement of 15 i.e. 00011001 + 11110001

 

 

Carry digit ˃ 1 1 1       1  
  0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
  1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
  (1)0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0

 

Ignore overflow bit.                Ans = 00001010

 

 

THIS IS THE LAST PRINTED PAGE

______________________________

 

MOKASA JOINT EXAMINATION

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education

 

 

 

 

451/1 – COMPUTER STUDIES – Paper 1

2½hrs

 

 

Name……………………………………………………… Index Number……………………

Admission Number………….………………………………Class…………………………..

Date………………….……………..………

 

 

 

Instruction to candidates

  1. Write your name and index number in the space provided above.
  2. Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
  3. This paper consists of two sections A and B.
  4. Answer all the questions in section
  5. Answer question 16 and any other three questions from section
  6. All answers should be written in the space provided in the question paper.
  7. This paper consists of 14 printed pages.
  8. Do not remove and pages from this booklet.
  9. Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all the pages are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.
  10. Candidates should answer the questions in English.

 

For Examiner’s Use Only

Section Question Number Candidate’s Score
A 1-15  
 

 

B

16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
                                Total Score  

 

 

 

SECTION A (40 MARKS)

ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION

  1. Name the two common types of system units and differentiate them.       (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Define the following characteristics of a computer system.                   (2 marks)
  • Versatile
  • Reliable

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Digital computers work with digital content. Describe a digital device.                               (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Differentiate between third and fourth generation computers                               (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. (a) Mamboleo company is in the process of computerizing its services. List four measures that should be put into consideration to protect the users in their computerized areas.                         (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

 

  • Give two reasons why powder and liquid extinguishers are not recommended unlike gaseous extinguishers.                                                 (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Without proper marketing, a business cannot survive in a competitive environment hence computers are being used in a number of ways to enhance marketing. List any three ways of ensuring this is effected.                                                                   (3 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Differentiate between the following as used in computers.       (3 marks)
  • Tab Key
  • Spacebar
  • Clicking

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Control unit is an essential component of the CPU. Describe the functions of the control unit.                                                                                                                   (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. (a)Differentiate between buffers and Registers       (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

(b)Speech recognition devices are used to capture natural sound and convert the input into digital form. State two problems related to speech recognition devices.                                          (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Define Solid-state storage and give two examples.       (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. (a) Explain how a pixel affects the resolution of a monitor.                               (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

(b) List two types of computer output on microform (COM).                                              (2marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Differentiate between high definition multimedia interface and Firewire       (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. A warranty is an agreement between the buyer and the seller. It spells out terms and conditions after selling a product in case of failure or malfunction. Describe any three basic requirements a good warranty should cover.                                                                                                             (3 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. (a)Differentiate between pasteboard and master page as used in DTP                               (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

 

  • Differentiate between graphic-based and layout based desktop publishing software. (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

  1. Differentiate between Network database and Relational database.                               (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….

 

 

 

SECTION B (60 MARKS)

 

ANSWER QUESTION 16 AND ANY OTHER THREE QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION

 

  1. (a) Define the following terms as used in programming                                                                 (2 marks)
  2. i) Source code

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  1. ii) Object code

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(b) Differentiate between Assembler and Interpreter as used in programming.                             (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(c) Identify the type of programming language used in the codes below;                            (1 mark)

(i)        1101 1101                     1011 1011        

1110 0001                     1100 0111

0010 1110                     1011 0011

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

(ii)        LDA    A, 20  

ADD    A, 10  

STO    B, A    

NOP

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

 

(d) On the Nairobi-Nakuru highway, the Kenya Police have put speed cameras at a certain point to read         the time a vehicle passes a point (A) on the road and then reads the time it passes a second point (B)         on the same road. (Points A and B are 200 meters apart). The speed of the vehicle is calculated          using:

  • Speed = (Km/ hr)
  • The maximum allowed speed is 100 kilometers per hour.
  • 500 vehicles were monitored using these cameras over a 1-hour period.

 

  • Write a pseudo code, which:                   (5 marks)
  • Inputs the start time and the end time for the 500 vehicles that were monitored
  • Calculatesthe speed for each vehicle using the formula above.
  • Outputs the speed for each vehicle and a message if the speed exceeded 100 km/hour.

>=100km/hr “High Speed”

<100km/hr “Normal Speed”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Draw a flow chart for the above pseudo code. (5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) In order to generate information from data items, a set of processing activities have to be performed on the data items in a specific sequence depending on the desired result.Draw a well labeled           diagram to illustrate data processing cycle.                                                                    (2 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) A data entry clerk experiences some common errors when typing. Most of the time, she finds that:

  • After every calculation, the result is less than the expected number of digits required e.g.345.7896543 the result is given as 345.789.
  • Different charactersare typed wrongly, for example instead of typing12873457 she types 128734S7.

 

Identify the two types of errors commonly experienced by the clerk during data processing in (i)   and (ii) above respectively.                                                                                              (2 marks)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(c) State two ways a user can ensure data accuracy is maintained during data processing.            (2 marks)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)(i) State three advantages of a computerized filing system as used in data processing.      (3 marks)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) State two disadvantages of a serial file organization method in computing.

(2 marks)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) Differentiate between distributed processing and interactive processing modes; stating one                           application area of each.                                                                                               (4 marks)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. (a) Write the following acronyms in full as used in operating systems.
  • GUI    (½ mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • WIMP    (½ mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(b) State three factors considered when choosing an operating system for use in a computer. (3 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(c) An operating system manages and organizes a computer system using the following structures:

File, Folder and Drive. State the meaning of theunderlined items respectively.                 (3 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(d)(i) Differentiate between error handling and interrupt handling as used in operating systems.

(2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(ii) State three reasons why most network technicians prefer using command line operating systems to configure networking equipment.                                                                         (3 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(e)Disk management is one important aspect insecondary storage in computer systems. Explain the following tools used by an operating system to manage disks in the computer.                    (3 marks)

 

  • Formatting

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • Partitioning

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

  • Defragmentation

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  1. (a) Define the following terms as used in networking.       (3marks)
  • Network

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • Intranet

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • Browser

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(b) The World Health Organization is global entity that deals with health issues around the world. It has computer networks linking its regional and continental offices using internet. State two importance of the internet to such organization.                                                                                      (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(c) Mr. Zuma, the Principal of a school wishes his school to have an internet connection in a bid to improve its service delivery. Mention fourinternet connectivity requirements that must be presentto enable the connection.                                                                                                            (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(c) Explain the following as used in e-mail:

  • Inbox             (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • Drafts             (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

(e)  (i) Failure of information systems is a major concern in the security of data in computing systems. State twocauses of such failure.                                                                                     (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(ii) Explain the following computer crimes.

  • Fraud             (1 mark)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  • Industrial espionage             (1 mark)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

 

(f) Excluding passwords, state two other security control measures used to guard against unauthorized access to computers in a network.                                                         (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

  1. (a) Convert the 1010.0112 to decimal equivalent.       ( 3 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(b) Perform the following number system conversions.                                                       (3 marks)

(i) 342.258tobinary.

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(ii) 50310 to hexadecimal                                                                                                       (3 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(c) (i) Compute the binary arithmetic given below:                                                             (3 marks)

10111 + 10001 + 101

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

(ii)       Using 8-bit notation, perform the twos complementof 2510 -1510, leaving your answer in binary.                                                                                                                                    (4 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………

 

 

 

 

THIS IS THE LAST PRINTED PAGE

________________________________

QN Section/Activity Marks Max mark Marks awarded
1. a)     Creating workbook MASL REPS

–        Naming Worksheet 1 As Sales

–        Typing data accordingly,into rows/columns

–        Input validation, with correct parameters

1 mark

1 mark

18 marks

3 marks

23 marks  
b)     Using correctformulae to:

(i)     Total Sales for each sales rep

(ii)   Total Sales for each product

 

2 marks

2 marks

 

4 marks  
c)      Inserting Bonus Points column& Computing points

–        Create column

–        Using appropriate function or formulae

Calculate/compute bonus

1 mark

1 mark

2 marks

 

4 marks  
d)     Inserting column Awards

–        Use of IF function to display remarks

1 mark

4 marks

5 marks  
e)      Formatting worksheet

–        Double underline

–        Font type – Algerian

–        Font size – 26pts

–        Applying borders to data in worksheet

 

1 mark

1mark

1 mark

1 mark

4 marks  
f)      Rotating headings: All Product Type heading labels(Sales Rep., Faiba, Gateway, Vodafone, SAF, Total Sales). 1mark 1 mark  
g)     Inserting chart: Total sales vs Sales representatives

–        Chart title

–        X axis title

–         Y axes title

–        Legend

–        Data labels (Minimum & maximum ranges)

Renaming worksheet 2 as CHART

1 mark

1mark

1 mark

1 mark

1 mark

1 mark

1 mark

7 marks  
h)     Printing worksheets:

–        MASL

–        CHART

 

1 mark

1 mark

2 marks  
  TOTAL MARKS  

50 MARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qestion 2 -Word Processing
No. Particulars Marks Award
a. fully typed text 5  
4 Paragraphs indication @ 1/2 Mark each 2  
dropcap 1  
columns 1  
Bullets 1  
line between columns 1  
paragraph title italics & bolding 2  
Correctly filled table 3  
table correct outer border 1  
table row shading and text color( white) 1  
correctly drawn diagram 3  
saving with correct file name 1  
b creating a copy 1  
saving with correct file name 1  
c heading format @ 1/2 Mark each 3  
d correct header 1  
correct footer 1  
e spelling error free 2  
f correct alignment 1  
g finding and replacing all 1  
h resizing diagram 1  
object placement 1  
text readability over graphics 1  
j i cell splitting 1  
ii inserting row 1  
cell merging 1  
appropriate row heading 1  
k i total score 2  
ii number of students 2  
iii highest score 2  
iv average total score 2  
l i print EDUC AI 1  
ii print EDUC AI2 1  
TOTAL MARKS 50  

 

___________________________________________

451/2 COMPUTER STUDIES- PAPER 2

(PRACTICAL)

2 ½ hours

 

 

 

MOKASA 1 JOINT EXAMINATION

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education

(K.C.S.E)

 

Instructions to candidates

 

  • Indicate your name and index number at the top right hand corner of each printout
  • Write your name and index number on the CD/Removable storage medium provided.
  • Answer all the questions
  • All questions carry equal marks
  • Passwords should to be used while saving in the CD/Removable storage medium
  • All answers must be saved in your CD/Removable storage medium
  • Make a printout of the answers on the answer sheet
  • Arrange your printouts and tie/staple them together
  • Hand in all the printouts and the CD/Removable storage medium used
  • This paper consist of 5 printed pages
  • Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all the pages are printed as indicated and that o questions are missing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. MASL is a company thatengages in the sales of the following Mobile service providers: Faiba, Gateway, vodafone and SAF. The company uses sales representatives who operate at various regions in Nakuru town. Each sales representative presents monthly sales to the manager (Values are in Ksh).

 

  A B C D E F  
1 Mobile_Accessories Sales LTD
2   Product  type  
3 Sales Rep. Faiba Gateway Vodafone SAF Total Sales  
4 Kipkulei 24000 37500 39500 49500    
5 Tom 15000 26500 21500 25500    
6 Sharon 5500 14800 3500 16500    
7 Oscar 7000 15500 14500 64500    
8 Linda 11000 69000 2200 64500    
9 Danelaw 33500 12000 14500 25500    
10 Muriithi 15500 80000 17200 23500    
               

 

  • Using spreadsheet package,
  • Enter the information given in the table 1 into a worksheet.Save workbook as MASLREPSand rename sheet 1 as (20 marks)
  • Validate all the cells in the Product Type columns to allow entry of numeric data only.

A message, “Invalid data! Enter numbers” should be displayed whenever a cell is typed with non-numeric data.                                                               (3 marks)

  • Using formulae, determine the;
  • Total sales for each Sales representative (2 marks)
  • Producttype Total Sales for each month. (2 marks)
  • Each sales person earns Bonus points for the sales of each product type based on the following criteria.
  • 1 point if sales are greater than 50,000 for Faiba,
  • 2 points if sales are greater than 60,000 Gateway,
  • 3 points if sales are greater than 50,000 Vodafone
  • 2 points if sales are greater than 60,000 for SAF

Insert a column BonusPoints and compute the points of each sales Person.        (4 marks)

  • Insert a blank column Awardsand based on the TotalSales earned by each sales representative. Use a function to display the remarks on Awards as follows: (5 marks)

Total Sales                                                                               Awards

More than 250,000                                                                    Cash

More than 100, 000 and less than 250,000                                 Voucher

Less than 100,000                                                                     Try again

  • Format the figures in worksheet as follows: (4 marks)
  • Title and subtitle:
  • Double underline
  • Font type – Algerian
  • Font size 26
  • Apply borders to the data in the workbook.

 

 

  • Rotate Up, all the Product Type heading labels in the worksheet. (1 mark)
  • Generate a column chart to representthe Total sales for each salesrepresentative. Label your chart accordingly and place it in worksheet 2 renamed as CHART. (7 marks)
  • Print MASL and CHART (2 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Using word processing program type the document as it appears and save it asEDUC AI

 

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN EDUCATION

 

For decades, science fiction authors, futurists, and movie makers alike have been predicting the amazing (and sometimes catastrophic) changes that will arise with the advent of widespread artificial intelligence. So far, AI hasn’t made any such crazy waves, and in many ways has quietly become ubiquitous in numerous aspects of our daily lives. From the intelligent sensors that help us take perfect pictures, to the automatic parking features in cars, to the sometimes frustrating personal assistants in smartphones, artificial intelligence of one kind of another is all around us, all the time.

 

W

hile we may not see humanoid robots acting as teachers within the next decade, there are many projects already in the works that use computer intelligence to help students and teachers get more out of the educational experience. Here are just a few of the ways those tools, and those that will follow them, will shape and define the educational experience of the future.

 

  • Automation of basic activities in education, like grading.
  • Educational software can be adapted to student needs.
  • It can point out places where courses need to improve.
  • Students could get additional support from AI tutors.
  • AI may change where students learn and how they acquire basic skills.
  • It is altering how we find and interact with information.

 

 

Automation basic activities in education, like grading.
In lower grades, teachers often find that grading takes up a significant amount of time, time that could be used to interact with students, prepare for class, or work on professional development.A1 can be used to automate grading systems and present the output in tables .

GRADE THREE COMMON EXAMINATION
SIR NAME LANGUAGE  SKILLS COMPUTING SKILLS ENVIRONMENTAL SKILLS Total Score
Macmillan 87 50 78  
Trevor 92 95 76
Johnstone 73 85 90
Kathleen 67 56 75
Count        
Highest Scores        

 

Educational software can be adapted to student needs.

From kindergarten to graduate school, one of the key ways artificial intelligence will impact education is through the use of application programs.learners can draw 3D diagramssuch as the one shown below

 

 

 

 

 

 

Teachers may not always be aware of gaps in their lectures and educational materials that can leave students confused about certain concepts. Artificial intelligence offers a way to solve that problem.

  1. using a word processing application software type the document below as it appears and save it as EDUC AI                                                                                                       (22 Marks)
  2. Copy the document EDUC AI in a new document and save it as EDUC AI2 then use it to answer the questions that follows                                                                                  (2 Marks)
  3. Format the heading as follows;
  • Center align, font size – 14, font color – red, font type – Algerian, double underline, scale – 130%             (3 Marks)
  1. Insert your name, Adm No ,system time as a header and your class and page number as a footer                                                                                                                  (2 Marks)
  2. Spell check the document to remove all typing errors                                         (2 Marks)
  3. Center align the first paragraph                                                                                     (1 Mark)
  4. Find all occurrences of the word AI in the document and replace with “Artificial Intelligence “                                                                                                                (1 Mark)
  5. Resize the diagram  between the last two paragraphs and move it to the second paragraph and send it behind text                                                                                      (3 Marks)
  6. On the grade three table,
  1. Split the cells in the total score column to separate each students’ marks (1 Mark)
  2. Insert a new row at the bottom of the table to display the average total scores and merge the first four columns of the row (3 Marks)
  1. Use appropriate function to calculate:
  1. Total score (2 Marks)
  2. Number of students who did each exam (2 Marks)
  • Highest score attained in each subject (2 Marks)
  1. Average total scores (2 Marks)
  2. PrintEDUC AI (1 Mark)
  3. EDUC AI2 (1 Mark)

Grade 7 Free CBC Schemes of Work {Updated Version)

 

GRADE 7 LIFE SKILLS EDUCATIONSCHEMES OF WORK

NAME OF THE TEACHER                                                                  SCHOOL                                              YEAR                         TERM             III

Week LSN strand Sub-strand Specific Learning Outcomes Key Inquiry Question(s) Learning Experiences Learning Resources Assessment Methods Refl
1 1 DECISION MAKING SKILLS Decision-Making Process

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe decision-making process that leads to desirable actions or behaviour

b) display values necessary in making appropriate decisions in their day-to-day life

c) appreciate the importance of effective decision-making in different situations

1. Why do I make my decisions?

2. How has effective decision- making helped me in my life?

 

The learner is guided to:

• search in pairs, using digital devices the meaning of decision-making processes and present in class

• explore and analyze in groups situations that require decision-making

• engage in puzzles and games like chess that demand multiple decisions to solve problems

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library

• Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 95-100

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.87-92

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
2 1   Creative Thinking Skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe different situations that require creative thinking

b) Play games that promote creativity

c) Exhibit values that foster creative thinking in different situations.

1. Why is creative thinking important for me?

2. How can I be a good creative thinker?

 

The learner is guided to:

• use digital devices to search for the meaning of the term creative thinking

• play games in small groups such as the jigsaw puzzle, snake and ladder and other relevant games that promote creativity

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library

• Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 101-106

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.93-99

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
3 1   Creative Thinking Skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe different situations that require creative thinking

b) display creative thinking skills in different situations

c) Exhibit values that foster creative thinking in different situations.

1. Why is creative thinking important for me?

2. How can I be a good creative thinker?

 

The learner is guided to:

Read and discuss real-life stories from selected hard or soft copies,

• watch video clips on fostering values in creativity, and discuss in class.

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library

• Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 101-106

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.93-99

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
4 1   Critical Thinking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe different situations that require critical thinking in their day- to-day lives

b) Play games that enhance critical thinking

c) Appreciate the need for critical thinking in their everyday life.

1. What shows I am a consistent critical thinker?

2. What shows that I manage my time well?

 

The learner is guided to:

• in groups solve number or word puzzles and discuss how critical thinking was applied

• use digital devices to search for scenarios or case studies that show enhancement of critical thinking and present in class

 

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library,Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 107-112

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.100-104

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
5 1   Critical Thinking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe different situations that require critical thinking in their day- to-day lives

b) apply critical thinking in their day-to-day lives

c) Appreciate the need for critical thinking in their everyday life.

1. What shows I am a consistent critical thinker?

2. What shows that I manage my time well?

 

The learner is guided to:

• role-play scenarios that require critical thinking skills and discuss the importance of being critical

• discuss common instances that depict challenges in time management in the school community and note them down.

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library, Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 107-112

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.100-104

 

 

 

 

 

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
6 1   Problem- Solving Skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe the term problem-solving as it relates to day-to-day life

b) State the steps involved in problem solving

c) exhibit values necessary for problem solving in their day-to-day lives

1. What guides me when solving my problems in life?

2. Why are skills of problem solving important in my life?

 

The learner is guided to:

• buzz in pairs on the meaning of problem- solving

• discuss in small groups some problems they face in their lives, and make presentations in class

• search in groups using digital devices the steps used in problem-solving, and present in class

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library,Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 113-117

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.105-107

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
7 1   Problem- Solving Skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) describe the term problem-solving as it relates to day-to-day life

b) demonstrate ways of solving problems in their day-to-day lives

c) exhibit values necessary for problem solving in their day-to-day lives

1. What guides me when solving my problems in life?

2. Why are skills of problem solving important in my life?

 

The learner is guided to:

• search in groups using digital devices the steps used in problem-solving, and present in class

• explore and analyze real-life stories depicting poor and excellent problem-solving skills and discuss in class

• perform skits on problem solving and discuss the values displayed in class

• Vetted digital resources- TV/video/films/slides/ Internet sources

• Approved textbooks and other printed resources

• Library

• Display boards

• Drawing charts

Thriving Life Skills Grade 7 T.G Pg. 113-117

Thriving Life skills Education Grade 7 P.b Pg.107-108

a) checklist

b) project

c) written tests

d) oral questions

e) aural questions

 
8-9 END TERM ASSESSMENT/CLOSING

 

 

Your Prime Online News Magazine.

Exit mobile version